Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 2013

Registration No. 333-190356

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2731   27-1566372
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

(617) 351-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

William F. Bayers, Esq.

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

(617) 351-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

David S. Huntington, Esq.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022-4834

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

Calculation Of Registration Fee

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)(4)

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $13,640

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares of common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(4) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated September 13, 2013

             Shares

 

LOGO

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. common stock.

The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering all of the shares of common stock under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “HMHC.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

PRICE $         PER SHARE

 

     Price to Public      Underwriting Discounts
and Commissions (1)
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

(1) We have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of the common stock and certain expenses of the   selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale.

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase from them up to an additional             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to this option to purchase additional shares.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

   Goldman, Sachs & Co.       Morgan Stanley   
Citigroup    Credit Suisse    Wells Fargo Securities

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

   CURIOUS GEORGE, created by Margaret and H.A. Rey, is copyrighted and trademarked by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company. All Rights Reserved. Carmen Sandiego is a trademark of HMH Consumer Company. Data-Director , Iowa Assessments , and HMH Fuse are a trademark of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company. The Leadership and Learning Center ® is a registered trademark of Advanced Learning Centers, Inc. © New Line Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. THE HOBBIT; AN UNEXPECTED JOURNEY and the names of the characters, items, events and places therein are trademarks of The Saul Zaentz Company d/b/a Middle-earth Enterprises under license to New Line Productions, Inc. HISTORY ® and related logos are the property of A&E Television Networks (AETN) ® Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A. MS83978


Table of Contents

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. We can take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. We and the selling shareholders are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     14   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     28   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     30   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     31   

CAPITALIZATION

     32   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     33   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     35   

BUSINESS

     69   

MANAGEMENT

     86   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     92   
     Page  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     110   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     112   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     114   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     118   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     121   

UNDERWRITING

     125   

LEGAL MATTERS

     129   

EXPERTS

     129   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     129   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

As used in this prospectus, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “HMH” and the “Company” refer to HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

 

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

TRADEMARKS

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

i


Table of Contents

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the market, industry and competitive position data contained in this prospectus from our own internal data and estimates and a variety of third-party sources, including independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. We believe that each of these third-party sources is reliable. Our internal data and estimates, which we believe are true and accurate, are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering and is a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Our mission is to change people’s lives by fostering passionate, curious learners. We believe that by combining world-class educational content, products and services with cutting edge technology, digital innovation and research, we can make learning and teaching more effective and engaging.

We are a leading global provider of education solutions, delivering content, technology, services and media to over 50 million students in over 150 countries worldwide. We deliver our offerings to both educational institutions and consumers around the world. In the United States, we are the leading provider of kindergarten through twelfth grade, or K-12, educational content by market share. We believe that nearly every current K-12 student in the United States has utilized our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation with these students that is difficult for others to replicate and positions us to continue to provide our broader content and services to serve their lifelong learning needs. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which are generally known.

According to GSV Asset Management, the market for education content, media and services related expenditures is around $4.6 trillion globally The K-12 market, which is the market we predominantly target, represents approximately 52% of these total expenditures. We believe our leadership position provides us with strong competitive advantages in this market. We have established relationships with educators, institutions, parents, students and life-long learners around the world that are founded on our education expertise, content and services that meet the evolving needs of our customers. Our portfolio of intellectual property spans educational, general interest, children’s and reference works, and has been developed by award-winning authors—including 8 Nobel Prize winners, 47 Pulitzer Prize winners and 13 National Book Award winners—and editors with expertise in learning and pedagogy. Our content includes characters and titles such as Curious George , Carmen Sandiego , The Oregon Trail , The Little Prince , The Lord of the Rings , Life of Pi , Webster’s New World Dictionary and Cliffs Notes that we believe are recognized in the United States and internationally. Through our network of over 300 sales professionals, we serve a growing list of institutional customers. We believe that our combination of established relationships, content portfolio, and sales team creates a competitive position that is difficult to replicate.

We sell our products and services across multiple platforms and distribution channels and are expanding our customer base beyond institutions, with an increasing focus on individual consumers who comprise a significant target audience of life-long learners. Leveraging our portfolio of content, including some of our children’s brands and titles that we believe are iconic and timeless such as Where in the World is Carmen Sandiego? and Curious George , we create interactive digital content, mobile apps and educational games, build websites and provide technology-based educational solutions. Based on the strength of our content portfolio and its adaptability across

 

 

1


Table of Contents

multiple distribution channels, we believe that we are also well positioned to expand into the early childhood development and global English language learning markets without significant additional costs associated with content development.

We believe we are a leader in transforming the traditional educational content and services landscape based on the size of our digital products portfolio and market share as compared to our competitors. Our digital portfolio, combined with our development partnerships with recognized technology leaders such as Apple, Samsung, Knewton and Kno, enables us to bring our next-generation learning solutions and media content to learners across substantially all platforms and devices. Additionally, we believe our technology and development capabilities allow us to enhance content engagement and effectiveness with embedded assessment, interactivity, personalization and adaptivity.

In addition to our comprehensive instructional materials, which are intended to provide a complete course of study in a subject for one or more grade levels, we provide testing and assessment solutions through our Riverside products. We also provide school improvement and professional development services through our Heinemann products and The Leadership and Learning Center that help teachers and administrators meet their academic objectives and regulatory mandates.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our total net sales were $529.5 million, $1,285.6 million, $1,295.3 million and $1,507.0 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our net loss was $151.6 million, $87.1 million, $2,182.4 million and $819.5 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $64.7 million, $319.8 million, $238.2 million and $440.7 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Information.”

Market Opportunity

Rising Global Demand for Education

We believe we are a leading provider in the global learning and educational content market based on our market share and are well positioned to take advantage of the continued growth expected to result as more countries transition to knowledge-based economies, global markets integrate, and consumption, especially in emerging markets, rises. In particular, we expect to primarily offer our English language education and instructional products in foreign countries. The global education sector is experiencing rising enrollments and increasing government and consumer spending driven by the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards, personal career prospects and economic growth. In particular, we believe that the educational markets in China, India, Brazil, Mexico and the Middle East are poised for growth.

U.S. K-12 Market is Large and Growing

In the United States, which is our primary market today and in which we sell K-12 educational content to both public and private schools, the K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments accounting for over $638 billion of expenditures, or about 4.4% of the 2011 U.S. gross domestic product as measured by the U.S. Department of Education’s National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”) for the 2010-2011 school year. The instructional supplies and services component of this market was estimated to be approximately $30 billion in 2011 and is expected to continue growing as a result of several secular and cyclical factors.

In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. We believe this market

 

 

2


Table of Contents

structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

Growth in the U.S. K-12 market for educational content and services will be driven by several factors. In the near term, total spend by institutions, which is largely dependent upon state and local funding, is increasing in the wake of the U.S. economic recovery. As tax revenues collected through income, sales and property taxes continue to rebound, institutional customers benefit from improved funding cycles.

Longer-term growth in the U.S. K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments. Compared to 55.0 million students in 2010, enrollments are expected to increase to over 58.0 million by the 2021 school year, according to NCES and the U.S. Census Bureau.

In addition, increased investment in areas of government policy focus is expected to further drive market growth. For example, President Obama has identified early childhood development as an important education initiative of his administration and has proposed a Preschool for All initiative, which has not been enacted yet, with a $75 billion budget over the next 10 years to increase access to high quality early childhood education.

Increasing Focus on Accountability and Student Outcomes

U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, due to a recognition of its importance to the U.S. society at large and concern over the perceived decline in U.S. student competitiveness relative to their international peers.

This political focus has generated significant new legislation and government initiatives over the last decade, beginning with No Child Left Behind, implemented in 2002, and continuing with Race to the Top and other programs enacted by the Department of Education (“DOE”) since 2009. These regulatory frameworks have mandated stricter accountability, higher standards and increased transparency in education, and states have been required to measure annual progress towards these standards and make results publicly available for the first time.

As a result of these more rigorous regulations and standards, schools and districts have increased their focus on acquiring high quality, proven content that is aligned with standards and empowers educators to meet new requirements.

Growing Shift Towards Digital Materials

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. An increasing number of schools are implementing online or blended learning environments and utilizing digital content in their classrooms. Technologies are also being adapted for educational uses on the internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permits the sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices at the same time through a virtual network. An analysis conducted by the DOE in 2009 that surveyed more than a thousand empirical studies of online learning found that, on average, students in online learning conditions performed modestly better than those receiving face-to-face instruction.

While the adoption of technology within the U.S. K-12 market may differ significantly across districts and states due to varying resources and infrastructure, most schools are seeking to implement more technology and

 

 

3


Table of Contents

are seeking partners to help them create effective digital learning environments. This presents opportunities for providers of instructional materials to broaden their existing relationships with institutional customers by offering content, service and technology solutions that meet these evolving needs.

In addition, as sales of digital educational materials grow as a percentage of the total market, the relatively lower development and distribution costs of digital content relative to print products are expected to enhance the operating margins of companies that create and distribute educational content.

Consumerization of Education

As education continues to increase in importance in the modern knowledge economy, individual consumers are increasingly supplementing their formal education with additional learning programs and services that enhance existing knowledge and skills. According to GSV Asset Management, the global English language learning market is forecast to grow to $80 billion by 2018. We believe that these markets represent important addressable markets for our company as we leverage our broad content portfolio across new growth opportunities.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are a leader in our market based on our decades-long experience developing content and solutions and forming and maintaining long-term customer relationships and industry partnerships. We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:

 

 

High quality content portfolio. Our intellectual property portfolio is one of our most valuable and difficult to replicate assets and reflects multi-billion dollar investments over our history. Our portfolio spans education, general interest, children’s and reference works and includes content developed in collaboration with respected educational authors such as Irene Fountas, Gay Su Pinnell and Ed Berger and contains almost 500,000 separate International Standard Book Numbers, which are 10-digit numbers that uniquely identify books and book-like products. We leverage this content, which is backed by decades of research, to provide educational products and solutions that are developed to meet or exceed U.S. and global education standards and are relied upon daily by thousands of teachers, students, parents and lifelong learners. Our approach to creating and maintaining our content digitally enables us to provide products and solutions through device-agnostic, digital learning platforms in a variety of formats and allows us to create new solutions with minimal incremental investment.

 

 

Long-standing relationships with educators and other key education stakeholders. We believe our relationships with educators are an important source of competitive advantage and reflect our expertise in educational policy, content development and delivery of results-driven education solutions. Given the nature of the K-12 education market’s multi-year usage cycle, we believe that educators have little room for error in selecting programs for their schools and seek out relationships with established providers to minimize curriculum selection risk. Our sales force utilizes a strategic, consultative approach that involves stakeholders at every level of the decision-making process, from state legislators and school districts to school administrators and teachers. Our approach positions us to flexibly respond to schools’ and teachers’ needs, as demonstrated by our growing suite of professional services, which are focused on improving educational effectiveness at both the institutional and instructor levels.

 

 

Iconic brands with international recognition. Our brands include characters and titles that we believe are recognized in the United States and internationally, such as Curious George, Gossie and Gertie, Polar Express and Life of Pi , and which we believe resonate with students, teachers, educators and parents. We believe that nearly every school-aged child in the United States has used our curriculum as part of their education because we sell our educational products to approximately 13,850 public school districts and

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

14,600 private schools in the United States that collectively represent approximately 98% of student enrollments in the United States. Our comprehensive instructional materials reach 100% of the top 1,000 school districts in the United States. Recent Q score data, a measurement of the familiarity and appeal of a brand used in the United States, indicates that Curious George’s recognition among mothers of children aged 2 to 11 is greater than Mickey Mouse. This combination of reach and recognition contributes to what we believe is a long-lasting relationship with consumers, who are introduced to our brands as children, use our educational products throughout their pre-K-12 school years, read our general interest titles as adults, and then purchase our content for their own children. We believe that we have a strong foundation upon which to further monetize our intellectual property across new media and channels, including websites, mobile applications, electronic books, otherwise known as e-books, and games.

 

 

Strategic partnerships with industry and technology thought leaders. Our position as a leader in our market allows us to continually expand upon our strategic partnerships with both industry and technology thought leaders. These partnerships enable us to create innovative solutions that meet the evolving needs of the global education market. Our partnerships, such as those with Knewton and Kno, allow us to leverage cutting-edge technologies that bring interactive, adaptive and personalized features to our content with new pricing and delivery models. Our relationships also provide us with exclusive content from popular or highly marketable providers, such as the History Channel, from which we integrate into our education solutions to further strengthen our appeal to customers.

 

 

Strong financial position and scalable business model. Our strong financial position is derived from our ability to generate significant cash flow from operating activities. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we generated $104.8 million and $132.8 million of cash flow from operations, respectively. Since 2010, we have reduced our selling and administrative expenses by approximately $183.2 million while reducing headcount by 720 full time employees, or 18%. We believe that as we continue to monetize our content across newly developed channels and implement new revenue and pricing models, we will begin to realize even greater sales while incurring lower incremental costs, which will further improve our operating margins. In addition, as we distribute more of our content in digital formats, our operating margins will benefit from lower development and distribution costs relative to print products. Because of these factors, we believe our business model is scalable since we should be able to generate future revenue without materially increasing our costs as we believe our current infrastructure, warehousing and fulfillment capabilities can support increased sales. We believe our strong financial position provides the flexibility to continue to invest in new projects and pursue selective acquisitions.

 

 

Experienced, technology-focused and innovation-oriented management team. Our management team consists of industry leaders with a unique combination of technology-based backgrounds and relevant experience from prior positions at technology and media leaders such as IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, Peoplesoft, Texas Instruments and Thomson Reuters, among others. During their tenure, the team has demonstrated their execution capabilities by refocusing the Company to create a digitally-enabled content platform that has better positioned us for growth in a rapidly changing educational content environment. Additionally, the management team has realigned the Company’s sales force and reduced selling and administrative costs. We believe our management team has the skills necessary to maintain and build upon our position as a leader in the digital transformation of the industry.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Strategies for Growth

Our growth strategies involve broadening our content and service offerings to meet the growing needs of an evolving educational landscape, acquiring new customers while simultaneously selling additional or more profitable products or services to existing customers and monetizing our existing assets across new channels and markets. We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:

 

 

Deepen penetration of existing educational markets by adapting and broadening our content and service offerings. We intend to invest in additional content, value-added services and digital offerings. These include support for school districts to govern and implement a digital learning environment, instructional leadership focused on Common Core State Standards and best practice teacher training. We offer our content on a wide variety of technology platforms and we continue to explore new, digitally enabled opportunities to reach a broader audience and cater to customer specific needs. We believe our well-known brands, schools’ use of our products to improve student performance and established relationships with educators will allow us to further penetrate existing markets and customers by offering innovative new products and services and will provide new opportunities for growth.

 

 

Expand into adjacent high-growth education markets. We intend to pursue a number of existing opportunities involving emerging and adjacent education segments by leveraging our expertise in content development and our competencies in addressing the educational needs of learners of all ages. We are designing our curricula with the goal of penetrating a diverse set of adjacent markets, which range from early childhood development to workforce re-entry for adults. We believe our existing products will allow us to address a broad array of customer needs with minimal incremental capital spending.

 

 

Grow our international presence and global footprint. Our international strategy leverages the success of and expertise derived from our core U.S. business and is intended to focus on international segments such as English language learning, a market that is estimated to grow to $80 billion by 2018, according to GSV Asset Management. In many countries, students seek English language learning content and the U.S. curriculum to eventually gain access to higher education in the United States or improved employment opportunities in their home market. In addition, a significant number of English speaking educational institutions require high quality, English language education and instructional materials. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our international revenues as a percentage of total sales were 4.8%, 4.2% and 6.7%, respectively. We plan to continue building on our existing international footprint by targeting areas where demand for our English language offerings is high, including Brazil, China, India, Korea, Mexico, Philippines, and the Middle-Eastern Gulf States.

 

 

Further monetize our content by targeting new customers and channels. We intend to leverage our current portfolio to address a range of learning needs and appeal to more customers. As parents increasingly seek to improve their students’ scholastic achievement, and as cost effective alternatives for at-home educational enhancement proliferate, the market for online learning products is expected to grow substantially. Our online customers that use our various websites and learning management platforms will serve as the initial target market. We expect to derive future revenues from a variety of models including website advertising and sales of subscription-based learning applications, in addition to direct sales of physical materials and e-books to consumers.

 

 

Continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to extend our leadership position. Even though we do not currently have any plans for material acquisitions, we intend to complement our organic growth with highly selective acquisitions of content, technologies, solutions and businesses, targeted to enhance our ability to accelerate our strategic initiatives and capitalize on our strengths. Our strength, expertise and scale allows us to reduce time to market, enhance certain features or capabilities, and serve a broader audience for these acquired offerings.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors .” These risks represent challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. Some of these risks are:

 

 

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by many factors outside of our control, including changes in federal, state and local education funding, general economic conditions and/or changes in the state procurement process. For example, state, local and municipal finances were and may continue to be adversely affected by the recent U.S. economic recession, which led to reduced spending on educational materials and impacted our business and results of operations, and many school districts receive a substantial amount of funding from the Federal government, which may be reduced as a result of the Federal sequester. There also can be no assurance that the U.S. K-12 market will grow.

 

 

Our operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and our business is dependent on our results of operations for the third quarter.

 

 

Our business will be impacted by the rate of and state of technological change, including the digital evolution and other disruptive technologies, and the presence and development of open-sourced content could continue to increase, which could adversely affect our revenue.

 

 

Our history of operations includes periods of operating and net losses, and we may incur operating and net losses in the future. Our significant net losses and our significant amount of indebtedness led us to declare bankruptcy in 2012.

 

 

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be limited, which may harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

 

A significant increase in operating costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

 

 

There can be no guarantee that the global educational markets will continue to rise or that we will be able to increase our market share in foreign countries or benefit from growth in emerging markets. In 2011, our international sales were $46.1 million lower than 2010 due to a tightening of credit terms with our distributors in the Middle East. In addition, we may not be able to increase sales in the global English language learning market, which is an important part of our international growth strategy, because the market may not grow as we expect.

For a discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our common stock, see the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

Products and Services

Our products and services are organized under our two reportable segments: Education and Trade Publishing. The Education segment is our largest business, representing approximately 88%, 90% and 92% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Education

Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platforms and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, professional development and school reform services. We develop programs aligned to state standards and customized for specific state requests. In addition, our Education segment offers a wide range of standardized testing products targeting the assessment markets.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Education products consist of the following offerings:

 

 

Comprehensive Curriculum . We develop comprehensive educational programs intended to provide a complete course of study in a subject, either at a single grade level or across multiple grade levels, and serve as the primary source of classroom instruction. The Comprehensive Curriculum portfolio is focused on subjects that consistently receive the highest priority from educators and educational policy makers, namely reading, literature/language arts, mathematics, science, world languages and social studies.

 

 

Supplemental Products . We develop products targeted at addressing struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions, products targeted at assisting English language learners and products providing incremental instruction in a particular subject area. Supplemental Products are used both as alternatives and as supplements to Comprehensive Curriculum programs.

 

 

Heinemann . Heinemann produces professional books and developmental resources aimed at empowering pre-K-12 teachers, our Benchmark Assessment System, which allows teachers to evaluate students’ reading levels three times a year and has displaced competing programs, and our Leveled Literacy Intervention System, which is a supplementary intervention program for children struggling with reading and writing, and we believe, is used by approximately 38% of K-3 students. The author base includes some prominent experts in teaching, such as Irene Fountas and Gay Su Pinnell, who support the practice of other teachers through books, videos, workshops and classroom tools.

 

 

Professional Services/The Leadership and Learning Center . Through The Leadership and Learning Center, we provide consulting services to assist school districts in increasing accountability for improvement and offering professional development training, comprehensive services and school turnaround solutions. Our services include learning resources that are supported with professional development in classroom assessment, teacher effectiveness and high impact leadership, which have a measurable and sustainable impact on student achievement.

 

 

Riverside Assessment . Riverside Assessment products provide district and state level solutions focused on clinical, group and formative assessment tools and platform solutions. Clinical solutions provide psychological and special needs testing to assess intellectual, cognitive and behavioral development.

 

 

International . Our International products are educational solutions that are sold into global education markets predominantly to large English language schools in high growth territories primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa. In addition to our sales team, we have a global network of distributors in local markets around the world.

Trade Publishing

Our Trade Publishing segment, established in 1832, develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. We offer an extensive library of general interest, adult and children’s and reference works that include well-known characters and brands and feature numerous Nobel and Pulitzer Prize winners and Newbery and Caldecott medal winners, including a 2012 Caldecott Honor winner.

We are increasingly leveraging the strength of our Trade Publishing brands and characters, such as Curious George , together with our expertise in developing educational solutions, to further penetrate the large and growing consumer market for at-home educational products and services.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 5, 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Our telephone number is (617) 351-5000. Our website is www.hmhco.com. Information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. was incorporated on March 5, 2010 and established as the holding company of our legacy operating companies. On March 9, 2010, we completed a restructuring with our then-existing lenders and stockholders that exchanged approximately $4.0 billion of our outstanding indebtedness for equity. In addition, as part of the restructuring, we issued warrants to certain lenders and stockholders and raised new equity capital through a rights offering. Subsequently, in May 2012, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 22, 2012, we successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we issued all of the outstanding shares of our new common stock to our lenders in exchange for cancelling all of our outstanding secured indebtedness, and we issued 3,684,211 warrants to purchase our new common stock to our equityholders in exchange for cancelling all of our outstanding equity. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

The summary below describes the principal terms of this offering. The “Description of Capital Stock” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the common stock.

 

Common stock offered by us

We are not selling any shares of common stock in this offering.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares of common stock (             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

Immediately after this offering, we will have              shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Over-allotment option

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered under this prospectus. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock in this offering.

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “HMHC.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering excludes 8,175,135 shares issuable pursuant to the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP”), including 4,976,860 shares that are subject to options granted pursuant to the MIP as of June 30, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $25.00 per share and 68,105 restricted stock units outstanding as of June 30, 2013, and excludes 3,684,211 shares of common stock that we may issue upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted average exercise price of $42.27 per share. See “Executive Compensation.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares will not be exercised; and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical financial data of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (Successor) and HMH Publishing Company (Predecessor) for the periods presented. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor) and for the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor) and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 (Predecessor) from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of June 30, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments necessary to state fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

The data set forth in the following table should be read together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
(in thousands, except share and per share
data)
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
    Year Ended December 31,     March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 
      2012     2011        

Operating Data:

               

Net sales

  $ 529,545      $ 509,433      $ 1,285,641      $ 1,295,295      $ 1,397,142          $ 109,905   

Cost and expenses:

               

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

    245,816        214,272        515,948        512,612        559,593            45,270   

Publishing rights amortization (1)

    72,587        92,677        177,747        230,624        235,977            48,336   

Pre-publication amortization (2)

    56,653        66,433        137,729        176,829        181,521            37,923   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    375,056        373,382        831,424        920,065        977,091            131,529   

Selling and administrative

    263,703        280,452        533,462        638,023        597,628            119,039   

Other intangible asset amortization

    13,433        26,372        54,815        67,372        57,601            2,006   

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

    8,500        —          8,003        1,674,164        103,933            4,028   

Severance and other charges (3)

    3,481        3,473        9,375        32,801        (11,243         —     

Gain on bargain purchase

    —          —          (30,751     —          —              —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (134,628     (174,246     (120,687     (2,037,130     (327,868         (146,697
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other Income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (11,585     (109,833     (123,197     (244,582     (258,174         (157,947

Other (loss) income, net

    —          —          —          —          (6         9   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (598     —          —          —          —              —     

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    (479     812        1,688        (811     90,250            (7,361
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

    (147,290     (283,267     (242,196     (2,282,523     (495,798         (311,996

Reorganization items, net (4)

    —          (156,894     (149,114     —          —              —     

Income tax expense (benefit)

    4,357        (6,500     (5,943     (100,153     11,929            (220
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (151,647   $ (119,873   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share from continuing operations - basic and diluted

  $ (2.17   $ (0.44   $ (0.51   $ (7.69   $ (1.79       $ (100,572.90
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

  $ (2.17   $ (0.44   $ (0.51   $ (7.69   $ (1.79       $ (100,572.90
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

    69,958,989        272,624,886        170,459,064        283,636,235        283,636,235            3,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
    Successor           Predecessor  
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
 
(in thousands)             2012                 2011              

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

               

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 212,579      $ 266,083      $ 475,119      $ 413,610      $ 397,740         

Working capital

    508,262        443,129        599,085        440,844        380,678         

Total assets

    2,879,275        3,023,152        3,029,584        3,263,903        5,257,155         

Debt (short-term and long-term)

    246,875        250,000        248,125        3,011,588        2,861,594         

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,794,839        1,861,514        1,943,701        (674,552     1,517,828         
 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

    (152,768     (218,219     104,802        132,796        182,966          $   (41,296

Investing activities

    (69,858     (53,479     (295,998     (195,300     (232,122         (25,616

Financing activities

    (1,250     124,171        106,664        96,041        402,289            (150
 

Other Data:

               

Capital expenditures:

               

Pre-publication capital expenditures (5)

    74,808        59,408        114,522        122,592        96,613            22,057   

Other capital expenditures

    31,213        20,566        50,943        71,817        64,139            3,559   

Pre-publication amortization

    56,653        66,433        137,729        176,829        181,521            37,923   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

    116,245        146,052        290,693        356,388        342,227            61,242   

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

    64,707        50,729        319,812        238,198        472,751            (32,014

 

(1) Publishing rights are intangible assets that allow us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials and are amortized on an accelerated basis over periods estimated to represent the useful life of the content.
(2) We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media and amortize such costs from the year of sale over five years on an accelerated basis.
(3) Represents severance and real estate charges. The credit balance in 2010 relates to the reversal of certain charges recorded in prior periods due to a change in estimate.
(4) Represents net gain associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.
(5) Represents capital expenditures for the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media.
(6) Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by debt restructurings, fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, or levels of depreciation or amortization. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on Adjusted EBITDA. In addition, targets and positive trends in Adjusted EBITDA are used as performance measures and to determine certain compensation of management. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net earnings in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for discretionary use. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2012
    Year Ended December 31,     March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
 
            2012                 2011              
 

Net loss

  $ (151,647   $ (119,873   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776

Interest expense

    11,585        109,833        123,197        244,582        258,174            157,947   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    4,357        (6,500     (5,943     (100,153     11,929            (220

Depreciation expense

    30,225        27,003        58,131        58,392        48,649            10,900   

Amortization expense (a)

    142,673        185,482        370,291        474,825        475,099            88,265   

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

    3,275        347        4,227        8,558        4,274            925   

Non-cash charges—gain (loss) on foreign currency and interest hedge

    479        (812     (1,688     811        (90,250         7,361   

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

    8,500        —          8,003        1,674,164        103,933            4,028   

Purchase accounting adjustments (b)

    4,878        6,326        (16,511     22,732        113,182            —     

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

    1,764        267        267        3,839        1,513            —     

Debt restructuring (c)

    —          —          —          —          30,000            9,564   

Restructuring (d)

    1,539        1,788        6,716        —          —              —     

Severance, separation costs and facility closures (e)

    6,481        3,762        9,375        32,818        23,975            992   

Reorganization items, net (f)

    —          (156,894     (149,114     —          —              —     

Debt extinguishment loss

    598        —          —          —          —              —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 64,707      $ 50,729      $ 319,812      $ 238,198      $ 472,751          $ (32,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes pre-publication amortization of $56,653 and $66,433 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $137,729 and $176,829 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $181,521 for the period from March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, and $37,923 for the period from January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010.
(b) Represents certain non-cash accounting adjustments, most significantly relating to deferred revenue and inventory costs, that we were required to record as a direct result of the March 9, 2010 restructuring and the acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010.
(c) Represents fees paid and charged to operations relating to the March 9, 2010 debt restructuring.
(d) Represents restructuring costs (other than severance and real estate) such as consulting and realignment.
(e) Represents costs associated with restructuring. Included in such costs are severance, facility integration and vacancy of excess facilities. 2010 costs also include program integration and related inventory obsolescence and consulting costs.
(f) Represents net gain associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by many factors outside of our control, including changes in federal, state and local education funding, general economic conditions and/or changes in the state procurement process.

The performance and growth of our U.S. educational comprehensive curriculum, supplemental and assessment businesses depend in part on federal and state education funding, which in turn is dependent on the robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated to educational programs. State, local and municipal finances were and continue to be adversely affected by the recent U.S. economic recession and are affected by general economic conditions and factors outside of our control, as well as increasing costs and financial liabilities of under-funded public pension plans. In response to general economic conditions or budget shortfalls, states and districts may reduce educational spending to protect against existing or expected economic conditions or seek cost savings to mitigate budget deficits. Most public school districts, the primary customers for K-12 products and services, depend largely on state and local funding to purchase materials. In school districts in states that primarily rely on local tax proceeds, significant reductions in those proceeds for any reason can severely restrict district purchases of instructional materials. In districts and states that primarily rely on state funding for instructional materials, a reduction in state funds or loosening of restrictions on the use of those funds may reduce net sales. Additionally, many school districts receive substantial amounts through Federal education programs, funding for which may be reduced as a result of the Federal sequester.

Federal and/or state legislative changes can also affect the funding available for educational expenditure, which include the impact of education reform such as the reauthorization of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (“ESEA”) and the implementation of Common Core State Standards. Existing programs and funding streams could be changed or eliminated in connection with legislation to reauthorize the ESEA and/or the federal appropriations process, in ways that could negatively affect demand and sources of funding for our products and services. Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected by many factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, delays in the timing of adoptions, changes in curricula and changes in student testing processes. There can be no assurances that states or districts will have sufficient funding to purchase our products and services, that we will win their business in our competitive marketplace or that schools or districts that have historically purchased our products and services will do so again in the future.

Similarly, changes in the state procurement process for textbooks, supplemental materials and student tests, particularly in adoption states, can also affect our markets and sales. A significant portion of our net sales is derived from sales of K-12 instructional materials pursuant to cyclical adoption schedules. Due to the revolving and staggered nature of state adoption schedules, sales of K-12 instructional materials have traditionally been cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. In addition, changes in curricula and changes in the student testing processes can negatively affect our programs and therefore the size of our market in any given year.

For example, over the next few years, adoptions are scheduled in the primary subjects of reading, language arts and literature, social studies and mathematics in, among others, the states of Texas and Florida, two of the largest adoption states. The inability to succeed in these two states, or reductions in their anticipated funding

 

14


Table of Contents

levels, could materially and adversely affect net sales for the year of adoption and subsequent years. Allowing districts flexibility to use state funds previously dedicated exclusively to the purchase of instructional materials and other items such as technology hardware and training could adversely affect district expenditures on state-adopted instructional materials in the future.

Decreases in federal and state education funding and negative trends or changes in general economic conditions can have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Introduction of new products, services or technologies could impact our profitability.

We operate in highly competitive markets that continue to change to adapt to customer needs. In order to maintain a competitive position, we must continue to invest in new content and new ways to deliver our products and services. These investments may not be profitable or may be less profitable than what we have experienced historically. In particular, in the context of our current focus on key digital opportunities, including e-books, the market is evolving and we may be unsuccessful in establishing ourselves as a significant competitor. New distribution channels, such as digital platforms, the internet, online retailers and delivery platforms (e.g., tablets and e-readers), present both threats and opportunities to our traditional publishing models, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing.

Our operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and our business is dependent on our results of operations for the third quarter.

Our business is seasonal. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 88% of net sales from educational publishing in our Education segment. For sales of educational products, purchases typically are made primarily in the second and third quarters of the calendar year, in preparation for the beginning of the school year, though testing net sales are primarily generated in the second and fourth quarters. We typically realize a significant portion of net sales during the third quarter, making third-quarter results material to full-year performance. This sales seasonality affects operating cash flow from quarter to quarter. We normally incur a net cash deficit from all of our activities through the middle of the third quarter of the year. In addition, changes in our customers’ ordering patterns may impact the comparison of results in a quarter with the same quarter of the previous year, in a quarter with the consecutive quarter or a fiscal year with the prior fiscal year.

We may not be able to identify successful business models for generating sales of technology-enabled programs. Furthermore, customers’ expectations for the number and sophistication of technology-enabled programs that are given to them at no additional charge may increase, as may development costs.

The core curriculum elementary school, core curriculum secondary school and educational testing customers have become accustomed to being given technology-enabled products at no additional charge from publishers, such as us, as incentives to adopt programs and other products. The sophistication and expense of technology-enabled products continues to grow. Our profitability may decrease materially if we are unable to realize sales of these products, customers continue to expect/insist on an increasing number of technology-enabled materials of increasing quality being given to them, or costs of these products continue to rise.

Our business will be impacted by the rate of and state of technological change, including the digital evolution and other disruptive technologies, and the presence and development of open-sourced content could continue to increase, which could adversely affect our revenue.

The publishing industry has been impacted by the digitalization of content and proliferation of distribution channels, either over the internet, or via other electronic means, replacing traditional print formats. The digital migration brings the need for change in product distribution, consumers’ perception of value and the publisher’s position between retailers and authors. Such digitalization increases competitive threats both from large media

 

15


Table of Contents

players and from smaller businesses, online and mobile portals. If we are unable to adapt and transition to the move to digitalization at the rate of our competitors, our ability to effectively compete in the marketplace will be affected.

In recent years there have been initiatives by non-profit organizations such as the Gates Foundation and the Hewlett Foundation to develop educational content that can be “open sourced” and made available to educational institutions for free or nominal cost. To the extent that such open sourced content is developed and made available to educational customers and is competitive with our instructional materials, our sales opportunities and net sales could be adversely affected.

Technological changes and the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information and materials may also affect changes in consumer behavior and expectations. Public and private sources of free or relatively inexpensive information and lower pricing for digital products may reduce demand and impact the prices we can charge for our products and services. To the extent that technological changes and the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information and materials limit the prices we can charge or demand for our products and services, our business, financial position and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Changes in product distribution channels and/or customer bankruptcy may restrict our ability to grow and affect our profitability in our Trade Publishing segment.

New distribution channels such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers, growing delivery platforms (e.g., tablets and e-readers), combined with the concentration of retailer power, pose threats and provide opportunities to our traditional consumer publishing models in our Trade Publishing segment, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing. The economic slowdown combined with the trend to e-books has created contraction in the consumer books retail market that has increased the risk of bankruptcy of major retail customers. Additional bankruptcies of traditional “bricks and mortar” retailers of Trade Publishing could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Expansion of our investments and business outside of our traditional core U.S. market may result in lower than expected returns and incremental risks.

To take advantage of international growth opportunities and to reduce our reliance on our core U.S. market, we are increasing our investments in a number of countries and emerging markets, including Asia and the Middle East, some of which are inherently more risky than our investments in the U.S. market. Political, economic, currency, reputational and corporate governance risks, including fraud, as well as unmanaged expansion are all factors which could limit our returns on investments made in these markets. For example, current political instability in the Middle East has caused uncertainty in the region, which could affect our results of operations in the region. Also, certain international customers require longer payment terms, increasing our credit risk. As we expand internationally, these risks will become more pertinent to us and could have a bigger impact on our business.

We operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt to remain competitive.

Our businesses operate in highly competitive markets, with significant established competitors, such as Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation and K12 Inc. These markets continue to change in response to technological innovations and other factors. Profitability is affected by developments in our markets beyond our control, including: changing U.S. federal and state standards for educational materials; rising development costs due to customers’ requirements for more customized instructional materials and assessment programs; changes in prevailing educational and testing methods and philosophies; higher technology costs due to the trend toward delivering more educational content in both traditional print and electronic formats; market acceptance of new technology products, including online or

 

16


Table of Contents

computer-based testing; an increase in the amount of materials given away in the K-12 markets as part of a bundled pack; the impact of the expected increase in turnover of K-12 teachers and instructors on the market acceptance of our products; customer consolidation in the retail and wholesale trade book market and the increased dependence on fewer but stronger customers; rising advances for popular authors and market pressures to maintain competitive retail pricing; a material increase in product returns or in certain costs such as paper; and overall uncertain economic issues that affect all markets.

We cannot predict with certainty the changes that may occur and the effect of those changes on the competitiveness of our businesses, and the acceleration of any of these developments may materially and adversely affect our profitability.

The means of delivering our products may be subject to rapid technological change. Although we have undertaken several initiatives and invested significant amounts of capital to adapt to and benefit from these changes, we cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, make some of our products, particularly those printed in traditional formats, wholly or partially obsolete. If this were to occur, we might be required to invest significant resources to further adapt to the changing competitive environment. In addition, we cannot predict whether end customers will have sufficient funding to purchase the equipment needed to use our new technology products.

In order to maintain a competitive position, we must continue to invest in new offerings and new ways to deliver our products and services. These investments may not be profitable or may be less profitable than what we have experienced historically. We could experience threats to our existing businesses from the rise of new competitors due to the rapidly changing environment within which we operate.

There is a risk that technology companies may offer educational materials that compete with our products.

While our educational content is protected by copyright law, there is nothing to prevent technology companies from developing their own educational digital products and offering educational content to schools. Technology companies are free to distribute materials with and on their technology devices and platforms. Many technology companies have substantial resources that they could devote to expand their business, including the development of educational digital products. Furthermore, while we have entered into digital distribution agreements with a number of technology companies, our agreements are non-exclusive arrangements and there is nothing to prevent such technology companies from developing and distributing other educational content to the K-12 market. While we believe there are significant barriers to entry into the K-12 educational content market, there is a risk that a technology company with significant resources could license or acquire their own educational content and compete with us, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is also a risk of further disintermediation, which is the occurrence of school districts and state customers contracting directly with technology companies. As a result, there is a risk that technology companies may own direct customer relationships with states and school districts, and accordingly, they may have a significant influence over the pricing and distribution strategies for digital education materials.

Our history of operations includes periods of operating and net losses, and we may incur operating and net losses in the future. Our significant net losses and our significant amount of indebtedness led us to declare bankruptcy in 2012.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we generated operating losses of $134.6 million, $120.7 million, $2,037.1 million and $474.6 million, respectively, and net losses of $151.6 million, $87.1 million, $2,182.4 million and $819.5 million, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our results of operations during these periods. If we continue to suffer operating and net losses, the trading price of our common stock may decline significantly.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our net losses in recent years reflected lower net sales primarily resulting from general economic conditions, reductions in significant markets, federal, state and local budget shortfalls and the contraction of spending throughout most states, among other things. In addition, we had a significant amount of indebtedness in recent fiscal years. As a result, during March 2010, we completed a restructuring to exchange approximately $4.0 billion of our outstanding indebtedness for equity. During May 2012, as a result of our financial position, results of operations and significant amount of indebtedness, we filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 22, 2012, we emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. Although we have significantly less interest expense as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy and have decreased our selling and administrative expenses, we may not generate sufficient revenues in future periods to pay for all of our operating or other expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our 2012 bankruptcy may have created a negative public perception of our Company in relation to our competitors. As a result, the value of our common stock could be negatively affected.

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be limited, which may harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our products are largely comprised of intellectual property content delivered through a variety of media, including books and digital and web-based media. We rely on copyright, trademark and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in these products. However, we cannot make assurances that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We conduct business in other countries where the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain, and this uncertainty could affect future growth. Moreover, despite the existence of copyright and trademark protection under applicable laws, third parties may nonetheless violate our intellectual property rights, and our ability to remedy such violations, particularly in foreign countries, may be limited. In addition, the copying and distribution of content over the Internet creates additional challenges for us in protecting our proprietary rights. If we are unable to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position may be harmed and our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

We operate in markets which are dependent on Information Technology (“IT”) systems and technological change.

Our business is dependent on information technology. We either provide software and/or internet based services to our customers or we use complex IT systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform.

We face several technological risks associated with software product development and service delivery in our educational businesses, information technology security (including virus and hacker attacks), e-commerce, enterprise resource planning, system implementations and upgrades. Our growth strategy includes a consumer e-commerce expansion strategy that further subjects us to technological risks. We recently acquired Tribal Nova, an online children’s educational gaming company, to further this strategy. If our e-commerce expansion strategy is not successful, including because of the technological risks described above, or our recent acquisition of Tribal Nova does not successfully advance this strategy, our business and growth prospects may be adversely affected. Additionally, the failure to recruit and retain staff with relevant skills may constrain our ability to grow as we combine traditional publishing products with online service offerings.

 

18


Table of Contents

We rely on third-party software development as part of our digital platform.

Some of the technologies and software that compose our instruction and assessment technologies are developed by third parties. We rely on those third parties for the development of future components and modules. Thus, we face risks associated with software product development and the ability of those third parties to meet our needs and their obligations under our contracts with them.

A major data privacy breach or unanticipated IT system failure may cause reputational damage to our brands and financial loss.

Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students. Failure to adequately protect such personal data could lead to penalties, significant remediation costs, reputational damage, potential cancellation of existing contracts and inability to compete for future business. We have policies, processes, internal controls and cybersecurity mechanisms in place to ensure the stability of our information technology, provide security from unauthorized access to our systems and maintain business continuity, but no mechanisms are entirely free from failure and we have no guarantee that our security mechanisms will be adequate to prevent all possible security threats. Our operating results may be adversely impacted by unanticipated system failures, data corruption or breaches in security.

We may not be able to complete, or achieve the expected benefits from, any future acquisitions, which could materially and adversely affect our growth.

We have at times used acquisitions as a means of expanding our business and expect that we will continue to do so. If we do not successfully integrate acquisitions, anticipated operating advantages and cost savings may not be realized. The acquisition and integration of companies involve a number of risks, including: use of available cash, new borrowings or borrowings under our revolving credit facility to consummate the acquisition; demands on management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition; diversion of management’s attention from existing operations to the integration of acquired companies; integration of companies existing systems into our systems; difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees; and potential adverse effects on our operating results.

We may not be able to maintain the levels of operating efficiency that acquired companies achieved separately. Successful integration of acquired operations will depend upon our ability to manage those operations and to eliminate redundant and excess costs. We may not be able to achieve the cost savings and other benefits that we would hope to achieve from acquisitions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to retain or attract the key management, creative, editorial and sales personnel that we need to remain competitive and grow.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain key management and other personnel. We operate in a number of highly visible industry segments where there is intense competition for experienced and highly effective individuals, including authors. Our successful operations in these segments may increase the market visibility of members of key management, creative and editorial teams and result in their recruitment by other businesses. There can be no assurance that we can continue to attract and retain the necessary talented employees, including executive officers and other key members of management and, if we fail to do so, it could adversely affect our business.

In addition, our sales personnel make up about approximately 24% of our employees, and our business results depend largely upon the experience, knowledge of local market dynamics and long-standing customer relationships of such personnel. Our inability to retain or hire effective sales people at economically reasonable compensation levels could materially and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably and grow our business.

 

19


Table of Contents

A significant increase in operating costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Our major expenses include employee compensation and printing, paper and distribution costs for product-related manufacturing. We offer competitive salary and benefit packages in order to attract and retain the quality employees required to grow and expand our businesses. Compensation costs are influenced by general economic factors, including those affecting the cost of health insurance and postretirement benefits, and any trends specific to the employee skill sets we require. We could experience changes in pension costs and funding requirements due to poor investment returns and/or changes in pension laws and regulations.

Paper is one of our principal raw materials and, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our paper purchases totaled approximately $47 million while our manufacturing costs totaled approximately $234 million. As a result, our business may be negatively impacted by an increase in paper prices. Paper prices fluctuate based on the worldwide demand and supply for paper in general and for the specific types of paper used by us. The price of paper may fluctuate significantly in the future, and changes in the market supply of or demand for paper could affect delivery times and prices. Paper suppliers may consolidate and as a result, there may be future shortfalls in supplies necessary to meet the demands of the entire marketplace. We may need to find alternative sources for paper from time to time. Our books and workbooks are printed by third parties and we typically have multi-year contracts for the production of books and workbooks. Increases in any of our operating costs and expenses could materially and adversely affect our profitability and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We make significant investments in information technology data centers and other technology initiatives as well as significant investments in the development of programs for the K-12 marketplace. Although we believe we are prudent in our investment strategies and execution of our implementation plans, there is no assurance as to the ultimate recoverability of these investments.

We also have other significant operating costs, and unanticipated increases in these costs could adversely affect our operating margins. Higher energy costs and other factors affecting the cost of publishing, transporting and distributing our products could adversely affect our financial results. Our inability to absorb the impact of increases in paper costs and other costs or any strategic determination not to pass on all or a portion of these increases to customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure to litigation could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We are involved in legal actions and claims arising from our business practices and face the risk that additional actions and claims will be filed in the future. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights has become extensive in the educational publishing industry. At present, there are various suits pending or threatened which claim that we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our instructional materials. A number of similar claims against us have already been settled. While management does not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows, due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the resolution of any particular legal proceeding or change in applicable legal standards could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. However, there can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all potential liabilities.

Operational disruption to our business caused by a major disaster, external threats or the loss of one of our two key third party print vendors could restrict our ability to supply products and services to our customers.

Across all our businesses, we manage complex operational and logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data centers and large office facilities as well as relationships with third party print vendors.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have also outsourced some support functions, including application maintenance support, to third party providers. Failure to recover from a major disaster (such as fire, flood or other natural disaster) at a key facility or the disruption of supply from a key third party vendor or partner (e.g., due to bankruptcy) could restrict our ability to service our customers. External threats, such as terrorist attacks, strikes, weather and political upheaval, could affect our business and employees, disrupting our daily business activities.

We currently rely on two key third-party print vendors to handle approximately 81% of our printing requirements, and we expect a small number of print vendors will continue to account for a substantial portion of our printing requirements for the foreseeable future. The loss of, or a significant adverse change in our relationships with, our key print vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business and cost of sales. There can be no assurance that our relationships with our print vendors will continue or that their businesses or operations will not be affected by major disasters or external factors. If we were to lose one of our two key print vendors, if our relationships with these vendors were to adversely change or if their businesses were impacted by general economic conditions or the factors described above, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to contingent liabilities that may affect liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations.

In the ordinary course of business, we issue performance-related surety bonds and letters of credit posted as security for our operating activities, some of which obligate us to make payments if we fail to perform under certain contracts in connection with the sale of instructional materials and assessment tests. The surety bonds are partially backstopped by letters of credit. As of June 30, 2013, our contingent liability for all letters of credit was approximately $25.9 million, of which $6.4 million were issued to backstop $12.1 million of surety bonds. The letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on our revolving credit facility, which could affect liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations. We may increase the number and amount of contracts that require the use of letters of credit, which may further restrict liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations in the future.

We may be adversely affected by significant changes in interest rates.

Our financing indebtedness, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, bears interest at variable rates. As of June 30, 2013, we had $246.9 million of aggregate principal amount indebtedness outstanding under our term loan facility that bears interest at a variable rate. An increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. We also have up to $250.0 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, under our revolving credit facility, and borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate. Assuming that the revolving credit facility is fully drawn, an increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility by $2.5 million on an annual basis.

If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. If we enter into agreements limiting exposure to higher interest rates in the future, these agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund planned capital expenditures and other growth initiatives depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

 

21


Table of Contents

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our term loan facility and revolving credit facility restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Despite our current leverage, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks that we and our subsidiaries face.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The terms of the credit agreements do and the agreements governing our existing and future indebtedness may restrict, but will not completely prohibit, us from doing so. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $212.8 million of borrowing base availability under our revolving credit facility. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you in the event of a liquidation. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

We may record future goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles impairment charges related to one or more of our reporting units, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations.

We test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles asset balances for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and, in evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill, we make assumptions regarding estimated revenue projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates. Although we use consistent methodologies in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations used in our impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and can vary from actual results. Declines in the future performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions may result future goodwill impairment charges, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations. We have goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $520.1 million and $440.5 million, $520.1 million and $440.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There was no goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, goodwill impairment charges were $1,442.5 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, impairment charges for indefinite-lived intangible assets were $5.0 million and $161.0 million, respectively.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

There can be no assurance that a viable public market for our common stock will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been a limited public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our common stock will lead to the development of an active trading market on NASDAQ or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active public market for our common stock does not develop, or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares at a price that is attractive to you or at all.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile and may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including, among others:

 

   

changes in economic trends or the continuation of current economic conditions;

 

   

changes in state and local education funding and/or related programs, legislation and procurement processes;

 

   

changes in schools’ curriculum programs in various states;

 

   

changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, our publications;

 

   

industry cycles and trends;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations governing our business and operations;

 

   

changes in technology and the digitalization of content;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock; and

 

   

future sales of our common stock by our stockholders.

These and other factors may lower the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, including other publishing companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress the price of our common stock.

Additional sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (as that term is defined in the Securities Act), which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. The issuance of our common stock in the 2012 reorganization was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, the 69,958,989 shares of our outstanding common stock (excluding 41,011 shares held by us in treasury) that were issued in the reorganization are freely tradable, except for shares that are held by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates. The shares of common stock that are freely tradable represent approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock, and the sale of such shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease significantly.

Pursuant to the investor rights agreement described under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreement,” our current stockholders have certain demand and piggyback rights that may require us to file registration statements registering their common stock or to include sales of

 

23


Table of Contents

such common stock in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Any shares of common stock sold under these registration statements will be freely tradable in the public market. In the event such registration rights are exercised and a large number of common stock is sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Additionally, we will bear all expenses in connection with any such registrations, except that the selling stockholders may be responsible for their pro rata shares of underwriters’ fees, commissions and discounts (except for this offering and the first underwritten demand registration or shelf takedown by stockholders after this offering), stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreement.”

We and each of our executive officers and directors, all of the selling stockholders and certain of our other existing stockholders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances, we and they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, subject to specified exceptions. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, at any time without prior notice, release all or any portion of the common stock from the restrictions in any such agreement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. All of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under United States securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our common stock after this offering. Sales by our existing stockholders of a substantial number of shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease significantly.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no securities or industry analysts commence or continue coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently expect to retain all our future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future following the completion of this offering. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including the credit agreements governing our term loan facility and revolving credit facility, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information on the restrictions the credit agreements impose on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends. As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under future indebtedness that we or they may incur. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

Transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

We have historically operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded common stock, including, but not limited to, increased costs related to auditor fees, legal fees, directors’ fees, directors and officers insurance, investor relations and various other costs. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and NASDAQ. Moreover, the additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities.

Failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting, which could harm our business and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. The requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley and the related rules of the SEC require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. In the future, we may identify deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. Also, our auditors have not yet conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to remediate material weaknesses noted by us or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligation or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our common stock could decrease significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) or other regulatory authorities. The accompanying loss of public confidence could harm our business and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

As a holding company, our only material assets will be our equity interests in our operating subsidiaries, and our principal source of revenue and cash flow will be distributions from such subsidiaries, which may be limited by law and/or contract in making such distributions.

As a holding company, our principal source of revenue and cash flow will be distributions from our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to carry out our business plan, to fund and conduct our business, service our debt and pay dividends (if any) in the future will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities, and although they may be wholly owned or controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us may also be subject to, among other things, future restrictions that are contained in our subsidiaries’ agreements (as entered into from time to time), availability of sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable laws and regulatory restrictions. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors and stockholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited in any way, this could materially limit our ability to fund and conduct our business, service our debt and pay dividends (if any).

 

25


Table of Contents

Provisions in our organizational documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws to be in effect at the time of consummation of this offering will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

our board of directors’ ability to issue, from time to time, one or more classes of preferred stock and, with respect to each such class, to fix the terms thereof by resolution;

 

   

provisions relating to the appointment of directors upon an increase in the number of directors or vacancy on our board of directors;

 

   

provisions requiring stockholders to hold at least 50.1% of our outstanding common stock in the aggregate to request special meetings and restricting the ability of stockholders to bring proposals before meetings;

 

   

provisions that provide that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply with respect to the Company, to any of our stockholders or directors, other than any stockholder or director that is an employee, consultant or officer of ours; and

 

   

provisions that set forth advance notice procedures for stockholders’ nominations of directors and proposals for consideration at meetings of stockholders.

These provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for our common stock in the future, which could reduce the market price of our common stock. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply to us or to any of our stockholders or directors, except in limited circumstances, which may adversely affect our business or prospects.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply with respect to the Company, to any of our stockholders or directors, other than any stockholder or director that is an employee, consultant or officer of ours. The doctrine of corporate opportunity generally provides that a corporate fiduciary may not develop an opportunity using corporate resources, acquire an interest adverse to that of the corporation or acquire property that is reasonably incident to the present or prospective business of the corporation or in which the corporation has a present or expectancy interest, unless that opportunity is first presented to the corporation and the corporation chooses not to pursue that opportunity. The doctrine of corporate opportunity is intended to preclude officers or directors from personally benefiting from opportunities that belong to the corporation. The Company has renounced any prospective corporate opportunity so that our stockholders and directors, other than those that are employees, consultants or officers of ours, and their respective representatives have no duty to communicate or present corporate opportunities to us and have the right to either hold any corporate opportunity for its (and its representatives’) own account and benefit or to recommend, assign or otherwise transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than the Company. As a result, our stockholders, directors and their respective affiliates will not be prohibited from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers. Therefore, we may be in competition with our stockholders, directors or their respective affiliates, and we may not have knowledge of, or be able to pursue, a transaction that could potentially be beneficial to us. Accordingly, we may lose a corporate opportunity or suffer competitive harm, which could negatively impact our business or prospects.

 

26


Table of Contents

Affiliates of Paulson & Co., Inc. own a significant portion of our outstanding common stock and will have the right to nominate one director for election to our board of directors after this offering.

As of July 15, 2013, investment funds and managed accounts affiliated with Paulson & Co., Inc. (“Paulson”) beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 26.0% of our outstanding common stock before giving effect to this offering. Following the consummation of this offering, these stockholders will continue to beneficially own, in the aggregate, a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” We have entered into an amended and restated director nomination agreement with these stockholders that will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. Under the director nomination agreement, Paulson will have the right to nominate one director for election to our board of directors so long as Paulson holds at least 15% of our issued and outstanding common stock, and we have agreed to take certain actions in furtherance of Paulson’s rights under the director nomination agreement. In addition, if requested by Paulson, we have agreed to cause the director nominated by Paulson to be designated as a member of each committee of our board of directors unless the designation would violate legal restrictions or the rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed. See “Management—Director Nomination Agreement.” As a result of their ownership interests and director nomination rights, the stockholders affiliated with Paulson may have the ability to influence the outcome of matters that require approval of our stockholders or to otherwise influence the Company. The interests of these stockholders might conflict with or differ from your interests as a holder of shares of our common stock, and it may cause us to pursue transactions or take actions that could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions or actions may involve risks to you as a holder of shares of our common stock.

This offering may cause or contribute to an “ownership change” of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may result in limitations on the Company’s use of certain tax attributes.

The sale of shares of our common stock in this offering may cause or contribute to an “ownership change” of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Company undergoes an ownership change, the Company may be limited in its ability to use certain tax attributes, including its net operating losses, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company has certain significant tax attributes (other than net operating losses) and expects that these tax attributes will not be subject to any limitation as a result of any potential ownership change.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “could,” “intends,” “may,” “will” or “should,” “forecast,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “target” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential business decisions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

changes in state and local education funding and/or related programs, legislation and procurement processes;

 

   

adverse or worsening economic trends or the continuation of current economic conditions;

 

   

changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, our products;

 

   

changes in competitive factors;

 

   

offerings by technology companies that compete with our products;

 

   

industry cycles and trends;

 

   

conditions and/or changes in the publishing industry;

 

   

changes or the loss of our key third-party print vendors;

 

   

restrictions under the credit agreements governing our term loan facility and revolving credit facility;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations governing our business and operations;

 

   

changes or failures in the information technology systems we use;

 

   

demographic trends;

 

   

uncertainty surrounding our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights;

 

   

inability to retain management or hire employees;

 

   

impact of potential impairment of goodwill and other intangibles in a challenging economy;

 

   

stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance;

 

   

transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

 

28


Table of Contents
   

provisions in our organizational documents may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party; and

 

   

this offering may cause or contribute to an “ownership change” of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may result in limitations on the Company’s use of certain tax attributes.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. We urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the industry in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described in this prospectus may not occur.

We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering. The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. We have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of common stock and certain expenses of the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale as well as the other offering expenses payable by us.

 

30


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any dividends since our incorporation in 2010. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors in accordance with applicable law and will be dependent upon then-existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including restrictions contained in our credit agreements), business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

 

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2013. We have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of common stock and certain expenses of the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale as well as the other offering expenses payable by us. The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering.

You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and the notes thereto and the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

(dollars in thousands)    As of June 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 212,579   
  

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 2,500   

Long-term debt (1)

     244,375   
  

 

 

 

Total debt

     246,875   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013

     —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 190,000,000 shares authorized; 70,000,000 shares issued; and 69,958,989 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013

     700   

Treasury stock, 41,011 shares as of June 30, 2013

     —     

Capital in excess of par value

     4,745,040   

Accumulated deficit

     (2,928,883

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (22,018
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,794,839   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,041,714   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents borrowings under our term loan facility as of June 30, 2013. Under our revolving credit facility, we also have up to $250.0 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, which as of June 30, 2013, was approximately $212.8 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding our term loan facility and revolving credit facility.

 

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical financial data of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (Successor) and HMH Publishing Company (Predecessor) for the periods presented. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor) and for the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor) and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 (Predecessor) from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated historical financial statement data as of December 31, 2010 (Successor), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor) from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of June 30, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments necessary to state fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

The data set forth in the following table should be read together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor         Predecessor  
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2012
    Year Ended December 31,     March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
        January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
    Year Ended December 31,  
      2012     2011           2009     2008  

Operating Data:

                 

Net sales

  $ 529,545      $ 509,433      $ 1,285,641      $ 1,295,295      $ 1,397,142        $ 109,905      $ 1,562,415      $ 2,049,254   
 

Cost and expenses:

                 

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

    245,816        214,272        515,948        512,612        559,593          45,270        586,159        760,973   

Publishing rights amortization (1)

    72,587        92,677        177,747        230,624        235,977          48,336        334,022        398,536   

Pre-publication amortization (2)

    56,653        66,433        137,729        176,829        181,521          37,923        242,045        249,670   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    375,056        373,382        831,424        920,065        977,091          131,529        1,162,226        1,409,179   

Selling and administrative

    263,703        280,452        533,462        638,023        597,628          119,039        734,131        850,056   

Other intangible asset amortization

    13,433        26,372        54,815        67,372        57,601          2,006        28,857        38,664   

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

    8,500        —          8,003        1,674,164        103,933          4,028        953,587        824,009   

Severance and other charges (3)

    3,481        3,473        9,375        32,801        (11,243       —          75,882        30,132   

Gain on bargain purchase

    —          —          (30,751     —          —            —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (134,628     (174,246     (120,687     (2,037,130     (327,868       (146,697     (1,392,268     (1,102,786
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents
    Successor         Predecessor  
(in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2013

   

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2012

   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
        January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
   

 

Year Ended December 31,

 
      2012     2011           2009     2008  

Other Income (expense)

                 

Interest expense

    (11,585     (109,833     (123,197     (244,582     (258,174       (157,947     (860,042     (672,825

Other (loss) income, net

    —          —          —          —          (6       9        (631     (591

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (598     —          —          —          —            —          —          (27,567

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    (479     812        1,688        (811     90,250          (7,361     46,401        (54,955
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

    (147,290     (283,267     (242,196     (2,282,523     (495,798       (311,996     (2,206,540     (1,858,724

Reorganization items, net (4)

    —          (156,894     (149,114     —          —            —          —          —     

Income tax expense

    4,357        (6,500     (5,943     (100,153     11,929          (220     (61,393     (396,434
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

    (151,647     (119,873     (87,139     (2,182,370     (507,727       (311,776     (2,145,147     (1,462,290
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —            —          —          (36,806

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —            —          —          35,254   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (151,647   $ (119,873   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727     $ (311,776   $ (2,145,147   $ (1,463,842
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted

  $ (2.17   $ (0.44   $ (0.51   $ (7.69   $ (1.79     $ (100,572.90   $ (691,982.90   $ (471,706.45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (2.17   $ (0.44   $ (0.51   $ (7.69   $ (1.79     $ (100,572.90   $ (691,982.90   $ (472,207.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

    69,958,989        272,624,886        170,459,064        283,636,235        283,636,235          3,100        3,100        3,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

                 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 212,579      $ 266,083      $ 475,119      $ 413,610      $ 397,740          $ 94,002      $ 153,408   

Working capital

    508,262        443,129        599,085        440,844        380,678            (547,333     274,643   

Total assets

    2,879,275        3,023,152        3,029,584        3,263,903        5,257,155            5,295,149        7,013,611   

Debt (short-term and long-term)

    246,875        250,000        248,125        3,011,588        2,861,594            6,953,629        6,257,316   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,794,839        1,861,514        1,943,701        (674,552     1,517,828            (2,614,736     (856,060
 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                 

Operating activities

    (152,768     (218,219     104,802        132,796        182,966        $ (41,296     (207,385     98,951   

Investing activities

    (69,858     (53,479     (295,998     (195,300     (232,122       (25,616     (155,099     472,484   

Financing activities

    (1,250     124,171        106,664        96,041        402,289          (150     303,078        (487,368
 

Other Data:

                 

Capital expenditures:

                 

Pre-publication capital expenditures (5)

    74,808        59,408        114,522        122,592        96,613          22,057        138,440        219,384   

Other capital expenditures

    31,213        20,566        50,943        71,817        64,139          3,559        30,659        64,681   

Pre-publication amortization

    56,653        66,433        137,729        176,829        181,521          37,923        242,045        249,670   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

    116,245        146,052        290,693        356,388        342,227          61,242        438,577        513,934   

 

(1) Publishing rights are intangible assets that allow us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials and are amortized on an accelerated basis over periods estimated to represent the useful life of the content.
(2) We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media and amortize such costs from the year of sale over five years on an accelerated basis.
(3) Represents severance and real estate charges. The credit balance in 2010 relates to the reversal of certain charges recorded in prior periods due to a change in estimate.
(4) Represents net gain associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.
(5) Represents capital expenditures for the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media.

 

34


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis is intended to facilitate an understanding of our results of operations and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a leading global provider of education solutions, delivering content, technology, services and media to over 50 million students in over 150 countries worldwide. We deliver our offerings to both educational institutions and consumers around the world. In the United States, we are the leading provider of K-12 educational content by market share. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which are generally known. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels.

Corporate History

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“Successor”) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2010, and was established as the holding company of the current operating group. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt was formed in December 2007 with the acquisition of Harcourt Education Group, then the second-largest K-12 U.S. publisher, by Houghton Mifflin Group. Houghton Mifflin Group was previously formed in December 2006 by the acquisition of Houghton Mifflin Publishers Inc. by Riverdeep Group plc. We are headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts.

Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations

Business Segments

We are organized along two business segments: Education and Trade Publishing. Our Education segment is our largest segment and represented approximately 88%, 90% and 92% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our Trade Publishing segment represented approximately 12%, 10% and 8% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments, such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources and executive functions.

Net Sales

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, multimedia instructional programs, license fees for book rights, content, software and services, test scoring, consulting and training. We primarily sell to customers in the United States. Our net sales are driven primarily as a function of volume and, to a certain extent, changes in price. Our net sales consist of our billings for products and services less revenue that will be deferred until future recognition, usually due to future deliverable products or functions and a provision for product returns.

Basal programs, which represent the most significant portion of our Education segment net sales, cover curriculum standards in a particular K-12 academic subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and

 

35


Table of Contents

student materials required to conduct the class throughout the school year. Products and services in basal programs include print and digital offerings for students and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and services. The process through which materials and curricula are selected and procured for classroom use varies throughout the United States. Twenty states, known as adoption states, approve and procure new basal programs usually every five to seven years on a state-wide basis, before individual schools or school districts are permitted to schedule the purchase of materials. In all remaining states, known as open states or open territories, each individual school or school district can procure materials at any time, though usually according to a five to nine year cycle. The student population in adoption states represents over 50% of the U.S. elementary and secondary school-age population. Many adoption states provide “categorical funding” for instructional materials, which means that state funds cannot be used for any other purpose.

A significant portion of our Education segment net sales is dependent upon our ability to maintain residual sales, which are subsequent sales after the year of the original adoption, and our ability to continue to generate new business. In addition, our market is affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment and accountability in each state. Changes in state curriculum standards require that instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for basal programs.

We also derive our Education segment net sales from the sale of summative, formative or in-classroom and diagnostic assessments to districts and schools in all 50 states. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular academic subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments are on-going, in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Additionally, our offerings include supplemental products that target struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions along with products targeted at assisting English language learners.

In international markets, our Education segment predominantly exports and sells K-12 books to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, which are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America and the Caribbean. Our international sales team utilizes a global network of distributors in local markets around the world.

Our Trade Publishing segment sells works of fiction and non-fiction for adults and children, dictionaries and other reference works through physical and online retail outlets and book distributors, as well as through our e-commerce platform.

Factors affecting our net sales include:

Education

 

   

state or district per student funding levels;

 

   

the cyclicality of the purchasing schedule for adoption states;

 

   

student enrollments;

 

   

adoption of new education standards; and

 

   

technological advancement and the introduction of new content and products that meet the needs of students, teachers and consumers, including through strategic partnerships pertaining to content and distribution.

Trade Publishing

 

   

consumer spending levels as influenced by various factors, including the U.S. economy and consumer confidence;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

the transition to e-books and any resulting impact on market growth;

 

   

the publishing of bestsellers along with obtaining recognized authors; and

 

   

movie tie-ins to our titles that spur sales of current and backlist titles, which are titles that have been on sale for more than a year.

State or district per student funding levels, which closely correlate with state and local receipts from income, sales and property taxes, impact our sales as institutional customers are affected by funding cycles. Most public school districts, the primary customers for K-12 products and services, are largely dependent on state and local funding to purchase materials. Recently, total educational materials expenditures by institutions in the United States is rebounding in the wake of the economic recovery. Globally, education expenditures are projected to grow at 7% through 2018, according to GSV Asset Management.

We monitor the purchasing cycles for specific disciplines in the adoption states in order to manage our product development and to plan sales campaigns. Our sales may be materially impacted during the years that major adoption states, such as Florida, California and Texas, are or are not scheduled to make significant purchases. Florida, California and Texas are all scheduled to adopt educational materials for certain subjects between 2013 and 2016, with Florida adopting reading in 2013, California having approved funding for a math adoption in 2014 and Texas having passed a budget in 2013 for the next two years. While we do not currently have contracts with these states for future years, we have historically captured over 50% of the market share in these states in the years that they adopt educational materials for various subjects.

Longer-term growth in the U.S. K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments, which is a driver of growth in the educational publishing industry. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term. According to NCES, student enrollments are expected to increase from 54.7 million in 2010, to over 58.0 million by the 2020 school year. Outside the United States, the global education market continues to demonstrate strong macroeconomic growth characteristics. Population growth is a leading indicator for pre-primary school enrollments, which have a subsequent impact on secondary and higher education enrollments. Globally, according to UNESCO, rapid population growth has caused pre-primary enrollments to grow by 16.2% worldwide from 2007 to 2011. The global population is expected to be approximately 9.0 billion by 2050, as countries develop and improvements in medical conditions increase the birth rate.

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. As the K-12 educational market transitions to purchasing more digital solutions, our ability to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalization in addition to our core educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth.

Our Trade Publishing segment is heavily influenced by the U.S. and broader global economy, consumer confidence and consumer spending. As the economy continues to recover, both consumer confidence and consumer spending have increased and are at their highest level since 2008.

While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarily e-books, has developed rapidly over the past several years, as the industry evolves to embrace new technologies for developing, producing, marketing and distributing trade works. We continue to focus on the development of innovative new digital products which capitalize on our strong content, our digital expertise and the growing consumer demand for these products.

In the Trade Publishing segment, annual results can be driven by bestselling trade titles. Furthermore, backlist titles can experience resurgence in sales when made into films. Over the past several years, a number of our backlist titles such as The Hobbit , The Lord of the Rings , Life of Pi , Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close and The Time Traveler’s Wife have benefited in popularity due to movie releases and have subsequently resulted in increased trade sales. The second and third parts of The Hobbit trilogy are scheduled to be released in December 2013 and July 2014, respectively.

 

37


Table of Contents

We employ several pricing models to serve various customer segments, including institutions, consumers, other government agencies ( e.g. , penal institutions, community centers, etc.) and third-party partners. In addition to traditional pricing models where a customer receives a product in return for a payment at the time of product receipt, we currently use the following pricing models:

 

   

Pay-up-front: Customer makes a fixed payment at time of purchase and we provide a specific product/service in return;

 

   

Pre-pay Subscription: Customer makes a one-time payment at time of purchase, but receives a stream of goods/services over a defined time horizon; for example, we currently provide customers the option to purchase a multi-year subscription to textbooks where for a one-time charge, a new copy of the textbook is delivered to the customer each year for a defined time period. Pre-pay subscriptions to online textbooks are another example where the customer receives access to an online book for a specific period of time; and

 

   

Pay-as-you-go Subscription: Similar to the Pre-pay subscription, except that the customer makes periodic payments in a pre-described manner.

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights, include expenses directly attributable to the production of our products and services, including the non-capitalizable costs associated with our content operations department. The expenses within cost of sales include variable costs such as paper, printing and binding costs of our print materials, royalty expenses paid to our authors, gratis costs or products provided at no charge as part of the sales transaction, and inventory obsolescence. Also included in cost of sales are labor costs related to professional services and the non-capitalized costs associated with our content operations department. We also include depreciation expense associated with our platforms. Certain products such as trade books and those products associated with our renowned authors carry higher royalty costs; conversely, digital offerings usually have a lower cost of sales due to lower costs associated with their production. Also, sales to adoption states usually contain higher gratis expense. A change in the sales mix of these products can impact consolidated profitability. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales, excluding pre-publication amortization and publishing rights amortization, has remained relatively constant over the past several years, which is due to the largely variable nature of these costs. However, we expect cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights, and our gross margins to be favorably impacted by increased digital sales as a percentage of overall net sales, which do not have any paper, printing and binding costs and are not impacted by inventory obsolescence.

Pre-publication amortization and publishing rights amortization

A publishing right is an acquired right which allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. As part of our March 9, 2010 restructuring, we recorded an intangible asset for publishing rights and amortize such asset on an accelerated basis over the useful lives of the various copyrights involved. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our publishing rights amortization is expected to decline from the 2012 amount of $177.7 million, to approximately $139.6 million, $105.6 million and $81.0 million in 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media, known as the pre-publication costs. Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using the sum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for a pre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for all pre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing consumer books, for which we expense such costs as incurred, and our assessment products, for which we use the straight-line amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalized pre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

 

38


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses

Our selling and administrative expenses include the salaries, benefits and related costs of employees engaged in sales and marketing, fulfillment and administrative functions. Also included within selling and administrative costs are variable costs such as commission expense, outbound transportation costs, sampling and depository fees, which are fees paid to state mandated depositories which fulfill centralized ordering and warehousing functions for specific states. Additionally, significant fixed and discretionary costs include facilities, telecommunications, professional fees, promotions and advertising. We have significantly reduced our selling and administrative expenses by $183.2 million from fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2012, largely through workforce reductions, facility closures and cost containment and efficiency measures. We expect our selling and administrative costs in dollars to increase as we invest in new growth initiatives and become a public company.

Other intangible asset amortization

Our other intangible asset amortization expense primarily includes the amortization of acquired intangible assets consisting of customer relationships, content rights and licenses. Our customer relationships, which constituted the largest component of the amortization expense over the past two years, pertained to our assessment customers and was fully amortized as of March 31, 2013. The existing software, content rights and licenses will be amortized over varying periods of 6 to 25 years. We expect our expense for the year ending December 31, 2013 to be $18.7 million, and $10.4 million and $10.6 million in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Interest expense

Our interest expense includes interest accrued on our term loan facility along with, to a lesser extent, our revolving credit facility, capital leases and the amortization of any deferred financing fees and loan discounts. Based on our outstanding indebtedness as of June 30, 2013 and the interest rates applicable to our indebtedness based on LIBOR as of June 30, 2013, we expect our full year interest expense to be approximately $20.0 million annually.

Reorganization items, net

Our reorganization items, net represents expense and income amounts that were recorded to the statement of operations as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. The amount is primarily attributed to cancellation of debt income net of related expenses and the elimination of deferred costs related to the cancelled debt. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence.

 

39


Table of Contents

Financial Presentation

The historical financial information has been derived from the financial statements and accounting records of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“Successor”) for periods on and after March 10, 2010, and from the financial statements and accounting records of HMH Publishing Company (“Predecessor”) for the period from January 1, 2010 through March 9, 2010. For purposes of presenting a comparison of our 2011 results to 2010, we have presented our 2010 results as the mathematical addition of the Predecessor and Successor periods. We believe that this presentation provides meaningful information about our results of operations. This approach is not consistent with U.S. GAAP, may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved. The table showing the combined 2010 results follows:

 

           Successor                      Predecessor             Combined      
(in thousands)    For the Period
March 10, –
December 31,
2010
           For the Period
January 1, –
March 9,
2010
    For the Period
January 1, –
December 31,
2010
 

Net sales

   $ 1,397,142           $ 109,905      $ 1,507,047   
 

Costs and expenses:

           

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     559,593             45,270        604,863   

Publishing rights amortization

     235,977             48,336        284,313   

Pre-publication amortization

     181,521             37,923        219,444   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     977,091             131,529        1,108,620   

Selling and administrative

     597,628             119,039        716,667   

Other intangible asset amortization

     57,601             2,006        59,607   

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     103,933             4,028        107,961   

Severance and other charges

     (11,243          —          (11,243
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (327,868          (146,697     (474,565
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

     (258,174          (157,947     (416,121

Other (loss) income, net

     (6          9        3   

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     90,250             (7,361     82,889   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (495,798          (311,996     (807,794

Income tax expense (benefit)

     11,929             (220     11,709   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (507,727        $ (311,776   $ (819,503
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Chapter 11 Reorganization

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (the “Plan Support Agreement”) with consenting creditors holding greater than 74% of the principal amount of the then-outstanding senior secured indebtedness of the Company and with equity owners holding approximately 64% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock. The consenting creditors agreed to support the Company’s Pre-Packaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”).

On May 21, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the U.S.-based entities that borrowed or guaranteed the debt of the Company (collectively the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Court”). The Debtors also concurrently filed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement in support of the Plan and filed various motions seeking relief to continue operations. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors in possession” (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court.

 

40


Table of Contents

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. The financial restructuring realized by the confirmation of the Plan was accomplished through a debt-for-equity exchange. The Plan deleveraged the Company’s balance sheet by eliminating the Company’s secured indebtedness in exchange for new equity in the Company. Existing stockholders, in their capacity as stockholders, received warrants for the new equity in the Company in exchange for the existing equity.

Subsequent to the Petition Date, the provisions in U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations applied to the Company’s financial statements while it operated under the provisions of Chapter 11. The accounting guidance did not change the application of generally accepted accounting principles in the preparation of financial statements. However, it does require that the financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, all transactions (including, but not limited to, all professional fees, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses) directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of our businesses are reported separately in our financial statements. All such expense or income amounts are reported in reorganization items in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company was not required to apply fresh-start accounting based on U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations due to the fact that the pre-petition holders who owned more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock immediately before confirmation of the Plan received more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock upon emergence. Accordingly, a new reporting entity was not created for accounting purposes.

Below is a summary of the significant transactions affecting the Company’s capital structure as a result of the effectiveness of the Plan.

Equity Transactions

On June 22, 2012, pursuant to the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, including all options, warrants or any other agreements to acquire shares of common stock of the Company that existed prior to the Petition Date, were cancelled and in exchange, holders of such interests received distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The distributions received by holders of interests in our common stock prior to the petition date on June 22, 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Plan included adequate protection payments and conversion fees of approximately $60.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively. Following the emergence on June 22, 2012, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of (i) 190,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 70,000,000 shares of common stock were issued and 69,958,989 shares of common stock were outstanding at June 30, 2013, 3,684,211 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants at June 30, 2013 and 8,175,135 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of certain other warrants and awards at June 30, 2013 under the MIP and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013.

On June 22, 2012, the Company issued an aggregate of 70,000,000 post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan, of which 41,011 are treasury shares as of June 30, 2013, on a pro rata basis to the holders of the then-existing first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”), the then-existing first lien revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan”) and the 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “10.5% Senior Notes”) as of the Petition Date. The Company issued the new common stock pursuant to Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Our new MIP became effective upon emergence. The MIP provides for grants of options and restricted stock at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of the grant and reserved for management and employees up to 10% of the new common stock of the Company. During 2012 and 2013, the Company granted to certain employees, including executive officers, stock options totaling 4,952,281 and 1,722,006 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively. On June 22, 2012, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we issued 4,625,731 stock options with an exercise price of $25.00. In November 2012, January 2013, February 2013, and March 2013, we issued a total of 842,357 stock options with an exercise price of $25.00 in each case. On July 25, 2013, we issued 1,206,199 stock options with an exercise

 

41


Table of Contents

price of $26.96. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value on the date of grant and generally vest over a three or four year period. During 2012 and 2013, we granted 22,200 and 45,905 restricted stock units, respectively, to independent directors and executive officers, which generally vest after one year. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, there were 491,228 stock options that were forfeited. As of June 30, 2013, there were 3,142,170 shares of common stock underlying awards reserved for future issuance under the MIP.

Valuation of Common Stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of our equity in connection with the issuance of equity awards to properly record stock compensation expense. For equity awards granted in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, fair value was based on a third-party valuation of the invested capital of the Company at such time. Our subsequent grants of options in November 2012, January 2013, February 2013 and March 2013 utilized the June 2012 valuation as the exercise price of the options. During 2013, when it became apparent that private secondary market trading activity in our common stock was emerging, we began to determine fair value of our equity compensation awards based on market inputs. Our stock option grant on July 25, 2013, was based on private secondary market trading by market participants, which we believe to be fair value.

We issued restricted stock units in January 2013 and June 2013, as well as additional options in July 2013. In each case, fair value for the issuance was based on private secondary market trading by market participants.

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been listed on a securities exchange. However, the common stock issued in connection with the 2012 reorganization was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, shares of our common stock are generally freely tradable, except for shares of our common stock that are held by our affiliates. There has been limited secondary market trading activity for our shares of common stock since our 2012 reorganization. We have obtained private secondary market trading data and have used that information as a basis for determining the fair value of our common stock for purposes of valuing employee equity based compensation.

We believe the current secondary market trading activity represents a reasonable basis from which to determine the fair value of our shares of common stock for the following reasons:

 

   

Availability of financial information—we publicly disclose comprehensive annual and interim financial information on a quarterly basis, hold publically accessible earnings calls and provide news affecting the company publicly on a timely basis. The information available to potential investors is not substantively different than that of a publicly traded company.

 

   

Although shares of our common stock do not always trade on a daily basis, ongoing transactions occur with increased volume activity among several market participants after information regarding the company is released.

 

   

Additionally, changes to the private secondary market trading data has not fluctuated significantly over time, which further indicates the market’s relative consensus of the value of our common stock.

 

   

There is no evidence that any of the trading activity is not “orderly”, as that term is applied in FASB ASC 820 and Chapter 8 of the AICPA Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (2013 edition) (the “Guide”). Under this guidance, to the extent a transaction is orderly, e.g., it is not a forced liquidation or a distress sale, an entity shall take into account that transaction price.

As noted in the Guide, if the evidence indicates that a transaction is orderly, the amount of weight placed upon the reliability of that transaction price is a function of the consideration of the volume of the transaction, the comparability of the transaction to the asset or liability being measured and the proximity of the transaction to the measurement date. We believe that the most recent secondary market trading data represents the best estimate of the fair value of our common shares for purposes of measuring our employee and director equity based compensation expense.

 

42


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Plan, on June 22, 2012, each existing common stockholder prior to bankruptcy received its pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company, subject to dilution for equity awards issued in connection with the MIP. The Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,684,211 shares of common stock of the Company at a weighted average exercise price of $42.27 per share. The exercise price for the warrants was based upon a $3.1 billion enterprise valuation of the Company, and the warrants have a term of seven years. All of the then-existing common stock was extinguished on the effective date of the Plan. As of June 30, 2013, there were 3,684,211 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of such warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $42.27 per share.

Debt Transactions

On June 22, 2012, the Company’s creditors converted the Term Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the Revolving Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock, subject to dilution pursuant to the MIP and the exercise of the new warrants, and received $30.3 million in cash.

In connection with the Chapter 11 filing on May 22, 2012, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility, which converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility. The proceeds of the exit facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and are providing working capital to the Company since its emergence from Chapter 11.

A summary of the transactions affecting the Company’s debt balances is as follows (in thousands):

 

Debt balance prior to emergence from bankruptcy (including accrued interest)

   $ (3,142,234

Exchange of debt for new common shares

     1,750,000   

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

     98,352   

Adequate protection payments

     69,701   

Conversion fees

     30,299   

Professional fees

     21,726   
  

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

   $ (1,172,156
  

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Consolidated Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

 

(dollars in thousands)    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2012
    Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 

Net sales

   $ 529,545      $ 509,433      $ 20,112        3.9

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     245,816        214,272        31,544        14.7

Publishing rights amortization

     72,587        92,677        (20,090     (21.7 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     56,653        66,433        (9,780     (14.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     375,056        373,382        1,674        0.4

Selling and administrative

     263,703        280,452        (16,749     (6.0 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

     13,433        26,372        (12,939     (49.1 )% 

Impairment charge for pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,500        —          8,500        NM   

Severance and other charges

     3,481        3,473        8        0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (134,628     (174,246     (39,618     (22.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (11,585     (109,833     (98,248     (89.5 )% 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     (479     812        (1,291     NM   

Loss on debt extinguishment

     (598     —          (598     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

     (147,290     (283,267     (135,977     (48.0 )% 

Reorganization items, net

     —          (156,894     (156,894     NM   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     4,357        (6,500     10,857        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873   $ 31,774        26.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
NM = not meaningful         

Net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $20.1 million, or 3.9%, from $509.4 million for the same period in 2012, to $529.5 million. The increase was largely driven by strong sales of intervention and professional development products, strong adoption sales in Florida and Tennessee and robust Trade Publishing sales from the culinary product line as well as young readers titles. The increase was partially offset by lower sales of learning management systems as we migrate to a new learning management system partner strategy.

Operating loss for the six months ended June 30, 2013, decreased $39.6 million, or 22.7%, from a loss of $174.2 million for the same period in 2012, to a loss of $134.6 million, due primarily to:

 

   

a $42.8 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years;

 

   

a $16.7 million decrease in selling and administrative expenses related primarily to a reduction in labor related costs of $8.3 million related to reduced head count, and a reduction of discretionary and fixed costs of $11.1 million, generally evenly spread across most expense groups; and lower depreciation of $4.0 million; offset by an increase in variable costs such as transportation of $2.8 million, commissions of $4.6 million and depository fees of $1.4 million attributed to higher sales in the quarter; and

 

   

offsetting the savings in amortization and selling and administrative expense was a $8.5 million impairment charge in 2013 to write off platforms and programs that will not be utilized in the future, along with an increase in cost of sales. Further, our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, as a percent of sales increased to 46.4% from 42.1% resulting in a

 

44


Table of Contents
 

$23.1 million impact on profitability. This increase was the result of a shift in our product mix impacting production costs by $5.1 million and royalty costs by $6.2 million. Additionally, our gratis costs were $4.0 million higher due to increased sales to adoption states and, lastly, we incurred $7.2 million of higher depreciation on digital platforms.

Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased $98.2 million, or 89.5%, to $11.6 million from $109.8 million for the same period in 2012, primarily as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy with substantially reduced debt.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the six months ended June 30, 2013 unfavorably changed by $1.3 million from income of $0.8 million to an expense of $0.5 million. The loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward contracts executed on the Euro.

Income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased by $10.9 million from a $6.5 million benefit for the same period in 2012, to a $4.4 million income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, was primarily due to a tax benefit allocated to continuing operations after considering the gain recorded in the second quarter of 2012 in additional paid-in capital as a result of the reorganization. Such gain outside continuing operations serves as a source of income that enables realization of the tax benefit of the current year’s loss in continuing operations. This tax benefit in continuing operations is offset by the deferred tax liabilities associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, as well as expected foreign, state and local taxes.

Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(dollars in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Dollar
Increase (Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 

Net sales

   $ 1,285,641      $ 1,295,295      $ (9,654     (0.7 )% 

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     515,948        512,612        3,336        0.7

Publishing rights amortization

     177,747        230,624        (52,877     (22.9 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     137,729        176,829        (39,100     (22.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     831,424        920,065        (88,641     (9.6 )% 

Selling and administrative

     533,462        638,023        (104,561     (16.4 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

     54,815        67,372        (12,557     (18.6 )% 

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,003        1,674,164        (1,666,161     (99.5 )% 

Severance and other charges

     9,375        32,801        (23,426     (71.4 )% 

Gain on bargain purchase

     (30,751     —          30,751        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (120,687     (2,037,130     (1,916,443     (94.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (123,197     (244,582     (121,385     (49.6 )% 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     1,688        (811     2,499        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

     (242,196     (2,282,523     (2,040,327     (89.4 )% 

Reorganization items, net

     (149,114     —          149,114        NM   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (5,943     (100,153     (94,210     (94.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (2,098,231     (96.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
NM = not meaningful         

 

45


Table of Contents

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $9.7 million, or 0.7%, from $1,295.3 million for the same period in 2011, to $1,285.6 million. The decrease was due to a $47.0 million decline in domestic education sales from the prior year. New adoption and open territory sales in the markets in which we compete were reduced from the prior year primarily due to known lower adoptions in 2012 of approximately $390.0 million, coupled with a continuing decline in the open territory market of approximately $120.0 million from the prior year. We believe the overall addressable adoption market was down approximately 23% and the open territory market was down approximately 8% when compared to the prior year. Offsetting a portion of the decline was a $31.4 million increase in our Trade Publishing sales primarily due to increased sales of a number of our best-selling titles and an increase in e-book sales.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $1,916.4 million, or 94.1%, from a loss of $2,037.1 million for the same period in 2011 to a loss of $120.7 million, primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge recognized in 2011 of $1,442.5 million. The goodwill impairment was due to the carrying value of the Education reporting unit exceeding the implied fair value. Further, the increased loss in 2011 was also due to tradename and other impairments of $231.6 million. Other significant components of the decrease in operating loss were as follows:

 

   

a $104.5 million decrease in amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years;

 

   

a $104.6 million decrease in selling and administrative expenses related primarily to a reduction in labor related costs of $32.3 million; a reduction in variable expenses such as commissions and depository fees of $10.6 million associated with lower revenue; lower travel and entertainment expenses of $11.0 million; with the remaining $50.7 million attributed to lower fixed and discretionary expenses such as rent, bad debt and professional fees;

 

   

a $23.4 million decrease in severance and other charges, as 2011 included a significant executive and workforce realignment; and

 

   

a $30.8 million gain on bargain purchase associated with the acquisition of certain asset product lines for our Trade Publishing segment.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $121.4 million, or 49.6%, from $244.6 million for the same period in 2011, to $123.2 million, primarily as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy with substantially reduced debt.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $2.5 million from an unrealized loss of $0.8 million for the same period in 2011, to an unrealized gain of $1.7 million. The increase was due to favorable euro currency fluctuations on our foreign exchange forward contracts.

Reorganization items, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $149.1 million. The amount represents expense and income amounts that were recorded to the statement of operations as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $94.2 million from a tax benefit of $100.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, to a tax benefit of $5.9 million. The full year effective tax rate for 2012 was 6.4% primarily due to a tax benefit allocated to continuing operations after considering the gain recorded in 2012 in equity as a result of the reorganization. Such gain serves as a source of income that enables realization of the tax benefit of the current year loss in continuing operations. This tax benefit in continuing operations is offset by the deferred tax liabilities associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles as well as expected foreign, state and local taxes for 2012. The full year effective tax rate for 2011 was approximately 4.4% due to the deferred tax benefit resulting from the decrease in deferred tax liabilities associated with book impairments on indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill.

 

46


Table of Contents

Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

(dollars in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Combined
Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
    Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
Change
 

Net sales

   $ 1,295,295      $ 1,507,047      $ (211,752     (14.1 )% 

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     512,612        604,863        (92,251     (15.3 )% 

Publishing rights amortization

     230,624        284,313        (53,689     (18.9 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     176,829        219,444        (42,615     (19.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     920,065        1,108,620        (188,555     (17.0 )% 

Selling and administrative

     638,023        716,667        (78,644     (11.0 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

     67,372        59,607        7,765        13.0

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     1,674,164        107,961        1,566,203        NM   

Severance and other charges

     32,801        (11,243     44,044        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (2,037,130     (474,565     1,562,565        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (244,582     (416,121     (171,539     (41.2 )% 

Other (loss) income, net

     —          3        (3     NM   

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     (811     82,889        (83,700     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

     (2,282,523     (807,794     1,474,729        NM   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (100,153     11,709        (111,862     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,182,370   $ (819,503   $ 1,362,867        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
NM = not meaningful         

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $211.8 million, or 14.1%, from $1,507.0 million for the same period in 2010, to $1,295.3 million. The decline was largely driven by a reduction in the Texas adoption market by over $250 million from 2010, coupled with a decline in sales to open territories along with a decline in international sales. Net sales for Texas for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $72.0 million, approximately $119.0 million less than the same period in 2010. Additionally, sales to open territories were approximately $59.0 million lower for the year ended 2011, compared to the same period in 2010 due primarily to the contraction of spending throughout most states. International sales were $46.1 million lower in 2011 than 2010 due to a tightening of credit terms with our distributors in the Middle East. These declines were partially offset by sales of our professional development services.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $1,562.6 million, or 329.3%, from a loss of $474.6 million for the same period in 2010, to a loss of $2,037.1 million, primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $1,442.5 million. Further, the increased loss was also due to lower annual net sales, increased tradename and other impairments of $231.6 million and a $44.0 million increase in severance and other expenses, partially offset by:

 

   

a $88.5 million decrease in amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years;

 

   

a $78.6 million decrease in selling and administrative expenses related primarily to a reduction in variable expenses, such as commissions and depository fees associated with lower revenue; and

 

47


Table of Contents
   

a $92.3 million decrease in cost of sales (excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization) due to a reduction of the inventory step up amortization of $41.7 million, which was included in 2010, along with lower net sales.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased $171.5 million, or 41.2%, from $416.1 million for the same period in 2010, to $244.6 million, primarily a result of the expiration of legacy swap agreements with unfavorable fixed interest rates and the conversion of $4.0 billion of debt to equity in March 2010, as part of the restructuring. The components for the decline were:

 

   

in 2010, we paid $93.1 million related to the interest rate swap agreements in place at the time. The swap agreements, which were mandatory under our Credit Agreement, expired on December 31, 2010;

 

   

reduction of $67.0 million in interest related to our Mezzanine debt, which bore interest at 17.5% through March 9, 2010, that did not exist in 2011;

 

   

a reduction of $5.1 million of deferred financing costs as a substantial amount of deferred financing fees that existed at March 9, 2010 were written off; and

 

   

a reduction of $8.1 million related to the accounts receivable securitization facility, as we had $140.0 million outstanding on the securitization facility from February 2010 through August 3, 2010, and an average outstanding balance of $30.6 million for only two months during 2011.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $83.7 million from a gain of $82.9 million for the same period in 2010, to an unrealized loss of $0.8 million. The decrease was due to interest rate swap payments made during 2010, which effectively reduced the unrealized liability established on the balance sheet. No interest rate swap agreements were in place during 2011. The $0.8 million unrealized loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward contracts in place during 2011.

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $111.9 million from an expense of $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, to a benefit of $100.2 million. The full year effective tax rate for 2011 was approximately 4.4% primarily due to a deferred income tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result of book impairments to indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill, which reduce deferred tax liabilities.

Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement our financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA in addition to our GAAP results. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by debt restructurings, fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, or levels of depreciation or amortization. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on Adjusted EBITDA. In addition, targets and positive trends in Adjusted EBITDA are used as performance measures and to determine certain compensation of management. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a

 

48


Table of Contents

substitute for, net earnings in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for discretionary use. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA.

Below is a reconciliation of our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in thousands)   Successor           Predecessor  
  Six Months Ended
June  30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Period
March 10, 2010
to December 31,
          For the Period
January 1, 2010
to March 9,
 
  2013     2012     2012     2011     2010           2010  

Net loss

  $ (151,647   $ (119,873   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776

Interest expense

    11,585        109,833        123,197        244,582        258,174            157,947   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    4,357        (6,500     (5,943     (100,153     11,929            (220

Depreciation expense

    30,225        27,003        58,131        58,392        48,649            10,900   

Amortization expense (1)

    142,673        185,482        370,291        474,825        475,099            88,265   

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

    3,275        347        4,227        8,558        4,274            925   

Non-cash charges—gain (loss) on foreign currency and interest hedge

    479        (812     (1,688     811        (90,250         7,361   

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

    8,500        —          8,003        1,674,164        103,933            4,028   

Purchase accounting adjustments (2)

    4,878        6,326        (16,511     22,732        113,182            —     

Fees. expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

    1,764        267        267        3,839        1,513            —     

Debt restructuring (3)

    —          —          —          —          30,000            9,564   

Restructuring (4)

    1,539        1,788        6,716        —          —              —     

Severance separation costs and facility closures (5)

    6,481        3,762        9,375        32,818        23,975            992   

Reorganization items, net (6)

    —          (156,894     (149,114     —          —              —     

Debt extinguishment loss

    598        —          —          —          —              —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 64,707      $ 50,729      $ 319,812      $ 238,198      $ 472,751          $ (32,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes pre-publication amortization of $56,653 and $66,433 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $137,729 and $176,829 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $181,521 for the period from March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, and $37,923 for the period from January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010.
(2) Represents certain non-cash accounting adjustments, most significantly relating to deferred revenue and inventory costs, that we were required to record as a direct result of the March 9, 2010 restructuring and the acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010.
(3) Represents fees paid and charged to operations relating to the March 9, 2010 debt restructuring.
(4) Represents restructuring costs (other than severance and real estate) such as consulting and realignment.
(5) Represents costs associated with restructuring. Included in such costs are severance, facility integration and vacancy of excess facilities. 2010 costs also include program integration and related inventory obsolescence and consulting costs.
(6) Represents net gain associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.

 

49


Table of Contents

Segment Operating Results

Results of Operations—Comparing Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

Education

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
           2013                 2012            

Net sales

   $ 450,560      $ 447,317      $ 3,243        0.7

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     194,703        176,206        18,497        10.5

Publishing rights amortization

     66,093        83,662        (17,569     (21.0 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     56,112        65,785        (9,673     (14.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     316,908        325,653        (8,745     (2.7 )% 

Selling and administrative

     213,601        232,220        (18,619     (8.0 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

     12,513        26,372        (13,859     (52.6 )% 

Impairment charge for pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,500        —          8,500        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (100,962   $ (136,928   $ 35,966        (26.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating loss to Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Depreciation expense

     26,534        22,168        4,366        19.7

Amortization expense

     134,718        175,819        (41,101     (23.4 )% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

     8,500        —          8,500        100.0

Purchase accounting adjustments

     4,657        6,326        (1,669     (26.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 73,447      $ 67,385      $ 6,062        9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

     16.3     15.1    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Education segment net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $3.2 million, or 0.7%, from $447.3 million for the same period in 2012, to $450.6 million. The increase was largely driven by strong sales of intervention and professional development products and strong adoption sales in Florida and Tennessee. The increases were partially offset by lower sales of learning management systems as we migrate to a new learning management system partner strategy.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013, decreased $8.7 million, or 2.7%, from $325.7 million for the same period in 2012, to $316.9 million. The decrease was attributed to a $27.2 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights and pre-publication costs due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years. Offsetting the savings in amortization was an $18.5 million increase in cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization. This increase was primarily due to a $2.7 increase in production cost and $3.7 million increase in royalties associated with our product mix, $4.0 million of higher gratis costs due to increased sales to adoption states and $7.2 million of higher depreciation on digital platforms due to increased spending on development.

Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013, decreased $18.6 million, or 8.0%, from $232.2 million for the same period in 2012, to $213.6 million. The decrease was related primarily to a reduction in labor related costs of $11.3 million related to reduced head count, and a reduction of discretionary and fixed costs of $5.3 million, generally evenly spread across most expense groups due to our focus on cost reductions; and lower depreciation of $2.8 million.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $6.1 million, or 9.0%, from $67.4 million for the same period in 2012, to $73.4 million. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The impairment charge of $8.5 million pertains to a write off of platforms and programs that will not be utilized in the future. The purchase accounting adjustments for both 2013 and 2012 related to adjustments to deferred revenue for the 2010 restructuring where we adjusted our balance sheet to fair value. The purchase price adjustments gradually decrease each year. The increase in our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA, from 15.1% of net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 16.3% for the same period in 2013, was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Trade Publishing

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
           2013                 2012            

Net sales

   $ 78,985      $ 62,116      $ 16,869        27.2

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     48,113        38,066        10,047        26.4

Publishing rights amortization

     6,494        9,015        (2,521     (28.0 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     541        648        (107     (16.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     55,148        47,729        7,419        15.5

Selling and administrative

     20,020        19,013        1,007        5.3

Other intangible asset amortization

     920        —          920        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 2,897      $ (4,626   $ 7,523        (162.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating income (loss) to Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Depreciation expense

     235        229        6        2.6

Amortization expense

     7,955        9,663        (1,708     (17.7 )% 

Purchase accounting adjustments

     221        —          221        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,308      $ 5,266      $ 6,042        114.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

     14.3     8.5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $16.9 million, or 27.2%, from $62.1 million for the same period in 2012, to $79.0 million. The increase was attributed to additional net sales from our culinary product line as well as increases in the general interest and young readers products.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $7.4 million, or 15.5%, from $47.7 million for the same period in 2012, to $55.1 million. The increase is primarily related to increased sales offset by lower amortization expense related to publishing rights, which was lower due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower spending.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $1.0 million, or 5.3%, from $19.0 million for the same period in 2012, to $20.0 million. The increase was primarily related to higher labor costs.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $6.0 million, or 114.7%, from $5.3 million for the same period in 2012, to $11.3 million, due to the increase in

 

51


Table of Contents

operating income attributed to the $16.9 million increase in net sales. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, and purchase accounting adjustments. Our segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 14.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2013, which was up from 8.5% for the same period in 2012.

Corporate and Other

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
           2013                 2012            

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ —          0.0

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     3,000        —          3,000        NM   

Publishing rights amortization

     —          —          —          0.0

Pre-publication amortization

     —          —          —          0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     3,000        —          3,000        NM   

Selling and administrative

     30,082        29,219        863        3.0

Severance and other charges

     3,481        3,473        8        0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (36,563   $ (32,692   $ (3,871     11.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating loss to Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

        

Depreciation expense

     3,456        4,606        (1,150     (25.0 )% 

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

     3,275        347        2,928        NM   

Fees. expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

     1,764        267        1,497        NM   

Debt restructuring

        

Restructuring

     1,539        1,788        (249     (13.9 )% 

Severance separation costs and facility closures

     6,481        3,762        2,719        72.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (20,048   $ (21,922   $ 1,874        8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NM = not meaningful

The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources and executive functions.

Our cost of sales for the Corporate and Other category for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased $3.0 million. The increase was attributed to a $3.0 million destruction of inventory associated with the closure of a warehouse, which from a segment perspective is considered Other.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $0.9 million, or 3.0%, from $29.2 million for the same period in 2012, to $30.1 million. The increase was attributed to a $2.9 million increase in equity compensation charges, and a $1.5 million increase related to acquisition related activity. Partially offsetting the increase in selling and administrative costs was $1.2 million of lower depreciation and lower labor related costs.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased $1.9 million, or 8.5%, from a loss of $21.9 million for the same period in 2012, to a loss of $20.0 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category excludes depreciation, equity compensation charges, acquisition related activity, restructuring costs, severance and facility costs. The increase in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the factors described above after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category.

 

52


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Comparing Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and 2010

Education

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010  
       Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
    Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
     2012     2011     2010          

Net sales

   $ 1,128,591      $ 1,169,645      $ 1,383,147      $ (41,054     (3.5 )%    $ (213,502     (15.4 )% 

Costs and expenses:

              

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     424,205        438,265        518,688        (14,060     (3.2 )%      (80,423     (15.5 )% 

Publishing rights amortization

     161,649        205,700        263,372        (44,051     (21.4 )%      (57,672     (21.9 )% 

Pre-publication amortization

     136,361        175,494        218,774        (39,133     (22.3 )%      (43,280     (19.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     722,215        819,459        1,000,834        (97,244     (11.9 )%      (181,375     (18.1 )% 

Selling and administrative

     438,503        515,200        528,107        (76,697     (14.9 )%      (12,907     (2.4 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

     54,542        67,372        59,607        (12,830     (19.0 )%      7,765        13.0

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,003        1,674,164        100,961        (1,666,161     (99.5 )%      1,573,203        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (94,672   $ (1,906,550   $ (306,362   $ 1,811,878        (95.0 )%    $ (1,600,188     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating loss to Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

              

Depreciation expense

     49,600        40,018        40,728        9,518        23.9     (710     (1.7 )% 

Amortization expense

     352,552        448,566        541,753        (96,014     (21.4 )%      (93,187     (17.2 )% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

     8,003        1,674,164        100,961        (1,666,161     (99.5 )%      1,573,203        NM   

Purchase accounting adjustments

     14,240        22,732        113,182        (8,492     (37.4 )%      (90,450     (79.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 329,723      $ 278,930      $ 490,262      $ 50,793        18.2   $ (211,332     (43.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

     29.2     23.8     35.4        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

NM = not meaningful

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $41.1 million, or 3.5%, from $1,169.6 million for the same period in 2011, to $1,128.6 million. The decrease was primarily due to a $47.0 million decline in domestic education sales from the prior year. This was a result of our addressable new adoption and open territory sales being down from the prior year largely due to known lower adoptions in 2012 coupled with a continuing decline in the open territory market as a result of funding. The overall addressable adoption market was down approximately 23% when compared to the prior year and the open territory market was down approximately 8% from the prior year. While our Singapore Math product continues to outperform, certain other supplemental product sales were down due to aging products. The decrease was partially offset by the strength of our professional development services and reading intervention sales, which increased $20.5 million.

 

53


Table of Contents

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $213.5 million, or 15.4%, from $1,383.1 million for the same period in 2010, to $1,169.6 million. The decline was largely driven by a reduction in the Texas adoption market by over $250.0 million from 2010 coupled with a decline in sales to open territories along with a decline in international sales. Net sales for Texas for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $72.0 million, approximately $119.0 million less than the same period in 2010. Additionally, sales to open territories were approximately $59.0 million lower for the year ended 2011, compared to the same period in 2010 due primarily to the contraction of spending throughout most states. International sales were $46.1 million lower in 2011 than 2010 due to a tightening of credit terms with our distributors in the Middle East.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $97.2 million, or 11.9%, from $819.5 million for the same period in 2011, to $722.2 million. The decrease was attributed to an $83.2 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights and pre-publication costs due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years. Additionally, cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, decreased $14.1 million due to the lower costs associated with lower sales.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $181.4 million, or 18.1%, from $1,000.8 million for the same period in 2010, to $819.5 million. The decrease was attributed to a $101.0 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights and pre-publication costs due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years. Additionally, cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, decreased $80.4 million due to a $41.7 million inventory step up adjustment in 2010 related to the March 2010 restructuring and the lower costs associated with lower sales. Offsetting the decrease was an increase in our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, as a percentage of net sales by 300 basis points (after adjusting for the inventory step up adjustment), as we shifted to more development and consulting services from the more profitable print products.

Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $76.7 million, or 14.9%, from $515.2 million for the same period in 2011, to $438.5 million. The decrease was related primarily to a reduction in labor related costs of $21.7 million related to reduced head count, a reduction in variable expenses such as commissions and depository fees of $11.3 million associated with lower net sales; lower travel and entertainment expenses of $7.4 million; $26.9 million attributed to lower fixed and discretionary expenses such as rent, bad debt and professional fees; and lower depreciation of $9.4 million.

Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $12.9 million, or 2.4%, from $528.1 million for the same period in 2010, to $515.2 million. The decrease was related primarily to a reduction in variable expenses such as commissions and depository fees associated with lower sales offset by higher bad debt expense.

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $50.8 million, or 18.2%, from $278.9 million for the same period in 2011, to $329.7 million. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The impairment charge of $8.0 million in 2012 related to the write-down of programs and platforms that will not be utilized in the future and the impairment charge of $1674.2 million in 2011 was primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $1,442.5 million with the remainder of the charge pertaining to intangible assets. The purchase accounting adjustments in both 2012 and 2011 related to adjustments to deferred revenue for the 2010 restructuring where we adjusted our balance sheet to fair value. The purchase price adjustments decrease each year. The increase in our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA, from 23.8% of net sales for the year ended December 2011 to 29.2% for the same period in 2012, was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA.

 

54


Table of Contents

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $211.3 million, or 43.1%, from $490.3 million for the same period in 2010, to $278.9 million. The purchase accounting adjustments in 2011 related to adjustments to deferred revenue for the 2010 restructuring where we adjusted our balance sheet to fair value. The 2010 purchase accounting adjustments also pertain to the 2010 restructuring and also includes a $41.7 million inventory step up adjustment in addition to the deferred revenue adjustment. The purchase price adjustments decrease each year. The decrease in our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA, from 35.4% of net sales for the year ended December 2010 to 23.8% for the same period in 2011, is due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Trade Publishing

 

    Year Ended December 31,     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010  
      Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
    Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
    2012     2011     2010          

Net sales

  $ 157,050      $ 125,650      $ 123,900      $ 31,400        25.0   $ 1,750        1.4

Costs and expenses:

             

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

    91,743        74,347        71,275        17,396        23.4     3,072        4.3

Publishing rights amortization

    16,098        24,924        20,941        (8,826     (35.4 )%      3,983        19.0

Pre-publication amortization

    1,368        1,335        670        33        2.5     665        99.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    109,209        100,606        92,886        8,603        8.6     7,720        8.3

Selling and administrative

    36,994        38,927        40,500        (1,933     (5.0 )%      (1,573     (3.9 )% 

Other intangible asset amortization

    273        —          —          273        NM        —          NM   

Impairment charge intangible assets

    —          —          7,000        —          NM        (7,000     (100.0 )% 

Gain on bargain purchase

    (30,751     —          —          (30,751     NM        —          NM   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income (loss)

  $ 41,325      $ (13,883   $ (16,486   $ 55,208        (397.7 )%    $ 2,603        (15.8 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating Income (loss) to Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

             

Depreciation expense

    461        512        605        (51     (10.0 )%      (93     (15.4 )% 

Amortization expense

    17,739        26,259        21,611        (8,520     (32.4 )%      (4,648     (21.5 )% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

    —          —          7,000        —          —          (7,000     (100.0 )% 

Purchase accounting adjustments

    (30,751     —          —          (30,751     NM        —          NM   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 28,774      $ 12,888      $ 12,730      $ 15,886        123.3   $ 158        1.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

    18.3     10.3     10.3        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

NM = not meaningful

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $31.4 million, or 25.0%, from $125.7 million for the same period in 2011, to $157.1 million. The increase was primarily related to the increased popularity of certain titles as attributed to the theatrical releases of The Hobbit, Life of Pi and Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close, which drove increased book sales. Further, there was a continued increase in e-book sales driven by an overall growth in digital devices.

 

55


Table of Contents

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $1.8 million, or 1.4%, from $123.9 million for the same period in 2010, to $125.7 million. The increase was primarily attributed to favorable returns compared to the prior year due to a shift to e-book sales from print sales partially offset by a decline in income related to subsidiary rights.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $8.6 million, or 8.5%, from $100.6 million for the same period in 2011, to $109.2 million. The increase was attributed to an increase in cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, of $17.4 million due to the higher costs associated with the increased sales. Offsetting the increase was an $8.8 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights due to our use of accelerated amortization methods.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $7.7 million, or 8.3%, from $92.9 million for the same period in 2010, to $100.6 million. The increase was attributed to a $4.0 million higher amortization expense related to publishing rights costs due to the revaluing of our intangible assets in connection with the March 2010 restructuring. Additionally, cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, increased $3.1 million due to higher costs associated with higher sales and product mix.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $1.9 million, or 5.0%, from $38.9 million for the same period in 2011, to $37.0 million. The decrease was related primarily to lower fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to tighter cost management.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $1.6 million, or 3.9%, from $40.5 million for the same period in 2010, to $38.9 million. The decrease was related primarily to lower labor costs along with fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to tighter cost management.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $15.9 million, or 123.3%, from $12.9 million for the same period in 2011, to $28.8 million. Our segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales increased to 18.3% in 2012 from 10.3% in 2011 primarily due to increased net sales. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, and purchase accounting adjustments. The purchase accounting adjustment is the gain on bargain purchase of $30.8 million associated with the acquisition of certain asset product lines for less than the fair value of the acquired assets. The increase in our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA, from 10.3% of net sales for the year ended December 2011 to 18.3% for the same period in 2012, was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $0.2 million, or 1.2%, from $12.7 million for the same period in 2010, to $12.9 million. The impairment charge of $7.0 million in 2010 related to the write-down of tradenames. The increase in our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in segment Adjusted EBITDA. Our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 10.3% for both 2011 and 2010.

 

56


Table of Contents

Corporate and Other

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
    Dollar
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percent
change
 
     2012     2011     2010          

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —          NM      $ —          NM   

Costs and expenses:

              

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     —          —          14,900        —          NM        (14,900     NM   

Publishing rights amortization

     —          —          —          —          NM        —          NM   

Pre-publication amortization

     —          —          —          —          NM        —          NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     —          —          14,900        —          NM        (14,900     NM   

Selling and administrative

     57,965        83,896        148,060        (25,931     (30.9 )%      (64,164     (43.3 )% 

Severance and other charges

     9,375        32,801        (11,243     (23,426     (71.4 )%      44,044        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (67,340   $ (116,697   $ (151,717   $ 49,357        (42.3 )%    $ 35,020        (23.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments from operating loss to Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

              

Depreciation expense

     8,070        17,862        18,216        (9,792     (54.8 )%      (354     (1.9 )% 

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

     4,227        8,558        5,199        (4,331     (50.6 )%      3,359        64.6

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

     267        3,839        1,513        (3,572     NM        2,326        NM   

Debt restructuring

     —          —          39,564        —          NM        (39,564     (100.0 )% 

Restructuring

     6,716        —          —          6,716        NM        —          NM   

Severance separation costs and facility closures

     9,375        32,818        24,967        (23,443     (71.4 )%      7,851        31.4

Other income

     —          —          3        —          NM        (3     (100.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (38,685   $ (53,620   $ (62,255   $ 14,935        27.9   $ 8,635        13.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

NM= not meaningful

The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources and executive functions. Additionally, 2011 included headcount associated with certain incubator initiatives which were terminated in the latter half of 2011, resulting in labor savings in 2012.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $25.9 million, or 30.9%, from $83.9 million for the same period in 2011, to $58.0 million. The decrease was attributed to $9.8 million in lower depreciation expense due to the completion of the depreciation on our ERP system coupled with lower labor related costs due to headcount reductions that occurred at the end of 2011.

Our cost of sales for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $14.9 million, or 100%, from $14.9 million for the same period in 2010, to $0. The decrease was attributed to a $14.9 million destruction of inventory in 2010 associated with the closure of a warehouse, which from a segment perspective was considered Other.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2011, decreased $64.1 million, or 43.3%, from $148.1 million for the same period in 2011, to $83.9 million. The decrease was attributed to $39.6 million lower professional fees due attributed to the March 2010 restructuring and approximately lower restructuring costs, primarily associated with closure of the Dublin corporate office and professional fees.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased $14.9 million, from a loss of $53.6 million for the same period in 2011, to a loss of $38.7 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category excludes depreciation, equity compensation charges, acquisition related activity, restructuring costs, debt restructuring costs and severance and facility costs. The increase in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased $8.6 million, from a loss of $62.3 million for the same period in 2010, to a loss of $53.6 million. The increase in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

In the K-12 market, we typically receive payments for products and services from individual school districts, and, to a lesser extent, individual schools and states. In the Trade Publishing markets, payment is received for products and services from book distributors and retail booksellers. In the case of testing and assessment products and services, payment is received from the individually contracted parties.

Approximately 88% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three years, approximately 69% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales of K-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect on year-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affect year-to-year net sales performance.

 

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

(in thousands)   Third
Quarter
2011
    Fourth
Quarter
2011
    First
Quarter
2012
    Second
Quarter
2012
    Third
Quarter
2012
    Fourth
Quarter
2012
    First
Quarter
2013
    Second
Quarter
2013
 

Education segment

  $ 538,107      $ 203,641      $ 133,369      $ 313,948      $ 451,326      $ 229,948      $ 126,827      $ 323,733   

Trade Publishing segment

    36,402        36,075        31,860        30,256        42,687        52,247        39,767        39,218   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

    574,509        239,716        165,229        344,204        494,013        282,195        166,594        362,951   

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

    195,129        123,516        81,317        132,955        179,583        122,093        87,060        158,756   

Publishing rights amortization

    54,703        54,703        50,604        42,073        42,535        42,535        39,450        33,137   

Pre-publication amortization

    45,045        49,681        32,577        33,856        35,593        35,703        26,157        30,496   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    294,877        227,900        164,498        208,884        257,711        200,331        152,667        222,389   

Selling and administrative

    157,685        164,793        138,849        141,603        139,410        113,600        130,236        133,467   

Other intangible asset amortization

    18,348        13,015        13,138        13,234        13,381        15,062        10,752        2,681   

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

    36,757        1,637,407        —          —          —          8,003        —          8,500   

Severance and other charges

    2,254        29,878        1,093        2,380        2,019        3,883        1,928        1,553   

Gain on bargain purchase

    —          —          —          —          —          (30,751     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    64,588        (1,833,277     (152,349     (21,897     81,492        (27,933     (128,989     (5,639
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

               

Interest expense

    (64,025     (66,654     (66,800     (43,033     (6,900     (6,464     (5,907     (5,678

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    (1,560     (286     1,006        (194     812        64        (530     51   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (598
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before reorganization items and taxes

    (997     (1,900,217     (218,143     (65,124     75,404        (34,333     (135,426     (11,864

Reorganization items, net

    —          —          —          (156,894     —          7,780        —          —     

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (21,639     (109,973     7,204        (13,704     8,466        (7,909     1,955        2,402   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 20,642      $ (1,790,244   $ (225,347   $ 105,474      $ 66,938      $ (34,204   $ (137,381   $ (14,266
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A gain on bargain purchase of $30.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012. In addition, reorganization items of $156.9 million associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization were recorded in the second quarter of 2012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2013
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)      2012      2011      2010  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 105,202      $ 329,078       $ 413,610       $ 380,073   

Short-term investments

     107,377        146,041         —           17,667   

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,500        2,500         43,500         193,064   

Long-term debt

     244,375        245,625         2,968,088         2,668,530   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (152,768     104,802         132,796         141,670   

 

59


Table of Contents

On June 22, 2012, our creditors converted the First Lien Credit Agreement consisting of the Term Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the Revolving Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership of our common stock.

On May 22, 2012, we entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility, which was converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. As a result, our existing senior secured credit facilities consist of a $250.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility and a $250.0 million term loan facility. The proceeds from the initial borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

Under both the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company are the borrowers (the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under our senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect for profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers and HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrower and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

Borrowings under the term loan facility are payable in equal quarterly amounts totaling 1.0% per annum of the original term loan facility amount prior to the maturity date of the term loan facility, with the remaining unpaid balance due and payable at maturity. No amortization payments are required with respect to the revolving credit facility.

The revolving credit facility is available based on a borrowing base comprised of eligible inventory and eligible receivables. Up to $40.0 million of the revolving credit facility is available for issuances of letters of credit. The amount of any outstanding letters of credit reduce availability under the revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis.

The revolving credit facility has a term of five years and the interest rate for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is based on, at the Borrowers’ election, LIBOR or an alternate base rate, plus in each case a margin that is determined based on average daily availability. The term loan facility has a term of six years and the interest rate for borrowings under the term loan facility is based on, at the Borrowers’ election, LIBOR plus 4.25% per annum or the alternate base rate plus 3.25%. The LIBOR rate under the term loan facility is subject to a minimum “floor” of 1.00%. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate of the term loan facility was 5.25%. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $246.9 million outstanding under our term loan facility and no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility. We had approximately $212.8 million of borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility and approximately $25.9 million of outstanding letters of credit as of June 30, 2013.

The term loan facility contains financial covenants based on EBITDA requiring the Company, on a consolidated basis, to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage ratio and a certain maximum leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio is 8.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending during 2013, and 9.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters

 

60


Table of Contents

ending thereafter. The maximum leverage ratio is 2.25 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending through September 30, 2013, and 2.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2013 and thereafter. The revolving credit facility contains a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio which is tested if availability is less than the greater of $31.25 million and 15% of the lesser of the total commitment and the borrowing base then in effect, or less than $20.0 million if certain conditions are met. We were in compliance with each of these covenants in the term loan facility as of June 30, 2013, and the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio was not applicable under the revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit facilities also contain customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions and investments.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants, incorrectness of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross default to material indebtedness, material monetary judgments, ERISA defaults, insolvency, actual or asserted invalidity of loan documents or material security and change of control.

We had $105.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $107.4 million of short-term investments at June 30, 2013. We had $329.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $146.0 million of short-term investments at December 31, 2012.

We expect our net cash provided by operations combined with our cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our revolving credit facility to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, capital spending, debt service requirements and working capital requirements over at least the next twelve months.

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $152.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, a $65.5 million decrease from the $218.2 million used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease in cash used in operating activities for the first six months of 2013 from 2012 was primarily driven by lower interest of $98.2 million, a direct result of the substantial reduction in debt related to our Chapter 11 reorganization, offset by unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities of $34.6 million primarily as a result of unfavorable changes in accounts receivable of $82.2 million due to timing and unfavorable changes in inventory of $28.9 million related to anticipated third quarter sales from the prior year. These changes were partially offset by favorable changes in accounts payable of $24.5 million due to timing of payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $104.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a $28.0 million decrease from the $132.8 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to decreases in working capital, primarily consisting of unfavorable changes in deferred revenue, primarily driven by the adoption cycle, of $165.6 million and accounts payable of $63.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in selling and administrative expenses by $104.6 million. The reduction in selling and administrative expenses was related primarily to a reduction in labor related costs of $32.3 million as a result of reduced head count, a reduction in variable expenses such as commissions and depository fees of $10.6 million associated with lower sales, lower travel and entertainment expenses of $11.0 million, along with lower fixed and discretionary expenses of $50.7 million. The decrease was offset further by favorable changes in accounts receivable of $28.2 million and inventory of $4.7 million due to timing.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a $8.9 million decrease from the $141.7 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from 2010 to 2011 was driven by an unfavorable change in accounts receivable of $61.1 million as a substantial amount of prior year adoption sales were collected by the end of the fourth quarter of 2010, along with an unfavorable change in inventory of $35.8 million and

 

61


Table of Contents

decreased interest payable of $51.1 million. These changes were partially offset by favorable changes in accounts payable of $62.6 million and severance and other charges of $39.8 million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $69.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $16.4 million from the $53.5 million used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in cash investing expenditures is attributed to a $26.0 million increase in additions to pre-publication costs and property, plant and equipment, primarily platforms. Although a portion of the increase is attributed to timing, there is a portion of the increase due to incremental spending as we prepare programs for an increase in upcoming adoptions over the next couple of years. Partially offsetting the net cash used in investing activities is an increase in net proceeds from short-term investment activity.

Net cash used in investing activities was $296.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $100.7 million from the $195.3 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash expenditures for 2012 is primarily attributable to purchases of $165.6 million of short-term investments offset by reductions in capital expenditures of $28.9 million for property, plant, and equipment and pre-publication costs, and reductions in cash outlays over the prior year for acquisitions of $24.6 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $195.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $62.4 million from the $257.7 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease reflects $17.8 million in proceeds from the sale of short term investments and $16.8 million in proceeds from restricted cash accounts related to cash collateralized letter of credit which were released in 2011. In the year ended December 31, 2010, $18.0 million had been used for the purchase of short term investments and $42.7 million had been deposited to restricted cash accounts. Partially offsetting the source of cash from investing activities was $30.0 million of additional capital expenditure over the prior period for an acquisition of an intangible asset.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of $125.4 million from the $124.2 million net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012. We paid $1.3 million of principal payments in 2013 for our outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility during the first six months of 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we received proceeds of $250.0 million in connection with the initial borrowings under our term loan facility. This amount was partially offset by our Chapter 11 reorganization costs and principal payments of long term debt of $10.9 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $106.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $10.7 million from the $96.0 million net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2012, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we issued new term debt with proceeds of $250.0 million and we paid $104.0 million in restructuring costs and $26.6 million in deferred financing fees relating to the bankruptcy and new term debt. We also paid $10.9 million of principal payments on the debt existing prior to bankruptcy and three quarters of principal payments related to the new term debt totaling $1.9 million. During 2011, we issued secured notes with proceeds of $300.0 million and we paid $150.0 million to retire the 7.2% secured notes that matured on March 15, 2011. We also made principal payments on our long term debt totaling $43.5 million and paid approximately $10.5 million of fees in connection with the issuance of the $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $96.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $306.1 million from the $402.1 million net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2011, we received $300.0 million through a 10.5% Senior Notes offering and paid $8.9 million for fees associated with that offering. We also paid $1.6 million of deferred financing fees related to

 

62


Table of Contents

the amendments to our accounts receivable securitization facility. We paid $150.0 million to retire the 7.2% secured notes that matured on March 15, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we raised $649.6 million, net of fees, from our rights offering. Offsetting this inflow was a payment of $43.7 million of related restructuring costs.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, book returns, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, financial instruments, depreciation and amortization periods, recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment, capitalized pre-publication costs, other identified intangibles, goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, litigation and purchase accounting. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; license fees for book rights, content and software; and services that include test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training as well as access to hosted content. Revenue is recognized only once persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of products or services has occurred, title and risk of loss with respect to products have transferred to the customer, all significant obligations, if any, have been performed, and collection is probable.

We enter into certain contractual arrangements that have multiple elements, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements. These multiple-deliverable arrangements may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangement based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables. In such circumstances, we first determine the selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimate of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists. Revenue is then allocated to the non-software deliverables as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the selling price hierarchy. Non-software deliverables include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate to software deliverables. Software deliverables include software licenses, software maintenance and support services, professional services and training when those services relate to software deliverables.

For the non-software deliverables, we determine the revenue for each deliverable based on its relative selling price in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

 

63


Table of Contents

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized.

Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocated to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, with the residual amount of the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience.

Deferred revenues represent amounts billed to customers or payments received from customers for which revenue has not been recognized. Deferred revenues primarily consist of gratis items, which are delivered free of charge to our customers, such as workbooks and online digital content, digital and on-line learning components. Revenue is allocated to gratis items in a multiple-element arrangement based on their relative selling prices and such revenue is deferred and only recognized as the items are delivered. As our business model shifts to more digital and on-line learning components, our deferred revenue balance could increase.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for book returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables. Reserves for book returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title level-basis by comparing the number of units in stock with the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, the previous years’ sales history, the subsequent year’s sales forecast, known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs.

Pre-publication Costs

We capitalize pre-publication costs. Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using the sum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for a pre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for all pre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing consumer books, for which we expense such costs as incurred, and our assessment products, for which we use the straight-line amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalized pre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related to pre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $137.7 million and $176.8 million, respectively. For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 amortization expense related to pre-publication costs was $37.9 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 amortization expense related to pre-publication costs was $181.5 million.

 

64


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, pre-publication costs of $0.4 million, $33.5 million, $0 and $16.9 million, respectively, were deemed to be impaired. The impairment was included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Other intangible assets principally consist of branded trademarks and trade names, acquired publishing rights and customer relationships. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade names) are not amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication of impairment exists. Recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles is evaluated using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. We estimate total fair value of each reporting unit using discounted cash flow analysis, and make assumptions regarding future revenue, gross margins, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows and the terminal value of the reporting unit. With regard to other intangibles with indefinite lives, we determine the fair value by asset, which is then compared to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.

Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature, and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities. Consistent with prior years, we used an income approach to establish the fair value of the reporting unit as of October 1, 2012. As in prior years, we used the most recent five year strategic plan as the initial basis of our analysis.

We completed our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests as of October 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and recorded a noncash impairment charge of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1,635.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and $87.0 million for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010. There was no impairment for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010. The impairments principally related to one specific tradename within the Education segment in 2012, goodwill and tradenames within the Education segment in 2011, and related to tradenames within the Education segment and Trade Publishing segment in 2010. The impairment charges resulted primarily from a decline in revenue from previously projected amounts as a result of the economic downturn and reduced educational spending by states and school districts. All impairment charges are included in operating income.

Publishing Rights

A publishing right is an acquired right which allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. We determine the fair market value of the publishing rights arising from business combinations by discounting the after-tax cash flows projected to be derived from the publishing rights and titles to their net present value using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk. The useful life of the publishing rights is based on the lives of the various copyrights involved. Acquired publication rights, as well as customer-related intangibles with definitive lives, are primarily amortized on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from three to 20 years.

 

65


Table of Contents

Royalty Advances

Royalty advances to authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of the sale of an author’s product and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience. Advances are evaluated periodically to determine if they are expected to be recovered. Any portion of a royalty advance that is not expected to be recovered is fully reserved.

Stock-Based Compensation

Accounting guidance requires employee stock-based payments to be accounted for under the fair value method. Under this method, we are required to record compensation cost based on the fair value estimated for stock-based awards granted over the requisite service periods for the individual awards, which generally equal the vesting periods. We use the straight-line amortization method for recognizing stock-based compensation expense.

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. Historically, as a private company, we lacked company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimate our expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our publicly traded peer companies and expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our traded stock price. The expected life assumption is based on the simplified method for estimating expected term for awards. This option has been elected as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the option. We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we have estimated expected forfeitures of stock options based on our historical forfeiture rate and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Although inflation is currently well below levels in prior years and has, therefore, benefited recent results, particularly in the area of manufacturing costs, there are offsetting costs. Our ability to adjust selling prices has always been limited by competitive factors and long-term contractual arrangements which either prohibit price increases or limit the amount by which prices may be increased. Further, a weak domestic economy at a time of low inflation could cause lower tax receipts at the state and local level, and the funding and buying patterns for textbooks and other educational materials could be adversely affected. Prices for paper moderated during the last three years.

The most significant investments affected by inflation include pre-publication, other property, plant and equipment and inventories. We use the weighted average cost method to value substantially all inventory. We have negotiated favorable pricing through contractual agreements with our two top print and sourcing vendors, and from our other major vendors, which has helped to stabilize our unit costs, and therefore our cost of inventories sold. Our publishing business requires a high level of investment in pre-publication for our educational and reference works, and in other property, plant and equipment. We expect to continue to commit funds to the publishing areas through both internal growth and acquisitions. We believe that by continuing to emphasize cost controls, technological improvements and quality control, we can continue to moderate the impact of inflation on our operating results and financial position.

 

66


Table of Contents

Covenant Compliance

As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

We are currently required to meet certain restrictive financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility and revolving credit facility. We have financial covenants primarily pertaining to interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. A breach of any of these covenants, ratios, tests or restrictions, as applicable, for which a waiver is not obtained could result in an event of default, in which case our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and result in a cross-default under other arrangements containing such provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity for the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt owed to these lenders and to terminate any commitments of these lenders to lend to us. If the lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the indebtedness and any other indebtedness that would become due as a result of any acceleration. Further, in such an event, the lenders would not be required to make further loans to us, and assuming similar facilities were not established and we are unable to obtain replacement financing, it would materially affect our liquidity and results of operations.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our estimated commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loan facility due May 2018 (1)

   $ 248,125       $ 2,500       $ 5,000       $ 5,000       $ 235,625   

Interest Payable on term loan facility due
May 2018 (2)

     69,365         13,157         25,915         25,418         4,875   

Capital Leases

     5,925         1,689         4,236         —           —     

Operating leases (3)

     192,930         43,818         82,642         48,388         18,082   

Purchase obligations (4)

     407,535         187,628         210,329         9,513         65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash contractual obligations

   $ 923,880       $ 248,792       $ 328,122       $ 88,319       $ 258,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The term loan facility amortizes at a rate of 1% per annum of the original $250.0 million amount.
(2) As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate was 5.25%.
(3) Represents minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases.
(4) Purchase obligations are agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding. These goods and services consist primarily of author advances, subcontractor expenses, information technology licenses, and outsourcing arrangements.

In addition to the payments described above, we have employee benefit obligations that require future payments. For example, we have made $19.8 million in cash contributions to our pension and postretirement benefit plans in 2012 and expect to make another $13.5 million of contributions in 2013 relating to our pension and postretirement benefit plans although we are not obligated to do so. We expect to periodically draw and repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. We believe that we will be able to meet our cash interest obligations on our outstanding debt when they are due and payable.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce our earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. As permitted, we may designate certain of these derivative contracts for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with authoritative guidance regarding accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. However, certain of these instruments may not qualify for, or we may choose not to elect, hedge accounting treatment and, accordingly, the results of our operations may be exposed to some level of volatility. Volatility in our results of operations will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. Periodically we may enter into derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and collars to manage interest rate exposures, and foreign currency spot, forward, swap and option contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. The fair market values of all these derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes.

By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk not recognized in our financial statements. The market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities being hedged. Our policy is to deal with counterparties having a single A or better credit rating at the time of the execution. We manage credit risk through the continuous monitoring of exposures to such counterparties.

We continue to review liquidity sufficiency by performing various stress test scenarios, such as cash flow forecasting which considers hypothetical interest rate movements. Furthermore, we continue to closely monitor current events and the financial institutions that support our credit facility, including monitoring their credit ratings and outlooks, credit default swap levels, capital raising and merger activity.

As of June 30, 2013, we have $246.9 million of aggregate principal amount indebtedness outstanding under our term loan facility that bears interest at a variable rate. An increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. We also have up to $250.0 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, under our revolving credit facility, and borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate. We have no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility at June 30, 2013. Assuming that the revolving credit facility is fully drawn, an increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility by $2.5 million on an annual basis.

We conduct various digital development activities in Ireland, and as such, our cash flows and costs are subject to fluctuations from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We manage our exposures to this market risk through the use of short-term forward exchange contracts, when deemed appropriate, which were not significant as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013. We do not enter into derivative transactions or use other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

68


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Our mission is to change people’s lives by fostering passionate, curious learners. We believe that by combining world-class educational content, products and services with cutting edge technology, digital innovation and research, we can make learning and teaching more effective and engaging.

We are a leading global provider of education solutions, delivering content, technology, services and media to over 50 million students in over 150 countries worldwide. We deliver our offerings to both educational institutions and consumers around the world. In the United States, we are the leading provider of K-12 educational content by market share We believe that nearly every K-12 current student in the United States has utilized our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation with these students that is difficult for others to replicate and positions us to continue to provide our broader content and services to serve their lifelong learning needs. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which are generally known.

According to GSV Asset Management, the market for education content, media and services related expenditures is around $4.6 trillion globally. The K-12 market, which is the market we predominantly target, represents approximately 52% of these total expenditures. We believe our leadership position provides us with strong competitive advantages in this market. We have established relationships with educators, institutions, parents, students and life-long learners around the world that are founded on our education expertise, content and services that meet the evolving needs of our customers. Our portfolio of intellectual property spans educational, general interest, children’s and reference works, and has been developed by award-winning authors—including 8 Nobel Prize winners, 47 Pulitzer Prize winners and 13 National Book Award winners—and editors with expertise in learning and pedagogy. Our content includes characters and titles such as Curious George , Carmen Sandiego , The Oregon Trail , The Little Prince , The Lord of the Rings , Life of Pi , Webster’s New World Dictionary and Cliffs Notes that we believe are recognized in the United States and internationally. Through our network of over 300 sales professionals, we serve a growing list of institutional customers. We believe that our combination of established relationships, content portfolio, and sales team creates a competitive position that is difficult to replicate.

We sell our products and services across multiple platforms and distribution channels and are expanding our customer base beyond institutions, with an increasing focus on individual consumers who comprise a significant target audience of life-long learners. Leveraging our portfolio of content, including some of our children’s brands and titles that we believe are iconic and timeless such as Where in the World is Carmen Sandiego? and Curious George , we create interactive digital content, mobile apps and educational games, build websites and provide technology-based educational solutions. Our recent acquisition of Tribal Nova, a children’s educational gaming company that operates online learning services such as PBS KIDS PLAY!, Kids’ CBC Wonderworld and Bayam, accelerates our consumer e-commerce expansion strategy by adding enhanced digital capabilities to our existing content. Based on the strength of our content portfolio and its adaptability across multiple distribution channels, we believe that we are also well positioned to expand into the early childhood development and global English language learning markets without significant additional costs associated with content development.

We believe we are a leader in transforming the traditional educational content and services landscape based on the size of our digital products portfolio and market share as compared to our competitors. Our digital portfolio, combined with our development partnerships with recognized technology leaders such as Apple, Samsung, Knewton and Kno, enables us to bring our next-generation learning solutions and media content to learners across substantially all platforms and devices. In 2013, we were recognized as an Apple iTunes Top

 

69


Table of Contents

Publisher, which is a category for publishers with the most books downloaded through iTunes, and we believe our digital content, including a growing suite of interactive textbooks (electronic textbooks with interactive features) mobile applications and educational games, provides us with a competitive advantage over other educational content companies. Additionally, we believe our technology and development capabilities allow us to enhance content engagement and effectiveness with embedded assessment, interactivity, personalization and adaptivity. For example, our HMH Fuse curriculum incorporates embedded video tutorials, step-by-step examples and other integrated features to provide a personalized math learning experience for students in a device-agnostic mobile environment. In 2011, our HMH Fuse: Algebra 1 App won a Distinguished Achievement Award from the Association of Educational Publishers, which recognizes excellence in educational resources and marketing and which is acknowledged by educators, administrators and parents as a mark of outstanding educational value, as the winner of the Mobile Device Application Award in the technology category.

In addition to our comprehensive instructional materials, we provide testing and assessment solutions through our Riverside products. We also provide school improvement and professional development services through our Heinemann products and The Leadership and Learning Center that help teachers and administrators meet their academic objectives and regulatory mandates. We believe that our research-based, education solutions are important for school systems and educators as they provide a comprehensive set of curriculum and instructional strategy solutions designed to deliver learning and teaching results both in the classroom and at home.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our total net sales were $529.5 million, $1,285.6 million, $1,295.3 million and $1,507.0 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our net loss was $151.6 million, $87.1 million, $2,182.4 million and $819.5 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $64.7 million, $319.8 million, $238.2 million and $440.7 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Information.”

Market Opportunity

Rising Global Demand for Education

We believe we are a leading provider in the global learning and educational content market based on our market share and are well positioned to take advantage of the continued growth expected to result as more countries transition to knowledge-based economies, global markets integrate, and consumption, especially in emerging markets, rises. In particular, we expect to primarily offer our English language education and instructional products in foreign countries. The global education sector, especially in Asia and the Middle East, is experiencing rising enrollments and increasing government and consumer spending driven by the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards, personal career prospects and economic growth that will increase the demand for our English language products. In particular, we believe that the educational markets in China, India, Brazil, Mexico and the Middle East are poised for growth. As a result, our international growth strategy is focused on these countries.

U.S. K-12 Market is Large and Growing

In the United States, which is our primary market today and in which we sell K-12 educational content to both public and private schools, the K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments accounting for over $638 billion of expenditures, or about 4.4% of the 2011 U.S. gross domestic product as measured by NCES for the 2010-2011 school year. The instructional supplies and services component of this market was estimated to be approximately $30 billion in 2011 and is expected to continue growing as a result of several secular and cyclical factors.

 

70


Table of Contents

In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. We believe this market structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

Growth in the U.S. K-12 market for educational content and services will be driven by several factors. In the near term, total spend by institutions, which is largely dependent upon state and local funding, is rebounding in the wake of the U.S. economic recovery. While the market has historically grown above the pace of inflation, averaging 7.2% growth annually since 1969, the difficult operating environment stemming from the recession has caused many states and school districts to defer spending on educational materials. Following the recovery, and as tax revenues collected through income, sales and property taxes continue to rebound, institutional customers benefit from improved funding cycles. States such as Florida, California and Texas are all scheduled to adopt educational materials for certain subjects between 2013 and 2016, with Florida adopting reading in 2013, California having approved funding for a math adoption in 2014 and Texas having passed a budget in 2013 for the next two years. While we do not currently have contracts with these states for future years, we have historically captured over 50% of the market share in these states in the years that they adopt educational materials for various subjects.

Longer-term growth in the U.S. K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments. Compared to 55.0 million students in 2010, enrollments are expected to increase to over 58.0 million by the 2021 school year, according to NCES and the U.S. Census Bureau. Accordingly, NCES forecasts that the current expenditures in the U.S. K-12 market are expected to grow to approximately $665 billion by 2022. The instructional supplies and services market, which uses the types of educational materials and services that we offer, represents approximately 4.8%, or $32 billion, of these expenditures. There is no guarantee that spending will increase by the amount forecasted and, if it does, there is no guarantee that our sales will increase accordingly.

In addition, increased investment in areas of government policy focus is expected to further drive market growth. For example, President Obama has identified early childhood development as an important education initiative of his administration and has proposed a Preschool for All initiative, which has not been enacted yet, with a $75 billion budget over the next 10 years to increase access to high quality early childhood education. Multi-state initiatives to establish a common set of educational standards are also expanding the market for teacher professional development and school improvement services.

Increasing Focus on Accountability and Student Outcomes

U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, due to a recognition of its importance to the U.S. society at large and concern over the perceived decline in U.S. student competitiveness relative to their international peers. An independent task force report published in March of 2012 by the Council on Foreign Relations, a non-partisan membership organization and think tank, observed that American students rank far behind global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, and concluded that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership.

This political focus has generated significant new legislation and government initiatives over the last decade, beginning with No Child Left Behind, implemented in 2002, and continuing with Race to the Top and other programs enacted by the DOE since 2009. These regulatory frameworks have mandated stricter

 

71


Table of Contents

accountability, higher standards and increased transparency in education, and states have been required to measure annual progress towards these standards and make results publicly available for the first time. Recently, state governors have worked together to create the Common Core State Standards with implementation scheduled to begin in the 2014-2015 school year.

As a result of these more rigorous regulations and standards, schools and districts have increased their focus on acquiring high quality, proven content that is aligned with standards and empowers educators to meet new requirements. Schools have also increased their expenditures on services that provide them with the data management and assessment capabilities they need to measure their progress.

Growing Shift Towards Digital Materials

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. An increasing number of schools are implementing online or blended learning environments and utilizing digital content in their classrooms. Technologies are also being adapted for educational uses on the internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permits the sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices at the same time through a virtual network. An analysis conducted by the DOE in 2009 that surveyed more than a thousand empirical studies of online learning found that, on average, students in online learning conditions performed modestly better than those receiving face-to-face instruction.

While the adoption of technology within the U.S. K-12 market may differ significantly across districts and states due to varying resources and infrastructure, most schools are seeking to implement more technology and are seeking partners to help them create effective digital learning environments. In some cases, districts are requiring providers of instructional materials to include digital components in their offerings, and are exploring subscription-based models for acquiring content. Many educators also believe that the increased implementation of digital learning environments will enable the widespread use of learning analytics, which enhance the ability to monitor patterns or gather intelligence surrounding student behavior and learning to ultimately help schools build better pedagogical methods, target at-risk students and improve student retention.

In addition, as sales of digital educational materials grow as a percentage of the total market, the relatively lower development and distribution costs of digital content relative to print products are expected to enhance the operating margins of companies that create and distribute educational content.

Consumerization of Education

As education continues to increase in importance in the modern knowledge economy, individual consumers are increasingly supplementing their formal education with additional learning programs and services that enhance existing knowledge and skills. Moreover, as technologies evolve and learning content is targeted and delivered with greater ease and in more attractive, interactive formats to consumers, we believe greater demand for learning programs will result. According to GSV Asset Management, edu-gaming, which is the process of learning through games, is a consumer education category that is expected to grow by 25% to $18 billion by 2018, and the global English language learning market is forecast to grow to $80 billion in the same period. We believe that these markets represent important addressable markets for our company as we leverage our broad content portfolio across new growth opportunities.

 

72


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are a leader in our market based on our decades-long experience developing content and solutions and forming and maintaining long-term customer relationships and industry partnerships. We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:

 

 

High quality content portfolio. Our intellectual property portfolio is one of our most valuable and difficult to replicate assets. It reflects multi-billion dollar investments over our history in content development, conceptualization and acquisition, including, on average, $175 million in annual content development expenditures over the past ten years. Our portfolio contains almost 500,000 separate International Standard Book Numbers spanning education, general interest, children’s and reference works and includes content developed in collaboration with respected educational authors such as Irene Fountas, Gay Su Pinnell and Ed Berger. We leverage this content, which is backed by decades of research, to provide educational products and solutions used and relied upon daily by thousands of teachers, students, parents and lifelong learners. Our solutions provide comprehensive and effective educational curricula developed to meet or exceed U.S. and global education standards, including the Common Core State Standards. As an example of the efficacy of our educational content, a recent study conducted by Education Research Institute of America concluded that students using our Go Math! curriculum for one semester demonstrated significantly improved overall performance compared to students using other mathematics programs. In addition, our approach to creating and maintaining our content digitally enables us to provide products and solutions through device-agnostic, digital learning platforms in a variety of formats including e-books, interactive video, online portals, games and mobile applications and allows us to create new solutions with minimal incremental investment.

 

 

Long-standing relationships with educators and other key education stakeholders. Cultivating relationships with educators is a critical success factor in our market. Given the nature of K-12 education and the market’s multi-year usage cycle, wherein schools use a specific curriculum program for several years, we believe that educators have little room for error in selecting programs for their schools and seek out relationships with established providers to minimize curriculum selection risk. We believe our relationships with educators are an important source of competitive advantage. Our relationships reflect a long history of education policy expertise, unique content development competencies, and results-driven education solutions, and lead to strong contract retention and better access to new customers and future growth opportunities. For example, as states have considered adopting the Common Core State Standards and adding their state-specific academic requirements to Common Core State Standards, we have played an active role in the changing curriculum landscape. In meetings arranged through our government affairs representatives, we have met with various state leaders and discussed generally the transition to Common Core State Standards and related matters, including how our products, services and capabilities can help educators with that transition. Separately, we provide fee-based teacher training sessions through our Leadership and Learning Center for educators adopting the Common Core State Standards. These services constitute part of our growing suite of professional services provided to improve educational effectiveness for schools and educators.

To continue to deepen our relationships, as well as access new customers and future growth opportunities, in 2012 we reduced our sales staff in connection with our reorganization and realigned our 300 person sales force from being organized by products to being organized by geography. This allows a single member of our sales team to focus on a geographic region and provide individualized solutions using all of our content, technology and services. Our sales force has expertise in both traditional educational content as well as technology-driven educational solutions and utilizes a strategic, consultative approach that involves stakeholders at every level of the decision-making process, from state legislators and school districts to school administrators and teachers. Our approach positions us to flexibly respond to schools’ and teachers’ needs, as demonstrated by our growing suite of professional services, which are focused on improving educational effectiveness at both the institutional and instructor levels.

 

73


Table of Contents
 

Iconic brands with international recognition. Our brands include characters and titles that we believe are recognized in the United States and internationally, such as Curious George, Gossie and Gertie, Polar Express and Life of Pi , and which we believe resonate with students, teachers, educators and parents. We believe that nearly every school-aged child in the United States has used our curriculum as part of their education because we sell our educational products to approximately 13,850 public school districts and 14,600 private schools in the United States that collectively represent approximately 98% of student enrollments in the United States. Our comprehensive instructional materials reach 100% of the top 1,000 school districts in the United States. Recent Q score data, a measurement of the familiarity and appeal of a brand used in the United States, indicates that Curious George’s recognition among mothers of children aged 2 to 11 is greater than Mickey Mouse . This combination of reach and recognition contributes to what we believe is a long-lasting relationship with consumers, who are introduced to our brands as children, use our educational products throughout their pre-K-12 school years, read our general interest titles as adults, and then purchase our content for their own children. We are increasingly finding ways to blend our well-known brands with new content—for example, our planned Curious World portal will enable teachers and parents to access and purchase Curious George educational content such as e-books, apps, games and videos. Our Curious George brand also has an inherent international following that is not correlated to our marketing efforts. An example of this can be seen in Japan and Australia, which, despite minimal marketing spend globally, had the second and fourth highest number of downloads of our Curious George app of any country after the United States. We believe that we have a strong foundation upon which to further monetize our intellectual property across new media and channels, including websites, mobile applications, e-books and games.

 

 

Strategic partnerships with industry and technology thought leaders. Our position as a leader in our market allows us to continually expand upon our strategic partnerships with both industry and technology thought leaders. These partnerships enable us to create innovative solutions that meet the evolving needs of the global education market. For example, our agreements with technology companies in the U.S. K-12 education market include a non-exclusive digital distribution agreement with Apple under which Apple delivers our educational content on the iOS platform as interactive textbooks through the Apple iBookstore. Our non-exclusive K-12 agreement with Kno allows us to distribute our educational content on the Kno digital learning platform with Kno enhancements and interactive features in the United States, with the potential to expand internationally. The Knewton agreement is a non-exclusive agreement to deliver adaptive learning solutions to K-12 students in the United States via the integration of our educational content with Knewton’s proprietary personalized learning technology. We have also entered into a non-exclusive digital distribution agreement with Samsung for delivery of Android-based digital books, including textbooks, in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy and Spain. Our partnerships also enable us to explore new pricing models; for example, our partnership with SK Telecom provides us with subscription-based revenue, a model we expect to expand going forward. Additionally, we have entered into a series of agreements with A&E, a cable and television channel, enabling us to develop and offer traditional and digital instructional materials featuring A&E History Channel multimedia content in co-branded products in the U.S. market.

 

 

Strong financial position and scalable business model. Our strong financial position is derived from our ability to generate significant cash flow from operating activities. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we generated $104.8 million and $132.8 million of cash flow from operations, respectively. Since 2010, we have reduced our selling and administrative expenses by approximately $183.2 million while reducing headcount by 720 full time employees, or 18%, and optimized our operations and cost structure to better align our business to the changing educational content and services landscape. We believe that as we continue to monetize our content across newly developed channels and implement new revenue and pricing models, both on our own and through partnerships, we will begin to realize even greater sales while incurring lower incremental costs, which will further improve our operating margins. In addition, as we distribute more of our content in digital formats, our operating margins will benefit from lower development and distribution costs relative to print products. We have embraced this gradual shift to digital through our “hybrid” offerings of print and digital products that allow for flexibility in the delivery of an education

 

74


Table of Contents
 

curriculum while allowing us to benefit from better margins as more and more schools make the transition to digital. Because of these factors, we believe our business model is scalable since we should be able to generate future revenue without materially increasing our costs as we believe our current infrastructure, warehousing and fulfillment capabilities can support increased sales. Our long-term debt balance of $244.4 million as of June 30, 2013, current net cash position of $212.6 million as of June 30, 2013 and available liquidity of $425.3 million as of June 30, 2013 provide the flexibility to continue to invest in new projects and pursue selective acquisitions.

 

 

Experienced, technology-focused and innovation-oriented management team. Our management team consists of industry leaders with a unique combination of technology-based backgrounds, relevant industry expertise and demonstrated execution capabilities. Linda Zecher, President and CEO, has held leadership roles at Microsoft, Texas Instruments, Peoplesoft and other leading institutions. She is a recognized leader in the U.S. education community, presiding on the U.S. State Department’s Board for Overseas Schools and previously served on the James Madison University Board of Visitors. She has also assembled a technology oriented management team that brings highly relevant experience from prior positions at technology and media leaders such as IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, Novell, Monster Worldwide and Thomson Reuters, among others. During their tenure, our management team has refocused the Company to create a digitally-enabled content platform that has better positioned the Company for growth in a rapidly changing educational content environment. Additionally, the management team has realigned the Company’s sales force and reduced selling and administrative costs. We believe our management team has the skills necessary to maintain and build upon our position as a leader in the digital transformation of the industry.

Strategies for Growth

Our growth strategies involve broadening our content and service offerings to meet the growing needs of an evolving educational landscape, acquiring new customers while simultaneously selling additional or more profitable products or services to existing customers and monetizing our existing assets across new channels and markets. We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:

 

 

Deepen penetration of existing educational markets by adapting and broadening our content and service offerings. We intend to broaden our existing offerings through investments in additional content, value-added services and digital offerings. These include support for school districts to govern and implement a digital learning environment, instructional leadership focused on Common Core State Standards and best practice teacher training. We offer our content on a wide variety of technology platforms, such as Android and Windows. As of September 12, 2013, we were the only publisher that provides textbooks for all major curricula (reading, literature and language arts, mathematics, science and social studies) through the Apple iBookstore. We continue to explore new, digitally enabled opportunities to reach a broader audience and cater to customer specific needs. We believe our well-known brands, schools’ use of our products to improve student performance and established relationships with educators will allow us to further penetrate existing markets and customers by offering services such as teacher professional development and data-driven instruction and reporting. As the K-12 educational market transitions to purchasing more digital solutions, we believe our ability to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalization in addition to our core educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth.

 

 

Expand into adjacent high-growth education markets. We intend to pursue a number of existing opportunities involving emerging and adjacent education segments. For example, our plans to further penetrate the early childhood development market coincide with the latest U.S. budget proposal that has earmarked $75 billion of spending over the next 10 years for pre-K educational development programs. We are expanding our presence in this market by leveraging our top children’s brands, including Curious George, Lyle the Crocodile, and Gossie and Gertie , among others, to create interactive digital content and games. This strategy is accelerated by our recent acquisition of Tribal Nova and is an area where we feel our competencies in using gaming elements in non-gaming contexts, which we refer to as gamification, together

 

75


Table of Contents
 

with our premium content, will contribute to effective solutions in the early childhood development market. Separately, with continued high unemployment due to the various economic cycles around the world, we are exploring markets related to workforce re-entry for adults, with content focused on academic improvement and a wide array of other related topics ranging from social and problem solving skills to career placement and preparation advice. Our solutions are designed with the goal of improving successful workforce re-entry. We have also found that these programs are easily tailored to address related markets, as in the case of our Re-entry Prerelease Program, which is designed specifically to address issues faced by inmates in rehabilitation programs as they re-enter society. We believe numerous adjacent market opportunities exist through which we can address a broad set of customers’ educational needs with minimal, incremental capital spending.

 

 

Grow our international presence and global footprint. Our international strategy leverages the success of and expertise derived from our core U.S. business and is intended to focus on international segments such as English language learning, a market that is estimated to grow to $80 billion by 2018, according to GSV Asset Management. In many countries, students seek English language learning content and the U.S. curriculum to eventually gain access to higher education in the United States or improved employment opportunities in their home market. In addition, a significant number of American expatriate schools and English speaking educational institutions require high quality, English language education and instructional materials. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our international revenues as a percentage of total sales were 4.8%, 4.2% and 6.7%, respectively. We plan to continue building on our existing international footprint by targeting areas where demand for our English language offerings is high, including Brazil, China, India, Korea, Mexico, Philippines, and the Middle-Eastern Gulf States. We also plan to leverage our existing sales force, expand our network of international distributors and utilize local publishers to ensure marketability in targeted regions, and expect that our content expertise and diversified library of intellectual property will allow us to launch our brands and services in a timely manner. As an example, we are currently distributing our content and curriculum in the Middle East to a growing number of students and have recently expanded to provide our solutions to 11 countries in total: the United Arab Emirates, Lebanon, Kuwait, Jordan, Qatar, Oman, Syria, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Bahrain and Israel.

 

 

Further monetize our content by targeting new customers and channels. We intend to leverage our current portfolio to address a range of learning needs and appeal to more customers across both new and existing channels. As parents increasingly seek to improve their students’ scholastic achievement, and as cost effective alternatives for at-home educational enhancement proliferate, the market for online learning products is expected to grow substantially. Our online customers that use our various websites and learning management platforms will serve as the initial target market for our interactive learning products. We believe our educational content, along with our well recognized brands and characters, such as Curious George , Cliffs Notes and the planned Curious World , are ideally suited to engage and inspire parents, students and life-long learners of any age and interest. We expect to derive future revenues from a variety of models including website advertising and sales of subscription-based learning applications, as well as direct sales of physical materials and e-books to consumers.

 

 

Continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to extend our leadership position. Even though we do not currently have any plans for material acquisitions, we intend to complement our organic growth with highly selective acquisitions of content, technologies, solutions and businesses, targeted to enhance our ability to accelerate our strategic initiatives and capitalize on our strengths. We believe that potential acquisition candidates are numerous and many offer innovative solutions or access to high growth markets. Our strength, expertise and scale allows us to reduce time to market, enhance certain features or capabilities, and serve a broader audience for these acquired offerings.

 

76


Table of Contents

Products and Services

We are organized along two reportable segments: Education and Trade Publishing. The Education segment is our largest business, representing approximately 88%, 90% and 92% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Education

Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platforms and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, which are aimed at improving achievement and supporting learning for students that are not keeping pace with peers, professional development and school reform services. With an in-house editorial staff supplemented by external specialists, we develop programs that can be aligned to state standards and customized for specific state requests. In addition, our Education segment offers a wide range of educational, cognitive and developmental standardized testing products in print, CD-ROM and online formats, targeting the educational and clinical assessment markets. The principal markets for our Education products are elementary and secondary school systems.

The Education segment includes such brands as Holt McDougal, Great Source, Rigby, Saxon, Steck-Vaughn, Math in Focus, Riverside and Heinemann. These brands offer solutions in reading, language arts, mathematics, intervention, social studies, science and world languages, as well as curriculum resources, professional development services and an array of highly regarded educational, cognitive and developmental assessment products. These brands, collectively, benefit from a market share greater than 30% in our addressable market, which is the portion of the total market in which we sell our products and services, as well as strong relationships with its customers, most of which have been developed over many years through a service-based approach, which entails a member of our sales force interacting with the customer and providing a product or service tailored to meet the customer’s needs.

The Education segment net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $1,128.6 million and $329.7 million, $1,169.6 million and $278.9 million and $1,383.1 million and $490.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our Education products consist of the following offerings:

 

   

Comprehensive Curriculum . The Comprehensive Curriculum group develops comprehensive educational programs intended to provide a complete course of study in a subject, either at a single grade level or across multiple grade levels, and serve as the primary source of classroom instruction. We develop and market Comprehensive Curriculum programs for the pre-K-12 market utilizing the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt brands in grades pre-K-6 and the Holt McDougal brands in grades 6-12. This group focuses its publishing portfolio on the subjects that have consistently received the highest priority from educators and educational policy makers, namely reading, literature and language arts, mathematics, science, world languages and social studies. Within each subject, comprehensive learning programs are designed and then marketed with a variety of proprietary products to maximize teaching effectiveness, including textbooks, workbooks, teachers’ guides and resources, audio and visual aids and technology-based products. Our Comprehensive Curriculum group accounted for approximately 56.2%, 60.6% and 67.1% of our total Education segment net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

Supplemental Products . We develop products targeted at addressing struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions, products targeted at assisting English language learners and products providing incremental instruction in a particular subject area. Supplemental Products are used both as alternatives and as supplements to Comprehensive Curriculum programs, enabling local educators to tailor their education programs in a cost-effective way that is irrespective of adoption schedules. As a result, the Supplemental Products group generates net sales and earnings that do not

 

77


Table of Contents
 

vary greatly with the adoption cycle. In addition, the development of supplemental materials tends to require significantly less capital investment than the development of a Comprehensive Curriculum program. Our Supplemental Products group accounted for approximately 13.0%, 12.5% and 10.8% of our total Education segment net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

Heinemann . Our Heinemann products include professional books and developmental resources aimed at empowering pre-K-12 teachers, our Benchmark Assessment System, which allows teachers to evaluate students’ reading levels three times a year and has displaced competing programs, and our Leveled Literacy Intervention System, which is a supplementary intervention program for children struggling with reading and writing, and we believe, is used by approximately 38% of K-3 students. The author base includes some prominent experts in teaching, such as Irene Fountas and Gay Su Pinnell, who support the practice of other teachers through books, videos, workshops and classroom tools. Our Heinemann products accounted for approximately 10.9%, 8.8% and 6.8% of our total Education segment net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

Professional Services/The Leadership and Learning Center . To extend our value proposition beyond curriculum, assessment and technology solutions, we provide consulting services to assist school districts in increasing accountability for improvement and offering professional development training, comprehensive services and school turnaround solutions. We believe our professional services, led by The Leadership and Learning Center branded business, offer unique integrated solutions that combine the best learning resources available today. These include learning resources that are supported with professional development in classroom assessment, teacher effectiveness and high impact leadership, which have a measurable and sustainable impact on student achievement. Our Professional Services group accounted for approximately 6.1%, 4.4% and 0.0% of our total Education segment net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

Riverside Assessment. Riverside Assessment products provide district and state level solutions focused on clinical, group and formative assessment tools and platform solutions. Clinical solutions provide psychological and special needs testing to assess intellectual, cognitive and behavioral development. Our products include measurement tools and services relating to intellectual ability, academic achievement assessments around cognitive abilities and several diagnostic and assessment tools that assist in identifying the learning needs of students. Riverside Assessment products accounted for 8.2%, 9.0% and 8.0% of our total Education segment net sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

International . Our International products are educational solutions that are sold into global education markets predominantly to large English language schools in high growth territories primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa. In addition to our sales and business development team, we have a global network of distributors in local markets around the world. International sales accounted for approximately 5.6%, 4.7% and 7.3% of our total Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Trade Publishing

Our Trade Publishing segment, which dates back to 1832, primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. The principal markets for Trade Publishing products are retail stores, both physical and online, and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

Our Trade Publishing segment offers an extensive library of general interest, adult and children’s and reference works that include well-known characters and brands. Our award-winning general interest titles encompass literary fiction, culinary, and non-fiction in hardcover, e-book and paperback formats, including the

 

78


Table of Contents

Mariner Books and Harvest Books paperback lines. Among the general interest properties are the popular J.R.R. Tolkien titles and the Best American series. The general interest group also publishes comprehensive culinary works and field guides, such as the Peterson Field Guides and Taylor’s Gardening Guides. With the 2012 acquisition of certain culinary and reference assets, we became the #2 publisher in those respective market niches, based on market share. Our catalog of books for young readers features numerous Nobel and Pulitzer Prize winners and Newbery and Caldecott medal winners, including a 2012 Caldecott Honor winner. Our young readers list addresses a broad age group, spanning board books for young children to novels for young adults, and includes recognized characters such as Curious George and Martha Speaks , both successful television programs featured on PBS, Five Little Monkeys , Gossie and Gertie , and many more. In the reference category, we are the publisher of the American Heritage and Webster dictionary, and related titles.

Even before e-books gained prominence in the market, we had developed in-house experience in converting, structuring, storing and distributing dictionary and other reference content for digital platforms, and applied our knowledge and tools in the digital space to consumer trade content including e-books and applications. In addition to traditional conversions of print to digital content, we now develop our content digitally in various formats with minimal incremental investment, and we employ in-house programmers and developers to produce new digital content based on our trade products. For example, we have brought the Curious George character to a digital platform with the development of the Curious George app, which is an interactive learning tool for pre-school children. As such, we have an established and flexible solution for converting, manipulating and distributing trade content to the many emerging digital consumer platforms such as e-readers and tablets. We have been able to move quickly to take advantage of the rapidly accelerating market for e-books, book or character based applications and other digital products with net sales from e-books reaching $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and now representing approximately 16% of our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the same period. We continue to focus on the development of innovative new digital products which capitalize on our content, our digital expertise, and the growing consumer demand for these products. In addition, we are increasingly leveraging the strength of our Trade Publishing brands and characters, such as Curious George , together with our expertise in developing educational solutions, to further penetrate the large and growing consumer market for at-home educational products and services.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Trade Publishing net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were approximately $157.1 million and $28.8 million, $125.7 million and $12.9 million, and $123.9 million and $12.7 million, respectively.

Our Industry

K-12 comprehensive curriculum or basal market

The U.S. K-12 comprehensive curriculum or basal market provides educational programs and assessments to approximately 55 million students across approximately 132,000 elementary and secondary schools. Basal programs cover curriculum standards in a particular subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials required to conduct the class throughout the year. Products and services in basal programs include students’ print and digital offerings and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and services.

Comprehensive curriculum programs are the primary source of classroom education for most K-12 academic subjects, and as a result, enrollment trends are a major driver of industry growth. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments, a driver of growth in the educational publishing industry, are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term.

In addition, the market for comprehensive curriculum programs is affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment, and accountability in each state. A significant change in state curriculum standards requires that assessments, teacher training programs, and instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for new comprehensive curriculum programs.

 

79


Table of Contents

Forty-five states have adopted a new, common set of curriculum standards in mathematics and English language arts, known as the Common Core State Standards. These standards are the product of a state-led effort to establish a single set of clear educational standards for grades K-12. States that have adopted the Common Core State Standards must base at least 85% of their state curricula on the standards. Most of these states also belong to one of two multistate testing consortia that are developing common state assessments in English language arts and mathematics, aligned to the new standards. These assessments, which will be designed to replace existing statewide tests, are expected to be administered beginning in the 2014-15 school year. Schools in these states will need to augment and replace instructional materials, including comprehensive curriculum programs, to align to the Common Core State Standards and to prepare students for the new state assessments.

Instructional material adoption process

The process through which materials and curricula are selected and procured for classroom use varies throughout the United States. Twenty states, known as adoption states, approve and procure new basal programs usually every five to seven years on a state-wide basis, before individual schools or school districts are permitted to schedule the purchase of instructional materials. In all remaining states, known as open states or open territories, each individual school or school district can procure materials at any time, though usually according to a five to nine year cycle. In adoption states, the states approve curriculum and predominantly provide funding for educational and instructional materials, while in open states, local school districts approve curriculum and provide funding.

The following chart illustrates the current adoption and open states:

 

LOGO

The student population in adoption states represents over 50% of the U.S. elementary and secondary school-age population. A majority of adoption states provide categorical state funding for instructional materials, that is, funds that typically cannot be used for any purpose other than to purchase instructional content or, in some cases, technology equipment used to deliver instruction. In some states, categorical instructional materials funds can be used only for the purchase of materials on the state-approved list.

In adoption states, the state education board’s decision to approve a certain program developed by an educational publisher depends on recommendations that align to state’s educational standards from instructional materials committees, which are often comprised of educators and curriculum specialists. Such committees typically recommend a program only if it aligns to the state’s educational content standards. To ensure the approval and subsequent success of a new instructional materials program, educational publishers typically conduct extensive market research, including: discussions of the planned curriculum with the state level curriculum advisors to secure their support; development of prototype instructional materials that are focus-tested with educators, often against competing programs, to gather feedback on the program’s content and design; and incorporation of qualitative input from existing customers in terms of classroom needs.

In open territories, the procurement process is typically characterized by a presentation and provision of sample materials to instructional materials selection committees, which subsequently evaluate and recommend a particular program to district level school boards. Products are generally customized to meet the states’ curriculum standards with similar research methods as in adoption states.

 

80


Table of Contents

We believe that a publisher’s ultimate success in a given state will depend on a variety of factors, including the quality of its programs and materials, the strength of its relationships with key decision-makers at the state and district level and the magnitude of its marketing and sales efforts. As a result, educational publishers often implement formal market research efforts that include educator focus groups, prototypes of student and ancillary materials and comparisons against competing products. At the same time, marketing and editorial staffs work closely together to incorporate the results of research into products, while developing the most up-to-date, research- and needs-based curricula.

Supplemental materials market

The supplemental materials market includes a wide range of product offerings targeted at addressing specific needs in a district generally not addressed through a comprehensive curriculum solution. These products are typically offered in the form of print, digital, service and blended product solutions. The development of supplemental materials and solutions tends to require significantly less capital investment than the development of a basal program. These materials and solutions enable local educators to tailor their education programs in a cost-effective way that is not tied to adoption schedules.

Supplemental products and services are funded through state and local resources as well as government funding allocations as designated through Title I of the ESEA and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”). Title I distributes funding to those schools and school districts which are comprised of a relatively high percentage of students from low income families as defined by the IDEA. In addition, Title I appropriates money for the education system for the prevention of dropouts and the improvement of schools. IDEA governs how states and public agencies provide early intervention, special education and related services to children with disabilities. In recent years, the supplemental materials that schools have purchased have changed as the demands and expectations for educators and students have changed. Educational institutions have increasingly purchased digital solutions along with traditional supplemental materials and, with the growing emphasis on accountability, demand for targeted intervention solutions, school reform and turnaround services has been on the rise.

Assessment market

The assessment market includes summative, formative or in-classroom, and diagnostic assessments. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments are on-going, in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Diagnostic assessments are designed to pinpoint areas of need and are often administered by specialists to identify learning difficulties and qualify individuals for special services under the requirements of IDEA.

As a result of Race to the Top (“RTTT”) funding, more states and districts are also placing greater emphasis on teacher evaluation systems that measure teacher performance based on standardized test scores and other elements required to meet certain benchmarks set by policymakers. Certain federal agencies are shifting the focus to children at even younger ages to provide intervention before significant achievement gaps are realized. As a result, this has led to additional opportunities in the early childhood development market.

Two assessment consortia that currently exist, the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortia and Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers, continue to work towards operational tests for the 2014-2015 school year. Presently, 24 states reside in the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortia, while 23 states reside in the Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers. Several states participate in both and will have to make a determination about which test to use over the next year or so.

As states plan for the upcoming consortia assessments, districts continue to transition to the Common Core State Standards as well as focus on the respective state standards under measurement in the short term for accountability purposes. District demand for quality measures which help the districts prepare for the content coverage and item types anticipated on the Common Core State Standards assessment should continue to increase as the 2014–2015 school year requirement draws near.

 

81


Table of Contents

International market

The global education market continues to demonstrate strong macroeconomic growth characteristics. There are 1.4 billion students out of a 7.1 billion world population. Population growth is a leading indicator for pre-primary school enrollments, which have a subsequent impact on secondary and higher education enrollments. Globally, according to UNESCO, rapid population growth has caused pre-primary enrollments to grow by 16.2% worldwide from 2007 to 2011. The global population is expected to be approximately 9.0 billion by 2050, as countries develop and improvements in medical conditions increase the birth rate.

According to GSV Asset Management, global education expenditure in 2013 is projected to be around $4.6 trillion, of which K-12 education, which is the market we predominantly target, represents approximately 52%. Additionally, global education expenditure is projected to grow at 7% through 2018, according to GSV Asset Management.

Internationally, we predominantly export and sell K-12 books to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, which are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America and the Caribbean. Our international sales team utilizes a global network of distributors in local markets around the world. According to the Book Industry Study Group and the Association of American Publishers, the size of the K-12 U.S. export market is estimated at $100 million, of which we have a growing market share.

Our immediate strategy is to expand our addressable market through working with local partners to localize our K-12 content for sale into public and private schools in targeted international markets and to sell digitized content through key distributors into global school and consumer markets.

Trade Publishing market

The Trade Publishing market includes works of fiction and non-fiction for adults and children, dictionaries and other reference works. While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarily e-books, has developed rapidly over the past several years, as the industry evolves to embrace new technologies for developing, producing, marketing and distributing trade works.

Seasonality

In the K-12 market, we typically receive payments for products and services from individual school districts, and, to a lesser extent, individual schools and states. In the case of testing and assessment products and services, payment is received from the individually contracted parties. In the Trade Publishing market, payment is received for products and services from book distributors and retail booksellers.

Approximately 88% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three years, approximately 69% of consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales of K-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect on year-to-year net sales.

Competition

We sell our products in competitive markets. In these markets, product quality, customer service and perceived stability and longevity are major factors in generating sales growth. Other factors affecting sales growth in the K-12 market include the level of student enrollment in subjects that are up for adoption and the level of spending per student appropriated in each state and/or school district. Profitability is affected by industry

 

82


Table of Contents

developments including: (i) competitive selling, sampling and implementation costs; (ii) development costs for customized instructional materials and assessment programs; and (iii) higher technology costs due to the increased number of textbook program components being developed in digital formats. There are three primary traditional comprehensive curriculum publishers in the K-12 market, which also compete with a variety of specialized or regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions. There are multiple competitors in the Trade Publishing, supplemental and assessment markets. Our larger competitors in the educational market include Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation and K12 Inc.

Printing and binding; raw materials

We outsource the printing and binding of our products, with approximately 81% of our printing currently handled by two vendors. We have a procurement agreement with each printer that provides volume and scheduling flexibility and price predictability. We have a longstanding relationship with each provider. Approximately 25% of our printed materials (consisting primarily of teacher’s editions and other ancillary components) are printed outside of the United States and approximately 75% of our printed materials (including most student editions) are printed within the United States. Paper is one of our principal raw materials. We purchase our paper directly from suppliers and two paper merchants with whom we have various agreements that protect against price increases. We have not experienced and do not anticipate experiencing difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies of paper for our operations, as we have contracts with numerous suppliers that assure us of 100% availability on all main paper grades that we procure.

Distribution

We operate four distribution facilities from which we coordinate our own distribution process: one each in Indianapolis, Indiana; Geneva, Illinois; Lewisville, Texas; and Troy, Missouri. Additionally, some adoption states require us to use in-state textbook depositories for educational materials sold in that particular state. We utilize delivery firms including United Parcel Service Inc., CH Robinson Worldwide Inc., Roadrunner Transportation Services and DHL Worldwide Express Inc. to facilitate the principally ground transportation of products.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 3,300 employees, none of which were covered by collective bargaining agreements. These employees are substantially located in the United States with approximately 200 employees located outside of the United States. We believe that relations with employees are generally good.

Intellectual property

Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our trademarks and copyrights in our content. Substantially all of our publications are protected by copyright, whether registered or unregistered, either in our name as the author of a work made for hire or the assignee of copyright, or in the name of an author who has licensed us to publish the work. Ownership of such copyrights secures the exclusive right to publish the work in the United States and in many countries abroad for specified periods: in the United States in most cases either 95 years from publication or for the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum of 28 years for works published prior to 1978 and 35 years for works published thereafter. In most cases, the authors who retain ownership of their copyright have licensed to us exclusive rights for the full term of copyright. Under U.S. copyright law, for licenses granted by an author during or after 1978, such exclusive licenses are subject to termination by the author or certain of the author’s heirs for a five year period beginning at the end of 35 years after the date of publication of the work or 40 years after the date of the license grant, whichever term ends earlier.

 

83


Table of Contents

We do not own any material patents, franchises or concessions, but we have registered certain trademarks and service marks in connection with our publishing businesses. We believe we have taken, and take in the ordinary course of business, all appropriate available legal steps to reasonably protect our intellectual property in all material jurisdictions.

Environmental matters

We generally contract with independent printers and binders for their services, and our operations are generally not otherwise affected by environmental laws and regulations. However, as the owner and lessee of real property, we are subject to environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment, the remediation of contaminated sites and the handling and disposal of wastes. It is possible that we could face liability, regardless of fault, and can be held jointly or severally liable, if contamination were to be discovered on the properties that we own or lease or on properties that we have formerly owned or leased. We are currently unaware of any material environmental liabilities or other material environmental issues relating to our properties or operations and anticipate no material expenditures for compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

Properties

Our principal executive office is located at 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. The following table describes the approximate building areas in square feet, principal uses and the years of expiration on leased premises of our significant operating properties as of June 30, 2013. We believe that these properties are suitable and adequate for our present and anticipated business needs, satisfactory for the uses to which each is put, and, in general, fully utilized.

 

Location    Expiration
year
     Approximate area      Principal use of space    Segment used by

Owned Premises:

           

Indianapolis, Indiana

     Owned         491,779       Warehouse    All segments

Troy, Missouri

     Owned         575,000       Office and warehouse    Education

Leased Premises:

           

Orlando, Florida

     2019         250,842       Office    Education

Evanston, Illinois

     2017         150,050       Office    Education

Rolling Meadows, Illinois

     2015         112,014       Office    Education

Geneva, Illinois

     2019         485,989       Office and warehouse    Education

Wilmington, Massachusetts

     2015         40,602       Office    All segments

Boston, Massachusetts (Corporate office)

     2017         328,686       Office    All segments

Portsmouth, New Hampshire

     2017         20,645       Office    Education

New York, New York

     2016         28,704       Office    Trade Publishing

Lewisville, Texas

     2013         434,898       Office and warehouse    Education

Austin, Texas

     2016         195,230       Office    Education

Dublin, Ireland

     2025         39,944       Office    Education

Englewood, Colorado

     2014         17,024       Office    Education

Orlando, Florida

     2016         25,400       Warehouse    Corporate Records
Center

Itasca, Illinois

     2016         46,823       Warehouse    Education

In addition, we lease several other offices that are not material to our operations and, in some instances, are either currently vacant due to consolidating our operations or are fully sublet.

 

84


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in ordinary and routine litigation and matters incidental to our business. Specifically, there have been various settled, pending and threatened litigation that allege we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our instructional materials. While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with the pending and threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. There can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age      Position

Executive Officers

     

Linda K. Zecher

     60       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric L. Shuman

     58       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

William F. Bayers

     58       Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Timothy L. Cannon

     58       Executive Vice President, Strategy and Alliances

Mary J. Cullinane

     46       Chief Content Officer and Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs

Lee R. Ramsayer

     48       Executive Vice President, U.S. Sales

John K. Dragoon

     53       Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

Gary L. Gentel

     60       President, HMH Trade Publishing

Joanne M. Karimi

     55       Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Brook Colangelo

     35       Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Mark P. Short

     49       Senior Vice President, International Markets

Directors

     

Lawrence K. Fish

     68       Chairman of the Board

John R. McKernan, Jr.

     65       Director and Chair of Compensation Committee

John F. Killian

     58       Director and Chair of Audit Committee

L. Gordon Crovitz

     55       Director

Sheru Chowdhry

     39       Director

Jill A. Greenthal

     57       Director and Chair of Nominating, Ethics and Governance Committee

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

     65       Director

Jonathan F. Miller

     56       Director

Linda K. Zecher

     60       Director

The following information provides a brief description of the business experience of each executive officer and director.

Executive Officers

Linda K. Zecher, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Linda K. Zecher joined the Company in September 2011 as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Previously, she served as Corporate Vice President of Microsoft’s Worldwide Public Sector organization since 2009. She also served as Microsoft’s Vice President Public Sector, Americas and Asia Pacific from 2008 to 2009, and as Vice President, U.S. Public Sector from 2003 to 2008. Prior to joining Microsoft in 2003, Ms. Zecher held leadership positions with Texas Instruments, Bank of America, PeopleSoft, Oracle and Evolve Corp. She currently serves on the U.S. State Department’s Board for Overseas Schools, the Focused Ultrasound Surgery Foundation Advisory Council, and the Emily Couric Leadership Forum. Ms. Zecher is also a former member of the Intelligence National Security Association, the Virginia Piedmont Technology Council, and James Madison University’s Board of Visitors. Ms. Zecher’s extensive sales, marketing and technology experience enables her to provide the Company with effective leadership in the conduct of its rapidly changing business.

Eric L. Shuman, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Eric L. Shuman joined the Company in October 2009 as Chief Operating Officer and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in late 2011 following the appointment of President and CEO Linda Zecher. In this role, Mr. Shuman oversees finance and operations across the organization. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Shuman

 

86


Table of Contents

served as Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Lifelong Learning Group, a division of The Thomson Corporation, which specializes in training, skills assessment, and higher education publishing. Previously, Mr. Shuman was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Thomson Learning, and Chief Financial Officer for Thomson Newspapers. In those capacities, he led several business integrations, restructurings and significant mergers and acquisitions, spanning fifteen years with Thomson.

William F. Bayers, Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

William F. Bayers joined the Company in May 2007 as Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel and was made Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel in March 2008. Previously, he served as Vice President and General Counsel of Harcourt Education Group. Mr. Bayers oversees all legal, regulatory and corporate matters for the Company.

Timothy L. Cannon, Executive Vice President, Strategy and Alliances

Before joining the Company in November 2011, Timothy L. Cannon was Senior Director of Business Strategy for Microsoft’s Worldwide Public Sector organization from September 2008 to November 2011, where he oversaw the development and execution of business strategies to better serve Government, Education and Health customers and partners worldwide. Prior to that role, Mr. Cannon was Senior Director of Business Strategy for Microsoft’s U.S Public Sector from October 2006 to September 2008. He has also held leadership roles at companies like Digital Equipment Corporation and Oracle. Mr. Cannon is the Chairman of the Advisory Board of the Center for Entrepreneurship and Innovation at the University of Florida.

Mary J. Cullinane, Chief Content Officer and Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs

Mary J. Cullinane joined the Company in February 2012. As Chief Content Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs, Ms. Cullinane oversees the strategy and development of next generation content and applications as well as all HMH communications and philanthropic activities. Previously, Ms. Cullinane served an 11-year career at Microsoft, most recently serving as their Worldwide Senior Director, Innovation and Education Policy. At Microsoft, she focused on driving innovative programs and initiatives including National Program Manager of the Anytime Anywhere Learning, creator of the Microsoft Innovation Center Awards, and National Manager of Microsoft’s K–12 marketing, programs and strategic investments. Prior to that, Ms. Cullinane was an educator for 10 years at a regional high school in the state of New Jersey.

Lee R. Ramsayer, Executive Vice President, U.S. Sales

Before joining the Company in February 2012, Lee R. Ramsayer served as Senior Vice President of Sales for Monster Worldwide, Inc.’s Government Solutions sector. Prior to his role at Monster, Mr. Ramsayer served as Manager, Government Sales and Consulting Services for Microsoft from January 2004 to February 2005. Mr. Ramsayer currently serves on the board of Innovate Education, a national organization focused on STEM education.

John K. Dragoon, Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

John K. Dragoon joined the Company in April 2012. Previously, he served as Chief Marketing Officer and Channel Chief of Novell from October 2003 to April 2011, where he led the company’s Marketing and Partner programs for over seven years. Prior to joining Novell, Mr. Dragoon served as Senior Vice President, Marketing and Product Management at Art Technology Group (“ATG”) from 2002 to 2003. Before ATG, Mr. Dragoon served as Vice President, Operations at Internet Capital Group from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Dragoon also spent more than 16 years at IBM, where he held a number of marketing and sales positions.

Gary L. Gentel, President, HMH Trade Publishing

Gary L. Gentel joined the Company in October 2003 as Corporate Vice President and Director of Trade Sales and was promoted to Interim President of the combined Trade Group in July 2007. He was given the permanent

 

87


Table of Contents

position in December of that year. Previously, he served as President of Candlewick Press—a children’s publisher based in Cambridge, SVP of Trade Sales at Scholastic Books, and SVP and Publisher of The Grosset and Dunlap Group at GP Putnam’s Sons—now a division of Penguin Books. Mr. Gentel started his publishing career as a Sales Representative at Random House in 1980, rising to VP of Children’s Sales by 1990.

Joanne M. Karimi, Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Joanne M. Karimi joined the Company in February 2011. From June 2010 to November 2010, Ms. Karimi served as Leader of Human Capital for PacifiCord, the U.S. subsidiary of a Taiwan-based Biomedical company called Health Banks that specializes in biotechnology, stem cell therapy, and cord blood processing and storage. Prior to her role at Pacificord, Ms. Karimi worked as an independent consultant from January 2008 until June 2010 and as Executive Vice President, Human Resources for CCI Valve, a company focused on design and manufacture of severe service control and isolation valves for the severe service applications of the power, oil and gas and nuclear industries, from July 2007 to September 2008. She also worked at Faro Technologies from August 1998 to April 2007.

Brook Colangelo, Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Brook Colangelo joined the Company in January 2013 from the Executive Office of the President and the White House where he held the role of Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) from January 2009 to January 2013. In November 2008 he joined President-Elect Obama’s team as Deputy Technology Team Leader to lead the technology effort for the Obama-Biden transition project. From June 2007 to November 2008 he was the CIO for the Democratic National Convention Committee. He also held senior IT leadership roles with The American Red Cross’ Hurricane Recovery Program and QRS Newmedia.

Mark P. Short, Senior Vice President, International Markets

Mark P. Short joined the Company in November 2012 from Pearson Education where he served as Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing, English Language Training from August 2008 to October 2012. He had served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing for Pearson Education from February 2007 to August 2008. Prior to that, he held a number of senior regional management, sales and marketing roles across Asia Pacific, Latin America, and Europe as part of Pearson’s global education business. As head of the International Markets division, Mr. Short leads a sales, marketing and business development team responsible for extending the Company’s global footprint across key markets in Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East.

Directors

Lawrence K. Fish, Director and Chairman of the Board

Lawrence K. Fish has served as a member of the board of directors since August 2010 and Chairman of the Board since January 2011. Mr. Fish served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (“Citizens”) from 2005 to 2008 and before as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, from 1992, of Citizens. Mr. Fish is a member of the Corporation (Board of Trustees) of Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He serves on the boards of Textron Inc., Tiffany & Co., and NBH Holdings Corp. He is also an Honorary Trustee of the Brookings Institution in Washington D.C. Mr. Fish’s extensive experience in the areas of finance, marketing, general management and corporate governance enables him to provide the Company with effective leadership on the board of directors.

John R. McKernan, Jr., Director and Chair of Compensation Committee

John R. McKernan, Jr. served as a member of the board of directors from August 2010 through June 2012 and rejoined the board in September 2012. Mr. McKernan is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of McKernan Enterprises, Inc., in Portland, Maine. He is the former Chairman of Education Management

 

88


Table of Contents

Corporation, a provider of post-secondary education in North America, where he served as Chief Executive Officer from September 2003 until February 2007 and continues to serve as a director. Mr. McKernan is a director of BorgWarner Inc. and served as Governor of the State of Maine from 1987 to 1995. Mr. McKernan is currently Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Foundation for Maine’s Community Colleges and served on the board of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce’s Institute for a Competitive Workforce. Mr. McKernan brings to the board superior leadership capabilities, knowledge of the legal and legislative processes and significant prior experience as a director.

John F. Killian, Director and Chair of Audit Committee

John F. Killian has served as a member of the board of directors since January 2011. Mr. Killian was Executive Vice President for Verizon and served as Verizon’s Chief Financial Officer from March 2009 through October 2010. Prior to becoming CFO, Mr. Killian was President of Verizon Business from October 2005 until March 2009, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Verizon Telecom from June 2003 until October 2005, and the Senior Vice President and Controller of Verizon Telecom from April 2002 until June 2003. Mr. Killian serves on the board of directors at ConEdison Inc. and is a Chairman of the Board of Providence College. Mr. Killian brings extensive financial expertise to the board, as well as significant management and leadership experience.

L. Gordon Crovitz, Director

L. Gordon Crovitz has served as a member of the board of directors since August 2012. From 1980-2007 Mr. Crovitz held a number of positions with Dow Jones and the Wall Street Journal culminating in his role as Executive Vice President for Dow Jones and Publisher of The Wall Street Journal. He was co-founder of e-commerce software company Press+ in 2009. Mr. Crovitz serves on the Board of Directors at Minneapolis Star Tribune, Business Insider, Blurb and Marin Software. He is on the board of the American Association of Rhodes Scholars . Mr. Crovitz’s management roles in the publishing industry and extensive experience as a director enables him to provide the Company with valuable guidance.

Sheru Chowdhry, Director

Sheru Chowdhry served as a member of the board of directors from March 2010 through March 2012 and rejoined the board in June 2012. Mr. Chowdhry joined Paulson & Co. Inc., a hedge fund, in 2004 as a Senior Vice President and has been a Managing Director and Head of Distressed & Bankruptcy Research since 2008. Previously, he was a research analyst at DebtTraders Inc., covering distressed and bankrupt securities, and an investment banker in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group at JP Morgan Securities. Mr. Chowdhry’s financial expertise and significant experience with debt and equity capital markets render him a valuable member of the board.

Jill A. Greenthal, Director and Chair of Nominating, Ethics, and Governance Committee

Jill A. Greenthal has served as a member of the board of directors since June 2012. Ms. Greenthal has been a Senior Advisor in Private Equity at the Blackstone Group since 2007, working closely with the company’s global media and technology teams to assist in investments in those sectors. She also currently serves as a director of Akamai Technologies, Michaels Stores and The Weather Channel Companies. Prior to 2007, Ms. Greenthal was an investment banker and partner at Blackstone and Credit Suisse First Boston. Ms. Greenthal has extensive experience in the media industry and in advising technology and media companies, which enables her to provide valuable guidance to the Company.

E. Rogers Novak, Jr., Director

E. Rogers Novak, Jr. has served as a member of the board of directors since November 2012. He is a founder and managing member of Novak Biddle Venture Partners, an early-stage venture fund focused on

 

89


Table of Contents

investment opportunities in businesses focused on education, security, big data analytics, and business-to-business-to-consumer. Mr. Novak formerly served as Lead Director of Blackboard which was acquired by Providence Equity Partners. Mr. Novak currently serves on several private company boards and is a member of the External Relations Council for the Department of Homeland Security’s Predict project. He also serves on the Board of Trustees for Kenyon College where he sits on the Budget, Financial and Audit Committee and the Information Resources Committee. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Novak held a seat on the Board of the National Venture Capital Association and was their Treasurer and a member of their Executive Committee from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Novak’s significant prior experience as a director, especially in the education technology sector, render him a valuable member of the board.

Jonathan F. Miller, Director

Jonathan F. Miller joined the board of directors in May 2013. Mr. Miller served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Digital Media Group at News Corp. and was its Chief Digital Officer from April 2009 to September 2012. Previously, Mr. Miller was the Founder and Partner at Velocity Interactive Group, an investment firm focusing on internet and digital media, from its inception in February 2007 to April 2009. Prior to founding Velocity, Mr. Miller served as the Chief Executive Officer of America Online, Inc., or AOL and previously as Chief Executive Officer and President of USA Information and Services. Mr. Miller is a trustee of the American Film Institute and The Paley Center for Media. Mr. Milller serves on the boards of TripAdvisor and Shutterstock. Mr. Miller has extensive experience in the internet and digital media industry, which enables him to provide valuable guidance to the Company.

Board of Directors

The Company’s board of directors is currently composed of nine individuals, one of whom is the Chief Executive Officer. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will provide that our board of directors will consist of no less than              nor more than              persons. The exact number of members of our board of directors will be determined from time to time by our board of directors. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled by the remaining directors.

Director Independence

A majority of our directors must be “independent” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ and the federal securities laws. We have determined that Lawrence K. Fish, John R. McKernan, Jr., John F. Killian, L. Gordon Crovitz, Sheru Chowdhry, Jill A. Greenthal, E. Rogers Novak, Jr., and Jonathan F. Miller are independent.

Director Nomination Agreement

Prior to this offering, we entered into an amended and restated director nomination agreement with investment funds and managed accounts affiliated with Paulson that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Under the nomination agreement prior to such amendment and restatement, Paulson has the right to nominate two directors to our board of directors, one of whom must be “independent” under New York Stock Exchange Standards. The current independent director nominated by Paulson is Mr. McKernan and the other director currently nominated by Paulson (the “Holder Director”) is Mr. Chowdhry. Paulson’s right to nominate the independent director will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. Under the amended and restated director nomination agreement, Paulson’s right to nominate the Holder Director will not terminate upon the consummation of this offering but will continue so long as Paulson holds at least 15% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

Under the amended and restated director nomination agreement, we have agreed to take all actions reasonably necessary to ensure that Paulson’s nominee is included in the board of directors’ slate of nominees for

 

90


Table of Contents

each election of directors, the nominee is included in our proxy statement for each stockholder meeting to elect directors and each replacement nominee is elected by our board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the Holder Director or as a replacement. If requested by Paulson, we have also agreed to cause the Holder Director to be designated as a member of each committee of our board of directors unless the designation would violate legal restrictions or the rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed. If the Holder Director is not Mr. Chowdhry, the nominee must be selected in consultation with our nominating, ethics and governance committee. Under the amended and restated director nomination agreement, if Paulson transfers at least 15% of our issued and outstanding common stock to a transferee, the nominating rights with respect to the Holder Director (and any successor in the event of a vacancy) may be assigned to that transferee subject to our consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld) but may not be assigned to any subsequent transferees.

Board of Directors Committees

Our board of directors has three committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating, ethics and governance committee.

Messrs. Killian, Chowdhry, Fish, Novak and Ms. Greenthal serve on the audit committee, which oversees and meets with management, the internal auditors and the independent auditors to review internal accounting controls and accounting, auditing, and financial reporting matters. Our audit committee recommends to the board of directors the appointment of our independent auditors, reviews and approves the scope of the annual audits of our financial statements, reviews our internal controls over financial reporting, reviews and approves any non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, reviews the findings and recommendations of the internal and independent auditors and periodically reviews major accounting policies. Mr. Killian is the chair of the audit committee and is the audit committee “financial expert” under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Messrs. McKernan, Chowdhry, Crovitz, Fish, Killian and Miller serve on the compensation committee, which reviews the compensation of our executive officers, executive bonus allocations and other compensation matters. Our compensation committee reviews our compensation philosophy and strategy and considers the material risks that face us in evaluating compensation, administers incentive compensation and stock option plans, reviews the CEO’s performance and compensation, reviews recommendations on compensation of other executive officers and reviews other special compensation matters, such as executive employment agreements. Mr. McKernan is the chair of the compensation committee.

Ms. Greenthal and Messrs. Crovitz, Fish, Miller and Novak serve on the nominating, ethics and governance committee, which identifies individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors, develops and recommends corporate governance guidelines and oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and management. Ms. Greenthal is the chair of the nominating, ethics and governance committee.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct policy which applies to all officers and employees of the Company. The Code Conduct is the foundation of our ethics and compliance program and covers a wide range of areas. Many of our policies are summarized in the Code of Conduct, including our policies regarding conflict of interest, honest and ethical conduct, discrimination and harassment, confidentiality and compliance with laws and regulations applicable to the conduct of our business. All employees are required to comply with the Code of Conduct and are subject to disciplinary action, including termination, for violations. The Code of Conduct is published on our website at www.hmhco.com under the heading “Investor Relations” and is also available in print to any person who requests it by writing to: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, Investor Relations, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. Any amendments to the Code of Conduct or the grant of a waiver from a provision of the Code Conduct requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on our website. Under our Code of Conduct all employees have a duty to report any violation or suspected violation of the policy or the law to the appropriate personnel as identified in the policy.

 

91


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation Program Philosophy and Objectives

Following the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy in June 2012, we implemented a compensation program designed to help us attract and retain a management team capable of implementing our plan of reorganization. To be successful, our employees needed to overcome uncertain economic conditions. Therefore, we structured a compensation program designed to protect our assets in the near-term and position us for future growth. Now that the Company has successfully emerged from bankruptcy, the current Compensation Committee plans to do a thorough review of the Company’s compensation goals and policies, and overall compensation objectives in 2013 for 2014 to ensure that its compensation programs continue to align executive compensation of key employees with the best interests of stockholders by rewarding performance based upon the attainment of annual financial and strategic goals.

The goal of the Company’s compensation program for its named executive officers is the same as for the entire Company, which is to foster compensation policies and practices that attract, engage, and motivate high caliber talent by offering a competitive pay and benefits program. The Company is committed to a total compensation philosophy and structure that provides flexibility in responding to market factors; rewards and recognizes superior performance; attracts highly skilled, experienced, and capable employees; and is fair and fiscally responsible. Most of the Company’s compensation elements simultaneously fulfill one or more of our performance, alignment, or retention objectives.

The Process of Setting Executive Compensation

Our Compensation Committee meets throughout the year to evaluate the performance of our named executive officers, to determine their bonuses for the prior fiscal year, to establish the individual and corporate performance objectives for each executive for the current fiscal year, and to consider and approve any grants of equity incentive compensation. Our Compensation Committee also reviews the appropriateness of the financial measures used in our incentive plans and the degree of difficulty in achieving specific performance targets. Our Compensation Committee engages in an active dialogue with our Chief Executive Officer concerning strategic objectives and performance targets. All Compensation Committee decisions are recommended to the board of directors and the board of directors ultimately makes the final determination.

In making compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee considers the following:

 

   

Company Performance . The Compensation Committee reviews the Company’s operational performance and the achievement of its pre-established goals for the fiscal year.

 

   

Executives’ Performance . The Compensation Committee evaluates an executive’s performance during the year including leadership qualities, responsibilities, and contribution to the Company’s performance. The relative importance of each factor varies among the Company’s named executive officers depending on their positions and the particular operations or functions for which they are responsible.

 

   

Recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer . The Compensation Committee considers the recommendations of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who assesses the performance of the other named executive officers and adjustments to their base salary and other elements of compensation.

Management’s Role in the Compensation-Setting Process

Our Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Zecher, plays a significant role in the compensation-setting process. Ms. Zecher evaluates the performance of the other named executive officers, recommends business performance targets and objectives for the other named executive officers, and recommends salary and bonus levels and option awards for other executive officers. All recommendations of Ms. Zecher are subject to Compensation Committee approval. Ms. Zecher’s compensation, performance targets, and objectives are reviewed by the Compensation Committee and upon approval are recommended to the board of directors. The board of directors sets Ms. Zecher’s compensation.

 

92


Table of Contents

Elements of Executive Compensation

Base Salary

Base pay provides executives with a base level of regular income. In determining a named executive officer’s base salary, we consider the executive’s qualifications, experience, and industry knowledge, the quality and effectiveness of their leadership at our Company, the scope of their responsibilities and future potential, the goals and objectives established for the executive, the executive’s past performance, internal pay equity, and other factors as deemed appropriate. In addition, we consider the other components of executive compensation and the mix of performance pay to total compensation. The Compensation Committee does not apply any specific weighting to these factors. The minimum salaries for the named executive officers are as reflected in applicable employment agreements.

The 2012 annual base salaries for our named executive officers were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

       Salary    

Linda Zecher

   $750,000

Eric Shuman

   $500,000

John Dragoon

   $400,000

Bethlam Forsa

   $400,000

William Bayers

   $400,000

Annual Cash Bonus

Our bonus program is intended to motivate and reward performance by providing incentive bonuses based upon meeting and exceeding individual and Company performance goals. Other than for our Chief Executive Officer, we award annual incentive bonuses under a bonus plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Each named executive officer has a specified payout target as a percentage of base salary based on the executive’s position and level of responsibility. The named executive officers had the following bonus targets (as a percentage of base salary) for 2012:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Bonus Target
Percentages

Linda Zecher

   125%

Eric Shuman

   100%

John Dragoon

   100%

Bethlam Forsa

   100%

William Bayers

   100%

Under the Bonus Plan, the total maximum bonus for each executive is allocated between two bonus objectives—individual performance (25%) and EBITDA (75%) as established in the Company’s annual budget. The relative weight or percentage of the maximum available bonus for each objective is based on the importance of the objective for the year and the ability of the executive to influence the result. The payout based on the applicable financial metrics is determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

    % Achievement of EBITDA

Target

  

Payout as a Percentage of
EBITDA Component of Total
Maximum Bonus  Opportunity

0% - 89.79%

   0.0%

89.8% - 92.99%

   25.0%

93.0% - 96.49%

   50.0%

96.5% - 99.99%

   75.0%

100% - 101.79%

   100.0%

101.8% - 103.49%

   120.0%

103.5% and up

   140.0%

 

93


Table of Contents

For 2012, the Company’s Operating EBITDA target was $301 million. The Bonus Plan is meant to be self-funding and although the Company achieved its $301 million operating EBITDA target, there was not sufficient funding to pay 100% of the bonus level. Therefore, the EBITDA component of the bonus was paid at the 75% level subject to adjustments made by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the board of directors.

With respect to our named executive officers other than Ms. Zecher, Ms. Zecher recommends to the board of directors the size of an award by considering his or her individual performance as measured against pre-set individual performance targets and objectives. Each named executive officer receives his or her bonus amount based on the assessment of individual performance relative to such predetermined specific performance goals. With respect to our Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee reviews and evaluates her performance against pre-set performance goals determined by the Compensation Committee.

Ms. Zecher’s performance objectives included an EBITDA target and personal objectives. Based on its review of Ms. Zecher’s 2012 performance, the Compensation Committee determined that Ms. Zecher achieved substantially all of her goals, and awarded a bonus equal to 96% of her target bonus.

The personal objectives for each of Messrs. Shuman, Dragoon and Bayers, which comprised 25% of his respective target bonus, were substantially consistent with Ms. Zecher’s personal objectives, and were deemed by the Compensation Committee to have been achieved after taking into account each named executive officer’s respective efforts in connection with the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy, and pro-rating the amount for Mr. Dragoon to reflect the portion of the fiscal year he was actually employed by us. Our Chief Executive Officer recommended that Messrs. Shuman, Dragoon and Bayers be paid an annual bonus in an amount equal to 96%, 62.5% and 100%, respectively, of each officer’s target bonus, and such awards were approved by the Compensation Committee.

Ms. Forsa’s employment with us terminated on January 3, 2013. As part of the negotiation of her separation agreement with us, Ms. Forsa was awarded 100% of her target bonus.

Equity Incentives

Equity awards are a significant component of our executive officer compensation. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy all awards granted prior to our emergence from bankruptcy were cancelled. All equity awards are now granted under our 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP”), which is designed to align the interests of our stockholders and executive officers by increasing the proprietary interest of our executive officers in our growth and success, to advance our interests by attracting and retaining key employees, and motivating such executives to act in our long-term best interests. We grant equity awards to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by providing participants with an incentive for outstanding performance. Equity-based awards also provide the Company with the flexibility to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of our operation is largely dependent. We believe that equity awards provide long-term incentives to executive officers because they tie the executive officers’ financial interests to those of our shareholders.

As part of the negotiations with creditors in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we established the overall size of the option pool (10% of the fully-diluted outstanding shares) as well as the allocation of initial grants under the MIP to executive officers, which are set forth below:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Stock Options Granted
(#)
   Percentage of Fully-Diluted
Outstanding Shares

Linda Zecher

   1,842,105    2.25%

Eric Shuman

   818,714    1.00%

John Dragoon

   614,035    0.75%

Bethlam Forsa

   491,228    0.60%

William Bayers

   327,485    0.40%

 

94


Table of Contents

The exercise price of all stock options granted by the board of directors cannot be less than 100% of the fair value (as determined under the MIP) of the common stock on the date of the grant. The stock options granted in fiscal 2012 have an exercise price of $25.00 per share, which is equal to the value of our common stock established in the Plan of Reorganization as of the date of emergence from bankruptcy. Stock options generally are subject to a four-year vesting schedule and expire seven years after the date of grant.

Employee Benefits

Executive officers participate in other employee benefit plans generally available to all employees on the same terms, such as a 401(k) plan with a Company matching contribution. In addition, certain executive officers participate in an executive life insurance plan. We also provide parking, tax preparation, moving expenses, and tax gross-ups for moving expenses to certain of our named executive officers. These plans are designed to enable us to attract and retain our workforce in a competitive marketplace.

Change in Control Severance Plan

We believe that companies should provide reasonable severance benefits to executive officers due to the greater level of difficulty they face in finding comparable employment in a short period of time and greater risk of job loss or modification as a result of a change-in-control transaction than other employees. In recognition of the need to retain key personnel during a period of significant change and uncertainty, we adopted the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the “Change in Control Severance Plan”) in December 2012. The Change in Control Severance Plan is designed (i) to retain our executives and (ii) to align their interests with our stockholders’ interests so that they can consider transactions that are in the best interests of our stockholders and maintain their focus without concern regarding how any such transaction might personally affect them. The Change in Control Severance Plan provides for “double trigger” severance payments, which means that both a change in control and a termination of employment must occur in order for a named executive officer’s severance benefits to be triggered in connection with a change in control.

See “—Potential Post-Employment Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for a more detailed description of the benefits payable under the Change in Control Severance Plan.

Reasonableness of Compensation

The Compensation Committee does not adhere to rigid formulas when determining the amount and mix of compensation elements. Compensation elements for each executive are reviewed in a manner that optimizes the executive’s contribution to the Company and reflects an evaluation of the compensation paid by the Company’s competitors. The Compensation Committee reviews both current pay and the opportunity for future compensation to achieve an appropriate mix between equity incentive awards and cash payments in order to meet its objectives. The mix of compensation elements is designed to reward recent results and motivate long-term performance through a combination of cash and equity incentive awards.

 

95


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table For Fiscal Year 2012

The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation paid by us or incurred on our behalf to our named executive officers during 2012, our last completed fiscal year.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
    Total
($)
 

Linda Zecher

    2012        750,000        —          —          10,205,262        900,000        67,409        11,922,671   

Chief Executive Officer

               

Eric Shuman

    2012        500,000        —          —          4,535,676        480,000        17,075        5,532,751   

Executive Vice President/

Chief Financial Officer

               
               

John Dragoon (4)

    2012        284,615        —          —          3,401,754        250,000        3,915        3,940,284   

Executive Vice President/

               

Chief Marketing Officer

               

Bethlam Forsa (5)

    2012        400,000        —          —          2,721,403        400,000        7,350        3,528,753   

Executive Vice President/

K-12 Product Development

               
               

William Bayers

    2012        400,000        —          —          1,814,267        400,000        26,420        2,640,687   

Executive Vice President/

General Counsel, Secretary

               
               

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) Topic 718, Stock Compensation (disregarding any forfeiture assumptions). See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the assumptions made in determining these values. These values do not correspond to the actual values that may be realized by our named executive officers for these awards.
(2) Represents awards made pursuant to the Bonus Plan in respect of the year indicated, although the awards were actually paid in the following year.
(3) For Ms. Zecher, this amount represents Company-paid life insurance premiums ($12,564); parking ($5,220); moving expenses ($29,843); and tax gross-ups for moving ($19,782). For Mr. Shuman, this amount represents employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan ($7,350); parking ($5,220); and Company-paid life insurance premiums ($4,505). For Mr. Dragoon, this amount represents parking ($3,915). For Ms. Forsa, this amount represents employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan ($7,350). For Mr. Bayers, this amount represents employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan ($7,350); parking ($5,220); tax preparation assistance ($1,571); and Company-paid life insurance premiums ($12,279).
(4) Mr. Dragoon was hired effective April 9, 2012.
(5) Ms. Forsa’s employment terminated effective January 3, 2013.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards For Fiscal Year 2012

The following table details grants to our named executive officers during 2012:

 

     Grant
Date
     Estimated Future  Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
     All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(#) (3)
     Exercise Price of
Option Awards($)
     Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option
Awards($)  (2)
 
      Threshold ($)      Target ($)      Maximum
($)
          

Linda Zecher

     6/22/12         —           937,500         —           1,842,105         25.00         10,205,262   

Eric Shuman

     6/22/12         218,750         500,000         650,000         818,714         25.00         4,535,676   

John Dragoon

     6/22/12         175,000         400,000         520,000         614,035         25.00         3,401,754   

Bethlam Forsa

     6/22/12         175,000         400,000         520,000         491,228         25.00         2,721,403   

William Bayers

     6/22/12         175,000         400,000         520,000         327,485         25.00         1,814,267   

 

96


Table of Contents
(1) For a description of the material terms of these awards, please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Compensation—Annual Cash Bonus.”
(2) We estimated the fair value of option awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the assumptions made in determining these values.
(3) For Ms. Zecher, the options vested 25% on the date of grant and vest 25% on June 22, 2013, June 22, 2014 and June 22, 2015. For all other executives, the options vest over four years with 25% vesting on June 22, 2013, June 22, 2014, June 22, 2015 and June 22, 2016.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our named executive officers. For a description of the severance benefits each executive officer is entitled to receive upon a termination of employment pursuant to the terms of his or her employment agreement, please see “—Potential Post-Employment Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Linda Zecher

We have entered into a new employment agreement with Ms. Zecher (the “New Zecher Agreement”), effective August 1, 2013. Ms. Zecher’s prior employment agreement (the “Prior Zecher Agreement”) provided that Ms. Zecher would continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer until her employment was terminated by us or by Ms. Zecher, which could have been at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of the Prior Zecher Agreement. In consideration for her receipt of stock options, the agreement contained a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of her employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality, and intellectual property provisions. The provisions of the Prior Zecher Agreement that related to equity grants were no longer effective following our emergence from bankruptcy.

Ms. Zecher was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $750,000 and was eligible for an annual target bonus of 125% of her base salary based on the achievement of performance goals established by our board of directors for such fiscal year. Ms. Zecher was entitled to four weeks of vacation per year.

The New Zecher Agreement provides that Ms. Zecher will continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer until her employment is terminated by us or by Ms. Zecher, which may be at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of the New Zecher Agreement. The New Zecher Agreement provides for Ms. Zecher to be a member of our board of directors, and for her to receive the following compensation and benefits: (i) a three-year term with extensions for successive one-year periods thereafter unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least ninety days in advance; (ii) a base salary of $850,000 through the end of 2013 and a base salary of $935,000 beginning January 1, 2014 (subject to annual review for increases only); (iii) a target annual bonus equal to 125% of base salary (actual payment may be more or less, based on actual performance); (iv) a signing bonus of $1,000,000 (which was paid on August 12, 2013); (v) 55,000 RSUs, subject to annual vesting in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of August 1, 2013, subject to Ms. Zecher’s continued employment; and (vi) four weeks paid vacation, and participation in all group health, life and disability plans, retirement plans and other employee benefits on a basis consistent with other senior executives. The New Zecher Agreement further provides that Ms. Zecher is entitled to be indemnified for her acts and omissions (to the maximum extent permitted by law) and is covered by our directors and officers liability insurance policy to the same extent as members of the board of directors. Ms. Zecher also confirmed her obligations under her existing restrictive covenant agreement, which include a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of her employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property provisions.

 

97


Table of Contents

Eric Shuman

We have entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Shuman (the “New Shuman Agreement”), effective August 1, 2013. Mr. Shuman’s prior employment agreement (the “Prior Shuman Agreement”) provided that Mr. Shuman would continue to serve as our Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer until his employment was terminated by us or by Mr. Shuman, which could have been at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of the Prior Shuman Agreement. In consideration for his receipt of stock options, the agreement contained a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality, and intellectual property provisions.

Mr. Shuman was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $500,000, and in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, the Bonus Plan, and our benefit policies, was eligible for an annual target bonus of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Shuman was entitled to four weeks of vacation per year.

The New Shuman Agreement provides that Mr. Shuman will continue to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until his employment is terminated by us or by Mr. Shuman, which may be at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of the New Shuman Agreement. The New Shuman Agreement provides for the following compensation and benefits: (i) a three-year term with extensions for successive one-year periods thereafter unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least ninety days in advance; (ii) a base salary of $550,000 through the end of 2013 and a base salary of $575,000 beginning January 1, 2014 (subject to annual review for increases only); (iii) a target annual bonus equal to 100% of base salary (actual payment may be more or less, based on actual performance); (iv) 10,000 RSUs, subject to annual vesting in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of August 1, 2013, subject to Mr. Shuman’s continued employment; and (v) four weeks paid vacation, and participation in all group health, life and disability plans, retirement plans and other employee benefits on a basis consistent with other senior executives. The New Shuman Agreement further provides that Mr. Shuman is entitled to be indemnified for his acts and omissions (to the maximum extent permitted by law) and is covered by our directors and officers liability insurance policy to the same extent as members of our board of directors. Mr. Shuman also confirmed his obligations under his existing restrictive covenant agreement, which include a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property provisions.

John Dragoon

We entered into an employment agreement on March 27, 2012, with John Dragoon with an effective date of April 9, 2012. Mr. Dragoon’s employment agreement provides that Mr. Dragoon will continue to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer until his employment is terminated by us or by Mr. Dragoon, which may be at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of his employment agreement. In consideration for his receipt of stock options, the agreement contains a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality, and intellectual property provisions.

Mr. Dragoon is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000, and in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, the Bonus Plan, and our benefit policies, is eligible for an annual target bonus of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Dragoon is entitled to four weeks of vacation per year.

 

98


Table of Contents

Bethlam Forsa

Ms. Forsa’s employment terminated effective January 3, 2013, and we subsequently entered into a separation agreement with her dated January 10, 2013.

Prior to the termination of her employment, Ms. Forsa’s employment agreement provided that Ms. Forsa would serve as our Executive Vice President—Publishing Operations until December 31, 2013, subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either we or Ms. Forsa provided ninety days’ notice not to extend the term or until her employment is terminated by us or Ms. Forsa, which may be at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of her employment agreement. The agreement contained a covenant not to engage in any business that competes with us or to solicit employees or customers during the term of her employment and for a period of one year thereafter, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality, and intellectual property provisions.

During 2012, Ms. Forsa was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000, and in accordance with the terms of her employment agreement, the Bonus Plan, and our benefit policies, was eligible for an annual target bonus of 100% of her base salary. Ms. Forsa was entitled to four weeks of vacation per year.

William Bayers

Mr. Bayers’ employment agreement provides that Mr. Bayers will continue to serve as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary until his employment is terminated by us or by Mr. Bayers, which may be at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of his employment agreement. The employment agreement also contains confidentiality and intellectual property provisions.

Mr. Bayers is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000, and in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, the Bonus Plan and our benefit policies, is eligible for an annual target bonus of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Bayers’ is entitled to four weeks of vacation per year. He also is entitled to prior service credit for purposes of eligibility under the Company’s post-retirement medical plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2012

 

     Option Awards  
   Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised

Options
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name    Exercisable
(#) (1)
     Unexercisable
(#) (2)
       

Linda Zecher

     460,526        1,381,579         25.00         6/21/19  

Eric Shuman

     —          818,714         25.00         6/21/19  

John Dragoon

     —          614,035         25.00         6/21/19  

Bethlam Forsa

     —          491,228         25.00         6/21/19  

William Bayers

     —          327,485         25.00         6/21/19  

 

(1) For Ms. Zecher, the options vested 25% on the date of grant and vest 25% on June 22, 2013, June 22, 2014 and June 22, 2015. For all other executives, the options vest over four years with 25% vesting on June 22, 2013, June 22, 2014, June 22, 2015 and June 22, 2016.
(2) Upon a change of control, all option awards will become immediately vested and exercisable.

 

99


Table of Contents

Potential Post-Employment Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Change in Control Severance Plan

We maintain the Change in Control Severance Plan to help retain key executives by reducing personal uncertainty that may arise from the possibility of a change in control, and to promote their objectivity and neutrality in evaluating transactions that may be in the best interest of the Company and our shareholders. The plan establishes objective criteria to determine whether a change in control has occurred, and provides for severance payments and benefits only on a “double trigger” basis. The “double trigger” design is intended to further our goals to retain key executives upon a change in control.

Each named executive officer participates in the Change in Control Severance Plan. Under this plan, if the executive’s employment is terminated by us other than for “cause” (as defined in the MIP as described below under “Equity Award Provisions”), death or disability, or if the executive resigns for “good reason” within two years after a “change in control” or the period commencing on the date of entry into a definitive agreement or following a public announcement by the Company of a transaction or transactions that would result in a change in control (but not earlier than six months preceding the change in control) (the “Change in Control Protection Period”), then HMH or its successor will be obligated to pay or provide the following benefits upon the employee’s execution of a release of claims:

 

   

A lump sum payment equal to two times annual base salary; plus

 

   

A lump sum payment equal to 200% (in the case of Ms. Zecher and Mr. Shuman) or 100% (for other named executive officers) of the officer’s target annual bonus; plus

 

   

A lump sum payment equal to a pro-rata portion of the target annual bonus.

The plan provides for a cutback of severance payments to the safe harbor amount if the payments would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code but only if such reduction would result in a greater net payment to the executive than he or she would have received without such reduction but after paying the excise tax.

The term “good reason” generally means (a) material adverse change in duties or reporting relationship, (b) reduction in salary or annual bonus opportunity not in connection with an across-the-board reduction for other senior executives of the Company, or (c) forced relocation to a place of employment more than fifty miles from the employee’s place of employment immediately prior to the change in control; provided, however, that no termination of an employee’s employment will constitute a termination for good reason unless (i) the executive has first provided the Company with written notice specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for good reason within thirty days after the executive has or should reasonably be expected to have had knowledge of the occurrence thereof, (ii) the Company has not cured such acts or omissions within thirty days of its actual receipt of such notice, and (iii) the effective date of the employee’s termination for good reason occurs no later than ninety days after the initial existence of the facts or circumstances constituting good reason.

The term “change in control” generally means, unless otherwise provided in any employment agreement between the Company and the applicable employee, the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

  (i) any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than a “permitted holder” (as defined in the Change in Control Severance Plan)), together with its affiliates (other than a permitted holder), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock or voting power of the Company by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise;

 

  (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis, to any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of persons (other than any permitted holder or their affiliates); or

 

100


Table of Contents
  (iii) the Company combines with another company if, immediately after such combination, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the capital stock (of any class or classes) having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of the Company of the combined entity; provided, however, that for purposes of this definition, no group will be deemed to have been formed solely by virtue of the execution and delivery of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement (each as defined in the Change in Control Severance Plan). In addition, the board of directors may specifically provide that an event or transaction that would not otherwise qualify as a Change in Control be treated as a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan.

Equity Award Provisions

According to the terms of our MIP, if a named executive officer’s employment is terminated due to their death or disability or for any other reason except by us for “cause” (as defined below), the unvested portion of their equity awards will expire on the date they are terminated. The vested portion of stock option awards will remain exercisable until the earlier of either the expiration of the option period or 12 months after such termination in the case of termination due to death or disability, 30 days in the case of a voluntary resignation, or 90 days (180 days for Ms. Zecher) after any other termination other than termination by us for cause.

RSUs granted in 2013 to Mr. Zecher and Messrs. Shuman and Bayers, fully vest upon a change in control, a termination by us without cause, or a termination of employment due to death or disability. The RSUs granted pursuant to the New Zecher Agreement fully vest upon a change in control or a termination of employment due to death, disability, by us without “cause”, by Ms Zecher for “good reason” (each as defined below as described in her employment agreement) or due to our non-renewal of the New Zecher Agreement. The RSUs granted pursuant to the New Shuman Agreement fully vest upon a “change in control” (as defined above in the MIP).

If we terminate any named executive officer’s employment for cause, both the unvested equity awards and vested portions of the stock options will terminate on the same date their employment is terminated.

Upon a change in control (as defined as in the Change in Control Severance Plan, except that the board of directors does not have an explicit right to provide that an event or transaction that would not otherwise qualify as a change in control be treated as a change in control for purposes of the MIP), and unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award notice, all stock options outstanding under the MIP will vest and become exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares of our common stock covered by such stock option.

As a condition to the receipt of a stock option grant, the executive signs a restrictive covenant agreement, which restricts competition and solicitation during employment and for one year thereafter, as well as customary confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions.

For purposes of the MIP, the term “cause” generally means, unless an award notice under the MIP states otherwise, (i) commission or guilty plea or plea of no contest to a felony (or its equivalent under applicable law) or any crime that involves moral turpitude, (ii) conduct that constitutes fraud or embezzlement or any acts of dishonesty in relation to his or her duties with the Company or our affiliates, (iii) engaging in gross negligence, bad faith, or intentional misconduct which causes either reputational or economic harm to the Company or our affiliates, (iv) continued refusal to substantially perform his or her essential duties with respect to the Company or our affiliates, which refusal is not remedied within ten days after written notice from the board of directors, or (v) breach of obligations under any service contract with the Company or our affiliates or any written Company employment policy, including any code of conduct, which is not cured, if curable, within ten days after Company notification of such breach.

 

101


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement for Linda Zecher

Under the Prior Zecher Agreement, if Ms. Zecher’s employment was terminated by us without “cause” (as defined above in the MIP) or by her for “good reason” (as defined below), she would have been entitled, subject to her execution of a release of claims, to receive (i) a severance payment over twelve months equal to two times base salary; (ii) twelve months of COBRA payments; and (iii) a pro rata bonus for the year in which her employment terminated, based on the actual performance results for the year of termination and payable at such time as bonuses are generally paid.

For purposes of the Prior Zecher Agreement, “good reason” included a resignation by her during the 30-day period commencing six months after either (i) a “change in control” (as defined above in the MIP), or (ii) the date that a majority (but not less than five) members of the board of directors is replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors before the date of the appointment or election.

The provisions of the Prior Zecher Agreement that relate to equity grants are no longer effective following our emergence from bankruptcy. If Ms. Zecher had become eligible for payments under both the Change in Control Severance Plan and the Prior Zecher Agreement, she would have been entitled to the cash payments as dictated by the Change in Control Severance Plan and any benefits continuation provided by the Prior Zecher Agreement.

The foregoing provisions are based on the employment agreement as in effect on December 31, 2012.

Pursuant to the New Zecher Agreement, upon a termination by us without “cause”, by Ms. Zecher for “good reason” (each as defined below) or due to our non-renewal of the New Zecher Agreement, she would be entitled to payment of any bonus earned for the prior fiscal year and vested benefits accrued under other plans, and she would be entitled, subject to her execution of a release of claims, to receive (A) two years of base salary, 50% of which would be paid during the twelve months following such termination with the remainder to be paid in a lump sum on the first anniversary of such termination; (B) an immediate lump sum payment in an amount after taxes sufficient so that Ms. Zecher can pay for one year of COBRA coverage; (C) immediate accelerated vesting of unvested equity awards (other than the RSUs granted pursuant to the New Zecher Agreement) determined as if Ms. Zecher had completed twelve additional months of employment, provided that one hundred percent of any then unvested equity awards will immediately vest if such termination of employment occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined above for the Change in Control Severance Plan); and (D) a pro-rata portion of her annual bonus for the year of termination, payment to be made by the following March 15 based on actual performance. Ms. Zecher is entitled to participate in the Change in Control Severance Plan and, if she becomes entitled to both regular severance and severance under the Change in Control Severance Plan, she will receive the greater of the applicable payments. Pursuant to the New Zecher Agreement, no termination or modification in any manner of the terms and conditions of Ms. Zecher’s participation in the Change in Control Severance Plan may be made without her written consent. Ms. Zecher is also entitled to payment of a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination, plus any accrued amounts, upon termination of her employment due to death or disability.

For purposes of the New Zecher Agreement and the New Shuman Agreement, “cause” generally means: (i) executive’s commission of, or guilty plea or plea of no contest to, a felony (or its equivalent under applicable law) or any crime that involves moral turpitude, (ii) conduct by executive that constitutes fraud or embezzlement or any acts of intentional dishonesty in relation to her or his duties hereunder, (iii) executive having engaged in gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct which causes, or in our reasonable judgment, is likely to cause, either reputational or economic harm to us, (iv) executive’s continued refusal to substantially perform her or his essential duties hereunder, which refusal is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after written notice from our board (or our Chief Executive Officer in the case of Mr. Shuman) (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting cause under this subclause), or (v) executive’s material breach of her or his obligations under any of our written policies, including any code of conduct, which is not cured, if curable, within ten days after we notify executive of such breach (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds

 

102


Table of Contents

constituting cause under this subclause). For the avoidance of doubt, “cause” shall not include (i) below par or below average financial performance, in and of itself, (ii) traffic violations, (iii) expense reimbursement disputes when executive acts in reasonable good faith and (iv) acting in good faith upon advice of our legal counsel.

For purposes of the New Zecher Agreement and the New Shuman Agreement, “good reason” generally means executive’s voluntary termination, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to us, after any one of the following events: (i) a material reduction or change in job duties, responsibilities and requirements materially inconsistent with executive’s position with us and executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements (including, a material reduction due to our becoming part of a larger entity, unless executive receives substantially the same level of job duties, responsibilities and requirements with respect to the total combined entity and not only with respect to us as a division, subsidiary or business unit of the total combined entity); (ii) a material change in reporting relationship; (iii) executive being required to relocate to a facility or location more than thirty miles outside of Boston, Massachusetts without her or his written consent; or (iv) a material breach of the New Zecher Agreement or the New Shuman Agreement; provided, however, that a voluntary termination by executive shall not constitute good reason if such event or events are cured by us within thirty days after receipt of written notice from such executive of executive’s intent to terminate employment for good reason.

The tables showing the potential “Termination Payments” reflect the terms of the employment agreement as in effect on December 31, 2012 only.

Employment Agreement for Eric Shuman

Under the Prior Shuman Agreement, if Mr. Shuman’s employment was terminated by us without cause prior to a change in control, he would have been given severance consideration equal to his continued salary for twelve months.

Pursuant to the New Shuman Agreement, upon a termination by us without “cause”, by Mr. Shuman for “good reason” (each as defined above) or due to our non-renewal of the New Shuman Agreement, he would be entitled to payment of any bonus earned for the prior fiscal year and vested benefits accrued under other plans, and, subject to his execution of a release of claims, to receive (A) 1.5 years of base salary, two-thirds of which shall be paid during the twelve months following such termination with the remainder to be paid in a lump sum on the first anniversary of such termination, (B) if (1) a successor to Ms. Zecher as Chief Executive Officer terminates Mr. Shuman without cause during the period beginning on appointment of a successor to Ms. Zecher as Chief Executive Officer and ending three months thereafter, or (2) executive’s employment voluntarily terminates for good reason during such period, the executive would be entitled to receive immediate accelerated vesting of unvested equity awards determined as if he had completed twelve additional months of employment, provided that one hundred percent of any then unvested equity awards will immediately vest if such termination of employment occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined above for the Change in Control Severance Plan); and (C) a pro-rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, payment to be made by the following March 15 based on actual performance. Mr. Shuman is entitled to participate in the Change in Control Severance Plan and, if he becomes entitled to both regular severance and severance under the Change in Control Severance Plan, he will receive the greater of the applicable payments. Pursuant to the New Shuman Agreement, no termination or modification in any manner of the terms and conditions of Mr. Shuman’s participation in the Change in Control Severance Plan may be made without his written consent. Mr. Shuman is also entitled to payment of a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination, plus any accrued amounts upon termination of his employment due to death or disability.

The tables showing the potential “Termination Payments” reflect the terms of the Prior Shuman Agreement as in effect on December 31, 2012 only.

 

103


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement for John Dragoon

If Mr. Dragoon’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as that term is commonly understood in connection with executive actions or inactions) prior to a change of control, he will be entitled to receive, subject to his execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, (i) severance payments equal to one year’s base salary, (ii) six months of COBRA payments if he elects COBRA; and (iii) a pro rata bonus for the year in which his employment terminates, based on the actual performance results for the year of termination, payable at such time as executive bonuses are generally paid.

Separation Agreement for Bethlam Forsa

Ms. Forsa separated from the Company, effective January 3, 2013. We entered into a separation agreement with her dated January 10, 2013, providing for severance in the amount of $400,000, monthly COBRA costs totaling $21,984.60, each payable over a twelve-month period, and her 2012 bonus equal to $400,000, paid on the first payroll date following her execution and non-revocation of the separation agreement. As a condition to the receipt of any severance payments, Ms. Forsa executed a release of claims against the Company. Additionally, she continues to be subject to the restrictive covenant agreement of her employment agreement and confidentiality and intellectual property agreement, which subjects her to a noncompete for one year following termination, as well as non-disparagement, confidentiality, and intellectual property provisions.

Employment Agreement for William Bayers

If Mr. Bayers’ employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for cause prior to a change in control, we will provide him with a severance payment equal to one year of continued base salary upon his execution of a separation and release agreement.

 

104


Table of Contents

Termination Payments

The following table sets forth the payments each of our named executive officers would have received if their employment had been terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason on December 31, 2012 and there was no change of control.

 

          Amount Payable  
Name    Benefit    Death, Disability,
Voluntary
Resignation,
Termination for
Cause
($)
     Termination By Us
Without Cause
($)
     Resignation for
Good Reason
($)
 

Linda Zecher (1)

   Cash Severance      —           2,400,000         —     
   COBRA Payments      —           17,433         —     

Eric Shuman (2)

   Cash Severance      —           500,000         —     

John Dragoon (3)

   Cash Severance      —           650,000         —     
   COBRA Payments      —           4,182         —     

Bethlam Forsa (4)

   Cash Severance      —           400,000         400,000   
   COBRA Payments      —           21,985         21,985   

William Bayers (5)

   Cash Severance      —           400,000         —     

 

(1) Upon a termination by us without cause, under the Prior Zecher agreement, Ms. Zecher would have been entitled to two times base salary, a prorated bonus (which for this purpose is assumed to be the actual bonus payable for fiscal year 2012), and 12 months of COBRA payments. The foregoing provisions (and the amounts shown in the above table) are based on the provisions of the Prior Zecher Agreement, which were in effect on December 31, 2012. Under the New Zecher Agreement, upon a termination by us without cause, by her resignation for good reason, or due to our non-renewal of the New Zecher Agreement, she would be entitled to a severance payment of $2,762,500 (assuming payout of target bonus), $17,433 in COBRA payments, and accelerated vesting of all unvested options determined as if Ms. Zecher had completed twelve additional months of employment. Upon a termination of Ms. Zecher’s employment due to death or disability, she would be entitled to a severance payment of $1,062,500 (assuming payout of target bonus).
(2) Upon a termination by us without cause, under the Prior Shuman Agreement Mr. Shuman would have been entitled to continued base salary for twelve months. The foregoing provisions (and the amounts shown in the above table) are based on the provisions or the Prior Shuman Agreement, which were in effect on December 31, 2012. Under the New Shuman Agreement, upon a termination by us without cause, by his resignation for good reason, or due to our non-renewal of the New Shuman Agreement, he would be entitled to a severance payment of $1,375,000 (assuming payout of target bonus) and accelerated vesting of all unvested options determined as if Mr. Shuman had completed twelve additional months of employment. Upon a termination of Mr. Shuman’s employment due to death or disability, he would be entitled to a severance payment of $550,000 (assuming payout of target bonus).
(3) Upon a termination by us without cause, Mr. Dragoon would be entitled to base salary, a prorated bonus (which for this purpose is assumed to be the actual bonus payable for fiscal year 2012), and six months of COBRA payments.
(4) Represent the amounts Ms. Forsa would have received under her employment agreement if her employment had been terminated on December 31, 2012 and does not reflect additional amounts provided by her separation agreement.
(5) Upon a termination by us without cause, Mr. Bayers would be entitled to continued base salary for twelve months

 

105


Table of Contents

Change of Control Termination

The following table sets forth the payments each of our named executive officers would have received if a change of control occurred, and, following a change of control, their employment had been terminated by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, in each case on December 31, 2012. Although outstanding unvested stock options would become vested in connection with a change of control, the value of such acceleration is deemed to be $0 as of December 31, 2012 because as of such date the fair value of the common stock did not exceed the exercise price of the stock options.

 

          Amounts Payable Upon a Change in Control
($)
 

Name

  

Benefit

   Termination
Without Cause
     Resignation for
Good Reason
     Death, Disability,
Termination for
Cause
 

Linda Zecher (1)

   Cash Severance      4,275,000         4,275,000         —     
   COBRA Payments      —           17,433         —     
   Option Acceleration Value      —           —           —     

Eric Shuman (1)

   Cash Severance      2,480,000         2,480,000         —     
   Option Acceleration Value      —           —           —     

John Dragoon (2)

   Cash Severance      1,450,000         1,450,000         —     
   Option Acceleration Value      —           —           —     

Bethlam Forsa (3)

   Cash Severance      400,000         400,000         —     
   Option Acceleration Value      —           —           —     

William Bayers (2)

   Cash Severance      1,600,000         1,600,000         —     
   Option Acceleration Value      —           —           —     

 

(1) Ms. Zecher’s and Mr. Shuman’s cash severance amounts upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason consist of two times the sum of base salary and target bonus plus a prorated bonus for the year of termination (which for this purpose is assumed to be the actual bonus payable for fiscal year 2012). Under certain circumstances, if Ms. Zecher resigns for good reason, pursuant to the Prior Zecher Agreement, she would have been entitled to benefits continuation. The foregoing provisions (and the amounts shown in the above table) are based on the provision of the Prior Zecher Agreement and the Prior Shuman Agreement, which were in effect on December 31, 2012. Under the New Zecher Agreement and the New Shuman Agreement, Ms. Zecher and Mr. Shuman would be entitled to the greater cash severance amounts payable under either the Change in Control Severance Plan or the New Zecher Agreement or the New Shuman Agreement, as applicable (but not both). Each of Ms. Zecher and Mr. Shuman would also be entitled to the same benefits outlined above upon a termination of employment due to death or disability.
(2) Mr. Dragoon’s and Mr. Bayers’ cash severance amounts upon a termination without cause or resignation for good reason consist of two times base salary plus target bonus and a prorated bonus for the year of termination (which for this purpose is assumed to be the actual bonus payable for fiscal year 2012).
(3) Represent the amounts Ms. Forsa would have received under her employment agreement if her employment had been terminated on December 31, 2012.

Board Compensation

The Nominating, Ethics and Governance Committee of our board of directors is responsible for reviewing and recommending non-employee director compensation to the full board for its approval. We pay our non-employee directors a mix of cash and equity-based compensation. We do not provide any perquisites or retirement benefits to our non-employee directors. We do not provide any additional compensation to our employee directors.

 

106


Table of Contents

The cash compensation paid to our non-employee directors consists of an annual retainer for board and committee service, plus an annual retainer for service as chair of certain committees with respect to the full board. Our non-employee directors (other than the Chairman of the Board) receive annual compensation of $165,000, of which $80,000 is payable in cash and $85,000 is payable in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) described below. Our Chairman receives annual compensation of $250,000, of which $120,000 is payable in cash and $130,000 is payable in RSUs. The Company also reimburses all of its directors for expenses they incur in connection with attending Board meetings and committee meetings.

In addition, each non-employee director will earn a fee for service on a committee and service as a committee chairperson, as applicable. Each member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) receives an annual retainer of $10,000, and the Chairperson of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $25,000. Each member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) receives an annual retainer of $10,000, and the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee receives an annual retainer of $25,000. Each member of the Nominating, Ethics and Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) receives an annual retainer of $5,000, and the Chairperson of the Nominating, Ethics and Governance Committee receives an annual retainer of $12,500. Cash compensation is payable quarterly. The schedule of retainers paid to our non-employee directors in effect as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

Position

   Annual Retainer
for Membership
     Additional Retainer for
Chair role
 

Board of Directors

   $ 165,000       $ 85,000   

Audit Committee

   $ 10,000       $ 15,000   

Compensation Committee

   $ 10,000       $ 15,000   

Nominating, Ethics and Governance Committee

   $ 5,000       $ 7,500   

The grants of RSUs in fiscal 2012 were valued based on the $25 per share value established in our Plan of Reorganization in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy. All subsequent grants of RSUs will be granted at the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant. The RSUs generally vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued service as a member of the Board.

Prior to June 22, 2012, The cash compensation paid to our non-employee directors consisted of an annual retainer for board and committee service. Our non-employee directors (other than the Chairman of the Board) receive annual cash compensation of $144,000. Our Chairman received annual cash compensation of $216,000. The Company also reimbursed all of its directors for expenses they incur in connection with attending Board meetings and committee meetings.

 

107


Table of Contents

Director Compensation Table—Fiscal 2012

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($) (1)
     Stock Awards ($) (2)      Other ($) (3)      Total  

Lawrence K. Fish

     188,000         130,000         44,669         362,669   

John F. Killian

     139,500         85,000         —           224,500   

Jill A. Greenthal

     53,228         85,000         —           138,228   

L. Gordan Crovitz

     33,750         85,000         —           118,750   

John R. McKernan, Jr.

     103,630         85,000         —           188,630   

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

     9,130         85,000         —           94,130   

Sheru Chowdhry (4)

     —           —           —           —     

William Hagerty

     79,500         —           —           79,500   

Robert Schmitz

     72,000         —           —           72,000   

William Campbell

     72,000         —           —           72,000   

Todd Boehly (4)

     —           —           —           —     

Anthony Salcito (5)

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) Represents the aggregate cash retainers for board and committee service.
(2) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 718 (disregarding any forfeiture assumptions. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the assumptions made in determining these values. These values do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by our non-employee directors for these awards. As of December 31, 2012, each of Messrs. Killian, Greenthal, Crovitz, McKernan and Novak held 3,400 RSUs, and Mr. Fish held 5,200 RSUs. No other non-employee directors held any stock awards.
(3) Represents portion of salary and benefits paid to Mr. Fish’s executive assistant not attributed to services rendered to the Company
(4) Mr. Chowdhry and Mr. Boehly are not considered independent directors and did not receive any director compensation.
(5) Mr. Salcito resigned from the board of directors on February 3, 2012 and did not receive any director compensation in 2012.

Stock Plans

The board of directors of the Company administers the MIP pursuant to which the board, or a committee designated by the board of directors (referred to in this section as the “Committee”), may, from time to time, grant awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, RSUs and stock bonus awards to key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers (including prospective key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers) of the Company or any of its affiliates who are selected in the sole discretion of the Committee. As of the date hereof, only stock options and RSUs have been granted under the MIP.

Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization, the MIP provides for an aggregate of 8,187,135 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the MIP. Shares of common stock used to pay the executive price of an award or to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, and shares underlying any awards that are forfeited or cancelled, expire unexercised or are settled in cash, are again available for awards under the MIP.

All awards granted under the MIP will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee (including with respect to vesting, settlement and termination of employment). In the case of stock options, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the MIP provides that each option shall have a seven year term, and shall vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject to the award on each of the first four anniversaries of the date the award is granted, in each case, so long as the participant continues to be employed

 

108


Table of Contents

by or provide services to us on the relevant vesting date (and the vested portion of any option will also expire upon a termination of employment for cause); provided that all outstanding stock options shall fully vest and become exercisable upon a change in control (as defined in the MIP). The terms and conditions of awards need not be the same for each participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, awards are non-transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to approved beneficiary designation procedures, and may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

To the extent required by applicable law (including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the common stock is listed or quoted, awards under the MIP shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements. The Committee may require in any award agreement, as a condition to the grant of and/or the receipt of shares of common stock under an award, that the recipient execute the lock-up, shareholder or other agreements, as it may determine in its sole and absolute discretion provided that such agreement is not materially inconsistent with the purpose of the award.

The MIP will terminate on June 22, 2022, unless earlier terminated by the board of directors. The board of directors may amend the MIP and any award agreement as it shall deem advisable, subject to stockholder approval if required by applicable law, rule or regulation, provided that no amendment may materially impair the rights of the holder of an award without such holder’s consent.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2012, our Compensation Committee consisted of: Messrs. McKernan, Chowdhry, Crovitz, Fish, and Killian. None of these directors has ever served as an officer or employee of the Company. During 2012, none of the members of the Compensation Committee had any relationship with the Company requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or similar committee, of any other company whose executive officer(s) served as a member of our board of directors or our Compensation Committee.

 

109


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth, as of July 15, 2013, information regarding the beneficial ownership of the outstanding shares of our common stock by:

 

   

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each member of our board of directors and each of our named executive officers individually;

 

   

all members of our board of directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

all selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership has been determined under rules promulgated by the SEC. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable and convertible securities currently convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by the person or entity holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person or entity.

Each individual or entity shown on the table has furnished information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated below, the address of each executive officer and director listed below is c/o HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

    Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Immediately Prior  to
the Completion of
this Offering
    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock Being
Offered
    Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
This  Offering
    Percentage of
Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Assuming Full
Exercise of

Over-allotment
Option

Name of Beneficial Owner:

  Number  of
Shares
    Percentage       Number  of
Shares
    Percentage    

5% Stockholders:

           

Affiliates of Paulson & Co. Inc. (1)

    18,183,856        26.0 %        

Affiliates of Anchorage Advisors L.L.C. (2)

    7,808,320        11.2        

Affiliates of Avenue Investments L.P. (3)

    6,053,596        8.7        

Affiliates of Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. (4)

    5,279,426        7.5        

Affiliates of Q Investments L.P. (5)

    5,166,207        7.4        

Affiliates of Oak Hill Advisors L.P. (6)

    3,989,668        5.7        

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Lawrence K. Fish

    5,200        *        —          5,200        *     

John R. McKernan, Jr. (7)

    3,400        *        —          3,400        *     

L. Gordon Crovitz (8)

    3,400        *        —          3,400        *     

Jill A. Greenthal

    3,400        *        —          3,400        *     

John F. Killian

    3,400        *        —          3,400        *     

Sheru Chowdry

    —                 —          —             

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

    —                 —          —             

Jonathan F. Miller

    —                 —          —              

Linda K. Zecher (9)

    921,052        1.3     —          921,052        1.3  

Eric L. Shuman (10)

    204,678        *        —          204,678        *     

John K. Dragoon (11)

    153,508        *        —          153,508        *     

Bethlam Forsa

    —                 —          —              

William F. Bayers (12)

    81,871        *        —          81,871        *     

All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (19 persons) (13)

    1,512,952        2.1     —          1,512,952        2.1  

Other Selling Stockholders:

           

All Other Selling Stockholders

           

 

110


Table of Contents

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
(1) The information with respect to the affiliates of Paulson & Co. Inc. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Paulson & Co., Inc. Address is 1251 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020.
(2) The information with respect to the affiliates of Anchorage Advisors L.L.C. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Anchorage Advisors L.L.C. Address is 610 Broadway, New York, New York 10012.
(3) The information with respect to the affiliates of Avenue Investments L.P. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Avenue Investments L.P. Address is 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
(4) The information with respect to the affiliates of Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. Address is c/o Blackrock, Inc., 55 East 52nd St., New York, New York 10055.
(5) The information with respect to the affiliates of Q Investments, L.P. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Q Investments L.P. Address is 301 Commerce Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(6) The information with respect to the affiliates of Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. includes the shares of common stock held by funds affiliated with Oak Hill Advisors L.P. Address is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036.
(7) Represents 3,400 shares of common stock underlying Restricted Stock Units that will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(8) Represents 3,400 shares of common stock underlying Restricted Stock Units that will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(9) Represents options to purchase 921,052 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(10) Represents options to purchase 204,678 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(11) Represents options to purchase 153,508 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(12) Represents options to purchase 81,871 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.
(13) Represents options to purchase 1,512,952 shares of common stock that are vested and exercisable or will become vested and exercisable within 60 days.

Relationships with Selling Stockholders

The selling stockholders include all of our existing stockholders prior to this offering. For more information about our relationships with certain of these selling stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

111


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with our restructuring, on June 22, 2012, we entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) with our new stockholders. The Investor Rights Agreements contains, among others, provisions granting our shareholders party thereto from time to time certain registration rights as described in further detail below and provisions related to confidentiality, holdback agreements and our public reporting obligations.

Registration Rights

The Investor Rights Agreement provides our stockholders party thereto from time to time with certain registration rights.

Under the Investor Rights Agreement, any holder or holders who own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock could require us to consummate an underwritten initial public offering pursuant to the exercise of demand registration rights so long as the total proposed offering size was at least $150 million (an “IPO Demand Right”). If the initial public offering price equates to a total equity value of our Company of not less than $1.5 billion, the holders exercising the IPO Demand Right could also, at their option, require all other stockholders to sell in such initial public offering their pro rata share of the common stock being sold, not to exceed 15% of the shares held by such holder (an “IPO Drag Right”). This offering is being conducted because stockholders have exercised the IPO Demand Right and the IPO Drag Right granted under the Investor Rights Agreement.

After this offering, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to file and cause to become effective a shelf registration statement (on Form S-3 if permitted) for the benefit of all stockholders party to the Investor Rights Agreement, and any individual holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock can demand an unlimited number of “shelf takedowns” so long as the total offering size exceeds $100 million.

Each holder or holders who own at least 15% of our outstanding common stock will have, after this offering (i) one Form S-1 demand registration right per annum, which may be conducted in an underwritten offering as long as the total offering price is at least $100 million, and (ii) unlimited Form S-3 demand registration rights, which may be conducted in underwritten offerings as long as the total offering price is at least $100 million, each subject to customary cutback provisions.

Each stockholder party to the Investor Rights Agreement has unlimited piggyback registration rights with respect to underwritten offerings, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.

The foregoing registration rights are subject to certain cutback provisions and customary suspension/blackout provisions. We have agreed to pay all registration expenses under the Investor Rights Agreement, except that the selling stockholders may be responsible for their pro rata shares of underwriters’ fees, commissions and discounts (subject to the two exceptions described below), stock transfer and certain legal expenses. Under the Investor Rights Agreement, we have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of the common stock in this offering and in connection with the first underwritten demand registration or shelf takedown by stockholders after this offering. In connection with the registrations described above, we have agreed to indemnify the stockholders against certain liabilities.

The Investor Rights Agreement also contains certain holdback agreements that apply to each stockholder party to the Investor Rights Agreement. Generally, without our prior consent and subject to limited exceptions, the stockholders have agreed not to publicly sell or distribute our equity securities during the seven days prior to the pricing of this offering and for the 180-day period beginning on the date of pricing of this offering and, if participating in a future shelf takedown or other underwritten public offering, during the seven days prior to the pricing of that offering and for the 90-day period beginning on such date.

 

112


Table of Contents

Indebtedness

Affiliates of certain of our stockholders, including the stockholders holding 5% or more of HMH Holdings’ common stock listed in “Principal and Selling Stockholders,” also currently own a portion of our indebtedness, including indebtedness outstanding under our term loan facility.

Debt-for-Equity Exchange

Upon our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, holders of our prior Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were issued post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan on a pro rata basis. Certain of these holders of our prior Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan. The amount of the gain attributable to the debt to equity conversion, net of elimination of fees and other charges, of $1,010.3 million, which is associated to the holders of the prior Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes that were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan, was charged to capital in excess of par value.

Indemnification Arrangements

We have entered into agreements with our executive officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract qualified executive officers and directors. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

 

113


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has an authorized capital stock consisting of 190,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. After the consummation of this offering, we expect to have             shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Summarized below are material provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, as well as relevant sections of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of the common stock do not have any preemptive rights or cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all directors then being elected. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

Preferred stock

After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our board of directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.

Corporate opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply with respect to the Company, to any of our existing stockholders or any directors of the Company who are not employees, consultants or officers of ours in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers.

Certain certificate of incorporation, by-law and statutory provisions

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and of the DGCL summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares.

 

114


Table of Contents

Directors’ liability; Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursements for expenses incurred arising under the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:

 

   

for any breach of the duty of loyalty;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law;

 

   

for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or stock redemptions); or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

The effect of this provision is to eliminate our rights, and our stockholders’ rights, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of a fiduciary duty of care as a director. This provision does not limit or eliminate our rights or those of any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under federal securities laws. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we indemnify each director and the officers, employees and agents determined by our board of directors to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also requires us to advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not adversely affect any right or protection of our directors in respect of any act or failure to act that occurred prior to any amendment to or repeal of such provisions or the adoption of an inconsistent provision. If the DGCL is amended to provide further limitation on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

Special meetings of stockholders

Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman, by a majority of the members of our board of directors or at the request of holders of 50.1% or more of our outstanding common stock. Stockholders requesting a special meeting must provide a notice to us with the proposed date, time and place of the meeting (which may not be earlier than 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to us (or 90 days in the case of special meetings called to elect one or more directors)) and the purposes for which the special meeting is being called. The stockholders requesting the special meeting must also comply with the requirements that would be applicable if the stockholders were proposing to nominate a candidate for election as a director at an annual meeting or proposing a topic for consideration at an annual meeting. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders, to require that the chairman call such a special meeting or to require that our board request the calling of a special meeting of stockholders. These provisions, taken together, will prevent stockholders from forcing consideration by the stockholders of stockholder proposals over the opposition of the board, except at an annual meeting or under the circumstances described above.

 

115


Table of Contents

Stockholder action; Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that stockholders may take action by written consent if the consent is signed by holders of our outstanding shares having the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and the stockholders seeking to take the action provide us with the same information that would have been required to be provided if they were proposing to take the action at a special meeting of stockholders.

In addition, our amended and restated by-laws will establish advance notice procedures for:

 

   

stockholders to nominate candidates for election as a director; and

 

   

stockholders to propose topics for consideration at stockholders’ meetings.

Stockholders must notify our corporate secretary in writing prior to the meeting at which the matters are to be acted upon or directors are to be elected. The notice must contain the information specified in our by-laws including, but not limited to, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock or derivative securities that have a value associated with our common stock held by the proposing stockholder and its associates and any voting or similar agreement the proposing stockholder has entered into with respect to our common stock. To be timely, the notice must be received at our corporate headquarters not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders. If the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year or for the first annual meeting following this offering, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of the 90th day prior to the annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which we notify stockholders of the date of the annual meeting, either by mail or other public disclosure. In the case of a special meeting of stockholders called to elect directors, the stockholder notice must be received not earlier than 120 days prior to the special meeting and not later than the later of the 90th day prior to the special meeting or 10th day following the day on which we notify stockholders of the date of the special meeting, either by mail or other public disclosure. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board at an annual meeting is increased and we do not make any public announcement naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder notice of nomination shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it is delivered not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. These provisions may preclude some stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting or from nominating candidates for director at an annual or special meeting.

Directors

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have nine members. Each of our directors will serve for a term of one year. Directors hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Our board of directors may elect a director to fill a vacancy, including vacancies created by the expansion of the board of directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

116


Table of Contents

Business combinations with interested stockholders

In general, section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prevents an interested stockholder, which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, of a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined therein) for three years following the date that person became an interested stockholder unless various conditions are satisfied. We have elected to opt out of the provisions of section 203. Accordingly, we will not be subject to the anti-takeover effects of section 203.

Forum for adjudication of disputes

Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, any action asserting breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL or any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although we have included a choice of forum provision in our amended and restated by-laws, it is possible that a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable. In addition, this provision would not affect the ability of our stockholders to seek remedies under the federal securities laws.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

National securities exchange listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “HMHC.”

 

117


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of common stock or the availability of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock—Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price .”

Sale of restricted shares

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, the             shares sold in this offering (or             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. The issuance of our common stock in the 2012 reorganization was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, the 69,958,989 shares of our outstanding common stock (excluding 41,011 shares held by us in treasury) that were issued in the reorganization are freely tradable, except for shares that are held by our affiliates. After this offering, approximately             of our outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately             shares of common stock will be entitled to dispose of their shares pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and the holders of approximately             shares of common stock, representing approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether restricted securities are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. In general, under Rule 144, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our Company. The volume limitations, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding 90 days. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted securities proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144.

 

118


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, provides that securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one year holding period requirement.

Options/equity awards and warrants

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our MIP. Immediately prior to effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, there were             options outstanding under our MIP to purchase a total of             shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase             shares were exercisable immediately, and              restricted stock units outstanding under our MIP. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options and in respect of restricted stock units after the effective date of the registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, we have 3,684,211 warrants outstanding that are exercisable for 3,684,211 shares of our common stock. The warrants were issued in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy in 2012. As of June 30, 2013, the weighted average exercise price of the outstanding warrants was $42.27 per share. Shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-up agreements

Other than in connection with the sale of shares in this offering, the selling stockholders, our executive officers, our directors and certain of our other existing stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions and with specified exceptions, they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold             shares of our common stock, representing approximately     % of our then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

We have agreed not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus (subject to certain extensions). We may, however, grant options to purchase shares of common stock, issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options under our MIP and in certain other circumstances.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

 

119


Table of Contents

Registration rights

We have entered an investor rights agreement granting certain registration rights to our existing stockholders as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreement.” Subject to the limitations described thereunder, certain stockholders may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act all shares of common stock that they request be registered at any time following this offering, subject to certain limitations, and all existing stockholders are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights, subject to certain limitations. After giving effect to this offering and subject to the terms of their lock-up agreements with the underwriters, the existing stockholders may require that             shares of our common stock be registered for resale pursuant to the investor rights agreement. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreement.”

 

120


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of all material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

This discussion only addresses beneficial owners of our common stock that acquire our common stock pursuant to this offering and that hold such common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, and Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.

For the purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors.

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

121


Table of Contents

Distributions

Although we do not anticipate that we will make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future, distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” and “FATCA,” you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which you hold your common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case you would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying your entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding your possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” below;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or

 

   

we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and your holding period for the common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income discussed below.

In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. If we are a USRPHC, gain will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if your holdings (direct and indirect) at all times during the applicable period described in the third bullet point above constituted 5% or less of our common stock, provided that our common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

122


Table of Contents

U.S. Trade or Business Income

For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (A) such income or gain is (i) effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States and such treaty requires, attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) that you maintain in the United States or (B) with respect to gain, we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of your interest and your holding period for our common stock (subject to the 5% ownership exception set forth above in the second paragraph of “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock).” Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, you are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (generally in the same manner as a U.S. person) on your U.S. trade or business income. If you are a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that you receive may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to you will generally be exempt from backup withholding if you provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless you certify as to your non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a “U.S. related financial intermediary”). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. You are urged to consult your tax advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of your particular circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S. source payments

 

123


Table of Contents

made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments generally include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations and applicable IRS guidance defer this withholding obligation until July 1, 2014, for payments of dividends on U.S. common stock and until January 1, 2017, for gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to provide the Company (and its paying agents) with applicable tax forms or other information to avoid withholding on dividends and gross proceeds, as applicable. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

 

124


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters in connection with this offering. We have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of the common stock in this offering and certain expenses of the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the Company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day

 

125


Table of Contents

period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the Company, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We will apply to list the common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “HMHC.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on NASDAQ, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on             , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

126


Table of Contents
  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is

 

127


Table of Contents

an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The Company and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

The Company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Certain of the selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock that they are offering under this prospectus.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

128


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus for us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters have been represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (“successor”) and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 (“predecessor”), included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as any other documents that we have filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains the registration statement and other reports, proxy and information statements and information that we will file electronically with the SEC.

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC, or you can review these documents on the SEC’s website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

129


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-58   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six-Month Periods Ended June  30, 2013 and 2012

     F-59   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Six-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-60   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six-Month Periods Ended June  30, 2013 and 2012

     F-61   

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-62   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor Periods) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 29, 2013, except for the earnings per share data as described in Note 16, as to which the date is August 2, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 present fairly in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of HMH Publishing Company and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 30, 2011, except for the earnings per share data as described in Note 16, as to which the date is August 2, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share information)   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Assets

   

Current assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 329,078      $ 413,610   

Restricted cash

    —          26,495   

Short-term investments

    146,041        —     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts and book returns of $36.4 million and $43.8 million, respectively

    229,118        256,271   

Inventories

    197,613        242,162   

Deferred income taxes

    42,858        14,152   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    13,731        13,811   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    958,439        966,501   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    149,227        152,212   

Pre-publication costs, net

    256,202        289,125   

Royalty advances to authors, net of allowance of $20.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively

    48,247        42,700   

Goodwill

    520,088        520,088   

Other intangible assets, net

    1,067,052        1,274,213   

Other assets

    30,329        19,064   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,029,584      $ 3,263,903   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   

Current liabilities

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 2,500      $ 43,500   

Accounts payable

    86,416        130,128   

Royalties payable

    60,352        52,294   

Salaries, wages, and commissions payable

    34,730        43,515   

Deferred revenue

    124,216        141,763   

Interest payable

    87        30,843   

Severance and other charges

    18,290        35,750   

Accrued postretirement benefits

    2,342        2,252   

Other liabilities

    30,421        45,612   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    359,354        525,657   

Long-term debt

    245,625        2,968,088   

Royalties payable

    2,070        1,313   

Long-term deferred revenue

    171,105        208,173   

Accrued pension benefits

    48,714        64,490   

Accrued postretirement benefits

    27,231        33,718   

Deferred income taxes

    124,588        32,072   

Other liabilities

    107,196        104,944   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,085,883        3,938,455   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

    —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 190,000,000 shares authorized; 70,000,000 shares issued; and 69,958,989 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and $0.001 par value: 600,000,000 shares authorized; 283,636,235 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011

    700        284   

Treasury stock, 41,011 shares as of December 31, 2012

    —          —     

Capital in excess of par value

    4,741,765        2,038,714   

Accumulated deficit

    (2,777,236     (2,690,097

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (21,528     (23,453
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,943,701        (674,552
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 3,029,584      $ 3,263,903   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    For the Period
March 10,

2010 to
December 31,
2010
    For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 

Net sales

  $ 1,285,641      $ 1,295,295      $ 1,397,142      $ 109,905   

Costs and expenses

         

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

    515,948        512,612        559,593        45,270   

Publishing rights amortization

    177,747        230,624        235,977        48,336   

Pre-publication amortization

    137,729        176,829        181,521        37,923   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    831,424        920,065        977,091        131,529   

Selling and administrative

    533,462        638,023        597,628        119,039   

Other intangible asset amortization

    54,815        67,372        57,601        2,006   

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

    8,003        1,674,164        103,933        4,028   

Severance and other charges

    9,375        32,801        (11,243     —     

Gain on bargain purchase

    (30,751     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (120,687     (2,037,130     (327,868     (146,697
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

         

Interest expense

    (123,197     (244,582     (258,174     (157,947

Other (loss) income, net

    —          —          (6     9   

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    1,688        (811     90,250        (7,361
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

    (242,196     (2,282,523     (495,798     (311,996

Reorganization items, net

    (149,114     —          —          —     

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (5,943     (100,153     11,929        (220
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727   $ (311,776
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.51   $ (7.69   $ (1.79   $ (100,572.90
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    170,459,064        283,636,235        283,636,235        3,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
(in thousands of dollars)   For the Year
Ended December 31,
2012
    For the Year
Ended December 31,
2011
    For the Period
March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
    For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 

Net loss

  $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727   $ (311,776
 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (465     (4,241     1,829        392   

Change in pension and benefit plan liability, net of tax expense of $85 for 2012

    2,378        (14,509     (6,533     (1,313

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

    12        181        (180     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

    1,925        (18,569     (4,884     (921
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (85,214   $ (2,200,939   $ (512,611   $ (312,697
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
(in thousands of dollars)   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    For the Period
March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net loss

  $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

           

Noncash interest expense

    —          —          —              20,737   

Gain on bargain purchase

    (30,751     —          —              —     

Gain on sale of assets

    —          (2,000     (1,179         —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

    428,422        532,996        523,651            99,260   

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

    24,584        46,249        37,040            13,680   

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

    (10,076     (117,616     11,708            (220

Noncash stock-based compensation expense

    6,254        8,559        4,274            925   

Noncash issuance of warrants

    10,747        —          —              —     

Reorganization items

    (179,024     —          —              —     

Impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

    8,003        1,674,164        103,933            4,028   

Allowance for loan receivable from officer

    —          —          18,875            —     

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

    (1,688     811        (90,250         7,361   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

           

Accounts receivable

    25,826        (2,356     (27,996         86,787   

Inventories

    44,549        39,825        98,329            (22,741

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (44,594     18,488        (13,145         (30,990

Royalties, net

    9,478        5,778        11,653            (9,867

Deferred revenue

    (54,615     110,993        130,683            (9,539

Interest payable

    4,912        18,013        (49,328         118,423   

Severance and other charges

    (17,460     4,570        (30,977         (4,257

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

    (19,710     (10,568     (19,003         1,297   

Other, net

    (12,916     (12,740     (17,575         (4,404
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    104,802        132,796        182,966            (41,296
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Proceeds from (deposits into) restricted cash accounts

    26,495        16,751        (42,745         —     

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

    19,575        17,800        —              —     

Purchases of short-term investments

    (165,603     —          (17,978         —     

Additions to pre-publication costs

    (114,522     (122,592     (96,613         (22,057

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

    (50,943     (71,817     (64,139         (3,559

Proceeds from sale of assets

    —          150        2,177            —     

Acquisition of intangible asset

    —          (30,000     —              —     

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

    (11,000     (5,592     (12,824         —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (295,998     (195,300     (232,122         (25,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           

(Payments) borrowings under receivables funding agreement

    —          —          (140,000         2,350   

Proceeds from term loan

    250,000        —          —              —     

Payments of long-term debt

    (12,750     (43,500     (43,640         —     

Payments of short-term debt

    —          (150,000     —              —     

Proceeds from secured notes offering

    —          300,000        —              —     

Payments of deferred financing fees

    (26,586     (10,459     —              —     

Dividend to affiliate

    —          —          —              (2,500

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

    —          —          649,600            —     

Loan advances to officer

    —          —          (20,000         —     

Payment of capital restructuring costs

    (104,000     —          (43,671         —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    106,664        96,041        402,289            (150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (84,532     33,537        353,133            (67,062

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Beginning of period

    413,610        380,073        26,940            94,002   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (84,532     33,537        353,133            (67,062
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

End of period

  $ 329,078      $ 413,610      $ 380,073          $ 26,940   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information

           

Income taxes paid (refunded)

  $ 7,699      $ 2,825      $ (2,210       $ 855   

Interest paid

    92,481        180,647        268,925            4,847   

Deferred/contingent consideration for acquisitions, net (non cash)

    —          4,695        (15,626         —     

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable (non cash)

    (10,630     —          —              —     

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable (non cash)

    1,438        —          —              —     

Property, plant, and equipment acquired under capital leases (non cash)

    4,799        —          —              —     

Chapter 11 Reorganization (See Note 2)

           

March 2010 Restructuring (See Note 1)

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

    Predecessor Company  

(in thousands of dollars, except
share information)

  Common Stock     Treasury
Stock
    Capital in
excess of Par
Value
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares     Par Value            

Balance at December 31, 2009

    3,100      $ —        $ —        $ 2,135,798      $ (4,734,442   $ (16,092   $ (2,614,736

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (311,776     —          (311,776

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          —          (921     (921

Stock compensation

    —          —          —          925        —          —          925   

Dividend to affiliate

    —          —          —          (2,500     —          —          (2,500

Recapitalization of amounts due from Parent

    —          —          —          (1,154     —          —          (1,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 9, 2010

    3,100      $ —        $ —        $ 2,133,069      $ (5,046,218   $ (17,013   $ (2,930,162
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Successor Company  

(in thousands of dollars, except
share information)

  Common Stock     Treasury
Stock
    Capital in
excess of Par
Value
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares     Par Value            

Balance at March 10, 2010

    129,999,970      $ 130      $ —        $ 1,376,435      $ —        $ —        $ 1,376,565   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (507,727     —          (507,727

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          —          (4,884     (4,884

Issuance of common stock, net

    153,636,265        154        —          649,446        —          —          649,600   

Stock compensation

    —          —          —          4,274        —          —          4,274   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    283,636,235        284        —          2,030,155        (507,727     (4,884     1,517,828   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (2,182,370     —          (2,182,370

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          —          (18,569     (18,569

Stock compensation

    —          —          —          8,559        —          —          8,559   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    283,636,235      $ 284      $ —        $ 2,038,714      $ (2,690,097   $ (23,453   $ (674,552

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (87,139     —          (87,139

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax expense of $85

    —          —          —          —          —          1,925        1,925   

Issuance of common stock

    70,000,000        700        —          1,749,300        —          —          1,750,000   

Gain on debt-for-equity exchange, net of tax expense of $73,801

    (283,636,235     (284     —          936,750        —          —          936,466   

Issuance of warrants

    —          —          —          10,747        —          —          10,747   

Stock compensation

    —          —          —          6,254        —          —          6,254   

Addition of treasury stock, 41,011 shares

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    70,000,000      $ 700      $ —        $ 4,741,765      $ (2,777,236   $ (21,528   $ 1,943,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., (“HMH”, “Houghton Mifflin Harcourt”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of education solutions, delivering content, technology, services and media to over 50 million students in over 150 countries worldwide. We deliver our offerings to both educational institutions and consumers around the world. In the United States, we are the leading provider of K-12 educational content by market share. We believe that nearly every current K-12 student in the United States has utilized our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation with these students that is difficult for others to replicate and positions us to continue to provide our broader content and services to serve their lifelong learning needs. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which are generally known.

The consolidated December 31, 2012 and 2011 financial statements of HMH include the accounts of all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and March 9, 2010. Prior to the March 2010 Restructuring noted below, our operations were held by HMH Publishing Company (“HMH Publishing” or “Predecessor”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Education Media and Publishing Group Limited (“EMPG” or “Former Parent”) formed through the combination of Houghton Mifflin and Harcourt Education (both education learning companies) and Riverdeep Group Limited, a digital publishing business. Throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements, both HMH and HMH Publishing are referred to collectively as the “Company.”

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit and operating cash flows are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

Schools make most of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three years, approximately 69% of consolidated net sales have historically been realized in the second and third quarters. Sales of K-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect on year-to-year revenue. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affect year-to-year revenue performance.

Chapter 11 Reorganization

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (“Plan Support Agreement”) with consenting creditors holding greater than 74% of the principal amount of the outstanding senior secured indebtedness of the Company and with equity owners holding approximately 64% of the Company’s

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

outstanding common stock. The consenting creditors agreed to support the Company’s Pre-Packaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan Support Agreement, the Company agreed to use its best efforts to (i) support and complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated by the Plan (as defined below), (ii) take any and all necessary and appropriate actions in furtherance of the restructuring contemplated under the Plan, (iii) complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated under the Plan within set time-frames, (iv) obtain any and all required regulatory and/or third-party approvals for the restructuring, and (v) not directly or indirectly, seek, solicit, support, or engage in the negotiation or formulation of alternate plans of reorganization that were inconsistent with the reorganization as contemplated by the Plan Support Agreement.

On May 21, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the U.S. based entities that borrowed or guaranteed the debt of the Company (collectively the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Court”). Concurrently therewith, the Debtors also filed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement in support of the Plan and filed various motions seeking relief to continue operations. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors in possession” (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court. Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”), certain claims against us in existence before the Petition Date were stayed while we operated our business as a DIP including any actions that might be commenced with regards to secured claims, although the holders of such claims had the right to move the Court for relief from the stay. Subsequent to the Petition Date, these claims were reflected in the balance sheet as liabilities subject to compromise. Secured claims were secured primarily by liens on the Company’s accounts receivable. Additional claims (liabilities subject to compromise) could have potentially arisen after the filing date resulting from rejection of executory contracts or from the determination by the Court (or agreed to by parties in interest).

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. Ultimately, the Debtors did not reject any executory contracts during the bankruptcy case, and the Company continues to review and reconcile claims that were filed against it by creditors.

March 2010 Restructuring

As a result of lower than expected operating results beginning in the latter half of 2008 and continuing through 2009, primarily due to a downturn in the economy and state budget deficits adversely affecting many of our customers, we failed several of our debt covenants and faced liquidity constraints. Waivers were obtained from our first lien lenders and mezzanine lenders for the covenant violations through March 9, 2010.

On March 9, 2010, the Company and its first lien and mezzanine lenders and its shareholders consummated a restructuring of the Company (the “Restructuring”). As part of the Restructuring, a new legal entity was formed, HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., to hold all of the assets of the operating companies. On March 9, 2010, the then-existing senior secured lenders in the first lien credit facility received 90% (pre-dilution from the rights offering noted below) of the equity in HMH, in exchange for converting $1,983.7 million of their senior secured position in the first lien credit agreement to equity in HMH. The then-existing mezzanine lenders received 10% of the equity of HMH (pre-dilution from the rights offering) and 40,519,431 warrants at a strike price of $12.26, in exchange for converting all of their $2,124.8 million subordinated secured position in the mezzanine credit agreement to equity. The former shareholder, EMPG, cancelled its equity ownership in the Company in exchange for 18,956,473 warrants with a strike price of $22.32.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Additionally, on March 9, 2010, HMH raised $650.0 million of new equity capital through a rights offering from the then-existing senior secured and mezzanine lenders who agreed to convert a portion of their first lien and mezzanine positions to equity. The proceeds were used to pay transaction fees, accrued interest and fund working capital needs.

As a result of this change in control, we applied the acquisition method of accounting, as required by authoritative literature. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements prior to the closing of the Restructuring reflect the historical accounting basis in the assets and liabilities and are labeled Predecessor Company, while such records subsequent to the Restructuring are labeled Successor Company and reflect the fair values determined as part of applying the acquisition method. This is presented in the consolidated financial statements by a vertical black line division which appears between the columns labeled Predecessor and Successor in the financial statements and the relevant notes. The black line signifies that the periods prior to the Restructuring are not comparable.

A valuation was performed to determine the acquisition price using the Income Approach employing a Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) methodology. The DCF method explicitly recognizes that the value of a business enterprise is equal to the present value of the cash flows that are expected to be available for distribution to the equity and/or debt holders of a company. In the valuation of a business enterprise, indications of value are developed by discounting future net cash flows available for distribution to their present worth at a rate that reflects both the current return requirements of the market and the risk inherent in the specific investment.

We used a multi-year DCF model to derive a Total Invested Capital value which was adjusted for cash, non-operating assets, debt and any negative net working capital to calculate a Business Enterprise Value of approximately $5.0 billion which was then used to value our equity. In connection with the Income Approach portion of this exercise, we made the following assumptions: (1) the discount rate was based on an average of a range of scenarios with rates between 8.6% and 11.4%; (2) management’s estimates of future performance of our operations; and (3) a terminal growth rate of 3.5%. The discount rate and market growth rate reflect the risks associated with the general economic pressure impacting both the economy in general and more specifically the publishing industry. Costs and professional fees incurred as part of the refinancing totaled $43.7 million and were recorded in other assets and long-term receivables in the Predecessor Company and were treated as a reduction to the equity value in the Successor Company.

We finalized the valuation and completed the allocation of the business enterprise value. The allocation of the business enterprise value at March 10, 2010 was as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,995   

Goodwill

     1,935,965   

Other intangible assets

     2,108,538   

Other assets

     1,259,999   

Debt

     (3,009,212

Other liabilities

     (941,720
  

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 1,376,565   
  

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following table presents unaudited pro forma results of our historical consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, giving effect to the Restructuring as if it occurred on January 1, 2010 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2010
(unaudited)
 

Pro forma net sales

   $ 1,499,086   

Pro forma net loss

     (758,465

Pro forma loss per share:

  

Basic

   $ (2.67

Diluted

   $ (2.67

Pro forma shares outstanding:

  

Basic

     283,636,235   

Diluted

     283,636,235   

The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily include adjustments for interest expense, amortization of other intangible assets, and deferred revenue. This pro forma information does not purport to indicate the results that would have actually been obtained had the Restructuring been completed on the assumed date, or which may be realized in the future.

Subsequent Events

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through March 29, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued, and through August 2, 2013, the date the financial statements were reissued.

 

2. Chapter 11 Reorganization Disclosures

As discussed in Note 1, the Company filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. On June 21, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming and approving the Plan for the Debtors and the Plan became effective and the transactions contemplated under the Plan were consummated on June 22, 2012.

Subsequent to the Petition Date, the provisions in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles guidance for reorganizations applied to the Company’s financial statements while it operated under the provisions of Chapter 11. The accounting guidance did not change the application of generally accepted accounting principles in the preparation of financial statements. However, it does require that the financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, all transactions (including, but not limited to, all professional fees, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses) directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of our businesses are reported separately in the financial statements. All such expense or income amounts are reported in reorganization items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Summary of Emergence

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan after voluntarily filing for bankruptcy on May 21, 2012. The financial restructuring realized by the confirmation of the Plan was accomplished through a debt-for-equity exchange. The Plan deleveraged the Company’s balance sheet by eliminating the Company’s secured indebtedness in exchange for new equity in the Company. Existing stockholders, in their capacity as stockholders, received warrants for the new equity in the Company in exchange for the existing equity.

Upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings on June 22, 2012, the Company was not required to apply fresh-start accounting based on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles guidance for reorganizations due to the fact that the pre-petition holders who owned more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common shares immediately before confirmation of the Plan received more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock upon emergence. Accordingly, a new reporting entity was not created for accounting purposes.

Below is a summary of the significant transactions affecting the Company’s capital structure as a result of the effectiveness of the Plan.

Equity Transactions

On June 22, 2012, pursuant to the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, including all options, warrants or any other agreements to acquire shares of common stock of the Company that existed prior to the Petition Date, were cancelled and in exchange, holders of such interests received distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The distributions received by holders of interests in our common stock prior to the petition date on June 22, 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Plan included adequate protection payments and conversion fees of approximately $60.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively. As of June 22, 2012, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 190,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 70,000,000 shares of common stock are issued and 69,958,989 shares of common stock are outstanding at December 31, 2012, 3,684,211 shares of common stock which are reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants, and 8,187,135 shares of common stock which are reserved for issuance upon exercise of certain other warrants and awards to be issued by the Company under the MIP (defined below) and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. There are no other outstanding obligations, warrants, options, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any class of capital stock of the Company.

On June 22, 2012, the Company issued an aggregate of 70,000,000 post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan on a pro rata basis to the holders of the then-existing first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”), of which 41,011 are treasury shares as of December 31, 2012, the then-existing first lien revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan”), and 10.5% Senior Notes as of the Petition Date. The Company relied on Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the issuance of such new common stock.

A new Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) became effective upon emergence. The MIP provides for grants of options and restricted stock at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of the grant and reserved for management and employees up to 10% of the new common stock of the Company. During 2012, the Company granted to certain employees, including executive officers, stock options totaling 4,952,281 shares of the Company’s common stock. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to the fair value and generally vest over a three or four year period.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

During 2012, we granted 22,200 restricted stock units to independent directors which generally vest over a one year period. As of December 31, 2012, there are 3,212,654 shares of common stock underlying awards reserved for future issuance under the MIP.

In accordance with the Plan, on June 22, 2012, each existing common stockholder received its pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company, subject to dilution for equity awards issued in connection with the MIP. The Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,684,211 shares of common stock of the Company at a weighted average exercise price of $42.27 per share. The exercise price for the warrants is based upon a $3.1 billion enterprise valuation of the Company, and the warrants have a term of seven years. All of the then-existing common stock was extinguished on the effective date of the Plan. As of December 31, 2012, there are 3,684,211 shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of such warrants.

Debt Transactions

On June 22, 2012, the Company’s creditors converted the First Lien Credit Agreement consisting of the Term Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the Revolving Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock, subject to dilution pursuant to the MIP and the exercise of the new warrants (described previously), and received $30.3 million in cash.

In connection with the Chapter 11 filing on May 22, 2012, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility (“DIP Facility”), which converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility. The proceeds of the exit facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and are providing working capital to the Company since its emergence from Chapter 11.

A summary of the transactions affecting the Company’s debt balances is as follows:

 

Debt balance prior to emergence from bankruptcy (including accrued interest)

   $ (3,142,234

Exchange of debt for new common shares

     1,750,000   

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

     98,352   

Adequate protection payments

     69,701   

Conversion fees

     30,299   

Professional fees

     21,726   
  

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

   $ (1,172,156
  

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reorganization Items

Reorganization items represent expense or income amounts that were recorded in the consolidated financial statements as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence. Approximately 86.2% of the (gain) loss on extinguishment was allocated to capital in excess of par value in the consolidated balance sheet based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who were also equityholders as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The remaining portion of the (gain) loss on extinguishment of debt was allocated to reorganization items, net in the consolidated statement of operations based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who did not have a pre-existing equity ownership in the Company as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The gain from reorganization items for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Total     Adjusted to
Capital in excess
of par value
    Reorganization
items, net
 

Debt to equity conversion

   $ (1,392,234   $ (1,199,549   $ (192,685

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

     98,352        84,740        13,612   

Adequate protection payments

     69,701        60,054        9,647   

Conversion fees

     30,299        26,106        4,193   

Professional fees

     21,726        18,381        3,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

     (1,172,156     (1,010,268     (161,888

Stock compensation

     2,027        —          2,027   

Issuance of warrants

     10,747        —          10,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

   $ (1,159,382   $ (1,010,268   $ (149,114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

Certain pre-petition liabilities and indebtedness were subject to compromise under the Plan and were reported at amounts allowed or expected to be allowed by the Court. A summary of liabilities subject to compromise reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of May 21, 2012 is as follows:

 

     May 21,
2012
 

$2,668,690 Term Loan due June 12, 2014

   $ 2,570,815   

$235,751 Revolving Loan due December 12, 2013

     235,751   

$300,000 10.5% senior secured notes due June 1, 2019

     300,000   

Accrued interest

     35,668   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,142,234   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, there were no liabilities subject to compromise.

All pre-petition claims were considered liabilities subject to compromise at May 21, 2012. As discussed above, the Term Loan, the Revolving Loan, the 10.5% Senior Notes, and the associated accrued interest were exchanged for new common stock in the Company. There were no other liabilities subject to compromise as of May 21, 2012. We honored other prepetition obligations, including employee wages and trade payables in the ordinary course of business.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

3. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, book returns, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, depreciation and amortization periods, recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant, and equipment, capitalized pre-publication costs, other identified intangibles, goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; license fees for book rights, content and software; and services that include test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training as well as access to hosted content. Revenue is recognized only once persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of products or services has occurred, title and risk of loss with respect to products have transferred to the customer, all significant obligations, if any, have been performed, and collection is probable.

We enter into certain contractual arrangements that have multiple elements, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements. These multiple-deliverable arrangements may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangement based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables. In such circumstances, we first determine the selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimate of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists. Revenue is then allocated to the non-software deliverables as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the selling price hierarchy. Non-software deliverables include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate to software deliverables. Software deliverables include software licenses, software maintenance and support services, professional services and training when those services relate to software deliverables.

For the non-software deliverables, we determine the revenue for each deliverable based on its relative selling price in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocated to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, with the residual amount of the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience.

Deferred revenues represent amounts billed to customers or payments received from customers for which revenue has not been recognized. Deferred revenues primarily consist of gratis items (which are delivered free of charge to our customers, such as workbooks and online digital content), digital and on-line learning components. Revenue is allocated to gratis items in a multiple-element arrangement based on their relative selling prices and such revenue is deferred and only recognized as the items are delivered. As our business model shifts to more digital and on-line learning components, our deferred revenue balance could increase.

Advertising Costs and Sample Expenses

Advertising costs are charged to selling and administrative expenses as incurred. Advertising costs were $6.7 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, advertising costs were $1.1 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 advertising costs were $5.1 million. Sample expenses are charged to selling and administrative expenses when the samples are shipped.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in banks and highly liquid investment securities that have maturities of three months or less when purchased. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short term maturity of these investments.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists primarily of cash collateral for irrevocable standby letters of credit in connection with property that we currently lease and performance and surety bonds.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments typically consist of marketable securities with maturities between three and twelve months at the balance sheet date. We have classified all of our short-term investments as available-for-sale at December 31, 2012. The investments are reported at fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for book returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables. Reserves for book returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title level-basis by comparing the number of units in stock with the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, the previous years’ sales history, the subsequent year’s sales forecast, known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, or in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, at fair value as of the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation. Equipment under capital lease is stated at fair value at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred, and renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized.

Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, over their remaining lives. Equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives of property, plant, and equipment are as follows:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
 

Building and building equipment

     10 to 35 years   

Machinery and equipment

     2 to 15 years   

Capitalized software

     3 to 5 years   

Leasehold improvements

     Lesser of useful life or lease term   

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Capitalized Internal-Use and External-Use Software

Capitalized internal-use and external-use software is included in property, plant and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.

We capitalize certain costs related to obtaining or developing computer software for internal use. Costs incurred during the application development stage, including external direct costs of materials and services, and payroll and payroll related costs for employees who are directly associated with the internal-use software project, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the related software. The application development stage includes design of chosen path, software configuration and integration, coding, hardware installation and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary stage, as well as maintenance, training and upgrades that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred.

Certain computer software development costs for software that is to be sold or marketed are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets. Capitalization of computer software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility. We define the establishment of technological feasibility as a working model. Amortization of capitalized computer software development costs is provided on a product-by-product basis using the straight-line method, beginning upon commercial release of the product, and continuing over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. The carrying amounts of computer software development costs are periodically compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower.

We review internal and external software development costs for impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, software development costs of $2.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, were impaired. For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 software development costs of $4.0 million were impaired. There were no software development cost impairments for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010. All impairments were included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption.

Pre-publication costs

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media (the “pre-publication costs”). Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using the sum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for a pre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). This policy is used throughout the Company, except for the Trade Publishing consumer books, which generally expenses such costs as incurred, and the assessment products, which uses the straight-line amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalized pre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related to pre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $137.7 million and $176.8 million, respectively. For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 amortization expense related to pre-publication costs was $37.9 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 amortization expense related to pre-publication costs was $181.5 million.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, pre-publication costs of $0.4 million, $33.5 million, zero and $16.9 million, respectively, were deemed to be impaired. The impairment was included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Other intangible assets principally consist of branded trademarks and trade names, acquired publishing rights and customer relationships. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade names) are not amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication of impairment exists. Recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles is evaluated using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. We estimate total fair value of each reporting unit using discounted cash flow analysis, and make assumptions regarding future revenue, gross margins, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows and the terminal value of the reporting unit. With regard to other intangibles with indefinite lives, we determine the fair value by asset, which is then compared to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.

Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature, and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities. Consistent with prior years, we used an income approach to establish the fair value of the reporting unit as of October 1, 2012. As in prior years, we used the most recent five year strategic plan as the initial basis of our analysis.

We completed our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests as of October 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and recorded a noncash impairment charge of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1,635.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $87.0 million for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010. There was no impairment for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010. The impairments principally related to one specific tradename within the Education business in 2012, goodwill and tradenames within the Education business in 2011, and related to tradenames within the Education business and Trade Division in 2010. The impairment charges resulted primarily from a decline in revenue from previously projected amounts as a result of the economic downturn and reduced educational spending by states and school districts.

Publishing Rights

A publishing right is an acquired right that allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. We determine the fair market value of

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

the publishing rights arising from business combinations by discounting the after-tax cash flows projected to be derived from the publishing rights and titles to their net present value using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk. The useful life of the publishing rights is based on the lives of the various copyrights involved. We calculate amortization using the percentage of the projected operating income before taxes derived from the titles in the current year as a percentage of the total estimated operating income before taxes over the remaining useful life. Acquired publication rights, as well as customer-related intangibles with definitive lives, are primarily amortized on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from three to 20 years.

Impairment of other long-lived assets

We review our other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than their book value, impairment exists. The impairment is measured as the difference between the book value and the fair value of the underlying asset. Fair value is normally determined using a discounted cash flow model.

Severance

We accrue postemployment benefits if the obligation is attributable to services already rendered, rights to those benefits accumulate, payment of benefits is probable, and amount of benefit is reasonably estimated. Postemployment benefits include severance benefits.

Subsequent to recording such accrued severance liabilities, changes in market or other conditions may result in changes to assumptions upon which the original liabilities were recorded that could result in an adjustment to the liabilities.

Royalty advances

Royalty advances to authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of the sale of an author’s product and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience. Advances are evaluated periodically to determine if they are expected to be recovered. Any portion of a royalty advance that is not expected to be recovered is fully reserved. Cash payments for royalty advances are included within cash flows from operating activities, under the caption “Royalties, net,” in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Income taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax basis, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Our consolidated financial statements contain certain deferred tax assets which have arisen primarily as a result of interest expense limitations, as well as other temporary differences between financial and tax accounting. We establish a valuation allowance if the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets is reduced based on an evaluation of objective verifiable evidence. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against those deferred tax assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

We also evaluate any uncertain tax positions and only recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Any change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions is recognized in earnings in the period in which such change occurs. Interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense.

Share-Based Compensation

Certain employees and or directors have been granted stock options and restricted stock awards in both the predecessor and successor companys’ common stock. Stock based compensation expense reflects the fair value of stock-based awards measured at the grant date and recognized over the relevant service period. We estimate the fair value of each stock-based award on the measurement date using either the current market price or the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model incorporates assumptions as to stock volatility, the expected life of the options, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield for time-vested stock options and restricted stock. We recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting periods.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as changes in the equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions. The amounts shown on the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) relate to the cumulative effect of changes in pension liabilities, foreign currency translation gain and loss adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for each of our subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates, generally defined as the currency in which the entity generates and expends cash. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at current rates as of the balance sheet date and the revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average rates established during each reporting period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are recorded in equity as an element of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks associated with interest rate exposures and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize all derivative instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements, in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as hedges, to the extent they are effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income, and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged items when they occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in earnings. Our interest rate swap agreements that existed during 2010 and terminated upon expiration did not qualify for hedge accounting because we did not contemporaneously document our hedging strategy upon entering into the hedging arrangements. The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is recognized within net interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. There were no derivative instruments that qualified for hedge accounting during 2011 and 2012.

Treasury Stock

We account for treasury stock under the cost method. When shares are reissued or retired from treasury stock they are accounted for at an average price. Upon retirement the excess over par value is charged against capital in excess of par value.

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Except where the result would be anti-dilutive, net loss per share is computed using the treasury stock method for the exercise of stock options. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. See Note 16.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements, not included below, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In May 2011, the FASB issued new guidance for fair value measurements intended to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amended guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value to ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amended guidance changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. On January 1, 2012, we adopted the amended guidance for fair value measurements. The changes did not have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance that modified how comprehensive income is presented in an entity’s financial statements. The guidance issued requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements and

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. On January 1, 2012, we adopted the comprehensive income guidance and disclosed the components of comprehensive income in a separate statement.

In September 2011, the FASB issued new guidance to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. The amended guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If this is the case, companies will need to perform a more detailed two-step goodwill impairment test which is used to identify potential goodwill impairments and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment losses to be recognized, if any. The amended guidance was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that amends the accounting guidance on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The amendments in this accounting standard update are intended to reduce complexity and costs by allowing an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired to determine whether it should perform a quantitative impairment test. The amendments also enhance the consistency of impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories by permitting an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to calculate the asset’s fair value when testing an indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment, which is equivalent to the impairment testing requirements for other long-lived assets. The amendments in this accounting standard update are effective for interim and annual impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. We test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually on October 1 or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The accounting standard update will be effective for us beginning in 2013. We believe the adoption of this update will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

4. Acquisitions

On November 5, 2012, we acquired certain asset product lines from a third party for a total purchase price of approximately $11.0 million, which was paid in cash at closing. The acquisition provides us with the copyrights, trademarks and intellectual property of the acquired product lines for our Trade Publishing segment. In connection with the acquisition, we entered into a transition services agreement whereby the third party will provide certain transitional services to us for the acquired product lines. Since the fair value assigned to the net assets acquired exceeded the consideration paid, we recorded a $30.8 million gain on bargain purchase on the transaction in 2012. Intangible assets, author advances, and other assets recorded as part of the acquisition totaled approximately $30.4 million, $6.2 million, and $5.1 million, respectively.

Prior Year Acquisitions

During 2011, we reduced the accrued contingent consideration recorded for one of our 2010 acquisitions by $6.3 million, as we determined we would not be able to achieve certain EBITDA growth targets and the projections for future growth were much lower than originally anticipated. In accordance with the accounting guidance relating to the subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration, the amount was recorded as a decrease to the selling and administrative expenses caption in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

During 2011, we completed two acquisitions for a total purchase price of approximately $6.5 million, which is net of cash acquired. The purchase price consisted of approximately $5.6 million of cash at closing and $0.9 million of accrued contingent consideration. The acquisitions provide us with English as a second language course material for the international markets.

During 2010, we completed two acquisitions for a total purchase price of approximately $28.3 million, which is net of cash acquired. The purchase price consisted of approximately $12.9 million of cash at closing, installment payments due over 5 years with a net present value of approximately $4.1 million, and approximately $11.6 million of accrued contingent consideration. The acquisitions provided us with a suite of educational technology software for students along with consulting services to school districts throughout the United States.

The 2011 and 2010 transactions were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. We allocated the purchase price to each company’s assets and liabilities assumed at estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase price over the net amounts assigned to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill and intangible assets recorded as part of the acquisitions totaled approximately $6.5 million and $0 in 2011 and $20.1 million and $6.9 million in 2010, respectively. The financial results of each company acquired were included within our financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. The acquisitions were not considered to be material for purposes of additional disclosure.

 

5. Balance Sheet Information

Short-term Investments

The estimated fair value of our short-term investments classified as available for sale, is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 146,029       $ 12       $ —         $ 146,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 146,029       $ 12       $ —         $ 146,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of our short-term investments are one year or less.

Account Receivable

Accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2012     2011  

Accounts receivable

   $ 265,477      $ 300,181   

Allowance for bad debt

     (10,575     (18,296

Reserve for returns

     (25,784     (25,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 229,118      $ 256,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2012      2011  

Finished goods

   $ 192,382       $ 236,350   

Raw materials

     5,231         5,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 197,613       $ 242,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Balances of major classes of assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Land and land improvements

   $ 6,629      $ 6,629   

Building and building equipment

     16,512        16,322   

Machinery and equipment

     44,384        37,452   

Capitalized software

     222,799        176,276   

Leasehold improvements

     23,831        22,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     314,155        258,810   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (164,928     (106,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   $ 149,227      $ 152,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant, and equipment were $58.1 million and $58.4 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 was $10.9 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 was $48.6 million.

Property, plant, and equipment at December 31, 2012 includes approximately $5.3 million acquired under capital lease agreements of which the majority is included in machinery and equipment. The future minimum lease payments required under non-cancelable capital leases as of December 31, 2012 is as follows: $1.7 million in 2013, $1.7 million in 2014, $1.6 million in 2015, and $0.9 million in 2016.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Net change in pension and benefit plan liability

   $ (18,664   $ (21,042

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (2,877     (2,412

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

     13        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (21,528   $ (23,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
 

Goodwill

   $ 520,088       $ —        $ 520,088       $ —     

Trademarks and tradenames

     440,505         —          440,805         —     

Publishing rights

     1,180,000         (644,348     1,180,000         (466,601

Customer related and other

     271,150         (180,255     245,470         (125,461
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,411,743       $ (824,603   $ 2,386,363       $ (592,062
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 1,956,071   
  

 

 

 

Acquisitions

     6,517   

Impairment losses

     (1,442,500
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     520,088   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     1,962,588   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (1,442,500
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     520,088   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     1,962,588   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (1,442,500
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 520,088   
  

 

 

 

We had goodwill of $520.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The additions to goodwill relate to our acquisitions described in Note 4 of approximately $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in goodwill of $1,442.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to goodwill impairment charges. There was no goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2012, for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, or for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

In accordance with the provisions of the accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and certain indefinite-lived tradenames are not amortized. We recorded an impairment charge of approximately $5.0 million, $192.6 million, and $87.0 million for certain of our intangible assets at October 1, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Amortization expense for publishing rights and customer related and other intangibles were $232.6 and $298.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense for publishing rights and customer related and other intangibles were $50.3 million for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and $293.6 million for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

On October 5, 2011, we entered into an agreement with EMPG International Limited (“EMPGI”), a former related party, to terminate the 2008 license agreement between us and EMPGI. The license agreement had provided EMPGI the rights to translate and prepare localized versions of substantially all of our products, as well as change or create derivative versions and redistribute such products in territories outside of our

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

current presence. As a result of entering into the agreement, certain international intellectual property rights were obtained for consideration of a one-time payment of $30.0 million. This amount has been capitalized within other intangible assets and is being amortized over a 20 year life.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense expected for each of the next five years related to intangibles subject to amortization is as follows:

 

     Publishing
Rights
     Other
Intangible
Assets
 

2013

   $ 139,588       $ 18,421   

2014

     105,624         10,044   

2015

     81,007         10,267   

2016

     61,350         9,372   

2017

     46,238         8,765   

Thereafter

     101,845         34,026   

 

7. Debt

As described in Note 2, pursuant to the Plan, the holders of the Company’s debt converted the First Lien Credit Agreement consisting of the Term Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the Revolving Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock. As described in Note 1, we completed a Restructuring on March 9, 2010 converting $1,983.7 million of our then-existing Term Loan and the entire balance of our then-existing Mezzanine Loan to equity.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

    2012     2011  

$250,000 Term Loan due May 21, 2018 interest payable monthly

  $ 248,125      $ —     

$2,668,690 Term Loan due June 12, 2014

    —          2,475,837   

$235,751 Revolving Loan due December 12, 2013

    —          235,751   

$300,000 10.5% Secured Notes due June 1, 2019, interest payable semiannually

    —          300,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    248,125        3,011,588   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

    2,500        43,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of discount

  $ 245,625      $ 2,968,088   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt repayments due (at face value) in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year       

2013

   $ 2,500   

2014

     2,500   

2015

     2,500   

2016

     2,500   

2017

     2,500   

Thereafter

     235,625   
  

 

 

 
   $ 248,125   
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

On May 26, 2011, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 10.5% Senior Notes, which matured on June 1, 2019. The 10.5% Senior Notes accrued interest at 10.5% and interest was paid semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. The 10.5% Senior Notes were pari passu to our existing Term Loan. The proceeds from the 10.5% Senior Notes were used to provide for working capital needs and to repay borrowings under the accounts receivable securitization facility. We incurred approximately $8.2 million of professional fees to issue the 10.5% Senior Notes which were capitalized in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for debt issuance costs, and were being amortized over the term of the debt.

On May 22, 2012, we entered into a new $500.0 million DIP Facility which was converted into an exit facility upon emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility (“revolving credit facility”), which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility (“term loan facility”). The revolving credit facility has a term of five years and the interest rate is determined by a combination of LIBOR rate and average daily availability. Amounts available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility are subject to borrowing base availability which, as of December 31, 2012, was approximately $185.9 million. No funds have been drawn on the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2012. The term loan facility has a term of six years and the interest rate is based on the LIBOR plus 6.0%. The actual LIBOR is subject to a minimum “floor” of 1.25%. As of December 31, 2012, the interest rate of the term loan facility is 7.25%. The proceeds of the term loan facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

On June 11, 2012 and June 20, 2012, respectively, we entered into Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 to the term loan facility. Amendment No. 1 modified definitions by reducing LIBOR from 1.50% to 1.25% along with a reduction in the interest rate from 6.25% to 6.0%. Amendment No. 2 related to administrative matters modifying the notice requirement, which enabled the Company to move from a DIP Facility to an exit facility upon emergence from bankruptcy.

On June 20, 2012, we entered into Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2 to our revolving credit facility. Amendment No. 1 modified definitions relating to administrative matters releasing our restricted cash of $26.5 million, which was collateralizing our letters of credit. Amendment No. 2 modified certain provisions of the agreement with regard to same day borrowing.

In 2012, the contractual interest exceeded the amount reported in the statement of operations by $19.2 million as interest ceased accruing on the Term Loan, Revolving Loan and 10.5% Senior Notes at the date of the bankruptcy filing.

The $2.6 billion Term Loan and $235.8 million Revolving Loan were all issued with a discount equal to 4% of the borrowing commitment of each instrument. As of December 31, 2011, the effective interest rates were 8.1% and 6.4% for the $2.6 billion Term Loan and $235.8 million Revolving Loan, respectively. We have written off the remaining balance of deferred financing fees as of March 10, 2010 relating to the issuance of the $2.6 billion Term Loan, then-existing Mezzanine Loan and $235.8 million Revolving Loan. The discounts were being amortized over the life of each debt arrangement as additional interest expense.

Loan Covenants

We are required to meet certain restrictive financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility and revolving credit facility. We have financial covenants pertaining to interest coverage, maximum leverage, and fixed charge ratios. The interest coverage ratios are set forth as follows: 7.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending during 2012, 8.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending during 2013, and 9.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

ending thereafter. The maximum leverage ratios are set forth as follows: 2.25 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending through September 30, 2013 and 2.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2013 and thereafter. The fixed charge ratio, which only pertains to the revolving credit facility and is only tested in limited situations, is 1.0 to 1.0 through the end of the facility. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

Loan Guarantees

Under both the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company are the borrowers (the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under our senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect for profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers and HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrower and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

Receivables Funding Agreement

On August 4, 2010, HM Receivables Co. II, LLC (“HMRC II”), a subsidiary of us, entered into a Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement (the “New Funding Agreement’), which established a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, with a maturity date of August 4, 2013. The interest rate was LIBOR based. All accounts receivables were held in a subsidiary of HMH, HMRC II, which had entered into the aforementioned New Funding Agreement and amendments thereto. Total HMRCII receivables on December 31, 2011 were $302.1 million. As of December 31, 2011, $156.3 million of eligible receivables were pledged as collateral on the revolving credit facility, and the receivables have been sold by originating subsidiaries to HMRC II. The assets of HMRC II were not available to satisfy the obligations of our other subsidiaries. No LIBOR based rate was elected as of December 31, 2011 insofar as the HMRCII facility had no borrowings. In connection with the 2012 Chapter 11 Reorganization, HMRC II was terminated.

 

8. Interest Swap Arrangements

We entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes as required under our First Lien Credit Agreement which had required, prior to the March 9, 2010 amendment, that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of our debt being effectively subject to a fixed or maximum interest. The swaps effectively converted a portion of our variable rate debt to a fixed rate, without exchanging the notional principal amounts.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

We had entered into the following interest rate swap agreements with various financial institutions.

 

Effective date of swap    Expiration
Date
     Notional
Amount
     Interest Rates  

3/30/2007

     3/31/2010       $ 814,370         4.999%–5.12

12/31/2007

     12/31/2010         1,875,000         3.00%–4.715

Our interest rate swaps were not designated as hedges and therefore did not qualify for hedge accounting under the accounting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Our interest rate swaps expired in 2010. We had no other interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. We recorded an unrealized loss of $7.4 million for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and a gain of $90.3 million for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 in our statement of operations to account for the changes in fair value of the derivatives. Interest rate swap arrangements expensed and recorded in interest expense for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 were $23.3 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 were $69.8 million.

 

9. Severance and Other Charges

2012

During the year ended December 31, 2012, $19.2 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2012 and prior years and $7.6 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $9.4 million to reflect additional costs for severance and revised estimates for office space no longer utilized in connection to our continuing strategic alignment of the business.

2011

On November 8, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan that was substantially implemented in the fourth quarter of 2011. The plan included workforce reductions of up to approximately 10% of the current workforce as part of an organizational realignment and a reduction of operating costs. Accordingly, a severance charge of $28.8 million was recorded in 2011 to reflect the workforce reductions due to our organizational realignment. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $18.3 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2011 and prior years.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, the vacant space accrual was increased $4.0 million primarily as a result of our exiting certain space. Additionally, during 2011, we paid $9.9 million of payments for excess space where our committed payment obligations exceeded the sublease income received.

2010

We recorded a reduction in severance expense for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 of approximately $0.3 million in connection with revised cost estimates in relation to workforce reductions of employees. These reductions were part of our continuing strategic integration of the former Houghton and Harcourt businesses. During 2010, approximately $11.1 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2010 and prior years.

As part of purchase accounting, we established a $48.0 million accrual for ongoing obligations to pay rent for vacant space that could not be sublet or space that is expected to be sublet at rates lower than the committed lease arrangements. The length of these obligations varies by lease with the longest extending

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

through 2019. Subsequently, we sublet vacant space more quickly and at higher rates than previously estimated. Accordingly, the reserve initially established was reduced by $11.5 million in the period ended December 31, 2010 to reflect the more recent positive sublet experience.

A summary of the significant components of the severance/restructuring and other charges is as follows:

 

     Successor Company  
     2012  
     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2011
     Severance/
restructuring
expense
     Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2012
 

Severance costs

   $ 16,071       $ 5,284       $ (19,213   $ 2,142   

Other accruals

     19,679         4,091         (7,622     16,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 35,750       $ 9,375       $ (26,835   $ 18,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Successor Company  
     2011  
     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2010
     Severance/
restructuring
expense
     Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2011
 

Severance costs

   $ 5,587       $ 28,801       $ (18,317   $ 16,071   

Other accruals

     25,593         4,000         (9,914     19,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 31,180       $ 32,801       $ (28,231   $ 35,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Successor Company  
     2010  
    

Severance/
restructuring
accrual at

March 10, 2010

     Severance/
restructuring
expense
    Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2010
 

Severance costs

   $ 14,392       $ 282      $ (9,087   $ 5,587   

Other accruals

     47,765         (11,525     (10,647     25,593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 62,157       $ (11,243   $ (19,734   $ 31,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Predecessor Company  
     2010  
     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2009
     Severance/
restructuring
expense
     Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
March 9, 2010
 

Severance costs

   $ 16,414       $ —         $ (2,022   $ 14,392   

Other accruals

     50,000         —           (2,235     47,765   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 66,414       $ —         $ (4,257   $ 62,157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

10. Income Taxes

The components of loss before taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2011
    For the Period
March 10, 2010
December 31, 2010
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to
March 9, 2010
 

U.S.

   $ (47,755   $ (2,187,025   $ (406,627       $ (292,665

Foreign

     (45,327     (95,498     (89,171         (19,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   $ (93,082   $ (2,282,523   $ (495,798       $ (311,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total income taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2011
    For the Period
March 10, 2010
December 31, 2010
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to
March 9, 2010
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

            

U.S.

   $ (7,045   $ (101,698   $ 18,477          $ 499   

Foreign

     1,102        1,545        (6,548         (719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ (5,943   $ (100,153   $ 11,929          $ (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Significant components of the expense (benefit) for income taxes attributable to loss from continuing operations consist of the following:

 

    Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
    For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2011
    For the Period
March 10, 2010 to
December 31, 2010
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to
March 9, 2010
 

Current

           

Foreign

  $ 1,102      $ 3,958      $ —            $ —     

U.S. - Federal

    —          —          (2,775         —     

U.S. - State and other

    3,031        13,506        4,207            499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total current

    4,133        17,464        1,432            499   

Deferred

           

Foreign

    —          (2,413     (6,548         (719

U.S. - Federal

    (9,201     (98,655     15,465            —     

U.S. - State and other

    (875     (16,549     1,580            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total deferred

    (10,076     (117,617     10,497            (719
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (5,943   $ (100,153   $ 11,929          $ (220
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The reconciliation of the income tax rate computed at the statutory tax rate to the reported income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations is as follows:

 

     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2011
    For the Period
March 10, 2010 to
December 31, 2010
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to
March 9, 2010
 

Statutory rate

     (35.0 )%      (35.0 )%      (35.0 )%          (12.5 )% 

Permanent items

     3.7        0.1        0.1            0.1   

Goodwill impairment

     —          12.0        —              —     

Transfer pricing adjustments

     (0.1     —          —              —     

Reorganization expense

     5.9        —          —              —     

Bargain purchase gain

     (11.6     —          —              —     

Foreign rate differential

     10.3        1.0        2.4            (21.8

State and local taxes

     0.0        (0.4     (2.5         —     

Alternative Minimum Tax Credit

     —          —          (0.6         —     

Increase in valuation allowance

     20.4        17.9        38.0            34.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (6.4 )%      (4.4 )%      2.4         (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown in the following table:

 

     2012     2011  

Tax asset related to

    

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

   $ 40,358      $ 111,185   

Returns reserve/inventory expense

     74,523        86,235   

Pension and postretirement benefits

     19,968        26,291   

Interest

     537,624        507,741   

Deferred revenue

     105,714        130,803   

Deferred compensation

     13,601        30,392   

Other, net

     18,927        17,943   

Valuation allowance

     (512,234     (822,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     298,481        88,105   

Tax liability related to

    

Intangible assets

     (260,428     (34,330

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (118,573     (70,667

Other, net

     (1,210     (1,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (380,211     (106,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (81,730   $ (17,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net deferred tax liability balance is stated at prevailing statutory income tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 42,858      $ 14,152   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (124,588     (32,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (81,730   $ (17,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

A reconciliation of the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

Predecessor Company

      

Balance at January 1, 2010

   $ 64,655   

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     —     

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 9, 2010

   $ 64,655   
  

 

 

 

Successor Company

      

Balance at March 10, 2010

   $ 64,655   

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     —     

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     (243
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 64,412   
  

 

 

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     —     

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 64,412   
  

 

 

 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     (105

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 64,307   
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, we had $64.3 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties), of which $52.1 million, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate. We expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefit disclosed above not to change significantly over the next 12 months.

With a few exceptions, we are currently open for audit under the statute of limitation for Federal, state and foreign jurisdictions for years 2009 to 2012. However, carryforward attributes from prior years may still be adjusted upon examination by tax authorities if they are used in a future period.

We report penalties and tax-related interest expense as a component of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had $5.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

As part of the 2012 Chapter 11 Reorganization, we realized approximately $1.3 billion of cancellation of debt income. We will be able to exclude this cancellation of debt income of $1.3 billion from taxable income since HMH was insolvent (liabilities greater than the fair value of its assets) by this amount at the time of the exchange. Although we will not have to pay current cash taxes from this transaction, we will need to reduce our tax attributes, such as net operating loss carryovers and tax credit carryovers and also reduce our tax basis of our assets to offset the $1.3 billion of taxable income that did not have to be recognized due to insolvency. As a result, our net operating losses and credit carryforwards will be reduced on January 1, 2013, and a portion of our tax basis in our assets will also be reduced at that time.

As of December 31, 2012, we have approximately $390.7 million of Federal tax loss carryforwards, which will expire through 2032. In addition, we have foreign tax credit carryforwards of $5.3 million, which will expire through 2022. As noted above, these tax attributes will be reduced on January 1, 2013 as a result of

 

F-35


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

the 2012 Chapter 11 Reorganization. If certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership occur, there would be an annual limitation on the amount of carryforward(s) that can be utilized.

Based on the our assessment of historical pre-tax losses and the fact that we did not anticipate sufficient future taxable income in the near term to assure utilization of certain deferred tax assets, the Company recorded a valuation allowance at December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $512.2 million and $822.5 million, respectively. We have decreased our valuation allowance by $310.3 million in 2012, and increased our valuation allowance by $388.0 million, and $317.9 million, respectively, for 2011 and 2010.

 

11. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Retirement Plan

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which covers certain employees. The Retirement Plan is a cash balance plan, which accrues benefits based on pay, length of service, and interest. The funding policy is to contribute amounts subject to minimum funding standards set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. The Retirement Plan’s assets consist principally of common stocks, fixed income securities, investments in registered investment companies, and cash and cash equivalents. We also have a nonqualified defined benefit plan, or nonqualified plan, that covers employees who earn over the qualified pay limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The nonqualified plan accrues benefits for the executive officers based on service and pay. Benefits for all other employees accrue based on the cash balance plan calculation. The nonqualified plan is not funded. We use a December 31 date to measure the pension and postretirement liabilities. In 2007, both the qualified and nonqualified pension plans eliminated participation in the plans for new employees hired after October 31, 2007.

We also had a foreign defined benefit plan. On July 20, 2011, we entered into a bulk annuity policy with a third party which effectively terminated the foreign defined benefit plan. This policy covers all known plan beneficiaries and liabilities and represents a full transfer of the plan’s financial and longevity risk to the third party. The policy is held in the name of the plan trustees. This termination did not constitute a settlement of liability under applicable accounting guidance for pension plans. Following a full plan data cleansing, the bulk annuity policy is expected to be converted into individual annuity policies at which point the plan will be discharged of all future liability with respect to the plan beneficiaries. We anticipate the conversion to individual annuity policies along with the liability discharge to occur in the first half of 2013. The foreign defined benefit plan had benefit obligations of $16.4 million and $14.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The plan had assets of $16.6 million and $14.6 million December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Further, the plan had a net pension benefit asset of $0.2 million and $0.2 million, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The foreign defined benefit plan is included in the accompanying table for all years presented.

During 2012, we amended the postretirement medical benefits plan resulting in the benefit contributions for certain participants to remain at the current year level for all future years. The result of the plan change was to reduce our accrued postretirement benefits liability by approximately $8.7 million with the offset to other comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting guidance for other postretirement defined benefit plans.

We are required to recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and are required to recognize actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits in other comprehensive income and subsequently amortize those items in the statement of operations. Further, we are required to use a measurement date equal to the fiscal year end.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Benefit Obligations (“ABO”), the change in Projected Benefit Obligation (“PBO”), and the funded status of our plans as of and for the financial statement period ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

ABO at end of period

   $ 204,420      $ 196,898   

Change in PBO

    

PBO at beginning of period

   $ 196,898      $ 186,169   

Service cost

     —          —     

Interest cost on PBO

     8,288        9,120   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     8,860        10,497   

Benefits paid

     (10,136     (9,045

Exchange rates

     510        157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

PBO at end of period

   $ 204,420      $ 196,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair market value at beginning of period

   $ 132,408      $ 126,196   

Actual return (loss)

     15,669        3,628   

Company contribution

     17,168        11,460   

Benefits paid

     (10,136     (9,045

Exchange rates

     597        169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

   $ 155,706      $ 132,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (48,714   $ (64,490
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of:

 

     2012     2011  

Noncurrent liabilities

   $ (48,714   $ (64,490

Additional year-end information for pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of:

 

     2012      2011  

PBO

   $ 187,998       $ 182,549   

ABO

     187,998         182,549   

Fair value of plan assets

     138,987         117,843   

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of:

 

     2012     2011  

Net gain (loss)

   $ (2,204   $ (14,954
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (2,204   $ (14,954
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations (both PBO and ABO) at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are:

 

     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.8     4.4

Increase in future compensation

     N/A        N/A   

Net periodic pension cost includes the following components:

 

     Successor
Company
          Predecessor
Company
 
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    For the Period
March 10, 2010 to
December 31,  2010
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to
March 9, 2010
 

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —            $ —     

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     8,288        9,120        7,816            1,580   

Expected return on plan assets

     (9,047     (8,175     (5,443         (1,318

Amortization of net (gain) loss

     13        —          —              2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net pension expense

     (746     945        2,373            264   

Loss (gain) due to settlement

     84        20        —              —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cost (gain) recognized for the period

   $ (662   $ 965      $ 2,373          $ 264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.4     5.1     5.6

Increase in future compensation

     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

     6.7     6.7     7.0

Assumptions on Expected Long-Term Rate of Return as Investment Strategies

We employ a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved congruent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established via a building block approach and proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed for reasonability and appropriateness. We regularly review the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances investments to a targeted allocation when appropriate. The current targeted asset allocation is 50% with equity managers and 50% with fixed income managers. For 2013, we will use a 7.0% long-term rate of return for the Retirement Plan. We will continue to evaluate the expected rate of return assumption, at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Plan Assets

Plan assets for the U.S. tax qualified plans consist of a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, equity securities, real estate, and cash equivalents. Plan assets do not include any of our securities. The U.S. pension plan assets are invested in a variety of funds within a Collective Trust (“Trust”). The Trust is a group trust designed to permit qualified trusts to comingle their assets for investment purposes on tax-exempt basis. The U.K pension plan assets are invested in a single bulk annuity policy with a third party.

Investment Policy and Investment Targets

The tax qualified plans consist of the U.S. pension plan and the U.K. pension scheme. It is our practice to fund amounts for our qualified pension plans at least sufficient to meet minimum requirements of local benefit and tax laws. The investment objectives of our pension plan asset investments is to provide long-term total growth and return, which includes capital appreciation and current income. The nonqualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan is generally not funded. Assets were invested among several asset classes.

The percentage of assets invested in each asset class at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is shown below.

 

2012
Asset Class
   Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
 

Equity

     40.7

Fixed income

     41.0   

Real estate investment trust

     4.1   

Annuity policies

     10.6   

Other

     3.6   
  

 

 

 
     100.0
  

 

 

 

 

2011
Asset Class
   Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
 

Equity

     44.0

Fixed income

     43.0   

Annuity policies

     10.8   

Other

     2.2   
  

 

 

 
     100.0
  

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of our pension plan assets by asset category and by level at December 31 were as follows:

 

     For the
Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,123       $ 1,123       $ —     

Equity securities

        

U.S. large cap growth

     5,096         —           5,096   

U.S. large cap value

     5,152         —           5,152   

U.S. large cap passive

     17,442         —           17,442   

U.S. small / mid cap growth

     4,328         —           4,328   

U.S. small / mid cap value

     4,325         —           4,325   

Non-U.S. equities

     27,006         —           27,006   

Government bonds

     19,877         —           19,877   

Corporate bonds

     34,567         —           34,567   

Mortgage-backed securities

     8,551         —           8,551   

Asset-backed securities

     506         —           506   

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

     425         —           425   

Real Estate

     6,355         —           6,355   

Annuity policies

     16,423         —           16,423   

Other

     4,530         —           4,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 155,706       $ 1,123       $ 154,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the
Year ended
December 31,
2011
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,005       $ 1,005       $ —     

Equity securities

        

U.S. large cap growth

     8,944         —           8,944   

U.S. large cap value

     9,333         —           9,333   

U.S. large cap passive

     13,034         —           13,034   

U.S. small / mid cap growth

     3,877         —           3,877   

U.S. small / mid cap value

     3,983         —           3,983   

Non-U.S. equities

     19,102         —           19,102   

Government bonds

     17,535         —           17,535   

Corporate bonds

     29,249         —           29,249   

Mortgage-backed securities

     9,239         —           9,239   

Asset-backed securities

     472         —           472   

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

     424         —           424   

Annuity policies

     14,349         —           14,349   

Other

     1,862         —           1,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 132,408       $ 1,005       $ 131,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

We recognize that risk and volatility are present to some degree with all types of investments. However, high levels of risk are minimized through diversification by asset class, by style of each fund.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid.

 

Fiscal Year Ended    Total
Pension
 

2013

     13,530   

2014

     19,526   

2015

     18,944   

2016

     19,819   

2017

     10,514   

2018–2021

     50,238   

Expected Contributions

We expect to contribute approximately $11.2 million in 2013; however, the actual funding decision will be made after the 2013 valuation is completed.

Postretirement Benefit Plan

We also provide postretirement medical benefits to retired full-time, nonunion employees hired before April 1, 1992, who have provided a minimum of five years of service and attained age 55.

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (“APBO”), the changes in plan assets, and the funded status of our plan as of and for the financial statement periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     2012     2011  

Change in APBO

    

APBO at beginning of period

   $ 35,970      $ 36,546   

Service cost (benefits earned during the period)

     250        372   

Interest cost on APBO

     1,087        1,840   

Plan Amendments

     (8,674     —     

Employee contributions

     646        716   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     3,042        (540

Benefits paid

     (2,748     (2,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

APBO at end of period

   $ 29,573      $ 35,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair market value at beginning of period

   $ —        $ —     

Company contributions

     2,102        2,248   

Employee contributions

     646        716   

Benefits paid

     (2,748     (2,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ 29,573      $ 35,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Amounts for postretirement benefits accrued in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of:

 

     2012     2011  

Current liabilities

   $ (2,342   $ (2,252

Noncurrent liabilities

     (27,231     (33,718
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (29,573   $ (35,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of:

 

     2012     2011  

Net gain (loss)

   $ (5,298   $ (2,256

Prior service cost

     7,638        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 2,340      $ (2,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine APBO at year-end December 31, 2012 and 2011 are:

 

     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.8     4.5

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7.4     7.6

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

     4.5     4.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2027        2027   

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:

 

     Successor Company           Predecessor
Company
 
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     For the Period
March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
 

Service cost

   $ 250      $ 372       $ 300          $ 57   

Interest cost on APBO

     1,269        1,840         1,583            319   

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

     (1,035     —           —              (15

Amortization of net (gain) loss

     —          —           —              (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit expense

   $ 484      $ 2,212       $ 1,883          $ 135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine postretirement benefit cost at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.5     5.2     5.8

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7.6     7.8     8.1

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

     4.5     4.5     4.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2027        2027        2027   

 

F-42


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Assumed health care trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the expense recorded in 2012 and 2011 for the postretirement medical plan:

 

     2012     2011  

One-percentage-point increase

    

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 23      $ 47   

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     303        1,076   

One-percentage-point decrease

    

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

     (25     (55

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     (276     (1,278

The following table presents the change in other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $85, for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to our pension and postretirement obligations.

 

     Pension
Plans
    Postretirement
Benefit
Plan
    Total  

Sources of change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

      

New prior service cost

   $ —        $ 8,588      $ 8,588   

Net loss (gain) arising during the period

     (2,129     (3,045     (5,174

Amortization of prior service credit

     —          (1,036     (1,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive Income (loss) recognized during the period

   $ (2,129   $ 4,507      $ 2,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) over the next fiscal year.

 

     Total
Pension
Plans
    Total
Postretirement
Plan
 

Prior service credit (cost)

   $ —        $ 1,381   

Net gain (loss)

     (337     (309
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (337   $ 1,072   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 

Fiscal Year Ended    Postretirement
Plan
 

2013

   $ 2,342   

2014

     2,274   

2015

     2,193   

2016

     2,107   

2017

     2,057   

2018-2022

     9,445   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Expected Contribution

We expect to contribute approximately $2.3 million in 2013.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan, the Houghton Mifflin 401(k) Savings Plan, which conforms to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and covers substantially all of our eligible employees. Participants may elect to contribute up to 50.0% of their compensation subject to an annual limit. We provided a matching contribution in amounts up to 4.5% of employee compensation until March 1, 2009 when the employer contribution was suspended. The contribution was reinstated on July 1, 2010, where we provided a matching contribution in amounts up to 1.5% of employee compensation and further increased to 3.0% of employee contribution effective May 2011. The 401(k) contribution expense amounted to $4.9 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the period March 10, 2010 through December 31, 2010 the contribution expense was $1.0 million. We did not make any discretionary contribution in 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

12. Share-Based Compensation

Certain employees participate or participated in various equity plans of the Predecessor and Successor Company which provide for the grant of stock options and restricted stock to certain executive employees and independent members of the board of directors. The stock underlying such plans for the Predecessor Company was held in trust for the equity recipients. The stock related to award forfeitures remains outstanding and may be reallocated to new recipients. After the date of the March 2010 Restructuring, the equity awards pertaining to the Predecessor Company were no longer charged to our financial results as the employees were no longer related to the Predecessor Company.

The vesting terms for equity awards generally range from 1 to 4 years over equal annual installments and generally expire seven years after the date of grant. Restricted stock is common stock that is subject to a risk of forfeiture only upon voluntary termination or termination for cause, as defined. Total compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted stock issuances recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $6.3 million of which approximately $4.3 million was recorded in selling and administrative expense and approximately $2.0 million was recorded in reorganization items, net. Total compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted stock issuances recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011, for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 was approximately $8.6 million, $0.9 million, and $4.3 million, respectively, and was recorded in selling and administrative expense.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Stock Options

The following tables summarize option activity for HMH employees in stock options for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Successor Company  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     26,976,957      $ 9.54   

Granted

     468,224        5.37   

Forfeited

     (14,522,175     8.58   

Cancelled

     (9,213,225     8.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     3,709,781      $ 5.90   

Granted

     4,952,281        25.00   

Forfeited

     (749,159     5.37   

Cancelled

     (2,960,622     6.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     4,952,281      $ 25.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options Exercisable at end of year

     460,526      $ 25.00   

The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option as of the balance sheet date. There was no intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected volatility of our stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and our expected annual dividend yield.

The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

     Successor Company  
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2011
   

For the Period

March 10, 2010 to

December 31,

2010

 

Expected term (years) (a)

     4.0        7.0        7.0   

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility (b)

     24.21%-26.54     25.88     22.68%-24.12

Risk-free interest rate (c)

     0.67%-0.76     2.40     1.77%-3.11

 

  (a) The expected term is the number of years that we estimate that options will be outstanding prior to exercise. The expected term assumption was based on the “simplified method” for estimating expected term.
  (b) We have estimated volatility for options granted based on the historical volatility for a group of companies believed to be a representative peer group, selected based on industry and market capitalization.
  (c) The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a period commensurate with the expected life of the option.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The accounting standard for stock-based compensation requires companies to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those awards expected to vest using an estimated forfeiture rate based on historical forfeiture data coupled with and estimated derived forfeiture rate of peers.

As of December 31, 2012, there remained approximately $16.0 million of unearned compensation expense related to unvested stock options to be recognized over a weighted average term of 3.5 years.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $5.51, $2.51 and $1.54 for options granted in 2012, 2011 and 2010 (Successor Period), respectively.

The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding and exercisable under the plan at December 31, 2012:

 

Successor Company

 

Options Outstanding

     Options Exercisable  
Range of
Exercise
Price
   Options
Outstanding at
December 31,
2012
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual life
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Options
Exercisable at
December 31,
2012
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$25.00

     4,952,281         3.5       $ 25.00         460,526       $ 25.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,952,281         3.5       $ 25.00         460,526       $ 25.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Stock (Successor Company)

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for grants to HMH employees and directors in our restricted stock units from March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2012:

 

     Numbers of
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     138,354        4.54   

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     138,354      $ 4.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     22,200        25.00   

Vested

     —          —     

Cancelled

     (138,354     4.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     22,200      $ 25.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13. Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The accounting standard

 

F-46


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1

   Observable input such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

   Observable inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3

   Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques identified in the tables below. Where more than one technique is noted, individual assets or liabilities were valued using one or more of the noted techniques. The valuation techniques are as follows:

 

  (a) Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities;

 

  (b) Cost approach: Amount that would be currently required to replace the service capacity of an asset (current replacement cost); and

 

  (c) Income approach: Valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations (including present value techniques).

On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including our money market funds, short-term investments which consist of U.S. treasury securities and U.S. agency securities, and foreign exchange forward contracts. The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty and its credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

The following tables present our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Successor
Company
2012
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    

Valuation

Technique

 

Financial assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 299,918       $ 299,918       $  —           (a

U.S. treasury securities

     97,134         97,134         —           (a

U.S. agency securities

     48,907         —           48,907         (a

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     475         —           475         (a
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 446,434       $ 397,052       $ 49,382      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-47


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

     Successor
Company
2011
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Valuation
Technique
 

Financial assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 368,701       $ 368,701       $  —           (a)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 368,701       $ 368,701       $ —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Financial liabilities

           

Foreign exchange forward contracts

   $ 1,113       $ —         $ 1,113         (a)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,113       $ —         $ 1,113      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our money market funds and U.S. treasury securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments. Our U.S. agency securities are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using other than quoted prices in active markets. In addition to $299.9 million and $368.7 million invested in money market funds as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, we had $29.2 million and $44.9 million of cash invested in bank accounts as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Our foreign exchange forward contracts consist of Euro forward contracts and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments.

The following table presents our nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2012 and 2011:

 

     Successor
Company
2012
    

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

     Total
Impairment
     Valuation
Technique

Nonfinancial assets

           

Property, plant, and equipment

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,590       (b)

Pre-publication costs

     7,160         7,160         413       (b)

Other intangible assets

     —           —           5,000       (a) (c)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 7,160       $ 7,160       $ 8,003      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Nonfinancial liabilities

           

Other accruals

   $ 4,091       $ 4,091       $  —         (c)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 4,091       $ 4,091       $ —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-48


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

     Successor
Company
2011
    

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

     Total
Impairment
     Valuation
Technique

Nonfinancial assets

           

Property, plant, and equipment

   $ —         $ —         $ 5,640       (b)

Pre-publication costs

     320         320         33,424       (b)

Goodwill

     520,088         520,088         1,442,500       (a) (c)

Other intangible assets

     373,030         373,030         192,600       (a) (c)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 893,438       $ 893,438       $ 1,674,164      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Nonfinancial liabilities

           

Other accruals

   $ 4,000       $ 4,000       $ —         (c)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 4,000       $ 4,000       $ —        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Our nonfinancial assets, which include goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant, and equipment, and pre-publication costs, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain trigger events occur, or if an annual impairment test is required, we evaluate the nonfinancial assets for impairment. If an impairment did occur, the asset is required to be recorded at the estimated fair value.

We review internal and external software development costs, included within property, plant, and equipment, for impairment. The carrying amounts of software development costs are periodically compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, software development costs of $2.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, were impaired as the products will not be sold in the marketplace.

Pre-publication costs recorded on the balance sheet are periodically reviewed for impairment by comparing the unamortized capitalized costs of the assets to the fair value of those assets. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, pre-publication costs of $0.4 million and $33.4 million, respectively, were impaired as the programs will not be sold in the marketplace.

In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we first compare our reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. We estimate the fair values of our reporting units by considering market multiple and recent transaction values of peer companies, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no impairment recorded for goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012. Impairment recorded for goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1,442.5 million. There was no impairment recorded for the periods January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010, and March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

We perform an impairment test for our other intangible assets by comparing the assets fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated based on recent market transactions, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was a $5.0 million impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 relating to one specific tradename intangible asset that was fully impaired. Certain tradename intangible assets and other intangible assets were written down to their fair value of $373.0 million resulting in an impairment charge of $192.6 million which was included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011. There was no impairment recorded for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010. Impairment charges were $87.0 million for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010. The fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets are estimates, which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from these estimates.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Other accruals include restructuring charges which were valued using our internal estimates using a discounted cash flow model, and we have classified the other accruals as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value of Debt

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our debt at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The fair value of debt is deemed to be the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

     Successor Company           Successor Company  
     December 31, 2012           December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
          Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Debt

              

$250,000 Term loan

   $ 248,125       $ 249,986          $ —         $ —     

$2,668,690 Term loan

     —           —              2,581,690         1,484,472   

Revolving loan

     —           —              235,751         135,557   

10.5% notes

     —           —              300,000         189,000   

The fair values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices on a private exchange for those instruments that are traded and are classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The fair values require varying degrees of management judgment. The factors used to estimate these values may not be valid on any subsequent date. Accordingly, the fair values of the debt presented may not be indicative of their future values.

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations

We have operating leases for various real property, office facilities, and warehouse equipment that expire at various dates through 2019. Certain leases contain renewal and escalation clauses for a proportionate share of operating expenses.

The future minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) for real estate and equipment are payable as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
 

2013

   $ 43,818   

2014

     41,434   

2015

     41,208   

2016

     33,441   

2017

     14,947   

Thereafter

     18,082   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 192,930   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimal rentals under subleases

   $ 41,905   

 

F-50


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 rent expense, net of sublease income, was $38.0 million and $39.3 million, respectively. The rent expense, net of sublease income, for the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 was $6.3 million and for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 was $18.4 million. On March 10, 2010, in connection with purchase accounting, the accrual estimate was revised and the estimate was adjusted to fair value. In the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010, the accrual for the vacant space was reduced by $11.5 million; thus, lowering rent expense, to reflect the subleasing of space sooner and at higher rates than originally assumed. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the rent expense included a $4.1 million and $3.5 million charge as additional real estate was vacated.

Purchase Commitments

During 2008, we entered into a print services agreement with a third party for a term of five years commencing January 1, 2009 whereby the third party will provide platemaking, printing, binding and disposition services for the Company. The agreement expands the previous relationship between the two companies. We are obligated to purchase $175.0 million per contract year for a total of $875.0 million over the five-year term. Effective January 1, 2012, the print service agreement was amended to extend the agreement for two years and modify some of the aggregate spend and savings covenants. As of December 31, 2012, our remaining purchase commitment was approximately $171.0 million.

Other Commitments

Pursuant to an initial public offering of our common stock, we have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of common stock and certain expenses of the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale as well as the other offering expenses payable by us.

Contingencies

We are involved in ordinary and routine litigation and matters incidental to our business. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights has become extensive in the educational publishing industry. Specifically, there have been various settled, pending and threatened litigation that allege we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our textbooks. While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with the pending and threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance over such amounts and with coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. There can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities. We were contingently liable for $11.7 million and $11.6 million of performance related surety bonds for our operating activities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. An aggregate of $26.2 million of letters of credit existed each year at December 31, 2012 and 2011 of which $6.4 million backed the aforementioned performance related surety bonds each year in 2012 and 2011.

We routinely enter into standard indemnification provisions as part of license agreements involving use of our intellectual property. These provisions typically require us to indemnify and hold harmless licensees in connection with any infringement claim by a third party relating to the intellectual property covered by the license agreement. The assessment business routinely enters into contracts with customers that contain provisions requiring us to indemnify the customer against a broad array of potential liabilities resulting from any breach of the contract or the invalidity of the test. Although the term of these provisions and the

 

F-51


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

maximum potential amounts of future payments we could be required to make is not limited, we have never incurred any costs to defend or settle claims related to these types of indemnification provisions. We therefore believe the estimated fair value of these provisions is inconsequential, and have no liabilities recorded for them as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

15. Related Party Transactions

Debt-for-Equity Exchange

As discussed in Note 2, upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were issued post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan on a pro rata basis. Certain of these holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan. The amount of the gain attributable to the debt to equity conversion, net of elimination of fees and other charges, of $1,010.3 million, which is associated to the holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes that were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan, was charged to capital in excess of par value.

Transactions with Former Officer:

Officer Loan

On March 9, 2010, we entered into a credit agreement with an entity controlled by an executive of the Company at that time, whereby the entity was granted a loan in the aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million for the sole purpose of satisfying certain obligations of that officer with regards to the acquisition of equity of the Predecessor Company. The loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 2.69% and had a maturity date of March 9, 2015.

On November 16, 2010, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement whereby the loan of $20.0 million was divided into a tranche A loan with an aggregate principal amount of $12.2 million and a tranche B loan with an aggregate principal amount of $7.8 million. Both tranches of the loan continued to bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 2.69%. The tranche A loan had a maturity date of March 9, 2015 and the tranche B loan has a maturity date of September 30, 2030. There are no required principal or interest payments during the term of the loan with the interest accruing to the outstanding balance. While the officer was employed by the Company, the loan entity earned a fee equal to approximately $0.1 million per month (“Earned Fee”) that was used to repay the amount outstanding under the loan. The Earned Fee was approximately $1.1 million which was recorded as professional fees which is a component of administrative expenses in our statement of operations for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

We fully reserved the remaining balance of the loan due to the long term nature of the maturity date and uncertainty of collectability. The total amount of $18.9 million was recorded in selling and administrative expenses in our statement of operations for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

Officer Separation Agreement

On May 7, 2011, the Company entered into a separation agreement with an executive of the Company. Under the terms on the agreement, the former executive agreed to act as a senior advisor to the Company for a year. For these services, the former executive received a consulting fee of $2.0 million and the potential to receive an additional $3.0 million in success fees predicated upon certain criteria. The success fee was fully earned and paid in October 2011.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Other Transactions

We paid $10.0 million to an entity controlled by a former executive of the Company at that time for consulting services rendered in connection with the March 9, 2010 financial restructuring. The $10.0 million payment has been recorded as professional fees, which is a component of administrative expenses, in our statement of operations for the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

16. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    For the Period
March 10,

2010 to
December 31,
2010
          For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 

Numerator

            

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Denominator

            

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     170,459,064        283,636,235        283,636,235            3,100   
 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.51   $ (7.69  

$

(1.79

      $ (100,572.90

As we incurred a net loss in each of the periods presented above, all outstanding stock options and restricted stock units have an anti-dilutive effect and therefore are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Accordingly, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal for such period.

The following table summarizes our outstanding common stock equivalents that were anti-dilutive due to the net loss attributable to common stockholders during the periods, and therefore excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
     For the Period
March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
          For the Period
January 1,
2010 to
March 9,

2010
 

Stock options

     3,304,691         13,020,155         20,306,239            —     

Restricted stock units

     70,543         138,354         —              —     

 

17. Segment Reporting

As of December 31, 2012, we had two reportable segments (Education and Trade Publishing). Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platforms and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, which are aimed at improving achievement and supporting learning for students that are not keeping pace with peers, professional development and school reform services. Our Trade Publishing segment primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other

 

F-53


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. The principal markets for Trade Publishing products are retail stores, both physical and online, and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

We measure and evaluate our reportable segments based on segment Adjusted EBITDA. We exclude from segment Adjusted EBITDA certain corporate related expenses, as our corporate functions do not meet the definition of a segment, as defined in the accounting guidance relating to segment reporting. In addition, certain transactions or adjustments that our Chief Operating Decision Maker considers to be unusual and/or non-operational, such as amounts related to goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges and restructuring related charges, as well as amortization expenses, are excluded from segment Adjusted EBITDA. Although we exclude these amounts from segment Adjusted EBITDA, they are included in reported consolidated operating income (loss) and are included in the reconciliation below.

 

(in thousands)    Year Ended December 31,     Total  
     Education     Trade
Publishing
   

Corporate

and Other

       

2012

        

Net sales

   $ 1,128,591      $ 157,050      $ —        $ 1,285,641   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     329,723        28,774        (38,685     319,812   

2011

        

Net sales

   $ 1,169,645      $ 125,650      $ —        $ 1,295,295   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     278,930        12,888        (53,620     238,198   

For the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010

        

Net sales

   $ 1,290,429      $ 106,713      $ —        $ 1,397,142   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     510,871        15,161        (53,281     472,751   

For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010

        

Net sales

   $ 92,718      $ 17,187      $ —        $ 109,905   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     (20,609     (2,431     (8,974     (32,014

 

F-54


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Period
March 10, 2010 to
December 31,
          For the Period
January 1, 2010 to

March 9, 2010
 
     2012     2011     2010           2010  

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 319,812      $ 238,198      $ 472,751          $ (32,014

Interest expense

     (123,197     (244,582     (258,174         (157,947

Depreciation expense

     (58,131     (58,392     (48,649         (10,900

Amortization expense

     (370,291     (474,825     (475,099         (88,265

Stock compensation

     (4,227     (8,558     (4,274         (925

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

     1,688        (811     90,250            (7,361

Asset impairment charges

     (8,003     (1,674,164     (103,933         (4,028

Purchase accounting adjustments

     16,511        (22,732     (113,182         —     

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

     (267     (3,839     (1,513         —     

Debt restructuring

     —          —          (30,000         (9,564

Restructuring

     (6,716     —          —              —     

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

     (9,375     (32,818     (23,975         (992

Reorganization items, net

     149,114        —          —              —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (93,082     (2,282,523     (495,798         (311,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     5,943        100,153        (11,929         220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (87,139   $ (2,182,370   $ (507,727       $ (311,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Segment information as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)              
     2012      2011  

Total assets - Education segment

   $ 2,259,324       $ 2,569,347   

Total assets - Trade Publishing segment

     246,138         211,602   

Total assets - Corporate and Other

     524,122         482,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,029,584       $ 3,263,903   

 

F-55


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following is a schedule of net sales by geographic region:

 

(in thousands)       

Year Ended December 31, 2012

  

Net sales - U.S.

   $ 1,223,852   

Net sales - International

     61,789   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,285,641   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

  

Net sales - U.S.

   $ 1,240,807   

Net sales - International

     54,488   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,295,295   

For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010

  

Net sales - U.S.

   $ 105,312   

Net sales - International

     4,593   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 109,905   

For the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010

  

Net sales - U.S.

   $ 1,301,143   

Net sales - International

     95,999   
  

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,397,142   

 

18. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

    Balance at Beginning
of Year
    Net Charges
to Expenses
    Utilization of
Allowances
    Balance at
End of Year
 

2012

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 18,229      $ 2,113      $ (9,799   $ 10,543   

Reserve for returns

    25,614        44,213        (44,043     25,784   

Reserve for royalty advances

    12,262        8,770        (594     20,438   

Deferred tax valuation allowance (1)

    822,485        —          (310,251     512,234   

2011

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 10,249      $ 8,910      $ (930   $ 18,229   

Reserve for returns

    20,130        49,388        (43,904     25,614   

Reserve for royalty advances

    3,700        8,802        (240     12,262   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    434,471        388,014        —          822,485   

For the period March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 5,527      $ 5,238      $ (516   $ 10,249   

Reserve for returns

    21,395        38,751        (40,016     20,130   

Reserve for royalty advances

    —          6,240        (2,540     3,700   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    246,134        188,337        —          434,471   

For the period January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 7,834      $ 437      $ (2,744   $ 5,527   

Reserve for returns

    27,856        1,954        (8,415     21,395   

Reserve for royalty advances

    109,541        740        (37     110,244   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

    910,096        129,687        —          1,039,783   

 

(1) Deferred tax valuation allowance was reduced in connection with the accounting for emergence from bankruptcy in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

19. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended  
       March 31,     June 30,     September 30,      December 31,  

2012:

         

Net sales

   $ 165,229      $ 344,204      $ 494,013       $ 282,195   

Operating income (loss)

     (152,349     (21,897     81,492         (27,933

Reorganization items, net

     —          (156,894     —           7,780   

Net income (loss)

     (225,347     105,474        66,938         (34,204

2011:

         

Net sales

   $ 152,465      $ 328,605      $ 574,509       $ 239,716   

Operating income (loss)

     (194,706     (73,735     64,588         (1,833,277

Net income (loss)

     (274,267     (138,501     20,642         (1,790,244

Reorganization items, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $149.1 million. The amount represents expense and income amounts that were recorded to the statement of operations as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence.

*        *        *         *        *

 

F-57


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)   June 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets

   

Current assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 105,202      $ 329,078   

Short-term investments

    107,377        146,041   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts and book returns of $33.5 million and $36.4 million, respectively

    353,630        229,118   

Inventories

    245,867        197,613   

Deferred income taxes

    41,332        42,858   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    19,621        13,731   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    873,029        958,439   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    140,442        149,227   

Pre-publication costs, net

    276,421        256,202   

Royalty advances to authors, net of allowance of $24.8 million and $20.5 million, respectively

    51,316        48,247   

Goodwill

    524,161        520,088   

Other intangible assets, net

    982,633        1,067,052   

Other assets

    31,273        30,329   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 2,879,275      $ 3,029,584   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 2,500      $ 2,500   

Accounts payable

    110,348        86,416   

Royalties payable

    56,466        60,352   

Salaries, wages, and commissions payable

    15,596        34,730   

Deferred revenue

    126,586        124,216   

Interest payable

    197        87   

Severance and other charges

    15,437        18,290   

Accrued postretirement benefits

    2,342        2,342   

Other liabilities

    35,295        30,421   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    364,767        359,354   

Long-term debt

    244,375        245,625   

Royalties payable

    2,070        2,070   

Long-term deferred revenue

    173,536        171,105   

Accrued pension benefits

    42,516        48,714   

Accrued postretirement benefits

    26,312        27,231   

Deferred income taxes

    125,225        124,588   

Other liabilities

    105,635        107,196   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,084,436        1,085,883   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

   

Stockholders’ equity

   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 190,000,000 shares authorized; 70,000,000 shares issued at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012; and 69,958,989 shares outstanding at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    700        700   

Treasury stock, 41,011 shares as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    —          —     

Capital in excess of par value

    4,745,040        4,741,765   

Accumulated deficit

    (2,928,883     (2,777,236

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (22,018     (21,528
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    1,794,839        1,943,701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,879,275      $ 3,029,584   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)    2013     2012  

Net sales

   $ 529,545      $ 509,433   

Costs and expenses

    

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

     245,816        214,272   

Publishing rights amortization

     72,587        92,677   

Pre-publication amortization

     56,653        66,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     375,056        373,382   

Selling and administrative

     263,703        280,452   

Other intangible asset amortization

     13,433        26,372   

Impairment charge for pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,500        —     

Severance and other charges

     3,481        3,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (134,628     (174,246
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense

     (11,585     (109,833

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     (479     812   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (598     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

     (147,290     (283,267

Reorganization items, net

     —          (156,894

Income tax expense (benefit)

     4,357        (6,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (2.17   $ (0.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     69,958,989        272,624,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)    2013     2012  

Net income / (loss)

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (479     (1,848

Change in pension liability, net

     —          8,312   

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

     (11     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of taxes

     (490     6,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income / (loss)

   $ (152,137   $ (113,409
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)    2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

Gain on sale of assets

     (2,720     —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     172,898        212,484   

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

     2,422        22,147   

Deferred income taxes

     2,570        (11,551

Stock-based compensation expense

     3,275        2,374   

Warrants

     —          10,747   

Reorganization items

     —          (185,482

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     598        —     

Impairment charge for pre-publication costs and fixed assets

     8,500        —     

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

     479        (812

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

     —          —     

Accounts receivable

     (124,246     (42,033

Inventories

     (48,254     (19,343

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,563        (22,889

Royalties, net

     (6,955     (8,924

Deferred revenue

     4,489        (37,571

Interest payable

     110        6,433   

Severance and other charges

     (2,853     (11,586

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     (7,117     (6,498

Other, net

     (5,880     (5,842
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (152,768     (218,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from restricted cash accounts

     —          26,495   

Purchases of short-term investments

     (94,851     —     

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

     132,965        —     

Additions to pre-publication costs

     (74,808     (59,408

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (31,213     (20,566

Proceeds from sale of assets

     4,825        —     

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (5,276     —     

Investment in preferred stock

     (1,500     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (69,858     (53,479
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from term loan

     —          250,000   

Payments of long-term debt

     (1,250     (10,875

Payments of deferred financing fees

     —          (21,478

Payment of restructuring costs

     —          (93,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,250     124,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (223,876     (147,527

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Beginning of period

     329,078        413,610   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (223,876     (147,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 105,202      $ 266,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information

    

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable

   $ 2,125      $ (6,513

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable

     —          (1,060

Property, plant, and equipment acquired under capital leases

     120        5,361   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., (“HMH”, “Houghton Mifflin Harcourt”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of education solutions, delivering content, technology, services and media to over 50 million students in over 150 countries worldwide. We deliver our offerings to both educational institutions and consumers around the world. In the United States, we are the leading provider of K-12 educational content by market share. We believe that nearly every current K-12 student in the United States has utilized our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation with these students that is difficult for others to replicate and positions us to continue to provide our broader content and services to serve their lifelong learning needs. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which are generally known.

The consolidated financial statements of HMH include the accounts of all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in our annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted consistent with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary by management to fairly state the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the interim periods presented. Interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or for any future period. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and the notes thereto also included herein.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit and operating cash flows are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

Schools make most of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three years, approximately 69% of consolidated net sales have historically been realized in the second and third quarters. Sales of K-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect on year-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affect year-to-year net sales performance.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Chapter 11 Reorganization

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (“Plan Support Agreement”) with consenting creditors holding greater than 74% of the principal amount of the then-outstanding senior secured indebtedness of the Company and with equity owners holding approximately 64% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock. The consenting creditors agreed to support the Company’s Pre-Packaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan Support Agreement, the Company agreed to use its best efforts to (i) support and complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated by the Plan, (ii) take any and all necessary and appropriate actions in furtherance of the restructuring contemplated under the Plan, (iii) complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated under the Plan within set time-frames, (iv) obtain any and all required regulatory and/or third-party approvals for the restructuring, and (v) not directly or indirectly, seek, solicit, support, or engage in the negotiation or formulation of alternate plans of reorganization that were inconsistent with the reorganization as contemplated by the Plan Support Agreement.

On May 21, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the U.S. based entities that borrowed or guaranteed the debt of the Company (collectively the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Court”). The Debtors also concurrently filed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement in support of the Plan and filed various motions seeking relief to continue operations. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors in possession” (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court. Under Chapter 11, certain claims against us in existence before the Petition Date were stayed while we operated our business as a DIP, including any actions that might be commenced with regards to secured claims, although the holders of such claims had the right to move the Court for relief from the stay. Subsequent to the Petition Date, these claims were reflected in the balance sheet as liabilities subject to compromise. Secured claims were secured primarily by liens on the Company’s accounts receivable. Additional claims (liabilities subject to compromise) could have potentially arisen after the filing date resulting from rejection of executory contracts or from the determination by the Court (or agreed to by parties in interest).

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. Ultimately, the Debtors did not reject any executory contracts during the bankruptcy case, and the Company continues to review and reconcile claims that were filed against it by creditors.

 

2. Revisions

During the second quarter of 2013, we revised previously reported amounts to additions to pre-publication costs and property, plant, and equipment on our statement of cash flows. The net impact of this revision is a $7.6 million increase in second quarter 2012 net cash used in investing activities and a $7.6 million decrease in net cash used in operating activities. This revision had no impact on cash or debt covenant compliance and did not have an impact on the reporting of financial position or results of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2012. This revision was not material to the reported statement of cash flows for that period or previously issued financial statements.

 

3. Chapter 11 Reorganization Disclosures

As discussed in Note 1, the Company filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. On June 21, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming and approving the Plan for the Debtors. Subsequently, the Plan became effective and the transactions contemplated under the Plan were consummated on June 22, 2012.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Subsequent to the Petition Date, the provisions in GAAP guidance for reorganizations applied to the Company’s financial statements while it operated under the provisions of Chapter 11. The accounting guidance did not change the application of GAAP in the preparation of financial statements. However, it does require that the financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, all transactions (including, but not limited to, all professional fees, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses) directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of our businesses are reported separately in our financial statements. All such expense or income amounts are reported in reorganization items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Summary of Emergence

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. The financial restructuring realized by the confirmation of the Plan was accomplished through a debt-for-equity exchange. The Plan deleveraged the Company’s balance sheet by eliminating the Company’s secured indebtedness in exchange for new equity in the Company. Existing stockholders, in their capacity as stockholders, received warrants for the new equity in the Company in exchange for the existing equity.

Upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings on June 22, 2012, the Company was not required to apply fresh-start accounting based on U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations due to the fact that the pre-petition holders who owned more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock immediately before confirmation of the Plan received more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock upon emergence. Accordingly, a new reporting entity was not created for accounting purposes.

Below is a summary of the significant transactions affecting the Company’s capital structure as a result of the effectiveness of the Plan.

Equity Transactions

On June 22, 2012, pursuant to the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, including all options, warrants or any other agreements to acquire shares of common stock of the Company that existed prior to the Petition Date, were cancelled and in exchange, holders of such interests received distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The distributions received by holders of interests in our common stock prior to the petition date on June 22, 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Plan included adequate protection payments and conversion fees of approximately $60.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively. Following the emergence on June 22, 2012, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 190,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 70,000,000 shares of common stock are issued and 69,958,989 shares of common stock are outstanding at June 30, 2013, 3,684,211 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants at June 30, 2013, and 8,175,135 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of certain other warrants and awards to be issued by the Company at June 30, 2013 under the MIP (defined below) and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013. There are no other outstanding obligations, warrants, options, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any class of capital stock of the Company.

A new Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) became effective upon emergence. The MIP provides for grants of options and restricted stock at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of the grant and reserved for management and employees up to 10% of the new common

 

F-64


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

stock of the Company. During 2012 and 2013, the Company granted to certain employees, including executive officers, stock options totaling 4,952,281 and 515,807 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value on the date of grant and generally vest over a three or four year period. During 2012 and 2013, we granted 22,200 and 45,905 restricted stock units, respectively, to independent directors and executive officers, which generally vest after one year. During 2013, there were 491,228 stock options that were forfeited. As of June 30, 2013, there are 3,142,170 shares of common stock underlying awards reserved for future issuance under the MIP.

Debt Transactions

On June 22, 2012, the Company’s creditors converted the First Lien Credit Agreement consisting of the then-existing first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the then-existing first lien revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan”) with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “10.5% Senior Notes”) to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock, subject to dilution pursuant to the MIP and the exercise of any existing common stockholder’s pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company pursuant to the Plan, and received $30.3 million in cash.

In connection with the Chapter 11 filing on May 22, 2012, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility (“DIP Facility”), which converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility. The proceeds from the initial borrowings under the term loan credit facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

A summary of the transactions affecting the Company’s debt balances is as follows:

 

Debt balance prior to emergence from bankruptcy (including accrued interest)

   $ (3,142,234

Exchange of debt for new common shares

     1,750,000   

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

     98,352   

Adequate protection payments

     69,701   

Conversion fees

     30,299   

Professional fees

     21,334   
  

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

   $ (1,172,548
  

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reorganization Items

Reorganization items represent expense or income amounts that were recorded in the consolidated financial statements as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence. Approximately 86.2% of the (gain) loss on extinguishment was allocated to capital in excess of par value in the consolidated balance sheet based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who were also equityholders as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The remaining portion of the (gain) loss on extinguishment of debt was allocated to reorganization items, net in the consolidated statement of operations based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who did not have a pre-existing equity ownership in the Company as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The gain from reorganization items for the six months ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Total     Adjusted to
Capital in excess
of par value
    Reorganization
items, net
 

Debt to equity conversion

   $ (1,392,234   $ (1,190,777   $ (201,457

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

     98,352        84,120        14,232   

Adequate protection payments

     69,701        59,615        10,086   

Conversion fees

     30,299        25,915        4,384   

Professional fees

     21,334        18,247        3,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

     (1,172,548     (1,002,880     (169,668

Stock compensation

     2,027        —          2,027   

Issuance of warrants

     10,747        —          10,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

   $ (1,159,774   $ (1,002,880   $ (156,894
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

Certain pre-petition liabilities and indebtedness were subject to compromise under the Plan and were reported at amounts allowed or expected to be allowed by the Court. A summary of liabilities subject to compromise reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of May 21, 2012 is as follows:

 

     May 21,
2012
 

$2,668,690 Term Loan due June 12, 2014

   $ 2,570,815   

$235,751 Revolving Loan due December 12, 2013

     235,751   

$300,000 10.5% senior secured notes due June 1, 2019

     300,000   

Accrued interest

     35,668   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,142,234   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, there were no liabilities subject to compromise.

All pre-petition claims were considered liabilities subject to compromise at May 21, 2012. As discussed above, the Term Loan, the Revolving Loan, the 10.5% Senior Notes, and the associated accrued interest were exchanged for new common stock in the Company. There were no other liabilities subject to compromise as of May 21, 2012. We honored other prepetition obligations, including employee wages and trade payables in the ordinary course of business.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

4. Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial results are affected by the selection and application of accounting policies and methods. There were no material changes in the six months ended June 30, 2013 to the application of significant accounting policies and estimates as described in our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

5. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Finished goods

   $ 241,415       $ 192,382   

Raw materials

     4,452         5,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 245,867       $ 197,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
 

Goodwill

   $ 524,161       $ —        $ 520,088       $ —     

Trademarks and tradenames

     440,505         —          440,505         —     

Publishing rights

     1,180,000         (716,935     1,180,000         (644,348

Customer related and other

     272,771         (193,708     271,150         (180,255
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,417,437       $ (910,643   $ 2,411,743       $ (824,603
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods ended June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Goodwill

   $ 1,962,588   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (1,442,500
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 520,088   
  

 

 

 

Acquisitions

     4,073   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

   $ 524,161   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     1,966,661   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (1,442,500
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

   $ 524,161   
  

 

 

 

Amortization expense for publishing rights and customer related and other intangibles were $86.0 million and $119.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

On April 10, 2013, we completed the acquisition of an educational technology company focused on the development of digital games, products and services for pre-school children for a total purchase price of approximately $7.3 million. The purchase price consisted of approximately $5.8 million of cash at closing and promissory notes due over two years totaling approximately $1.5 million, subject to a closing working capital adjustment which increased the amount due of approximately $0.1 million. The acquisition provides us with an increased capacity to create entertaining and innovative online educational games. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill, other intangible assets, other assets and other liabilities recorded as part of the acquisition totaled approximately $4.1 million, $1.6 million, $2.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

 

7. Debt

Our debt consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

$250,000 Term Loan due May 21, 2018 interest payable monthly

   $ 246,875       $ 248,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     246,875         248,125   

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     2,500         2,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 244,375       $ 245,625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On May 22, 2012, we entered into a new $500.0 million DIP Facility which was converted into an exit facility upon emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”), which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility (“Term Loan Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of five years and the interest rate for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is based on, at the borrowers’ election, LIBOR or an alternate base rate, plus in each case a margin that is determined based on average daily availability. Amounts available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility are subject to borrowing base availability which, as of June 30, 2013, was approximately $212.8 million. No funds have been drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility as of June 30, 2013.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

On May 24, 2013, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Term Loan Facility. Amendment No. 3 primarily reduced the term loan spread by 1.75% and reduced the LIBOR floor by 0.25% resulting in an overall decrease in the Term Loan Facility interest rate of 2.00%. The Term Loan Facility has a term of six years and the interest rate for borrowings under the Term Loan Facility is based on the borrowers’ election, LIBOR plus 4.25% per annum or the alternate base rate plus 3.25%. The LIBOR rate under the Term Loan Facility is subject to a minimum “floor” of 1.00%. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate of the Term Loan Facility is 5.25%. The proceeds from the initial borrowings under the Term Loan Facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, due to the change in syndication, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $0.6 million relating to the write off of capitalized deferred financing fees in accordance with the accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments.

Loan Covenants

We are required to meet certain restrictive financial covenants as defined under our Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility. We have financial covenants pertaining to interest coverage, maximum leverage, and fixed charge ratios. The interest coverage ratios are set forth as follows: 7.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending during 2012, 8.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending during 2013, and 9.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending thereafter. The maximum leverage ratios are set forth as follows: 2.25 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending through September 30, 2013 and 2.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending December 31, 2013 and thereafter. The fixed charge ratio, which only pertains to the revolving credit facility and is only tested in limited situations, is 1.0 to 1.0 through the end of the facility. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

 

8. Severance and Other Charges

2013

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, $2.4 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2013 and prior years. Additionally, we paid $4.0 million of payments for excess space where our committed payment obligations exceeded the sublease income received. Further, we recorded additional expense in the amount of $3.5 million to reflect additional costs and revised estimates in relation to our organizational realignment.

2012

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, $10.9 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2012 and prior years. Additionally, we paid $4.1 million of payments for excess space where our committed payment obligations exceeded the sublease income received. Further, we recorded additional expense in the amount of $3.5 million to reflect additional costs and revised estimates in relation to our organizational realignment.

A summary of the significant components of the severance/restructuring and other charges is as follows:

 

     2013  
     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2012
     Severance/
restructuring
expense
     Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
June 30, 2013
 

Severance costs

   $ 2,142       $ 2,274       $ (2,354   $ 2,062   

Other accruals

     16,148         1,207         (3,980     13,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 18,290       $ 3,481       $ (6,334   $ 15,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

     2012  
     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2011
     Severance/
restructuring
expense
     Cash payments     Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
June 30, 2012
 

Severance costs

   $ 16,071       $ 1,405       $ (10,926   $ 6,550   

Other accruals

     19,679         2,068         (4,133     17,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 35,750       $ 3,473       $ (15,059   $ 24,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9. Income Taxes

The computation of the annual estimated effective tax rate at each interim period requires certain estimates and significant judgment including, but not limited to, the expected operating income for the year, projections of the proportion of income earned and taxed in various jurisdictions, permanent and temporary differences, and the likelihood of recovering deferred tax assets generated in the current year. The accounting estimates used to compute the provision for income taxes may change as new events occur, more experience is acquired, additional information is obtained or as the tax environment changes.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded an income tax expense of approximately $4.4 million and a benefit of approximately $(6.5) million, respectively. For both periods, the income tax expense was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective rate was 3.0% and (5.1%) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At the end of each interim period, we estimate the annual effective tax rate and apply that rate to our ordinary quarterly earnings. The amount of income tax benefit recorded for the year-to-date ordinary loss is limited to the amount that is expected to be realized during the year or recognizable as a deferred tax asset at year end. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded zero interim tax benefit on the year-to-date loss; the income tax expense of $4.4 million primarily represents an increase in the deferred tax liability related to indefinite-lived assets and the accrual of interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions. The interim tax benefit recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2012 is primarily due to a tax benefit allocated to continuing operations after considering the gain recorded in the second quarter of 2012 in additional paid-in capital and other comprehensive income as a result of the reorganization. Such gain outside continuing operations serve as a source of income that enables realization of the tax benefit of the current year loss in continuing operations. This tax benefit in continuing operations is offset by the deferred tax liabilities associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles as well as expected foreign, state and local taxes.

Reserves for unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, was $64.3 million at both June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

10. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which covers certain employees. The Retirement Plan is a cash balance plan, which accrues benefits based on pay, length of service, and interest. We also have a nonqualified defined benefit plan, or nonqualified plan, that covers employees who earn over the qualified pay limit as determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The

 

F-70


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

nonqualified plan accrues benefits for the executive officers based on service and pay. Benefits for all other employees accrue based on the cash balance plan calculation. In 2007, both the qualified and nonqualified pension plans eliminated participation in the plans for new employees hired after October 31, 2007. We also had a foreign defined benefit plan. On July 20, 2011, we entered into a bulk annuity policy with a third party which effectively terminated the foreign defined benefit plan. This policy covers all known plan beneficiaries and liabilities and represents a full transfer of the plan’s financial and longevity risk to the third party. The policy is held in the name of the plan trustees. This termination did not constitute a settlement of liability under applicable accounting guidance for pension plans. Following a full plan data cleansing, the bulk annuity policy is expected to be converted into individual annuity policies at which point the plan will be discharged of all future liability with respect to the plan beneficiaries. We anticipate the conversion to individual annuity policies along with the liability discharge to occur in 2013.

We are required to recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and are required to recognize actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits in other comprehensive income and subsequently amortize those items in the statement of operations. Further, we are required to use a measurement date equal to the fiscal year end.

During the second quarter of 2012, we amended the postretirement medical benefits plan resulting in the benefit contributions for certain participants to remain at the current year level for all future years. The result of the plan change was to reduce our accrued postretirement benefits liability by approximately $8.7 million with the offset to other comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting guidance for other postretirement defined benefit plans.

Net periodic benefit cost for our pension and other postretirement benefits plans consisted of the following:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2013             2012      

Interest cost

   $ 3,693      $ 4,139   

Expected return on plan assets

     (5,052     (4,518

Amortization of net (gain) loss

     168        6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ (1,191   $ (373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Other Post Retirement Benefits  
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2013     2012  

Service cost

   $ 111      $ 133   

Interest cost

     547        684   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (691     (345

Amortization of net (gain) loss

     155        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 122      $ 472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions for the pension and postretirement benefit plans for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 were $5.0 million and $5.3 million, respectively.

We expect to contribute an additional $8.5 million for the remainder of 2013.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

11. Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The accounting standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1      Observable input such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2      Observable inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3      Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques identified in the tables below. Where more than one technique is noted, individual assets or liabilities were valued using one or more of the noted techniques. The valuation techniques are as follows:

 

  (a) Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities;

 

  (b) Cost approach: Amount that would be currently required to replace the service capacity of an asset (current replacement cost); and

 

  (c) Income approach: Valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations (including present value techniques).

On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including our money market funds, short-term investments which consist of U.S. treasury securities and U.S. agency securities, and foreign exchange forward contracts. The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty and its credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables present our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     June 30,
2013
   

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)

     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Valuation
Technique
 

Financial assets and (liabilities)

         

Money market funds

   $ 73,451      $ 73,451       $ —          (a

U.S. treasury securities

     63,057        63,057         —          (a

U.S. agency securities

     44,320        —           44,320        (a

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     57        —           57        (a

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     (61     —           (61     (a
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
   $ 180,824      $ 136,508       $ 44,316     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

F-72


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

     December 31,
2012
   

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)

     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Valuation
Technique
 

Financial assets and (liabilities)

         

Money market funds

   $ 299,918      $ 299,918       $ —          (a

U.S. treasury securities

     97,134        97,134         —          (a

U.S. agency securities

     48,907        —           48,907        (a

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     682        —           682        (a

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     (207     —           (207     (a
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
   $ 446,434      $ 397,052       $ 49,382     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Our money market funds and U.S. treasury securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments. Our U.S. agency securities are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets. In addition to $73.5 million and $299.9 million invested in money market funds as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, we had $31.8 million and $29.2 million of cash invested in bank accounts as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Our foreign exchange forward contracts consist of Euro forward contracts and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments. We use foreign exchange forward contracts to fix the functional currency value of specific commitments, payments and receipts. The aggregate notional amount of the outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts was $13.0 million and $13.4 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Our foreign exchange forward contracts contain off-set or netting provisions to mitigate credit risk in the event of counterparty default, including payment default and cross default. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the fair value of our counterparty default exposure was less than $1.0 million and spread across several highly rated counterparties.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Our nonfinancial assets, which include goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant, and equipment, and pre-publication costs, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain trigger events occur, or if an annual impairment test is required, we evaluate the nonfinancial assets for impairment. If an impairment did occur, the asset is required to be recorded at the estimated fair value.

We review internal and external software development costs, included within property, plant, and equipment, for impairment. The carrying amounts of software development costs are periodically compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, software development costs of $7.4 million were impaired as the products will not be sold in the marketplace. There was no impairment recorded for the six month period ended June 30, 2012.

Pre-publication costs recorded on the balance sheet are periodically reviewed for impairment by comparing the unamortized capitalized costs of the assets to the fair value of those assets. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, pre-publication costs of $1.1 million were impaired as the programs will not be sold in the marketplace. There was no impairment recorded for the six month period ended June 30, 2012.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we first compare our reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. We estimate the fair values of our reporting units by considering market multiple and recent transaction values of peer companies, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no impairment recorded for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

We perform an impairment test for our other intangible assets by comparing the assets fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated based on recent market transactions, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no impairment recorded for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012. The fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets are estimates, which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from these estimates.

The following table presents our nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2013 and 2012:

 

     June 30,
2013
    

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

     Total
Impairment
     Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial assets

           

Property, plant and equipment

   $ —         $ —         $ 7,439         (c

Pre-publication costs

     —           —           1,061         (c
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ —         $ —         $ 8,500      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Nonfinancial liabilities

           

Other accruals

   $ 1,207       $ 1,207            (c
  

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 1,207       $ 1,207         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

     December 31,
2012
    

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

     Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial liabilities

        

Other accruals

   $ 4,091       $ 4,091         (c
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 4,091       $ 4,091      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Other accruals include restructuring charges which were valued using our internal estimates using a discounted cash flow model, and we have classified the other accruals as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value of Debt

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our debt at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The fair value of debt is deemed to be the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

     June 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Debt

           

$250,000 Term loan

   $ 246,875       $ 247,800       $ 248,125       $ 249,986   

 

F-74


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The fair values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices on a private exchange for those instruments that are traded and are classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The fair values require varying degrees of management judgment. The factors used to estimate these values may not be valid on any subsequent date. Accordingly, the fair values of the debt presented may not be indicative of their future values.

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

We have entered into a print services agreement with a third party whereby the third party will provide platemaking, printing, binding and disposition services for the Company. As of June 30, 2013, our remaining purchase commitment was approximately $107 million.

Other Commitments

Pursuant to an initial public offering of our common stock, we have agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of common stock and certain expenses of the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale as well as the other offering expenses payable by us.

Contingencies

We are involved in ordinary and routine litigation and matters incidental to our business. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights has become extensive in the educational publishing industry. Specifically, there have been various settled, pending and threatened litigation that allege we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our textbooks. While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with the pending and threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amounts, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance over such amounts and with coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. There can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities. We were contingently liable for $12.1 million and $11.7 million of performance related surety bonds for our operating activities as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. An aggregate of $25.9 million and $26.2 million of letters of credit existed at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, of which $6.4 million backed the aforementioned performance related surety bonds as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

We routinely enter into standard indemnification provisions as part of license agreements involving use of our intellectual property. These provisions typically require us to indemnify and hold harmless licensees in connection with any infringement claim by a third party relating to the intellectual property covered by the license agreement. The assessment business routinely enters into contracts with customers that contain provisions requiring us to indemnify the customer against a broad array of potential liabilities resulting from any breach of the contract or the invalidity of the test. Although the term of these provisions and the maximum potential amounts of future payments we could be required to make is not limited, we have not incurred any costs to defend or settle claims related to these types of indemnification provisions. We therefore believe the estimated fair value of these provisions is minimal, and have no liabilities recorded for them as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

13. Related Party Transactions

Debt-for-Equity Exchange

Upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were issued post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan on a pro rata basis. Certain of these holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan. The amount of the gain attributable to the debt to equity conversion, net of elimination of fees and other charges, of $1,010.3 million, which is associated to the holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes that were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan, was charged to capital in excess of par value.

 

14. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2013     2012  

Numerator

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

    

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     69,958,989        272,624,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (2.17   $ (0.44

As we incurred a net loss in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 presented above, all outstanding stock options and restricted stock units have an anti-dilutive effect and therefore are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Accordingly, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal for such period.

The following table summarizes our outstanding common stock equivalents that were anti-dilutive due to the net loss attributable to common stockholders during the periods, and therefore excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2013                      2012          

Stock options

     4,854,018         2,878,399   

Restricted stock units

     44,260         132,239   

 

15. Other Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements, not included below, are also not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standards update related to the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This new guidance clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when certain situations exist at the reporting date.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. We are currently assessing the impact, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update related to accounting for cumulative translation adjustments upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or an investment in a foreign entity. This new guidance clarifies the application of GAAP to the release of cumulative translation adjustments related to changes of ownership in or within foreign entities, including step acquisitions. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an update to the authoritative guidance related to the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This new requirement about presenting information about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and their corresponding effect on net income will present, in one place, information about significant amounts reclassified and, in some cases, cross-references to related footnote disclosures. The disclosure amendments in this update are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. These new disclosures were not material to our financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the scope of disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. This guidance clarifies the FASB’s intent about requiring enhanced disclosures about certain financial instruments and derivative instruments that are offset in the statement of financial position or that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements. We adopted the new guidance in the first quarter of 2013. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

16. Segment Reporting

As of June 30, 2013, we had two reportable segments (Education and Trade Publishing). We measure and evaluate our reportable segments based on segment net sales and segment Adjusted EBITDA. We exclude from segment Adjusted EBITDA certain corporate related expenses, as our corporate functions do not meet the definition of a segment, as defined in the accounting guidance relating to segment reporting. In addition, certain transactions or adjustments that our Chief Operating Decision Maker considers to be unusual and/or non-operational, such as amounts related to goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges and restructuring related charges, are excluded from segment Adjusted EBITDA. Although we exclude these amounts from segment Adjusted EBITDA, they are included in reported consolidated operating income (loss) and are included in the reconciliation below.

 

(in thousands)    Six Months Ended June 30,     Total  
     Education      Trade Publishing      Corporate
and Other
       

2013

          

Net sales

   $ 450,560       $ 78,985       $ —        $ 529,545   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     73,447         11,308         (20,048     64,707   

2012

          

Net sales

   $ 447,317       $ 62,116       $ —        $ 509,433   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     67,385         5,266         (21,922     50,729   

 

F-77


Table of Contents

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

June 30, 2013

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                 2012        

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 64,707      $ 50,729   

Interest expense

     (11,585     (109,833

Depreciation expense

     (30,225     (27,003

Amortization expense

     (142,673     (185,482

Stock compensation

     (3,275     (347

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

     (479     812   

Asset impairment charges

     (8,500     —     

Purchase accounting adjustments

     (4,878     (6,326

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

     (6,481     (3,762

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

     (1,764     (267

Restructuring

     (1,539     (1,788

Reorganization items, net

     —          156,894   

Debt extinguishment loss

     (598     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (147,290     (126,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (4,357     6,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (151,647   $ (119,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17. Subsequent Events

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through August 2, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

On July 25, 2013, we issued 1,206,199 stock options with an exercise price of $26.96. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to the fair value on the date of grant and vest over a four year period.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse   Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following sets forth the expenses and costs (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock registered hereby. Other than the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:

 

     Amount
To Be Paid
 

SEC Registration fee

   $ 13,640   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

NASDAQ fee

     *   

Transfer agent’s fees

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Directors’ liability; indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that we will indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.

The underwriting agreement for this offering will provide that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the registration statement, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act but only with respect to written information relating to such underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On June 22, 2012, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy as described under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the accompanying prospectus, we issued 70,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 41,011 are treasury shares as of June 30, 2013, and 3,684,211 warrants in exchange for the cancellation of all of our outstanding indebtedness, common stock and options, warrants and other agreements to acquire our common stock. We relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Under our equity compensation plans, we have granted options to purchase our common stock and restricted stock units to certain of our current and former executive officers and other employees and directors from time to time during the period from June 22, 2012, the date of our emergence from bankruptcy, to the date of this Registration Statement. For these option and restricted stock unit grants, we relied on (i) the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act on the basis that each of our equity compensation plans is a written compensatory benefit plan and at the time of the grants we were not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and were not an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (ii) the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the details of these option grants:

 

Date of Grant

 

Number of Options

 

Exercise Price

June 22, 2012

  4,625,731   $25.00

November 7, 2012

  286,550   $25.00

November 26, 2012

  20,000   $25.00

November 27, 2012

  20,000   $25.00

January 7, 2013

  20,000   $25.00

January 30, 2013

  457,807   $25.00

February 28, 2013

  23,000   $25.00

March 12, 2013

  15,000   $25.00

July 25, 2013

 

1,206,199

  $26.96

The table below sets forth the details of these restricted stock unit grants:

 

Date of Grant

 

Number of Restricted
Stock Units

June 22, 2012

  12,000

August 16, 2012

  3,400

September 12, 2012

  3,400

November 19, 2012

  3,400

January 30, 2013

  25,582

June 22, 2013

  20,323

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Prepackaged Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc., HM Publishing Corp., Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company, Broderbund LLC, RVDP, Inc., HRW Distributors, Inc., Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc., Classroom Connect, Inc., Achieve! Data Solutions, LLC, Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC, HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Sentry Realty Corporation, Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc., The Riverside Publishing Company, Classwell Learning Group Inc., Cognitive Concepts, Inc., Edusoft And Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2*    Amended and Restated By-laws.
  4.1    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the stockholders party thereto.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2013, by and among the Company, Paulson Advantage Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Plus Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Select Master Fund Ltd., Paulson Credit Opportunities Master Ltd. and PP Opportunities Ltd.
  4.3*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the common stock.
10.1    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan.
10.2    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice.
10.3    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice.
10.4    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Grantee Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice.
10.5    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan.
10.6    Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Linda K. Zecher.
10.7    Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Eric L. Shuman.
10.8    John Dragoon Offer Letter dated March 27, 2012.
10.9    William Bayers Offer Letter dated April 10, 2007, as amended on May 14, 2009.
10.10    Bethlam Forsa Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2010.
10.11    Form of Director Compensation Letter.
10.12    Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.13    Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012 by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.14    First Amendment to DIP/Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.15    Letter Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as a lender.
10.16    Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among the Company and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent.
10.17    Amendment No. 3 to Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, and Amendment No. 1 to Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.18    Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.19    First Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.20    Second Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.21    Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.22    Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among Citibank, N.A., as Revolving Facility Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Term Facility Agent, HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, and the subsidiary guarantors named therein.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3*    Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).
24.1†    Powers of Attorney.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

See our Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 13th day of September, 2013.

 

HMH H OLDINGS (D ELAWARE ), I NC .
By:  

/s/ Linda K. Zecher

  Name:   Linda K. Zecher
  Title:  

President, Chief Executive

Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities, in the locations and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Linda K. Zecher   

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 13, 2013
Linda K. Zecher     
/s/ Eric L. Shuman   

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  September 13, 2013
Eric L. Shuman     

*

  

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  September 13, 2013
Michael Dolan     

*

  

Director and Chairman of the

Board of Directors

  September 13, 2013
Lawrence K. Fish     

*

  

Director

  September 13, 2013
John R. McKernan, Jr.     

*

  

Director

  September 13, 2013
John F. Killian     

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

L. Gordon Crovitz

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Sheru Chowdhry

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Jill A. Greenthal

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Jonathan F. Miller

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

 

* By:   /s/ Eric L. Shuman
      Eric L. Shuman
       Attorney-in-fact

 

II-9


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Prepackaged Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc., HM Publishing Corp., Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company, Broderbund LLC, RVDP, Inc., HRW Distributors, Inc., Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc., Classroom Connect, Inc., Achieve! Data Solutions, LLC, Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC, HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Sentry Realty Corporation, Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc., The Riverside Publishing Company, Classwell Learning Group Inc., Cognitive Concepts, Inc., Edusoft And Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2*    Amended and Restated By-laws.
  4.1    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the stockholders party thereto.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2013, by and among the Company, Paulson Advantage Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Plus Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Select Master Fund Ltd., Paulson Credit Opportunities Master Ltd. and PP Opportunities Ltd.
  4.3*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the common stock.
10.1    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan.
10.2    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice.
10.3    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice.
10.4    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Grantee Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice.
10.5    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan.
10.6    Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Linda K. Zecher.
10.7    Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Eric L. Shuman.
10.8    John Dragoon Offer Letter dated March 27, 2012.
10.9    William Bayers Offer Letter dated April 10, 2007, as amended on May 14, 2009.
10.10    Bethlam Forsa Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2010.
10.11    Form of Director Compensation Letter.
10.12    Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.13    Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012 by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.14    First Amendment to DIP/Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.15    Letter Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as a lender.
10.16    Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among the Company and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent.
10.17    Amendment No. 3 to Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, and Amendment No. 1 to Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.18    Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.19    First Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.20    Second Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
10.21    Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent.

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.22    Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among Citibank, N.A., as Revolving Facility Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Term Facility Agent, HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, and the subsidiary guarantors named therein.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3*    Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).
24.1†    Powers of Attorney.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

 

II-12

Exhibit 2.1

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

Alan W. Kornberg

Jeffrey D. Saferstein

Philip A. Weintraub

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

Proposed Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

    

 

 

  x   

Chapter 11

 

  :   
In re:   :   

Case No. 12-       (    )

  :   
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT   :   

(Jointly Administered)

PUBLISHING COMPANY, et al. ,   :   
  :   

Debtors.

  :   
  :   

 

 

  x   

PREPACKAGED JOINT PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION OF THE DEBTORS

UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

Dated:   New York, New York
  May 11, 2012

 

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

I. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS

     4   

A.

  Definitions      4   

B.

  Interpretation, Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction      21   

II. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

     21   

A.

  Introduction      21   

III. TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS AND DIP FINANCING CLAIMS

     23   

A.

  Administrative Claims      23   

B.

  Fee Claims      23   

C.

  Priority Tax Claims      24   

D.

  DIP Financing Claims      24   

IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

     24   

A.

  Class 1 — Other Priority Claims      24   

B.

  Class 2 — Other Secured Claims      25   

C.

  Class 3 — Senior Creditor Claims      25   

D.

  Class 4 — Letter of Credit Facility Claims      26   

E.

  Class 5 — General Unsecured Claims      26   

F.

  Class 6 — Intercompany Claims      27   

G.

  Class 7 — Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings      27   

H.

  Class 8 — Existing Common Stock      27   

I.

  Class 9 — Other Holdings Equity Interests      28   

V. PROVISIONS REGARDING VOTING, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TREATMENT OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT AND UNLIQUIDATED ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

     28   

A.

  Voting on the Plan      28   

B.

  Distributions      28   

C.

  Objections to and Resolution of Claims      30   

D.

  Estimation      31   

E.

  Indenture Trustee Expenses and First Lien Agent Expenses      31   

F.

  Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities and Agreements      31   

G.

  Nonconsensual Confirmation      32   

VI. SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS

     32   

VII. PROVISIONS REGARDING IMPLEMENTATION OF PLAN

     33   

A.

  Exit Facility      33   

B.

  The Restructuring      34   

 

1


C.

  Sources of Cash for Plan Distribution and Transfers of Funds Among Debtors      35   

D.

  The Initial Board of Directors      35   

E.

  Securities to Be Issued Pursuant to the Plan      36   

F.

  Management of Reorganized Debtors      36   

G.

  Reorganized HMH Holdings Certificate of Incorporation, Reorganized HMH Holdings Bylaws and Other Amended and Restated Governing Documents      36   

H.

  Registration Rights Agreement      37   

I.

  Reorganized Debtors’ Management Incentive Plan      37   

J.

  Informal Creditor Group Professionals Fees      37   

K.

  Corporate Action      37   

L.

  Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions      37   

M.

  Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees      38   

N.

  Powers of Officers      38   

VIII. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

     38   

A.

  Continued Corporate Existence      38   

B.

  Releases of Guarantees and Collateral      39   

C.

  Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee      39   

D.

  Vesting of Property      39   

E.

  Discharge of the Debtors      39   

F.

  Injunction      40   

G.

  Preservation of Causes of Action      40   

H.

  Votes Solicited in Good Faith      41   

I.

  Mutual Releases      41   

J.

  Releases by Non-Debtors      42   

K.

  Exculpation      43   

L.

  Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays      43   

M.

  Preservation of Insurance      44   

N.

  Officers’ and Directors’ Indemnification Rights and Insurance      44   

IX. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

     45   

X. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     45   

A.

  Payment of Statutory Fees      45   

B.

  Modification of the Plan      46   

C.

  Governing Law      46   

D.

  Filing or Execution of Additional Documents      46   

E.

  Withholding and Reporting Requirements      47   

F.

  Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest      47   

G.

  Waiver of Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) and Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 62(a)      47   

H.

  Exhibits/Schedules      47   

I.

  Notices      47   

J.

  Plan Supplement      48   

K.

  Conflicts      48   

L.

  Setoff by the United States      48   

 

2


XI. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

     48   

A.

  Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      48   

B.

  Cure      49   

C.

  Rejection Damage Claims      49   

XII. BENEFIT PLANS

     50   

XIII. CONFIRMATION AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

     50   

A.

  Conditions Precedent to Confirmation      50   

B.

  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness      51   

C.

  Waiver of Conditions      52   

D.

  Effect of Failure of Conditions      52   

E.

  Denial of Confirmation/Vacatur of Confirmation Order      52   

F.

  Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation      52   

 

3


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (“ HMH ”), Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc. (“ HMH Publishers, Inc. ”), HMH Publishers LLC (“ HMH Publishers LLC ”), Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc., HM Publishing Corp., Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company, Broderbund LLC, RVDP, Inc., HRW Distributors, Inc., Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc., Classroom Connect, Inc., ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC, Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC, HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Sentry Realty Corporation, Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc., The Riverside Publishing Company, Classwell Learning Group Inc., Cognitive Concepts, Inc., Edusoft, and Advanced Learning Centers, Inc., the above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), hereby propose the following prepackaged joint plan of reorganization under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement accompanying the Plan, including the exhibits thereto, for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties, results of operations, projections for future operations and risk factors, together with a summary and analysis of the Plan. Certain documents to be entered into in connection with consummation of the Plan are summarized herein. To the extent any inconsistency exists between the summaries contained herein and the documents to be entered into in connection with consummation of the Plan, the terms of such documents shall control. All Creditors and Equity Interest holders entitled to vote on the Plan are encouraged to consult the Disclosure Statement, including the documents attached thereto as exhibits, and to read the Plan carefully before voting to accept or reject the Plan.

I.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS

 

  A. Definitions .

Unless otherwise defined herein, or the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

10.5% Indenture Trustee    means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. and any successor thereto in its capacity as indenture trustee under the 10.5% Notes Indenture.
10.5% Notes    means the 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued pursuant to the 10.5% Notes Indenture.

 

4


10.5% Notes Claim    means all Claims in respect of the 10.5% Notes (including interest accrued thereon as of the Petition Date) other than the Indenture Trustee Expenses.
10.5% Notes Indenture    means the Indenture (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified), dated as of May 26, 2011 among The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee and Collateral Agent, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto
Adequate Protection Payments    means the payments to the Senior Creditors as adequate protection for, among other things, the priming of their liens, any diminution in value of the collateral securing their Claims and the imposition of the automatic stay, pursuant to sections 105, 361 and 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the aggregate amount of $69.7 million in Cash, which will be (i) allocated 6.2% to holders of the First Lien Revolver Claims, 67.6% to holders of the First Lien Term Loan Claims and 26.2% to holders of the 10.5% Notes Claims and (ii) indefeasibly payable upon entry of the Interim DIP Order.
Administrative Claim    means any right to payment constituting a cost or expense of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases of a kind specified under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority under section 507(a)(1), 507(b) or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the Estates, any actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the Debtors’ businesses, any indebtedness or obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in Possession in connection with the conduct of their businesses, including, without limitation, for the acquisition or lease of property or an interest in property or the rendition of services, all valid and existing reclamation claims, all compensation and reimbursement of expenses to the extent awarded by the Court under sections 330, 331 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, any fees or charges assessed

 

5


   against the Debtors’ Estates under section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code, and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Informal Creditor Group Professionals, pursuant to the terms of their respective prepetition engagement letters, each of the foregoing only to the extent not paid as adequate protection.
Allowed    means, with reference to any Claim or Equity Interest, (a) any Claim against or Equity Interest in any of the Debtors that has been listed by the Debtors in the Schedules, as such Schedules (if filed) may have been amended by the Debtors from time to time in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1009, as liquidated in amount and not disputed or contingent, and with respect to which no contrary proof of claim or interest has been filed, (b) any Claim or Equity Interest specifically allowed under the Plan or the Confirmation Order, (c) any Claim or Equity Interest that is not Disputed, (d) any Claim or Equity Interest, the amount or existence of which, if Disputed, has been determined or allowed by a Final Order, or (e) any Claim or Equity Interest as to which no objection to the allowance thereof has been filed; provided , however , that the term Allowed, with reference to any Claim, shall not include interest on such Claim from and after the Petition Date unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Plan.
Amended and Restated Governing Documents    means with respect to each of the Reorganized Debtors, such entity’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, or operating agreement, as the case may be, which will be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and be in effect on the Effective Date, and shall be in substantially the form contained in the Plan Supplement.
Ballots    means the documents for accepting or rejecting the Plan, which were distributed with the Disclosure Statement to parties entitled to vote on the Plan.
Bankruptcy Code    means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq ., as in effect on the Petition Date or as otherwise applicable to these Chapter 11 Cases.

 

6


Bankruptcy Rules    means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, and local rules of the Court, as the context may require, as in effect on the Petition Date or as otherwise applicable to these Chapter 11 Cases.
Bondholder    means a holder of 10.5% Notes.
Business Day    means any day not designated as a legal holiday by Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) and any day on which commercial banks are open for business, and not authorized, by law or executive order, to close, in the City of New York, New York.
Cash    means cash and cash equivalents denominated in legal tender of the United States of America.
Causes of Action    means any and all actions, causes of action, suits, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, rights to legal remedies, rights to equitable remedies, rights to payment and claims, whether known, unknown, reduced to judgment, not reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured and whether asserted or assertable directly or derivatively, in law, equity or otherwise, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Debtors, whether arising under the Bankruptcy Code or other federal, state or foreign law, equity or otherwise, including, without limitation, any causes of action arising under sections 510, 544, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551 or any other section of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Cash and non-Cash proceeds of any of the foregoing.
Chapter 11 Cases    means the chapter 11 cases commenced by the Debtors.
Claim    means any claim, as such term is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Class    means each category or group of Claims or Equity Interests as classified or designated in Article II of the Plan.

 

7


Co-Borrower Percentages    has the meaning set forth in Article VII.B of the Plan.
Collateral    means any property or interest in property of the Debtors’ estates subject to a Lien to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien has not been avoided or is not subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code or is otherwise invalid under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law.
Confirmation    means “confirmation” as used in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Confirmation Date    means the date on which the Confirmation Order is entered on the Court’s docket.
Confirmation Hearing    means the hearing to consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, as it may be adjourned or continued from time to time.
Confirmation Order    means the order entered by the Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which order shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
Court    means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.
Creditor    means “creditor” as defined in section 101(10) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Creditors’ Committee    means the official committee of unsecured creditors (if any) appointed in the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases by the United States Trustee for Region 2, pursuant to section 1102(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, as constituted from time to time.
Debtors    has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of the Plan.

 

8


Debtors in Possession    means the Debtors in their capacity as debtors in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
DIP Credit Facility    means that certain Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified), by and among the Debtors, the DIP Credit Facility Agent and the lenders party thereto, which shall be entered into on or about the Petition Date and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
DIP Credit Facility Agent    means the administrative agent under the DIP Credit Facility.
DIP Financing Claims    means all Claims arising under or relating to the DIP Credit Facility and all agreements and instruments relating thereto.
DIP Lenders    means the lenders that are parties to the DIP Credit Facility.
DIP Motion    means the Debtors’ Motion for an Order Pursuant to Sections 361, 363, and 364 of the Bankruptcy Code (1) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Postpetition Financing, (2) Authorizing Use of Cash Collateral, (3) Granting Liens and Super-Priority Administrative Expense Status, (4) Providing Adequate Protection and (5) Scheduling and Approving the Form and Method of Notice of Final Hearing, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
DIP Order    means the Final Order entered by the Court, granting final approval of the DIP Motion, as amended or otherwise modified and in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
Disclosure Statement    means the written offering memorandum and disclosure statement and all schedules and exhibits attached thereto that relates to the Plan, as such disclosure statement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.

 

9


Disputed    means, with respect to Claims or Equity Interests, any such Claim or Equity Interests (a) that is listed on the Schedules (if any) as unliquidated, disputed or contingent; (b) as to which any Debtor or any other party in interest has interposed a timely objection or request for estimation in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules or which is otherwise disputed in accordance with applicable law, which objection, request for estimation or dispute has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order; or (c) is not listed in the Debtors’ books or records as due and owing or outstanding.
Distribution Record Date    means the Effective Date.
Distributions    means the Cash, New Common Stock, New Warrants, if any, or other distributions to be made pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Plan.
Effective Date    means the first Business Day on which all of the conditions specified in Article XIII.B. of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article XIII.C of the Plan; provided , however , that if a stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect on such date, the Effective Date will be the first Business Day after such stay is no longer in effect.
Equity Interest    means, excluding New Common Stock, any equity security within the meaning of section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in any of the Debtors, whether or not transferable, and any right to acquire any such equity security or instrument, including any option, warrant or other right, contractual or otherwise, to acquire, sell or subscribe for any such security or instrument.
ERISA    has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.K.2. of the Plan.
Estates    means the estates of the Debtors, individually or collectively, as is appropriate in the context, created in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

10


Existing Equity    means, collectively, the Existing Common Stock and the Other Holdings Equity Interests.
Existing Equity Holders    means the holders of the Existing Equity.
Existing Common Stock    means the common stock of HMH Holdings immediately preceding the Effective Date, par value $0.01 per share (which will be cancelled in Step 3 of the Restructuring).
Existing Common Stockholders    means the holders of Existing Common Stock.
Exit Facility    means that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement and Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement each dated May [21], 2012, entered into, by and among the Reorganized Debtors, Citibank N.A. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, and all ancillary agreements, as may be amended or modified, from time to time in accordance with their terms.
Federal Judgment Rate    means the rate of interest provided for in 28 U.S.C. § 1961, as in effect on the Petition Date.
Fee Claims    means an Administrative Claim under section 330(a), 331 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code for compensation of a Professional or other Person for services rendered or expenses incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases on or prior to the Effective Date (including, to the extent applicable, the reasonable non-legal expenses of the individual members of the Creditors’ Committee incurred in the discharge of their duties as members of the Creditors’ Committee, but not the fees and expenses of the Informal Creditor Group Professionals).

 

11


Final Order    means an order or judgment of the Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction, as entered on the docket of such court, the operation or effect of which has not been stayed, reversed, vacated or amended, and as to which order or judgment (or any revision, modification, or amendment thereof) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or seek review or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or petition for review or rehearing was filed or, if filed, remains pending; provided , however , that the possibility that a motion may be filed pursuant to Rule 9024 of the Bankruptcy Rules or Rule 60(b) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure shall not mean that an order is not a Final Order.
First Lien Administrative Agent    means Citibank, N.A., as successor in interest to Wilmington Trust FSB, as administrative agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
First Lien Agent Expenses    means any reasonable fees and documented out-of- pocket costs and expenses incurred prior to or after the Petition Date by the First Lien Agents under the First Lien Credit Agreement, the reasonableness of which shall, if disputed by the Debtors, be determined by the Court. Such costs shall include, without limitation, the reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of, and reasonable documented unpaid legal fees actually incurred by, counsel to the First Lien Agents in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and Distributions to the holders of First Lien Bank Claims.
First Lien Agents    means the First Lien Administrative Agent and the First Lien Collateral Agent.
First Lien Bank Claims    means, collectively, the First Lien Term Loan Claims and the First Lien Revolver Claims.
First Lien Bank Lenders    means the lenders party to the First Lien Credit Agreement.
First Lien Collateral Agent    means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

12


First Lien Credit Agreement    means that certain First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 12, 2007 among the First Lien Administrative Agent, the First Lien Collateral Agent, certain of the Debtors, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, modified, or otherwise supplemented from time to time) consisting of a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $2.571 billion (the “ First Lien Term Loan ”) and a revolving loan in the aggregate principal amount of $235.8 million (the “ First Lien Revolving Loan ”).
First Lien Revolver Claims    means all Claims in respect of the First Lien Revolving Loan (including interest accrued thereon as of the Petition Date) other than the First Lien Agent Expenses.
First Lien Revolving Loan    has the meaning set forth in the definition of the First Lien Credit Agreement.
First Lien Term Loan    has the meaning set forth in the definition of First Lien Credit Agreement.
First Lien Term Loan Claims    means all Claims in respect of the First Lien Term Loan other than the First Lien Agent Expenses.
Foreign Affiliates    means HMH Education Company (Ireland), HMH IP Company (Ireland), HMH Publishing Company (Ireland), Riverdeep UK Limited, HMH Consumer Company (Ireland), Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (Asia) Pte. Ltd (Singapore), Houghton Mifflin PLC (UK) and HMH Publishing Company (IOM) Unlimited.
General Unsecured Claim    means a Claim against any of the Debtors that is not an Administrative Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Fee Claim, DIP Financing Claim, Other Priority Claim, Other Secured Claim, Senior Creditor Claim, Letter of Credit Facility Claim or Intercompany Claim.
Government    has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.K.2 of the Plan.
HMH Holdings    means HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation and its successors, assigns and/or designees, as applicable.

 

13


Impaired    has the meaning as used in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Indenture Trustee Charging Lien    means a lien that secures repayment of the Indenture Trustee Expenses, to the extent provided for in the 10.5% Notes Indenture.
Indenture Trustee Expenses    means any reasonable fees and documented out-of- pocket costs and expenses, incurred prior to or after the Petition Date by the 10.5% Indenture Trustee under the 10.5% Notes Indenture, the reasonableness of which shall, if disputed by the Debtors, be determined by the Court. Such amounts shall include, without limitation, the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of, and reasonable, documented unpaid legal fees actually incurred by, counsel to the 10.5% Indenture Trustee in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and the Distributions to the Bondholders.
Informal Creditor Group    means the informal group of unaffiliated investors that are party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
Informal Creditor Group Professionals    means the advisors to the Informal Creditor Group, including, without limitation, Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., Heidrick & Struggles and Lyons, Beneson & Company, Inc.
Initial Distribution Date    means the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable upon which Distributions shall commence.
Insured Claim    means any Claim arising from an incident or occurrence alleged to have occurred prior to the Effective Date that is covered under an insurance policy applicable to the Debtors or their businesses.
Intercompany Claims    means any Claim held by one Debtor (or a non- debtor that is a direct or indirect subsidiary, a direct or indirect parent, or an affiliate of a Debtor) against any other Debtor(s), including, without limitation, (a) any account reflecting intercompany book entries by such Debtor (or non-debtor that is

 

14


   a direct or indirect subsidiary, a direct or indirect parent, or an affiliate of such Debtor) with respect to any other Debtor(s), (b) any Claim not reflected in book entries that is held by such Debtor (or non- debtor that is a direct or indirect subsidiary, a direct or indirect parent, or an affiliate of such Debtor), and (c) any derivative Claim asserted or assertable by or on behalf of such Debtor (or non- debtor that is a direct or indirect subsidiary, a direct or indirect parent, or an affiliate of such Debtor) against any other Debtor(s).
Interim DIP Order    means the interim order in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors, entered by the Court, granting interim approval of the DIP Motion and authorizing and directing the payment of the Adequate Protection Payments.
IPO    means an initial public offering of New Common Stock.
Letter of Credit Facility    means that certain $50 million standby letter of credit facility dated as of October 26, 2010, with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as issuer (as amended from time to time).
Letter of Credit Facility Claims    means all Claims arising under the Letter of Credit Facility.
Lien    has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Management Incentive Plan    means the incentive plan substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement, to be applicable to, among others, senior management of Reorganized HMH Holdings and the Reorganized Debtors that provides for the issuance of, among other things, the Management Options.
Management Options    means the options, the terms of which are set forth in the Management Incentive Plan, issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

 

15


New Common Stock    means, following the Effective Date, the common stock of Reorganized HMH Holdings, par value $0.01 per share, to be originally issued by HMH Holdings (which will initially be issued to HMH and HMH Publishers Inc. as described in more detail in Step 1 of the Restructuring and will be exchanged for Senior Creditor Claims, as described in Step 2 of the Restructuring).
New Warrant Agreement    means the warrant agreement pursuant to which the New Warrants will be issued, which shall be included the Plan Supplement and be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
New Warrants    means seven (7) year warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, 5% of the New Common Stock subject to dilution by equity distributed in connection with the Management Incentive Plan, with a strike price based on a $3.1 billion enterprise value for the Reorganized Debtors, which, if Class 8 votes to accept the Plan, shall be issued to the Existing Common Stockholders pursuant to the New Warrant Agreement.
Other Holdings Equity Interest Holders    means the holders of Other Holdings Equity Interests.
Other Holdings Equity Interests    means all Equity Interests in HMH Holdings other than Existing Common Stock and New Common Stock.
Other Priority Claim    means a Claim entitled to priority pursuant to section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims).
Other Secured Claim    means any Secured Claim, other than the DIP Financing Claims, the Senior Creditor Claims and the Letter of Credit Facility Claims or, in the event that such Claim is subject to setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, the amount of such Claim that is subject to such setoff.
Paulson    has the meaning set forth in Article VII.D. of the Plan.
PBGC    has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.K.2 of the Plan.

 

16


Person    means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, indenture trustee, organization, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, governmental unit or any political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
Petition Date    means the date on which the Debtors filed their voluntary petitions for relief commencing the Chapter 11 Cases.
Plan    means this Plan, as it may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all addenda, exhibits, schedules, supplements or other attachments, if any, which shall, in each case, be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
Plan Supplement    means the supplement to the Plan containing the Plan Supplement Documents, which shall be filed with the Court no later than ten days before the Confirmation Hearing.
Plan Supplement Documents    means the documents to be included in the Plan Supplement, including those identified in Article X.J. of the Plan, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and the Debtors.
Post-Petition Interest    means with respect to:
   (a)    Priority Tax Claims, interest accruing from the Petition Date through the Effective Date (i) with respect to federal taxes, at a fixed annual rate equal to the federal statutory rate as provided in 26 U.S.C. § 6621, and (ii) with respect to state and local taxes, at the Prime Rate of interest as in effect for the period to which the Priority Tax Claim pertains or (iii) in either case, as otherwise agreed to by the holder of such Priority Tax Claim and the Debtors with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders;
   (b)    Other Secured Claims and Other Priority Claims, interest accruing on such claims

 

17


      from the Petition Date through the Effective Date at the rate set forth in the contract or other applicable document giving rise to such claims (to the extent lawful) or, if the applicable instrument does not specify a rate of interest, at the Federal Judgment Rate; and
   (c)    General Unsecured Claims, interest, accruing from the Petition Date through the Effective Date at the Federal Judgment Rate or such other rate ordered by the Court.
   For the avoidance of doubt, except as required under applicable non-bankruptcy law, Post- Petition Interest will not be paid on the following Claims: Senior Creditor Claims, Intercompany Claims and General Unsecured Claims paid in the ordinary course of business.
Prime Rate    means the rate of interest published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition, and designated as the prime rate.
Priority Tax Claim    means any Claim that is entitled to a priority in right of payment under section 502(i) or 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
pro rata    means, with respect to any Claim, at any time, the proportion that the amount of a Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of all Claims (including Disputed Claims) in such Class, unless the Plan provides otherwise with respect to such Claim or Claims.
Professional    means (i) any professional employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 327, 328, 363 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise and (ii) any professional or other entity seeking compensation or reimbursement of expenses in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code provided that the Informal Creditor Group Professionals shall not be Professionals as used in the Plan.

 

18


Qualified Institutional Buyer    has the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement    means a registration rights agreement by Reorganized HMH Holdings in favor of holders of New Common Stock, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and contained in the Plan Supplement.
Released Parties    has the meaning set forth in Article VIII.I. of the Plan.
Reorganized Debtors    means the Debtors, or any successors thereto by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date.
Reorganized HMH Holdings    means HMH Holdings, as reorganized, on and after the Effective Date.
Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors    has the meaning set forth in Article VII.D. of the Plan.
Reorganized HMH Holdings Certificate of Incorporation    means Reorganized HMH Holdings’ certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect on the Effective Date, and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and contained in the Plan Supplement.
Reorganized HMH Holdings Bylaws    means Reorganized HMH Holdings’ bylaws, which will be in effect on the Effective Date, and shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders and contained in the Plan Supplement.
Restructuring    has the meaning set forth in Article VII.B of the Plan.
Restructuring Support Agreement    means that certain restructuring support agreement among the Debtors and the members of the Informal Creditor Group dated as of May 10, 2012 as attached to the Disclosure Statement.
Requisite Participating Lenders    means holders of at least 75% of the Senior Creditor Claims held by the members of the Informal Creditor Group.

 

19


Scheduled    means, with respect to any Claim or Equity Interest, the status and amount, if any, of such Claim or Equity Interest as set forth in the Schedules (if any).
Schedules    means the schedules, if any, of assets and liabilities, statements of financial affairs, and lists of holders of Claims and Equity Interests filed with the Court by the Debtors, including any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto.
SEC    means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Claim    means a Claim that is secured by a Lien on Collateral, to the extent of the value (as of the Effective Date or such other date as may be established by the Court) of such Collateral determined by a Final Order of the Court pursuant to section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise Allowed herein.
Securities Act    means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Senior Creditors    means all First Lien Bank Lenders and all Bondholders, collectively.
Senior Creditor Claims    means all First Lien Bank Claims and 10.5% Note Claims, collectively.
Substantive Consolidation Order    means the Confirmation Order or such other order of the Court providing for the substantive consolidation of the Debtors.
Substantively Consolidated Debtors    means the Debtors, as substantively consolidated pursuant to the Substantive Consolidation Order.
Voting Agent    means Kurtzman Carson Consultants, LLC.
Voting Deadline    means May 18, 2012 at 5:00 P.M. prevailing Eastern Time for First Lien Bank Lenders and June 11, 2012 at 5:00 P.M. prevailing Eastern Time for Bondholders and Existing Common Stockholders.
Voting Record Date    means May 10, 2012.

 

20


  B. Interpretation, Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction .

Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include both the singular and plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, such meanings to be applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Capitalized terms in the Plan that are not defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms by the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be. The words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not to any particular section or subsection in the Plan unless expressly provided otherwise. The words “includes” and “including” are not limiting and mean that the things specifically identified are set forth for purposes of illustration, clarity or specificity and do not in any respect qualify, characterize or limit the generality of the class within which such things are included. Captions and headings to articles, sections and exhibits are inserted for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Plan, and shall not be used to interpret this Plan. The rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply to this Plan. In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

II.

CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

 

  A. Introduction .

All Claims and Equity Interests, except Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and DIP Financing Claims, are placed in the Classes set forth below. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims and DIP Financing Claims, as described below, have not been classified.

A Claim or Equity Interest is placed in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Equity Interest falls within the description of that Class, and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Equity Interest falls within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or Equity Interest is also placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Equity Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest in that Class and such Claim or Equity Interest has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

 

  1. Unclassified Claims (not entitled to vote on the Plan) .

 

  (a) Administrative Claims .

 

21


  (b) Priority Tax Claims .

 

  (c) DIP Financing Claims .

 

  2. Unimpaired Classes of Claims and Equity Interests (deemed to have accepted the Plan and, therefore, not entitled to vote on the Plan) .

 

  (a) Class 1: Other Priority Claims .

Class 1 consists of all Other Priority Claims.

 

  (b) Class 2: Other Secured Claims .

Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims.

 

  (c) Class 4: Letter of Credit Facility Claims .

Class 4 consists of all Letter of Credit Facility Claims.

 

  (d) Class 5: General Unsecured Claims .

Class 5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

 

  (e) Class 6: Intercompany Claims .

Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

 

  (f) Class 7: Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings .

Class 7 consists of all Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings.

 

  3. Impaired Classes (entitled to vote on the Plan) .

 

  (a) Class 3: Senior Creditor Claims .

Class 3 consists of all Senior Creditor Claims.

 

  (b) Class 8: Existing Common Stock .

Class 8 consists of all Existing Common Stock.

 

22


  4. Impaired Classes (deemed to have rejected the Plan and, therefore, not entitled to vote on the Plan) .

 

  (a) Class 9: Other Holdings Equity Interests .

Class 9 consists of all Other Holdings Equity Interests.

III.

TREATMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS,

PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS AND DIP FINANCING CLAIMS

 

  A. Administrative Claims .

Subject to the provisions of sections 330(a) and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive in full and final satisfaction of such Claim, (a) Cash in the full amount of such Allowed Claim, without interest, or (b) such amount at such other date and upon such other terms as may be agreed upon in writing by such holder and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders or otherwise approved by Final Order of the Court on or as soon as practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date on which such Administrative Claim becomes Allowed, (iii) the date on which such Allowed Administrative Claim is due to be paid in the ordinary course of business with the Debtors, and (iv) the date on which the holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, otherwise agree in writing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except with respect to Fee Claims and except with respect to subsection (iv) hereof, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall object to any Administrative Claims before the later of (x) sixty (60) days after the Effective Date and (y) sixty (60) days after the filing of the request for payment of an Administrative Claim.

 

  B. Fee Claims .

All requests for compensation or reimbursement of Fee Claims pursuant to sections 327, 328, 330, 331, 503 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for services rendered prior to the Effective Date shall be filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and their counsel, the United States Trustee, counsel to the Creditors’ Committee (if any), counsel to the Informal Creditor Group and such other entities who are designated by the Bankruptcy Rules, the Confirmation Order or any other order(s) of the Court, no later than forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date. Holders of Fee Claims that are required to file and serve applications for final allowance of their Fee Claims and that do not file and serve such applications by the required deadline shall be forever barred from asserting such Fee Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their respective properties, and

 

23


such Fee Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to any Fee Claims must be filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and their counsel and the requesting party no later than seventy-five (75) days (or such longer period as may be allowed by order of the Court) after the Effective Date.

 

  C. Priority Tax Claims .

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, agree to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim plus Post-Petition Interest on the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable. All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business without Post-Petition Interest.

 

  D. DIP Financing Claims .

On the Effective Date, except to the extent that the holders of the DIP Financing Claims and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, agree to a different treatment, in full and final satisfaction of such Claims, the DIP Financing Claims shall be satisfied as provided under the Exit Facility.

IV.

TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

  A. Class 1 — Other Priority Claims .

 

  1. Distributions .

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, agree to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Claim, payment in full in Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim plus Post-Petition Interest on or as soon as practicable after the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date when such Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim. All Allowed Other Priority Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business without Post-Petition Interest.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 1 is unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims in Class 1 are presumed to accept the Plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

24


  B. Class 2 — Other Secured Claims .

 

  1. Distributions .

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, agree to a different treatment, in full and final satisfaction of such Claim, (i) each Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be reinstated and rendered unimpaired in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable nonbankruptcy law that entitles the holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim to demand or to receive payment of such Allowed Other Secured Claim prior to the stated maturity of such Allowed Other Secured Claim from and after the occurrence of a default, (ii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Secured Claim plus Post-Petition Interest in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim on the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive the Collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim plus Post-Petition Interest in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim on the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, in each case as determined by the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 2 is unimpaired under the Plan. The holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims in Class 2 are presumed to accept the Plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  C. Class 3 — Senior Creditor Claims .

 

  1. Allowance of Senior Creditor Claims and Distribution .

Senior Creditor Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the following amounts: (a) the First Lien Term Loan Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the amount of $2.571 billion plus accrued interest as of the Petition Date; (b) the First Lien Revolver Claims shall be deemed Allowed in the amount of $235.8 million plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Petition Date; and (c) the 10.5% Notes Claims shall be allowed in the amount of $300 million plus accrued interest as of the Petition Date. On the Initial Distribution Date, subject to the occurrence of the Restructuring (as provided in Article VII.B), each holder of an Allowed Senior Creditor Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Claim, its pro rata share of (i) 100% of the New Common Stock, subject to dilution for the New Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan and, if applicable, New Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the New Warrants and (ii) $30.3 million in Cash.

 

25


  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Senior Creditor Claim in Class 3 is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  D. Class 4 — Letter of Credit Facility Claims .

 

  1. Distributions .

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Letter of Credit Facility Claim and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, agree to a different treatment, the outstanding letters of credit issued under the Letter of Credit Facility shall either continue unaffected upon consummation of the Plan or be replaced from the proceeds of the Exit Facility and the Letter of Credit Facility shall be deemed terminated.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 4 is unimpaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Letter of Credit Facility Claim in Class 4 is presumed to accept the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  E. Class 5 — General Unsecured Claims .

 

  1. Distributions .

Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Claims, Cash in amount equal to such holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim plus accrued and unpaid Post-Petition Interest; provided , however , that the Debtors may, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, seek authority from the Court to pay certain General Unsecured Claims in advance of the Effective Date pursuant to certain “first day motions” the Debtors intend to file in the Chapter 11 Cases, as described in the Disclosure Statement; provided, further, that any General Unsecured Claim that becomes due and owing after the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business when such claim is due and owing, without Post-Petition Interest.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 5 is unimpaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Class 5 is presumed to accept the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

26


  F. Class 6 — Intercompany Claims .

 

  1. Distributions .

On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, all Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, continued, or discharged to the extent determined appropriate by the Debtors, with the consent of the, Requisite Participating Lenders.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 6 is unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Intercompany Claims in Class 6 are presumed to accept the Plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  G. Class 7 — Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings .

 

  1. Distributions .

The holders of Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings shall retain such Equity Interests.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 7 is unimpaired under the Plan. The holders of Equity Interests in Debtors other than HMH Holdings in Class 7 are presumed to accept the Plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

  H. Class 8 — Existing Common Stock .

 

  1. Distribution .

If the Class 8 Existing Common Stock votes to accept the Plan, each holder of Existing Common Stock shall receive its pro rata share of the New Warrants. If the Class 8 Existing Common Stock votes to reject the Plan, the holders of the Existing Common Stock shall neither receive distributions nor retain any property under the Plan on account of such Existing Common Stock.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Existing Common Stockholder is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

27


  I. Class 9 — Other Holdings Equity Interests .

 

  1. Distribution .

Each Other Holdings Equity Interest Holder shall neither receive distributions nor retain any property under the Plan on account of such Other Holdings Equity Interest. The Other Holdings Equity Interests will be cancelled on the Effective Date.

 

  2. Impairment and Voting .

Class 9 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Other Holdings Equity Interest Holder is presumed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

V.

PROVISIONS REGARDING VOTING, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TREATMENT

OF DISPUTED, CONTINGENT AND UNLIQUIDATED ADMINISTRATIVE

EXPENSE CLAIMS, CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

 

  A. Voting on the Plan .

Each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 3 and each Existing Common Stockholder in Class 8 is Impaired and is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are unimpaired and are not to entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan as they are presumed to accept the Plan. Class 9 is Impaired, will not receive or retain any property under the Plan, and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan as it is deemed to reject the Plan.

 

  B. Distributions .

 

  1. Allowed Claims .

(a) Delivery of Distributions .

Distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Reorganized Debtors or their designee to the holders of Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Other Priority Claims, Allowed Other Secured Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims at the addresses set forth in the Debtors’ books and records, unless such addresses are superseded by proofs of claim or transfers of claim filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 on or prior to the Voting Record Date (or at the last known addresses of such holders if the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address). Distributions on account of the Allowed Senior Creditor Claims shall be made initially to the First Lien Administrative Agent and the 10.5% Indenture Trustee, or to such other entity(ies) as may be determined by the First Lien Administrative Agent and/or the 10.5% Indenture Trustee, for distribution to holders of Allowed Senior Creditor Claims. Distributions on account of the Existing Common Stock, if any, shall be made to the Debtors’ transfer agent, for distribution to Existing Common Stockholders.

 

28


(b) Distribution of Cash .

Any payment of Cash by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made at the option and in the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtors by (i) a check drawn on, or (ii) wire transfer from, a domestic bank selected by the Reorganized Debtors.

(c) Fractional Cents .

Any other provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment of fractions of cents will be made. Whenever any payment of a fraction of a cent would otherwise be called for, the actual payment shall reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole cent.

(d) Fractional Securities .

Any other provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no distributions of fractional shares of New Common Stock or fractional New Warrants will be made. Whenever any distribution of a fraction of a share of New Common Stock or a fraction of a New Warrant would otherwise be called for, the actual distribution shall reflect a rounding down of such fraction to the nearest whole share of New Common Stock or New Warrant.

(e) Unclaimed Distributions .

Any Distribution of Cash under the Plan to the holder of an Allowed Claim which remains unclaimed for a period of ninety (90) days after it has been delivered (or attempted to be delivered) in accordance with the Plan shall be transferred to and become property of the Reorganized Debtors notwithstanding state or other escheat or similar laws to the contrary, and any and all entitlement by the holder of such Claim to such Distribution shall be extinguished and forever barred. The failure by a holder of the Senior Creditor Claims to execute the Registration Rights Agreement within 180 days of the Effective Date shall result in the forfeiture of such holders allocation of New Common Stock. After such date, all forfeited New Common Stock shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and the Senior Creditor Claim of such holder to such New Common Stock shall be discharged and forever barred.

 

29


(f) Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays .

If any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, and shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.

(g) Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date .

As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the Claims register shall be closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any Claims. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any Claim filed or transfer of any Claims occurring after the Distribution Record Date. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall instead be entitled to recognize and deal for purposes under the Plan with only those record holders stated on the Claims register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

(h) Third Party Agreements; Subordination .

Distributions shall be subject to and modified by any Final Order directing distributions other than as provided in the Plan. The right of the Debtors to seek subordination of any Claim or Equity Interest pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code is fully reserved, and the treatment afforded any Claim or Equity Interest that becomes a subordinated Claim or subordinated Equity Interest at any time shall be modified to reflect such subordination. Unless the Confirmation Order provides otherwise, no Distributions shall be made on account of any subordinated Claim or subordinated Equity Interest.

 

  C. Objections to and Resolution of Claims .

 

  1. Objections to and Resolution of Administrative Claims and Claims .

The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right to make and to file objections to Administrative Claims (other than Fee Claims) and Claims subsequent to the Effective Date. Unless otherwise ordered by the Court, objections to Administrative Claims and Claims shall be filed and served upon the holders of the Administrative Claims or Claims as to which the objection is made as soon as practicable. Objections to Fee Claims shall be filed and served within seventy-five (75) days (or such longer period as may be allowed by order of the Court) after the Effective Date.

Objections to Administrative Claims and Claims may be litigated to judgment, settled or withdrawn, in the Reorganized Debtors’ sole discretion. The Reorganized Debtors may settle any such objections without Court approval.

 

30


  D. Estimation .

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, may at any time request that the Court estimate, subject to 28 U.S.C. § 157, any Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors have previously objected to such Claim. The Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time, including during proceedings concerning any objection to such Claim. In the event that the Court estimates any Disputed Claim, such estimated amount may constitute either (a) the Allowed amount of such Claim, (b) the estimate to be used by the Debtors in calculating potential Distributions under the Plan, or (c) a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Court. In the case of Claims arising from personal injury tort or wrongful death actions, the Court may estimate such Claims for the purpose of confirming the Plan. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may elect to object to ultimate payment of such Claim. All of the aforementioned Claims objection, estimation and resolution procedures are cumulative and not necessarily exclusive of one another.

 

  E. Indenture Trustee Expenses and First Lien Agent Expenses .

In addition to any other Claim that may be filed by the 10.5% Indenture Trustee or the First Lien Agents pursuant to the provisions set forth herein, the 10.5% Indenture Trustee and the First Lien Agents shall have an Allowed Administrative Claim in an amount equal to the Indenture Trustee Expenses or the First Lien Agent Expenses. If the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors dispute the reasonableness of the Indenture Trustee Expenses or the First Lien Agent Expenses, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the 10.5% Indenture Trustee or the First Lien Agents, as applicable, may submit such dispute to the Court for a determination of the reasonableness of such fees or expenses and the disputed portion of the Indenture Trustee Expenses or the First Lien Agent Expenses shall not be paid until the dispute is resolved. The undisputed portion of the Indenture Trustee Expenses or the First Lien Agent Expenses shall be paid as provided herein. The 10.5% Indenture Trustee shall not be entitled to payment of or assertion of its Indenture Trustee Charging Lien for any disputed Indenture Trustee Expenses to the extent the Court determines that such Indenture Trustee Expenses are unreasonable under the terms of the 10.5% Notes Indenture. Nothing contained herein shall otherwise affect the right of the 10.5% Indenture Trustee from asserting its Indenture Trustee Charging Lien, to the extent applicable under the terms of the 10.5% Notes Indenture, provided , however , that upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Indenture Trustee Expenses, the Indenture Trustee Charging Lien shall be deemed released and discharged in full.

 

  F. Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities and Agreements .

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, after the Restructuring, the obligations under the 10.5% Notes Indenture and the First Lien Credit Agreement and any other certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant or other instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or creating any

 

31


indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim, including Equity Interests , shall be deemed cancelled and the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligations of the Debtors shall be released and discharged, provided , however , notwithstanding Confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date, any agreement that governs the rights of the holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely for purposes of allowing holders to receive distributions under the Plan as provided in the Plan; provided , however , that (a) the 10.5% Notes Indenture and the First Lien Credit Agreement shall continue to survive and be in full force and effect only for the purposes of (i) making distributions under the Plan, (ii) asserting any Indenture Trustee Charging Lien thereunder, (iii) permitting the 10.5% Indenture Trustee to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases, and (iv) any function necessary in connection with the forgoing clauses (a)(i)-(a)(iii) and (b) the First Lien Credit Agreement shall continue to survive and be in full force and effect only for purposes of (i) making distributions under the Plan; (ii) permitting the First Lien Agents to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases and (iii) any function necessary in connection with the foregoing clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii); provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, the 10.5% Notes Indenture shall be deemed to be fully and completely terminated and discharged upon the making of all of the distributions set forth in clause (a)(i) and (b)(i) of this Article V.F, respectively.

 

  G. Nonconsensual Confirmation .

Classes 3 and 8 are Impaired and are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Class 9 is Impaired, is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and is deemed to reject the Plan. As such, the Debtors will seek to have the Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to Class 8 if it votes to reject the Plan and Class 9.

VI.

SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS

The Plan is predicated upon, and it is a condition precedent to confirmation of the Plan, that the Court provide in the Substantive Consolidation Order for the substantive consolidation of the Chapter 11 Cases of the Debtors into a single Chapter 11 Case for purposes of the Plan and the Distributions hereunder. Pursuant to such Substantive Consolidation Order (i) all assets and liabilities of the Substantively Consolidated Debtors will be merged, (ii) the obligations of each Debtor will be deemed to be the obligations of the Substantively Consolidated Debtors, (iii) any Claims filed or to be filed in connection with any such obligations will be deemed Claims against the Substantively Consolidated Debtors, (iv) each Claim filed in the Chapter 11 Cases of any Debtor will be deemed filed against the Debtors in the consolidated Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the substantive consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Debtors, (v) all

 

32


transfers, disbursements and distributions made by any Debtor under the Plan will be deemed to be made by the Substantively Consolidated Debtors, and (vi) all guarantees of the Debtors of the obligations of any other Debtors shall be deemed eliminated so that any Claim against any Debtor and any guarantee thereof executed by any other Debtor and any joint or several liability of any of the Debtors shall be deemed to be one obligation of the Substantively Consolidated Debtors. Holders of Allowed Claims in each Class shall be entitled to their share of assets available for distribution to such Class without regard to which Debtor was originally liable for such Claim. Such substantive consolidation shall not (other than for purposes related to the Plan) affect (a) the legal and corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors (b) Intercompany Claims or (c) other pre- and post-Petition Date guarantees that are required to be maintained (i) in connection with executory contracts or unexpired leases that were entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases or that have been, or will hereunder be, assumed, (ii) pursuant to the express terms of the Plan, or (iii) in connection with the Exit Facility. The proposed substantive consolidation shall not affect each Debtor’s obligation to file the necessary operating reports and pay any required fees pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) and such obligations shall continue until an order is entered closing, dismissing or converting such Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.

Unless the Court has approved the substantive consolidation of the Estates by a prior order, the Plan shall serve as, and shall be deemed to be, a motion for entry of an order substantively consolidating the Debtors’ estates. If no objection to substantive consolidation is timely filed and served, then the proposed substantive consolidation of the Substantively Consolidated Debtors may be approved by the Court. If any such objection is timely filed and served, a hearing with respect to the substantive consolidation of the Estates and the objections thereto shall be scheduled by the Court, which hearing may coincide with the Confirmation Hearing.

In the event the Court determines not to approve the substantive consolidation of the Substantively Consolidated Debtors, the Plan shall constitute a separate chapter 11 plan of reorganization for each Debtor, each of which shall include the classifications set forth herein. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a Class contains Allowed Claims or Equity Interests with respect to a particular Debtor, such Class is designated with respect to such Debtor. To the extent there are no Allowed Claims or Equity Interests with respect to a particular Debtor, such Class is deemed to be omitted with respect to such Debtor.

VII.

PROVISIONS REGARDING IMPLEMENTATION OF PLAN

 

  A. Exit Facility .

The Debtors shall have closed on the Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors, the administrative agent and the lenders party thereto with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, and all ancillary agreements, substantially in the form included in the Plan Supplement, which must be

 

33


acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Exit Facility without further notice to or order of the Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any person.

The amounts borrowed under the Exit Facility shall be used to make the required Distributions under the Plan, to satisfy certain plan-related expenses and to fund the Reorganized Debtors’ working capital needs.

 

  B. The Restructuring .

To implement the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Debtors will undergo a restructuring (the “ Restructuring ”), that will include the following steps:

Step (1): HMH Holdings will contribute the New Common Stock (through intermediate subsidiaries) to HMH Publishers Inc. (on its own behalf and on behalf of HMH Publishers LLC) and to HMH, so that HMH Publishers Inc. and HMH own the New Common Stock of HMH Holdings. HMH Publishers Inc. (on its own behalf and on behalf of Reorganized HMH Publishers LLC) and HMH will receive New Common Stock in proportion to the benefit each derived from the proceeds of the indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the 10.5% Notes) (the “ Co-Borrower Percentages ”). The Debtors will contribute or distribute (through intermediate subsidiaries or parent entities), as necessary, an aggregate amount of $30.3 million of Cash to HMH and HMH Publishers Inc. (on its own behalf and on behalf of Reorganized HMH Publishers LLC) so that each holds Cash (in proportion to the Co-Borrower Percentages) necessary to engage in the exchanges described in Step 2.

Step (2):

(A) The Senior Creditor Claims will be transferred to HMH Publishers Inc. (on its own behalf and on behalf of Reorganized HMH Publishers LLC) and to HMH in accordance with the Co-Borrower Percentages and the Senior Creditor Claims will be cancelled.

(B) In exchange for their Senior Creditor Claims, Senior Creditors will receive from each of HMH Publishers Inc. and HMH, a pro rata share of the New Common Stock that HMH Publishers Inc. and HMH held after Step (1) of the Restructuring and a pro rata share of $30.3 million in Cash. HMH Publishers Inc. and HMH shall hold no New Common Stock after this Step (2).

Step (3): The Existing Common Stock will be cancelled, either (x) in exchange for the New Warrants if Class 8 votes to approve the Plan, or (z) for no consideration if Class 8 votes to reject the Plan. All Other Holdings Equity Interests will be cancelled.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, and for state, local, and non-U.S. tax purposes, to the extent applicable, (x) the Senior Creditors and the Debtors shall report the

 

34


transactions described in Step 1 and Step 2 (taken together) as a taxable exchange of the Senior Creditor Claims for New Common Stock and Cash and (y) the Existing Common Stockholders and the Debtors shall report the transactions described in Step (3), to the extent the Existing Common Stockholders receive New Warrants, as a taxable exchange of their Existing Common Stock for New Warrants.

 

  C. Sources of Cash for Plan Distribution and Transfers of Funds Among Debtors

All consideration necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to make payments or distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be obtained from the Exit Facility or other Cash from the Debtors, including Cash from business operations. Further, the Debtors, the Foreign Affiliates and the Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan. Except as set forth in the Plan, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.

 

  D. The Initial Board of Directors .

Immediately following the Effective Date, the board of directors of Reorganized HMH Holdings (“ Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors ”) shall be comprised of nine (9) members, one (1) of whom shall be the chief executive officer and eight (8) of whom, including the chairperson, shall be initially chosen by the Informal Creditor Group with the participation and input of the chief executive officer, provided, that, Paulson & Co. Inc. (“ Paulson ”) shall have the right to designate two (2) initial directors, one of whom will be “independent” and selected from the pool of candidates identified with the assistance of a consultant. All initial members of the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors (other than the two (2) nominated by Paulson, one of whom shall be chosen from the pool of independent director candidates), whether designated prior to or after the Effective Date, will be designated for an initial term of one (1) year by the consensus of the Informal Creditor Group from a pool of director candidates that has been generated by the Informal Creditor Group with the participation and input of the chief executive officer and an outside consulting firm selected by the Informal Creditor Group. The pool of director candidates may include existing directors as well as new director candidates. Thereafter, all members of the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors (until an IPO, other than those directors nominated pursuant to a Nomination Agreement) will be designated by the nominating committee of the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors or the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of New Common Stock. After the Effective Date, in any uncontested election for directors, a director must receive the approval of a majority of the shares of New Common Stock voted at the meeting.

A majority of the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors, including the Chairperson, will be “independent” under NYSE standards. The Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating committee and an ethics and governance committee.

 

35


The identities, affiliations and the nature of compensation of the directors shall be disclosed in the Plan Supplement. The directors of each Debtor on the day immediately preceding the Effective Date that are not otherwise appointed as members of the initial board of directors or the equivalent governing body for the corresponding Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to have resigned from the board of directors of such Debtor as of the Effective Date. To the extent there are open seats on the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors on the Effective Date, the nominating committee, which shall consist of the members of the Informal Creditor Group, shall be empowered to appoint new members of the Reorganized HMH Holdings Board of Directors and the board of directors for the other Reorganized Debtors to fill the empty seats on and after the Effective Date.

 

  E. Securities to Be Issued Pursuant to the Plan .

The New Common Stock offered in the Plan shall be the common stock in Reorganized HMH Holdings. The issuance of the New Common Stock, the New Warrants, the Management Options or other equity awards reserved for the Management Incentive Plan, and the New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the New Warrants is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by a holder of a Claim. Computershare Limited will be the transfer agent, registrar and redemption agent for the New Common Stock. Reorganized HMH Holdings shall authorize and issue or reserve for issuance such number of shares of New Common Stock as may be necessary to be issued upon exercise of the New Warrants or to effectuate the Management Incentive Plan. All of the shares of New Common Stock and New Warrants issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

  F. Management of Reorganized Debtors .

Upon the Effective Date, the officers of the Reorganized Debtors shall be substantially the same as the officers of the Debtors on the Petition Date. The Reorganized Debtors’ officers shall serve in accordance with any employment agreement with the Reorganized Debtors and applicable nonbankruptcy law. The Debtors will disclose the identities of senior management and any related employment agreements in the Plan Supplement.

 

  G. Reorganized HMH Holdings Certificate of Incorporation, Reorganized HMH Holdings Bylaws and Other Amended and Restated Governing Documents .

The adoption of the Amended and Restated Governing Documents shall be deemed to have occurred and be effective as of the Effective Date without any further action by the directors, stockholders, partners or members (as the case may be) of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. The Amended and Restated Governing Documents will, among other things, contain appropriate provisions prohibiting the issuance of nonvoting equity securities to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors will, if required by applicable state law, file with the Secretary of State of the appropriate jurisdiction the Amended and Restated Governing Documents.

 

36


  H. Registration Rights Agreeement

Upon the Effective Date, the Registration Rights Agreement shall be deemed to become valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each holder of New Common Stock shall be bound thereby, in each case, without need for execution by any party thereto other than Reorganized HMH Holdings, provided , however , that each holder of a Senior Creditor Claim must register its New Common Stock with Reorganized HMH Holdings and execute a signature page to and be bound by the Registration Rights Agreement as a condition precedent to receiving its allocation of New Common Stock. The Registration Rights Agreement shall contain provisions relating to the listing of the New Common Stock on a national securities exchange, the registration of securities held by certain stockholders with the SEC, access to information regarding the Reorganized Debtors and preemptive rights to purchase securities.

 

  I. Reorganized Debtors’ Management Incentive Plan .

On the Effective Date of the Plan, the Management Incentive Plan will be implemented and will be comprised of the Management Options which are to be options to acquire up to ten (10) percent of the total number of fully diluted shares of New Common Stock to be outstanding after the Restructuring. The terms of the Management Incentive Plan and the Management Options, each of which shall be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders, will be set forth in the Plan Supplement.

 

  J. Informal Creditor Group Professionals Fees .

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Informal Creditor Group Professionals, whether incurred prior to or after the Petition Date, in full in Cash without the need for application to, or approval of, the Court.

 

  K. Corporate Action .

Each of the matters provided for by the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or corporate related actions to be taken by or required of the Reorganized Debtors shall, as of the Effective Date, have occurred and be effective as provided in the Plan (except to the extent otherwise indicated), and shall be authorized, approved, and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified in all respects without any requirement of further action by holders of Claims or Equity Interests, directors of the Debtors, or any other entity.

 

  L. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions .

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the officers and members of the boards of directors thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file,

 

37


or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

 

  M. Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees .

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfer from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any entity pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with the Plan or pursuant to: (a) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the creation, modification, consolidation, or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (c) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; or (d) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles, or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and the Confirmation Order shall direct the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents to forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

  N. Powers of Officers .

The officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, shall have the power to enter into and to execute any Plan Supplement Document to which the Debtors, or the Reorganized Debtors are to be a party and to take such other or further action as they deem reasonable and appropriate to effectuate the terms of the Plan.

VIII.

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

 

  A. Continued Corporate Existence .

The Debtors, as Reorganized Debtors, shall continue to exist after the Effective Date with all of the powers of a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, under the laws of the State of Delaware or their state of incorporation or formation and without prejudice to any right to alter or terminate such existence (whether by merger or otherwise) under such applicable state law, except as such rights may be limited and conditioned by the Plan and the documents and instruments executed and

 

38


delivered in connection therewith. In addition, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their businesses free of any restrictions imposed by the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or by the Court, subject only to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, and the documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection with the Plan, including without limitation, the documents and instruments included in the Plan Supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or as of the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter and without need for any further action, the Reorganized Debtors (with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders) may (a) cause any or all of the Reorganized Debtors or Foreign Affiliates to be merged into one or more of the Reorganized Debtors or Foreign Affiliates, dissolved or otherwise consolidated; (b) cause the transfer of assets between or among the Reorganized Debtors or Foreign Affiliates; or (c) engage in any other transaction in furtherance of the Plan.

 

  B. Releases of Guarantees and Collateral .

Upon the Effective Date, the First Lien Agents and the 10.5% Indenture Trustee shall release any and all collateral and guarantees with respect to the First Lien Credit Agreement and the 10.5% Notes.

 

  C. Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee .

The Creditors’ Committee (if one is appointed) shall continue in existence until the Effective Date and shall continue to exercise those powers and perform those duties specified in section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and shall perform such other duties as it may have been assigned by the Court prior to the Effective Date. On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee shall be dissolved and its members shall be deemed released of all of their duties, responsibilities and obligations in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan and its implementation, and the retention or employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s attorneys, financial advisors, and other agents, if any, shall terminate except that the Creditors’ Committee shall continue to have standing and a right to be heard with respect to (i) all Fee Claims, (ii) any appeals of the Confirmation Order, (iii) any adversary proceedings pending as of the Effective Date to which it may be a party and (iv) post-Effective Date modifications to the Plan.

 

  D. Vesting of Property .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors shall be vested with all of the property of the Debtors’ estates free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges and other interests of creditors and equity security holders.

 

  E. Discharge of the Debtors .

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the rights afforded in the Plan, and the treatment of all Claims and Equity Interests herein shall be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of all Claims or Equity Interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether known or unknown, including any interest

 

39


accrued or expenses incurred thereon, against or in the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any of their respective assets or properties, arising prior to the Effective Date. Except as otherwise expressly specified in the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall act as of the Effective Date as a discharge of all debts of, Claims against, Liens on, and Equity Interests in the Debtors, their respective assets and properties, arising at any time before the Effective Date, regardless of whether a proof of Claim or Equity Interest with respect thereto was filed, whether the Claim or Equity Interest is Allowed, or whether the holder thereof votes to accept the Plan or is entitled to receive a Distribution hereunder. Except as otherwise expressly specified in the Plan, after the Effective Date, any holder of such discharged Claim or Equity Interest shall be precluded from asserting any other or further Claim against, or Equity Interest in, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any of their respective assets or properties, based on any document, instrument, act, omission, transaction, or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the distribution on account, and discharge of Allowed 10.5% Notes Claims will not be dependent on the surrender or cancellation of the 10.5% Notes. The 10.5% Indenture Trustee will send such notices and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Debtors to effect the cancellation of the 10.5% Notes held by Cede & Co.

 

  F. Injunction .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement Documents, or a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Persons who have held, hold, or may hold Claims against, or Equity Interests in, the Debtors that arose before or were held as of the Effective Date, shall be permanently enjoined, on and after the Effective Date, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors with respect to any such Claim or Equity Interest, (b) the enforcement, attachment, collection, or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors on account of any such Claim or Equity Interest, (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or against the property or interests in property of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors on account of any such Claim or Equity Interest and (d) asserting any right of setoff or subrogation of any kind against any obligation due from the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or against the property or interests in property of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors on account of any such Claim or Equity Interest. Such injunction shall extend to successors of the Debtors (including, without limitation, the Reorganized Debtors) and their respective properties and interests in property.

 

  G. Preservation of Causes of Action .

The Reorganized Debtors shall retain all rights and all Causes of Action accruing to them and their estates, including but not limited to, those arising under sections 505, 544, 547,

 

40


548, 549, 550, 551, 553 and 1123(b)(3)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all tax setoff and refund rights arising under section 505, other than as expressly provided below. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any such rights or Causes of Action. Nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any Claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors have that is not specifically waived or relinquished by the Plan. The Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors have as fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights respecting any Claim that are not specifically waived or relinquished by the Plan may be asserted after the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.

 

  H. Votes Solicited in Good Faith .

The Debtors have, and upon confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed to have, solicited acceptances of the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors (and each of their respective affiliates, agents, directors, officers, members, employees, advisors and attorneys) have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in connection with the Distributions contemplated hereunder and therefore have not been, and on account thereof will not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or the Distributions contemplated hereunder.

 

  I. Mutual Releases .

On the Effective Date, (a) the Debtors and any non-Debtor guarantors under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the 10.5% Notes Indenture, (b) the Senior Creditors in their capacity as a First Lien Bank Lender and/or a Bondholder, as applicable, (c) the members of the Creditors’ Committee (if any), (d) the DIP Lenders and DIP Agents, (e) the First Lien Agents, (f) the 10.5% Indenture Trustee, (g) the Existing Equity Holders and (h) each of the respective current and former direct and indirect equity holders, members, partners, subsidiaries, affiliates, funds, managers, managing members, officers, directors, employees, advisors, principals, attorneys, professionals, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, agents, and other representatives (including their respective equity holders, members, partners, subsidiaries, affiliates, funds, managers, managing members, officers, directors, employees, advisors, principals, attorneys, professionals, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, agents, and other representatives) and other professionals of the parties listed in clauses (a) through (g), including the Informal Creditor Group Professionals, in each case, in their respective capacities as such, (collectively clauses (a) through (g) being the “Released Parties,” and each a “Released Party”) shall be deemed to and hereby unconditionally release and irrevocably discharge each other from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, Causes of

 

41


Action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part on any act, omission, transaction or occurrence from the beginning of time through the Effective Date except that (i) no Released Party shall be released from any act or omission that constitutes gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, (ii) the foregoing release shall not apply to (a) any obligations under existing contracts and other agreements between any of the Released Parties that are not being terminated, extinguished or cancelled pursuant to, in connection with, or contemplated by, the Plan and (b) any obligations arising under any contract or agreement entered into between any of the Released Parties pursuant to, in connection with, or contemplated by, the Plan.

 

  J. Releases by Non-Debtors .

On and as of the Effective Date, all Persons who directly or indirectly have held, hold or may hold Claims or Equity Interests and do not, on their Ballots, opt out of providing the releases contemplated by this section, shall be deemed, by virtue of their treatment contemplated under the Plan, to have forever released and covenanted with the Reorganized Debtors and the other Released Parties not to (y) sue or otherwise seek recovery from any of the Reorganized Debtors or any other Released Party on account of any Claims or Equity Interests, including but not limited to any claim based upon tort, breach of contract, violations of federal, state or foreign securities laws or otherwise, based upon any act, occurrence, or failure to act from the beginning of time through the Effective Date in any way relating to the Debtors or their businesses and affairs or (z) assert against any of the Reorganized Debtors or any other Released Party any claim, obligation, right, Cause of Action or liability that any holder of Claims or Equity Interests may be entitled to assert, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, based in whole or in part on any act or omission, transaction, or occurrence from the beginning of time through the Effective Date in any way relating to the Debtors, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan; provided , however , that (i) none of the Released Parties shall be released from any act or omission that constitutes gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, (ii) the foregoing release shall not apply to (a) any obligations under existing contracts and other agreements between any of the Released Parties that are not being terminated, extinguished or cancelled pursuant to, in connection with, or contemplated by, the Plan and (b) any obligations arising under any contract or agreement entered into between any of the Released Parties pursuant to, in connection with, or contemplated by, the Plan, and (iii) the foregoing release shall not be construed to prohibit a party in interest from seeking to enforce the terms of the Plan or any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to, in connection with, or contemplated by, the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the releases of the Released Parties shall extend only to claims arising against such Released Parties in their capacities as parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest elects on its Ballot not to grant the releases of the Released Parties, such holder of a Claim or Equity Interest will not be deemed to be a Released Party to the extent it would have otherwise qualified as such.

 

42


  K. Exculpation .

 

  1. Exculpation and Limitation of Liability .

The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and the other Released Parties (i) shall have no liability whatsoever to any holder or purported holder of a Claim or Equity Interest for any act or omission in connection with, or arising out of, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the negotiation of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement, the negotiation of the Plan Supplement Documents, the Exit Facility, the pursuit of approval of the Disclosure Statement or the solicitation of votes for confirmation of the Plan, the Chapter 11 Cases, the consummation of the Plan, the administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan, or any transaction contemplated by the Plan, the Restructuring Support Agreement or Disclosure Statement or in furtherance thereof except for any act or omission that constitutes fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a Final Order, and (ii) in all respects, shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under or in connection with the Plan. This exculpation shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, all other releases, indemnities, exculpations and any other applicable law or rules protecting such Released Parties from liability.

 

  2. Limitation of Governmental Releases .

Notwithstanding Articles VIII.J and VIII.K.1 of the Plan, the Plan shall not release, discharge, or exculpate any non-Debtor party from any debt owed to the United States Government ( the “Government”) and/or its agencies, including the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”), or from any liability arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the environmental laws, securities laws or criminal laws of the United States. In addition, notwithstanding Articles VIII.J and VIII.K.1 of the Plan, the Plan shall not enjoin or prevent the Government from collecting any such liability from any such non-Debtor party under the provisions of applicable law.

 

  L. Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays .

All injunctions or stays provided for in the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.

 

43


  M. Preservation of Insurance .

 

  1. Limitations on Amounts to Be Distributed to Holders of Allowed Insured Claims

Distributions under the Plan to each holder of an Allowed Claim that is an Insured Claim shall be in accordance with the treatment provided under the Plan for the Class in which such Allowed Claim is classified, but solely to the extent that such Allowed Claim is not satisfied from proceeds payable to the holder thereof under any pertinent insurance policies and applicable law. Nothing in Article VIII.M.1 of the Plan shall constitute a waiver of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities that any Person may hold against any other Person, including the Debtors’ insurance carriers.

 

  2. Reinstatement and Continuation of Insurance Policies

Unless otherwise assumed during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, from and after the Effective Date, each of the Debtors’ insurance policies in existence on and as of the Effective Date shall be reinstated and continued in accordance with its terms and, to the extent applicable, shall be deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Debtors’ discharge and release from all Claims and Equity Interests, under the Plan, shall not diminish or impair the enforceability of any insurance policy that may cover Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors (including, without limitation, its officers and directors) or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, nothing in the Plan shall (i) impair (w) the right of any insurer to defend against any claim asserted against such insurer, (x) an insurer’s status as a secured creditor to the extent applicable under the terms of the Plan, including the right to recover from any Collateral (in accordance with the applicable insurance policy), (y) an insurer’s right to draw on third-party letters of credit (in accordance with the terms of the applicable insurance policy and letter of credit) or (z) any insurer’s right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent applicable and/or (ii) affect an insurer’s right to seek arbitration of disputes between the Debtors and such insurer to the extent provided for under the terms of the applicable insurance agreement.

 

  N. Officers’ and Directors’ Indemnification Rights and Insurance .

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the obligations of the Debtors to indemnify their directors, officers, managers and employees against any obligations, liabilities, costs or expenses pursuant to the articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreements or limited liability company operating agreements of the Debtors, as the case may be, applicable state law, specific agreement, or any combination of the foregoing, shall survive the Effective Date in all respects.

 

44


IX.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

The Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, and related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, section 105(a) and section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and for, among other things, the following purposes: (1) to hear and determine applications for the assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases pending on the Confirmation Date, and the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom; (2) to determine any other applications, adversary proceedings, and contested matters pending on the Effective Date; (3) to ensure that Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Equity Interests are accomplished as provided herein; (4) to resolve disputes as to the ownership of any Claim or Equity Interest; (5) to hear and determine timely objections to Claims and Equity Interests; (6) to hear and determine any disputes arising as to the reasonableness of the Indenture Trustee Expenses or First Lien Agent Expenses; (7) to enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified or vacated; (8) to issue orders in aid of execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code; (9) to consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order; (10) to hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of professionals under sections 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; (11) to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan; (12) to hear and determine any issue for which the Plan requires a Final Order of the Court; (13) to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code; (14) to hear and determine any Causes of Action preserved under the Plan under sections 544, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; (15) to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature and scope of the Debtors’ discharge; (16) to hear and determine any matter regarding the existence, nature, and scope of the releases and exculpation provided in Article VIII of the Plan; and (17) to enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases.

X.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  A. Payment of Statutory Fees .

All fees payable on or before the Effective Date pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid by the Debtors on or before the Effective Date and all such fees payable after the Effective Date shall be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor as and when such fees become due.

 

45


  B. Modification of the Plan .

 

  1. Pre-Confirmation Modifications.

The Debtors, with the written consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, may amend, modify or supplement the Plan before the Confirmation Date as provided for in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided, however, that with respect to modifications to the treatment of Senior Creditors, the prior written consent of each member of the Informal Creditor Group shall be required.

 

  2. Post-Confirmation Immaterial Modifications .

After the Confirmation Date, the Debtors may, with the written consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, and with the approval of the Court and without notice to all holders of Claims or Equity Interests, insofar as it does not materially and adversely affect the holders of Claims or Equity Interests, correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as may be necessary to expedite consummation of the Plan; provided, however, that with respect to modifications to the treatment of Senior Creditors, the prior written consent of each member of the Informal Creditor Group shall be required.

 

  3. Post-Confirmation Material Modifications .

After the Confirmation Date, the Debtors may, with the written consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, alter, amend or modify the Plan in a manner which, as determined by the Court, materially and adversely affects holders of Claims or Equity Interests; provided that such alteration, amendment or modification is made after a hearing as provided in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided, further that, with respect to modifications to the treatment of Senior Creditors, the prior written consent of each member of the Informal Creditor Group shall be required.

 

  C. Governing Law .

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by Federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules), the laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof) shall govern the construction and implementation of the Plan and any agreements, documents, and instruments executed in connection with the Plan, unless otherwise specified.

 

  D. Filing or Execution of Additional Documents .

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall file with the Court or execute, as appropriate, such agreements and other documents, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Participating Lenders, as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

46


  E. Withholding and Reporting Requirements .

In connection with the Plan and all instruments issued in connection herewith and Distributions hereunder, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority and all Distributions hereunder shall be subject to any such withholding and reporting requirements.

 

  F. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest .

For tax purposes, the aggregate consideration paid to holders with respect to their Allowed Claims shall be treated pursuant to the Plan as allocated first to the principal amount of such Allowed Claim (to the extent thereof) and, thereafter, to interest, if any, accrued through the Effective Date.

 

  G. Waiver of Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) and Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 62(a) .

The Debtors may, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, request that the Confirmation Order include (a) a finding that Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) and Fed. R. Civ. P. 62(a) shall not apply to the Confirmation Order and (b) authorization for the Debtors to consummate the Plan immediately after entry of the Confirmation Order.

 

  H. Exhibits/Schedules .

All exhibits and schedules to the Plan and the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and constitute a part of the Plan as if fully set forth herein.

 

  I. Notices .

All notices, requests, and demands hereunder to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

To the Debtors : Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, attention: Mr. Bill Bayers, with a copy to (i) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019-6064, attention: Alan W. Kornberg and Jeffrey D. Saferstein, Tel.: (212) 373-3000, Fax: (212) 757-3990.

To the Informal Creditor Group : In care of (i) Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attn: Ira Dizengoff and Philip Dublin, Tel: (212) 872-8012, Fax: (212) 872-1002.

To the Creditors’ Committee (if any) : In care of counsel to the Committee.

 

47


  J. Plan Supplement .

Forms of the documents relating to the Registration Rights Agreement, the New Warrant Agreement, the Reorganized HMH Holdings Certificate of Incorporation, the Reorganized HMH Holdings Bylaws, the identities, terms and nature of the compensation of the Reorganized Debtors’ senior officers and directors, the other Amended and Restated Governing Documents, documents relating to the Management Incentive Plan and such other documents and information as the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, determine to be necessary or appropriate to the implementation and/or confirmation of the Plan shall be contained in the Plan Supplement, which will be filed with the Clerk of the Court no later than ten (10) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing; provided , however , that the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders, may alter, amend or modify any of the Plan Supplement Documents through and including the Effective Date in a manner consistent with the Plan.

The Plan Supplement may be inspected in the office of the Clerk of the Court during normal Court hours and shall be available online at the Voting Agent’s website at HMH’s dedicated web page: kccllc.net/hmhco. Holders of Claims or Equity Interests may also obtain a copy of the Plan Supplement upon written request to the Debtors in accordance with Article X.I. of the Plan.

 

  K. Conflicts .

The terms of the Plan shall govern in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and the summary of the Plan set forth in the Disclosure Statement. The terms of the Confirmation Order shall govern in the event of any inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan or the summary of the Plan set forth in the Disclosure Statement.

 

  L. Setoff by the United States .

The valid setoff rights, if any, of the United States of America will be unaffected by the Plan or confirmation hereof.

XI.

EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

  A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases .

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, as of the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed each executory contract and unexpired lease to which they are party, unless such contract or lease (i) was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors, (ii) previously expired or terminated

 

48


pursuant to its terms, (iii) is the subject of a motion to reject filed by the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, or (iv) is set forth in a schedule, as an executory contract or unexpired lease to be rejected, if any, filed by the Debtors as part of the Plan Supplement. The Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Court under sections 365 and 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code approving the contract and lease assumptions or rejections described above, as of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, as described herein, the forgoing does not apply to (x) benefit plans, which are specifically dealt with in Article XII of the Plan, or (y) insurance policies, which are specifically dealt with in Article VIII.M of the Plan.

Each executory contract and unexpired lease that is assumed and relates to the use, ability to acquire, or occupancy of real property shall include (a) all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affects such executory contract or unexpired lease and (b) all executory contracts or unexpired leases appurtenant to the premises, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, powers, uses, usufructs, reciprocal easement agreements, vaults, tunnel or bridge agreements or franchises, and any other interests in real estate or rights in rem related to such premises, unless any of the foregoing agreements have been rejected pursuant to an order of the Court.

 

  B. Cure .

Any monetary amounts by which any executory contract or unexpired lease to be assumed under the Plan is in default shall be satisfied, under section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by the Reorganized Debtors upon assumption thereof or as soon as practicable thereafter. If there is a dispute regarding (i) the nature or amount of any cure, (ii) the ability of the Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the contract or lease to be assumed or (iii) any other matter pertaining to assumption, any cure shall occur following the entry of a Final Order resolving the dispute and approving the assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable.

 

  C. Rejection Damage Claims .

All Claims for damages arising from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases must be served upon the Debtors and their counsel within thirty (30) days after the date of entry of an order of the Court approving such rejection. Any Claims not filed within such time shall be forever barred from assertion against the Debtors, their respective estates and the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases shall be treated as Class 5 –General Unsecured Claims.

 

49


XII.

BENEFIT PLANS

As, and subject to the occurrence, of the Effective Date, all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies and programs of the Debtors applicable generally to their employees, including agreements and programs subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the Effective Date, including, without limitation, all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive plans, and life, accidental death, and dismemberment insurance plans and workers’ compensation programs, shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as though they are, executory contracts that are assumed under the Plan, and the Debtors’ obligations under such agreements and programs shall survive the Effective Date of the Plan, without prejudice to the Reorganized Debtors’ rights under applicable non-bankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing arrangements, except for (i) such executory contracts or plans specifically rejected pursuant to the Plan (to the extent such rejection does not violate section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) and (ii) such executory contracts or plans that have previously been terminated or rejected, pursuant to a Final Order, or specifically waived by the beneficiaries of such plans, contracts or programs.

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, will continue to be the contributing sponsors of all pension plans which are defined as benefit pension plans by the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA. The Confirmation Order shall provide that (i) such pension plans are subject to minimum funding requirements of ERISA and section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, (ii) no provision of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall, or shall be construed to, discharge, release or relieve the Debtors or any other party, in any capacity, from any liability with respect to such pension plans under ERISA or under Internal Revenue Code section 412 and (iii) neither the PBGC nor such pension plans shall be enjoined from enforcing such liability as a result of the Plan’s provisions for satisfaction, release and discharge of Claims.

XIII.

CONFIRMATION AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

 

  A. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation .

The Plan shall not be confirmed by the Court unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied in full or waived pursuant to Article XIII.C. of the Plan:

 

  1. The Plan shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders and, with respect to the treatment of Senior Creditors, each of the members of the Informal Creditor Group;

 

50


  2. The Debtors shall have submitted to the Court a proposed Confirmation Order, in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders;

 

  3. The Interim DIP Order shall have been entered in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders, and the Debtors shall have indefeasibly paid the Adequate Protection Payments to the Senior Creditors; and

 

  4. All documents to be executed, delivered or filed pursuant to the Plan, including all Plan Supplement Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders.

 

  B. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .

The Plan shall not become effective unless and until it has been confirmed and the following conditions have been satisfied in full or waived pursuant to Article XIII.C. of the Plan:

 

  1. The Plan shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders and, with respect to the treatment of Senior Creditors, each of the members of the Informal Creditor Group;

 

  2. The Confirmation Order shall have been entered in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders, and no stay or injunction shall be in effect precluding the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Plan;

 

  3. The Exit Facility, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders, shall have been entered into by the Reorganized Debtors and the other parties thereto and all conditions to the initial borrowings under the Exit Facility shall have been satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof (but for the occurrence of the Effective Date);

 

  4. All undisputed statutory fees then due and payable to the United States Trustee shall have been paid in full;

 

  5. All documents to be executed, delivered or filed pursuant to the Plan, including all Plan Supplement Documents, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders and such documents shall be executed, delivered or filed, as the case may be; and

 

  6. All actions, authorizations, filings, consents and regulatory approvals required (if any) shall have been obtained, effected or executed in a manner acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

51


  C. Waiver of Conditions .

The Debtors may waive any or all of the conditions set forth in Article XIII.A. or XIII.B. (other than XIII.B.2.) of the Plan at any time, with the prior written consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders without leave or order of the Court and without any formal action; provided, however, that the prior written consent of each member of the Informal Creditor Group shall be required to waive the Plan treatment conditions in Articles XIII.A.1 and XIII.B.1.

 

  D. Effect of Failure of Conditions .

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur on or prior to thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Order is entered by the Court or such later date as may be agreed to by the Debtors and the Requisite Participating Lenders upon notification submitted by the Debtors to the Court: (a) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated, (b) no Distributions under the Plan shall be made, (c) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Equity Interests shall be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date had never occurred, and (d) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to the Claims and Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

 

  E. Denial of Confirmation/Vacatur of Confirmation Order .

If a Final Order denying confirmation of the Plan is entered, or if the Confirmation Order is vacated, then the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, and nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims against or Equity Interests in the Debtors; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of the holder of any Claim against, or Equity Interest in, the Debtors; (c) prejudice in any manner any right, remedy or claim of the Debtors; or (d) be deemed an admission against interest by the Debtors.

 

  F. Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation .

 

  1. Right to Revoke or Withdraw .

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan in accordance with their fiduciary duties or otherwise with the consent of the Requisite Participating Lenders at any time prior to the Effective Date.

 

52


  2. Effect of Withdrawal, Revocation, or Non-Consummation .

If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Effective Date, or if the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan, any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain any Claim or Equity Interest or Class of Claims or Equity Interests), the assumption or rejection of executory contracts, unexpired leases, insurance policies or benefit plans effected by the Plan, any release, exculpation or indemnification provided for in the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be null and void. In such event, nothing contained herein, and no acts taken in preparation for consummation of the Plan, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or Equity Interests in the Debtors or any other Person, to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors, or to constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtors or any other Person.

 

53


Dated: May 11, 2012

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS, LLC
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN, LLC
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

54


HOUGHTON MIFFLIN FINANCE, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HM PUBLISHING CORP.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
RIVERDEEP INC., A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
BRODERBUND LLC
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

55


RVDP, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HRW DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
GREENWOOD PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
CLASSROOM CONNECT, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

56


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HMH SUPPLEMENTAL PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
SENTRY REALTY CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

57


HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
THE RIVERSIDE PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
CLASSWELL LEARNING GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
COGNITIVE CONCEPTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
EDUSOFT
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

58


ADVANCED LEARNING CENTERS, INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

59

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

of

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The Corporation filed a joint pre-packaged plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) on May 21, 2012 (the “ Plan ”).

B. The Corporation was initially formed on December 23, 2009 as a partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act by filing a Statement of Partnership Existence with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. A Certificate of Incorporation and a Certificate of Conversion to a Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 5, 2010 converting the Corporation from a partnership to a corporation.

C. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been deemed approved without the need for Board of Directors or stockholder approval pursuant to Section 303 of the DGCL because it is adopted pursuant to the Plan, as confirmed on June 21, 2012 by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

D. Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 242(a), Section 245 and 303 of the DGCL, the undersigned Corporation does hereby certify that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

1. Name . The name of the corporation is HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

2. Address; Registered Office and Agent . The address of the Corporation’s registered office is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801; and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.


4. Definitions . The following capitalized terms have the following meanings when used in this Certificate of Incorporation.

4.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.

4.2 “ Bankruptcy Code ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

4.3 “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .

4.4 “ Bylaws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

4.5 “ Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

4.6 “ Certificate of Incorporation ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

4.7 “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

4.8 “ Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

4.9 “ Competitive Opportunity ” means a potential transaction or matter which may be an investment or business opportunity or prospective economic or competitive advantage in which the Corporation could have an interest or expectancy.

4.10 “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

4.11 “ Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 .

4.12 “ DGCL ” has the meaning set forth in recitals.

4.13 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder from time to time.

4.14 “ Fully Exercising Rights Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.15 “ Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock by the Corporation or any of its stockholders pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Corporation with the Commission (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors to such forms) under the Securities Act.

4.16 “ New Issuance Shortfall ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.17 “ New Securities ” means any of the Corporation’s capital stock, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable into such capital stock; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not

 

2


include securities issued or issuable: (a) in connection with bona fide, arm’s length bank financings, corporate partnering transactions, equipment leases or acquisitions of assets on terms approved by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board; (b) pursuant to the acquisition of another Person by the Corporation by consolidation, merger, purchase of securities, equity or ownership interests or assets, or other reorganization in which the Corporation acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, the business or assets of such other Person or 50% or more of the voting power of such other Person or 50% or more of the equity ownership of such other Person; (c) pursuant any management or equity incentive plan or award or other similar compensation plan or award; and (d) any securities issued or issuable upon the exercise of any right, option or warrant or the conversion or exchange of any convertible or exchangeable security.

4.18 “ New Securities Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.19 “ Nonpurchasing Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.20 “ Other Indemnitors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5 .

4.21 “ Oversubscription Pro Rata Share ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.22 “ Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

4.23 “ Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

4.24 “ Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

4.25 “ Preferred Stock Designation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .

4.26 “ Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 .

4.27 “ Pro Rata Share ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

4.28 “ Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person or any of such Person’s or Affiliate’s partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates.

4.29 “ Rights Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

4.30 “ Rights Termination Date ” means the date on which the Corporation has a class of equity securities registered under Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

4.31 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

3


4.32 “ Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which 50% or more of the total voting power of equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

4.33 “ Unpurchased New Securities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

4.34 “ Unpurchased New Securities Share ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2 .

5. Capital Stock .

5.1 The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock (the “ Capital Stock ”) that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (A): 200,000,000 shares, divided into 190,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with the par value of $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and (B) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with the par value of $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). To the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Corporation will not issue non-voting equity securities; provided , however , the foregoing restriction will (a) have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) only have such force and effect for so long as Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Corporation and (c) in all events may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law as from time to time may be in effect. The authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, and no separate vote of such series of Preferred Stock the authorized number of which is to be increased or decreased shall be necessary to effect such change.

5.2 Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) and included in a certificate of designations (a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”) filed pursuant to the DGCL, and the Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. The authority of the Board with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

(a) the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

4


(b) the dividend rate or rates on the shares of that series, the terms and conditions upon which and the periods in respect of which dividends shall be payable, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

(c) whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

(d) whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board shall determine;

(e) whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which such shares shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in the event of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

(f) whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

(g) the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, distribution of assets, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

(h) any other relative rights, powers, and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of that series.

5.3 Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation (including a Preferred Stock Designation) and except to the extent adversely affected by any such amendment, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any amendment to any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or by applicable law, no holder of any series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof.

5.4 Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

 

5


5.5 Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

6. Certain Restrictions on Transfer Related to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code .

6.1 Definitions . As used in this Article 6 , the following capitalized terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters (and any references to any portions of Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T shall include any successor provisions):

(i) “ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 .

(ii) “ Business Da y” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(iii) “ Close of Business ” on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on such date; provided , however , that, if such date is not a Business Day, it shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(iv) “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any successor statute.

(v) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, and any Security Entitlement with respect to such Common Stock.

(vi) “ Corporation Security ” or “ Corporation Securities ” means (i) shares of Common Stock, (ii) shares of preferred stock issued by the Corporation (other than preferred stock described in Section 1504(a)(4) of the Code or treated as so described pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2(a)(3)(i)), (iii) warrants, rights, or options (including options within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T(h)(4)(v)) to purchase Securities of the Corporation and (iv) any Stock.

(vii) “ Excess Securities ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.4(a) ;

(viii) “ Expiration Date ” means the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on January 1, 2013; (ii) the date upon which the Board of Directors determines by resolution that due to the repeal of Section 382 of the Code, or any other change in law, any trading restrictions imposed under this Article 6 are no longer necessary for the preservation of Tax Benefits; or (iii) such date as the Board of Directors determines for any restrictions set forth in Section 6.2 to terminate.

(ix) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6


(x) “ Five Percent Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) .

(xi) “ Five Percent Stockholder ” means a Person with a Percentage Stock Ownership of 4.9% or more.

(xii) “ Owner Shift ” means an increase in ownership of Corporation Securities that counts towards an “ownership change” as determined in accordance with Section 382.

(xiii) “ Percentage Stock Ownership ” means the percentage stock ownership interest of any Person for purposes of Section 382 of the Code as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T and 1.382–4; provided , that (1) for purposes of applying Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T(k)(2), the Corporation shall be treated as having “actual knowledge” of the beneficial ownership of all outstanding shares of Stock that would be attributed to any individual or entity, and (2) for the sole purpose of determining the Percentage Stock Ownership of any entity (and not for the purpose of determining the Percentage Stock Ownership of any other Person), Corporation Securities held by such entity shall not be treated as no longer owned by such entity pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T(h)(2)(i)(A).

(xiv) “ Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, partnership, trust, limited liability company, limited partnership, governmental or other entity, or any group of Persons making a “coordinated acquisition” of shares or otherwise treated as an entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.382–3(a)(1), and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such entity.

(xv) “ Prohibited Distributions ” means any and all dividends or other distributions paid by the Corporation with respect to any Excess Securities received by a Purported Transferee.

(xvi) “ Prohibited Transfer ” means any Transfer or purported Transfer of Corporation Securities to the extent that such Transfer is prohibited and/or void under this Article 6 .

(xvii) “ Proposed Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c) .

(xviii) “ Public Group ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T(f)(13).

(xix) “ Purported Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a) .

(xx) “ Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c) .

(xxi) “ Requesting Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c) .

 

7


(xxii) “ Section 382 ” means Section 382 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(xxiii) “ Securities ” and “ Security ” each has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7 .

(xxiv) “ Security Entitlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8-102(17) of the Uniform Commercial Code.

(xxv) “ Stock ” means any interest or Security Entitlement that would be treated as “stock” of the Corporation pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.382–2T(f)(18).

(xxvi) “ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” of any Person means any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power sufficient to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, and any corporation or other entity that is otherwise controlled by such Person.

(xxvii) “ Tax Benefits ” means the net operating loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers, general business credit carryovers, alternative minimum tax credit carryovers, foreign tax credit carryovers, and earnings stripping carryovers (under Section l63(j) of the Code), as well as any loss or deduction attributable to a “net unrealized built-in loss” of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, within the meaning of Section 382.

(xxviii) “ Transfer ” means, any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, pledge or other disposition or other action taken by a Person, other than the Corporation, that alters the Percentage Stock Ownership of any Person. A Transfer also shall include the creation or grant of an option (including an option within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § l.382–2T(h)(4)(v)). For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer shall not include (i) the creation or grant of an option by the Corporation or (ii) the issuance or grant of Stock by the Corporation (including, but not limited to, the exercise of any warrant issued by the Corporation).

(xxix) “ Transferee ” means, with respect to any Transfer, any Person to whom Corporation Securities are, or are proposed to be, Transferred.

(xxx) “ Transferor ” means, with respect to any Transfer, any Person by or from whom Corporation Securities are, or are proposed to be, Transferred.

(xxxi) “ Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations, including temporary regulations or any successor regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended from time to time.

 

8


6.2 Transfer and Ownership Restrictions .

(a) In order to preserve the Tax Benefits, any attempted Transfer of Corporation Securities prior to the Expiration Date and any attempted Transfer of Corporation Securities pursuant to an agreement entered into prior to the Expiration Date shall be prohibited and void ab initio to the extent that either (A) the transferor is a Five Percent Stockholder, or (B) as a result of such Transfer (or any series of Transfers of which such Transfer is a part), (i) any Person would become a Five Percent Stockholder or (ii) the Percentage Stock Ownership in the Corporation of any Five Percent Stockholder (including, for this purpose, any Public Group) would be increased (any such Transfer that would have the result described in clauses (A) and (B) a “ Five Percent Transaction ”). The prior sentence is not intended to prevent the Corporation Securities from being DTC-eligible or CDS-eligible and shall not preclude either the transfer to DTC, CDS or to any other securities intermediary, to the extent otherwise eligible, as such term is defined in § 8-102(14) of the Uniform Commercial Code, of Corporation Securities not previously held through DTC, CDS or such intermediary or the settlement of any transactions in the Corporation Securities entered into through the facilities of a national securities exchange, any national securities quotation system or any electronic or other alternative trading system (including the OTC Market); provided that if such transfer or the settlement of the transaction would result in a Prohibited Transfer, such Transfer shall nonetheless be a Prohibited Transfer subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in the remainder of this Article 6 .

(b) At any time, the Board may, in its sole discretion and by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of all directors, remove the trading restrictions if the Board determines that it is in the best interest of the Corporation and its stockholders.

6.3 Exception; Waiver of Transfer and Ownership Restrictions .

(a) Any Transfer of Corporation Securities that would otherwise be prohibited pursuant to Section 6.2(a)  of this Article 6 shall nonetheless be permitted if (i) prior to such Transfer being consummated (or, in the case of an involuntary Transfer, as soon as practicable after the transaction is consummated), the Board, or duly authorized subcommittee or officer thereof in accordance with Subsection (b), approves the Transfer in accordance with Subsections (c) or (d) (such approval may relate to a Transfer or series of identified Transfers), (ii) such Transfer is pursuant to any transaction, including, but not limited to, a merger or consolidation, in which all holders of Corporation Securities receive, or are offered the same opportunity to receive, cash or other consideration for all such Corporation Securities, and upon the consummation of which the acquiror will own at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) such Transfer is a Transfer to an underwriter for distribution in a public offering; provided , howeve r, that Transfers by such underwriter to purchasers in such offering remain subject to this Article 6 .

(b) The Board may exercise the authority granted by Section 6.3 through a duly authorized committee or through duly authorized officers of the Corporation; provided , however that the Board adopts guidelines consistent with Subsection (c) for the use by such duly authorized committee or officers in exercising the delegated authority.

(c) The restrictions contained in this Article 6 are for the purposes of reducing the risk that any “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382) with respect to the Corporation may limit the Corporation’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits. The restrictions set forth in Section 6.2 shall not apply to a proposed Transfer that is a Five Percent Transaction if

 

9


the Transferor or the Transferee obtains the authorization of the Board (or its delegee) in the manner described below. In connection therewith, and to provide for effective policing of these provisions, any Person who desires to effect a Five Percent Transaction (a “ Requesting Person ”) shall, prior to the date of such transaction for which the Requesting Person seeks authorization (the “ Proposed Transaction ”), request in writing (a “ Request ”) that the Board review the Proposed Transaction and authorize or not authorize the Proposed Transaction in accordance with this Subsection (c). A Request shall be delivered (by email or facsimile transmission) to the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation’s principal place of business; provided , however , that the Requesting Person shall confirm such Request telephonically. Subject to the proviso to the preceding sentence, such Request shall be deemed to have been received by the Corporation when actually received by the Corporation. A Request shall include: (i) the name, address and telephone number of the Requesting Person; (ii) the number and Percentage Stock Ownership of Corporation Securities then beneficially owned by the Requesting Person; (iii) a reasonably detailed description of the Proposed Transaction or Proposed Transactions for which the Requesting Person seeks authorization; and (iv) a request that the Board authorize the Proposed Transaction pursuant to this Subsection (c). The Board shall, in good faith, respond to each Request within three (3) Business Days of receiving such Request. The Board shall authorize any Proposed Transaction that, taking into account all prior transfers effected during the applicable “testing period” under Section 382, does not result in an aggregate Owner Shift of more than 45% for purposes of Section 382. The Board may authorize any other Proposed Transaction if it determines that the Proposed Transaction would not jeopardize the Corporation’s ability to preserve and use the Tax Benefits. Any determination by the Board not to authorize a Proposed Transaction shall cause such Proposed Transaction to be deemed a Prohibited Transfer. The Board may impose any conditions that it deems reasonable and appropriate in connection with authorizing any Proposed Transaction. In addition, the Board may require an affidavit or representations from such Requesting Person or opinions of counsel to be rendered by counsel selected by the Requesting Person (and reasonably acceptable to the Board), in each case, as to such matters as the Board may reasonably determine with respect to the preservation of the Tax Benefits. Any Requesting Person who makes a Request to the Board shall reimburse the Corporation, within thirty (30) days of demand therefor, for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation with respect to any Proposed Transaction, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in determining whether to authorize the Proposed Transaction, which costs may include, but are not limited to, any expenses of counsel and/or tax advisors engaged by the Board to advise the Board or deliver an opinion thereto. Any authorization of the Board hereunder may be given prospectively or retroactively. Furthermore, the Board shall approve, within three (3) Business Days of receiving a Request as provided in this Subsection (c), any proposed Transfer that does not result in any net Owner Shift.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may determine that the restrictions set forth in Section 6.2(a) shall not apply to any particular transaction or transactions, whether or not a request has been made to the Board, including a Request pursuant to Subsection (c), subject to any conditions that it deems reasonable and appropriate in connection therewith. Any determination of the Board hereunder may be made prospectively or retroactively.

(e) Nothing in this Section 6.3 shall be construed to limit or restrict the Board in the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law.

 

10


6.4 Excess Securities .

(a) No employee or agent of the Corporation shall record any Prohibited Transfer, and the purported Transferee of such a Prohibited Transfer (the “ Purported Transferee ”) shall not be recognized as a stockholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever in respect of the Corporation Securities which are the subject of the Prohibited Transfer (the “ Excess Securities ”). Until the Excess Securities are acquired by another Person in a Transfer that is not a Prohibited Transfer, the Purported Transferee shall not be entitled to any rights of stockholders of the Corporation with respect to such Excess Securities, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Excess Securities and to receive dividends or distributions, whether liquidating or otherwise, in respect thereof, if any, and the Excess Securities shall be deemed to remain with the Transferor unless and until the Excess Securities are transferred to the Agent pursuant to Section 6.5 or until an approval is obtained under Section 6.3 . After the Excess Securities have been acquired in a Transfer that is not a Prohibited Transfer, the Corporation Securities shall cease to be Excess Securities. For this purpose, any Transfer of Excess Securities not in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 shall also be a Prohibited Transfer.

(b) The Corporation may make such arrangements or issue such instructions to its stock transfer agent as may be determined by the Board to be necessary or advisable to implement this Article 6 , including, without limitation, authorizing, in accordance with Section 6.9 , such transfer agent to require an affidavit from a Purported Transferee regarding such Person’s actual and constructive ownership of stock and other evidence that a Transfer will not be prohibited by this Article 6 as a condition to registering any Transfer.

6.5 Transfer Agent . If the Board determines that a Transfer of Corporation Securities constitutes a Prohibited Transfer then, upon written demand by the Corporation sent within two (2) Business Days of the date on which the Board determines that the attempted Transfer constitutes a Prohibited Transfer, the Purported Transferee shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice from the Corporation, transfer or cause to be transferred any certificate or other evidence of ownership of the Excess Securities within the Purported Transferee’s possession or control, together with any Prohibited Distributions, to an agent designated by the Board (the “ Agent ”). The Agent shall thereupon sell to a buyer or buyers, which may include the Corporation, the Excess Securities transferred to it in one or more arm’s-length transactions (on the public securities market on which such Excess Securities are traded, if possible, or otherwise privately); provided , however , that any such sale must not constitute a Prohibited Transfer and provided , further , that the Agent shall effect such sale or sales in an orderly fashion and shall not be required to effect any such sale within any specific time frame if, in the Agent’s discretion, such sale or sales would disrupt the market for the Corporation Securities, would otherwise adversely affect the value of the Corporation Securities or would be in violation of applicable securities laws. If the Purported Transferee has resold the Excess Securities before receiving the Corporation’s demand to surrender Excess Securities to the Agent, the Purported Transferee shall be deemed to have sold the Excess Securities for the Agent, and shall be required to transfer to the Agent any Prohibited Distributions and proceeds of such sale, except to the extent that the Corporation grants written permission to the Purported Transferee to retain a portion of such sales proceeds not exceeding the amount that the Purported Transferee would have received from the Agent pursuant to Section 6.6 if the Agent rather than the Purported Transferee had resold the Excess Securities.

 

11


6.6 Application of Proceeds and Prohibited Distributions . The Agent shall apply any proceeds of a sale by it of Excess Securities and, if the Purported Transferee has previously resold the Excess Securities, any amounts received by the Agent from a Purported Transferee, together, in either case, with any Prohibited Distributions, as follows: (a) first, such amounts shall be paid to the Agent to the extent necessary to cover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with its duties hereunder; (b) second, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Purported Transferee, up to the amount paid by the Purported Transferee for the Excess Securities (or the fair market value at the time of the Transfer, in the event the purported Transfer of the Excess Securities was, in whole or in part, a gift, inheritance or similar Transfer, such fair market value to be calculated on the basis of the closing market price for the Corporation Securities on the principal U.S. stock exchange on which the Corporation Securities are listed or admitted for trading on the day before the Prohibited Transfer, provided , however , that (1) if the Corporation Securities are not listed or admitted for trading on any U.S. stock exchange but are traded in the over-the-counter market, such fair market value shall be calculated based upon the difference between the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as such prices are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its NASDAQ system or any successor system on the day before the Prohibited Transfer or, if not so reported, on the last preceding day for which such quotations exist, or (2) if the Corporation Securities are neither listed nor admitted to trading on any U.S. stock exchange and are not traded in the over­ the-counter market, then such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board); and (c) third, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Transferor that was party to the subject Prohibited Transfer, or, if the Transferor that was party to the subject Prohibited Transfer cannot be readily identified, to one or more organizations qualifying under section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any comparable successor provision) selected by the Board. The Purported Transferee of Excess Securities shall have no claim, cause of action or any other recourse whatsoever against any Transferor of Excess Securities. The Purported Transferee’s sole right with respect to such Excess Securities shall be limited to the amount payable to the Purported Transferee pursuant to this Section 6.6 . In no event shall the proceeds of any sale of Excess Securities pursuant to this Section 6.6 inure to the benefit of the Corporation or the Agent, except to the extent used to cover costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in performing its duties hereunder.

6.7 Modification of Remedies for Certain Indirect Transfers . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 , in the event of any indirect Transfer that does not involve a transfer of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Delaware law (“ Securities ,” and individually, a “ Security ”) but which would cause (i) any Person to become a Five Percent Stockholder or (ii) the Percentage Stock Ownership in the Corporation of any Five Percent Stockholder to be increased, the application of Section 6.5 and Section 6.6 shall be modified as described in this Section 6.7 . In such case, no such Five Percent Stockholder shall be required to dispose of any interest that is not a Security, but such Five Percent Stockholder and/or any Person whose ownership of Securities is attributed to such Five Percent Stockholder shall be deemed to have disposed of and shall be required to dispose of sufficient Securities (which Securities shall be disposed of in the inverse order in which they were acquired) to cause such Five Percent Stockholder, following such disposition, not to be in violation of this Article 6 . Such disposition shall be deemed to occur simultaneously with the Transfer giving rise to the

 

12


application of this provision, and such number of Securities that are deemed to be disposed of shall be considered Excess Securities and shall be disposed of through the Agent as provided in Section 6.5 and Section 6.6 , except that the maximum aggregate amount payable either to such Five Percent Stockholder, or to such other Person that was the direct holder of such Excess Securities, in connection with such sale shall be the fair market value of such Excess Securities at the time of the purported Transfer. All expenses incurred by the Agent in disposing of such Excess Securities shall be paid out of any amounts due such Five Percent Stockholder or such other Person. The purpose of this Section 6.7 is to extend the restrictions in Section 6.2 and Section 6.5 to situations in which there is a Five Percent Transaction without a direct Transfer of Securities, and this Section 6.7 , along with the other provisions of this Article 6 , shall be interpreted to produce the same results, with differences as the context requires, as a direct Transfer of Corporation Securities.

6.8 Legal Proceedings; Prompt Enforcement, Rescission . If the Purported Transferee fails to surrender the Excess Securities or the proceeds of a sale thereof, in either case, with any Prohibited Distributions, to the Agent within thirty (30) days from the date on which the Corporation makes a written demand pursuant to Section 6.5 (whether or not made within the time specified in Section 6.5 ), then the Corporation may take any actions it deems necessary to enforce the provisions hereof, including the institution of legal proceedings to compel the surrender. Nothing in this Section 6.8 shall (a) be deemed inconsistent with any Transfer of the Excess Securities provided in this Article 6 being void ab initio , (b) preclude the Corporation in its discretion from immediately bringing legal proceedings without a prior demand or (c) cause any failure of the Corporation to act within the time periods set forth in Section 6.5 to constitute a waiver or loss of any right of the Corporation under this Article 6 . The Board may authorize such additional actions as it deems advisable to give effect to the provisions of this Article 6 . Where a Prohibited Transfer occurs between Persons identified by the Corporation, the Corporation may require that the Prohibited Transfer be rescinded.

6.9 Obligation to Provide Information . As a condition to the registration of the Transfer of any Stock, any Person who is a beneficial, legal or record holder of Stock, and any proposed Transferee and any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the proposed Transferee, shall provide an affidavit containing such information, to the extent reasonably available and legally permissible, as the Corporation may reasonably request from time to time in order to determine compliance with this Article 6 or the status of the Tax Benefits of the Corporation.

6.10 Legends . The Board may require that any certificates issued by the Corporation evidencing ownership of shares of Stock that are subject to the restrictions on transfer and ownership contained in this Article 6 to bear an appropriate legend as determined by the Board, indicating the limitations on transferability of such shares of Stock pursuant to his Article 6 . The Board may also require that any certificates issued by the Corporation evidencing ownership of shares of Stock that are subject to conditions imposed by the Board under Section 6.3 also bear a conspicuous legend referencing the applicable restrictions.

 

13


The Corporation shall have the power to make appropriate notations upon its stock transfer records and to instruct any transfer agent, registrar, securities intermediary or depository with respect to the requirements of this Article 6 for any uncertificated Corporation Securities or Corporation Securities held in an indirect holding system.

6.11 Authority of Board .

(a) All determinations and interpretations of the Board pursuant to this Article 6 shall be interpreted or determined, as the case may be, by the Board in its sole discretion.

(b) The Board shall have the power to determine all matters necessary for assessing compliance with this Article 6 , including, without limitation, (i) the identification of Five Percent Stockholders, (ii) whether a Transfer is a Five Percent Transaction or a Prohibited Transfer, (iii) the Percentage Stock Ownership in the Corporation of any Five Percent Stockholder, (iv) whether an instrument constitutes a Corporation Security, (v) the amount (or fair market value) due to a Purported Transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 , and (vi) any other matters which the Board determines to be relevant; and the good faith determination of the Board on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Article 6 . In addition, the Board may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind by­laws, regulations and procedures of the Corporation not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 6 for purposes of determining whether any Transfer of Corporation Securities would jeopardize the Corporation’s ability to preserve and use the Tax Benefits and for the orderly application, administration and implementation of this Article 6 .

(c) Except as set forth in subclause (ii) below, nothing contained in this Article 6 shall limit the authority of the Board to take such other action to the extent permitted by law as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and its stockholders in preserving the Tax Benefits (including, without limitation, instituting a rights plan to protect Tax Benefits). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of a change in law making one or more of the following actions necessary or desirable, the Board may, by adopting a written resolution, (i) modify the ownership interest percentage in the Corporation or the Persons covered by this Article 6 , (ii) modify the definitions of any terms set forth in this Article 6 , excluding any modification to the definition of Expiration Date that would extend the restrictions beyond January 1, 2013, or (iii) modify the terms of this Article 6 as appropriate, in each case, in order to prevent an ownership change for purposes of Section 382 as a result of any changes in applicable Treasury Regulations or otherwise; provided , however , that the Board shall not cause there to be such modification unless it determines, by adopting a written resolution, that such action is reasonably necessary or advisable to preserve the Tax Benefits or that the continuation of these restrictions is no longer reasonably necessary for the preservation of the Tax Benefits. Stockholders of the Corporation shall be notified of such determination through a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or such other method of notice as the secretary of the Corporation shall deem appropriate.

(d) In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article 6 , including any definition used herein, the Board shall have the power to determine the application of such provisions with respect to any situation based on its reasonable belief, understanding or knowledge of the circumstances. In the event this Article 6 requires an action by the Board but fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action,

 

14


the Board shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of this Article 6 . All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations that are done or made by the Board in good faith shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation, the Agent, and all other Persons for all other purposes of this Article 6 . Nothing in this Article 6 shall be construed to limit or restrict the Board in the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law.

6.12 Reliance . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation and the members of the Board shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the information, opinions, reports or statements of the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer or the corporate controller of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s legal counsel, independent auditors, transfer agent, investment bankers or other employees and agents in making the determinations and findings contemplated by this Article 6 , and the members of the Board shall not be responsible for any good faith errors made in connection therewith. For purposes of determining the existence and identity of, and the amount of any Corporation Securities owned by any stockholder, the Corporation is entitled to rely on the existence and absence of filings of Schedule 13D or 13G under the Exchange Act (or similar filings), as of any date, subject to its actual knowledge of the ownership of Corporation Securities.

6.13 Benefits of this Article 6 . Nothing in this Article 6 shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Corporation or the Agent any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Article 6 . This Article 6 shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Corporation and the Agent.

6.14 Severability . The purpose of this Article 6 is to facilitate the Corporation’s ability to maintain or preserve its Tax Benefits. If any provision of this Article 6 or the application of any such provision to any Person or under any circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Article 6 .

6.15 Waiver . With regard to any power, remedy or right provided herein or otherwise available to the Corporation or the Agent under this Article 6 , (a) no waiver will be effective unless expressly contained in a writing signed by the waiving party, and (b) no alteration, modification or impairment will be implied by reason of any previous waiver, extension of time, delay or omission in exercise, or other indulgence.

7. Board .

7.1 Board Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws (“ By-Laws ”) of the Corporation, the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided , however , that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

15


7.2 Number and Election .

(a) Number . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be set in the manner set forth in the By-Laws.

(b) Election . Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

8. Limitation of Liability .

8.1 To the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

8.2 Any amendment or repeal of Section 8.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

9. Indemnification .

9.1 Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is a party or is otherwise involved in or is threatened to be made a party to or to be the subject of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (a “ Covered Person ”), against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding and such employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3 , the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if, prior to the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person, such Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

9.2 Prepayment of Expenses . To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 9 or otherwise. The Corporation shall accept such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the director or officer to make such repayment.

 

16


9.3 Claims . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article 9 is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL shall not create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, be a defense to such suit. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

9.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article 9 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable law, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the By­Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.5 Other Sources . Any Covered Person may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by their employers, Affiliates or other Persons (collectively, the “ Other lndemnitors ”). The Corporation shall (i) be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e ., its obligations to any Covered Person are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by any Covered Person are secondary), (ii) be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any Covered Person and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws (or any other agreement between the Corporation and a Covered Person), without regard to any rights a Covered Person may have against the Other Indemnitors, and, (iii) irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of a Covered Person with respect to any claim for which such Covered Person has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of a Covered Person against the Corporation.

9.6 Amendment or Repeal . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article 9 shall be contract rights that vest upon the occurrence or alleged occurrence of any act or omission giving rise to any Proceeding and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, office, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment or repeal of the foregoing provisions of this Article 9 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person or his or her heirs, executors and administrators in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

 

17


9.7 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses . This Article 9 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the rights to be paid expenses in advance of final disposition) shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

9.8 Expenses as a Witness . To the extent that any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation is by reason of such position, or a position with another Person at the request of the Corporation, a witness in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

9.9 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnity such person against such liability under the DGCL.

10. Preemptive Rights to Purchase New Securities .

10.1 Grant . Subject to the provisions of this Article 10 and prior to the Rights Termination Date, each stockholder, together with its Affiliates, of at least 0.5% of the outstanding Common Stock that is an “accredited investor” as defined in the Securities Act (each such stockholder hereinafter referred to as a “ Rights Holder ”), has the right to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of all or any part of any New Securities that the Corporation may from time to time issue. A Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” for purposes of this right is the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such Rights Holder is the holder to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by all Rights Holders.

10.2 Procedure . The Corporation will give each Rights Holder at least 20 days prior written notice of the Corporation’s intention to issue New Securities (the “ New Securities Notice ”), describing the type and amount of New Securities to be issued and the price and the general terms and conditions upon which the Corporation proposes to issue such New Securities. Each Rights Holder may purchase any or all of such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities and may elect to purchase more than such Right Holder’s Pro Rata Share in the event that any other Rights Holder does not elect to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of an issuance of New Securities (a “ New Issuance Shortfall ”), by delivering to the Corporation, within 15 days after the date of any such New Securities Notice by the Corporation, a written notice specifying (i) such number of New Securities which such Rights Holder desires to purchase and (ii) whether such Rights Holder desires to purchase more than its Pro Rata Share of New Securities in the event of a New Issuance Shortfall and, if so, the maximum amount of the unsubscribed-for New Securities (the “ Unpurchased New Securities ”) such Rights Holder desires to purchase (an “ Unpurchased New Securities Share ”), for the price and upon the general terms and conditions specified in the New Securities Notice. If any Rights Holder fails to notify the Corporation in writing within such 15 day period of its election to purchase any or

 

18


all of such Rights Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of an issuance of New Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Holder ”), then such Nonpurchasing Holder will forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities that such Rights Holder did not agree to purchase. If a New Issuance Shortfall occurs, the Unpurchased New Securities will be allocated to each Rights Holder that has elected to purchase its Pro Rata Share of New Securities and that has elected to purchase Unpurchased New Securities in the event of a New Issuance Shortfall (each, a “ Fully Exercising Rights Holder ”) in the amount of their Unpurchased New Securities Share. In the event that the Corporation is unable to allocate to each Fully Exercising Rights Holder their respective Unpurchased New Securities Share due to the aggregate amount of the Unpurchased New Securities Shares equaling more than the amount of the Unpurchased New Securities, then the Unpurchased New Securities will be allocated to each Fully Exercising Rights Holder based on its Oversubscription Pro Rata Share. A Fully Exercising Rights Holder’s “ Oversubscription Pro Rata Share ” is the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such Fully Exercising Rights Holder is the holder to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock held by all Fully Exercising Rights Holders.

10.3 Failure To Exercise . In the event that the Rights Holders fail to exercise in full the purchase right within the 15 day period following the date of the New Securities Notice, then the Corporation will have 60 days thereafter to sell, or enter into an agreement pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within 45 days from the date of said agreement to sell, the New Securities with respect to which the Rights Holders’ rights hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon terms and conditions not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the New Securities Notice to the Rights Holders. In the event that the Corporation has not issued and sold the New Securities within such 60-day period, or entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within 45 days from the date of such agreement, then the Corporation shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Rights Holders pursuant to this Article 10 .

11. Adoption, Amendment or Repeal of By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware and subject to any other limitations as may be further described in the By-Laws, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal By-Laws, subject to the powers of the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend, and repeal any By-Laws whether adopted by them or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be permitted by applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws), but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class of Capital Stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of greater than 50% of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding voting Capital Stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt new By-Laws or to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws.

 

19


12. Competitive Opportunity . If any stockholder or director, other than any stockholder or any director that is an employee, consultant or officer of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof (other than any chairman of the Board that is not otherwise an officer or consultant of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof), or such stockholder’s or such director’s Representatives acquires knowledge of a Competitive Opportunity or otherwise is then exploiting any Competitive Opportunity, the Corporation will have no interest in such Competitive Opportunity, and no expectation that such Competitive Opportunity will be offered to it. Any such interest or expectation is hereby renounced so that such stockholder or such director and its respective Representatives (including any Representative serving as an officer or director of the Corporation) shall (a) have no duty to communicate or present such Competitive Opportunity to the Corporation and (b) have the right to either hold any such Competitive Opportunity for such stockholder’s or such director’s (and its respective Representatives) own account and benefit or to recommend, assign or otherwise transfer such Competitive Opportunity to Persons other than the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation.

13. Opt-Out of Restrictions on Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . The Corporation shall not be governed by or subject to Section 203 of the DGCL.

14. Certificate of Incorporation Amendments . The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and add other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other Persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time) are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article 14 ; provided , that any amendment or repeal of this Certificate of Incorporation shall require the approval of the Board and of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

20


WITNESS the signature of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 21st day of June, 2012.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William Bayers

  Name:   William Bayers
  Title:   EVP, Secretary and General Counsel

Exhibit 4.1

FINAL AGREEMENT

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

and

THE HOLDERS

Dated as of June 22, 2012


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

1.

  

Definitions.

     1  

2.

  

Demand Registrations.

     8  

3.

  

IPO Drag-Along Rights.

     11  

4.

  

Drag Adjustments and Pricing

     14  

5.

  

Power of Attorney.

     14  

6.

  

Shelf Registrations.

     17  

7.

  

Piggyback Takedowns.

     20  

8.

  

Suspension Period.

     21  

9.

  

Holdback Agreements.

     22  

10.

  

Company Undertakings.

     22  

11.

  

Registration Expenses.

     27  

12.

  

Hedging Transactions.

     27  

13.

  

Indemnification; Contribution.

     28  

14.

  

Participation in Underwritten Offering/Sale of Registrable Securities.

     32  

15.

  

Rule 144.

     32  

16.

  

Private Placement.

     33  

17.

  

Reporting

     33  

18.

  

Street Name Trading

     34  

19.

  

Confidentiality.

     34  

20.

  

Transfer of Registration Rights; Registrable Securities.

     35  

21.

  

Amendment, Modification and Waivers; Further Assurances.

     36  

22.

  

Miscellaneous.

     36  

 

i


INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 22, 2012 by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the parties identified as “ Investors ” on the signature pages hereto and any parties identified on the signature page of any joinder agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 20 and 22(f) hereof (each, including the Investors, a “ Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Holders ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Section 1 .

RECITALS:

WHEREAS the Company and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries have engaged in a restructuring (the “ Restructuring ”) pursuant to the filing of cases under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code and accompanying restructuring support agreement, disclosure statement and prepackaged plan of reorganization (all such related documents, “ Restructuring Documents ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Restructuring the Company proposes to issue the Common Stock (as defined below).

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Restructuring Documents, the Company has agreed to provide certain rights for the benefit of each Holder, as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each Holder hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

‘34 Act Registration Filings ” has the meaning specified in Section 18 .

5% Requesting Holders ” means a Requesting Holder (or a requesting Demand Holder or Second Demand Holder, in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that owns at least 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

Attorney-in-Fact ” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b) .

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.


beneficially own ”, “ beneficial ownership ” and similar phrase as such terms are used in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Holder, such Holder shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Holder has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by applicable law or executive order to close.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, in each case, issued on or after the Effective Date.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

Company Demand Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b) .

Company Shelf Takedown Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(c) .

Confidential Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 19(b) .

control ” (including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means, unless otherwise noted, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or interests, by contract, or otherwise.

Counsel to the Holders ” means, with respect to any Shelf Takedown, one firm of counsel, plus any local or foreign counsel, selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Shelf Takedown.

Custodian ” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iii) .

Custody Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iii) .

Demand Holders ” shall mean, at any time, any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities who, together with their Affiliates, beneficially own at least 15% of the outstanding Common Stock at such time.

Demand Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii) .

 

2


Demand Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b) .

Demand Shelf Takedown Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(c) .

Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(g) .

Diluted Drag-Along Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c) .

Disclosure Package ” means, with respect to any offering of securities, (i) the preliminary Prospectus, (ii) the price to the public and the number of securities included in the offering to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus; (iii) each Free Writing Prospectus and (iv) all other information, in each case, that is deemed, under Rule 159 promulgated under the Securities Act, to have been conveyed to purchasers of securities at the time of sale of such securities (including a contract of sale).

Effective Date ” shall mean June 22, 2012.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

First Priority Registrable Securities ” means that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between (i) that number of shares of Common Stock a 5% Requesting Holder requests to be included in a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, and (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock that equals 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock at the time of any relevant Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be.

Follow-On Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(h)(i) .

Follow-On Shelf ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(h)(i) .

Form S-1 Shelf ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) .

Form S-3 Shelf ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) .

Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Hedging Counterparty ” means a broker dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act or an Affiliate thereof.

 

3


Hedging Transaction ” means any transaction involving a security linked to the Registrable Securities or any security that would be deemed to be a “ derivative security ” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Registrable Securities or any transaction (even if not a security) which would (were it a security) be considered such a derivative security, or which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of the Registrable Securities, including any forward contract, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of an exchangeable security or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, the following transactions shall be deemed to be Hedging Transactions:

(i) transactions by a Holder in which a Hedging Counterparty engages in short sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus and may use Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

(ii) transactions pursuant to which a Holder sells short Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus and delivers Registrable Securities to close out its short position;

(iii) transactions by a Holder in which the Holder delivers, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, Registrable Securities to the Hedging Counterparty who will then publicly resell or otherwise transfer such Registrable Securities pursuant to a prospectus or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act; and

(iv) a loan or pledge of Registrable Securities to a Hedging Counterparty who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, sell the pledged shares, in each case, in a public transaction pursuant to a prospectus.

Holder ” and “ Holders ” have the meanings given to those terms in the first paragraph hereof.

Holder Free Writing Prospectus ” means each Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the relevant Holder or used or referred to by such Holder in connection with the offering of Registrable Securities.

Incremental Shares ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(b) .

Incremental Share Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c) .

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock by the Company or any Holder pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors to such forms) under the Securities Act.

Investors ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph hereof.

 

4


IPO Demand Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i) .

IPO Drag-Along Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a) .

IPO Drag-Along Sale ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a) .

IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(b) .

IPO Drag-Along Shares ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(c) .

IPO Dragged Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(b) .

IPO Requesting Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(i) .

IPO Sale Amount ” means an amount equal to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage multiplied by the aggregate number of Registrable Securities held at such time by all Holders.

Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 9(a) .

Long-Form Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii) .

Losses ” has the meaning specified in Section 13(d) .

Majority Holders ” has the meaning specified in Section 18 .

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Other Holders ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a) .

Piggyback Takedown ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a) .

Prospective Transferee ” has the meaning specified in Section 19(a) .

Prospective Transferee Representatives ” has the meaning specified in Section 19(a) .

Prospectus ” means the prospectus used in connection with a Registration Statement.

Registrable Securities ” means at any time any shares of Common Stock (i) issued on or after the Effective Date to any Holder and held or beneficially owned

 

5


by such Holder or (ii) held or beneficially owned by any Holder, including any Common Stock issued pursuant to the Restructuring Documents or upon the conversion, exercise or exchange, as applicable, of any other securities and/or interests issued pursuant to the Restructuring Documents, including shares of Common Stock acquired in open market or other purchases after the Effective Date; provided , however , that at any time after 180 days after an Initial Public Offering, as to any Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (B) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) or another similar exemption promulgated under the Securities Act; (C) the date on which a Holder ceases to hold or beneficially own at least 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; or (D) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” means all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) arising from or incident to the registration of Registrable Securities in compliance with this Agreement, including:

(i) stock exchange, Commission, FINRA and other registration and filing fees,

(ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with any securities or blue sky laws (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities),

(iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses,

(iv) the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting and legal fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including any expenses arising from any special audits or “ comfort letters ” required in connection with or incident to any registration),

(v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on NYSE (or any other national securities exchange),

(vi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any “ road show ” for Underwritten Offerings, and

(vii) reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of Counsel to the Holders, reasonably acceptable to the Company, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses of Counsel to the Holders in connection with the filing or amendment of any Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus hereunder;

provided that, in no instance shall Registration Expenses include Selling Expenses.

 

6


Registration Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) .

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement filed hereunder or in connection with a Piggyback Takedown.

Representatives ” has the meaning specified in Section 19(b) .

Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3(a) .

Requesting Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii) .

Required Information ” means (i) information (A) reasonably requested by the Company or the lead underwriters or their counsel that is necessary in connection with the Initial Public Offering, including any information required by any law or governmental entity in connection with an Initial Public Offering, including information necessary to comply with the Commission disclosure requirements, FINRA review of the offering and any required tax forms or certificates or (B) reasonably requested by counsel to the Company to provide an opinion to the underwriters as to due authorization, execution and delivery of documents and valid transfer of title to the Registrable Securities, (ii) any certificates or other applicable instruments representing the Registrable Securities of any IPO Dragged Holder to be included in the IPO Drag-Along Sale, together with a notarized, limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Company or its representative to Transfer such Registrable Securities on the terms contemplated in the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice and receive payment therefor and to execute a lock-up letter as set forth in Section 3 and wire transfer or other instructions for payment of the consideration for the Registrable Securities being Transferred in such IPO Drag-Along Sale and (iii) all other documents reasonably required to be executed in connection with the IPO Drag-Along Sale.

Restructuring ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

Restructuring Documents ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

Second Demand Holder ” shall mean, at any time, any Holder of Registrable Securities who, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding Common Stock at such time.

Second Priority Registrable Securities ” means the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between (i) that number of shares of Common Stock a 5% Requesting Holder requests to be included in a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, and (ii) the number of First Priority Registrable Securities.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

7


Selling Expenses ” means the underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to all Registrable Securities registered by the Holders and legal expenses not included within the definition of Registration Expenses.

Shelf ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a) .

Shelf Registration ” means a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown ” means either an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or a Piggyback Takedown.

Short-Form Registration ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(a)(ii) .

Suspension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 8(a) .

Transfer Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 19(a) .

Underwritten Offering ” means any underwritten Demand Registration, Underwritten Shelf Takedown or a Piggyback Takedown.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown ” has the meaning specified in Section 6(b) .

Underwriting Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(ii) .

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer ” means a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act and which (i) is a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also eligible to register a primary offering of its securities relying on General Instruction I.B.1 of Form S-3 or Form F-3 under the Securities Act.

2. Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration .

(i) At any time after January 1, 2013 and prior to an Initial Public Offering, a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities holding Common Stock of the Company aggregating at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock (the “ IPO Requesting Holders ”) may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such IPO Requesting Holders on Form S-1 or similar long-form registration (the “ IPO Demand Registration ”); provided that in the case of the IPO Demand Registration such Holder (or Holders) will be entitled to make such demand only if the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts) is reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $150

 

8


million; provided, further , that the Registration Statement effecting such IPO Demand Registration shall not be required to become effective until April 1, 2013. The IPO Requesting Holders may request that the IPO Demand Registration be an underwritten offering.

(ii) At any time after the Initial Public Offering, any Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder (in such capacity, the “ Requesting Holder ”) may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder on Form S-1 or similar long-form registration (a “ Long-Form Registration ”) with respect to up to one Long-Form Registration per annum ( provided that any Second Demand Holder may request up to two Long-Form Registrations per annum) and an unlimited number of registrations under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Requesting Holder on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration (a “ Short-Form Registration ”), if available (any registration under this Section 2(a) , a “ Demand Registration ”). At the request of any Requesting Holder, any offering conducted under a Long-Form Registration or a Short-Form Registration shall be an underwritten offering, but only if the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts) is reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $100 million.

(b) Demand Registration Notices . All requests for Demand Registrations (including the IPO Demand Registration) shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “ Demand Registration Notice ”). Each Demand Registration Notice shall specify (i) whether such Demand Registration shall be an underwritten offering, (ii) the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Demand Registration and (iii) the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Demand Registration. Within five Business Days after receipt of any Demand Registration Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such requested Demand Registration to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “ Company Demand Registration Notice ”) and, subject to the provisions of Section 2(e) below, shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 Business Days after delivery of the Company Demand Registration Notice.

(c) Long-Form Registrations . A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations until both (i) it has become effective (unless such Long-Form Registration has not become effective due solely to the fault of the Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder requesting such registration) and (ii) the Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder initially requesting such registration is able to register and sell pursuant to such registration at least 90% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration either at the time of the registration or within 90 days thereafter; provided that a Long-Form Registration which is withdrawn at the sole request of the Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder who demanded such Long-Form Registration will count as a Long-Form Registration unless the Company is reimbursed by such Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such registration, including reasonable attorney and accounting fees.

(d) Short-Form Registrations . Demand Registrations shall be Short Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use an applicable short form. Promptly

 

9


after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 (or any successor form) available for the sale of Registrable Securities.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations . If the Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters for such Demand Registration advise the Company and the applicable Requesting Holders that the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Demand Registration, the Company shall include in such Demand Registration the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the First Priority Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by the 5% Requesting Holders, pro rata among such 5% Requesting Holders holding First Priority Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such 5% Requesting Holder immediately prior to such offering; (ii)  second , all Registrable Securities of all other Holders requested to be included in such Demand Registration and all Second Priority Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by the 5% Requesting Holders, pro rata among all such Holders on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such Holder after taking into account sales in the offering of the First Priority Registrable Securities; and (iii)  third , the securities the Company proposes to sell; provided however that, with respect to the IPO Demand Registration only as to which Section 3 does not apply, the order of priority shall be as follows: (x)  first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by the Requesting Holders and the other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by Holders, which in the judgment of such underwriter can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among all such Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder; and (y)  second , the securities the Company proposes to sell.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect (i) any Long-Form Registration within 180 days or (ii) any Short-Form Registration within 120 days, in each case, after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration in which the Holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 7 and in which such Holders were able to register and sell at least 90% of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein. In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration during the period starting with the date that is 60 days prior to the Board’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is 120 days (unless the underwriting agreement requires a longer period of time) after the effective date of, a Company initiated registration statement, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration to become effective, and provided further that the aggregate number of days that any one or more Demand Registrations are suspended or delayed by operation of this Section 2(f) shall not exceed 120 days in any 12-month period. In the event of any such suspension or delay, the Holder of Registrable Securities initially requesting a Demand Registration that is suspended by operation of this Section 2(f) shall be entitled to withdraw such

 

10


request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder, and, notwithstanding the proviso in Section 2(c) , the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.

(g) Selection of Underwriters . The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Demand Registration which is an underwritten offering shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(h) Transfer of Demand Rights . The rights of a Holder under this Section 2 may be transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed in whole or in part, to any transferee or assignee, provided that the requirements of Section 20 are satisfied.

3. IPO Drag-Along Rights.

(a) At any time after January 1, 2013, in connection with an exercise of the IPO Demand Registration, the IPO Requesting Holders may deliver a notice to the Company (the “ Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice ”) of the IPO Requesting Holders’ intention to sell Registrable Securities in an Initial Public Offering and invoking the provisions of this Section 3 ; provided , that the offering price of the Registrable Securities in such Initial Public Offering must equate to a total equity value of the Company of not less than $1.5 billion (an “ IPO Drag-Along Sale ”). Any Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the maximum amount of Registrable Securities required to be sold in such Initial Public Offering by each Holder, which maximum amount shall not exceed 15% of the Common Stock held by each Holder and required to be sold (inclusive of shares subject to a customary overallotment option granted to the underwriters), subject to Section 3(c) and subject to any adjustment to be implemented pursuant to Section 4 , which adjustment shall not increase such percentage above 15% (in each case, inclusive of shares subject to a customary over-allotment option granted to the underwriters) (the “ IPO Drag-Along Percentage ”). Any Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice shall terminate and be of no further force and effect if the offering price of the Registrable Securities in such IPO Drag-Along Sale does not equate to a total equity value of the Company of at least $1.5 billion. Any Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice shall be irrevocable once delivered to the Company.

(b) If the IPO Requesting Holders deliver the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice, each Holder including, for avoidance of doubt, each of the IPO Requesting Holders, but expressly excluding any employee of the Company who is employed by the Company on the date of the Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice (each Holder, a “ IPO Dragged Holder ”) shall (A) sell in the Initial Public Offering Registrable Securities equal to (subject to increase or reduction as provided in Section 3(c) and subject to exercise of the over-allotment option) (i) the IPO Drag-Along Percentage times (ii) the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, in each case at the price determined pursuant to Section 4 and in accordance with other provisions of this Section 3 ; and (B) otherwise take all other actions reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate the IPO Drag-Along Sale and the Initial Public Offering; provided that this clause (B) shall not obligate any IPO Dragged Holder to enter into any lockup or restriction on Transfers other than as specifically provided in this Agreement or incur costs or liabilities

 

11


other than as specifically provided in this Agreement, including Section 13 and Section 14 . The Company shall provide notice of an IPO Drag-Along Sale to each IPO Dragged Holder (a “ IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice ”) not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the scheduled launch of marketing of the proposed Initial Public Offering. The IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice shall (i) identify the IPO Drag-Along Percentage, (ii) notify the IPO Dragged Holders (x) of any Required Information that such IPO Dragged Holder is required to provide in connection with the IPO Drag-Along Sale and (y) that, subject to Section 3(c) , each IPO Dragged Holder may sell in the Initial Public Offering a number of Registrable Securities which represents a percentage of the Registrable Securities held by such IPO Dragged Holder that is (i) equal to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage and an additional number that is greater than the IPO Drag-Along Percentage (any such Registrable Securities pursuant to this clause (i) in addition to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage, “ Incremental Shares ”), (ii) equal to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage without any reduction to such sales resulting from sales by other IPO Dragged Holders or (iii) equal to the Diluted IPO Drag-Along Percentage, in each case at the same price as the price in the IPO Drag-Along Sale. Each IPO Dragged Holder shall be required to participate in the IPO Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice, so long as the offering price of the Registrable Securities in such IPO Drag-Along Sale equates to a total equity value of the Company of not less than $1.5 billion, on the terms and conditions set forth in the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice.

(c) Each IPO Dragged Holder shall provide notice to the Company (an “ Incremental Share Notice ”) not later than seven (7) Business Days after receipt of the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice, which notice shall specify one (but only one) of the following three options with respect to such IPO Dragged Holder’s Registrable Securities: (x) such IPO Dragged Holder desires to sell the IPO Drag-Along Percentage and a greater fixed percentage of its Registrable Securities above the IPO Drag-Along Percentage (and specify the percentage desired to be sold), (y) such IPO Dragged Holder desires to sell the IPO Drag-Along Percentage of its Registrable Securities without any reduction to such sales resulting from sales by other IPO Dragged Holders or (z) such IPO Dragged Holder is willing to have the Registrable Securities sold by it reduced (down to zero, if applicable) by the sales of Incremental Shares being sold in the Initial Public Offering (such Registrable Securities, the “ IPO Drag-Along Shares ”). The Registrable Securities to be sold in the Initial Public Offering shall be sold as follows: (i) first, all of the Registrable Securities requested to be sold pursuant to clause (y) of the preceding sentence and the IPO Drag-Along Percentage of the Registrable Securities held by Holders that elected to sell Incremental Shares pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence; (ii) second, all of the Incremental Shares requested to be sold pursuant to the Incremental Share Notices in excess of those to be sold pursuant to clause (i); and (iii) third, the percentage of Registrable Securities to be sold by the remaining IPO Dragged Holders (such percentage, the “ Diluted Drag-Along Percentage ”), which shall be determined by deducting the number of the Registrable Securities sold pursuant to clauses first and second above from the IPO Sale Amount, applying such reduction pro rata to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage for the Registrable Securities of the remaining IPO Dragged Holders subject to the IPO Drag-Along Notice and then selling the Registrable Securities (if any) subject to such Diluted IPO Drag-Along Percentage. For the avoidance of doubt, whether or not an IPO Dragged Holder elects to give an Incremental Share Notice or sells any Incremental Shares, such IPO Dragged Holder shall nonetheless be obligated to sell the percentage of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the IPO Drag-Along Sale as set forth in Section 3(b) (as reduced, to the extent applicable, by the immediately

 

12


preceding sentence). If an IPO Dragged Holder does not give a notice pursuant to this Section 3(c) , then such IPO Dragged Holder shall be deemed to have requested to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to clause (y) of the first sentence of this Section 3(c) .

(d) If the managing underwriters for such IPO Drag-Along Sale advise the Company and the IPO Dragged Holders that the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such IPO Drag-Along Sale exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range required pursuant to Section 3 , the Company shall include in such IPO Drag-Along Sale the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i) first, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such IPO Drag-Along Sale in clause (y) of the first sentence of Section 3(c) and the IPO Drag-Along Percentage of the Registrable Securities held by Holders that elected to sell Incremental Shares pursuant to clause (x) of the first sentence of Section 3(c) , (ii) second, the Incremental Shares requested to be included in such IPO Drag-Along Sale in clause (x) of the first sentence of Section 3(c) , pro rata among the respective IPO Dragged Holders of such Incremental Shares on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such IPO Dragged Holder, (iii) third, the securities the Company proposes to sell, if any third and (iv) fourth, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such IPO Drag-Along Sale in clause (z) of the first sentence of Section 3(c) , pro rata among the respective IPO Dragged Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such IPO Dragged Holder.

(e) Each IPO Dragged Holder shall deliver, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of the IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice, the Required Information with respect to such IPO Dragged Holder.

(f) If the offering price of the Registrable Securities in such IPO Drag-Along Sale does not equate to a total equity value of the Company of at least $1.5 billion, the Company shall return to each of the IPO Dragged Holders the limited power-of-attorney and all certificates, if any, that such IPO Dragged Holders have delivered for transfer pursuant hereto, together with any other documents in the possession of the Company executed by the IPO Dragged Holders in connection with the proposed IPO Drag-Along Sale. Subject to compliance with the immediately preceding sentence, neither the Company (or its managers or officers) nor any IPO Requesting Holder shall have any liability to any Holder if an IPO Drag-Along Sale or an Initial Public Offering is not consummated for any reason.

(g) The provisions of this Section 3 shall not be deemed to impose any restrictions on transfer until the date that is seven days prior to the pricing of the proposed Initial Public Offering and any such restrictions shall terminate if the Initial Public Offering is not consummated.

(h) The Company and the IPO Dragged Holders agree that no IPO Dragged Holder (including any IPO Requesting Holder) that complies with the provisions of this Section 3 shall be required to pay any underwriting spread to any underwriter in the Initial Public Offering implemented pursuant to the IPO Drag-Along Sale and that the Company will pay such underwriters a commission in lieu of such underwriting spread in connection with the Initial Public Offering implemented pursuant to the IPO Drag-Along Sale.

 

13


(i) In the event that an over-allotment option is granted to the underwriters of an Initial Public Offering and such over-allotment option expires and has not been exercised in full in accordance with its terms or less than all the IPO Drag-Along Shares or Incremental Shares are sold in an Initial Public Offering as a result of Section 3(c) , the Company shall be obligated to promptly return to each of the IPO Dragged Holders all certificates, if any, representing such Registrable Securities and any applicable transfer instruments in respect thereof that such IPO Dragged Holders have delivered for transfer pursuant hereto with respect to the portion of such IPO Dragged Holder’s IPO Drag-Along Shares or Incremental Shares that remain unsold as a result thereof.

4. Drag Adjustments and Pricing. Each of (i) the sale price for the Registrable Securities to be offered in connection with the Initial Public Offering implemented pursuant to the IPO Drag-Along Sale, (ii) the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks) and (iii) any revision to the IPO Drag-Along Percentage from the amount specified in the Requested IPO Drag-Along Sale Notice, which revision may not cause the IPO Drag-Along Percentage to exceed 15% of the Common Stock held by each Holder (inclusive of shares subject to a customary overallotment option granted to the underwriters), shall be determined by the Board.

5. Power of Attorney.

(a) In order to enforce Section 3 and Section 4 , each Holder hereby grants this irrevocable power of attorney to the Company to sell the IPO Dragged Holder’s IPO Drag-Along Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in the event that such IPO Dragged Holder fails to act in accordance with its obligations pursuant to Section 3 and Section 4.

(b) In connection with the foregoing, each undersigned Holder hereby irrevocably appoints the Company or its substitute under Section 5(e) , with full power of substitution, the attorney-in-fact (the “ Attorney-in-Fact ”) of the undersigned, and agrees that the Attorney-in-Fact may also act as attorney-in-fact for other IPO Dragged Holders, with full power and authority in the name of, and for and on behalf of, the undersigned:

(i) to do all things necessary, subject to the terms of this Agreement, to sell to the underwriters up to the IPO Drag-Along Shares;

(ii) for the purpose of effecting such sale, to negotiate, execute, deliver and perform the undersigned’s obligations under an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) among the Company, the IPO Dragged Holders and representatives of the several underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 14 , as may be approved in the sole discretion of the Attorney-in-Fact, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the Attorney-in-Fact;

(iii) for the purpose of effecting such sale, to negotiate, execute, deliver and perform the undersigned’s obligations under a custody agreement (the “ Custody

 

14


Agreement ”) pursuant to which up to the IPO Drag-Along Shares will continue to be deposited in book-entry form with Computershare, Ltd. or any successor transfer agent, who will hold such IPO Drag-Along Shares, as custodian (the “ Custodian ”) under the Custody Agreement, as may be approved in the sole discretion of the Attorney-in-Fact, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery of the Custody Agreement by the Attorney-in-Fact;

(iv) subject to the terms of this Agreement, to execute and deliver any amendments, modifications or supplements to the Underwriting Agreement and the Custody Agreement or to amend, modify or supplement any of the terms thereof including, without limitation, the terms of the offering; provided, however that no such amendment shall increase the number of the Registrable Securities to be sold by the undersigned to more than the IPO Drag-Along Shares in the aggregate;

(v) subject to the terms of this Agreement, to give such orders and instructions to the Custodian or any other person as the Attorney-in-Fact may determine, including, without limitation, orders or instructions for the following: (i) the transfer on the books of the Company of the IPO Drag-Along Shares in order to effect their sale (including the names in which the IPO Drag-Along Shares are to be issued in book-entry form and the denominations thereof), (ii) the purchase of any transfer tax stamps necessary in connection with the transfer of the IPO Drag-Along Shares, (iii) the delivery to or for the account of the Underwriters of the IPO Drag-Along Shares in book entry form against receipt by the Custodian of the purchase price therefor, (iv) the payment by the Custodian out of the proceeds of any sale of the IPO Drag-Along Shares to the Underwriters of all expenses as are to be borne by the undersigned in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, (v) the remittance by the Custodian of the net balance of the proceeds from any sale of the IPO Drag-Along Shares to be sold in accordance with the payment instructions set forth in the Custody Agreement or such other instructions as the Attorney-in-Fact may, upon the instructions of the undersigned, have given to the Custodian in accordance with the Custody Agreement, and (vi) the return to the undersigned of the IPO Drag-Along Shares, if any, represented in book entry form deposited with the Custodian which are in excess of the number of IPO Drag-Along Shares sold by the undersigned to the Underwriters as specified in the Underwriting Agreement and to be sold at any subsequent time of delivery;

(vi) subject to the terms of this Agreement, to arrange for, prepare or cause to be prepared the Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto and take all actions as may be necessary or deemed to be advisable by the Attorney-in-Fact with respect to the Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto, including, without limitation, the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of all such certificates, powers, reports, assurances, documents, letters and consents, as may be necessary or deemed to be advisable by the Attorney-in-Fact or any of them in connection therewith, and execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all certificates, powers, assurances, reports, documents, letters and consents to the Commission, appropriate authorities of states or other jurisdictions, the Underwriters or legal counsel, which may be required or appropriate in connection with the registration of the IPO Drag-Along Shares under the Securities Act or the securities or blue sky laws of the various states and jurisdictions or to facilitate sales of the IPO Drag-Along Shares; and to join the Company in withdrawing the Registration Statement if the Company should desire to withdraw such registration;

 

15


(vii) to retain legal counsel in connection with any and all matters referred to herein (which counsel may, but need not be, counsel for the Company);

(viii) subject to the terms of this Agreement, to agree upon the allocation and to arrange payment therefor of the expenses of the Initial Public Offering (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Custodian and the fees and expenses of counsel referred to above) between and among the Company and the IPO Dragged Holders, including the undersigned;

(ix) to endorse (in blank or otherwise) on behalf of the undersigned a stock power or powers; and

(x) subject to the terms of this Agreement, to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all other contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, letters and other writings, including communications to the Commission (including a request or requests for acceleration of the effective date of the Registration Statement) and state securities law authorities, any amendments to the Underwriting Agreement, the Custody Agreement or any agreement with the Company with regard to expenses, and certificates and other documents required to be delivered by or on behalf of the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Custody Agreement, and specifically to execute on behalf of the undersigned stock powers and transfer instructions relating to the IPO Drag-Along Shares to be sold by the undersigned, and in general to do all things and to take all action which the Attorney-in-Fact may consider necessary or proper in connection with, or to carry out and comply with, all terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and the Custody Agreement and the aforesaid sale of IPO Drag-Along Shares to the Underwriters.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5 does not confer any authority to the Attorney-in-Fact (i) to waive, amend or modify any rights or benefits granted to any Holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other term of this Agreement or (ii) to take any action inconsistent with any such rights or benefits.

(d) This Power of Attorney and all authority conferred hereby are granted and conferred subject to the interests of the Underwriters and the other IPO Dragged Holders; and, in consideration of those interests and for the purpose of completing the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement and this Power of Attorney, this Power of Attorney and all authority conferred hereby, to the extent enforceable by law, shall be deemed an agency coupled with an interest and be irrevocable and not subject to termination by the undersigned or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of the undersigned or any executor or trustee or the termination of any estate or trust or by the dissolution or liquidation of any entity or by the occurrence of any other event, and the obligations of the undersigned under the Underwriting Agreement similarly are not to be subject to termination. If any such individual or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated or if any such estate or trust should be terminated or if any such entity should be dissolved or liquidated or if any other such event should occur before the delivery of the IPO Drag-Along Shares to be sold by the undersigned under the Underwriting Agreement, the IPO Drag-Along Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the undersigned in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and the Custody Agreement and all other actions required to be taken

 

16


under the Underwriting Agreement or the Custody Agreement shall be taken, and actions taken by the Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to this Power of Attorney and by the Custodian under the Custody Agreement shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution, liquidation or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian or the Attorney-in-Fact shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution, liquidation or other event.

(e) The undersigned ratifies that the Attorney-in-Fact shall have full power to make and substitute any person in the place and stead of the Attorney-in-Fact, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that each Attorney-in-Fact or substitute or substitutes shall do by virtue of these presents.

(f) The Attorney-in-Fact shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or instructions respecting this Power of Attorney given to it by the undersigned, not only as to the authorization, validity and effectiveness thereof, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained.

6. Shelf Registrations.

(a) Filing . As soon as the Company is required to file reports under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall commence using its commercially reasonable efforts to file a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Form S-1 Shelf ”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Form S-1 Shelf to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing. The Company shall give written notice of the filing of the Registration Statement at least 15 days prior to filing the Registration Statement to all Holders of Registrable Securities (the “ Registration Notice ”) and shall include in such Registration Statement all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after delivery of the Registration Notice. The Company shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Follow-On Shelf) to a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “ Form S-3 Shelf, ” and together with the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Follow-On Shelf), the “ Shelf ”) as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3.

(b) Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns . At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the Commission, any Demand Holder or Second Demand Holder may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “ Underwritten Shelf Takedown ”); provided that in the case of each such Underwritten Shelf Takedown such Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder will be entitled to make such demand only if the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering (including piggyback shares and before deduction of underwriting discounts) is reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $100 million.

(c) Demand Notices . All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “ Demand Shelf Takedown Notice ”). Each

 

17


Demand Shelf Takedown Notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Within five Business Days after receipt of any Demand Shelf Takedown Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such requested Underwritten Shelf Takedown to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “ Company Shelf Takedown Notice ”) and, subject to the provisions of Section 6(d) , shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 Business Days after sending the Company Shelf Takedown Notice.

(d) Priority on Underwritten Shelf Takedowns . If the managing underwriters for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown advise the Company that the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the First Priority Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the 5% Requesting Holders, pro rata among such 5% Requesting Holders holding First Priority Registrable Securities on the basis of the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such 5% Requesting Holder immediately prior to such offering; (ii)  second , all Registrable Securities of all other Holders requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and all Second Priority Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the 5% Requesting Holders, pro rata among all such Holders on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such Holder after taking into account sales in the offering of the First Priority Registrable Securities; and (iii)  third , the securities the Company proposes to sell.

(e) Restrictions on Underwritten Shelf Takedowns . The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Shelf Takedowns during any period of 12 consecutive months and shall not be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown within 90 days after the pricing of a previous Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

(f) Selection of Underwriters . The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the Company’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(g) Automatic Shelf Registration . Further, upon the Company becoming a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, (i) the Company shall give written notice to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten days thereafter, and such notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, the basis on which the Company has become a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, and (ii) the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, register, under an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the sale of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall use its commercially

 

18


reasonable efforts to file such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days after it becomes a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, and to cause such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective thereafter until there are no longer any Registrable Securities. The Company shall give written notice of filing such Registration Statement to all of the Holders as promptly as practicable thereafter. At any time after the filing of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement by the Company, if the Company is no longer a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (the “Determination Date ”), (A) within ten days after such Determination Date, the Company shall give written notice thereof to all of the Holders and (B) within 30 days after such Determination Date, the Company shall file a Registration Statement on an appropriate form (or a post effective amendment converting the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to an appropriate form) covering all of the Registrable Securities, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 30 days) after the date the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is no longer useable by the Holders to sell their Registrable Securities.

(h) Additional Selling Stockholders and Additional Registrable Securities .

(i) If the Company is not a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, within 45 days after a written request by any Demand Holder or Second Demand Holder to register for resale any additional Registrable Securities owned by such Demand Holders or Second Demand Holder, the Company shall file a Registration Statement substantially similar to the Shelf then effective, if any (each, a “ Follow-On Shelf ”), to register for resale such Registrable Securities. The Company shall give written notice of the filing of the Follow-On Shelf at least 15 days prior to filing the Follow-On Shelf to all Holders of Registrable Securities (the “ Follow-On Registration Notice ”) and shall include in such Follow-On Shelf all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten days after sending the Follow-On Registration Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file a Follow-On Shelf (A) if the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities requested to be registered on such Follow-On Shelf by all Holders that have not yet been registered represent less than 5% of the then outstanding Common Stock or (B) if the Company is not then eligible for use of Form S-3 for secondary offerings and the Company has filed a Follow-On Shelf in the prior 180 days. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Follow-On Shelf to be declared effective as promptly as practicable and in any event within 90 days of filing such Follow-On Shelf. Any Registrable Securities requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 6(h)(i) that have not been registered on a Shelf or pursuant to Section 7 at the time the Follow-On Shelf is filed shall be registered pursuant to such Follow-On Shelf.

(ii) If the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer, within ten Business Days after a written request by one or more Holders of Registrable Securities to register for resale any additional Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, the Company shall make all necessary filings to include such Registrable Securities in the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 6(g) .

(iii) If a Form S-3 Shelf or Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is effective, within five Business Days after written request therefor by a Holder of Registrable

 

19


Securities, the Company shall file a prospectus supplement or current report on Form 8-K to add such Holder as a selling stockholder in such Form S-3 Shelf or Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to the extent permitted under the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission.

(i) Other Registration Rights . Except as expressly contemplated by the Restructuring Documents, the Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company, including securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for shares of any equity securities of the Company.

7. Piggyback Takedowns.

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities (whether or not following a request by a holder of Common Stock) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), or proposes to offer any Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement in an Underwritten Offering of Common Stock under the Securities Act (whether or not following a request by a holder of Common Stock) (together with a Piggyback Registration, a “ Piggyback Takedown ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an Underwritten Offering under a Shelf Registration, such notice shall be given not less than ten Business Days prior to the expected date of commencement of marketing efforts for such Piggyback Takedown. In the case of a Piggyback Takedown that is an Underwritten Offering under a Registration Statement that is not a Shelf Registration, such notice shall be given not less than ten Business Days prior to the expected date of filing of such Registration Statement. The Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 7(b) and Section 7(c) , include in such Piggyback Takedown, as applicable, all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five Business Days after sending the Company’s notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) the Company may determine not to proceed with any Piggyback Takedown upon written notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to include their Registrable Securities in such Piggyback Takedown, and (ii) any Holder of Registrable Securities may withdraw its request for inclusion in such Piggyback Takedown by giving written notice to the Company; provided , however , that the withdrawal shall be irrevocable and after making the withdrawal, a Holder shall no longer have any right to include its Registrable Securities in that Piggyback Takedown.

(b) Priority on Primary Piggyback Takedowns . If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten primary registration initiated by the Company, and the managing underwriters for a Piggyback Takedown advise the Company that the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Takedown the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the securities the Company proposes to sell; (ii)  second , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown ( pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such Holder); and (iii)  third , other securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown.

 

20


(c) Priority on Piggyback Takedowns Initiated by Non-Holders . If a Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten secondary registration requested by and filed on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities other than any Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (“ Other Holders ”) and the managing underwriters advise the Company that the number of securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Takedown exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Other Holders, the Company shall include in such registration the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority: (i)  first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration ( pro rata among the holders of any such securities and Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of securities and Registrable Securities owned by each such holder); (ii)  second , the securities requested to be included therein by the Other Holders requesting such registration ( pro rata among the holders of any such securities on the basis of the number of securities owned by each such holder); and (iii)  third , other securities requested to be included in such registration.

(d) Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Takedown is an underwritten offering, the Company will have the sole right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

8. Suspension Period.

(a) Suspension Period . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines in good faith that the registration and distribution of Registrable Securities (i) would reasonably be expected to materially impede, delay or interfere with, or require premature disclosure of, any material financing, offering, acquisition, merger, corporate reorganization, segment reclassification or discontinuance of operations that is required to be reflected in pro forma or restated financial statements that amends historical financial statement of the Company, or other significant transaction or any negotiations, discussions or pending proposals with respect thereto, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) would require disclosure of non-public material information, the disclosure of which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company, the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for a reasonable period of time (each, a “ Suspension Period ”), the use of any Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference. The Company shall use its good faith efforts to amend the Registration Statement and/or Prospectus to correct such untrue statement or omission as soon as reasonably practicable unless such amendment would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan of the Company to effect a merger, acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, in each case that is material to the Company. The Company promptly will give written notice of any such Suspension Period to each Person that has securities registered on a Registration Statement filed hereunder .

(b) Limitations on Suspension Periods . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 8 to the contrary, the Company shall not be entitled to more than three Suspension Periods in any 12-month period, and in no event shall the number of days included in all Suspension Periods during any consecutive 12-month period exceed 120 days in the aggregate.

 

21


9. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities . In connection with any Underwritten Offering or other underwritten public offering of equity securities by the Company, no Holder of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, shall effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, without prior written consent from the Company, (A) in the case of an Initial Public Offering, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the date of the pricing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) solely with respect to any Holder participating in such Shelf Takedown or other underwritten public offering, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such Shelf Takedown or other underwritten public offering (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), except as part of the Underwritten Offering , and (i) unless the underwriters managing the Underwritten Offering or other underwritten public equity offering by the Company otherwise agree by written consent and (ii) only if such Lock-Up Period (or a longer period) is applicable on substantially similar terms to the Company and the executive officers and directors of the Company; provided that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity from making a distribution of Registrable Securities to the partners, stockholders, members or owners of interests thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with the applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees or transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 9(a) . Each Holder agrees to execute a lock-up agreement in favor of the Company’s underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all Holders) and, in any event, that the Company’s underwriters in any relevant Underwritten Offering or other underwritten public offering shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(a) .

(b) The Company . In connection with any Underwritten Offering, the Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or Form S-4 under the Securities Act), during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such Underwritten Offering.

10. Company Undertakings.

Whenever Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, at the Company’s expense, furnish to the Holders whose securities are covered by the Registration Statement copies of all such documents, other than documents that

 

22


are incorporated by reference, proposed to be filed and such other documents reasonably requested by such Holders, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of the counsel to such Holders;

(b) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement and prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period ending on the date on which all Registrable Securities have been sold under such Registration Statement or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, and the managing underwriters, without charge, such number of copies of the applicable Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus, final Prospectus, and any other Prospectus (including any Prospectus filed under Rule 424, Rule 430A or Rule 430B promulgated under the Securities Act and any “ issuer free writing prospectus ” as such term is defined under Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act)), all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller or such managing underwriters may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller, and upon request, a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the Commission or any other governmental authority relating to such offer;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests, (ii) to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such Registration Statement remains in effect, and (iii) to do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller ( provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters: (i) at any time when a Prospectus relating to the applicable Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, (A) upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus relating thereto not misleading or otherwise requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or document, and, at the request of any such seller and subject to Section 8(a) hereof, the

 

23


Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, furnish a reasonable number of copies of such supplement or amendment to each seller of such Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders and the managing underwriters and file such supplement or amendment with the Commission so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) as soon as the Company becomes aware of any comments or inquiries by the Commission or any requests by the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus covering Registrable Securities or for additional information relating thereto, (C) as soon as the Company becomes aware of the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending or threatening to suspend the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities or (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Security for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and (ii) when each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when each Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or any post effective amendment thereto has become effective.

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities (i) if the Common Stock is then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to continue to be so listed or included, (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to, as promptly as practicable (subject to the limitations set forth in the Restructuring Documents), and in no event later than the effective date of the Form S-1 Shelf filed pursuant to Section 6(a) , be listed on NYSE or another national securities exchange, and (iii) to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities;

(g) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities from and after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

(h) enter into and perform under such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form, including customary representations and warranties and provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Underwritten Offering or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split, a combination of shares, or other recapitalization) and provide reasonable cooperation, including causing appropriate officers to attend and participate in “ road shows ” and analyst or investor presentations and such other selling or other informational meetings organized by the underwriters, if any; provided , that the Company shall have no obligation to participate in “ road shows ” in connection with any Underwritten Offering in which the total offering price of the Registrable Securities to be sold therein is less than $100 million;

 

24


(i) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or the commencement of marketing efforts for a Underwritten Offering, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement, make available for inspection and copying by any Holder of Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement or Underwritten Offering, as applicable, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information and participate in any due diligence sessions reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement or Underwritten Offering, as applicable, provided that recipients of such financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents agree in writing to keep the confidentiality thereof pursuant to a written agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company and the applicable underwriter (which shall contain customary exceptions thereto);

(j) permit any Holder of Registrable Securities, Counsel to the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, and any other attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder of Registrable Securities or underwriter, to participate (including, but not limited to, reviewing, commenting on and attending all meetings) in the preparation of such Registration Statement and any Prospectus supplements relating to a Underwritten Offering, if applicable;

(k) in the event of the issuance or threatened issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Stock included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to (i) prevent the issuance of any such stop order, and in the event of such issuance, to obtain the withdrawal of such order and (ii) obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or suspending qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest practicable date;

(l) in connection with any Underwritten Offering, obtain and furnish to each such Holder of Registrable Securities including Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering a signed counterpart of (i) a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants and (ii) a legal opinion of counsel to the Company addressed to the relevant underwriters and/or such Holders of Registrable Securities, in each case in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters as the managing underwriters and/or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Underwritten Offering reasonably request;

(m) with respect to each Free Writing Prospectus or other materials to be included in the Disclosure Package, ensure that no Registrable Securities be sold “ by means of ” (as defined in Rule 159A(b) promulgated under the Securities Act) such Free Writing Prospectus or other materials without the prior written consent of a majority of the Holders of the Registrable Securities that are being sold pursuant to such Free Writing Prospectus, which Free Writing Prospectuses or other materials shall be subject to the review of Counsel to the Holders; provided , however , the Company shall not be responsible or liable for any breach by a Holder that has not obtained the prior written consent of the Company pursuant to Section 22(n) ;

 

25


(n) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement including Registrable Securities;

(o) promptly notify in writing the Holders, the sales or placement agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters of the securities being sold, (i) when such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any Prospectus amendment or supplement or post effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any such Registration Statement or any post effective amendment, when the same has become effective and (ii) of any written comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto;

(p) (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, including post effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the applicable time period required hereunder, and if applicable, file any Registration Statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act; (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any applicable securities exchange or other recognized trading market with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented; and (iv) provide additional information related to each Registration Statement as requested by, and obtain any required approval necessary from, the Commission or any Federal or state governmental authority;

(q) cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and underwriters’ counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(r) within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of any Registration Statement or Prospectus used under this Agreement (and any offering covered thereby);

(s) if requested by any participating Holder of Registrable Securities or the managing underwriters, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holder or managing underwriters may reasonably request, including in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received such request;

(t) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the participating Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters to facilitate the

 

26


timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each participating Holder that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such Holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or managing underwriters may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and

(u) use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other actions necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

11. Registration Expenses.

All Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the proviso in Section 2(c) of this Agreement, all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Demand Registration shall be borne by the Company regardless of whether or not such registration has become effective and whether or not such registration has counted as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations pursuant to Section 2(c) of this Agreement. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered shall be borne by the selling Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities sold; provided, however, that the Company and each Holder agrees that if the Holder complies with the provisions of Section 3 such Holder shall not be required to pay any underwriting spread to any underwriter in the Initial Public Offering implemented pursuant to the IPO Demand Registration or IPO Drag-Along Sale and that the Company will pay such underwriters a commission in lieu of such underwriting spread in connection with the Initial Public Offering implemented pursuant to the IPO Demand Registration or IPO Drag-Along Sale; provided further, that t he Company and each Holder agrees that if such Holder participates in the first underwritten Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown after the Initial Public Offering (or, in the event that the Initial Public Offering does not occur pursuant to an IPO Demand Registration or IPO Drag Along Sale, the first two underwritten Demand Registrations or Underwritten Shelf Takedowns), such Holder shall not be required to pay any underwriting spread to any underwriter in such Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown (or Demand Registrations or Underwritten Shelf Takedowns) and that the Company will pay such underwriters a commission in lieu of such underwriting spread in connection with such Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown (or Demand Registrations or Underwritten Shelf Takedowns) .

12. Hedging Transactions.

(a) The Company agrees that, in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction, if, in the reasonable judgment of Counsel to the Holders, it is necessary or desirable to have a Registration Statement under the Securities Act cover such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers (whether short or long) of Registrable Securities in connection therewith, then

 

27


the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions (which may include the filing of a Prospectus supplement to include additional or changed information that is material or is otherwise required to be disclosed, including a description of such Hedging Transaction, the name of the Hedging Counterparty, identification of the Hedging Counterparty or its Affiliates as underwriters or potential underwriters, if applicable, or any change to the plan of distribution, but shall not include the filing of a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement) as may reasonably be required to have such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers of Registrable Securities in connection therewith covered by a Registration Statement under the Securities Act in a manner consistent with the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

(b) All Registration Statements in which Holders may include Registrable Securities under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 12 . The Hedging Counterparty shall be selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to the Hedging Transaction that is proposed to be effected.

(c) If in connection with a Hedging Transaction, a Hedging Counterparty or any Affiliate thereof is (or may be considered) an underwriter or selling stockholder, then it shall be required to provide customary indemnities to the Company regarding the plan of distribution and like matters.

(d) The Company further agrees to include, under the caption “ Plan of Distribution ” (or the equivalent caption), in each Registration Statement, and any related Prospectus (to the extent such inclusion is permitted under applicable Commission regulations and is consistent with comments received from the Commission during any Commission review of the Registration Statement), language substantially in the form of Schedule I hereto and to include in each Prospectus supplement filed in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction language mutually agreed upon by the Company, the relevant Holders and the Hedging Counterparty describing such Hedging Transaction.

(e) In connection with a Hedging Transaction, each Hedging Counterparty shall be treated in the same manner as a managing underwriter for purposes of Section 10 of this Agreement.

13. Indemnification; Contribution.

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, members, partners, managers and agents of each such Holder and each Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or the Disclosure Package, or any preliminary, final or summary Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact

 

28


required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal law, any state or foreign securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under of the foregoing laws, relating to the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities, and in any such case, the Company agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or investigation (whether or not the indemnified party is a party to any proceeding); provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein, including any notice and questionnaire. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders . Each Holder severally (and not jointly) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its Affiliates, directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they or any of them may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Disclosure Package or any Holder Free Writing Prospectus, preliminary, final or summary Prospectus included in any such Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided , however , that the total amount to be indemnified by such Holder pursuant to this Section 13(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds (after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions) received by such Holder in the offering to which such Registration Statement or Prospectus relates; provided , further , that a Holder shall not be liable in any case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, each Holder has furnished in writing to the Company, information expressly for use in, and within a reasonable period of time prior to the effectiveness, filing or use of such Registration Statement or Disclosure Package, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading information previously provided to the Company. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 13 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 13 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under

 

29


Section 13(a) or Section 13(b) above unless and to the extent such action and such failure results in material prejudice to the indemnifying party and forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in Section 13(a) or Section 13(b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, except as provided in the next sentence, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s rights in the prior sentence, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ one firm of separate counsel (and one local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if:

(i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest;

(ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party;

(iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within 10 days after notice of the institution of such action or such earlier time as may be necessary to pursue appropriate defenses, rights, and remedies; or

(iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.

No indemnifying party shall, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general circumstances or allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 13 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or compromise that (x) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein, to such indemnified

 

30


party, of a full and final release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation or (y) includes a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

(d) Contribution .

(i) In the event that the indemnity provided in Section 13(a) or Section 13(b) above is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending same) (collectively, “ Losses ”) to which such indemnifying party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) from the offering of the Common Stock. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one hand or the indemnified party on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(ii) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 13(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders of Registrable Securities or any agents or underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 13(d) . The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 13(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such action or claim.

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13(d) , no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 13 , each Person who controls any Holder of Registrable Securities, agent or underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each Affiliate, director, officer, employee, member, partner, manager and agent of any such Holder, agent or underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, agent or underwriter, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 13(d) .

 

31


(e) The provisions of this Section 13 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder of Registrable Securities or the Company or any of the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, members, partners, managers, agents or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 13 hereof, and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.

(f) To the extent any indemnification by an indemnifying party is prohibited or limited by law, the indemnifying party agrees to make the maximum contribution with respect to any amounts for which it would otherwise be liable under Section 13 to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided , however , that: (i) no Person involved in the sale of Registrable Securities which Person is guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such sale shall be entitled to contribution from any Person involved in such sale of Registrable Securities who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation; and (ii) contribution by any seller of Registrable Securities shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such seller from the sale of such Registrable Securities.

14. Participation in Underwritten Offering/Sale of Registrable Securities.

(a) No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form and provide the representations and warranties, and indemnities to the underwriters and the Company and to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any such underwriting agreement and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no Holder of Registrable Securities included in any Underwritten Offering shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding (A) such Holder’s ownership of its Registrable Securities to be sold or transferred free and clear of liens, (B) such Holder’s power and authority to effect, and lack of conflicts in effecting, such transfer and (C) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws as may be reasonably requested) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company, except as otherwise provided in Section 13(b) hereof, or to the underwriters, except to the extent of the indemnification being given to the Company and its controlling persons in Section 13(b) hereof.

(b) Each Person that has securities registered on a Registration Statement filed hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice contemplated in Section 8(a) , such Person will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement.

15. Rule 144.

With a view to making available to the Holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, the

 

32


Company covenants that it will (a) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, and (b) take such further action as such Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.

16. Private Placement.

Except for Section 9(a) , the Company agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Holders, at any time and from time to time, from selling or otherwise transferring Registrable Securities pursuant to a private placement or other transaction which is not registered pursuant to the Securities Act. To the extent requested by a Holder, the Company shall take all reasonable steps to assist and cooperate with such Holder to facilitate such sale or transfer, including providing reasonable due diligence access to potential purchasers.

17. Reporting.

(a) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to become a “voluntary filer” of periodic reports under the Exchange Act by March 31, 2013 without registering the Common Stock on a Form 10 registration statement; provided , that if the Company has a registration statement on file with the Commission and it is diligently pursuing the effectiveness of such registration statement, then the obligation set forth in the first sentence of this Section 17(a) shall be suspended for 90 days. If the Company does not become a “voluntary filer” by March 31, 2013, the Company will post on its website, beginning April 1, 2013 (and including an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), the same information (including all periodic reports) and at such times, that it would be required to file if it was subject to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, the Company shall make publicly available on a website such information, and at such times, as the Company would be required to file pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including:

(i) Within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly management reports and unaudited financial statements, all in reasonable detail, together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries similar to Form 10-Q information;

(ii) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, audited GAAP financial statements all in reasonable detail, together with a “Management’s Discussion and

 

33


Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries similar to Form 10-K information;

(iii) within five Business Days after the occurrence of an event that would require information about such event to be provided to the Commission on Form 8-K , a current report with such information required to be contained in such a filing with the Commission on Form 8-K; and

(iv) unless otherwise required to be provided to Holders, such reports (i) shall not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), in each case, and (ii) will not be required to comply with Item 405 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

(c) To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company agrees that it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

18. Street Name Trading. Unless an Initial Public Offering has been consummated, on October 1, 2013, the Company will (i) file a Form 10 registration statement to register the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, (ii) timely apply to list the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Market and (iii) timely apply for the Common Stock to be made DTC eligible (collectively, the “ 34 Act Registration Filings ”), such ‘34 Act Registration Filings to be effective in each instance, on but not before December 2, 2013; it being understood that at any time prior to such December 2, 2013 date (unless the Company has consummated an Initial Public Offering prior to such date), holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Majority Holders ”) may direct the Company to withdraw or delay the effectiveness of all such filings and applications relating to the ‘34 Act Registration Filings and have the Common Stock remain book-entry only. If the Majority Holders direct the Company to withdraw or delay the ‘34 Act Registration Filings, then such Majority Holders shall also determine in such direction a new date for proceeding with the ‘34 Act Registration Filings, at which time the Company will proceed with and diligently pursue the effectiveness of the ‘34 Act Registration Filings unless prior to such new date the Majority Holders determine to further extend the date of filing the ‘34 Act Registration Filings.

19. Confidentiality.

(a) At any time prior to the earlier of: (i) the effectiveness of the ’34 Act Registration Filings or (ii) an Initial Public Offering, at the request of a Holder, the Company will provide Confidential Information to any Holder who has entered into a confidentiality agreement with the Company (a “ Transfer Confidentiality Agreement ”) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A and each such Holder shall be permitted to disclose and discuss any Confidential Information with any prospective transferee of Common Stock, other securities of the Company, and loans or debt obligations of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (“ Prospective Transferee ”), the professional advisors (including, but not limited to,

 

34


attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors) for such Prospective Transferee or any of its members (such Persons are referred to as “ Prospective Transferee Representatives ”) provided that (i) neither such Prospective Transferee nor any Prospective Transferee Representative is a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Company, and (ii) such Prospective Transferee and each Prospective Transferee Representative has entered into a Transfer Confidentiality Agreement.

(b) The term “ Confidential Information ” includes (i) all confidential or proprietary information furnished by the Company or any of its representatives after the date hereof, whether oral or written or by visual inspection, and regardless of the manner in which it is furnished and (ii) those portions of analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies, interpretations or other documents prepared by such Holder and its Affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees, agents, professional advisors (including, but not limited to, attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors), investors, prospective investors and financing sources who (A) need to know the Confidential Information, (B) have been informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and (C) are bound by an obligation of confidentiality to such Holder sufficient to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement (such Persons are referred to as the Holder’s “ Representatives ”), that reflect or are based upon, in whole or part, the information furnished to such Holder or its Representatives. The term “ Confidential Information ” does not include any information that (A) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is available to or known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure by such Holder or its Representatives in breach of this Agreement), (B) was available to such Holder or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis before disclosure by the Company, (C) becomes available to such Holder or any of its actual Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a Person who, to such Holder’s or its Representatives’ knowledge, is not known by such Holder or its Representatives to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company and is not otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information to any Holder or such Holder’s Representatives or (iv) was independently developed by such Holder or its Representatives without use of the Confidential Information. The Confidential Information shall remain the property of the Company. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 19 , no rights to use, license or otherwise exploit the Confidential Information are granted to any Holder or its Representatives, by implication or otherwise, and no Holder shall replicate, decompile or reverse engineer any Confidential Information (except as set forth herein) or make any attempts to do so. No Holder or its Representatives will acquire any rights with respect to the Confidential Information, all of which rights shall remain exclusively with the Company.

20. Transfer of Registration Rights; Registrable Securities.

The rights of a Holder hereunder shall be transferred, assigned, or otherwise conveyed on a pro rata basis in connection with any transfer, assignment, or other conveyance of Registrable Securities, and a holder may transfer, assign or convey Registrable Securities to any transferee or assignee, only if all of the following conditions are satisfied with respect to any such transfer, assignment or conveyance: (a) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (b) prior to the Registrable Securities becoming DTC eligible, such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become subject to the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement; and (c)

 

35


the Company is given written notice by such Holder of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee, identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned. Upon the transfer of rights and Registrable Securities in accordance with this Section 20 , the transferee shall be a Holder for all purposes of this Agreement. Any transfer, assignment or other conveyance of the rights or Registrable Securities of a Holder in breach of this Agreement shall be void and of no effect.

21. Amendment, Modification and Waivers; Further Assurances.

(a) Amendment . This Agreement may be not amended without the consent of the Company and the written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock; provided that no such amendment, action or omission that adversely affects, alters or changes the interests of any Holder shall be effective against such Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder.

(b) Effect of Waiver . No waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other breach of such terms and conditions or any other term or condition, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof. No written waiver hereunder, unless it by its own terms explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to effect a continuing waiver of the provisions being waived and no such waiver in any instance shall constitute a waiver in any other instance or for any other purpose or impair the right of the party against whom such waiver is claimed in all other instances or for all other purposes to require full compliance with such provision. The failure of any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(c) Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall execute all such further instruments and documents and take all such further action as any other party hereto may reasonably require in order to effectuate the terms and purposes of this Agreement.

22. Miscellaneous.

(a) Adjustments . If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, conversion or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

(b) Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto (including any trustee in bankruptcy) whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or Holders of Registrable

 

36


Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent Holder of Registrable Securities. No assignment or delegation of this Agreement by the Company, or any of the Company’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder, shall be effective against any Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder.

(c) Remedies; Specific Performance . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement and shall not be required to prove irreparable injury to such party or that such party does not have an adequate remedy at law with respect to any breach of this Agreement (each of which elements the parties admit). The parties hereto further agree and acknowledge that each and every obligation applicable to it contained in this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable against it and hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of their respective obligations hereunder. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or otherwise.

(d) Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when (i) delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) telecopied or sent by facsimile to the recipient, or (iii) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address set forth below and to any Holder of Registrable Securities at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (with copies sent at the address set forth below), or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

The Company’s address is:

 

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.
c/o Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
222 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02116-3764
Attention:    Eric Shuman, Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile:    800-465-6567

 

37


with copies to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019-6064
Attention:    John Kennedy, Esq.
   David Huntington, Esq.
Facsimile:    (212) 757-3390
Copies of notices to the Holders shall be sent to each Holder at the address of such Holder on the records of the Company:
With copies to:
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
One Bryant Park
New York, NY 10036
Attention:    Phil Dublin
Facsimile:    (212) 872-1002

If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the State of New York or the jurisdiction in which the Company’s principal office is located, the time period shall automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(e) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(f) Company Obligations .

(i) Prior to an Initial Public Offering, if the Company issues any shares of Common Stock, the purchasers of such Common Stock shall be required to agree in writing to become subject to the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder or similar document.

(ii) If, prior to an Initial Public Offering, any Person acquires 20% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the Company shall enter into a director nomination agreement with such Person substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B , entitling such Person to the right to nominate one person to the Board.

(iii) On or about the Effective Date, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) obtain a market maker to have the Common Stock quoted on the OTCQX market and (B) maintain a market maker to have the Common Stock quoted on the OTCQX market so long as the Common Stock remains in book-entry only form and the Company has not otherwise listed the Common Stock on a national securities exchange or market.

 

38


(g) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would materially and adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and may be delivered by means of facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document format, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and shall be binding upon the party who executed the same, but all of such counterparts shall constitute the same agreement.

(i) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation; No Strict Construction . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and, if applicable, hereof. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” The use of the words “ or ,” “ either ” or “ any ” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. All references to laws, rules, regulations and forms in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to such laws, rules, regulations and forms, as amended from time to time or, to the extent replaced, the comparable successor thereto in effect at the time. All references to agencies, self-regulatory organizations or governmental entities in this Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the comparable successors thereto from time to time.

(j) Delivery by Facsimile and Electronic Means . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic means, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

39


(k) Arm’s Length Agreement . Each of the parties to this Agreement agrees and acknowledges that this Agreement has been negotiated in good faith, at arm’s length, and not by any means prohibited by law.

(l) Sophisticated Parties; Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties to this Agreement specifically acknowledges that (i) it is a knowledgeable, informed, sophisticated Person capable of understanding and evaluating the provisions set forth in this Agreement and (ii) it has been fully advised and represented by legal counsel of its own independent selection and has relied wholly upon its independent judgment and the advice of such counsel in negotiating and entering into this Agreement.

(m) Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation or other proceedings in connection with or related to this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation or proceeding shall be entitled to reimbursement from the opposing party of all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation in connection with such litigation or proceeding.

(n) FWP Consent . No Holder shall use a Holder Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(o) Notification of Status . Each Holder shall provide written notice to the Company within ten Business Days from the first day on which the Holder no longer holds Registrable Securities.

(p) Governing Law . This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) to the extent such rules or provisions would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(q) Submission to Jurisdiction . Any action, suit or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby must be brought in the United States District Court for the in the Southern District of New York or any New York state court, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, and each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action, suit or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such, action, suit or proceeding in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(r) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees to waive its respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Agreement. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and

 

40


all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement, including contract claims, tort claims and all other common law and statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into this Agreement, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 22(r) AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

(s) Complete Agreement . This Agreement and any certificates, documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto, represent the complete agreement between the parties hereto as to all matters covered hereby, and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among the parties.

(t) Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic or other effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

(u) Termination . Subject to Section 20 , the obligations of any Holder and of the Company with respect to such Holder pursuant to Sections 1-16, other than those obligations contained in Section 13 , shall terminate as soon as such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

*        *        *         *        *

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William Bayers

  Name: William Bayers
  Title: EVP, Secretary and General Counsel

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

ANCHORAGE CAPITAL MASTER OFFSHORE, LTD.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:32 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

ANCHORAGE ILLIQUID OPPORTUNITIES OFFSHORE MASTER III, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:31 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

ANCHORAGE ILLIQUID OPPORTUNITIES OFFSHORE MASTER, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:32 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

ANCHORAGE ILLIQUID OPPORTUNITIES OFFSHORE MASTER II, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:31 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Contrarian Funds, LLC
    By:  

Contrarian Capital Management, L.L.C as manager

      (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael J. Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael J. Restifo - CFO

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12A11:55 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

GRF MASTER FUND II, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

BY: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:31 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

PCI FUND, L.L.C.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

BY: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP L.L.C

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:31 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Gerard Jordan

      (Signature)
    Authorized Signatory
    Gerard Jordan
   

Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12A10:05 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as agent for Citibank, N.A.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Scott R. Evan

      (Signature)
    Scott R. Evan
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:23 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as agent for Citigroup Financial Products Inc.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Scott R. Evan

      (Signature)
    Scott R. Evan
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:23 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Adam Savarese

      (Signature)
   

Adam Savarese, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12A10:05 RCVD

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Jefferies Leveraged Credit Products, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity
    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Loomis

      (Signature)
    Paul J. Loomis
   

Managing Director

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-28-12A09:43 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

    06-28-12A10:18 RCVD
INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Scott Anchin

      (Signature)
   

Scott Anchin, Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

    06-28-12A10:18 RCVD
INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Woodlands Commercial Corp.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Doug Lambert

      (Signature)
   

Doug Lambert, Chief Executive Officer

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto,

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

ANCHORAGE CAPITAL MASTER OFFSHORE, LTD.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    By:  

/s/ Natalie A. Birrell

      (Signature)
    NATALIE A. BIRRELL
   

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-26-12P04:32 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.
    By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor
      (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund III, Inc.
    By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund V, Inc.
   

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,

its Sub-Advisor

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:23 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Credit Investors Master Fund, L.P.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Manager
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Diversified Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

   

RECEIVED

 

JUN 29 2012

 

KURTZMAN CARSON CONSULTANTS

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Fixed Income Portable Alpha Master Series Trust
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Investment Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund II, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:23 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Floating Rate Income Portfolio
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:23 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock High Yield Bond Portfolio
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

   

RECEIVED

 

JUN 29 2012

 

KURTZMAN CARSON CONSULTANTS

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Global Investment Series:
    Income Strategies Portfolio
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock High Income Shares
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock High Yield Trust
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Senior Floating Rate Portfolio
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:26 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    BlackRock Senior High Income Fund, Inc.
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Sub-Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:24 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

CM-NP LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Ralph Finerman

      (Signature)
   

Ralph Finerman Manager

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-29-12P03:22 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:   DB Services New Jersey, Inc.
    By:  

/s/ Deirdre Cesario

      (Signature)
   

Deirdre Cesario

Assistant Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    By:  

/s/ Angeline Quintana

      (Signature)
   

Angeline Quintana

Assistant Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-29-12A09:50 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

   

RECEIVED

 

JUN 29 2012

 

KURTZMAN CARSON CONSULTANTS

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    MET Investors Series Trust – BlackRock High Yield Portfolio
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Investment Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    The Obsidian Master Fund
    By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
    its Investment Advisor
    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ C. Adrian Marshall

      (Signature)
    06-29-12P04:25 RCVD
   

C. Adrian Marshall, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Wellwater LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Ralph Finerman

      (Signature)
   

Ralph Finerman Manager

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-29-12P03:22 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22 , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

BCI 1 Loan Funding LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:   Citibank, N.A.
    By:  

/s/ Emily Chong

      (Signature)
   

Emily Chong-Director

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P03:02 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Future Fund Board of Guardians

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

As its Investment Advisor.

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:36 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/29, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

N/A

    (Print Name)
   

N/A

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Allison O’Connor

      (Signature)
   

Allison O’Connor

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12A10:16 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Lerner Enterprises, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

as advisor and attorney-in-fact to Lerner Enterprises, LLC

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:36 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Financing, Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Oak Hill Credit Partners IV, Limited

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill CLO Management IV, LLC

As Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ Allan Schrager

      (Signature)
   

Allan Schrager Partner

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:36 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Asia Customized Credit Fund, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: OHA Asia Customized Credit Gen Par, LLC,

its General Partner

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:36 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Finlandia Credit Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Hedged Credit Master, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund II, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: OHA Strategic Credit Gen Par, LLC

its General Partner

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: OHA Strategic Credit GenPar, LLC,

its General Partner

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHSF Financing, Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/ S / ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

as Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Sirius Investment Fund SICAV-SIF

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

As Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
   

ROBERT B. OKUN

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 06/29, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

N/A

    (Print Name)
   

N/A

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Allison O’Connor

      (Signature)
   

Allison O’Connor

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12A10:16 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Stichting Pensioenfonds Metaal en Techniek

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

As Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Stichting Pensioenfonds van de Metalektro (PME)

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Oak Hill Advisors, L.P.

as Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ ROBERT B. OKUN

      (Signature)
    ROBERT B. OKUN
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-02-12P12:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 7/1, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Knighthead Master Fund, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Knighthead Capital Management, LLC,

its Investment Manager

    By:  

/s/ Laura Torrado

      (Signature)
    Laura Torrado
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-05-12P02:20 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 7/1, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

LMA SPC for and on behalf of the MAP84 Segregated Portfolio

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

By: Knighthead Capital Management,

Its Investment Advisor

    By:  

/s/ Laura Torrado

      (Signature)
    Laura Torrado
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-06-12P02:20 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
      KING STREET ACQUISITION COMPANY, L.L.C.
      By:  

King Street Capital Management, L.P.

Its Manager

      By:  

King Street Capital Management GP, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

07-06-12A11:49 RCVD        
      By:  

/s/ Jay Ryan

        Name:   Jay Ryan
        Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Andrew C. Faherty

        (Signature)
      Andrew C. Faherty
     

Authorized Signatory

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-09-12P04:15 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
      Avenue Investments, L.P.
      By:   Avenue Partners, LLC, its General Partner
     

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      Name:   Sonia E. Gardner
      Title:   Member
      07-10-12P01:40 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Didier Siffer

 

/s/ Megan Kane

        (Signature)
      Didier Siffer   Megan Kane
     

Authorized Signatory

 

Authorized Signatory

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-10-12 A10:20 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Intermediate Fund (Ireland) Limited

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

MSD Credit Opportunity Master Fund, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Marc R. Lisker

        (Signature)
      Marc R. Lisker
     

Managing Director

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-10-12A10:20 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Aladdin Credit Intermediate Fund, Ltd.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Aladdin Credit Offshore Fund II, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:   Fort Hill Investment Partners, LLC,
      its General Partners
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Aladdin Credit Partners I, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:   Fort Hill Investment Partners, LLC,
      its General Partners
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Aladdin DIP Offshore Fund, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:   Fort Hill Investment Partners, LLC,
      its General Partners
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Aladdin Intermediate Fund (Ireland) II Ltd.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

MC Credit Products DIP SMA, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:   Fort Hill Investment Partners, LLC,
      its General Partners
      By:  

/s/ Luke Gosselin

        (Signature)
     

Luke Gosselin, Managing Member

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-11-12A09:52 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

Q5-R5 Trading, Ltd.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      Q5-R5 Trading, Ltd.
      By:   Q Global Capital Management, L.P., as Investment Manager
      By:   Q Global Advisors, LLC, its General Partner
      By:  

/s/ Scott McCarty

        Scott McCarty, Assistant Secretary
      07-11-12A09:45 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

R2 Investments, LDC

      (Print Name of Entity)
      R 2 Investments, LDC
      By:   Amalgamated Gadget, L.P., as Investment Manager
      By:   Scepter Holdings, Inc., its General Partner
      By:  

/s/ Scott McCarty

        Scott McCarty, Assistant Secretary
      07-11-12A09:45 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

R2 Top Hat, Ltd.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      R 2 Top Hat, Ltd.
      By:   Amalgamated Gadget, L.P., as Investment Manager
      By:   Scepter Holdings, Inc., its General Partner
      By:  

/s/ Scott McCarty

        Scott McCarty, Assistant Secretary
      07-11-12A09:45 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

TPG Credit Opportunities Fund, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Julie K. Braun

        (Signature)
      Julie K. Braun
     

Vice President

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-30-12A09:22 RCVD

 

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

TPG Credit Opportunities Investors, L.P.

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Julie K. Braun

        (Signature)
      Julie K. Braun
     

Vice President

      (Print Name and Title)
      07-30-12A09:22 RCVD

 

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
      OCP Investment Trust
     

By: Onex Credit Partners, LLC its manager

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Steven Gutman

        (Signature)
      Steven Gutman
     

General Counsel

      (Print Name and Title)
      08-02-12A09:25 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
      Onex Debt Opportunity Fund, Ltd.
     

By: Onex Credit Partners, LLC, its investment Manager

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Steven Gutman

        (Signature)
      Steven Gutman
     

General Counsel

      (Print Name and Title)
      08-02-12A09:25 RCVD

 

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:       INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
     

 

      (Print Name)
     

 

      (Signature)
      PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
     

ZENITH INSURANCE COMPANY

      (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ Kari Van Gundy

        (Signature)
     

Kari Van Gundy

      (Print Name and Title)
      EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
      [date stamp unreadable]

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

INVESTORS:

Ticknor Corner, LLC
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Copper River CLO Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Kennecott Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
NZCG Funding Ltd
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


    The Hospital for Sick Children Foundation
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Guggenheim Apsley Fund L.P.
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Principal Fund, Inc. – Global Diversified Income Fund
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – PT
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – QP
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD      
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


HIGH-YIELD LOAN PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO

GUGGENHEIM HIGH-YIELD PLUS MASTER FUND SPC,

on behalf of and for the account of the

HIGH-YIELD LOAN PLUS MASTER SEGREGATED PORTFOLIO
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-09-12P01:00 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

INVESTORS:

Ticknor Corner, LLC
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Copper River CLO Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Kennecott Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
NZCG Funding Ltd
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


Sands Point Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Odyssey Reinsurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
The North River Insurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08 08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


    The Hospital for Sick Children Foundation
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Guggenheim Apsley Fund L.P.
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Principal Fund, Inc. – Global Diversified Income Fund
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – PT
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – QP
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD      
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


Sands Point Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Odyssey Reinsurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
The North River Insurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


    The Hospital for Sick Children Foundation
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Guggenheim Apsley Fund L.P.
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Principal Fund, Inc, – Global Diversified Income Fund
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – PT
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – QP
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD      
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


    The Hospital for Sick Children Foundation
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Guggenheim Apsley Fund L.P.
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Principal Fund, Inc. – Global Diversified Income Fund
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – PT
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund – QP
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD      
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


The Hospital for Sick Children Employee Pension Plan Trust
By: RBC Dexia Investor Services Trust, solely as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
The Hospital for Sick Children Employee Pension Plan
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


    The Hospital for Sick Children Foundation
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Guggenheim Apsley Fund L.P.
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    Principal Fund, Inc. – Global Diversified Income Fund
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund - PT
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director
    T Bank III to High Yield Fund - QP
    By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD      
    By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

    Name:   Michael Damaso
    Title:   Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


Sands Point Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Odyssey Reinsurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
The North River Insurance Company
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

INVESTORS:

 

Ticknor Corner, LLC
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Copper River CLO Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Kennecott Funding Ltd.
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Collateral Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
NZCG Funding Ltd
By: Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Damaso

Name:   Michael Damaso
Title:   Senior Managing Director
08-08-12A10:30 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 8/21, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
   

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER

STOCKHOLDER:

   
   
   

TRILOGY PORTFOLIO COMPANY, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:   TRILOGY CAPITAL, LLC
    By:  

/s/ John C. Kelty

      (Signature)
   

JOHN C. KELTY, AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

    (Print Name and Title)
    08-22-12P12:22 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of Sept 12, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    CVI GVF CLO 1 Ltd.
   

by Carval Investors, LLC

its attorney-in-fact

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Tiffany Parr

      (Signature)
   

Tiffany Parr

(Print Name and Title)

   
    09-13-12P12:08 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of Sept 12, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    CVI GVF (Lux) Master S.a.r.l.
   

by Carval Investors, LLC

its attorney-in-fact

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Tiffany Parr

      (Signature)
   

Tiffany Parr, Authorized Signer

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-13-12P12:08 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of Sept. 25 th , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

N/A

    (Print Name)
   

N/A

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

MAGNOLIA FUNDING

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Richard Taylor

      (Signature)
   

Richard Taylor

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-27-12P04:29 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

10-04-12A10:27 RCVD     (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Darlene Arias

      (Signature)
     

Darlene Arias

Director

Banking Products Services, US

   

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

    (Print Name and Title)
   

Joselin Fernandes

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

   
   

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of Sept 28, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
10-18-12P12:09 RCVD     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Leverage Source IV, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Laurie Medley

      (Signature)
   

Laurie Medley, Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
10-18-12P05:44 RCVD     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII Delaware, L.P.
    By:   Oaktree Fund GP, LLC
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   Oaktree Fund GP I, L.P.
    Its:   Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ Kenneth Liang

    Name:   Kenneth Liang
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    By:  

/s/ Armen Panossian

    Name:   Armen Panossian
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

10-18-12 P05:44 RCVD     (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund, L.P.
    By:   Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP, L.P.
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   Oaktree Huntington Investment Fund GP Ltd.
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
    Its:   Director
    By:  

/s/ Kenneth Liang

    Name:   Kenneth Liang
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    By:  

/s/ Armen Panossian

    Name:   Armen Panossian
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
10-18-12 P05:44 RCVD     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII (Parallel 2), L.P.
    By:   Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP, L.P.
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIII GP Ltd.
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   Oaktree Capital Management, L.P.
    Its:   Director
    By:  

/s/ Kenneth Liang

    Name:   Kenneth Liang
    Title:   Managing Director
    By:  

/s/ Armen Panossian

    Name:   Armen Panossian
    Title:   Senior Vice President

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 11/27 , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Marathon CLO II Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jake Hyde

      (Signature)
   

Jake Hyde

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-28-12Al0:39 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 12/12, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    12-13-12A11:27 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

T HE R OYAL B ANK OF S COTLAND P LC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:   RBS S ECURITIES , I NC ., IT S AGENT
    By:  

/s/ Matthew S. Rosencrans

      (Signature)
   

Matthew S. Rosencrans

Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Avenue International Master, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      (Signature)
   

Sonia E. Gardner, Director of Avenue International

Master GenPar, Ltd., its General Partner

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:58 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Avenue Investments, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      (Signature)
   

Sonia E. Gardner, Member of Avenue Partners, LLC,

its General Partner

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:57 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Avenue Special Opportunities Fund I, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      (Signature)
   

Sonia E. Gardner, Member of GL SO Partners I, LLC, as Managing Member of Avenue SO Capital Partners I, LLC, its General Partner

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:58 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Avenue Special Situations Fund VI (Master), L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      (Signature)
   

Sonia E. Gardner, Member of GL Partners VI, LLC, as Managing Member of Avenue Capital Partners VI, LLC, its General Partner

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:58 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 6/25, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc, and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Managed Accounts Master Fund Services - MAP10

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Sonia E. Gardner

      (Signature)
   

Sonia E. Gardner, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    06-27-12P02:58 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Knighthead Master Fund, LP

By: Knighthead Capital Management, LLC,

its Investment Manager

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Laura Torrado

      (Signature)
    Laura Torrado
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-09-12A10:19 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    LMA SPC For and on behalf of the MAP84
   

Segregated Portfolio, By: Knighthead Capital Management,

its Investment Advisor

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Laura Torrado

      (Signature)
   

Laura Torrado

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-09-12A10:19 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd.
   

BY: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/S/ NATALIE A. BIRRELL

      (Signature)
   

NATALIE A. BIRRELL

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-18-12A09:57 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Offshore Master III, L.P.
   

BY: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/S/ NATALIE A. BIRRELL

      (Signature)
   

NATALIE A. BIRRELL

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-18-12A09:57 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Scott R. Evan

      (Signature)
    Scott R. Evan
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-16-12P01:45 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Erik S. Grossman

      (Signature)
    Erik S. Grossman
   

Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-13-12A11:52 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
    GRF Master Fund II, L.P.
    BY: ANCHORAGE CAPITAL GROUP, L.L.C.
   

ITS INVESTMENT MANAGER

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/S/ NATALIE A. BIRRELL

      (Signature)
   

NATALIE A. BIRRELL

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-18-12A09:57 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 7/10, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Esopus Creek Value Series Fund LP- Series A

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Andrew L. Sole

      (Signature)
   

Andrew L. Sole, Managing Member

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-26-12P01:51 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 7-30, 2012, by among and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

Barclays Capital Inc

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Barclays Capital Inc

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

      (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name and Title)
    07-31-12A09:35 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by among and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Mead Westvaco.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by among and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
[date stamp unreadable]    

LOGO

   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

 

    (Signature)
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

 

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Blackrock Phillips High Yield - USD.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

 

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
LOGO    

 

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

08-20-12A10:30 RCVD

   

 

 

    (Signature)
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

 

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - GMAM Broad Scope High Yield Strategy.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

 

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:

 

08-20-12A10:30 RCVD

 

LOGO

   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

 

    (Signature)
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Goldman Sachs Global High Yield.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

 

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
LOGO    

 

08-20-12A10:30 RCVD

   

 

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

 

    (Signature)
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

 

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - GS High Yield Fund.

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

 

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:

 

LOGO

   

 

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

08-20-12A10:30 RCVD

   

 

 

    (Signature)
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

 

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - The Regents of the University of California

    (Print Name of Entity)
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

 

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:

LOGO

 

   

 

   

(Print Name)

   

 

 

    (Signature)  
   

 

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:

   

 

Helaba INVEST for account HI-MAI Segment HI-GS, GHY-SFonds

    (Print Name of Entity)  
   

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Gerald Bös

 

 

/s/ B.BAUER

      (Signature)  
   

 

Gerald Bös

 

 

B.BAUER

    (Print Name and Title)   (Relationship manager)
   

(Team leader

Relationship management)

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Dan Allen

      (Signature)
   

Dan Allen, Senior Portfolio Manager

    (Print Name and Title)
   

Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.

its Investment Manager

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Offshore Master III, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Dan Allen

      (Signature)
   

Dan Allen, Senior Portfolio Manager

    (Print Name and Title)
   

Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.

its Investment Manager

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

GRF Master Fund II, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Dan Allen

      (Signature)
   

Dan Allen, Senior Portfolio Manager

    (Print Name and Title)
   

Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.

its Investment Manager

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Goldman Sachs Global High Yield Portfolio II.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:46 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Investerings Laegernes Pensions investerings

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:46 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Investerings foreningen Laegernes Pensions investings - High Yield II

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    09-05-12P04:47 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Asia Customized Credit Fund, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    09-05-12P04:47 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund II, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Strategic Credit Master Fund, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:47 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Alfred Tom

      (Signature)
   

Alfred Tom, Senior Associate

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:46 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

PNC High Yield Bond Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ John Kernan

      (Signature)
   

John Kernan, Treasurer

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:46 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

PNC Total Return Advantage Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ John Kernan

      (Signature)
   

John Kernan, Treasurer

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-05-12P04:46 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 9/5, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Silver Point Capital Fund LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ David F. Steinmetz

      (Signature)
    David F. Steinmetz
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    09-06-12A09:37 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Silver Point Capital Offshore Master Funds

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ David Steinmetz

      (Signature)
    David F. Steinmetz
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    [date stamp unreadable]

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ BRIAN BLESSING

      (Signature)
    BRIAN BLESSING
   

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-26-12P01:18 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Guggenheim Life an Annuity Company

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners as Investment Advisor for above

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-19-12A10:27 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
[date stamp unreadable]     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Lerner Enterprises, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
10-18-12P05:46 RCVD     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

OHA Hedged Credit Master, L.P.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

PAULSON CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES MASTER LTD

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ STUART MERZER

      (Signature)
   

STUART MERZER, AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-18-12P05:47 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
[date stamp unreadable]     PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

PP OPPORTUNITIES LTD.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ STUART MERZER

      (Signature)
   

STUART MERZER, AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 12/12, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

RBC IS FOR GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MNGT.

on behalf of :

MEDIOLANUM TOP MANAGERS FD.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Patrick Bailly

 

/s/ Alexander Bauer

      (Signature)
       
    Patrick Bailly   Alexander Bauer
    Manager Corporate Actions   Manager Research and Control
   

 

 

 

    (Print Name and Title)  
    12-18-12P12:02 RCVD  

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Midland National Life Insurance & Annuity Co

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners as Investment Advisor for above

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-19-12A10:27 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

SilverPoint Capital Fund, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ David Steinmetz

      (Signature)
    David F. Steinmetz
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-23-12A11:11 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Silver Point Capital Offshore Master Fund, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ David F. Steinmetz

      (Signature)
    David F. Steinmetz
   

Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)
    10-23-12A11:11 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Goldman Sachs Asset Management on behalf of - Lyondell Master Trust - High Yield.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Stuart Matthews

      (Signature)
   

Stuart Matthews - Vice President

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-05-12A10:41 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    Signature)
    11-06-12P04:45 RCVD
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

CCM Pension - A, LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo CFO

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

CCM Pension - B LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo CFO

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-06-12P04:46 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
    11-06-12P04:46 RCVD
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

CCM Pension - C LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo CFO

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
    11-06-12P04:46 RCVD
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Contrarian Advantage Master Fund I Limited

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo, CFO

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Contrarian Capital Fund I, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo, CFO

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-06-12P04:44 RCVD

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
   

PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER

STOCKHOLDER:

   

Contrarian Capital Senior Secured, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo, CFO

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-06-12P04:45 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/23, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Contrarian Capital Trade Claims, LP

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Michael Restifo

      (Signature)
   

Michael Restifo, CFO

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-06-12P04:45 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Christopher S. Campbell

      (Signature)
   

Christopher S. Campbell, Director

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-15-12P12:09 RCVD

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Permal Contrarian Fund I Ltd.

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Authorized Signatory

      (Signature)
   

Saintco Ltd., Director

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-20-12P12:02 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/01, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

The Guggenheim Portable Alpha Solution

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners

    (Print Name and Title)
    As Investment Advisor for above
    11-20-12P12:02 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

AllianceBernstein as IM on Behalf of the Noteholders

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jason Walker

      (Signature)
   

Jason Walker, AVP AllianceBernstein

(210) 384-6132

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

AllianceBernstein as IM on Behalf of the Noteholders

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jason Walker

      (Signature)
   

Jason Walker, AVP AllianceBernstein

(210) 384-6132

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

AllianceBernstein as IM on Behalf of the Noteholders

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Jason Walker

      (Signature)
   

Jason Walker, AVP AllianceBernstein

(210) 384-6132

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page for Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 10/1, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

SEI US High Yield Bond Fund

    (Print Name)
   

/s/ Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners as Asset Mgr for above

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

 

      (Signature)
   

 

    (Print Name and Title)
    11-29-12A11:27 RCVD

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 8/8, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Mary Drummond as Asset Manager for CNI Charter High Yield Bond Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners

    (Print Name and Title)

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

SEI IIT High Yield Bond Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners

    (Print Name and Title)
    as Asset Manager for Above

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of 8/8, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

SEI IMT High Yield Bond Fund

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By  

/s/ Mary Drummond

      (Signature)
   

Mary Drummond, Guggenheim Partners

    (Print Name and Title)
    As Asset Manager for Above

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this signature page to the Investor Right’s Agreement, dated as of             , 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

INVESTORS:     INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDER:
   

 

    (Print Name)
   

 

    (Signature)
    PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, TRUST, CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT, OTHER STOCKHOLDER:
   

Sirius Investment Fund SICAV-SIF

    (Print Name of Entity)
    By:  

/s/ Robert B. Okun

      (Signature)
   

Robert B. Okun, Authorized Signatory

    (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement


ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

Joinder to Investor Rights Agreement

Relating to HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Common Stock

The undersigned (the “Transferee”) wishes to receive from Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “Transferor”) 100,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, of Common Stock (the “Common Shares”), of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

The Common Shares are subject to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 and as further amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain stockholders named therein, with capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined being given the meaning in the Agreement;

The Transferee has been given a true, correct and complete copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the Transferee is thoroughly familiar with its terms;

Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Transferor is prohibited from transferring the Common Shares until the Transferee of such Common Shares acknowledges the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby; and

The Transferee wishes to receive such Common Shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Transferor to transfer such Common Shares to the Transferee and the Company to permit such transfer, the Transferee does hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Transferee has been given a true, correct and complete copy of the Agreement, has had ample opportunity to read it, and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, (ii) the Common Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and (iii) the Transferee shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto.

Signed this 11 day of July 2013,

 

BY: D.E SHAW GALVANIC PORTFOLIOS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Joshua Swatland

Name:   Joshua Swatland
Title:   Authorised Signatory

dc-722810


ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

Joinder to Investor Rights Agreement

Relating to HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Common Stock

The undersigned (the “Transferee”) wishes to receive, from King Street Acquisition Company, L.L.C., 22,442 shares, par value $.01 per share, of Common Stock ), (the “Common Shares”), of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

The Common Shares are subject to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 and as further amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain stockholders named therein, with capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined being given the meaning in the Agreement;

The Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the Transferee is thoroughly familiar with its terms;

Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Transferor is prohibited from transferring the Common Shares until the Transferee of such Common Shares acknowledges the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby; and

The Transferee wishes to receive such Common Shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Transferor to transfer such Common Shares to the Transferee and the Company to permit such transfer, the Transferee does hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it, and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, (ii) the Common Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and (iii) the Transferee shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto.

Signed this 3rd day of Sept. 2013,

 

SEA PORT GROUP SECURITIES, LLC (Transferee)
By The Seaport Group LLC, its Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Silverman

  Name:   Jonathan Silverman
  Title:   General Counsel


ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

Joinder to Investor Rights Agreement

Relating to HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Common Stock

The undersigned (the “Transferee”) wishes to receive, from Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 25,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, of Common Stock (the “Common Shares”), of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

The Common Shares are subject to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 and as further amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain stockholders named therein, with capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined being given the meaning in the Agreement;

The Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the Transferee is thoroughly familiar with its terms;

Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Transferor is prohibited from transferring the Common Shares until the Transferee of such Common Shares acknowledges the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby; and

The Transferee wishes to receive such Common Shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Transferor to transfer such Common Shares to the Transferee and the Company to permit such transfer, the Transferee does hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it, and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, (ii) the Common Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and (iii) the Transferee shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto.

Signed this 30 th day of April, 2013,

 

MATLINPATTERSON FUND IV (HEDGE) MASTER ACCOUNT L.P., as Transferee
By: MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC, as Advisor for MatlinPatterson Fund IV (Hedge) Master Account L.P.
By:  

/s/ Sherry Gao

  Name:   Sherry Gao
  Title:   Controller

dc-713606


ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT

Joinder to Investor Rights Agreement

Relating to HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Common Stock

The undersigned (the “Transferee”) wishes to receive, from Morgan Stanley  & Co. LLC 25,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, of Common Stock (the “Common Shares”), of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

The Common Shares are subject to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 and as further amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain stockholders named therein, with capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined being given the meaning in the Agreement;

The Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the Transferee is thoroughly familiar with its terms;

Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Transferor is prohibited from transferring the Common Shares until the Transferee of such Common Shares acknowledges the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby; and

The Transferee wishes to receive such Common Shares;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Transferor to transfer such Common Shares to the Transferee and the Company to permit such transfer, the Transferee does hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Transferee has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it, and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, (ii) the Common Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and (iii) the Transferee shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto.

Signed this             day of August , 20 13 ,

 

 

Transferee: Wingspan Master Fund, LP
By: Wingspan GP, LLC, as its general partner
By:  

/s/ Brendan Driscoll

  Name:   Brendan Driscoll
  Title:   CFO


Schedule I

Hedging Transaction Language

A selling stockholder may also enter into hedging and/or monetization transactions. For example, a selling stockholder may:

(a) enter into transactions with a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party in connection with which that other party will become a selling stockholder and engage in short sales of the common stock under this prospectus, in which case the other party may use shares of common stock received from the selling stockholder to close out any short positions;

(b) itself sell short common stock under this prospectus and use shares of common stock held by it to close out any short position;

(c) enter into options, forwards or other transactions that require the selling stockholder to deliver, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, common stock to a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and publicly resell or otherwise transfer that common stock under this prospectus; or

(d) loan or pledge common stock to a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, become a selling stockholder and sell the pledged shares, under this prospectus.

Exhibit 4.2

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

AMENDED & RESTATED DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of August 2, 2013, between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholder party hereto (the “ Stockholder ”). Unless otherwise specified herein, all of the capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 4 .

WHEREAS , the Company entered into a director nomination agreement with Stockholder dated as of June 22, 2012 (the “ Original Nomination Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to permit the Stockholder who, together with its Affiliates, Beneficially Owns at least 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value, $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), to designate one or more persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and the Stockholder desire to amend and restate the Original Nomination Agreement in its entirety (and by signing this Agreement the Company and the Stockholder evidence their agreement to do so);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholder desire that this Agreement shall only become effective upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (the “ Effective Time ”);

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Board of Directors .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from and after the Effective Time and until a Holder Nominee Termination Event shall have occurred, the Stockholder shall have the right to designate one person to be nominated for election to the Board and, if requested by the Stockholder, to designate one person to be appointed or nominated, as the case may be, for election to the board of directors or managers, as the case may be, of any subsidiary of the Company that is not comprised entirely of employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Holder Nominee ”). In the case of the Board and the election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, the Stockholder shall designate the Holder Nominee by giving written notice to the Company not later than the 90th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided , that if the Holder Nominee is not Sheru Chowdhry, then such Holder Nominee shall be selected in consultation with the nominating committee of the Board (the “ Nominating Committee ”). In connection with any election of directors other than at an annual meeting of stockholders, the Stockholder and the Company shall cooperate in good faith so that the Stockholder has notice of such election and 45 days to designate its Holder Nominee to stand for election as a director. With respect to any directly or indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall take all necessary steps to cause the prompt election or appointment, as the case may be, of such Holder Nominee as a director or manager, as applicable, of such subsidiary.


With respect to any subsidiary of the Company that is not directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the prompt election or appointment, as the case may be, of such Holder Nominee as a director or manager, as applicable, of such subsidiary.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall nominate for election or appoint to serve each Holder Nominee designated hereunder by the Stockholder as a member of the Board (a “ Director ”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Stockholder, together with its Affiliates, cease to Beneficially Own at least 15% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock whether as a result of dilution, Transfer or otherwise, then the rights of the Stockholder under Section 1(a) and all other provisions of this Section 1 as applicable to the Stockholder’s Holder Nominee shall terminate automatically (each, a “ Holder Nominee Termination Event ”). Within three Business Days after the occurrence of a Holder Nominee Termination Event, the Stockholder shall notify the Company of such event. The Stockholder shall cause each Holder Nominee to execute and deliver a resignation prior to becoming a Director which shall be irrevocable and shall be effective with respect to the Company and any of its subsidiaries for which such Holder Nominee serves as a Director or in a similar capacity automatically upon the occurrence of a Holder Nominee Termination Event and shall not permit any such Holder Nominee to revoke any such resignation.

(d) If a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, disqualification, resignation or removal of a Holder Nominee (other than following a Holder Nominee Termination Event), the Stockholder shall be entitled to designate such person’s replacement which replacement shall either be (i) an employee of the Stockholder or (ii) selected in consultation with the Nominating Committee and such vacancy shall be filled with such replacement Holder Nominee, if a majority of the Board shall vote to approve such replacement Holder Nominee.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, until the occurrence of a Holder Nominee Termination Event, if a Holder Nominee is not nominated or elected to the Board because of such Holder Nominee’s death, disability, disqualification or withdrawal as a nominee or for any other reason such Holder Nominee is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the Stockholder shall be entitled to designate promptly a replacement Holder Nominee pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, subject to Section 2(c), the director position for which such original Holder Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation. For the avoidance of doubt, there can be no more than one Holder Nominee on the Board at any time.

(f) The Company shall take all necessary action to elect as a Director each replacement Holder Nominee as designated pursuant to Section 1(d) or 1(e).

(g) The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Holder Nominee in connection with his services provided to or on behalf of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, including attending meetings.

 

- 2 -


(h) In accordance with the Company’s By-Laws, the Board shall have certain standing committees and may from time to time by resolution establish and maintain one or more other committees of the Board, each committee to consist of one or more Directors. If requested by the Stockholder, the Company shall take all necessary steps to cause the Holder Nominee to be designated as a member of each such committee, and to cause the Holder Nominee to be designated as a member of each committee that the board of directors or managers of any directly or indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company may establish and maintain, in each case unless such designation would violate any legal restriction on such committee’s composition or the rules and regulations of any applicable exchange on which the Company’s securities may be listed. Additionally, to the extent that any subsidiary that is not directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company establishes any committee of its board of directors or managers, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Holder Nominee to be a member of each such committee, unless such designation would violate any legal restriction on such committee’s composition or the rules and regulations of any applicable exchange on which such subsidiary’s securities may be listed.

(i) The Stockholder shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Holder Nominee to comply with the Company’s corporate policies, including, without limitation, its code of ethics, and the Stockholder shall promptly remove any Holder Nominee who fails to comply with such corporate policies after reasonable notice from the Company.

Section 2. Company Obligations .

(a) The Company shall take all actions reasonably necessary to ensure that: (i) each Holder Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for each election of Directors; (ii) each Holder Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of Directors, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of Directors; and (iii) each replacement Holder Nominee designated pursuant to Section 1(d) or 1(e) shall be elected as a Director by the Board to fill the related vacancy or as a replacement Holder Nominee, as applicable.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be nominated for election to the Board, recommend to the stockholders the election of any Holder Nominee or elect or designate a replacement Holder Nominee as a Director to fill any vacancy: (i) who fails to submit to the Company on a timely basis such questionnaires as the Company may reasonably require of its directors generally and such other information as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the preparation of its filings under the Securities Laws; or (ii) if the Board or the Nominating Committee determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that such action would constitute a breach of its fiduciary duties or applicable law or violate the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Upon the occurrence of either (i) or (ii) above, the Company shall promptly notify the Stockholder of the occurrence of such event and permit the Stockholder to provide an alternate Holder Nominee sufficiently in advance of any Board action, the meetings of the stockholders called or written action of stockholders with respect to such election of nominees

 

- 3 -


and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under Section 2(a) with respect to such alternate Holder Nominee ( provided that if the Company provides at least 45 days advance notice of the occurrence of any such event such alternative nominee must be designated by the Stockholder not less than 30 days in advance of any Board action, notice of meeting of the stockholders or written action of stockholders with respect to such election of nominees); and provided, further , that in no event shall the Company be obligated to postpone, reschedule or delay any scheduled meeting of the stockholders with respect to such election of the Holder Nominee.

(c) At any time a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, disqualification, resignation or removal of a Holder Nominee, then the Board, or any committee thereof, shall not fill such vacancy until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that the Stockholder has designated a replacement Holder Nominee as set forth in Section 1(d) or Section 1(e) and the Board, if required under Section 1(d) has approved such replacement Holder Nominee to fill the vacancy or (ii) 40 Business Days after the Stockholder receives notification of the vacancy from the Company and the Stockholder has failed to designate a replacement Holder Nominee by such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Stockholder shall have the right to remove any Director appointed by the Board or any committee thereof pursuant to this paragraph.

(d) The Company shall (i) purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in an amount determined by the Board to be reasonable and customary and (ii) for so long as any Director to the Board nominated pursuant to the terms of the Agreement serves as a Director of the Company, maintain such coverage with respect to such Director until a Holder Nominee Termination Event shall have occurred; provided that upon such Holder Nominee Termination Event the Company shall take all actions reasonably necessary to extend such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for a period of not less than six years from any such event in respect of any act or omission occurring at or prior to such event.

(e) For so long as any Director nominated to the Board pursuant to the terms of this Agreement serves as a Director of the Company, the Company shall not amend, alter or repeal any right to indemnification or exculpation covering or benefiting any Director nominated pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to Article 8 and 9 of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether such right is contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or another document).

Section 3. Transfers; Termination .

(a) The Stockholder’s rights hereunder do not attach to its shares of Common Stock and may only be assigned pursuant to Section 5 . If the Stockholder, together with its Affiliates, Beneficially Owns less than 15% of the Common Stock, the Stockholder shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder; provided that the Stockholder shall be obligated to comply with Section 1(c) and the Company shall be obligated to comply with Section 1(g) and Section 2(d) .

(b) Except pursuant to a Permitted Assignment under Section 5 , this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the occurrence of a Holder Nominee Termination Event and shall be of no further force and effect, and no party thereto shall have any surviving

 

- 4 -


obligations, rights, or duties thereunder after the Holder Nominee Termination Event; provided that the Stockholder shall be obligated to comply with Section 1(c) and the Company shall be obligated to comply with Section 1(g) and Section 2(d) .

Section 4. Definitions .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Beneficially Own ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in recitals.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by applicable law to close.

By-Laws ” means the Company’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, as in effect on the date hereof, as the same may be amended, restated or repealed or replaced from time to time.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect on the date hereof, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Holder Nominee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) .

Holder Nominee Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(c) .

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock by the Company or any of its stockholders pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (other than on Forms S-4 or S-8 or successors to such forms) under the Securities Act.

Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 .

Nominating Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) .

 

- 5 -


Original Stockholder ” means the Stockholder who is party to this Agreement at the Effective Time.

Permitted Assignee ” means (A) any Person (other than a Person referred to in clause (B) of this definition) to whom the Stockholder alone or together with its Affiliates has Transferred at least 15% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, so long as such Person has been approved in writing in advance by the Company (such approval not be unreasonably withheld) or (B) any Affiliate of the Stockholder so long as the Affiliate, together with the Stockholder and the other Affiliates of the Stockholder, hold at least 15% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock.

Permitted Assignment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in each case, the rules promulgated thereunder.

Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Transfer ” means any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law) of Common Stock.

Section 5. Assignment; Benefit of Parties; Transfer . No party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder and any assignment hereof will be null and void except that the Stockholder may assign this Agreement, in whole, but not in part, to a Permitted Assignee or Permitted Assignees as part of a Transfer or Transfers referred to in the definition of Permitted Assignee (each, a “ Permitted Assignment ”); provided that the Permitted Assignee executes a joinder agreement pursuant to which such Permitted Assignee agrees to be bound by the terms hereof as a Stockholder hereunder (a “ Joinder Agreement ”). Only the Original Stockholder may assign this Agreement to a Permitted Assignee described in clause (A) in the definition of Permitted Assignee, and such Permitted Assignee described in clause (A) in the definition of Permitted Assignee shall have no right to further assign this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations hereunder to another Permitted Assignee described in clause (A) in the definition of Permitted Assignee. The Stockholder shall notify the Company immediately upon any such Permitted Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, legal representatives and Permitted Assignee for the uses and purposes set forth and referred to herein. In the event of a Transfer by a Stockholder, the transferee shall not have the rights and powers of a Stockholder hereunder unless the transferee is a Permitted Assignee of the Stockholder prior to and following the Transfer. Nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a Permitted Assignment, the Permitted Assignee shall be deemed be the Stockholder for purposes of this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


Section 6. Remedies . The Company and the Stockholder shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to other rights and remedies hereunder, the Company and the Stockholder shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief (without posting a bond or other security) from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7. Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the addresses set forth below and to the Stockholder at the addresses set forth below. Notices shall be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally, three days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

The Company’s address is:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

c/o Houghton Mifflin Company

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116-3764

Attention: William Bayer

Facsimile: (617) 351-1125

with copies to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Alan W. Kornberg

                  Tarun M. Stewart

Facsimile: (212) 492-0209

                  (212) 492-0567

The Stockholder’s address is:

Paulson & Co. Inc.

1251 Avenue of the Americas

50th Fl., New York, NY 10020

Attention: Sheru Chowdhry

                  Alex Blades

Facsimile: (212) 977 9505

 

- 7 -


with copies to:

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Ira Dizengoff

                 Russell W. Parks, Jr.

Facsimile: (212) 872-1002

Section 8. Adjustments . If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, conversion or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

Section 9. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

Section 10. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any person or entity other than the parties hereto and any Holder Nominee and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators any remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any terms, covenants or conditions hereof, and all of the terms, covenants, conditions, promises and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and any Holder Nominee and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 11. Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereby agrees that it will hereafter execute and deliver any further document, agreement, instruments of assignment, Transfer or conveyance as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the purposes hereof.

Section 12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and may be delivered by means of facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document format, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and shall be binding upon the party who executed the same, but all of such counterparts shall constitute the same agreement.

Section 13. Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

- 8 -


Section 14. Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement. Any action or proceeding whatsoever between the parties hereto relating to this Agreement shall be tried in a court of competent jurisdiction by a judge sitting without a jury.

Section 15. Complete Agreement; Inconsistent Agreements . This Agreement represents the complete agreement between the parties hereto as to all matters covered hereby, and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between the parties, including the Original Nomination Agreement. This Agreement shall not be effective against the parties hereto until the Effective Time.

Section 16. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 17. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the Stockholder unless such modification or amendment is approved in writing by the Company and the Stockholder. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the waiving party unless such waiver is in writing by such waiving party. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Company:
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

By:

  /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
    General Counsel and Secretary

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement


Stockholders:
PAULSON ADVANTAGE MASTER LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael Waldorf

  Name: Michael Waldorf
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PAULSON ADVANTAGE PLUS MASTER LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael Waldorf

  Name: Michael Waldorf
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PAULSON ADVANTAGE SELECT MASTER FUND LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael Waldorf

  Name: Michael Waldorf
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PAULSON CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES MASTER LTD.
By:  

/s/ Michael Waldorf

  Name: Michael Waldorf
  Title: Authorized Signatory
PP OPPORTUNITIES LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Michael Waldorf

  Name: Michael Waldorf
  Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement

Exhibit 10.1

FINAL

DEC 2012 VERSION

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purposes . The purposes of the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (this “ Plan ”) are (a) to align the interests of the Company’s stockholders and the recipients of Awards under this Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in the Company’s growth and success, (b) to advance the interests of the Company and its Affiliates by attracting and retaining certain key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers (and prospective key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers) and (c) to motivate such Persons to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

1.2 Certain Definitions .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person (i) any Person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any Person or entity in which such Person has a significant interest; provided , that , the term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , further , that with respect to the award of any “stock right” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code that is intended not to constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the code, such affiliate must qualify as a “service recipient” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and in applying Section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) of the Code for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b) of the Code and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c) of the Code, the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent”.

(b) “ Award ” shall mean any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Stock Bonus Award granted under this Plan.

(c) “ Award Notice ” shall mean the written communication evidencing an Award hereunder from the Company to the recipient of such Award.

(d) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” shall mean, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award Notice states otherwise, (i) the Grantee’s commission or guilty plea or plea of no contest to a felony (or its equivalent under applicable law) or any crime that involves moral turpitude, (ii) conduct by the Grantee that constitutes fraud or embezzlement or any acts of


dishonesty in relation to his or her duties with the Company or its Affiliates, (iii) the Grantee having engaged in gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct which causes either reputational or economic harm to the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) the Grantee’s continued refusal to substantially perform his or her essential duties with respect to the Company or its Affiliates, which refusal is not remedied within ten (10) days after written notice from the Board (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause), or (v) the Grantee’s breach of his or her obligations under any service contract he or she has with the Company or its Affiliates or any written Company employment policy, including any code of conduct, which is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after the Company notifies the Grantee of such breach (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause).

(f) “ Change in Control ” shall, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award Notice states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” or unless otherwise provided in any employment agreement between the Company and the applicable Grantee, the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder), together with its Affiliates (other than a Permitted Holder), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock or voting power of the Company by merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise;

(ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis, to any Person or group (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of Persons (other than any Permitted Holder or their Affiliates); or

(iii) the Company combines with another company if, immediately after such combination, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the combined entity;

provided , however , that for purposes of this definition, no group will be deemed to have been formed solely by virtue of the execution and delivery of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

For purposes hereof, (A) “ Restructuring Support Agreement ” shall mean the Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of May 10, , 2012, by and among the parties thereto (as amended from time to time); (B) “ Investor Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders (as amended from time to time); (C) “ Permitted Holder ” shall mean the informal group of unaffiliated holders of First Lien Bank Claims and 10.5% Notes Claims that have executed the Restructuring Support Agreement (but excluding any such holder that as of the Emergence Date was not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock or voting power of the Company), and their Affiliates, advisors, nominees or investment

 

2


managers; and (D) “ Voting Stock ” shall mean capital stock (of any class or classes) having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of the Company.

(g) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “ Committee ” shall mean the Board or a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, consisting of two or more members of the Board, in accordance with applicable law or regulation.

(i) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and all rights appurtenant thereto.

(j) “ Company ” shall mean HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Disability ” shall mean, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award Notice states otherwise, that the Grantee (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 6 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 6 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company, as determined by the Committee; provided , that , in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(e) of the Code.; provided , further , that with respect to any Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, it shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).

(l) “ Emergence Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Exercise Date ” shall mean the date on which an Award or portion of an Award is exercised, subject to the terms hereof.

(o) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option to be paid by the Grantee pursuant to the terms of this Plan and any Award Notice.

(p) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an Award Notice, the fair market value per share of Common Stock to be determined by the Committee by whatever means or method as the Committee, in the good faith exercise of its discretion, shall at such time deem appropriate and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(q) “ Grantee ” shall mean any recipient of an Award under the Plan.

 

3


(r) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” shall mean a Stock Option that is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(t) “ Mature Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock that are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and that have been held by the Grantee for the applicable period as determined by the Company’s auditors to avoid adverse accounting charges.

(u) “ Non-Qualified Stock Options ” shall mean Stock Options that are not intended to constitute “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) “ Option Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

(w) “ Person ” shall mean “person” as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

(x) “ Plan of Reorganization ” means the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. joint prepackaged Chapter 11 plan of reorganization pursuant to Section 1121(a) of Title 11 of the United States Code, dated as of May 21, 2012.

(y) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units is subject to certain specified restrictions.

(z) “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock, granted under Article VII of the Plan subject to a Restricted Period.

(aa) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, granted under Article VII of the Plan subject to a Restricted Period.

(bb) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” shall mean an Award granted under Article VI of the Plan.

(dd) “ Stock Options ” shall mean an Award granted under Article V of the Plan.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the total outstanding equity interests of such entity.

(ff) “ Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a Person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) equity securities possessing more than ten percent

 

4


(10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity securities of the Company or of any of its “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as such terms are defined in Section 422 of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION

2.1 This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select eligible Persons (including key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers (and prospective key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers)) for participation in this Plan and determine the amount, timing, and type of each Award to such Persons and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such an Award, any applicable Exercise Price, Restricted Period or vesting associated with the Award, the time and conditions of exercise of the Award, if applicable, and all other terms and conditions of the Award, including, without limitation, the form of the Award Notice evidencing the Award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and for any reason at any time take action such that any or all outstanding Awards shall become vested and/or exercisable in part or in full. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, correct any defects and supply any omissions under this Plan, establish rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan and may impose, incidental to the grant of an Award, conditions with respect to the Award, such as limiting competitive employment or other activities and make any other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

2.2 No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Board and the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law (except as otherwise may be provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or By-Laws) and under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that may be in effect from time to time.

ARTICLE III

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Shares Available . An aggregate of 8,187,135 shares of Common Stock shall be available for Awards under this Plan, subject to adjustment as provided below; provided , that , with respect to grants of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan, no more than 8, 187, 135 shares of Common Stock may be granted pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Shares of Common Stock used to pay the required Exercise Price or to satisfy any tax withholding obligation and shares underlying any Awards, or portion thereof, that are forfeited or cancelled, expire unexercised or are settled in cash are again available for Awards under this Plan. Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing.

 

5


3.2 Adjustments . In the event of any extraordinary dividend or other distribution (other than an ordinary dividend) (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or shares of Common Stock of the Company, or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar transaction or event (including, without limitation, any unusual or nonrecurring events and/or a Change in Control), and in the Committee’s opinion, such event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, make any adjustments, including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

(a) adjusting any or all of (i) the number or kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) that may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan and (ii) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (A) the number or kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (B) the exercise price with respect to any Award, or (C) any performance conditions relating to the Award; and

(b) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards, accelerating the vesting, exercisability of, lapse of Restricted Period with respect to, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event; provided , however , that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustments under this Section shall be made in a manner that does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable. The Company shall give each Grantee notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such adjustments made to an Incentive Share Option shall be made in accordance with Section 424(a) of the Code and any adjustment to any other Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

3.3 Termination . Upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing transactions and/or events set forth in Section 3.2 above, in which outstanding Awards do not remain otherwise outstanding and are not assumed or substituted, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cancel

 

6


any one or more of such outstanding vested Awards and cause to be paid to the holders of such outstanding Awards as of the time of such transaction or event, in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, or any combination thereof, the value of such vested Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of a vested outstanding Stock Option, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option over the aggregate Exercise Price of such vested Stock Option (it being understood that, in such event, any Stock Option having an Exercise Price per share of Common Stock equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor). The Committee may also provide in the terms of any Award Notice that upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing transactions and/or events set forth in Section 3.2 above, in which outstanding Awards do not remain otherwise outstanding and are not assumed or substituted, then unless otherwise determined by the Committee in connection with such transaction or event, any outstanding Awards that are unvested as of such transaction or event shall be forfeited as of such time.

3.4 Future Transactions . The existence of the Plan, the Award Notice and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the Board to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issuance of shares of Common Stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference shares of Common Stock whose rights are superior to or affect the shares of Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

3.5 The Committee’s determination in good faith under this Article III shall be final, binding and conclusive.

ARTICLE IV

AWARDS

4.1 Eligibility . The Committee, in its discretion, may make Awards to key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers (and prospective key employees, directors, consultants and other service providers)) of the Company or of any Affiliate. The persons listed on Annex A shall receive initial grants of Awards on the Emergence Date in the amounts and with the Exercise Price set forth next to their names on Annex A . Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Notice.

 

7


ARTICLE V

STOCK OPTIONS

5.1 Grant of Stock Options . Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable, which may include, without limitation, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, non-disclosure and/or other restrictive covenants as the Committee shall determine.

5.2 Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of substitute awards issued in connection with a Change in Control or other event pursuant to Article IX or Article III of the Plan, the Exercise Price for each Award shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Award; provided , that , with respect to grants of Incentive Stock Options to Ten Percent Shareholders, the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of such Award.

5.3 Vesting . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Notice, each Stock Option granted under this Plan shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Stock Option on each of the first four anniversaries of the date such Stock Option was granted; provided that the Grantee is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary on each such vesting date. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Notice, all Stock Options outstanding under the Plan shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Stock Option on the occurrence of a Change in Control.

5.4 Option Period . All Stock Options granted under this Plan shall expire seven (7) years following the applicable date of grant (the “ Option Period ”), subject to extension of the Option Period pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof or earlier termination as provided in Section 5.7 below or the Award Notice; provided , that if the Option Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition (but not beyond any date that would cause such Award to violate the provisions of Section 409A of the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to grants of Incentive Stock Options to Ten Percent Shareholders, the Option Period shall not exceed five (5) years following the applicable date of grant.

5.5 Method of Exercise . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, and subject to Section 9.5 hereof, a Stock Option may be exercised by (x) giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased, (y) accompanying such notice with payment of the aggregate purchase price therefor in full in cash or by certified check and (z) executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. In addition to the foregoing, in the discretion of the Committee payment of the aggregate purchase price may be made (1) by delivery of shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the

 

8


aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (2) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (3) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (4) a combination of (1), (2) and (3). Any fraction of a share of Common Stock that would be required to pay such purchase price shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Grantee.

5.6 Incentive/Non-Qualified Stock Options . Stock Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as designated by the Committee in an Award Notice; provided, that awards of Incentive Stock Options shall be made only to employees of the Company and any “parent corporation” or a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

5.7 Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Notice or employment agreement between the Company and the affected Grantee, the following terms and conditions shall apply in the event of the termination of the Grantee’s employment. For the avoidance of doubt, references to “employment” in this Article IV shall be to “service,” as applicable.

(a) Unvested Awards . In the event that a Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason, the Grantee shall forfeit the unvested portion of the Stock Option held by such Grantee as of the termination date.

(b) For Cause . In the event that a Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary for Cause, unless otherwise provided in any written employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary, the Grantee shall forfeit any Stock Option held by such Grantee, whether or not vested, as of the termination date.

(c) Death/Disability . In the event that a Grantee’s employment is terminated due to such Grantee’s death or by the Company or any Subsidiary due to such Grantee’s Disability, any vested portion of a Stock Option held by such Grantee as of the termination date shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one year following such termination date and (ii) the date such Stock Option would otherwise expire by its terms. Thereafter, any unexercised portion of the Stock Option shall be forfeited immediately.

(d) Other than for Cause/Death/Disability . Except as provided otherwise in any Award Notice, in the event that a Grantee’s employment is terminated other than by reason of the Grantee’s death and other than by the Company or any Subsidiary for Cause or due to the Grantee’s Disability, any vested portion of a Stock Option held by such Grantee as of the termination date shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days following such termination date and (ii) the date such Stock Option would otherwise expire by its terms. Thereafter, any unexercised portion of the Stock Option shall be forfeited immediately.

(e) Voluntary Resignation . In the event that a Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of the Grantee’s voluntary resignation, any vested portion of a Stock Option held by such Grantee as of the termination date shall remain exercisable until the earlier

 

9


of (i) thirty (30) days following such termination date and (ii) the date such Stock Option would otherwise expire by its terms. Thereafter, any unexercised portion of the Stock Option shall be forfeited immediately.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may, in its discretion, either alone or in connection with the grant of another Award, grant a Stock Appreciation Right in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Notice. If granted in connection with a Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right shall cover the same number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option (or such lesser number of shares as the Committee may determine) and shall, except as provided in this Article VI, be subject to the same terms and conditions as the related Stock Option.

6.2 Time of Grant . A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (i) at any time if unrelated to a Stock Option, or (ii) if related to a Stock Option, at the time of grant of such Stock Option.

6.3 Stock Appreciation Right Related to a Stock Option .

(a) A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with a Stock Option shall be exercisable, subject to Section 9.5 hereof, at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Stock Option is exercisable, and will not be transferable except to the extent the related Stock Option may be transferable.

(b) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the per share exercise price under the related Stock Option, by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Award Notice evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

(c) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with a Stock Option, the Stock Option shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, and upon the exercise of a Stock Option granted in connection with a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Appreciation Right shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the Stock Option is exercised or surrendered.

6.4 Stock Appreciation Right Unrelated to a Stock Option . The Committee may grant to a Grantee Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to Stock Options. A Stock Appreciation Right unrelated to Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as to exercisability, vesting and duration as the Committee shall determine. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right unrelated to a Stock Option, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by

 

10


multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the per share exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Award Notice evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

6.5 Method of Exercise . Except as provided in an Award Notice, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Grantee only by a written notice which has been approved by the Company and delivered in person, by mail or such other approved manner to the Company at the Company’s principal executive office, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised and such other information as requested by the Company. If requested by the Committee, the Grantee shall deliver the Award Notice evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised and the Award Notice evidencing any related Stock Option to the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Award Notice to the Grantee.

6.6 Form of Payment . Except as provided in an Award Notice, payment of the amount determined under this Article VI may be made in the discretion of the Committee solely in whole shares of Common Stock in a number determined at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right, or solely in cash, or in a combination of cash and shares. If the Committee decides to make full payment in shares of Common Stock and the amount payable results in a fractional share, payment for the fractional share will be made in cash.

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTED AWARDS

7.1 Generally . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Notice. Each such grant shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Article VII, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Notice.

7.2 Share Certificates; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee may, but need not, cause a share certificate registered in the name of the Grantee to be issued and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Grantee pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Grantee to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate share power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Grantee shall fail to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank share power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article VII and the applicable Award Notice, the Grantee generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Stock, including

 

11


without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock and to receive dividends; provided , however , that any dividends declared and paid during any period that such Restricted Stock is subject to restrictions shall be accrued and paid to the Grantee when the applicable restrictions lapse. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any share certificates issued to the Grantee evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Grantee to such shares and as a shareholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

7.3 Vesting . Each Award Notice shall set forth the applicable Restricted Period and the terms pursuant to which such Restricted Period shall lapse.

7.4 Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Notice, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Notice shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares except for those certain restrictions set forth in Section 9.6 hereof. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the share certificate evidencing the Restricted Stock that have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been attributable to any particular shares of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Grantee in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends within 30 days following the lapse of the Restricted Period, and, if such share is forfeited, the Grantee shall have no right to such dividends (except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Notice).

(b) Unless otherwise provided in an Award Notice, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver, within 30 days thereafter, to the Grantee, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

 

12


7.5 Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate until the lapse of the Restricted Period with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC. 2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE, BETWEEN HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC. AND THE GRANTEE. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD NOTICE IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

ARTICLE VIII

STOCK BONUS AWARDS

The Committee may issue unrestricted shares of Common Stock, or other Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock, under the Plan to Grantees, either alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Stock Bonus Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Notice. Each Stock Bonus Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Notice.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL

9.1 Effective Date and Term of Plan . This Plan shall be effective as of the effective date of the Plan of Reorganization, June 22, 2012 (the “ Emergence Date ”), and shall terminate as of the tenth anniversary of the Emergence Date, unless terminated earlier by the Board. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any Award granted prior to termination. Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization shall constitute all necessary approval by the stockholders of the Company of the Plan.

9.2 Amendments . The Board may amend this Plan and any Award Notice as it shall deem advisable, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation; provided , however , that no amendment may materially impair the rights of a Grantee without the consent of such Grantee.

9.3 Non-Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no Award shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee in an Award Notice, no Award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Award, such Award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.

 

13


9.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the holder of such Award of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation (a) by allowing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award, or allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (b) by paying such obligation in cash; (c) in cash from a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise; (e) by delivering shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation; or (f) any combination of the foregoing.

9.5 Applicable Securities Laws and Restrictions on Exercise . Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In addition, in no event shall any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right be exercised by a Grantee if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable securities and other laws, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. In the event that the exercise of any Stock Option or settlement or vesting of any other Award is restricted pursuant to the foregoing, the Committee shall toll the applicable exercise period or otherwise delay such settlement or vesting until such restriction no longer exists.

9.6 Restrictions on Shares . Each Award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of shares thereunder, such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may require that certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to any Award made hereunder bear a legend similar to the following:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED, QUALIFIED, APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT OR SUCH

 

14


LAWS AND NEITHER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE REGULATORY AUTHORITY HAS PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THESE SECURITIES.

9.7 No Right of Participation, Employment or Service . Unless otherwise set forth in an employment agreement, no Person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any Award made hereunder shall confer upon any Person any right to continued employment by or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any Person at any time without liability hereunder.

9.8 Clawback/Forfeiture . To the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) and/or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, Awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements (and such requirements shall be deemed incorporated by reference into all outstanding Award Notices).

9.9 Rights as Stockholder . No Person shall have any right as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an Award hereunder unless and until such Person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of Common Stock or equity security.

9.10 Governing Law . This Plan, each Award hereunder and the related Award Notice, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

9.11 Other Agreements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may require in any Award Notice, as a condition to the grant of and/or the receipt of shares of Common Stock under an Award, that the Grantee execute the Investor Rights Agreement (prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering), lock-up, shareholder or other agreements, as it may determine in its sole and absolute discretion provided that such agreement is not materially inconsistent with the purpose of the Award.

9.12 International Participants . With respect to Grantees who are not subject to taxation in the United States, the Committee may in its sole discretion adopt a subplan with respect to such Grantees in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Grantee, the Company or its Affiliates.

 

15


ARTICLE X

REPURCHASE RIGHTS

10.1 Repurchase Rights .

(a) Except as otherwise required by law, unless otherwise specifically provided in any Award Notice, following a termination of any Grantee’s service by the Company for Cause, the Company or its designee shall have the right to purchase any or all of a Grantee’s securities acquired upon vesting of Awards or exercise of Stock Options (the “ Subject Shares ”), in either case, at a price per share of Common Stock as determined below (the “ Repurchase Price ”) at any time within 180 days following such termination of service.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law, unless otherwise specifically provided in any Award Notice, the Repurchase Price per share shall equal the lesser of (i) the per share exercise price paid in the case of Stock Options and the per share purchase price, if any, paid by the Grantee for shares of Common Stock acquired upon vesting of the Award (which amount shall be zero ($0.00) if no purchase price was paid therefor in connection with a “net cashless exercise”) and (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the date of termination of employment.

(c) Payment of the purchase price in connection with any such purchase of the Subject Shares shall be in the form of cash.

(d) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Subject Shares pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be consummated as promptly as practicable after notice of purchase is delivered by the Company to such Grantee.

(e) At any closing for the purchase of Subject Shares, each Grantee selling Subject Shares shall deliver certificates representing such Subject Shares, duly endorsed with a signature guarantee for transfer and accompanied by all requisite transfer taxes, if any, and such Subject Shares shall be free and clear of any liens, claims, options, charges, encumbrances or rights (other than those arising hereunder), and such selling Grantee shall so represent and warrant, and each shall further represent that it is the beneficial and record owner of such Subject Shares and has the authority to sell such Subject Shares. At such closing, each purchaser of Subject Shares shall deliver at such closing payment for the Repurchase Price for each Subject Share purchased by it by certified or official bank check or wire transfer. At such closing, all of the parties shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise reasonable, customary and appropriate in connection with such sale of Subject Shares.

10.2 Initial Public Offering . The restrictions and rights set forth in this Article X shall expire upon the consummation of the first public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement (other than on a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Initial Public Offering ”).

 

16


ANNEX A

INITIAL STOCK OPTION GRANTS

[Redacted]

Exhibit 10.2a

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant thereto, the Company desires to grant to the Person identified on Schedule I hereto (the “ Grantee ”) an option to acquire ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), as of this      day of                      (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee an option to purchase from the Company that number of shares of Common Stock as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto at the Exercise Price as also set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Award ”). By accepting this Award, the Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and agrees to execute as a condition of the Award the Company’s Confidentiality, Intellectual Property and Non-Solicitation Agreement.

2. Vesting and Exercisability; Expiration .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Award shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date; provided , that , the Grantee remains in continuous service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on each such vesting date. Upon termination of the Grantee’s continuous service, any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Grantee’s continuous service with the Company, the Award shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award as of the date of such Change in Control.

(c) Subject to earlier termination as provided in this clause (c), the Award shall expire on the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”). The portion of the Award that is vested as of the Grantee’s termination of continuous service with the Company shall remain exercisable following such termination as follows: (i) until the 90 th day following the Grantee’s termination by the Company without Cause and other than due to the Grantee’s Disability, but in no event later than the Expiration Date, (ii) until the one year anniversary following the Grantee’s termination by the Company due to Disability or termination due to the Grantee’s death, but in no event later than the Expiration Date, or (iii) until the 30 th day following the Grantee’s voluntary termination of continuous service with the Company, but in no event later than the Expiration Date. Thereafter, any unexercised portion of such Award shall be forfeited immediately. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Grantee shall forfeit the Award, whether or not vested, as of the Grantee’s termination date.


3. Method of Exercising Option .

(a) Payment of Exercise Price . Subject to Section 9 hereof, the Award, to the extent vested, may be exercised by the Grantee, in whole or in part, by (i) giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased; (ii) satisfying the aggregate purchase price therefor (1) in cash or by certified check; (2) by delivery of shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (3) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (4) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (5) a combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4) and (iii) becoming a party to the Investor Rights Agreement (prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering) and executing such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Committee.

(b) Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation (1) by allowing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (2) by paying such obligation in cash; (3) in cash from a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise; (4) by delivering shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) or (5) by any combination of the foregoing (1) through (4).

4. Termination of Employment; Repurchase . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company for Cause, the terms and conditions set forth in Article X of the Plan shall govern and control.

5. Issuance of Shares . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, as promptly as practical after receipt of written notification of exercise, full payment of the Exercise Price and any required income tax withholding and the execution of any required documentation, the Company shall issue or transfer to the Grantee the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Award or portion thereof has been so exercised, and shall deliver to the Grantee either a certificate or certificates therefor or written evidence of the book entry notation evidencing the issuance thereof, registered in the Grantee’s name.

6. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan.

7. Rights as Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award until the Grantee shall have become the holder

 

2


of record of such shares, and except as provided in Section 3.2 of the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such shares for which the date on which shareholders of record are determined for purposes of paying cash dividends on shares of Common Stock is prior to the date upon which the Grantee shall become the holder of record thereof.

8. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

9. Applicable Securities Laws and Restrictions on Exercise . Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In no event shall the Grantee be permitted to exercise this Award if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable securities and other laws, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. In the event that the exercise of the Stock Option is restricted pursuant to the foregoing, the Committee shall toll the applicable exercise period until such restriction no longer exists.

10. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided , that , unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

11. Non-Qualified Stock Options . The Award granted hereunder consists of stock options that are not intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

13. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan.

14. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee.

 

3


15. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service.

16. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

17. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

18. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that any officers and directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than the exercise of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then an officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

19. Restrictive Covenants . Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, this Award Notice and the Award contemplated hereunder is contingent upon the Grantee’s execution and return to the Company of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Linda K. Zecher
  President and Chief Executive Officer
OPTIONEE

 

[Name]

 

Date:  

 


SCHEDULE I

AWARD

 

OPTIONEE

   NUMBER OF SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK
   EXERCISE PRICE
($/share)
     


EXHIBIT A TO STOCK OPTION AWARD NOTICE

CONFIDENTIALITY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of my receipt of an award of stock options from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“Company”), as set forth in the Stock Option Award Notice dated [                    ], I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality, Intellectual Property and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

 

1. Confidential Information . I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company (including its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities) utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Company Property . Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment for any reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Company Property in my possession,

custody or control. “Company Property” as used in this Agreement means all property and resources of the Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information, memoranda, notes, lists, records and other documents or papers (and all hard and electronic copies thereof), the Company’s products, computer systems, electronic equipment and all software, e-mail, web pages and databases, telephone and facsimile services, and all other administrative and/or support services provided by the Company.

3. Intellectual Property . (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “Works”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications,

 


assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ I nventions” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression; (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights, methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any,

are identified on the last page of this Agreement (the “Separate Works”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on the last page. If I do not list any Inventions on the last page of this Agreement, then I acknowledge that none exist.

4. Non-Solicitation . I acknowledge that I have received, and will continue to receive from the Company, detailed and unique access to broad-based Confidential Information and proprietary information about the Company, its products, innovations, business plans and strategies, competitive position, talent, vendor and supplier relationships, and among other sensitive information, its business risks and opportunities. In order to protect such Confidential Information and proprietary information and preserve the goodwill of the Company, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter I shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit, induce or attempt to induce for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee or consultant of the Company at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee or consultant of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee or consultant thereof.

5. Non-Disparagement . I agree that, during my employment and at any time thereafter (including following my termination of employment for any reason), I will not make or publish negative or disparaging statements, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, that in any way relate to the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, or advisors; or their respective businesses or reputations. I agree and acknowledge that I will not publicly comment upon or discuss the Company with any media source, including but not limited to any reporters, television, radio, movie, theatrical, internet web blog or web site, national or local newspaper, magazine, or any other news organization, news outlet, or publication. I further agree not to publish, or draft for publication, any written material whatsoever related to the Company, except as specifically authorized, in writing, by an authorized representative of the Company.

6. Employment “At-Will”. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

7. Enforcement. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer

 


irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to specific performance and injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any severance pay for which I may be eligible. The Company shall provide me with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

9. Amendment; Waiver; Judicial Modification . This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and an authorized representative of the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

10. Assignment . This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

Signature

 

Printed Name

Date:  

 

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none.”

 


Exhibit 10.2b

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant thereto, the Company desires to grant to the Person identified on Schedule I hereto (the “ Grantee ”) an option to acquire ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), as of this      day of                      (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee an option to purchase from the Company that number of shares of Common Stock as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto at the Exercise Price as also set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Award ”). By accepting this Award, the Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and agrees to execute as a condition of the Award the Company’s Confidentiality, Intellectual Property and Non-Solicitation Agreement.

2. Vesting and Exercisability; Expiration .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Award shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date; provided , that , the Grantee remains in continuous service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on each such vesting date. Upon termination of the Grantee’s continuous service, any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited.

(b) Subject to earlier termination as provided in this clause (b), the Award shall expire on the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”). The portion of the Award that is vested as of the Grantee’s termination of continuous service with the Company shall remain exercisable following such termination as follows: (i) until the 90 th day following the Grantee’s termination by the Company without Cause and other than due to the Grantee’s Disability, but in no event later than the Expiration Date, (ii) until the one year anniversary following the Grantee’s termination by the Company due to Disability or termination due to the Grantee’s death, but in no event later than the Expiration Date, or (iii) until the 30 th day following the Grantee’s voluntary termination of continuous service with the Company, but in no event later than the Expiration Date. Thereafter, any unexercised portion of such Award shall be forfeited immediately. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Grantee shall forfeit the Award, whether or not vested, as of the Grantee’s termination date.

3. Method of Exercising Option .

(a) Payment of Exercise Price . Subject to Section 9 hereof, the Award, to the extent vested, may be exercised by the Grantee, in whole or in part, by (i) giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be


purchased; (ii) satisfying the aggregate purchase price therefor (1) in cash or by certified check; (2) by delivery of shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (3) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Exercise Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (4) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (5) a combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4) and (iii) becoming a party to the Investor Rights Agreement (prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering) and executing such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Committee.

(b) Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation (1) by allowing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (2) by paying such obligation in cash; (3) in cash from a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the Grantee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise; (4) by delivering shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) or (5) by any combination of the foregoing (1) through (4).

4. Termination of Employment; Repurchase . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company for Cause, the terms and conditions set forth in Article X of the Plan shall govern and control.

5. Issuance of Shares . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, as promptly as practical after receipt of written notification of exercise, full payment of the Exercise Price and any required income tax withholding and the execution of any required documentation, the Company shall issue or transfer to the Grantee the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Award or portion thereof has been so exercised, and shall deliver to the Grantee either a certificate or certificates therefor or written evidence of the book entry notation evidencing the issuance thereof, registered in the Grantee’s name.

6. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan.

7. Rights as Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award until the Grantee shall have become the holder of record of such shares, and except as provided in Section 3.2 of the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such shares for which the date on which shareholders of record are determined for purposes of paying cash dividends on shares of Common Stock is prior to the date upon which the Grantee shall become the holder of record thereof.

 

2


8. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

9. Applicable Securities Laws and Restrictions on Exercise . Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In no event shall the Grantee be permitted to exercise this Award if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable securities and other laws, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. In the event that the exercise of the Stock Option is restricted pursuant to the foregoing, the Committee shall toll the applicable exercise period until such restriction no longer exists.

10. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided , that , unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

11. Non-Qualified Stock Options . The Award granted hereunder consists of stock options that are not intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

13. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan.

14. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee.

15. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service.

16. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

 

3


17. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

18. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that any officers and directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than the exercise of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then an officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

19. Restrictive Covenants . Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, this Award Notice and the Award contemplated hereunder is contingent upon the Grantee’s execution and return to the Company of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Linda K. Zecher
  President and Chief Executive Officer
OPTIONEE

 

[Name]

 

Date:  

 


SCHEDULE I

AWARD

 

OPTIONEE

   NUMBER OF SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK
   EXERCISE PRICE
($/share)
     


EXHIBIT A TO STOCK OPTION AWARD NOTICE

CONFIDENTIALITY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of my receipt of an award of stock options from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“Company”), as set forth in the Stock Option Award Notice dated [                    ], I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality, Intellectual Property and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

 

1. Confidential Information . I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company (including its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities) utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Company Property . Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment for any reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Company Property in my possession,

custody or control. “Company Property” as used in this Agreement means all property and resources of the Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information, memoranda, notes, lists, records and other documents or papers (and all hard and electronic copies thereof), the Company’s products, computer systems, electronic equipment and all software, e-mail, web pages and databases, telephone and facsimile services, and all other administrative and/or support services provided by the Company.

3. Intellectual Property . (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “Works”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications,

 


assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ I nventions” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression; (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights, methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any,

are identified on the last page of this Agreement (the “Separate Works”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on the last page. If I do not list any Inventions on the last page of this Agreement, then I acknowledge that none exist.

4. Non-Solicitation . I acknowledge that I have received, and will continue to receive from the Company, detailed and unique access to broad-based Confidential Information and proprietary information about the Company, its products, innovations, business plans and strategies, competitive position, talent, vendor and supplier relationships, and among other sensitive information, its business risks and opportunities. In order to protect such Confidential Information and proprietary information and preserve the goodwill of the Company, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter I shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit, induce or attempt to induce for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee or consultant of the Company at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee or consultant of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee or consultant thereof.

5. Non-Disparagement . I agree that, during my employment and at any time thereafter (including following my termination of employment for any reason), I will not make or publish negative or disparaging statements, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, that in any way relate to the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, or advisors; or their respective businesses or reputations. I agree and acknowledge that I will not publicly comment upon or discuss the Company with any media source, including but not limited to any reporters, television, radio, movie, theatrical, internet web blog or web site, national or local newspaper, magazine, or any other news organization, news outlet, or publication. I further agree not to publish, or draft for publication, any written material whatsoever related to the Company, except as specifically authorized, in writing, by an authorized representative of the Company.

6. Employment “At-Will”. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

7. Enforcement. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer

 


irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to specific performance and injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any severance pay for which I may be eligible. The Company shall provide me with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

9. Amendment; Waiver; Judicial Modification .

This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and an authorized representative of the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

10. Assignment . This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:
Signature

 

Printed Name
Date:  

 

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none.”

 

Exhibit 10.3

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant thereto, the Company desires to grant to the Person identified on Schedule I hereto (the “ Grantee ”) Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) with respect to the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), as of this [    ] day of [            ] (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee that number of RSUs as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Award ”). By accepting this Award, the Grantee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and agrees to execute as a condition of the Award the Company’s Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Confidentiality Agreement. The Award shall be credited to a separate book-entry account maintained for the Grantee on the books of the Company. The Award shall vest and be settled in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

2. Terms and Conditions .

(a) The Award shall be one hundred percent (100%) unvested as of the Grant Date. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Award Notice, the Award shall vest and become non-forfeitable on [ insert vesting schedule ] (the “ Vesting Date ”), provided that the Grantee remains in continuous service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Vesting Date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Grantee’s voluntary resignation, the Grantee shall forfeit the unvested Award as of the Grantee’s termination date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company without Cause or due to the Grantee’s Disability, or due to the Grantee’s death, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the Grantee’s termination date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Grantee’s continuous service with the Company, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the date of such Change in Control.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, within 30 days following the Vesting Date, the Company shall settle the Award and shall therefore, subject to any required tax withholding and the execution of any required documentation, (i) issue and deliver to the Grantee one share of Common Stock for each RSU (the “ RSU Shares ”) (and, upon such settlement, the RSUs shall cease to be credited to the account) and (ii) enter the Grantee’s name as a shareholder of record with respect to the RSU Shares on the books of the Company. Alternatively, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part RSU Shares in lieu of settling the vested RSUs solely in RSU Shares. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering RSU Shares, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value as of the Vesting Date of the RSU Shares less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.


(d) If on any date that RSUs remain outstanding, dividends are paid by the Company on outstanding shares of its Common Stock (“ Shares ”) (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), then the Grantee’s account shall, as of each such Dividend Payment Date, be credited with an amount (each such amount, a “ Dividend Equivalent Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) the number of RSUs in the account as of the Dividend Payment Date and (ii) the per Share cash amount of such dividend (or, in the case of a dividend payable in Shares or other property, the per Share equivalent cash value of such dividend as determined in good faith by the Committee). On the Vesting Date, in connection with the settlement and delivery of RSU Shares as contemplated by Section 2(c), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive a payment, without interest, of an amount in cash equal to the accumulated Dividend Equivalent Amounts in respect of the RSU Shares so delivered.

(e) Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation (1) by allowing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (2) by paying such obligation in cash; (3) by delivering shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) or (4) by any combination of the foregoing (1) through (3).

3. Termination of Employment; Repurchase . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company for Cause, the terms and conditions set forth in Article X of the Plan shall govern and control.

4. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan. In addition, with respect to any RSU Shares delivered upon settlement of the RSUs, the Grantee agrees to comply with any written holding requirement policy adopted by the Company for employees.

5. Rights as Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award unless, until and to the extent that (i) the Company shall have issued and delivered to the Grantee the RSU Shares (via certificates or book entry notation) and (ii) the Grantee’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record with respect to such RSU Shares on the books of the Company.

6. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

 

2


7. Applicable Securities Laws . Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

8. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided , that , unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

9. Governing Law . This Award Notice shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

10. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee.

12. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service.

13. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

14. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Award Notice.

15. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that any officers and directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than the exercise of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then an officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

 

3


16. Restrictive Covenants . Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, this Award Notice and the Award contemplated hereunder is contingent upon the Grantee’s execution and return to the Company of the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Confidentiality Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

17. Section 409A . It is intended that the Award be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and this Award Notice shall be interpreted consistent therewith.

18. Successors . The terms of this Award Notice shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Grantee and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

19. Entire Agreement . This Award Notice and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereof.

20. Counterparts . This Award Notice may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Award Notice to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Award Notice, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
GRANTEE

 

Name:  

 

 

5


SCHEDULE I

AWARD

 

GRANTEE

   NUMBER OF RSUs
  


EXHIBIT A – Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Confidentiality Agreement

[attached]

Exhibit 10.4

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-EMPLOYEE GRANTEE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Incl. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant to Section 7 thereof, the Company desires to grant to [            ] (the “ Grantee ”) an award of restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”), as of this [    ] day of [        ], [            ] (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee an award (the “ Award ”) of              restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”). The RSUs are subject to the restrictions described herein, including forfeiture under the circumstances described in Section 4 hereof.

2. Restricted Period; Vesting .

(a) General . The Restricted Period with respect to the RSUs shall commence on the Grant Date and expire on [                    ]. The RSUs shall be 100% unvested on the Grant Date, and except as otherwise provided in Section 4, shall vest in full on the last day of the Restricted Period, subject to the Grantee’s continuous service as a member of the Board through such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the authority to remove the restrictions on the RSUs whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the Grant Date, such action is appropriate.

(b) Effect of Termination of Service . In the event the Grantee’s service as a member of the Board terminates by reason of his death or Disability, the outstanding RSUs shall vest on such date of death or Disability. If the Grantee’s service as a member of the Board is terminated (i) by the Company or the shareholders of the company for “cause” (as determined by the Board in good faith) or (ii) because the Grantee resigns or refuses reappointment or reelection to the Board, all then outstanding unvested RSUs shall be immediately forfeited. If the Grantee’s service as a member of the Board terminates because he is not reelected or reappointed to the Board (other than for “cause” and other than due to his refusal to stand for such reelection or reappointment), all then outstanding RSUs shall vest on the date of termination of service.

(c) Effect of Change in Control . The RSUs shall become 100% vested as of the date of a Change in Control, subject to the Grantee’s continuous service as a member of the Board through the effective date of such Change in Control.

3. Settlement . On or within 30 days after the RSUs become vested (as applicable, the “ Vesting Date ”), the vested RSUs shall be “settled” by delivery from the Company to the Grantee, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, of one share of Common Stock for each outstanding vested RSU; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock as settlement for such vested RSUs. Any cash


payment made hereunder in lieu of delivery of a share of Common Stock shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the Vesting Date, less any income and employment taxes required to be withheld on such payment. Shares of Common Stock issued in respect of vested RSUs may be evidenced by delivery to the Grantee of either a certificate or certificates therefor or written evidence of the book entry notification evidencing the issuance thereof, registered in the Grantee’s name. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment dates set forth in this Section 3 have been specified for the purpose of complying with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”). To the extent payments are made during the periods permitted under Section 409A (including any applicable periods before or after the specified payment dates set forth in this Section 3), the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under the Plan and shall be deemed not to be in breach of its payments obligations hereunder.

4. Rights as a Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award until the Grantee shall have become the holder of record of such shares, and except as provided in Section 3.2 of the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such shares for which the date on which shareholders of record are determined for purposes of paying cash dividends on shares of Common Stock is prior to the date upon which the Grantee shall become the holder of record thereof.

5. Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to the Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation (a) by allowing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with the Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (b) by paying such obligation in cash; (c) by delivering shares of Common Stock (that are Mature Shares) or (d) by any combination of the foregoing.

6. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan.

7. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

8. Repurchase Rights . The provisions of Article X of the Plan shall not apply to any shares of Common Stock issued in respect of the RSUs.

9. Applicable Securities Laws . Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they

 

2


first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

10. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided , that , unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

12. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan.

13. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee.

14. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service as a member of the Board.

15. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

16. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement.

17. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that the directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the

 

3


Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than settlement of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then a director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

GRANTEE

 

[NAME]

 

5

Exhibit 10.5

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

The Company hereby adopts the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. All capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 1 hereof. The Plan, as set forth herein, is intended to assist the Company in attracting and retaining executives in the face of career and compensation uncertainty if a Change in Control occurs. The Plan, as a “severance pay arrangement” within the meaning of Section 3(2)(B)(i) of ERISA, is intended to be excepted from the definitions of “employee pension benefit plan” and “pension plan” set forth under section 3(2) of ERISA, and is intended to meet the descriptive requirements of a plan constituting a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of regulations published by the Secretary of Labor at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations §2510.3-2(b).

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS . As hereinafter used:

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person (i) any Person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any Person or entity in which such Person has a significant interest; provided , that , the term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.2 “ Basic Severance Plan ” means the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan, effective as of March 16, 2009, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successors thereto.

1.3 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.4 “ Cause ” has the meaning given such term in the MIP.

1.5 “ Change in Control ” means, unless otherwise provided in any employment agreement between the Company and the applicable Eligible Employee, the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder), together with its Affiliates (other than a Permitted Holder), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock or voting power of the Company by merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise;

(ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, determined on a consolidated basis, to any Person or group (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of Persons (other than any Permitted Holder or their Affiliates); or


(iii) the Company combines with another company if, immediately after such combination, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the combination hold, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the combined entity;

provided , however , that for purposes of this definition, no group will be deemed to have been formed solely by virtue of the execution and delivery of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. In addition, the Board may specifically provide that an event or transaction that would not otherwise qualify as a Change in Control be treated as a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan.

For purposes hereof, (A) “ Restructuring Support Agreement ” shall mean the Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of May 10, , 2012, by and among the parties thereto (as amended from time to time); (B) “ Investor Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2012 by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders (as amended from time to time); (C) “ Permitted Holder ” shall mean the informal group of unaffiliated holders of First Lien Bank Claims and 10.5% Notes Claims that have executed the Restructuring Support Agreement (but excluding any such holder that as of the Emergence Date was not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock or voting power of the Company), and their Affiliates, advisors, nominees or investment managers; and (D) “ Voting Stock ” shall mean capital stock (of any class or classes) having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of the Company.

1.6 “ Change in Control Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the date a Change in Control occurs and ending on the second anniversary of such date, or the period commencing on the date of entry into a definitive agreement (or following a public announcement by the Company of a transaction or transactions), in either case the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby would result in a Change in Control, but not earlier than six months preceding the Change in Control (but for the sake of clarity, conditioned on the actual consummation of the Change in Control).

1.7 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.8 “ Company ” means HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. or any successors thereto.

1.9 “ Disability ” means a physical or mental condition entitling the Eligible Employee to benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan of the Company or any its subsidiaries, if the Eligible Employee elected to participate in that

 

2


plan, or if no such plan exists or the Eligible Employee did not elect to participate in such plan, a “permanent and total disability” (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code).

1.10 “ Effective Date ” means December 20, 2012.

1.11 “ Eligible Employee ” means any full-time employee of the Company or any subsidiary thereof designated by the Board as a participant in the Plan.

1.12 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.13 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.14 “ Excise Tax ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4 hereof.

1.15 “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to an Eligible Employee, either (a) material adverse change in duties or reporting relationship, (b) reduction in salary or annual bonus opportunity not in connection with an across-the-board reduction for other senior executives of the Company, or (c) forced relocation to a place of employment more than 50 miles from the Eligible Employee’s place of employment immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, that no termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment shall constitute a termination for Good Reason unless (i) the Eligible Employee has first provided the Company with written notice specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the Eligible Employee has or should reasonably be expected to have had knowledge of the occurrence thereof, (ii) the Company has not cured such acts or omissions within thirty (30) days of its actual receipt of such notice, and (iii) the effective date of the Eligible Employee’s termination for Good Reason occurs no later than ninety (90) days after the initial existence of the facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason.

1.16 “ MIP ” means the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.17 “ Payment ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4 hereof.

1.18 “ Person ” means “person” as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

1.19 “ Plan ” means this HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, as set forth herein, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.20 “ Plan Administrator ” means the Board or a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, consisting of two or more members of the Board, in accordance with applicable law or regulation. As of the Effective Date, the Plan Administrator shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

3


1.21 “ Pro Rata Bonus ” means the product of (a) the Eligible Employee’s Target Annual Bonus for the Company’s fiscal year in which the Severance Date occurs or in which the Change in Control occurs, if greater, and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full and partial months completed from the first day of the fiscal year in which the Severance Date occurs through the Severance Date, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

1.22 “ Release Effective Date ” means the date on which the release of claims required pursuant to Section 2.10 has become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms.

1.23 “ Safe Harbor Amount ” means the greatest pre-tax amount of Payments that could be paid to an Eligible Employee without causing an Eligible Employee to become liable for any Excise Tax in connection therewith.

1.24 “ Severance ” means (a) the involuntary termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment by the Company or any subsidiary thereof, other than for Cause, and other than due to death or Disability or (b) the termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment by the Eligible Employee for Good Reason, in each case, during the Change in Control Protection Period.

1.25 “ Severance Date ” means the date on which an Eligible Employee incurs a Severance.

1.26 “ Target Annual Bonus” means an Eligible Employee’s target annual bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or immediately prior to the Severance Date, whichever is higher.

1.27 “ Tier I Employee ” means any Eligible Employee designated as a Tier I Employee.

1.28 “ Tier II Employee ” means any Eligible Employee designated as a Tier II Employee.

1.29 “ Tier III Employee ” means any Eligible Employee designated as a Tier III Employee.

SECTION 2. CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

2.1 Generally . Subject to Sections 2.7, 4 and 6.11 hereof, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to severance payments and benefits pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 2 of this Plan if he or she incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period. For purposes of calculating severance benefits pursuant to this Section 2, any reduction in an Employee’s annual base salary or Target Annual Bonus, as the case may be, during the Change in Control Protection Period shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, in no event shall an Eligible Employee receive cash severance benefits under both this Plan and the Basic Severance Plan. In the event of any conflict or overlap of cash severance benefits under this Plan and the Basic Severance Plan, the plan paying the higher amount of cash severance benefits shall prevail.

 

4


2.2 Payment of Accrued Obligations . The Company shall pay to each Eligible Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period a lump sum payment in cash, equal to the sum of (a) the Eligible Employee’s earned but unpaid base salary and any accrued but unused vacation pay, in each case through the Severance Date, paid no later than 10 days after the Severance Date, or sooner if required by state law, and (b) subject to Sections 2.7, 4 and 6.11 hereof, the Eligible Employee’s annual bonus payable for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Severance Date occurs if such bonus has not been paid as of the Severance Date, paid at the same time as annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company but not later than March 15 th next following the Severance Date, payable without regard to the requirement, if any, that the Eligible Employee be employed on the payment date.

2.3 Tier I Employees . Subject to Sections 2.7, 4 and 6.11 hereof, the Company shall pay to each Tier I Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period a lump sum cash payment, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 10 days following the Release Effective Date, equal to the sum of (a) two times (2x) the sum of (i) his or her annual base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or immediately prior to the Severance Date, whichever is higher) plus (ii) his or her Target Annual Bonus, plus (b) the Pro Rata Bonus.

2.4 Tier II Employees . Subject to Sections 2.7, 4 and 6.11 hereof, the Company shall pay to each Tier II Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period a lump sum cash payment, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 10 days following the Release Effective Date, equal to the sum of (a) two times his or her annual base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or immediately prior to the Severance Date, whichever is higher) plus (b) his or her Target Annual Bonus, plus (c) the Pro Rata Bonus.

2.5 Tier III Employees . Subject to Sections 2.7, 4 and 6.11 hereof, the Company shall pay to each Tier III Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period a lump sum cash payment, as soon as practicable but in no event later than 10 days following the Release Effective Date, equal to the sum of (a) his or her annual base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or immediately prior to the Severance Date, whichever is higher) plus (b) 50% of his or her Target Annual Bonus, plus (c) the Pro Rata Bonus.

2.6 Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation Awards in connection with a Severance . Each outstanding equity-based award held by an Eligible Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period shall be treated in accordance with its terms.

2.7 Release . No Eligible Employee who incurs a Severance during the Change in Control Protection Period shall be eligible to receive any payments or other

 

5


benefits under the Plan (other than payments under Section 2.2(a) hereof) unless, effective not later than 60 days following the Severance Date, he or she delivers a written release substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule A that has become irrevocable and effective in accordance with its terms.

2.8 Restricted Covenant Obligations Unaffected . Each Eligible Employee shall remain subject to any existing non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, confidentiality or other restrictive covenant obligations applicable to such Eligible Employee in accordance with their terms, which shall remain unaffected by this Plan.

SECTION 3. PLAN ADMINISTRATION .

3.1 The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan and may interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations under the Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, subject to all of the provisions of the Plan.

3.2 The Plan Administrator may delegate any of its duties hereunder to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate.

3.3 The Plan Administrator is empowered, on behalf of the Plan, to engage accountants, legal counsel and such other personnel as it deems necessary or advisable to assist it in the performance of its duties under the Plan. The functions of any such persons engaged by the Plan Administrator shall be limited to the specified services and duties for which they are engaged, and such persons shall have no other duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Plan. Such persons shall exercise no discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting the management of the Plan. All reasonable expenses thereof shall be borne by the Company.

3.4 The Plan Administrator shall provide each Eligible Employee with a notice in writing indicating that such Eligible Employee has been selected for participation in the Plan and the specific level (Tier I, Tier II or Tier III) at which such Eligible Employee shall participate). The written notice may include such other provisions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Plan Administrator that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

SECTION 4. EXCISE TAX CUTBACK .

4.1 In the event it shall be determined (as hereafter provided) that any payment or distribution whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (including without limitation payments or acceleration of vesting in respect of any equity-based or other award), or similar right (collectively, a “ Payment ”), to or for the benefit of an Eligible Employee, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, or any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties,

 

6


are hereafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the aggregate amount of the Payment payable to the Eligible Employee shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount, but only if such reduction would result in a greater net payment to the Eligible Employee than he or she would have received without such reduction but after paying the Excise Tax.

4.2 All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 will be made by a nationally recognized firm of certified public accountants (the “ Accounting Firm ”) designated by the Company prior to a Change in Control and reasonably acceptable to the Eligible Employee. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Eligible Employee.

4.3 The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 4 shall be borne by the Company.

SECTION 5. PLAN MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION .

5.1 Subject to Section 5.2 below: (a) the Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board at any time; the Plan Administrator may remove any Employee from participating in the Plan at any time; and the Plan shall automatically terminate following the expiration of the two-year period following a Change in Control, except for liabilities incurred for Severances that occur prior to the date of the termination of the Plan.

5.2 The Plan may not be amended or terminated in a way adverse to participants in the Plan, and participants may not be removed from Plan participation, in either case following the occurrence of a Change in Control or the entry into a definitive agreement (or commencement of an action) the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control. Subject to the foregoing, participants may be removed from Plan participation only on one year’s advance written notice.

SECTION 6. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

6.1 Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of any Eligible Employee under the Plan shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of such Eligible Employee. When a payment is due under this Plan to a terminated participant who is unable to care for his or her affairs, payment may be made directly to his or her legal guardian or personal representative.

6.2 If the Company or any subsidiary thereof is obligated by law or by contract to pay severance pay, a termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, or if the Company or any subsidiary thereof is obligated by law to provide advance notice of separation (“ Notice Period ”), then any severance pay hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance pay, termination indemnity, notice pay or the like, as applicable, and by the amount of any compensation received during any Notice Period.

 

7


6.3 Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Eligible Employee, or any person whomsoever, the right to be retained in the service of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, and all Eligible Employees shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been adopted.

6.4 If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

6.5 This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties, including each Eligible Employee, present and future, and any successor to the Company. If a terminated participant shall die while any amount would still be payable to him or her hereunder if he or she had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the executor, personal representative or administrators of the terminated participant’s estate.

6.6 The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

6.7 The Plan shall not be required to be funded unless such funding is authorized by the Board. Regardless of whether the Plan is funded, no Eligible Employee shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of any Company which may be applied by the Company to the payment of benefits or other rights under this Plan.

6.8 Any notice or other communication required or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof shall have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States Mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the intended recipient at his, her or its last known address.

6.9 This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware to the extent not preempted by federal law, which shall otherwise control.

6.10 All benefits hereunder shall be reduced by applicable tax withholding and shall be subject to applicable tax reporting, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

6.11 For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), each of the payments that may be made under the Agreement are designated as separate payments. It is intended that the provisions of the Agreement comply with Section 409A, and all provisions of the

 

8


Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for his or her account in connection with this Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Eligible Employee (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event that an Eligible Employee is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A that are made by reason of his or her “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be made to the Eligible Employee prior to the date that is six months after the date of his or her “separation from service” or, if earlier, his or her date of death. Immediately following any applicable six-month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum. In addition, for purposes of this Plan, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. Except as permitted under Section 409A, any deferred compensation that is subject to Section 409A and is payable to or for an Eligible Employee’s benefit under any Company-sponsored plan, program, agreement or arrangement may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by such Eligible Employee to the Company or any Affiliate.

SECTION 7. CLAIMS, INQUIRIES, APPEALS .

7.1 Applications for Benefits and Inquiries . Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing, as follows:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: CIC Severance Plan Administrator

7.2 Denial of Claims . In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must notify the applicant, in writing, of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. The written notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the employee, and will include specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the Plan provision upon which the denial is based, a description of any information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of the Plan’s review procedure.

This written notice will be given to the employee within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional ninety (90) days for

 

9


processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period.

This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render his or her decision on the application. If written notice of denial of the application for benefits is not furnished within the specified time, the application shall be deemed to be denied. The applicant will then be permitted to appeal the denial in accordance with the Review Procedure described below.

7.3 Request for a Review . Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied (or deemed denied), in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after the application is denied (or deemed denied). The Plan Administrator will give the applicant (or his or her representative) an opportunity to review pertinent documents in preparing a request for a review and submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. A request for a review shall be in writing and shall be addressed to:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: CIC Severance Plan Administrator

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit additional facts, documents or other material as he or she may find necessary or appropriate in making his or her review.

7.4 Decision on Review . The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial sixty (60)-day period. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written notice of his or her decision to the applicant. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice will outline, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the specific Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. If written notice of the Plan Administrator’s decision is not given to the applicant within the time prescribed in this Section 7.4 the application will be deemed denied on review.

7.5 Rules and Procedures . The Plan Administrator may establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out his or her responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial (or deemed denial) of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

 

10


7.6 Exhaustion of Remedies . No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the claimant (a) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 7.1 above, (b) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied (or the application is deemed denied due to the Plan Administrator’s failure to act on it within the established time period), (c) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 7.3 above and (d) has been notified in writing that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal (or the appeal is deemed to be denied due to the Plan Administrator’s failure to take any action on the claim within the time prescribed by Section 7.4 above).

 

11


SCHEDULE A

WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS AGREEMENT

Pursuant to Section 2 of the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) Change in Control Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”), in consideration of the Company’s agreement to provide the undersigned (the “ Executive ”) with compensation and benefits under the Plan to which the Executive would not otherwise be entitled (in the absence of the Executive’s delivery of this waiver and release of claims ), the Executive, for and on behalf of himself/herself and his/her heirs and assigns, hereby waives and releases any common law, statutory or other complaints, claims, charges or causes of action arising out of or relating to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with, or his/her serving in any capacity in respect of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (the “ Company Group ”), both known and unknown, in law or in equity, which the Executive may now have or ever had against any member of the Company Group or any shareholder, partner, member, employee, director, manager, agent or officer of any member of the Company Group (collectively, the “ Releasees ”) from the beginning of time to the date hereof. This includes, but is not limited to (i) any claim for any severance benefit which but for this Agreement might have been due the Executive under any previous agreement executed by and between any member of the Company Group and the Executive or any other severance plan, including the Basic Severance Plan; (ii) any discrimination claim based on race, religion, color, national origin, age, sex, sexual orientation or preference, disability, military service or other protected class, or retaliation; (iii) any complaint, charge or cause of action arising out of his employment with the Company Group under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”), the National Labor Relations Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, all as amended; (iv) any claim for wrongful termination, back pay, future wage loss, injury subject to relief under the various states wage and workers’ compensation laws, including without limitation [list laws specific to MA and the state of residence of the Executive] 1 or similar laws of other states; and (v) any claim under any other common law, public policy, contract (whether oral or written, express or implied) or tort law and/or any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance. By signing this Agreement the Executive acknowledges that he/she intends to waive and release any rights known or unknown he/she may have against the Releasees under these and any other laws.

 

1   This release is subject to modification as may be needed to reflect specific applicable state laws and enforceability requirements.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of the Executive’s rights to (i) indemnification under the By-Laws, any indemnification agreement or arrangement entered into between the Executive and any member of the Company Group and/or Charter or Certificate of Incorporation of any member of the Company Group; (ii) the payments and benefits under the Plan; (iii) accrued vested benefits under employee benefit plans of the Company Group subject to the terms and conditions of such plans and applicable law; (iv) coverage under the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance policy in accordance with the terms of such policy; and (v) bring claims that may not be released by law, in each case under (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) shall continue.

The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not filed any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding against any of the Releasees before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body relating to his/her employment or the termination thereof (each individually a “ Proceeding ”). The Executive represents that he/she is not aware of any basis on which such a Proceeding could reasonably be instituted. The Executive (i) acknowledges that he/she will not initiate or cause to be initiated on his/her behalf any Proceeding and will not participate in any Proceeding, in each case, except as required by law; and (ii) waives any right he/she may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (whether monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding, including any Proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”). Further, except as specifically provided in this paragraph and the immediately preceding paragraph, the Executive understands that by entering into this Agreement, he/she will be limiting the availability of any remedies that he/she may have against the Company Group and also limiting his/her ability to pursue any claims against the Releasees. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from (i) initiating or causing to be initiated on his/her behalf any Proceeding against the Company Group before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body challenging the validity of the waiver of his/her claims under ADEA contained in this Agreement (but no other portion of such waiver), or (ii) initiating or participating in an investigation or Proceeding conducted by the EEOC.

The Executive acknowledges that he/she has been given [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days from the date of receipt of this Agreement to consider all the provisions of this Agreement and, if he/she executes this Agreement prior to the expiration of such [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period, he/she does hereby knowingly and voluntarily waive said given [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] day period. THE EXECUTIVE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE/SHE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY; THIS AGREEMENT IS WORDED IN AN UNDERSTANDABLE WAY; EXECUTIVE IS BEING ADVISED BY THIS WRITING TO CONSULT AN ATTORNEY PRIOR TO EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT; HE/SHE FULLY UNDERSTANDS THAT, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, BY SIGNING BELOW EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING ANY RIGHTS AND RELEASING CLAIMS, INCLUDING ALL RIGHTS AND CLAIMS ARISING UNDER THE ADEA, WHICH

 

13


HE/SHE MAY HAVE TO SUE OR ASSERT A CLAIM AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASEES, AS DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT; HE/SHE DOES NOT WAIVE CLAIMS UNDER THE ADEA THAT MAY ARISE AFTER THE DATE EXECUTIVE SIGNS THIS AGREEMENT; AND THE CONSIDERATION GIVEN BY THE COMPANY FOR THE WAIVER OF RIGHTS AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS IS IN ADDITION TO ANYTHING OF VALUE TO WHICH THE EXECUTIVE IS ALREADY ENTITLED . THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE/SHE HAS NOT BEEN FORCED OR PRESSURED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXECUTIVE AGREES TO ALL OF ITS TERMS VOLUNTARILY.

The Executive shall have seven (7) days from the date of his/her execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement (including without limitation the waiver of rights and release of any ADEA claims covered by this Agreement) by providing a signed, written notice of the decision to revoke to the Executive’s Human Resources representative. If not so revoked during such seven-day period, this Agreement shall become effective on the eighth (8th) day following the Executive’s execution of this (the “ Effective Date ”). If the Executive revokes this Agreement (including without limitation the waiver of rights and release of any ADEA claims covered by this Agreement), the Executive will be deemed not to have accepted any of the terms of this Agreement, and the Executive will not be entitled to any compensation or benefits under the Plan or any other severance plan, including the Basic Severance Plan, that were conditioned on the delivery of an effective and irrevocable release of all claims.

 

      Date:  

 

Signed:  

 

     

 

     
(Print Employee’s Name)      

 

14

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of August 1, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (or any successors thereto) (“ HMH ” or “ Company ”), and Linda K. Zecher (“ Executive ”) (each, a “ party ” and together, the “ parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Executive has been employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since on or about September 1, 2011; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive wish to continue such employment on what is intended to be a long term basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Employment .

 

  1.1 Position and Duties .

HMH hereby agrees to employ Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Executive shall have such responsibilities, powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of HMH (the “ Board ”), provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such position at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of HMH’s business. Executive shall report to the Board during the Term.

 

  1.2 Term .

The initial term of employment under this Agreement shall be three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated prior thereto or extended in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The initial 3 year term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date unless either party provides written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date or any anniversary thereof, of its/her intention not to extend this Agreement for the following year. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to any one-year extension of this Agreement, except as may be agreed upon in writing by Executive and the Company. The initial 3 year term, along with any successive terms, shall collectively be referred to as the “ Term ” in this Agreement.

 

1


  1.3 Board Seat .

Executive shall serve as a member of the Board during the Term.

 

2. Compensation .

 

  2.1 Signing Bonus .

Executive received One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) as a signing bonus on August 12, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, this payment shall not be subject to any clawback or recoupment of payments, whether in any Company plan, policy or otherwise.

 

  2.2 Base Salary .

Executive’s initial base salary shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($850,000) per year, increasing to Nine Hundred Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($935,000) per year on January 1, 2014. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. The Base Salary shall be subject to review by the Company’s Compensation Committee and may be increased, but not decreased, from time to time, in the sole discretion of the Company. The base salary as determined herein from time to time shall constitute “ Base Salary ” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  2.3 Incentive Compensation .

Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) targeted at one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), subject to the achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The actual Bonus, if any, will be paid within two and a half (2  1 2 ) months after the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Bonus is earned.

 

  2.4 New RSU Grant .

The Company shall grant Executive 55,000 restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”) as soon as practicable following full execution of this Agreement using the form of restricted stock unit agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

  2.5 Additional Equity Grants .

Executive shall be eligible to receive additional equity awards under the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (or its successor) (the “ MIP ”), in the sole discretion of the Company, on terms customarily used by the Company for such grants subject to modifications to comply with the terms of this Agreement regarding equity award vesting.

 

2


  2.6 Additional Provisions Regarding Equity Grants .

Executive shall be permitted to exercise stock options by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of the Company’s common stock that would otherwise be delivered upon the exercise thereof, having an aggregate fair market value, determined as of the exercise date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy payment of the applicable exercise price. Executive shall also be permitted to meet withholding tax obligations with respect to any equity award granted to her under the MIP or otherwise by directing the Company to withhold whole shares of the Company’s common stock that would otherwise be delivered upon exercise, vesting or settlement thereof, having an aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date of the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding tax obligations in connection with such award. If the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock exceeds the per share exercise price of a vested stock option or base price of a vested stock appreciation right, as applicable, granted to her under the MIP or otherwise, at the end of the term of such award (i.e., on the last available date of exercise), such award shall automatically be exercised without the requirement of any further action by Executive, and the Company shall be authorized to satisfy any minimum required withholding tax obligations in the manner described above.

 

  2.7 Fringe Benefits; Vacation; Expense Reimbursement .

Pursuant to the Company’s benefit policies and expense reimbursement guidelines, Executive shall be eligible for all standard benefits generally offered to the Company’s senior executives, including, without limitation, coverage under the Company’s group health insurance and retirement plans and coverage under the Company’s Directors and Officers liability insurance policy, and reimbursement of business expenses in accordance with HMH policy, provided that Executive submits all required expense forms and supporting documentation in a manner set forth in such policy. The Company and the Executive are parties to an indemnification agreement dated September 19, 2011, which is attached as Exhibit B. Executive also shall be eligible for four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year subject to the terms and conditions of applicable Company policies as in effect from time to time.

 

3. Duties and Obligations of Executive .

 

  3.1 Devotion to Company Business .

During the Term, Executive shall devote substantially all her entire time, effort, and attention to the business of the Company and to the diligent and competent performance of her duties (other than vacations and approved leaves of absence), and shall not engage in any other business or activity, whether or not for profit, and whether or not any such business or activity is remunerated or results in pecuniary advantage, except for such religious, charitable or other community activities, and serving on the board of one for-profit entity, as may be approved by the Board.

 

3


  3.2 Confidentiality Agreements

As a condition to this Agreement, Executive must sign the Company’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement and the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (collectively, the “ Confidentiality Agreements ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

4. Termination Provisions .

 

  4.1 Termination Payments .

Executive or HMH may terminate this Agreement at any time or for any or no reason. Subject to Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 8 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following payments upon termination of employment during or upon expiration of the Term:

(a) Resignation without Good Reason; Termination for Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 4.2 below) or Executive terminates employment without Good Reason (as defined in Section 4.2 below) during the Term, then Executive shall only be entitled to receive any then unpaid Base Salary through the date of employment termination, payment of any Bonus earned with respect to the prior fiscal year but not yet paid (payable in accordance with Section 2.3), accrued but unused vacation in accordance with HMH policy, reimbursement for any unreimbursed expenses through the date of employment termination and any benefits accrued and vested under HMH plans and programs (including the MIP) through the date of termination in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs (collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”). For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be paid any Bonus or other incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs.

(b) Resignation for Good Reason; Termination without Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following severance payments in addition to the Accrued Amounts:

(i) monthly severance payments during the period from the date of Executive’s employment termination until the date twelve (12) months after the effective date of the termination (the “ Twelve Month Severance Period ”) equal to the monthly Base Salary which Executive was receiving immediately before employment termination (determined after disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason);

(ii) a lump-sum payment immediately upon expiration of the Twelve Month Severance Period equal to twelve (12) months’ Base Salary which Executive was receiving immediately before employment termination (determined after disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason);

(iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the prorated amount of the full-year Bonus Executive would have received under Section 2.3 for the fiscal year in which the

 

4


termination occurs, if any, calculated by multiplying the amount that would have been paid based on the extent to which performance goals have been achieved in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs as certified by the Compensation Committee or Board, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such fiscal year through the end of the month in which Executive was employed by the Company (or a successor corporation) and the denominator of which is 365, with any such prorated Bonus to be paid in accordance with Section 2.3;

(iv) a lump sum payment upon employment termination in an amount that, after applicable income and employment taxes calculated at the applicable maximum rate, is equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage) for a period of twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination of employment, which payment will be made thirty (30) days after employment termination regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage; and

(v) immediate accelerated vesting of the portion of any then unvested equity awards that would have vested assuming for such purpose that Executive had completed an additional 12 months of employment; provided, however, that one hundred percent (100%) immediate accelerated vesting of any then unvested equity awards shall apply in the event that such employment termination occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan (as defined in Section 4.4 below)). For the avoidance of doubt, the New RSUs described in Section 2.4 above shall immediately vest in full on a termination of employment without Cause or for Good Reason at any time.

(c) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability (as defined in Section 4.2 below) or Executive’s employment terminates due to her death during the Term, then Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for (i) the Accrued Amounts and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the prorated amount of the full-year Bonus Executive would have received under Section 2.3 for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, calculated by multiplying the amount that would have been paid based on the extent to which performance goals have been achieved in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs as certified by the Compensation Committee or Board, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such fiscal year through the end of the month in which Executive was employed by the Company (or a successor corporation) and the denominator of which is 365, with any such prorated Bonus to be paid in accordance with Section 2.3.

(d) Expiration . If HMH provides written notice of its election not to extend the Term as provided in Section 1.2 above, the subsequent expiration of the Term shall be treated as a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, and Executive shall be entitled to the compensation provided for and payable in accordance with Section 4.1(b) above; provided, however, that if HMH elects not to extend the Term for reasons that would constitute Cause for employment termination, then expiration of the Term shall be considered a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, and Executive shall be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 4.1(a) above.

 

5


  4.2 Definition of Terms .

The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Affiliate. Affiliate ” shall have the meaning provided in the CIC Severance Plan (as defined below).

(b) Cause. Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s commission of, or guilty plea or plea of no contest to, a felony (or its equivalent under applicable law) or any crime that involves moral turpitude, (ii) conduct by Executive that constitutes fraud or embezzlement or any acts of intentional dishonesty in relation to her duties hereunder, (iii) Executive having engaged in gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct which causes, or in the reasonable judgment of the Company, is likely to cause, either reputational or economic harm to the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) Executive’s continued refusal to substantially perform her essential duties hereunder, which refusal is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after written notice from the Board (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause), or (v) Executive’s material breach of her obligations under any written Company policy, including any code of conduct, which is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after the Company notifies Executive of such breach (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause). For avoidance of doubt, “Cause” shall not include (i) below par or below average financial performance, in and of itself, (ii) traffic violations, (iii) expense reimbursement disputes when Executive acts in reasonable good faith and (iv) acting in good faith upon advice of Company’s legal counsel.

(c) Disability. Disability ” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code unless HMH maintains a long-term disability plan at the time of Executive’s termination, in which case a determination that Executive is “permanently disabled” under such plan shall also be considered “Disability” for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Good Reason. Good Reason ” shall mean Executive’s voluntary termination, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company, after the occurrence of any one of the following events without the written consent of Executive: (i) a material reduction or change in job duties, responsibilities and requirements materially inconsistent with Executive’s position with the Company and Executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements (including, for example, but not by way of limitation, a material reduction due to the Company becoming part of a larger entity, unless Executive receives substantially the same level of job duties, responsibilities and requirements with respect to the total combined entity and not only with respect to the Company as a division, subsidiary or business unit of the total combined entity (e.g., a material reduction as a result of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company not having the job duties, responsibilities and requirements as the Chief Executive Officer of the combined entity)); (ii) a material change in reporting relationship (i.e., not reporting directly to the board of directors of total combined entity as described above), (iii)

 

6


Executive’s being required to relocate to a facility or location more than thirty (30) miles outside Boston, Massachusetts; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement, including but not limited to failure to pay compensation and benefits due under this Agreement; provided, however, that a voluntary termination of Executive for any events listed under this Section 4.2(d)(i) through (d)(iv) shall not constitute “Good Reason” if such event or events are cured by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Executive of Executive’s intent to terminate employment for Good Reason, provided , further , that Executive shall have ninety (90) days from the occurrence of the event that constitutes Good Reason to provide notice to the Company that Executive intends to resign for Good Reason and Executive’s resignation must be effective no later than six (6) months following the occurrence of the event that constitutes Good Reason.

 

  4.3 Conditions to Receipt of Termination Payments.

As a condition to receiving the termination payments (other than the Accrued Amounts) under Section 4.1, Executive will be required to sign and not revoke a separation and release of claims agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Release ”). The Release must become effective and irrevocable no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline Date ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, Executive will forfeit any right to the termination payments under Section 4.1 (other than the Accrued Amounts). In no event will such termination payments (other than the Accrued Amounts) be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Provided that the Release becomes effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date and subject to Section 8, the termination payments under Section 4.1(b)(i), (iv) and (v) will be paid, or in the case of installments, will commence on than the 30 th day following Executive’s employment termination (the “ Severance Start Date ”) and any such termination payment otherwise scheduled to be paid to Executive during the period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company through the Severance Start Date will be paid in a lump sum to Executive on the Severance Start Date, with any such remaining termination payments to be made as provided according to the time of payment provisions set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement; provided further, that if Executive’s termination of employment occurs in one taxable year and the Release Deadline Date occurs in another taxable year, payments will not begin until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  4.4 Coordination with Change in Control Plan.

In the event that Executive terminates employment in a manner that entitles her to severance benefits under Section 4.1(b) above and the severance benefits under the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (or its successor) (the “ CIC Severance Plan ”), the following rules shall apply: (a) the cash payments provided for under the CIC Severance Plan shall be paid to Executive in lieu of the cash payments set forth in Sections 4.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, and (b) such cash payments shall be paid in the form of a single lump sum no later than 10 days after the Severance Start Date if Executive’s employment termination occurred on or within two years of a change in control (as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) – otherwise, cash

 

7


payments under the CIC Severance Plan shall be paid in the form and at the time set forth in Sections 4.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iii) above. The rights and obligations of the parties with respect to equity awards upon termination of employment shall be governed by the MIP and applicable award agreements, as modified by any specific provisions of this Agreement (such as Section 4.1(b)(v)). The terms and conditions set forth in the CIC Severance Plan as applicable to Executive shall not be terminated, amended or replaced by the Company at any time in a manner adverse to Executive without her consent.

 

  4.5 Parachute Payments.

(a) Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, or any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”); provided, however, that in the event it shall be determined (as hereafter provided) that any payment or benefit whether paid or payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the CIC Severance Plan or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (including without limitation payments or acceleration of vesting in respect of any equity-based or other award), or similar right (collectively, a “ Payment ”), to or for the benefit of Executive, would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the aggregate amount of the Payment payable to Executive shall be reduced to the greatest pre-tax amount of Payments that could be paid to Executive without causing Executive to become liable for any Excise Tax in connection therewith (the “ Safe Harbor Amount ”), but only if such reduction would result in a greater net payment to Executive than she would have received without such reduction but after paying the Excise Tax.

(b) As used in Section 4.5(a), the term “net payment” shall mean (i) the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company or its Affiliates that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in this Section 4.5(b)(i) above.

(c) All determinations under this Section 4.5 will be made by an accounting firm or law firm (the “ 280G Firm ”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 280G of the Code). The 280G Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which payments are exempt from Section 280G as reasonable compensation for services rendered before or after the Change in Control (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan). All fees and expenses of the 280G Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Firm to submit any determination it makes under this Section 4.5 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

8


(d) If the 280G Firm determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 4.5, the 280G Firm shall also determine which Payments shall be reduced (first from cash payments and then from non-cash benefits, in each such case first from amounts not subject to Section 409A of the Code and then from amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the Payments that otherwise would be made last in time reduced first) to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax, and the Company shall pay such reduced amount to Executive.

(e) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G at the time that the 280G Firm makes its determinations under this Section 4.5, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “ Overpayments ”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to Executive (collectively, the “ Underpayments ”). If the 280G Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 280G Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made; and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, such repayment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 280G Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 280G Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive without interest.

(f) The parties will provide the 280G Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 280G Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 280G Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 4.5 For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4.5, the 280G Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

5. Successors and Assigns .

(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto. Except as provided in Section 5(b) below, no party may assign or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party hereto.

(b) The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company provided the Company shall require such successor to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place and shall deliver a copy of such assignment to Executive.

 

9


  6. Survival .

The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of Executive’s employment with the Company will survive termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

  7. Notices .

Any notice or communications required or permitted to be given to the parties hereto shall be delivered personally or be sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or at such other addresses the parties may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section:

To the Company :

William F. Bayers

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

To Executive :

To Executive’s last known address on file with the Company

 

8 . Limitations under Code Section 409A .

 

  8.1 Deferred Compensation.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if (i) on the date of Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (a “ Separation from Service ”), any of the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), (ii) Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, (iii) the payments or benefits provided to Executive from the Company on account of Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent such payments or benefit (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payments or benefits under Section 409A of the Code) is properly treated as “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and (iv) such delay is required to avoid the imposition of the tax set forth in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, as a result of such Separation from Service, Executive would receive any payment that, absent the application of this Section 8, would be subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then no such payment shall be payable prior to the date that is the first business day after the earliest of (A) six (6) months after Executive’s termination date, (B) Executive’s death or (C) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax (with a catch-up payment equal to the sum of all amounts that have been delayed to be made as of the date of the initial payment).

 

10


  8.2 Treatment of Terms.

Executive’s right to receive severance payments or benefits under this Agreement will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). Each payment shall not be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A if qualifies as either a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) or as separation pay under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(iii). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment that are considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, references to Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) with HMH will be construed to refer to Executive’s Separation from Service with HMH.

 

  8.3 . Reimbursement.

To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any one calendar year will not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (ii) reimbursement of any such expense will be made by no later than December 31 of the year following the calendar year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) Executive’s right to receive such reimbursements or in-kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

  8.4 . Amendment.

It is the intention of the parties that payments or benefits payable under this Agreement not be subject to the additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to such Section, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed.

 

9. Miscellaneous .

 

  9.1 Governing Law .

This Agreement, and all disputes or issues arising from or relating to the Company’s employment of Executive, shall be governed, construed, and enforced by Massachusetts law, without regard to the choice of law rules of any jurisdiction. To the extent any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Massachusetts for any lawsuit filed against Executive by the Company.

 

11


  9.2. Amendment .

This Agreement may only be modified or amended in a writing that specifically states the intent to modify or amend this Agreement and that is signed by both Executive and the Chairman of the Board or its Compensation Committee.

 

  9.3 Voluntary Agreement .

By executing this Agreement, each party represents that she or it has been given the opportunity to fully review, comprehend and negotiate the terms of this Agreement. Each party understands the terms of this Agreement, and freely and voluntarily signs it.

 

  9.4 Withholdings .

All payments made or payable under this Agreement, including all severance payments, shall be subject to customary or legally required withholdings and authorized deductions.

 

  9.5 Severability .

The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended to be separate and divisible provisions and if, for any reason, any court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and neither the validity nor the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement shall thereby be affected. It is the intention of the parties that the limitations set forth in this Agreement be reasonable in all respects. If for any reason any court of competent jurisdiction finds any provisions of this Agreement to be void or voidable, Executive and the Company agree that the court should reform such provision(s) to render the provision(s) enforceable ensuring that the restrictions and prohibitions contained herein shall be effective to the fullest extent allowed under applicable law.

 

  9.6 Integration .

This Agreement, together with all other documents referenced herein including the Exhibits, sets forth the complete and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and it supersedes and replaces in full (a) the agreement dated as of September 1, 2011, by and between Executive and HMH, (b) the employment term sheet effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between the Executive and HMH and (c) all other agreements, prior representations, promises and statements made between Executive and HMH (or any representative or Board member thereof), except as expressly provided herein.

 

  9.7 Waiver .

No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, nor shall there be an estoppel against the enforcement of any such provision, except by a writing signed by the party charged with the waiver or estoppel. No waiver shall be deemed continuing unless specifically stated therein, and the written waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived, and not for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

12


  9.8 Construction .

Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control the meaning of this Agreement. Whenever applicable, masculine and neutral pronouns shall equally apply to the feminine genders; the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

  9.9 Conflicts with Policies or Prior Agreements.

Without limiting the generality of Section 9.6 of this Agreement, to the extent that this Agreement contradicts, is inconsistent or in conflict with any Company plan, policy or agreement between or among any or all of the parties, this Agreement supersedes any conflicting or inconsistent provision of any such plan, policy or agreement and is controlling to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict or inconsistency. The CIC Severance Plan and the MIP shall apply with respect to Executive only after giving full effect to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, application of the parachute payment provisions under Section 4.5 of this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of applying the provisions of the CIC Severance Plan and the MIP as applied to Executive, the terms “Good Reason,” “Cause” and “Disability” as used therein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in this Agreement (in lieu of the definitions for such terms set forth in the CIC Severance Plan). For the sake of clarity, any and all provisions in any Company plan, policy or agreement that are not inconsistent with this Agreement shall remain valid and binding and in full force and effect.

 

  9.10 No Deference for CIC Severance Plan Determinations.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the CIC Severance Plan, any judicial review of any determination by the Company or Plan Administrator (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan) under the CIC Severance Plan as applied to Executive shall be de novo and without deference to any such determination.

 

  9.11 Execution in Counterparts .

To facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required. It shall not be necessary that the signatures of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; but it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of the counterparts. All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than a number of counterparts containing the respective signatures of, or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

[ S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE

     HMH
    

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

/s/ Linda K. Zecher

    
Linda K. Zecher      By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

     Its:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

1


EXHIBIT A

Form of RSU Agreement

Linda K. Zecher

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant thereto, the Company desires to grant to the Person identified on Schedule I hereto (the “ Grantee ”) Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) with respect to the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), as of August 1, 2013 (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee that number of RSUs as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Award ”). The Award shall be credited to a separate book-entry account maintained for the Grantee on the books of the Company. The Award shall vest and be settled in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

 

2. Terms and Conditions .

(a) The Award shall be one hundred percent (100%) unvested as of the Grant Date. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Award Notice, the Award shall vest and become non-forfeitable in equal increments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date (each, a “ Vesting Date ”), provided that the Grantee remains in continuous service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the applicable Vesting Date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Grantee’s voluntary resignation (other than for Good Reason), the Grantee shall forfeit the unvested Award as of the Grantee’s termination date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company without Cause, by the Grantee for Good Reason, due to the Grantee’s Disability or due to the Grantee’s death, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the Grantee’s termination date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Grantee’s continuous service with the Company, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the date of such Change in Control.

(c) Within 5 business days following each Vesting Date (or, if applicable, an earlier vesting date under Section 2(a) or (b)), the Company shall settle the Award and shall therefore, subject to any required tax withholding and the execution of any required documentation, (i) issue and deliver to the Grantee one share of Common Stock for each RSU (the “ RSU Shares ”) (and, upon such settlement, the RSUs shall cease to be credited to the account) and (ii) enter the Grantee’s name as a shareholder of record with respect to the RSU Shares on the books of the Company. Alternatively, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part RSU Shares in lieu of settling the vested RSUs solely in RSU Shares. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering RSU Shares, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value as of the Vesting Date of the RSU Shares less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

 

1


(d) If on any date that RSUs remain outstanding, dividends are paid by the Company on outstanding shares of its Common Stock (“ Shares ”) (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), then the Grantee’s account shall, as of each such Dividend Payment Date, be credited with an amount (each such amount, a “ Dividend Equivalent Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) the number of RSUs in the account as of the Dividend Payment Date and (ii) the per Share cash amount of such dividend (or, in the case of a dividend payable in Shares or other property, the per Share equivalent cash value of such dividend as determined in good faith by the Committee). On the Vesting Date, in connection with the settlement and delivery of RSU Shares as contemplated by Section 2(c), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive a payment, without interest, of an amount in cash equal to the accumulated Dividend Equivalent Amounts in respect of the RSU Shares so delivered.

(e) The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any Shares or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. The Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation by (i) paying such obligation in cash or (ii) allowing the Company to withhold whole Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may also satisfy such withholding obligation by delivering Shares.

3. Termination of Employment; Repurchase . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company for Cause, the terms and conditions set forth in Article X of the Plan shall govern and control.

4. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan. In addition, with respect to any RSU Shares delivered upon settlement of the RSUs, the Grantee agrees to comply with any written holding requirement policy adopted by the Company for employees.

5. Rights as Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Award unless, until and to the extent that (a) the Company shall have issued and delivered to the Grantee the RSU Shares (via certificates or book entry notation) and (b) the Grantee’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record with respect to such RSU Shares on the books of the Company.

6. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

7. Applicable Securities Laws . Shares issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered

 

2


under the Securities Act or, upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

8. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided, that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

9. Governing Law . This Award Notice shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

10. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan, except that the terms “Cause”, “Disability” and “Good Reason” shall have definitions given to them in the Employment Agreement, dated as of the Grant Date, by and between the Company and the Grantee.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee .

12. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service.

13. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

14. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Award Notice.

15. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that any officers and directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than the exercise of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then an officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

 

3


16. Section 409A . It is intended that the Award be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and this Award Notice shall be interpreted consistent therewith.

17. Successors . The terms of this Award Notice shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Grantee and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

18. Entire Agreement . This Award Notice and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereof.

19. Counterparts . This Award Notice may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Award Notice to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Award Notice, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
GRANTEE

 

Name:   Linda K. Zecher

 


SCHEDULE I

AWARD

 

GRANTEE

 

NUMBER OF RSUs

Linda K. Zecher

  55,000

 


EXHIBIT B

Indemnification Agreement

 

1


 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

and

Linda K. Zecher

as Indemnitee

 

 

Dated as of September 19, 2011

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  

DEFINITIONS

     2   
ARTICLE 2  

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     6   
ARTICLE 3  

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

     7   
ARTICLE 4  

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

     7   
ARTICLE 5  

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

     8   
ARTICLE 6  

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

     8   
ARTICLE 7  

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

     8   
ARTICLE 8  

EXCLUSIONS

     9   
ARTICLE 9  

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

     10   
ARTICLE 10  

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

     11   
ARTICLE 11  

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

     11   
ARTICLE 12  

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

     13   
ARTICLE 13  

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

     14   
ARTICLE 14  

SECURITY

     16   
ARTICLE 15  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

     16   
ARTICLE 16  

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

     19   
ARTICLE 17  

MISCELLANEOUS

     19   

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated effective as of September 19, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Linda K. Zecher (“ Indemnitee ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1 .

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee was appointed as an officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Bylaws of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, executive officers and other key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

1.1. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.2. “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.3. “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.4. “ Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.5. “ Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.6. “ Change in Control ” shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(a) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless (i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (ii) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of this definition;

(b) Change in Board of Directors . Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or pursuant to a Director Nomination Agreement (collectively, the “ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(c) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), in each case, unless, following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the

 

2


then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a majority of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction;

(d) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

(e) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

1.7. “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation or other entity, any constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

1.8. “ Continuing Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

1.9. “ Corporate Status ” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

3


1.10. “ Delaware Court ” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

1.11. “ DGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.12. “ Director Nomination Agreement ” shall mean the director nomination agreement entered into by the Company and certain of its stockholders on March 9, 2010.

1.13. “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

1.14. “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

1.15. “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.16. “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee.

1.17. “ Indemnification Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2 .

1.18. “ Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.19. “ Indemnitee-Related Entities ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or

 

4


the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

1.20. “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition, a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.

1.21. “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided , however , that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and (c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

1.22. “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise; in each case whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or

 

5


advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL.

1.23. “ Section 409A ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 .

1.24. “ Subsidiary ” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

1.25. “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).

1.26. References to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

1.27. The phrase “ to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 ,

 

6


amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided , that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in

 

7


or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

Notwithstanding any limitations in Articles 2 , 3 or 4 , but subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in, any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 , penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

7.1. To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

8


7.2. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

7.3. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 8

EXCLUSIONS

8.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) except as provided in Section 15.4, for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

(e) for any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined to be unlawful under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement.

 

9


The exclusion in Section 8.1(c) shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 9

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

9.1. Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined, by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8 .

9.2. If the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company. The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are parties to such Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding; provided , that in the case

 

10


of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense; and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between either (1) the Company and Indemnitee or (2) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company.

ARTICLE 10

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

10.1. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

10.2. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

10.3. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or any obligation on Indemnitee, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.

ARTICLE 11

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

11.1. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1 , a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) if a

 

11


Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (b) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination, provided , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege Indemnitee may have. Any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

11.2. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2 . If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten business days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may seek arbitration for resolution of any objection which shall have been

 

12


made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

ARTICLE 12

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

12.1. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12.2. If the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided , however , that such thirty-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

12.3. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or

 

13


upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

12.4. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if, among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

12.5. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.6. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

ARTICLE 13

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

13.1. In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of

 

14


entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1 , (d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4 , 5 , 6 , or the last sentence of Section 11.1 of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, or (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

13.2. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).

13.3. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

13.4. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

15


13.5. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, or the By-Laws now or hereafter in effect; or (b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

13.6. Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

ARTICLE 14

SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 15

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

15.1. The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or

 

16


judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15.2. The DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Company’s By-Laws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“ Indemnification Arrangements ”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

15.3. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

15.4. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in

 

17


settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4 , entitled to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.

15.5. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.6. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

15.7. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to

 

18


whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

ARTICLE 16

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

16.1. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

16.2. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

16.3. The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business

 

19


and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17.2. Section 409A . It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

17.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4. Entire Agreement . Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17.5. Modification, Waiver and Termination . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.6. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

 

20


(ii) If to the Company, to:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

c/o Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116-3764

Attention:     William Bayers

Facsimile:     617-351-1125

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

17.7. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

17.8. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17.9. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

17.10. Representation by Counsel . Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

17.11. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided , however , that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

17.12. Additional Acts . If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company

 

21


undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnification Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   EVP and General Counsel
INDEMNITEE:
By:  

 

  Name:   Linda K. Zecher
Address:

[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]


EXHIBIT C

Confidentiality Agreements

 

1


CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of the Employment Agreement between me and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “Company”) effective August 1, 2013, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits described therein and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

 

1. I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as an employee’s personally identifiable information, medical history or other information of a personal nature about another employee that that person would reasonably consider to be private; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used herein, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Except as authorized in advance by the Company in furtherance of my employment, I will not remove from the Company’s premises any Property of the Company, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information (collectively, “Property”). Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment by the Company for any or no reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Property in my possession, custody, or control.

3. (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “ Works ”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications, assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or

 


foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ Inventions ” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression; (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights, methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any, are identified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Separate Works ”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on Exhibit A. If I do not list any Inventions on Exhibit A, then I acknowledge that none exist.

5. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

6. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement.

7. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

8. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

9. This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

 

Linda Zecher

 

Date:  

 

 

 

 

2


EXHIBIT A

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none.”

Initial:             

 

3


NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION, AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

In consideration of the Employment Agreement between me and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “Company”) effective August 1, 2013, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits described therein and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

1. Covenants . I acknowledge that I have received, and will continue to receive from the Company, detailed and unique access to broad-based confidential and proprietary information about the Company, its products, innovations, business plans and strategies, competitive position, talent, vendor and supplier relationships, and among other sensitive information, its business risks and opportunities. I also acknowledge that the Company’s business activities are national and international in scope, and not confined to any particular geographic area of the country or world. In order to protect such confidential and proprietary information and preserve the goodwill of the Company, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), (i) I shall not, within any jurisdiction or marketing area in which the Company or any of its affiliates is doing business, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any business of the type and character engaged in or competitive with that conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates and with which I have been concerned, interested or involved during my employment, or with respect to which I possess Confidential Information (as defined below); (ii) I shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit, induce or attempt to induce for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee of the Company or any such affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee or consultant thereof; provided, however , this subparagraph (ii) shall not apply to my personal secretary at the time of termination; and (iii) I will not solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any person who is, or was at any time within the twelve months prior to the termination of my employment, a customer of the business conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates, or interfere in any way with the business relationship between the Company and any of its investors, customers, suppliers, licensees, licensors or other business relations of the Company. During the Restricted Period, I shall give notice to the Company of each new business activity I plan to undertake, at least fifteen (15) days prior to beginning in such activity. Such notice shall state the name and address of the person or entity for whom such activity is undertaken and the nature of my business relationship(s) and position(s) with such person or entity. I shall provide the Company with such other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request to determine my continued compliance with my obligations under this Agreement.

2. Confidential Information . I acknowledged that the Company has a legitimate and continuing proprietary interest in the protection of its confidential information and that it has invested substantial sums and will continue to invest substantial sums to develop, maintain and protect such confidential information. During my employment, and at all times thereafter, I shall not shall not, except with the written consent of the Company or in connection with carrying out my duties or responsibilities for the Company, furnish or make accessible to any third party or use for my own benefit any trade secrets or Confidential Information, whether maintained in digital form or hardcopy. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company or any of its affiliates, status of customer’s accounts or


credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company or any of its affiliates maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of my obligations to the Company or any of its affiliates.

3. Property of the Company . I acknowledge and agree that “Company Property” shall mean all property and resources of the Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information, memoranda, notes, lists, records and other documents or papers (and all copies thereof), the Company’s products, computer systems and all software, e-mail, web pages and databases, telephone and facsimile services, and all other administrative and/or support services provided by the Company. I further agree that Company Property shall include any information regarding processes, data, methods, inventions, developments, and improvements that I conceive, originate, develop, or create, solely or jointly with others, during or as a result of my employment with the Company, and whether or not any of the foregoing also may be included within “Confidential Information” as defined under this Agreement. Such Company Property shall be delivered to the Company promptly upon the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason or at any other time upon the Company’s request.

4. Reasonableness. I understand that the provisions and restrictions herein are not limited in time to the duration of my employment with the Company and rather survive my employment, irrespective of the reason for my termination. I recognize, understand, and agree that broad scope of the restrictive covenants contained herein are appropriate and justified based on the information about the Company to which I have had, and will have, access and the scope of my role with the Company. I further acknowledge and agree that, under the circumstances, the restrictions contained herein are reasonable in time, scope, and geography, are no broader than necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, that I am receiving adequate consideration for my agreement to the restrictive covenants, and that none of the restrictions contained herein place an unreasonable limitation on my ability to earn a living.

5. Blue Pencil/Judicial Modification . The Company and I further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that the covenants in this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

6. Non-Disparagement . I agree that, during my employment and at any time thereafter (including following my termination of employment for any reason), I will not make or publish negative or disparaging statements, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, that in any way relate to the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, or advisors; or their respective businesses or reputations. I agree and acknowledge that I will not publicly comment upon or discuss the Company with any media source, including but not limited to any reporters, television, radio, movie, theatrical, internet web blog or web site, national or local newspaper, magazine, or any other news organization, news outlet, or publication. I further agree not to publish, or draft for publication, any written material whatsoever related to the Company, except as specifically authorized, in writing, by an authorized representative of the Company.

7. Enforcement . I acknowledge that a breach of the covenants contained in this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, I agree that if

 

2


I breach any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief and shall be entitled to recover its fees and expenses it may incur in any action it may bring if I breach this agreement. In any proceeding for an injunction and upon any motion for a temporary or permanent injunction, the Company’s right to receive monetary damages shall not be a bar or interposed as a defense to the granting of such injunction. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any severance pay for which I may be eligible. The Company shall provide me with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence. For purposes of determining whether to permanently withhold payments from me pursuant to this section, the Board shall determine what constitutes a competing business, provided that my ownership of securities of two percent (2%) or less of any publicly traded class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its affiliates.

8. Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

9. Assignment . This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and an authorized representative of the Company. No waiver by either party hereto of any of the requirements imposed by this Agreement on, or any breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by, the other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any such waiver shall be express and in writing, and there shall be no waiver by conduct.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality and IP Agreement entered into by me (the “CIPA”), embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidential information, company property, and non-disparagement, and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of the CIPA shall control in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the CIPA with respect to confidential information and/or intellectual property of the Company.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

 

    Date:  

 

Linda K. Zecher      

 

3


EXHIBIT D

Confidential Separation Agreement and General Release

 

1


CONFIDENTIAL WAIVER AND GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Confidential Waiver and General Release of Claims (the “Agreement”) sets forth the terms of Linda K. Zecher’s (“Executive”) separation from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (collectively, the “Company”). Executive is entitled to the benefits described herein only if she executes and complies with the terms of this Agreement.

1. Separation Benefits . Pursuant to Section 4.1(b) [and Section 4.4] of the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company entered into effective August 1, 2013 (the “Employment Agreement”), subject to the terms of this Agreement and provided that Executive signs and returns this Agreement to the Company within [21/45] days of her receipt thereof, complies with its terms, and does not revoke the Agreement in accordance with Paragraph 5 below, the Company will provide Executive with the separation benefits described in Section 4.1(b) [as modified by Section 4.4] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Benefits”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that she would not otherwise be entitled to the Separation Benefits if she does not sign, and not revoke, this Agreement. [Note: Text in brackets to be included if benefits are due under the CIC Severance Plan]

2. Release of Claims . In consideration of the Company’s agreement to provide the Executive with the Severance Benefits, Executive acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a) Executive, and anyone claiming through Executive or on her behalf, waives the right to assert and further agrees to release and discharge the Company and the other Released Parties (as defined below) with respect to any and all Claims (as defined below), whether currently known or unknown, that Executive now has, has ever had, or may ever have against the Company and any of the other Released Parties arising from or related to any fact, agreement, act, omission, or thing occurring or existing at any time prior to or on the date on which Executive signs this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Claims released by Executive hereunder include, but are not limited to:

(i) all Claims for any severance benefit which but for this Agreement might have been due the Executive under any previous agreement executed by and between the Company or any of the other Released Parties and the Executive or any other severance plan, including but without limitation the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan), effective as of March 16, 2009 (the “Basic Severance Plan”, [and the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the CIC Severance Plan”)], as they may be amended from time to time, or any successors thereto; [Note: Text in brackets to be included if benefits are not being paid pursuant to the CIC Severance Plan]

(ii) all Claims for or related in any way to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with, or her serving in any capacity in respect of, the Company including without limitation all claims for salary, wages, bonus, incentive pay, employee benefits or any other terms and conditions of employment, compensation or other benefit;

(iii) all Claims that were or could have been asserted by Executive or on Executive’s behalf: (A) in any federal, state, or local court, commission, agency or any other dispute resolution forum; (B) under any common law theory; or (C) under any contract (whether oral or written, express or implied), tort, federal, state, or local law, statute, regulation, ordinance, constitutional provision, administrative code, public policy, rule or executive order;

 

1


and

(iv) all Claims that were or could have been asserted by Executive or on Executive’s behalf arising under any of the following laws, as amended from time to time: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the National Labor Relations Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Uniformed Services Employment & Reemployment Rights Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, M.G.L. c. 151B, § 1 et seq .; the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 12, §§ 11H and 11I; the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 93, § 102 and M.G.L. c. 214, § 1C; the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act, M.G.L. c. 149, § 1 et seq .; the Massachusetts Payment of Wages Act, M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 148 et seq. ; the Massachusetts Privacy Act, M.G.L. c. 214, § 1B; and the Massachusetts Maternity Leave Act , M.G.L. c. 149, § 105(d), and all other federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances, including any “whistleblower” law, statute, regulation or ordinance, prohibiting discrimination or pertaining to employment.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing terms, Executive does not waive or release (i) any claim under the Indemnification Agreement between Executive and the Company dated September 19, 2011 (“Indemnification Agreement”); (ii) any right or claim that may not legally be waived; (iii) any claim for coverage under the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance policy in accordance with the terms of such policy; (iv) any claim relating to Executive’s rights as a shareholder; (v) rights to severance benefits under Section 4.1 [insert applicable reference] of the Employment Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s rights to “Accrued Amounts” (as defined in the Employment Agreement) and any accrued, vested benefit under any equity award agreement or Company employee benefit plan and program, except as herein provided at Paragraph 2(a)(i) with respect to the Basic Severance Plan [and the CIC Severance Plan].

(c) The term “Released Parties” as used in this Agreement means: (i) the Company and its past, present, and future parents, divisions, subsidiaries, partnerships, affiliates, and other related entities (whether or not they are wholly owned); (ii) the past, present, and future owners, trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, agents, representatives, members, associates, employees, managers and attorneys of each entity listed in subpart (i) above; and (iii) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each entity listed in subparts (i) and (ii) above.

(d) The terms “Claim” and “Claims” as used in this Paragraph 2 are intended to be as broad as the law allows and mean any and all charges, complaints, and other forms of action against any of the Released Parties, seeking any form of relief including, without limitation, equitable relief (whether declaratory, injunctive or otherwise), the recovery of any damages, or any other form of monetary recovery whatsoever (including, without limitation, back pay, front pay, compensatory damages, emotional distress damages, punitive damages, liquidated damages, treble damages, consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and any other costs) against any of the Released Parties.

(e) This Release does not prohibit Executive from filing a charge of discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or any state or local human rights agency. Nor does this Agreement prevent Executive from participating in

 

2


any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or any state or local agency. However, the Agreement does preclude the recovery of monetary damages, including attorney’s fees and costs, against the Released Parties for any charge or claim of discrimination and Executive hereby waives any right to any relief, including the right to damages, attorney’s fees and costs in connection with any charge or claim for discrimination.

3. Employee’s Representations . Executive represents and warrants that: (a) Executive has not filed any complaint, charge or claim or initiated any other legal proceedings against any of the Released Parties; (b) no such proceedings have been initiated against any of the Released Parties on Executive’s behalf; (c) Executive is the sole owner of the claims that are released in Paragraph 2 above; (d) none of these claims has been transferred or assigned or caused to be transferred or assigned to any other person, firm or other legal entity; and (e) Executive has the full right and power to grant, execute, and deliver the releases, waivers, undertakings, and agreements contained in this Agreement. Further, except as specifically provided in this Paragraph and Paragraphs 2(b) and 2(e) above, Executive understands that by entering into this Agreement, she will be limiting the availability of any remedies that she may have against the Company and also limiting her ability to pursue any claims against the Released Parties.

4. Confidentiality and Restrictive Covenants . Executive acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a) The terms of the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement and the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement, attached as Exhibit C to the Employment Agreement, are incorporated herein and shall survive the signing of this Agreement and Executive hereby reaffirms her obligations to abide fully by the provisions of such agreements. Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraph 1 or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, none of the Separation Benefits will be paid to Executive until she has returned all Company property, paid any and all personal charges charged to her Company-issued credit card or any other Company account, and repaid any and all cash advances or other advances provided to her by the Company.

(b) Except as required by law, Executive shall not disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement to any third parties with the exception of her financial advisor(s), attorney(s), and immediate family member(s), provided that each such person shall be bound by this confidentiality provision and Executive shall ensure such confidentiality. Executive will give the Company immediate notice and a copy of any subpoena or other legal requirement that would require Executive to make any otherwise prohibited disclosure, prior to making any such disclosure to the extent practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Paragraph shall prevent Executive from participating in an investigation by a federal, state or local governmental agency.

(c) Executive acknowledges and agrees that the requirements of this Paragraph 4 are among the material inducements for the Company to enter into this Agreement. A breach of any provision in this Paragraph 4, including of the agreements incorporated by reference herein, shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to the Company, shall entitle the Company to (i) recover any of the Separation Benefits paid to Executive and (ii) stop providing Executive with any additional Separation Benefits.

 

3


5. ADEA Waiver Information/Revocation Period/Effective Date . It is the Company’s intent to make certain that Executive fully understands the provisions and effects of this Agreement, including Executive’s waiver and release of claims. By signing this Agreement Executive acknowledges that she knowingly and voluntarily entered into this Agreement with the purpose of waiving any rights and releasing any claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”). Specifically, Executive acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(i) This Agreement is worded in an understandable way;

 

(ii) Executive waives any rights and releases all claims arising under the ADEA;

 

(iii) Executive does not waive claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date Executive signs this Agreement;

 

(iv) The consideration given by the Company for the waiver of Executive’s rights and release of claims is in addition to anything of value to which Executive is already entitled;
(v) Executive is being advised by this writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement;

 

(vi) Executive has [21/45] days to consider this Agreement (although Executive may voluntarily choose to sign this Agreement earlier);

 

(vii) Any changes made to this Agreement, whether material or immaterial, will not restart the running of this [21/45] day period;

 

(viii) Executive may revoke this waiver of rights and release of any ADEA (age discrimination) claims covered by this Agreement within 7 days of the date Executive signs this Agreement by providing a signed, written notice of the decision to revoke to the Chief Human Resources Officer at the Company; and

 

(ix) This Agreement will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired without Executive’s revocation, which will be the eighth calendar day after the date Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Entire Agreement/Waiver/Choice of Law/Jury Waiver.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that, with the exception of any obligations or benefits that may survive under Section 6 of the Employment Agreement; the Indemnification Agreement; and the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement and the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement incorporated in Paragraph 4(a) above, this Agreement supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous oral and/or written agreements between Executive and the Company, and sets forth the entire agreement between Executive and the Company. No variations or modifications of this Agreement shall be deemed valid unless reduced to writing and signed by Executive and the Company.

(b) The failure of the Company to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement in any instance or for any period of time shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of the Company’s right to seek enforcement of such provision in the future.

(c) This Agreement shall be deemed to have been negotiated and made in Massachusetts, shall take effect as an instrument under seal within Massachusetts, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles.

 

4


(d) Executive agrees that any action, demand, claim or counterclaim relating to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or to its breach, shall be commenced in Massachusetts in a court of competent jurisdiction, and further acknowledges that venue for such actions shall lie exclusively in Massachusetts. Executive also agrees that a court in Massachusetts will have personal jurisdiction over Executive and Executive waives any right to raise a defense of lack of personal jurisdiction by such a court.

(e) Both parties hereby waive and renounce in advance any right to a trial by jury in connection with any action, demand, claim or counterclaim relating to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or to its breach.

(f) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be considered to be distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement, and such unenforceability shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions so long as the essential purpose of the Agreement is fulfilled. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable as written but may be made enforceable by limitation, then such provision shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

(g) Section headings in this Agreement are used for convenience or reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

7. Voluntary Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that she has been afforded sufficient time to understand the terms and effects of this Agreement, that Executive’s agreements and obligations hereunder are made voluntarily, knowingly and without duress, and that neither the Company nor its agents or representatives have made any representations inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

THE PARTIES STATE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY INTEND TO BE BOUND BY THEM:

 

LINDA K. ZECHER     HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

 

    By:  

 

Date:  

 

    Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

 

5

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of August 1, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (or any successors thereto) (“ HMH ” or “ Company ”), and Eric Shuman (“ Executive ”) (each, a “ party ” and together, the “ parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Executive has been employed as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company since on or about January 2012; and

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive wish to continue such employment on what is intended to be a long term basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Employment .

 

  1.1 Position and Duties .

HMH hereby agrees to employ Executive as its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Executive shall have such responsibilities, powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of HMH or the Chief Executive Officer, provided that such responsibilities, powers and duties are substantially consistent with those customarily assigned to individuals serving in such position at comparable companies or as may be reasonably required by the conduct of HMH’s business. Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer during the Term.

 

  1.2 Term .

The initial term of employment under this Agreement shall be three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated prior thereto or extended in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The initial 3 year term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods beginning on the third anniversary of the Effective Date unless either party provides written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date or any anniversary thereof, of its/her intention not to extend this Agreement for the following year. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to any one-year extension of this Agreement, except as may be agreed upon in writing by Executive and the Company. The initial 3 year term, along with any successive terms, shall collectively be referred to as the “ Term ” in this Agreement.

 

1


2. Compensation .

 

  2.1 Base Salary.

Executive’s initial base salary shall be Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($550,000) per year, increasing to Five Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($575,000) per year on January 1, 2014. The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. The Base Salary shall be subject to review by the Company’s Compensation Committee and may be increased, but not decreased, from time to time, in the sole discretion of the Company. The base salary as determined herein from time to time shall constitute “ Base Salary ” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  2.2 Incentive Compensation.

Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “ Bonus ”) targeted at one hundred percent (100%) of the Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), subject to the achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The actual Bonus, if any, will be paid within two and a half (2  1 2 ) months after the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Bonus is earned.

 

  2.3 New RSU Grant.

The Company shall grant Executive 10,000 restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”) as soon as practicable following full execution of this Agreement using the form of restricted stock unit agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

  2.4 Additional Equity Grants .

Executive shall be eligible to receive additional equity awards under the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (or its successor) (the “ MIP ”), in the sole discretion of the Company, on terms customarily used by the Company for such grants subject to modifications to comply with the terms of this Agreement regarding equity award vesting.

 

  2.5 Additional Provisions Regarding Equity Grants.

Executive shall be permitted to exercise stock options by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of the Company’s common stock that would otherwise be delivered upon the exercise thereof, having an aggregate fair market value, determined as of the exercise date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy payment of the applicable exercise price. Executive shall also be permitted to meet withholding tax obligations with respect to any equity award granted to her under the MIP or otherwise by directing the Company to withhold whole shares of the Company’s common stock that would otherwise be delivered upon exercise, vesting or settlement thereof, having an aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date of the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding tax obligations in connection with such award. If the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock exceeds

 

2


the per share exercise price of a vested stock option or base price of a vested stock appreciation right, as applicable, granted to her under the MIP or otherwise, at the end of the term of such award (i.e., on the last available date of exercise), such award shall automatically be exercised without the requirement of any further action by Executive, and the Company shall be authorized to satisfy any minimum required withholding tax obligations in the manner described above.

 

  2.6 Fringe Benefits; Vacation; Expense Reimbursement.

Pursuant to the Company’s benefit policies and expense reimbursement guidelines, Executive shall be eligible for all standard benefits generally offered to the Company’s senior executives, including, without limitation, coverage under the Company’s group health insurance and retirement plans and coverage under the Company’s Directors and Officers liability insurance policy, and reimbursement of business expenses in accordance with HMH policy, provided that Executive submits all required expense forms and supporting documentation in a manner set forth in such policy. The Company and the Executive are parties to an indemnification agreement dated June 22, 2012, which is attached as Exhibit B. Executive also shall be eligible for four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year subject to the terms and conditions of applicable Company policies as in effect from time to time.

 

3. Duties and Obligations of Executive .

 

  3.1 Devotion to Company Business.

During the Term, Executive shall devote substantially all his entire time, effort, and attention to the business of the Company and to the diligent and competent performance of his duties (other than vacations and approved leaves of absence), and shall not engage in any other business or activity, whether or not for profit, and whether or not any such business or activity is remunerated or results in pecuniary advantage, except for such religious, charitable or other community activities, and serving on the board of one for-profit entity, as may be approved by the Board.

 

  3.2 Confidentiality Agreements

As a condition to this Agreement, Executive must sign the Company’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement and the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (collectively, the “ Confidentiality Agreements ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

3


4. Termination Provisions .

 

  4.1 Termination Payments .

Executive or HMH may terminate this Agreement at any time or for any or no reason. Subject to Sections 4.3, 4.4 and 8 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following payments upon termination of employment during or upon expiration of the Term:

(a) Resignation without Good Reason; Termination for Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 4.2 below) or Executive terminates employment without Good Reason (as defined in Section 4.2 below) during the Term, then Executive shall only be entitled to receive any then unpaid Base Salary through the date of employment termination, payment of any Bonus earned with respect to the prior fiscal year but not yet paid (payable in accordance with Section 2.3), accrued but unused vacation in accordance with HMH policy, reimbursement for any unreimbursed expenses through the date of employment termination and any benefits accrued and vested under HMH plans and programs (including the MIP) through the date of termination in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs (collectively, the “ Accrued Amounts ”). For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be paid any Bonus or other incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs.

(b) Resignation for Good Reason; Termination without Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following severance payments in addition to the Accrued Amounts:

(i) monthly severance payments during the period from the date of Executive’s employment termination until the date twelve (12) months after the effective date of the termination (the “ Twelve Month Severance Period ”) equal to the monthly Base Salary which Executive was receiving immediately before employment termination (determined after disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason);

(ii) a lump-sum payment immediately upon expiration of the Twelve Month Severance Period equal to six (6) months’ Base Salary which Executive was receiving immediately before employment termination (determined after disregarding any reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason);

(iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the prorated amount of the full-year Bonus Executive would have received under Section 2.2 for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, if any, calculated by multiplying the amount that would have been paid based on the extent to which performance goals established by the Compensation Committee have been achieved in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs as certified by the Compensation Committee or Board, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such fiscal year through the end of the month in which Executive was employed by the Company (or a successor corporation) and the denominator of which is 365, with any such prorated Bonus to be paid in accordance with Section 2.2; and

(iv) if (1) a successor to Linda Zecher as Chief Executive Officer terminates Executive without Cause during the period beginning on appointment of a successor to Linda Zecher as Chief Executive Officer and ending three months thereafter (the “CEO Transition Protection Period”), or (2) Executive’s employment voluntarily terminates for Good Reason, provided that Executive submitted the written notice of his voluntary termination for Good Reason as described in section 4.2(c) during the CEO Transition Protection Period, the Executive shall also be entitled to receive immediate accelerated vesting of the portion of any

 

4


then unvested equity awards that would have vested assuming for such purpose that Executive had completed an additional 12 months of employment; provided, however, that one hundred percent (100%) immediate accelerated vesting of any then unvested equity awards shall apply in the event that such employment termination occurs during the Change in Control Protection Period (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan (as defined in Section 4.4 below)).

(c) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability (as defined in Section 4.2 below) or Executive’s employment terminates due to his death during the Term, then Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for (i) the Accrued Amounts and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the prorated amount of the full-year Bonus Executive would have received under Section 2.2 for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, calculated by multiplying the amount that would have been paid based on the extent to which performance goals have been achieved in respect of the fiscal year in which the termination occurs as certified by the Compensation Committee or Board, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such fiscal year through the end of the month in which Executive was employed by the Company (or a successor corporation) and the denominator of which is 365, with any such prorated Bonus to be paid in accordance with Section 2.2.

(d) Expiration . If HMH provides written notice of its election not to extend the Term as provided in Section 1.2 above, the subsequent expiration of the Term shall be treated as a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, and Executive shall be entitled to the compensation provided for and payable in accordance with Section 4.1(b) above; provided, however, that if HMH elects not to extend the Term for reasons that would constitute Cause for employment termination, then expiration of the Term shall be considered a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, and Executive shall be entitled to the compensation provided for in Section 4.1(a) above.

 

  4.2 Definition of Terms .

The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Affiliate. Affiliate ” shall have the meaning provided in the CIC Severance Plan (as defined below).

(b) Cause . “ Cause ” shall mean (i) Executive’s commission of, or guilty plea or plea of no contest to, a felony (or its equivalent under applicable law) or any crime that involves moral turpitude, (ii) conduct by Executive that constitutes fraud or embezzlement or any acts of intentional dishonesty in relation to his duties hereunder, (iii) Executive having engaged in gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct which causes, or in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, is likely to cause, either reputational or economic harm to the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) Executive’s continued refusal to substantially perform his essential duties hereunder, which refusal is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after written notice from the Board or the Chief Executive Officer (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause), or (v) Executive’s material breach of his obligations under any written Company

 

5


policy, including any code of conduct, which is not cured, if curable, within ten (10) days after the Company notifies Executive of such breach (which notice specifies in reasonable detail the grounds constituting Cause under this subclause). For avoidance of doubt, “Cause” shall not include (i) below par or below average financial performance, in and of itself, (ii) traffic violations, (iii) expense reimbursement disputes when Executive acts in reasonable good faith and (iv) acting in good faith upon advice of Company’s legal counsel.

(c) Disability . “ Disability ” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code unless HMH maintains a long-term disability plan at the time of Executive’s termination, in which case a determination that the Executive is “permanently disabled” under such plan shall also be considered “Disability” for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Good Reason. “Good Reason ” shall mean Executive’s voluntary termination, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company, after the occurrence of any one of the following events without the written consent of Executive: (i) a material reduction or change in job duties, responsibilities and requirements materially inconsistent with Executive’s position with the Company and Executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements (including, for example, but not by way of limitation, a material reduction due to the Company becoming part of a larger entity, unless Executive receives substantially the same level of job duties, responsibilities and requirements with respect to the total combined entity and not only with respect to the Company as a division, subsidiary or business unit of the total combined entity (e.g., a material reduction as a result of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company not having the job duties, responsibilities and requirements as the Chief Financial Officer of the combined entity)); (ii) a material change in reporting relationship (i.e., not reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of total combined entity as described above), (iii) Executive’s being required to relocate to a facility or location more than thirty (30) miles outside Boston, Massachusetts; or (iv) a material breach of this Agreement, including but not limited to failure to pay compensation and benefits due under this Agreement; provided, however, that a voluntary termination of Executive for any events listed under this Section 4.2(d)(i) through (d)(iv) shall not constitute “Good Reason” if such event or events are cured by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Executive of Executive’s intent to terminate employment for Good Reason, provided , further , that Executive shall have ninety (90) days from the occurrence of the event that constitutes Good Reason to provide notice to the Company that Executive intends to resign for Good Reason and Executive’s resignation must be effective no later than six (6) months following the occurrence of the event that constitutes Good Reason.

 

  4.3 Conditions to Receipt of Termination Payments.

As a condition to receiving the termination payments (other than the Accrued Amounts) under Section 4.1, Executive will be required to sign and not revoke a separation and release of claims agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Release ”). The Release must become effective and irrevocable no later than the fifty-fifth (55th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline Date ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, Executive will forfeit any right

 

6


to the termination payments under Section 4.1 (other than the Accrued Amounts). In no event will such termination payments (other than the Accrued Amounts) be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable. Provided that the Release becomes effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date and subject to Section 8, the termination payments under Section 4.1(b)(i), (iv) and (v) will be paid, or in the case of installments, will commence on the 55 th day following Executive’s employment termination (the “ Severance Start Date ”) and any such termination payment otherwise scheduled to be paid to Executive during the period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company through the Severance Start Date will be paid in a lump sum to Executive on the Severance Start Date, with any such remaining termination payments to be made as provided according to the time of payment provisions set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement; provided further, that if Executive’s termination of employment occurs in one taxable year and the Release Deadline Date occurs in another taxable year, payments will not begin until the beginning of the second taxable year.

 

  4.4 Coordination with Change in Control Plan.

In the event that Executive terminates employment in a manner that entitles him to severance benefits under Section 4.1(b) above and the severance benefits under the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (or its successor) (the “ CIC Severance Plan ”), the following rules shall apply: (a) the cash payments provided for under the CIC Severance Plan shall be paid to Executive in lieu of the cash payments set forth in Sections 4.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, and (b) such cash payments shall be paid in the form of a single lump sum no later than 10 days after the Severance Start Date if Executive’s employment termination occurred on or within two years of a change in control (as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) – otherwise, cash payments under the CIC Severance Plan shall be paid in the form and at the time set forth in Sections 4.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iii) above. The rights and obligations of the parties with respect to equity awards upon termination of employment shall be governed by the MIP and applicable award agreements, as modified by any specific provisions of this Agreement (such as Section 4.1(b)(v)). The terms and conditions set forth in the CIC Severance Plan as applicable to Executive shall not be terminated, amended or replaced by the Company at any time in a manner adverse to Executive without his consent.

 

  4.5 Parachute Payments.

(a) Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, or any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”); provided, however, that in the event it shall be determined (as hereafter provided) that any payment or benefit whether paid or payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the CIC Severance Plan or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (including without limitation payments or acceleration of vesting in respect of any equity-based or other award), or similar right (collectively, a “ Payment ”), to or for the benefit of Executive, would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the aggregate amount of the Payment payable to Executive shall be reduced to the

 

7


greatest pre-tax amount of Payments that could be paid to Executive without causing Executive to become liable for any Excise Tax in connection therewith (the “ Safe Harbor Amount ”), but only if such reduction would result in a greater net payment to Executive than she would have received without such reduction but after paying the Excise Tax.

(b) As used in Section 4.5(a), the term “net payment” shall mean (i) the Payments which Executive receives or is then entitled to receive from the Company or its Affiliates that would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, less (ii) the amount of all federal, state and local income and employment taxes payable by Executive with respect to the foregoing calculated at the highest marginal income tax rate for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Executive (based on the rate in effect for such year as set forth in the Code as in effect at the time of the first payment of the foregoing), less (iii) the amount of Excise Tax imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in this Section 4.5(b)(i) above.

(c) All determinations under this Section 4.5 will be made by an accounting firm or law firm (the “ 280G Firm ”) that is mutually agreed to by Executive and the Company prior to a change in ownership or control of a corporation (within the meaning of Treasury regulations under Section 280G of the Code). The 280G Firm shall be required to evaluate the extent to which payments are exempt from Section 280G as reasonable compensation for services rendered before or after the Change in Control (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan). All fees and expenses of the 280G Firm shall be paid solely by the Company. The Company will direct the 280G Firm to submit any determination it makes under this Section 4.5 and detailed supporting calculations to both Executive and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

(d) If the 280G Firm determines that one or more reductions are required under this Section 4.5, the 280G Firm shall also determine which Payments shall be reduced (first from cash payments and then from non-cash benefits, in each such case first from amounts not subject to Section 409A of the Code and then from amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the Payments that otherwise would be made last in time reduced first) to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the Excise Tax, and the Company shall pay such reduced amount to Executive.

(e) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 280G at the time that the 280G Firm makes its determinations under this Section 4.5, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to Executive that should not have been paid or distributed (collectively, the “ Overpayments ”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to Executive (collectively, the “ Underpayments ”). If the 280G Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or Executive, which assertion the 280G Firm believes has a high probability of success or is otherwise based on controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, Executive must repay the Overpayment to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made; and no amount will be payable by Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, such repayment would either reduce the amount on which Executive is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the 280G Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent

 

8


or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the 280G Firm will notify Executive and the Company of that determination, and the Company will promptly pay the amount of that Underpayment to Executive without interest.

(f) The parties will provide the 280G Firm access to and copies of any books, records, and documents in their possession as reasonably requested by the 280G Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the 280G Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by this Section 4.5 For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4.5, the 280G Firm may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

5. Successors and Assigns .

(a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto. Except as provided in Section 5(b) below, no party may assign or delegate any rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party hereto.

(b) The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company provided the Company shall require such successor to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place and shall deliver a copy of such assignment to Executive.

 

6. Survival .

The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of Executive’s employment with the Company will survive termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

7. Notices .

Any notice or communications required or permitted to be given to the parties hereto shall be delivered personally or be sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed or delivered as follows, or at such other addresses the parties may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section:

To the Company:

William F. Bayers

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

To Executive :

To Executive’s last known address on file with the Company

 

9


8 . Limitations under Code Section 409A .

 

  8.1 Deferred Compensation.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if (i) on the date of Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (a “ Separation from Service ”), any of the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), (ii) Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, (iii) the payments or benefits provided to Executive from the Company on account of Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent such payments or benefit (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payments or benefits under Section 409A of the Code) is properly treated as “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and (iv) such delay is required to avoid the imposition of the tax set forth in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, as a result of such Separation from Service, Executive would receive any payment that, absent the application of this Section 8, would be subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then no such payment shall be payable prior to the date that is the first business day after the earliest of (A) six (6) months after Executive’s termination date, (B) Executive’s death or (C) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax (with a catch-up payment equal to the sum of all amounts that have been delayed to be made as of the date of the initial payment).

 

  8.2 Treatment of Terms.

Executive’s right to receive severance payments or benefits under this Agreement will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). Each payment shall not be considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A if qualifies as either a short-term deferral under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) or as separation pay under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(iii). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment that are considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, references to Executive’s “termination of employment” (and corollary terms) with HMH will be construed to refer to Executive’s Separation from Service with HMH.

 

  8.3. Reimbursement.

To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any one calendar year will not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (ii) reimbursement of any such expense will be made

 

10


by no later than December 31 of the year following the calendar year in which such expense was incurred; and (iii) Executive’s right to receive such reimbursements or in-kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

  8.4. Amendment.

It is the intention of the parties that payments or benefits payable under this Agreement not be subject to the additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to such Section, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed.

 

9. Miscellaneous .

 

  9.1 Governing Law.

This Agreement, and all disputes or issues arising from or relating to the Company’s employment of Executive, shall be governed, construed, and enforced by Massachusetts law, without regard to the choice of law rules of any jurisdiction. To the extent any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Massachusetts for any lawsuit filed against Executive by the Company.

 

  9.2. Amendment.

This Agreement may only be modified or amended in a writing that specifically states the intent to modify or amend this Agreement and that is signed by both Executive and the Chairman of the Board or its Compensation Committee.

 

  9.3 Voluntary Agreement.

By executing this Agreement, each party represents that he or it has been given the opportunity to fully review, comprehend and negotiate the terms of this Agreement. Each party understands the terms of this Agreement, and freely and voluntarily signs it.

 

  9.4 Withholdings .

All payments made or payable under this Agreement, including all severance payments, shall be subject to customary or legally required withholdings and authorized deductions.

 

  9.5 Severability.

The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended to be separate and divisible provisions and if, for any reason, any court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and neither the validity nor the enforceability of any other provision of this

 

11


Agreement shall thereby be affected. It is the intention of the parties that the limitations set forth in this Agreement be reasonable in all respects. If for any reason any court of competent jurisdiction finds any provisions of this Agreement to be void or voidable, Executive and the Company agree that the court should reform such provision(s) to render the provision(s) enforceable ensuring that the restrictions and prohibitions contained herein shall be effective to the fullest extent allowed under applicable law.

 

  9.6 Integration .

This Agreement, together with all other documents referenced herein including the Exhibits, sets forth the complete and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and it supersedes and replaces in full (a) the Company’s offer of employment dated October 9, 2009, (b) the employment term sheet effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between the Executive and HMH and (c) all other agreements, prior representations, promises and statements made between Executive and HMH (or any representative or Board member thereof), except as expressly provided herein.

 

  9.7 Waiver.

No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, nor shall there be an estoppel against the enforcement of any such provision, except by a writing signed by the party charged with the waiver or estoppel. No waiver shall be deemed continuing unless specifically stated therein, and the written waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived, and not for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

  9.8 Construction.

Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control the meaning of this Agreement. Whenever applicable, masculine and neutral pronouns shall equally apply to the feminine genders; the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

  9.9 Conflicts with Policies or Prior Agreements.

Without limiting the generality of Section 9.6 of this Agreement, to the extent that this Agreement contradicts, is inconsistent or in conflict with any Company plan, policy or agreement between or among any or all of the parties, this Agreement supersedes any conflicting or inconsistent provision of any such plan, policy or agreement and is controlling to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict or inconsistency. The CIC Severance Plan and the MIP shall apply with respect to Executive only after giving full effect to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, application of the parachute payment provisions under Section 4.5 of this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of applying the provisions of the CIC Severance Plan and the MIP as applied to Executive, the terms “Good Reason,” “Cause” and “Disability” as used therein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in this Agreement (in lieu of the definitions for such terms set forth in the CIC Severance Plan). For the sake of clarity, any and all provisions in any Company plan, policy or agreement that are not inconsistent with this Agreement shall remain valid and binding and in full force and effect.

 

12


  9.10 No Deference for CIC Severance Plan Determinations.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the CIC Severance Plan, any judicial review of any determination by the Company or Plan Administrator (as defined in the CIC Severance Plan) under the CIC Severance Plan as applied to Executive, shall be de novo and without deference to any such determination.

 

  9.11 Execution in Counterparts.

To facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required. It shall not be necessary that the signatures of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; but it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of the counterparts. All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than a number of counterparts containing the respective signatures of, or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

[ S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE     HMH
    HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

/s/ Eric Shuman

   

/s/ William F. Bayers

Eric Shuman     By:  

William F. Bayers

    Its:  

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

1


EXHIBIT A

Form of RSU Agreement

 

1


Eric Shuman

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD NOTICE

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “ Company ”) has previously established the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, pursuant thereto, the Company desires to grant to the Person identified on Schedule I hereto (the “ Grantee ”) Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) with respect to the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), as of August 1, 2013 (the “ Grant Date ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this notice (“ Award Notice ”).

1. Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee that number of RSUs as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Award ”). The Award shall be credited to a separate book-entry account maintained for the Grantee on the books of the Company. The Award shall vest and be settled in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

2. Terms and Conditions .

(a) The Award shall be one hundred percent (100%) unvested as of the Grant Date. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Award Notice, the Award shall vest and become non-forfeitable in equal increments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date (each, a “ Vesting Date ”), provided that the Grantee remains in continuous service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the applicable Vesting Date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company for Cause, without Cause (except as noted in clause 2(a)(i) below), or by the Grantee’s voluntary resignation (except as noted in clause 2(a)(ii) below), the Grantee shall forfeit the unvested Award as of the Grantee’s termination date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company due to the Grantee’s Disability or due to the Grantee’s death, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the Grantee’s termination date. In the event that the Grantee’s continuous service is terminated by the Company (i) by a successor to Linda Zecher as Chief Executive Officer without Cause during the period beginning on appointment of a successor to Linda Zecher as Chief Executive Officer and ending three months thereafter (the “CEO Transition Protection Period”), or (ii) Grantee’s employment voluntarily terminates for Good Reason, provided that Grantee submitted the written notice of his voluntary termination for Good Reason as described in section 4.2(c) of the Employment Agreement during the CEO Transition Protection Period, the vesting of the unvested Award shall accelerate, assuming for such purpose that Grantee had completed an additional 12 months of employment.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Grantee’s continuous service with the Company, the unvested Award shall become immediately fully vested as of the date of such Change in Control.


(c) Within 5 business days following each Vesting Date (or, if applicable, an earlier vesting date under Section 2(a) or (b)), the Company shall settle the Award and shall therefore, subject to any required tax withholding and the execution of any required documentation, (i) issue and deliver to the Grantee one share of Common Stock for each RSU (the “ RSU Shares ”) (and, upon such settlement, the RSUs shall cease to be credited to the account) and (ii) enter the Grantee’s name as a shareholder of record with respect to the RSU Shares on the books of the Company. Alternatively, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part RSU Shares in lieu of settling the vested RSUs solely in RSU Shares. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering RSU Shares, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value as of the Vesting Date of the RSU Shares less an amount equal to any federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld.

(d) If on any date that RSUs remain outstanding, dividends are paid by the Company on outstanding shares of its Common Stock (“ Shares ”) (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), then the Grantee’s account shall, as of each such Dividend Payment Date, be credited with an amount (each such amount, a “ Dividend Equivalent Amount ”) equal to the product of (i) the number of RSUs in the account as of the Dividend Payment Date and (ii) the per Share cash amount of such dividend (or, in the case of a dividend payable in Shares or other property, the per Share equivalent cash value of such dividend as determined in good faith by the Committee). On the Vesting Date, in connection with the settlement and delivery of RSU Shares as contemplated by Section 2(c), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive a payment, without interest, of an amount in cash equal to the accumulated Dividend Equivalent Amounts in respect of the RSU Shares so delivered.

(e) The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any Shares or the payment of any cash pursuant to an Award made hereunder, payment by the Grantee of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such Award. The Grantee may satisfy such withholding obligation by (i) paying such obligation in cash or (ii) allowing the Company to withhold whole Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Grantee, having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay, equal to the minimum withholding taxes required in connection with an Award or by allowing the Company to withhold an amount of cash that would otherwise be payable to the Grantee, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation At the sole discretion of the Committee, the Grantee may also satisfy such withholding obligation by delivering Shares.

3. Termination of Employment; Repurchase . Prior to the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, in the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment by the Company for Cause, the terms and conditions set forth in Article X of the Plan shall govern and control.

4. Non-Transferability . The Award is subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 9.3 of the Plan. In addition, with respect to any RSU Shares delivered upon settlement of the RSUs, the Grantee agrees to comply with any written holding requirement policy adopted by the Company for employees.

5. Rights as Shareholder . The Grantee shall have no rights as shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Award unless, until and to the extent that (a) the Company shall have

 

2


issued and delivered to the Grantee the RSU Shares (via certificates or book entry notation) and (b) the Grantee’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record with respect to such RSU Shares on the books of the Company.

6. Adjustments . The Award granted hereunder is subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

7. Applicable Securities Laws . Shares issued pursuant to the Award granted under this Award Notice shall not be sold or transferred unless either they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act or, upon request by the Company, the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

8. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Award Notice shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided, that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Grantee may be given to the Grantee personally or may be mailed to the Grantee’s address as recorded in the records of the Company or any Subsidiary.

9. Governing Law . This Award Notice shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.

10. Plan . The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference, a copy of which has been provided or made available to the Grantee. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Award Notice, the Plan shall govern and control. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth in the Plan, except that the terms “Cause”, “Disability” and “Good Reason” shall have definitions given to them in the Employment Agreement, dated as of the Grant Date, by and between the Company and the Grantee.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Award Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be binding on the Company and the Grantee.

12. No Right to Continued Service . Nothing in this Award Notice shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to impose any limitation on any right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Grantee’s service.

13. Severability . Every provision of this Award Notice is intended to be severable and any illegal or invalid term shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms.

14. Headings . The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation of construction, and shall not constitute a part of this Award Notice.

 

3


15. Market Standoff Agreement . If, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the underwriters require that any officers and directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries agree not to effect any disposition of any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering and other than the exercise of the Award granted hereunder), Grantee, if Grantee is then an officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, agrees to execute the “market stand-off agreement” so required by the underwriters.

16. Section 409A . It is intended that the Award be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and this Award Notice shall be interpreted consistent therewith.

17. Successors . The terms of this Award Notice shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Grantee and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

18. Entire Agreement . This Award Notice and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereof.

19. Counterparts . This Award Notice may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Award Notice to be executed by its duly authorized representative and the Grantee has executed this Award Notice, effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

Name:   William F. Bayers
Title:   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
GRANTEE

 

Name: Eric Shuman


SCHEDULE I

AWARD

 

GRANTEE

 

NUMBER OF RSUs

Eric Shuman   10,000


EXHIBIT B

Indemnification Agreement

 

1


 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

and

Eric Shuman

as Indemnitee

 

 

Dated as of June 22, 2012

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE 1    DEFINITIONS      2   
ARTICLE 2    INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS      6   
ARTICLE 3    INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY      7   
ARTICLE 4    INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL      7   
ARTICLE 5    INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS      8   
ARTICLE 6    ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS      8   
ARTICLE 7    CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY      8   
ARTICLE 8    EXCLUSIONS      9   
ARTICLE 9    ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM      10   
ARTICLE 10    PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT      11   
ARTICLE 11    PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION      11   
ARTICLE 12    PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS      13   
ARTICLE 13    REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE      14   
ARTICLE 14    SECURITY      16   
ARTICLE 15    NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION      16   
ARTICLE 16    ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT      19   
ARTICLE 17    MISCELLANEOUS      19   

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated effective as of June 12, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Eric Shuman (“ Indemnitee ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1 .

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee was appointed as an officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Bylaws of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, executive officers and other key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

1.1. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.2. “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.3. “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.4. “ Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.5. “ Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.6. “ Change in Control ” shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(a) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless (i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (ii) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of this definition;

(b) Change in Board of Directors . Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or pursuant to a Director Nomination Agreement (collectively, the “ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(c) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), in each case, unless, following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the

 

2


then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a majority of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction;

(d) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

(e) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

1.7. “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation or other entity, any constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

1.8. “ Continuing Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

1.9. “ Corporate Status ” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

3


1.10. “ Delaware Court ” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

1.11. “ DGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.12. “ Director Nomination Agreement ” shall mean the director nomination agreement entered into by the Company and certain of its stockholders on June 22, 2012.

1.13. “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

1.14. “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

1.15. “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.16. “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee.

1.17. “ Indemnification Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2 .

1.18. “ Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.19. “ Indemnitee-Related Entities ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or

 

4


the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

1.20. “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition, a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.

1.21. “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided , however , that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and (c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

1.22. “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise; in each case whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or

 

5


advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL.

1.23. “ Section 409A ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 .

1.24. “ Subsidiary ” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

1.25. “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).

1.26. References to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

1.27. The phrase “ to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 ,

 

6


amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided , that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in

 

7


or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

Notwithstanding any limitations in Articles 2 , 3 or 4 , but subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in, any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 , penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

7.1. To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

8


7.2. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

7.3. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 8

EXCLUSIONS

8.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) except as provided in Section 15.4, for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

(e) for any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined to be unlawful under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement.

 

9


The exclusion in Section 8.1(c) shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 9

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

9.1. Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined, by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8 .

9.2. If the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company. The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are parties to such Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding; provided , that in the case

 

10


of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense; and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between either (1) the Company and Indemnitee or (2) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company.

ARTICLE 10

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

10.1. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

10.2. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

10.3. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or any obligation on Indemnitee, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.

ARTICLE 11

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

11.1. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1 , a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) if a

 

11


Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (b) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination, provided , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege Indemnitee may have. Any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

11.2. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2 . If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten business days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may seek arbitration for resolution of any objection which shall have been

 

12


made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

ARTICLE 12

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

12.1. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12.2. If the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided , however , that such thirty-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

12.3. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or

 

13


upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

12.4. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if, among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

12.5. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.6. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

ARTICLE 13

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

13.1. In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of

 

14


entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1 , (d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4 , 5 , 6 , or the last sentence of Section 11.1 of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, or (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

13.2. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).

13.3. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

13.4. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

15


13.5. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, or the By-Laws now or hereafter in effect; or (b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

13.6. Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

ARTICLE 14

SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 15

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF

INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

15.1. The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or

 

16


judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15.2. The DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Company’s By-Laws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“ Indemnification Arrangements ”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

15.3. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

15.4. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in

 

17


settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4 , entitled to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.

15.5. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.6. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

15.7.Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to

 

18


whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

ARTICLE 16

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

16.1. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

16.2. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

16.3. The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business

 

19


and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17.2. Section 409A . It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

17.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4. Entire Agreement . Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17.5. Modification, Waiver and Termination . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

20


17.6. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(ii) If to the Company, to:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

c/o Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116-3764

Attention: William Bayers

Facsimile: 617-351-1125

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

17.7. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

17.8. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17.9. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

17.10. Representation by Counsel . Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

17.11. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

17.12. Additional Acts . If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company

 

21


undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnification Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Name: Linda K. Zecher
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

INDEMNITEE:
By:  

 

  Name: Eric Shuman
Address:

[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]


EXHIBIT C

Confidentiality Agreements

 

1


CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of the Employment Agreement between me and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “Company”) effective August 1, 2013, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits described therein and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

 

1. I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as an employee’s personally identifiable information, medical history or other information of a personal nature about another employee that that person would reasonably consider to be private; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used herein, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Except as authorized in advance by the Company in furtherance of my employment, I will not remove from the Company’s premises any Property of the Company, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information (collectively, “Property”). Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment by the Company for any or no reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Property in my possession, custody, or control.

3. (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “ Works ”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications, assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or

 


foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ Inventions ” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression; (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights, methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any, are identified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Separate Works ”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on Exhibit A. If I do not list any Inventions on Exhibit A, then I acknowledge that none exist.

5. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

 

6. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement.

7. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

8. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

9. This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

 

Eric Shuman

Date:                         

 

 

2


EXHIBIT A

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none.”

Initial:             

 

3


NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION, AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

In consideration of the Employment Agreement between me and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (the “Company”) effective August 1, 2013, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits described therein and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

1. Covenants . I acknowledge that I have received, and will continue to receive from the Company, detailed and unique access to broad-based confidential and proprietary information about the Company, its products, innovations, business plans and strategies, competitive position, talent, vendor and supplier relationships, and among other sensitive information, its business risks and opportunities. I also acknowledge that the Company’s business activities are national and international in scope, and not confined to any particular geographic area of the country or world. In order to protect such confidential and proprietary information and preserve the goodwill of the Company, during my employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), (i) I shall not, within any jurisdiction or marketing area in which the Company or any of its affiliates is doing business, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any business of the type and character engaged in or competitive with that conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates and with which I have been concerned, interested or involved during my employment, or with respect to which I possess Confidential Information (as defined below); (ii) I shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit, induce or attempt to induce for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee of the Company or any such affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee or consultant thereof; provided, however , this subparagraph (ii) shall not apply to my personal secretary at the time of termination; and (iii) I will not solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any person who is, or was at any time within the twelve months prior to the termination of my employment, a customer of the business conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates, or interfere in any way with the business relationship between the Company and any of its investors, customers, suppliers, licensees, licensors or other business relations of the Company. During the Restricted Period, I shall give notice to the Company of each new business activity I plan to undertake, at least fifteen (15) days prior to beginning in such activity. Such notice shall state the name and address of the person or entity for whom such activity is undertaken and the nature of my business relationship(s) and position(s) with such person or entity. I shall provide the Company with such other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request to determine my continued compliance with my obligations under this Agreement.

2. Confidential Information . I acknowledged that the Company has a legitimate and continuing proprietary interest in the protection of its confidential information and that it has invested substantial sums and will continue to invest substantial sums to develop, maintain and protect such confidential information. During my employment, and at all times thereafter, I shall not shall not, except with the written consent of the Company or in connection with carrying out my duties or responsibilities for the Company, furnish or make accessible to any third party or use for my own benefit any trade secrets or Confidential Information, whether maintained in digital form or hardcopy. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company or any of its affiliates, status of customer’s accounts or


credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company or any of its affiliates maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of my obligations to the Company or any of its affiliates.

3. Property of the Company . I acknowledge and agree that “Company Property” shall mean all property and resources of the Company, including, without limitation, Confidential Information, memoranda, notes, lists, records and other documents or papers (and all copies thereof), the Company’s products, computer systems and all software, e-mail, web pages and databases, telephone and facsimile services, and all other administrative and/or support services provided by the Company. I further agree that Company Property shall include any information regarding processes, data, methods, inventions, developments, and improvements that I conceive, originate, develop, or create, solely or jointly with others, during or as a result of my employment with the Company, and whether or not any of the foregoing also may be included within “Confidential Information” as defined under this Agreement. Such Company Property shall be delivered to the Company promptly upon the termination of my employment with the Company for any reason or at any other time upon the Company’s request.

4. Reasonableness. I understand that the provisions and restrictions herein are not limited in time to the duration of my employment with the Company and rather survive my employment, irrespective of the reason for my termination. I recognize, understand, and agree that broad scope of the restrictive covenants contained herein are appropriate and justified based on the information about the Company to which I have had, and will have, access and the scope of my role with the Company. I further acknowledge and agree that, under the circumstances, the restrictions contained herein are reasonable in time, scope, and geography, are no broader than necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, that I am receiving adequate consideration for my agreement to the restrictive covenants, and that none of the restrictions contained herein place an unreasonable limitation on my ability to earn a living.

5. Blue Pencil/Judicial Modification . The Company and I further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that the covenants in this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

6. Non-Disparagement . I agree that, during my employment and at any time thereafter (including following my termination of employment for any reason), I will not make or publish negative or disparaging statements, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, that in any way relate to the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, or advisors; or their respective businesses or reputations. I agree and acknowledge that I will not publicly comment upon or discuss the Company with any media source, including but not limited to any reporters, television, radio, movie, theatrical, internet web blog or web site, national or local newspaper, magazine, or any other news organization, news outlet, or publication. I further agree not to publish, or draft for publication, any written material whatsoever related to the Company, except as specifically authorized, in writing, by an authorized representative of the Company.

7. Enforcement . I acknowledge that a breach of the covenants contained in this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, I agree that if I breach any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief

 

2


and shall be entitled to recover its fees and expenses it may incur in any action it may bring if I breach this agreement. In any proceeding for an injunction and upon any motion for a temporary or permanent injunction, the Company’s right to receive monetary damages shall not be a bar or interposed as a defense to the granting of such injunction. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any severance pay for which I may be eligible. The Company shall provide me with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence. For purposes of determining whether to permanently withhold payments from me pursuant to this section, the Board shall determine what constitutes a competing business, provided that my ownership of securities of two percent (2%) or less of any publicly traded class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its affiliates.

8. Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

9. Assignment . This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and an authorized representative of the Company. No waiver by either party hereto of any of the requirements imposed by this Agreement on, or any breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by, the other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any such waiver shall be express and in writing, and there shall be no waiver by conduct.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality and IP Agreement entered into by me (the “CIPA”), embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidential information, company property, and non-disparagement, and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of the CIPA shall control in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the CIPA with respect to confidential information and/or intellectual property of the Company.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

 

    Date:                                 

Eric Shuman

   

 

3


EXHIBIT D

Confidential Separation Agreement and General Release

 

1


CONFIDENTIAL WAIVER AND GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Confidential Waiver and General Release of Claims (the “Agreement”) sets forth the terms of Eric Shuman’s (“Executive”) separation from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (collectively, the “Company”). Executive is entitled to the benefits described herein only if he executes and complies with the terms of this Agreement.

1. Separation Benefits . Pursuant to Section 4.1(b) [and Section 4.4] of the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company entered into effective August 1, 2013 (the “Employment Agreement”), subject to the terms of this Agreement and provided that Executive signs and returns this Agreement to the Company within [21/45] days of his receipt thereof, complies with its terms, and does not revoke the Agreement in accordance with Paragraph 5 below, the Company will provide Executive with the separation benefits described in Section 4.1(b) [as modified by Section 4.4] of the Employment Agreement (“Separation Benefits”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that he would not otherwise be entitled to the Separation Benefits if he does not sign, and not revoke, this Agreement. [Note: Text in brackets to be included if benefits are due under the CIC Severance Plan]

2. Release of Claims . In consideration of the Company’s agreement to provide the Executive with the Severance Benefits, Executive acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a) Executive, and anyone claiming through Executive or on his behalf, waives the right to assert and further agrees to release and discharge the Company and the other Released Parties (as defined below) with respect to any and all Claims (as defined below), whether currently known or unknown, that Executive now has, has ever had, or may ever have against the Company and any of the other Released Parties arising from or related to any fact, agreement, act, omission, or thing occurring or existing at any time prior to or on the date on which Executive signs this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Claims released by Executive hereunder include, but are not limited to:

(i) all Claims for any severance benefit which but for this Agreement might have been due the Executive under any previous agreement executed by and between the Company or any of the other Released Parties and the Executive or any other severance plan, including but without limitation the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan, effective as of March 16, 2009 (the “Basic Severance Plan”, [and the HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the CIC Severance Plan”)], as they may be amended from time to time, or any successors thereto; [Note: Text in brackets to be included if benefits are not being paid pursuant to the CIC Severance Plan]

(ii) all Claims for or related in any way to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with, or his serving in any capacity in respect of, the Company including without limitation all claims for salary, wages, bonus, incentive pay, employee benefits or any other terms and conditions of employment, compensation or other benefit;

(iii) all Claims that were or could have been asserted by Executive or on Executive’s behalf: (A) in any federal, state, or local court, commission, agency or any other dispute resolution forum; (B) under any common law theory; or (C) under any contract (whether oral or written, express or implied), tort, federal, state, or local law, statute, regulation, ordinance, constitutional provision, administrative code, public policy, rule or executive order; and

 

1


(iv) all Claims that were or could have been asserted by Executive or on Executive’s behalf arising under any of the following laws, as amended from time to time: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the National Labor Relations Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Uniformed Services Employment & Reemployment Rights Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, M.G.L. c. 151B, § 1 et seq .; the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 12, §§ 11H and 11I; the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 93, § 102 and M.G.L. c. 214, § 1C; the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act, M.G.L. c. 149, § 1 et seq .; the Massachusetts Payment of Wages Act, M.G.L. c. 149, §§ 148 et seq. ; and the Massachusetts Privacy Act, M.G.L. c. 214, § 1B; and all other federal, state and local laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances, including any “whistleblower” law, statute, regulation or ordinance, prohibiting discrimination or pertaining to employment.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing terms, Executive does not waive or release (i) any claim under the Indemnification Agreement between Executive and the Company dated June 22, 2012 (“Indemnification Agreement”); (ii) any right or claim that may not legally be waived; (iii) any claim for coverage under the Company’s directors and officers liability insurance policy in accordance with the terms of such policy; or (iv) any claim relating to Executive’s rights as a shareholder; (v) rights to severance benefits under Section 4.1 [insert applicable reference] of the Employment Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s rights to “Accrued Amounts” (as defined in the Employment Agreement) and any accrued, vested benefit under any equity award agreement or the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs, except as herein provided at Paragraph 2(a)(i) with respect to the Basic Severance Plan [and the CIC Severance Plan], which may be amended, modified, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time for any or no reason to the extent permitted by law.

(c) The term “Released Parties” as used in this Agreement means: (i) the Company and its past, present, and future parents, divisions, subsidiaries, partnerships, affiliates, and other related entities (whether or not they are wholly owned); (ii) the past, present, and future owners, trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, agents, representatives, members, associates, employees, managers and attorneys of each entity listed in subpart (i) above; and (iii) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each entity listed in subparts (i) and (ii) above.

(d) The terms “Claim” and “Claims” as used in this Paragraph 2 are intended to be as broad as the law allows and mean any and all charges, complaints, and other forms of action against any of the Released Parties, seeking any form of relief including, without limitation, equitable relief (whether declaratory, injunctive or otherwise), the recovery of any damages, or any other form of monetary recovery whatsoever (including, without limitation, back pay, front pay, compensatory damages, emotional distress damages, punitive damages, liquidated damages, treble damages, consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and any other costs) against any of the Released Parties.

(e) This Release does not prohibit Executive from filing a charge of discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) or any state or

 

2


local human rights agency. Nor does this Agreement prevent Executive from participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or any state or local agency. However, the Agreement does preclude the recovery of monetary damages, including attorney’s fees and costs, against the Released Parties for any charge or claim of discrimination and Executive hereby waives any right to any relief, including the right to damages, attorney’s fees and costs in connection with any charge or claim for discrimination.

3. Employee’s Representations . Executive represents and warrants that: (a) Executive has not filed any complaint, charge or claim or initiated any other legal proceedings against any of the Released Parties; (b) no such proceedings have been initiated against any of the Released Parties on Executive’s behalf; (c) Executive is the sole owner of the claims that are released in Paragraph 2 above; (d) none of these claims has been transferred or assigned or caused to be transferred or assigned to any other person, firm or other legal entity; and (e) Executive has the full right and power to grant, execute, and deliver the releases, waivers, undertakings, and agreements contained in this Agreement. Further, except as specifically provided in this Paragraph and Paragraphs 2(b) and 2(e) above, Executive understands that by entering into this Agreement, he will be limiting the availability of any remedies that he may have against the Company and also limiting her ability to pursue any claims against the Released Parties.

4. Confidentiality and Restrictive Covenants . Executive acknowledges and agrees to the following:

(a) The terms of the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement and the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement, attached as Exhibit C to the Employment Agreement, are incorporated herein and shall survive the signing of this Agreement and Executive hereby reaffirms his obligations to abide fully by the provisions of such agreements. Notwithstanding the terms of Paragraph 1 or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, none of the Separation Benefits will be paid to Executive until he has returned all Company property, paid any and all personal charges charged to his Company-issued credit card or any other Company account, and repaid any and all cash advances or other advances provided to him by the Company.

(b) Except as required by law, Executive shall not disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement to any third parties with the exception of him financial advisor(s), attorney(s), and immediate family member(s), provided that each such person shall be bound by this confidentiality provision and Executive shall ensure such confidentiality. Executive will give the Company immediate notice and a copy of any subpoena or other legal requirement that would require Executive to make any otherwise prohibited disclosure, prior to making any such disclosure to the extent practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Paragraph shall prevent Executive from participating in an investigation by a federal, state or local governmental agency.

(c) Executive acknowledges and agrees that the requirements of this Paragraph 4 are among the material inducements for the Company to enter into this Agreement. A breach of any provision in this Paragraph 4, including of the agreements incorporated by reference herein, shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to the Company, shall entitle the Company to (i) recover any of the Separation Benefits paid to Executive and (ii) stop providing Executive with any additional Separation Benefits.

 

3


5. ADEA Waiver Information/Revocation Period/Effective Date . It is the Company’s intent to make certain that Executive fully understands the provisions and effects of this Agreement, including Executive’s waiver and release of claims. By signing this Agreement Executive acknowledges that he knowingly and voluntarily entered into this Agreement with the purpose of waiving any rights and releasing any claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”). Specifically, Executive acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(i) This Agreement is worded in an understandable way;

 

(ii) Executive waives any rights and releases all claims arising under the ADEA;

 

(iii) Executive does not waive claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date Executive signs this Agreement;

 

(iv) The consideration given by the Company for the waiver of Executive’s rights and release of claims is in addition to anything of value to which Executive is already entitled;

 

(v) Executive is being advised by this writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement;

 

(vi) Executive has [21/45] days to consider this Agreement (although Executive may voluntarily choose to sign this Agreement earlier);

 

(vii) Any changes made to this Agreement, whether material or immaterial, will not restart the running of this [21/45] day period;

 

(viii) Executive may revoke this waiver of rights and release of any ADEA (age discrimination) claims covered by this Agreement within 7 days of the date Executive signs this Agreement by providing a signed, written notice of the decision to revoke to the Chief Human Resources Officer at the Company; and

 

(ix) This Agreement will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired without Executive’s revocation, which will be the eighth calendar day after the date Executive signs this Agreement.

6. Entire Agreement/Waiver/Choice of Law/Jury Waiver.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that, with the exception of any obligations or benefits that may survive under Section 6 of the Employment Agreement; the Indemnification Agreement; and the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement and the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement incorporated in Paragraph 4(a) above, this Agreement supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous oral and/or written agreements between Executive and the Company, and sets forth the entire agreement between Executive and the Company. No variations or modifications of this Agreement shall be deemed valid unless reduced to writing and signed by Executive and the Company.

(b) The failure of the Company to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement in any instance or for any period of time shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of the Company’s right to seek enforcement of such provision in the future.

(c) This Agreement shall be deemed to have been negotiated and made in Massachusetts, shall take effect as an instrument under seal within Massachusetts, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles.

 

4


(d) Executive agrees that any action, demand, claim or counterclaim relating to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or to its breach, shall be commenced in Massachusetts in a court of competent jurisdiction, and further acknowledges that venue for such actions shall lie exclusively in Massachusetts. Executive also agrees that a court in Massachusetts will have personal jurisdiction over Executive and Executive waives any right to raise a defense of lack of personal jurisdiction by such a court.

(e) Both parties hereby waive and renounce in advance any right to a trial by jury in connection with any action, demand, claim or counterclaim relating to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, or to its breach.

(f) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be considered to be distinct and severable from the other provisions of this Agreement, and such unenforceability shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions so long as the essential purpose of the Agreement is fulfilled. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable as written but may be made enforceable by limitation, then such provision shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

(g) Section headings in this Agreement are used for convenience or reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

7. Voluntary Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that he has been afforded sufficient time to understand the terms and effects of this Agreement, that Executive’s agreements and obligations hereunder are made voluntarily, knowingly and without duress, and that neither the Company nor its agents or representatives have made any representations inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

THE PARTIES STATE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY INTEND TO BE BOUND BY THEM:

 

ERIC SHUMAN     HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

 

    By:  

 

Date:  

 

    Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

 

5

Exhibit 10.8

[Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Letterhead]

 

  

                                     222 Berkeley Street

                                     Boston, MA 02116

                                     www.hmco.com

March 27, 2012

John Dragoon

9 Gable Ridge Road

Westborough, MA 01581

Re: Offer of Employment

Dear John,

I am very excited to offer you the role of Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (the “Company” or “HMH”), commencing on April 9, 2012. Your experience will be a wonderful addition to my senior leadership team.

As the CMO your compensation package consists of a base salary, annual bonus, and an equity position in the company as follows:

 

  1. your base salary will be $400,000 annually.

 

  2.

You are eligible for the 2012 Executive bonus plan payable on March 15, 2013. Your targeted bonus is 100% of your annual salary, prorated based on an April 9 th start date. The 2012 Executive Bonus Plan for sales executives ties 37.5% of the bonus opportunity to EBITDA achievement, 37.5% against revenue target achievement, with the remaining 25% tied to individual goals and commitments.

 

  3. In connection with your employment, you will be entitled to a grant of stock options under a stock option plan, the terms of which have been approved by the Board of Directors of HMH and which plan the Company anticipates will be finalized at the time of the balance sheet restructuring. Under the approved terms the option award, which would be issued to you upon the consummation of the restructuring (subject to the approval of the Board at that time), would be for that number of shares equal to .75% of the fully diluted common stock of the Company post restructuring (based on an expected option pool equal to not less than 10% of such fully diluted equity). The exercise price will be set at the then current fair market value of a common share, with such options vesting in equal annual installments over a period of four years from the date of issue, subject to your continued employment with the Company.


Your employment is “at will,” meaning you or HMH may terminate it at any time for any or no reason. In the event HMH terminates your employment without Cause as that term is commonly understood in connection with executive actions or inactions, or if, within six months of the consummation of a restructuring the Board of Directors discharges the current Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the Company or the CEO resigns for “Good Reason” within the meaning of the CEO’s employment arrangement with the Company, and you elect to resign within thirty days of the CEO’s separation date, you shall be entitled to receive, subject to your execution of a release of claims in favor of HMH, (i) severance payments equal to one year’s base salary, (ii) six months’ of COBRA payments if you elect COBRA in due course, and (iii) a pro rata bonus for the year in which your employment terminates, based on the actual performance results for the year of termination, payable at such time as Executive bonuses are generally paid (but no later than March 15 th of the year following your separation date).

You will also be eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefit programs. Should you choose to enroll in the HMH Plan, coverage will commence on the first day of the month following 30 days from your start date. In order to participate, you must complete the enrollment process for such programs within your first 30 days of employment. You will also be eligible for up to 20 vacation days annually (to be pro-rated for 2012 from you date of hire) and paid Company holidays as described in the Employee Guide. Enclosed for your review is a copy of our 2012 Benefit Programs.

I am personally very excited to have you join the company as a part of my senior leadership team. If you have any question please let me know. I hope to finalize your employment agreement by March 27 th , 2012

All the Best,

Linda Zecher

President and Chief Executive Officer

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ John Dragoon                     3/27/12

Signature                             Date

 

Cc: Linda Zecher

Personnel File


CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (the “Company”), or my continued employment by the Company, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits that I shall receive from and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

1. I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases ad prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information: and (e)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used herein, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Except as authorized in advance by the Company in furtherance of my employment, I will not remove from the Company’s premises any Property of the Company, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information (collectively, “Property”). Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment by the Company for any or no reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Property in my possession, custody, or control.

3. (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research


or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “ Works ”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications, assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ Inventions ” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement. whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression: (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights,


methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any, are identified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Separate Works ”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on Exhibit A. If I do not list any Inventions on Exhibit A, then I acknowledge that none exist.

5. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

6. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement.

7. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

8. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

9. This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.


I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

/s/ John Dragoon
Signature

 

JOHN DRAGOON
Printed Name

Date: 3/27/12


EXHIBIT A

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none”

NONE

 

Initial:   / S / JD


NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (the “Company”), or my continued employment by the Company, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits that I shall receive from and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

1. Covenants . During my employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), (i) I shall not, within any jurisdiction or marketing area in which the Company or any of its affiliates is doing business, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any business of the type and character engaged in or competitive with that conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates and with which I have been concerned, interested or involved during my employment, or with respect to which I possess Confidential Information (as defined below); (ii) I shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee of the Company or arty of its affiliates at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee of the Company or any such affiliate; provided , however , this subparagraph (ii) shall not apply to my personal secretary at the time of termination; and (iii) I will not solicit, in competition with the Company or its affiliates, any person who is, or was at any time within the twelve months prior to the termination of my employment, a customer of the business conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates. During the Restricted Period, I shall give notice to the Company of each new business activity I plan to undertake, at least fifteen (15) days prior to beginning in such activity. Such notice shall state the name and address of the person or entity for whom such activity is undertaken and the nature of my business relationship(s) and position(s) with such person or entity. I shall provide the Company with such other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request to determine my continued compliance with my obligations under this Agreement.

2. Confidential Information . “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company or any of its affiliates, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, sale forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases and prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company or any of its affiliates, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product


Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information; and (f)  Other Information that the Company or any of its affiliates maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of my obligations to the Company or any of its affiliates.

3. Blue Pencil . The Company and I further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that the covenants in this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

4. Non-Disparagement . I agree that, during my employment and at any time thereafter (including following my termination of employment for any reason,) I will not make statements or representations, or otherwise communicate, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, or take any action which may, directly or indirectly, disparage the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, businesses or reputations.

5. Enforcement . I acknowledge that a breach of the covenants contained in this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, I agree that if I breach any of the covenants contained in this Agreement in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any severance pay for which I may be eligible. The Company shall provide me with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence. For purposes of determining whether to permanently withhold payments from me pursuant to this section, the Board shall determine what constitutes a competing business, provided that my ownership of securities of two percent (2%) or less of any publicly traded class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its affiliates.

6. Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.


7. Assignment . This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

8. Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto of any of the requirements imposed by this Agreement on, or any breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by, the other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any such waiver shall be express and in writing, and there shall be no waiver by conduct.

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to non-competition and non-solicitation and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters.

I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

/s/ John Dragoon   Date:   3/27/12
JOHN DRAGOON      
Printed Name    

Exhibit 10.9

[Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Letterhead]

 

    

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

www.hmco.com

May 19, 2009

William Bayers

28 Lincoln St.

Belmont, MA 02478

Dear William:

I would like to extend my appreciation for your contributions to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. Your recent performance and on-going contributions to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company will help ensure the long term success of the company.

To this end, I am pleased to offer you a retention bonus of $200,000 on the condition that you remain in active employment and in good standing through January 4th, 2010. This bonus will be payable to you on the next available payroll after January 14 th , 2010.

No part of this bonus will be paid if you are terminated for cause or resign from your position on or before the dates above. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt shall have “cause” to terminate your employment only (i) if you have willfully engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, monetarily or otherwise, (ii) after you have received written notice of a willful failure to adequately perform substantially all of your duties and you continue to fail to so perform, or (iii) if you have been convicted of, or pleaded nolo contendere to, a felony or crime of moral turpitude.

If your employment ends before January 4 th , 2010 because of an organizational restructuring, facility closing, or reduction in force, the Company will consider you as having “stayed” the appropriate time to earn the retention bonus.

Since you are one of a select group of individuals we believe can deliver meaningful results for our business, I am sure you can appreciate that it would be disruptive if information about this arrangement were discussed with others. Accordingly, I trust you will not communicate such with anyone inside or outside Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, other than your immediate family.

On behalf of the senior management of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt I would like to thank you for your efforts and contributions to date. I wish you every success in achieving the goals we have agreed to for 2009 and beyond.

Please sign and return one copy of this letter to Human Resources.


Sincerely,     Agreed and accepted:
/s/ Michael Muldowney     /s/ William Bayers
Michael Muldowney     William Bayers
EVP Chief Financial Officer     EVP General Counsel


[Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Letterhead]

Bill Bayers

28 Lincoln St.

Belmont, MA 02478

May 14, 2009

Dear Bill,

This letter is to confirm the revised terms and conditions of your employment with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, (the “Company”).

 

   

Your base salary has been amended to the rate of $400,000 annually effective January 1, 2009.

 

   

In the event that your employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for cause you shall be entitled to severance consideration of one year’s continued base salary at the rate in effect at the time of your departure. You would be required to execute a standard separation and release agreement to receive this benefit.

 

   

You will be granted prior service credit for your tenure at Harcourt for the purposes of eligibility under the Company’s post retiree medical plan.

All other terms and conditions of employment remain in full force and effect unless otherwise noted.

Kind regards,

/s/ Ciara Smyth

Ciara Smyth

EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

 

Cc: Barry O’Callaghan
     File


[Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Letterhead]

 

Anthony Lucki

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

April 10, 2007

 

Bill Bayers

28 Lincoln St.

Belmont, MA 02478

  

Houghton Mifflin Company

222 Berkeley Streets

Boston, MA 02116

phone 617-351-5544

fax 617-351-1107

anthony_lucki@hmca.com

www.hmco.com

Dear Bill,

It gives me great pleasure to present to you an offer to join Houghton Mifflin Company as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, reporting to me. This offer package summaries your compensation and benefits and contains important information regarding your status as an employee of Houghton Mifflin.

If the position is accepted the tentative start date would be April 30 th , 2007. Your compensation will include your biweekly salary of $10,961.54 which is equivalent to an annual base salary of $285,000, subject to applicable payroll taxes and withholdings. Paydays are every other Thursday. You are also eligible to participate in the Houghton Mifflin Management Incentive Plan for 2007. Your bonus target will be 50% of your annual salary. Details of the plan will be sent under a separate cover.

In addition, you will receive a signing bonus of $50,000 payable to you within 30 days of your start date with the company. Receipt of the signing bonus is contingent upon your acceptance of the attached bonus agreement.

We will provide company paid parking at the 22 Berkeley Street location. You would be eligible for up to four weeks of vacation each year, under the terms of the Company Vacation Plan. However, as an executive of the Company, you do not “accrue” or “earn” vacation throughout the year and will not be paid for any vacation not taken. In addition, you will be eligible for company paid holidays, and occasional absence days per Houghton Mifflin’s time off policy. According to the terms of our current policy, your performance and salary will be reviewed in April 2008. If you enroll, health coverage will commence on your first day of work. In order to receive benefits coverage, you must complete the enrollment process (see attached benefits acknowledgement form).

In accordance with our Company policy of “At-Will” employment, nothing in this letter should be interpreted as creating an employment contract between you and the Company. Because your employment is an at-will employment relationship, either the Company or you may terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason. However, additional terms of your separation are addressed in the attached severance document.

You agree that all materials and related information either developed by you in completing this assignment or disclosed to you by any person acting on behalf of Houghton Mifflin Company are proprietary materials and confidential information of Houghton Mifflin. Additionally, you agree not to disclose any such information or related information to any other parties, or to make any personal use thereof without prior written consent of Houghton Mifflin Company.


You further agree that during your tenure, you will abide by all Company employment policies and standards of conduct. Any material violation of the Company’s policies or standards of conduct may be grounds for your immediate termination without any further compensation from the Company.

I have enclosed a Document Information Sheet detailing the documents that will satisfy the requirements of the Federal immigration law. Please bring the documents necessary to comply with this law to Human Resources on your first day. I have also enclosed additional forms to be completed prior to your start date. Please return these forms along with the signed offer letter.

This letter sets forth the terms of your employment with us and supersedes any prior oral or written communications. A duplicate original of this offer letter is enclosed for your records. To accept employment, please sign and return a copy of this letter to me by Friday April 13, 2007. Your signature below indicates that you understand and agree to the terms set forth in this letter. If you do not return this letter to me by Friday March 13, 2007, this offer will expire. It can either be faxed to 617-351-1106 or mailed to my attention. Handwritten changes to this letter are not valid unless authorized and signed by me. If you have any questions, please call me directly at 617-351-5101.

Krystn Forcina, Regional Director of Human Resources will be in touch with you regarding the newhire and benefits information. We are very enthusiastic about you joining the Houghton Mifflin Company. We look forward to working with you and hope that our relationship proves to be a mutually rewarding one.

 

Cordially,   

Agreed and accepted:

     
/s/ Anthony Lucki   

/s/ Bill Bayers

     

4/12/07

Anthony Lucki    Bill Bayers       Date
Chairman, President and CEO    Signature      
Houghton Mifflin Company         

 

cc: HR File


CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company (the “Company”), or my continued employment by the Company, and my receipt of the compensation and benefits that I shall receive from and after the date hereof, I acknowledge and agree to adhere to the terms of this Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (“Agreement”), which are described below:

1. I will not at any time during or after my employment with the Company utilize any “Confidential Information” for my own benefit or directly or indirectly disclose, or take any action that may result in the disclosure of, any “Confidential Information” to any third party or to any employee of the Company not also having access to such information. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement includes all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including all (a)  Financial Information , such as the Company’s earnings, assets, debts, prices, pricing structure, volume of purchases, business plans, sales or other financial data, services and operations; (b)  Marketing Information , such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Company, sales forecasts, test market information or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions; (c)  Personnel Information , such as employee’s personally identifiable information, medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefore, training methods, performance, or other employee information; (d)  Customer Information , such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customer’s names, addresses or backgrounds, records of purchases and prices, proposals or agreements between customers and the Company, status of customer’s accounts or credit or related information about actual or prospective customers; (e)  Product Information , such as product designs, patterns, devices, plans for new products, line extensions, manufacturing and distribution processes and related information: and (e)  Other Information that the Company maintains as confidential and uses to conduct its business or gain competitive advantage. “Confidential Information” does not include information that lawfully is or has become generally known to the public other than through my breach of this Agreement. As used herein, “Company” includes its subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities.

2. Except as authorized in advance by the Company in furtherance of my employment. I will not remove from the Company’s premises any Property of the Company, including without limitation any documents or things containing any Confidential Information (collectively, “Property”). Upon the Company’s demand or the termination of my employment by the Company for any or no reason, whichever is earlier, I will immediately return to the Company all Property in my possession, custody, or control.

3. (a) I agree to assign and hereby do irrevocably and unconditionally assign to the Company or its designee, my entire right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Inventions (as defined below) that I may, either solely or jointly with others, create, make, discover, conceive or reduce to practice during the term of my employment with the Company that (i) relate to the business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research


or development of the Company, (ii) were developed using any of the equipment, supplies or facilities of the Company or any Confidential Information, or (iii) resulted from any work I performed for the Company, whether or not performed during business hours (individually and collectively, “ Works ”). The Company owns the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to any and all Works. The Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Works includes without limitation the sole and exclusive right to secure and own copyrights and maintain renewals throughout the world, and the right to modify and create derivative works of or from the Works without any payment of any kind to me. I agree that the Works shall be “work made for hire” as that term is defined in the copyright laws of the United States, and not works of joint ownership. To the extent that any of the Works is determined not to constitute work made for hire, or if any rights in any of the Works do not accrue to the Company as a work made for hire, my signature on this Agreement constitutes the assignment thereof (without any further consideration) to the Company pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3(a).

(b) I will provide any assistance reasonably requested by the Company to obtain United States and foreign patents and copyright registrations covering or relating to the Works. I will execute any transfers of ownership of patents, inventions disclosed in patent applications, assignments of copyrights and copyright applications or other proprietary rights transferred or assigned hereunder (including assignments intended for recording with the U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or any other organization). I understand that my obligations under this Section 3(b) shall survive any termination of this Agreement or of my employment by the Company, provided that the Company will compensate me at the rate of $75/hour for time actually spent performing such obligations at the Company’s request after any such termination. If the Company is unable for any reason whatsoever, including my mental or physical incapacity, to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations or on any document transferring or assigning any patent, copyright or other proprietary right that I am obligated hereunder to transfer or assign, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on my behalf and in my stead to execute and file any such applications and documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations or transfers or assignments thereof or of any other proprietary rights with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This appointment is coupled with an interest in and to the Works to which any proprietary rights may apply and shall survive my death or disability.

(c) As used in this Agreement, “ Inventions ” means: (i) any new or useful invention, concept, art, discovery, design, development, contribution, finding or improvement, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws; (ii) any and all copyrightable works, in any medium of expression; (iii) any and all trade names, service marks and trademarks, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iv) any and all patentable works, including any patents, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, applications, utility applications, provisional applications, substitute applications, reexaminations, reissues and extensions; (v) any and all software (including both object and source code), works of authorship, utility models, topography rights, database rights,


methods, processes, manufacturing techniques and trade secrets; (vi) any other intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world; (vii) any and all related know-how and rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce any right or interest in any of (i) through (vi); and (viii) the right to sue for past infringement in connection with any right or interest in any of (i) through (vii).

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3, I do not assign or agree to assign any Inventions made by me prior to my employment with the Company without the use of any Confidential Information, which Inventions, if any, are identified on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Separate Works ”). I represent and warrant that I have no rights in any Inventions other than the Inventions specified on Exhibit A. If I do not list any Inventions on Exhibit A, then I acknowledge that none exist.

5. I acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to be and shall not be construed as an express or implicit contract for employment or to provide services for a specific period of time and that, unless so stated clearly in writing by a senior executive authorized by the CEO, my employment with the Company is “at-will.”

6. I acknowledge and understand that any breach by me of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company to suffer irreparable harm for which damages are an inadequate remedy and are difficult to calculate. Accordingly, I agree that the Company will be entitled, without limiting any other available legal or equitable remedies, to injunctive relief (without the need to post any bond or other security) to enforce the terms of the foregoing provisions and to prevent any breach or threatened breach of any of the same. I further agree to reimburse the Company for any costs and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by any of them in enforcing this Agreement.

7. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its conflicts or choice of law rules.

8. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by both me and the Company. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

9. This Agreement is enforceable by the Company and may be assigned or transferred by the Company. I may not assign any of my rights or obligations under this Agreement.

10. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with regard to the matters described herein and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us regarding these matters. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of my employment by the Company for any reason.


I acknowledge by signing below that I have read and understand the terms of this Agreement and intend to be bound thereby:

 

/s/ William Bayers
Signature
William Bayers
Printed Name
Date: 5/25/09


EXHIBIT A

“Separate Works”

If none, write “none”

 

Initial:                                                                                             

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 1, 2010 (“Effective Date”), by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) and Bethlam Forsa (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to enter into this Agreement with the Executive; and

WHEREAS, the Executive wishes to enter this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to accomplish these objectives and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company shall continue to employ the Executive as Executive Vice President - Publishing Operations, and the Executive accepts such employment for the Employment Term (as defined below). In such capacity the Executive will be responsible for generally performing the duties and responsibilities customarily performed by persons serving in such position of a business of the size, type and nature of the Company, as well as such other powers, duties and responsibilities as may from time to time be assigned to her by the President of the Company’s Education Group or the Board. If requested by the Board, the Executive shall also serve as an executive officer and/or member of the board of directors of any of the Company’s affiliates without additional compensation. Upon a termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason in accordance with Section 5 hereof, at the Company’s request, the Executive shall immediately resign from any other service with the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation, pursuant to the foregoing sentence. The Executive shall report to the President of the Company’s Education Group.

2. Performance . Executive will serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his or her ability and will devote substantially all of Executive’s business time, energy, experience and talents to the business of the Company and its affiliates; provided, however , that it shall not be considered a violation of the foregoing for Executive to manage his or her personal or family investments, or to serve on civic or charitable boards or committees, or, with the advance written approval of the Board, on industry boards or committees, so long as any of such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement.

3. Employment Term . Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 5 below, the employment term shall continue through December 31, 2013 (the “Initial Term”); provided that such term shall be automatically extended for additional periods of one (1) year commencing on January 1, 2014 and each January 1 thereafter (each such period an “Additional Term”) unless either party shall have given notice to the other party that such party does not desire to extend the term of this Agreement, such notice to be given at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of Initial Term or Additional Terms (the Initial Term and the Additional Term or Terms, if applicable, collectively, the “Employment Term”).


4. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . The Company shall pay Executive a base salary, payable in either bi-weekly or semi-monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, subject to withholding and other applicable taxes, at an annual rate of Three Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($375,000), subject to increase by the Company in its discretion (such base salary, as increased from time to time being hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”).

(b) Annual Bonus . During the Employment Term, for each fiscal year of the Company beginning with fiscal year 2010, the Executive shall be considered by the Board for an annual bonus with a target equal to 100% of the Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”) based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the Board for such fiscal year (“Annual Bonus”). Any bonus paid to the Executive shall be in addition to the Base Salary and shall be paid to Executive according to the Company’s overall payment practice with respect to bonuses, but in no event later than March 15th following the end of the applicable fiscal year.

(c) Equity and Incentive Compensation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all incentive and equity-based compensation plans made available by the Company, from time to time, for its senior executives on a basis determined by the Company in its discretion.

(d) Medical, Dental, Disability, Life Insurance, Retirement and Other Benefits. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents and all applicable laws, be eligible to participate in the various medical, dental, disability, life insurance, retirement and other employee benefit plans made available by the Company, from time to time, for its senior executives.

(e) Vacation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year, to be taken at such times and intervals as shall be determined by the Executive, subject to the reasonable business needs of the Company. Vacation shall be otherwise governed by the policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all reasonable expenses actually incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of his or her duties hereunder in accordance with policies established by the Company from time to time and upon receipt of appropriate documentation. Expenses reimbursable under this paragraph shall be reimbursed within reasonable period of time following Executive’s submission of the reimbursement request and any supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Company, and no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred by Executive.

 

- 2 -


5. Termination .

(a) Either the Company or the Executive may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment at any time for any reason or for no reason, in its Executive’s sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days written notice or such longer period as provided below; provided , that the Executive’s employment shall immediately terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Expiration of the Employment Term . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall automatically terminate upon expiration of the Employment Term in the event of non-renewal of the Employment Term by either party.

(c) Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of employment by the Company or by the Executive (other than due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 8 hereof. The notice of termination shall indicate in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for any purported characterization of the Executive’s termination as with or without Cause, with or with Good Reason or on account of the Executive’s Disability. Any notice of termination by the Executive without Good Reason must be delivered at least ninety (90) days in advance of the Executive’s termination. .

(d) For purposes of this Agreement,

(i) “Cause” shall mean: (A) the Executive’s conviction of, plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or any written admission of the commission of, any felony or any crime involving theft, fraud or dishonesty; (B) any breach by the Executive of any material provision of this Agreement; (C) any act by the Executive involving moral turpitude, fraud or material misrepresentation with respect to her duties for the Company or its affiliates; or (D) gross negligence or willful failure to perform on the part of the Executive in the performance of his or her duties; provided, however , that the Company may not terminate the Executive’s employment under clauses (B), (C) or (D) unless the Company first gives the Executive notice of its intention to terminate and of the grounds for such termination within 90 days of discovery of such event, and in the case of a breach set forth in clause (B) or (D) above, the Executive either (X) has not, within 30 days following receipt of such notice, cured such Cause, or (Y) such Cause cannot be cured.

(ii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following conditions without the Executive’s written consent, provided that Executive shall provide notice to the Company of the existence of the condition within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, upon the notice of which the Company shall have at least thirty (30) days within which to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such cure period, the Executive must terminate employment within thirty (30) days following the Company’s failure to cure: (A) a material reduction of the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities, or the assignment to the Executive of duties materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position or positions with the Company; (B) a reduction in the Executive’s rate of Base Salary; (C) a material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement; or (D) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based at any office or location that is more than 30 miles from Boston, MA or New York, NY except for reasonably required travel on the Company’s business.

 

- 3 -


(iii) “Disability” shall exist if a physician, mutually selected in good faith by the Board and the Executive, reasonably determines (in writing) after a period of ninety (90) or more consecutive days or an aggregate of one hundred-eighty (180) or more days during any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) during the Term when the Executive is unable, because of ill health, physical or mental disability or any other medical reason beyond the Executive’s control, and notwithstanding reasonable accommodations made by the Company, that the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s position.

6. Severance .

(a) Without Cause; For Good Reason; Expiration upon Non-Renewal by the Company . If, during the Employment Term, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause, the Executive terminates her employment for Good Reason, or the Executive’s employment terminates upon expiration of the Employment Term pursuant to a notice of non-renewal from the Company, the Executive shall receive, subject to Section 6(g):

(i) (A) any earned but unpaid Base Salary and, to the extent permitted by the Company’s vacation policy, payment for accrued but unused vacation pay for the period prior to termination, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, but in no event later than 30 days following the date of termination, and any earned but unpaid bonuses for prior periods which have ended at the time of such termination, payable in accordance with the terms of such bonus arrangements and (B) at the time provided in such plan, any rights to which the Executive is entitled in accordance with such applicable plan or program provisions under any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, fringe benefit or incentive plan ((A) and (B) collectively, the “Accrued Amounts”); and

(ii) Payment of an aggregate amount equal to the sum of a lump sum cash payment equal to one times the sum of: (x) the Executive’s Base Salary at termination and (y) the aggregate monthly COBRA costs in effect at the time of termination (“Severance Pay”). Subject to the requirements of Section (e) the Severance Pay will commence on the first payroll date following the 60 th day after the date of termination and be paid over a 12-month period in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice. The payments made pursuant to this clause (ii) of Section 6(a) shall be excluded from all pension and benefit calculations under the employee benefit plans of the Company and its affiliates, except as otherwise provided in the applicable employee benefit plan.

(b) Death or Disability . If during the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of death or Disability, the Executive (and her estate or designated beneficiaries under any Company-sponsored employee benefit plan in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and the Company shall have no liability or further obligation.

(c) For Cause; Without Good Reason . If during the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and the Company shall have no liability or further obligation to the Executive.

 

- 4 -


(d) Expiration . If the Executive’s employment is terminated due to the expiration and non-renewal of the Employment Term by the Executive, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and the Company shall have no liability or further obligation to the Executive.

(e) Release . As a condition of Executive receiving any of the Severance Pay hereunder, the Executive shall execute a release, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, thereby releasing the Company and its affiliates from any and all obligations and liabilities to the Executive arising from or in connection with the Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Company and its affiliates, except that such release shall not apply to (i) any rights of the Executive to indemnification under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or written agreement or to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage of the Company and its affiliates, (ii) any rights under this Agreement or to the Severance Pay, and (iii) any rights to vested tax-qualified retirement benefits. Such release will be provided by the Company to the Executive within five (5) days following the termination of the Executive’s employment and must be executed and returned (and not revoked) by the Executive to the Company within 50 days following such termination of employment. If the Executive does not execute the release and/or the release does not become irrevocable within 60 days of his or her termination of employment, the Executive shall not receive the Severance Pay.

(f) No Mitigation or Offset . Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment and there shall be no offset against amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of any compensation attributable to any subsequent employment Executive may obtain.

(g) Section 409A Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amounts or benefits payable under this Agreement in the event of Executive’s termination of employment constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, payment of such amounts and benefits shall commence when the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any of the optional provisions thereunder, from the Company and any entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company under Code Section 414(b) or 414(c) (“Separation from Service”). Such payments or benefits shall be provided in accordance with the timing provisions of this Agreement by substituting the Agreement’s references to “termination of employment” or “termination” with Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), any amount or benefits that the constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A that becomes payable to Executive on account of the Executive’s Separation from Service will not be paid until after the earlier of (i) first business day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service, or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death (the “409A Suspension Period”). Within 14 calendar days after the end of the 409A Suspension Period, the Executive shall be paid a cash lump sum payment equal to any payments (including interest on any such payments, at an interest rate of not less than the prime interest

 

- 5 -


rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, over the period such payment is restricted from being paid to the Executive) and benefits that the Company would otherwise have been required to provide under this Section 6 but for the imposition of the 409A Suspension Period delayed because of the preceding sentence. Thereafter, the Executive shall receive any remaining payments and benefits due under this Section 6 in accordance with the terms of this Section (as if there had not been any 409A Suspension Period beforehand). For purposes of Code Section 409A, any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments so that each payment is designated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

7. Covenants of the Executive .

(a) Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation . During the Employment Term and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), (i) the Executive shall not directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any of the following publishing companies: Pearson Education, McGraw-Hill Education, Scholastic or K-12 or any of their affiliates; (ii) the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, employ, solicit for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of this Agreement or who shall subsequently become an employee of the Company or any such affiliate; provided, however , this subparagraph (ii) shall not apply to the Executive’s personal secretary at the time of termination nor to any general recruitment efforts directed at the general public; and (iii) the Executive will not solicit, in competition with the Company or its affiliates, any person who is, or was at any time within the twelve months prior to his termination of employment, a customer of the business conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of determining whether to permanently withhold payments from the Executive pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof, the Executive’s ownership of securities of two percent (2%) or less of any publicly traded class of securities of a public company shall not be considered to be competition with the Company or any of its affiliates with respect to Pearson Education, McGraw-Hill Education, Scholastic or K-12.

(b) Confidential Information . For the Employment Term and thereafter, (i) the Executive will not divulge, transmit or otherwise disclose (except as legally compelled by court order, and then only to the extent required, after prompt notice to the Company of any such order), directly or indirectly, other than in the regular and proper course of business of the Company, any confidential knowledge or information with respect to the operations, finances, organization or employees of the Company or with respect to confidential or secret processes, services, techniques, customers or plans with respect to the Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”); and (ii) the Executive will not use (except as legally compelled by court order, and then only to the extent reasonably required, after prompt notice to the Company of any such order), directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company; provided, however , that the Executive has no obligation, express or implied, to refrain from using or disclosing to others any Confidential Information if such knowledge or information (a) is or hereafter shall become available to the public other than through disclosure by the Executive, (b) was known by or available on a non-confidential basis to the Executive prior to being furnished by the Company, or (c) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from any party other than the Executive who, after due inquiry, is not known by the Executive to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other obligation of secrecy to the Company.

 

- 6 -


(c) Developments . In the event that Executive, as a part of Executive’s activities on behalf of the Company, generates, authors or contributes to any invention, new development or method, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, any copyrightable work, any trade secret, any other Confidential Information, or any information that gives any of the Company and its subsidiaries an advantage over any competitor, or similar or related developments or information related to the present or future business of any of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively “Developments and Information”), Executive acknowledges that all Developments and Information are “work for hire” and the exclusive property of the Company. Executive hereby assigns to the Company, its nominees, successors or assigns, all rights, title and interest to Developments and Information. Executive shall cooperate with the Company’s Board of Directors to protect the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries in Developments and Information. Executive shall execute and file any document related to any Developments and Information requested by the Company’s Board of Directors including applications, powers of attorney, assignments or other instruments which the Company’s Board of Directors deems necessary to apply for any patent, copyright or other proprietary right in any and all countries or to convey any right, title or interest therein to any of the Company’s nominees, successors or assigns

(d) Property of the Company . All files, records, correspondence, memoranda, notes or other documents (including, without limitation, those in computer-readable form) or property relating or belonging to the Company or its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into his possession in the course of the performance of his services under this Agreement, shall be the exclusive property of Company and shall be delivered to Company and not retained by the Executive (including, without limitations, any copies thereof) upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

(e) Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that a breach of his covenants contained in this Section 7 may cause irreparable damage to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain, that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate and that the Severance Pay payable to the Executive under Sections 6(a) are additional consideration for the covenants contained in this Section 7. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if she breaches any of the covenants contained in this Section 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief. In addition, the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7 shall entitle the Company to permanently withhold any Severance Pay provided to the Executive under Sections 6(a). The Company shall provide the Executive with at least five days prior written notice before withholding of any payment provided for in the immediately preceding sentence.

(f) Blue Pencil . The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 7 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that the agreements in this Section 7 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be

 

- 7 -


unenforceable by reason of their extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of their being too extensive in any other respect, they shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which they may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which they may be enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which they may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

(g) Defense of Claims . The Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company following the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason by making himself or herself reasonably available (as mutually agreed, including a reasonable per diem) to testify on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, and to assist the Company, or any affiliate, in any such action, suit, or proceeding, by providing information and meeting and consulting with the Company’s Board or its representatives or counsel, or representatives or counsel to the Company, or any affiliate as reasonably requested and mutually agreed .

(h) Non-Disparagement . The Executive agrees that, during the Term of Employment and at any time thereafter (including following the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason) she will not make statements or representations, or otherwise communicate, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, or take any action which may, directly or indirectly, disparage the Company or any of its affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, businesses or reputations, provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Executive from executing an affidavit or testifying truthfully under oath in any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any court, arbitrational tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authority or agency or before any arbitrator.

8. Notices . Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or when mailed, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

If to the Executive, to the Executive’s last known address on file with the Company.

If to the Company:

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Compensation Committee Chairman

with a copy to:

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Rolf Zaiss, Esq.

 

- 8 -


9. General .

(a) Governing Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusette, without regard to its conflict of laws principles thereof.

(b) JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT ANY ACTION ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS LITIGATED OR HEARD IN ANY COURT.

(c) Construction and Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

(d) Assignability . The Executive may not assign his or her interest in or delegate his or her duties under this Agreement. This Agreement is for the employment of the Executive, personally, and the services to be rendered by him or her under this Agreement must be rendered by him or her and no other person. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the Executive has no contracts or agreements of any nature that the Executive has entered into with any other person, firm or corporation that contain any restraints on the Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company will assign this Agreement to and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Company or succeeding to the business or assets of the Company by purchase, merger or consolidation.

(e) Compliance with Rules and Policies . The Executive shall perform all services in all material respects in accordance with the applicable policies, procedures and rules established by the Company, including, but not limited to, the By-Laws of the Company. In addition, the Executive, where applicable, shall comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations that are generally applicable to the Company, its affiliates and their employees, directors and officers.

(f) Taxes . The Company shall withhold from all amounts due hereunder any applicable withholding taxes payable to federal, state, local or foreign taxing authorities. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or hold the Executive harmless from any taxes he may incur from any amounts payable under this Agreement.

 

- 9 -


(g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces any understanding between the parties, whether written or oral, including, without limitation, the employment letter between the parties dated July 10, 2008 as amended November 10, 2008 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”).

(h) Duration . Notwithstanding the Employment Term hereunder, the applicable sections of this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

(i) Survival . All of the rights and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the parties to the extent necessary to give effect to the intent thereof notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever. It is expressly agreed that the remedy at law for the breach or threatened breach of any such covenant in this Agreement is inadequate and that the Company, in addition to any other remedies that may be available to it, in law or in equity, shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent the breach or any threatened breach thereof without bond or other security or a showing that monetary damages will not provide an adequate remedy.

(j) Waiver . No waiver by either party hereto of any of the requirements imposed by this Agreement on, or any breach of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by, the other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any such waiver shall be express and in writing, and there shall be no waiver by conduct.

(k) Indemnification . During the term of this Agreement and following any termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall indemnify the Executive, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and in the same or better manner and to the same or better extent with respect to each aspect of the indemnification as provided to any other executive of the Company, against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by the Executive in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which the Executive may be made a party, brought by any shareholder of the Company directly or derivatively or by any third party by reason of any act or omission of the Executive as an officer, director or employee of the Company or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

(l) Compliance with Code Section 409A .

(i) This Agreement is intended to be exempt from (or comply with) Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with this intent. However, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such section.

 

- 10 -


(ii) Except as otherwise specifically provided, amounts payable under this Agreement, other than those expressly payable on a deferred or installment basis, will be paid as promptly as practicable following the date they are earned and vested and, in any event, within two and one-half months after the end of the first calendar year in which such amounts are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code.

(m) Headings . The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

(n) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

[signature page to follow]

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have hereunto executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

Date:  

December 1, 2010

    HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
      By  

/s/ Barry O’Callaghan

      Name:   Barry O’Callaghan
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:  

December 1, 2010

    EXECUTIVE
     

/s/ Bethlam Forsa

      Bethlam Forsa

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO   

Linda K. Zecher

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

Name

Address

Dear             :

On behalf of the Board of Directors of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., (the “Board”) I am pleased to advise you that the Board voted to appoint you to the Company’s Board. I understand that you would plan to commence your service on the Board at the              Board meeting.

Director Compensation

The Company’s independent directors receive annual compensation equal to $165,000. A portion of that compensation will be paid as an annual cash retainer of $80,000, payable quarterly, for service on the Board. The Company also reimburses all of its directors for expenses they incur in connection with attending Board meetings and committee meetings. In addition, each director earns a fee for service on a committee and service as a committee chairperson, as applicable. Each member of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $10,000, and the Chairperson of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $25,000. Each member of the Compensation Committee receives an annual retainer of $10,000 and the Chairperson of the Compensation Committee receives an annual retainer of $25,000. Each member of the Nominating Committee receives an annual retainer of $5,000 and the Chairperson of the Nominating Committee receives an annual retainer of $12,500.

Equity Grants

The remaining portion of your director compensation will be paid in restricted stock units. The Company grants each of its directors an annual grant of restricted stock units with a market value of $85,000 for service on the Board. The number of restricted stock units initially granted to you will be determined based on the trading prices during the week following our              earnings release. All subsequent grants of restricted stock units will be granted at the fair market value of the common stock at the time of grant. These restricted stock units vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Proprietary Information

As a director, you will have access to the Company’s confidential information and you may develop certain information or inventions during the course of your service which will be the Company’s property. As a condition of your service, you may be required to execute the Company’s standard form of Confidentiality Agreement. This agreement exists to assure the Company and its investors that the Company’s valuable intellectual property is protected. We wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any present or former employer or other third party, or to violate any other obligation which you may have to any present or former employer or any other third parties.

 

 

222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, T 617.351.3100, F 617.351.1107, Email linda.zecher@hmhco.com


LOGO

Liability Insurance and Indemnification

The Company maintains officers and directors liability insurance on the amount of $25,000,000 with excess coverage up to $75,000,000. Moreover, the Company will indemnify you for actions taken in your capacity as director of the Company in accordance with the Company’s charter documents and the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement, a copy of which is attached and to be executed upon your joining the Board.

We hope that you are interested in service as a director and request that you acknowledge your acceptance to serve in that position by signing the enclosed copy of this letter in the space provided below and faxing or emailing a copy to William Bayers at (617) 351-3293 or bill.bayers@hmhco.com .

Very truly yours,

Linda K. Zecher

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

 

Name

 

Date

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

by and between

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

and

[                    }

as Indemnitee

 

 

Dated as of                     

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  

DEFINITIONS

     2   
ARTICLE 2  

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     6   
ARTICLE 3  

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

     7   
ARTICLE 4  

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

     7   
ARTICLE 5  

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

     8   
ARTICLE 6  

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

     8   
ARTICLE 7  

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

     8   
ARTICLE 8  

EXCLUSIONS

     9   
ARTICLE 9  

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

     10   
ARTICLE 10  

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

     11   
ARTICLE 11  

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

     12   
ARTICLE 12  

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

     13   
ARTICLE 13  

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

     15   
ARTICLE 14  

SECURITY

     16   
ARTICLE 15  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

     17   
ARTICLE 16  

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

     19   
ARTICLE 17  

MISCELLANEOUS

     20   

 

i


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated effective as of [                    ] (this “ Agreement ”), by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [                    ] (“ Indemnitee ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1 .

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee was appointed as a [director/officer to the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”)] of the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a [director/officer on the Board], the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and scope of coverage of liability insurance provide increasing challenges for the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the Bylaws of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts providing for indemnification may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, executive officers and other key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of governing documents or any change in the composition of the Board or any Corporate Transaction); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his resignation or is otherwise terminated by the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement:

1.1. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.2. “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.3. “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof).

1.4. “ Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.5. “ Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.6. “ Change in Control ” shall mean, and shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(a) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, unless (i) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (ii) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (c) of this definition;

(b) Change in Board of Directors . Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or pursuant to a Director Nomination Agreement (collectively, the “ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

2


(c) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), in each case, unless, following such Corporate Transaction: (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to such Corporate Transaction; and (iii) at least a majority of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Corporate Transaction;

(d) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

(e) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

1.7. “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include, in addition to the resulting corporation or other entity, any constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation or other entity as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

3


1.8. “ Continuing Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

1.9. “ Corporate Status ” shall describe the status as such of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

1.10. “ Delaware Court ” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

1.11. “ DGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

1.12. “ Director Nomination Agreement ” shall mean the director nomination agreement entered into by the Company and certain of its stockholders on June 22, 2012.

1.13. “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

1.14. “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including, without limitation, any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent.

1.15. “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.16. “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or negotiating for the settlement of, responding to or objecting to a request to provide discovery in, or otherwise participating in, any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee.

1.17. “ Indemnification Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2 .

 

4


1.18. “ Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.19. “ Indemnitee-Related Entities ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise controlled by the Company or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company or any such controlled Enterprise) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other Enterprise controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

1.20. “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is as of the date of selection of such firm, nor has been during the period of three years immediately preceding the date of selection of such firm, retained to represent: (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any material matter (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. For purposes of this definition, a “material matter” shall mean any matter for which billings exceeded or are expected to exceed $100,000.

1.21. “ Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the date hereof); provided , however , that the term “Person” shall exclude: (a) the Company; (b) any Subsidiaries of the Company; and (c) any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

1.22. “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including, without limitation, any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including, without limitation, intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action

 

5


or omission on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise; in each case whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement but excluding one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or Section 145 of the DGCL.

1.23. “ Section 409A ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2 .

1.24. “ Subsidiary ” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

1.25. “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company (or a surviving entity as described in the definition of a “Change in Control”) that vote generally in the election of directors (or similar body).

1.26. References to “ fines ” shall include any excise tax or penalty assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ other enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

1.27. The phrase “ to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2

INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 if Indemnitee is,

 

6


was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 , amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Subject to Article 8 , to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Article 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged (and not subject to further appeal) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, except to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR PARTLY SUCCESSFUL

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and

 

7


reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each resolved claim, issue or matter, whether or not Indemnitee was wholly or partly successful; provided , that Indemnitee shall only be entitled to indemnification for Expenses with respect to unsuccessful claims under this Article 4 to the extent Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful. For purposes of this Article 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, or by settlement, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS AND EXONERATION RIGHTS

Notwithstanding any limitations in Articles 2 , 3 or 4 , but subject to Article 8 , the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee to the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law if Indemnitee is, was or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in, any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and, subject to Section 10.3 , penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnity shall be available under this Article 6 on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

ARTICLE 7

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

7.1. To the fullest extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) law, if the indemnification rights provided for in this

 

8


Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

7.2. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

7.3. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 8

EXCLUSIONS

8.1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity, contribution or advancement of Expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) except as provided in Section 15.4, for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other indemnity provision of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any similar successor statute) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including, without limitation, any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, other than a Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce its rights under this Agreement, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

 

9


(d) for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

(e) for any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined to be unlawful under the procedures and subject to the presumptions of this Agreement.

The exclusion in Section 8.1(c) shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

ARTICLE 9

ADVANCES OF EXPENSES; SELECTION OF LAW FIRM

9.1. Subject to Article 8 , the Company shall, unless prohibited by applicable law, advance the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances, together with a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis therefor and an itemization of legal fees and disbursements in reasonable detail, from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, solely upon the execution and delivery to the Company of an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined, by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement. This Section 9.1 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification payment is excluded pursuant to Article 8 .

9.2. If the Company shall be obligated under Section 9.1 hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, then the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then unless the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by the Company representing Indemnitee and other present and former directors or officers of the Company. The retention of such law firm by the Company shall be subject to prior written approval by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If the Company elects to assume the defense of such Proceeding and the plaintiff or plaintiffs in such Proceeding include one or more Persons holding, together with his, her or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, then the Company shall assume such defense using a single law firm selected by Indemnitee and any other present or former directors or officers of the Company who are parties to such

 

10


Proceeding. After (x) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company, delivery of the required notice to Indemnitee, approval of such law firm by Indemnitee and the retention of such law firm by the Company, or (y) in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by Indemnitee, the completion of such retention, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses of any other law firm incurred by Indemnitee after the date that such first law firm is retained by the Company with respect to the same Proceeding; provided , that in the case of retention of any such law firm selected by the Company (a) Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense; and (b) if (i) the retention of a law firm by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between either (1) the Company and Indemnitee or (2) Indemnitee and another present or former director or officer of the Company also represented by such law firm in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have retained a law firm to prosecute the defense of such Proceeding within thirty days, then the reasonable Expenses of a single law firm retained by Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company.

ARTICLE 10

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFICATION; DEFENSE OF CLAIM; SETTLEMENT

10.1. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing promptly of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice shall not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, such delay is materially prejudicial to the defense of such claim. The omission or delay to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

10.2. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

10.3. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent, provided the Company has not breached its obligations hereunder. The Company shall not settle any claim, including, without limitation, any claim in which it takes the position that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with such settlement, nor shall the Company settle any claim which would impose any fine or any obligation on Indemnitee, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

11


ARTICLE 11

PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION

11.1. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10.1 , a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (a) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (b) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (provided there is a minimum of three Disinterested Directors), even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are less than three Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten business days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination, provided , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to waive any privilege Indemnitee may have. Any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

11.2. If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11.2 . If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten business days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Article 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely

 

12


objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may seek arbitration for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the arbitrator or by such other person as the arbitrator shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11.1 hereof. Such arbitration referred to in the previous sentence shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and Article 13 hereof shall apply in respect of such arbitration and the Company and Indemnitee. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

ARTICLE 12

PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

12.1. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification or advancement of expenses is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board, its Independent Counsel and its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

12.2. If the Person empowered or selected under Article 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided , however , that

 

13


such thirty-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen days, if the Person making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

12.3. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

12.4. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if, among other things, Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director. The provisions of this Section 12.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In any event, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

12.5. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12.6. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

14


ARTICLE 13

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

13.1. In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (b) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Article 9 of this Agreement, (c) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification and of reasonable documentation and information which Indemnitee may be called upon to provide pursuant to Section 11.1 , (d) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Articles 4 , 5 , 6 , or the last sentence of Section 11.1 of this Agreement within ten business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (e) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Article 7 of this Agreement, or (f) payment of indemnification pursuant to Article 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration. The award rendered by such arbitration will be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and final judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

13.2. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to receive advances of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Article 13 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Article 9 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal shall have been exhausted or lapsed).

13.3. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11.1 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced

 

15


pursuant to this Article 13 , absent (a) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (b) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

13.4. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

13.5. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee (a) to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, or the By-Laws now or hereafter in effect; or (b) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

13.6. Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, or is obliged to indemnify, for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

ARTICLE 14

SECURITY

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

16


ARTICLE 15

NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; PRIMACY OF INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION

15.1. The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15.2. The DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Company’s By-Laws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements, including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“ Indemnification Arrangements ”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

15.3. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a

 

17


participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

15.4. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.4 , entitled to enforce this Section 15.4 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.

15.5. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.6. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

18


15.7. Except as provided in Section 15.4 , the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (b) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

ARTICLE 16

ENFORCEMENT AND BINDING EFFECT

16.1. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

16.2. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

16.3. The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including, without limitation, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of

 

19


posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS

17.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

17.2. Section 409A . It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

17.3. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision (including, without limitation, any provision within a single Article, Section, paragraph or sentence) shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.4. Entire Agreement . Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

20


17.5. Modification, Waiver and Termination . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.6. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

(ii) If to the Company, to:

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

c/o Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116-3764

Attention:      William Bayers

Facsimile:      617-351-1125

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee in writing by the Company.

17.7. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

17.8. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17.9. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

17.10. Representation by Counsel . Each of the parties has been represented by and has had an opportunity to consult legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement shall be

 

21


construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party by any court or arbitrator or any governmental authority by reason of such party having drafted or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

17.11. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided , however , that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

17.12. Additional Acts . If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required, the Company undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnification Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   Linda K. Zecher
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
INDEMNITEE:
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

Address:    

[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., as Holdings

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, and

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as Borrowers,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Collateral Agent

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Article I   
Definitions   

SECTION 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 1.02

 

Terms Generally

     36   

SECTION 1.03

 

Pro Forma Calculations

     37   

SECTION 1.04

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     38   
Article II   
The Credits   

SECTION 2.01

 

Commitments

     38   

SECTION 2.02

 

Loans and Borrowings

     38   

SECTION 2.03

 

Borrowing Procedure

     39   

SECTION 2.04

 

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans

     40   

SECTION 2.05

 

Fees

     41   

SECTION 2.06

 

Interest on Loans

     41   

SECTION 2.07

 

Default Interest

     41   

SECTION 2.08

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     42   

SECTION 2.09

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     42   

SECTION 2.10

 

Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings

     42   

SECTION 2.11

 

Repayment of Term Borrowings

     44   

SECTION 2.12

 

Optional Prepayment; Prepayment Premium

     44   

SECTION 2.13

 

Mandatory Prepayments

     45   

SECTION 2.14

 

Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances

     47   

SECTION 2.15

 

Change in Legality

     48   

SECTION 2.16

 

Indemnity

     48   

SECTION 2.17

 

Pro Rata Treatment

     49   

SECTION 2.18

 

Sharing of Setoffs

     49   

SECTION 2.19

 

Payments

     50   

SECTION 2.20

 

Taxes

     50   

SECTION 2.21

 

Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate

     53   

SECTION 2.22

 

Intentionally Deleted

     55   

SECTION 2.23

 

Refinancing Facilities

     55   

SECTION 2.24

 

Incremental Facilities

     55   

SECTION 2.25

 

Defaulting Lenders

     57   

SECTION 2.26

 

Priority and Liens

     58   

 

-i-


Article III   
Representations and Warranties   
SECTION 3.01  

Organization; Powers

     60   
SECTION 3.02  

Authorization

     60   
SECTION 3.03  

Enforceability

     60   
SECTION 3.04  

Governmental Approvals

     60   
SECTION 3.05  

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee

     61   
SECTION 3.06  

No Material Adverse Change

     61   
SECTION 3.07  

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

     61   
SECTION 3.08  

Subsidiaries

     61   
SECTION 3.09  

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

     62   
SECTION 3.10  

Agreements

     62   
SECTION 3.11  

Federal Reserve Regulations

     62   
SECTION 3.12  

Investment Company Act

     63   
SECTION 3.13  

Use of Proceeds

     63   
SECTION 3.14  

Taxes

     63   
SECTION 3.15  

No Material Misstatements

     63   
SECTION 3.16  

Employee Benefit Plans

     64   
SECTION 3.17  

Environmental Matters

     64   
SECTION 3.18  

Insurance

     65   
SECTION 3.19  

Security Documents

     65   
SECTION 3.20  

Location of Real Property and Leased Premises

     66   
SECTION 3.21  

Labor Matters

     67   
SECTION 3.22  

Solvency

     67   
SECTION 3.23  

No Default

     67   
SECTION 3.24  

Intellectual Property

     67   
SECTION 3.25  

Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments

     67   
Article IV   
Conditions of Lending   
SECTION 4.01  

Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit

     68   
SECTION 4.02  

Conditions Precedent to All Term Loan Borrowings

     72   
SECTION 4.03  

Exit Facility Option

     72   
SECTION 4.04  

Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option

     72   
Article V   
Affirmative Covenants   
SECTION 5.01  

Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties

     75   
SECTION 5.02  

Insurance

     75   
SECTION 5.03  

Obligations and Taxes

     76   
SECTION 5.04  

Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

     77   

 

-ii-


SECTION 5.05

 

Litigation and Other Notices

     80   

SECTION 5.06

 

Information Regarding Collateral

     80   

SECTION 5.07

 

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings

     81   

SECTION 5.08

 

Use of Proceeds

     81   

SECTION 5.09

 

Employee Benefits

     81   

SECTION 5.10

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     82   

SECTION 5.11

 

Preparation of Environmental Reports

     82   

SECTION 5.12

 

Further Assurances

     82   

SECTION 5.13

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

     83   

SECTION 5.14

 

Post-Closing Deliveries

     83   

SECTION 5.15

 

Milestones

     84   

SECTION 5.16

 

Chapter 11 Cases

     84   
Article VI   
Negative Covenants   

SECTION 6.01

 

Indebtedness

     84   

SECTION 6.02

 

Liens

     87   

SECTION 6.03

 

Sale and Lease Back Transactions

     91   

SECTION 6.04

 

Investments, Loans and Advances

     91   

SECTION 6.05

 

Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions

     93   

SECTION 6.06

 

Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements

     95   

SECTION 6.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     96   

SECTION 6.08

 

Other Indebtedness and Agreements

     97   

SECTION 6.09

 

Superpriority Claims

     98   

SECTION 6.10

 

Minimum Consolidated EBITDA

     98   

SECTION 6.11

 

Financial Covenants Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date

     98   

SECTION 6.12

 

Fiscal Year

     100   

SECTION 6.13

 

Certain Equity Securities

     100   

SECTION 6.14

 

Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries

     100   

SECTION 6.15

 

Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries

     100   
Article VII   
Events of Default   

SECTION 7.01

 

Events of Default

     101   
Article VIII   
Agents   

SECTION 8.01

 

Authorization and Action

     107   

SECTION 8.02

 

Agent Individually

     107   

 

-iii-


SECTION 8.03

 

Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions

     109   

SECTION 8.04

 

Reliance by Agents

     110   

SECTION 8.05

 

Indemnification

     110   

SECTION 8.06

 

Delegation of Duties

     111   

SECTION 8.07

 

Resignation of Agent

     111   

SECTION 8.08

 

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     112   

SECTION 8.09

 

No Other Duties, etc.

     112   

SECTION 8.10

 

Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     113   

SECTION 8.11

 

Other Secured Agreements

     113   
Article IX   
Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01

 

Notices

     114   

SECTION 9.02

 

Survival of Agreement

     116   

SECTION 9.03

 

Binding Effect

     116   

SECTION 9.04

 

Successors and Assigns

     116   

SECTION 9.05

 

Expenses; Indemnity

     121   

SECTION 9.06

 

Right of Setoff

     123   

SECTION 9.07

 

Applicable Law

     124   

SECTION 9.08

 

Waivers; Amendment

     124   

SECTION 9.09

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     125   

SECTION 9.10

 

Entire Agreement

     125   

SECTION 9.11

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     125   

SECTION 9.12

 

Severability

     126   

SECTION 9.13

 

Counterparts

     126   

SECTION 9.14

 

Headings

     126   

SECTION 9.15

 

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     126   

SECTION 9.16

 

Confidentiality

     127   

SECTION 9.17

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     127   

SECTION 9.18

 

Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group

     127   

SECTION 9.19

 

Borrowing Agent

     129   

SECTION 9.20

 

LEGEND

     129   

SECTION 9.21

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     130   

SECTION 9.22

 

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     130   

SECTION 9.23

 

Intercreditor Agreements

     131   

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a)

 

-

    

Mortgaged Property

Schedule 1.01(b)

 

-

    

Permitted Investments

Schedule 1.01(c)

 

-

    

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee

Schedule 3.08

 

-

    

Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.09

 

-

    

Litigation

Schedule 3.17

 

-

    

Environmental Matters

 

-iv-


Schedule 3.18

 

-

    

Insurance

Schedule 3.19(c)

 

-

    

Mortgage Filing Offices

Schedule 3.20(a)

 

-

    

Owned Real Property

Schedule 3.20(b)

 

-

    

Leased Real Property

Schedule 5.14

 

-

    

Post-Closing Deliveries

Schedule 6.01

 

-

    

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

 

-

    

Existing Liens

EXHIBITS       

Exhibit A

 

-

    

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit B

 

-

    

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit C

 

-

    

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit D

 

-

    

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Exhibit E

 

-

    

Form of Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit F

 

-

    

Form of Mortgage

Exhibit G-1

 

-

    

Form of Interim Order

Exhibit G-2

 

-

    

Form of Approved Plan of Reorganization

Exhibit H

 

-

    

Form of Plan Support Agreements

Exhibit I

 

-

    

[RESERVED]

Exhibit J

 

-

    

Form of Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement

Exhibit K

 

-

    

Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

-v-


SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012, among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Article I), collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in Article I), each of which is a debtor and debtor-in-possession (each, a “ Debtor ”) in the Chapter 11 Cases (as hereinafter defined), the Lenders (as defined in Article I), CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

(1) On May 21, 2012 (the “ Petition Date ”), each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) for relief, and commenced proceedings (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.; the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

(2) In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Borrowers, HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors have requested that the Lenders provide them with a senior secured debtor-in-possession and exit term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000. The Lenders are willing to extend such credit under such facility to the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquired Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of a Loan Party that is merged into, acquired by, or that sells assets to, a Loan Party, which Affiliate is not a Loan Party prior to such merger, acquisition or sale.


Acquired Entity ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”.

Activities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee ” shall mean the ad hoc committee set forth in Schedule 1.01(c).

Adequate Protection Parties ” shall mean the Prepetition Agents and the Prepetition Secured Parties.

Adequate Protection Payments ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.13.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in respect of U.S. Dollars for the applicable Class of Loans for such Interest Period multiplied by (ii) Statutory Reserves and (b) 1.50%.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.07, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or director of the person specified.

Agents ” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agent’s Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) 1% plus the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month Interest Period commencing two Business Days after such day, as determined on such day and (b) the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to

 

-2-


such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, (a) in the case of ABR Loans, 5.25% per annum and (b) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, 6.25% per annum.

Applicable Prepayment Percentage ” shall mean:

(a) in respect of any Prepayment Event that is an Asset Sale, 100%;

(b) in respect of any Prepayment Event that is a Debt Incurrence, 100%; or

(c) in respect of any prepayment based on Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal year, 50%.

Approved Plan of Reorganization ” shall mean the plan of reorganization substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, and modifications or supplements with respect thereto, other than any modification or supplement that (a) alters the debt capital structure of the Loan Parties, (b) allows for the incurrence of material Indebtedness upon the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization not otherwise contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement), (c) changes the priority of any Indebtedness from that set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement) or (d) is otherwise materially adverse to the Lenders.

Arranger ” shall mean Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Asset Sale ” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, and scrap, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and dispositions of Permitted Investments, (ii) sales, transfers and other dispositions between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) sales, transfers and other dispositions the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of which are less than $7,500,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and less than $17,500,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year and (iv) sales and dispositions pursuant to Section 6.05(g).

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Bankruptcy Claim ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(k).

 

-3-


Bankruptcy Code ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Court ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower Group ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18.

Borrowing ” shall mean Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

Borrowing Minimum ” shall mean $1,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple ” shall mean $500,000.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by a Borrower (or the Borrowing Agent on behalf of a Borrower) in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Breakage Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16.

Budget ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(d).

Budget Variance Report ” shall mean a report, in each case certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowing Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(l), showing actual net cash flow, cash receipts and disbursements and the aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week as of the end of the week immediately preceding the week during which such Budget Variance Report is delivered and the variance (as a percentage) of such amounts from the corresponding anticipated amounts therefor set forth in the most recent Thirteen Week Forecast.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in such currency in the London interbank market.

 

-4-


Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time as the proceeds of such disposition, (b) the purchase of plant, property or equipment made within the Reinvestment Period in respect of any Asset Sale to the extent made with the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale, (c) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire assets or properties useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries within 365 days of receipt of such proceeds, (d) interest capitalized during such period, (e) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) and for which neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has provided, or is required to provide or incur, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (f) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a Capital Expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, or (g) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions. For the avoidance of doubt, Capital Expenditure will be deemed to include the capitalized portion of pre-publication and pre-production costs.

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person as lessee, that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

-5-


Carve-Out ” shall mean (a) all fees required to be paid to the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and to the Office of the United States trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a), (b) all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by a trustee under section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 and (c) any and all allowed and unpaid claims of any professional representing the Debtors or any statutory committee of creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases (each, a “ Creditors’ Committee ”) whose retention is approved by the Bankruptcy Court during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 327 or section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for unpaid fees and expenses (and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses allowed by the Bankruptcy Court incurred by any members of a Creditors’ Committee (but excluding fees and expenses of third party professionals employed by such members of any Creditors’ Committee)) incurred, subject to the terms of the DIP Orders, (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and (ii) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000, provided that (x) so long as no Carve-Out Event has occurred and is continuing, the allowed professional fees and disbursements incurred by professional persons employed by the Debtors or any Creditors’ Committee (including any fees and expenses of the members of any such Creditors’ Committee) may be paid without reducing the dollar limitation under clause (c) above to the extent reasonable and documented and subject to the entry of a customary order of the Bankruptcy Court, allowing for the interim payment of such amounts, and subject further to the Bankruptcy Court’s final approval of such professional fees and disbursements, (y) nothing herein shall be construed to impair the ability of any party to object to any of the fees, expenses, reimbursement or compensation described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (z) cash shall not be subject to the Carve-Out. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or elsewhere, the Carve-Out shall be senior to all Liens securing the obligations under the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Agreement and related loan documents as well as any adequate protection Liens and claims granted by the DIP Orders.

Carve-Out Event ” shall mean a Default, (a) notice of which shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers or (b) in respect of which a Borrower shall have knowledge of such Default and fail to provide notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days of obtaining such knowledge.

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and HMH Holdings and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to one or more Loan Parties or a Permitted Holder;

(b) the consummation of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower; or

 

-6-


(c) any Borrower ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (except in a transaction permitted under Section 6.05).

For avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender(or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations with respect thereto, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines and directions promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar or successor agency, or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III), shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date adopted or enacted.

Chapter 11 Case ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Class ”, when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is a Term Loan or New Term Loan and (b) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Term Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment.

Closing Date ” shall mean the first date on which all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.08).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and any other assets or property pledged or on which a Lien is granted pursuant to any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and New Term Loan Commitment.

Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(c).

 

-7-


Confirmation Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04(c).

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus : (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: (i) consolidated interest expense for such period; (ii) provisions for taxes based on income, profits or losses (determined on a consolidated basis) during such period; (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period; (iv) any extraordinary losses for such period; (v) any fees, expenses or charges for such period related to any equity offering, Investment, acquisition permitted hereunder, permitted disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that the aggregate amount of such costs added back to Consolidated EBITDA shall not exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters; (vi) any non-cash charges for such period (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, purchase accounting adjustments, assets impairments and equity compensation charges); (vii) restructuring charges for such period relating to current or anticipated future cash expenditures, including restructuring costs related to closure or consolidation of facilities, and severance and other separation costs and post-retirement medical expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters; (viii) to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash fees, costs, expenses, commissions or other cash charges paid on or before December 31, 2012 in connection with this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, including in connection with the termination or settlement of executory contracts, professional and accounting fees, costs and expenses, management incentive, employee retention or similar plans (in each case to the extent such plan is approved by the Bankruptcy Court), and litigation and settlements (but excluding interest and fees accruing after the Closing Date hereunder), in an aggregate amount for all such periods not in excess of $40,000,000; (ix) other non-recurring charges for such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, acquisition related expenses, whether or not the acquisition was consummated); and (x) deferred financing fees (and any write-offs thereof); provided that to the extent not reflected in Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment is made, any cash payment made with respect to any non-cash charges added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period pursuant to clause (v) above (or that would have been added back had this Agreement been in effect during such prior period) shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA for the period in which such cash payment is made; and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income: (i) any extraordinary gains for such period; and (ii) any non-cash gains for such period (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), in each case of clauses (a) and (b), all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be calculated so as to exclude (without duplication of any adjustment referred to above) the effect of: (A) the cumulative effect of any changes in GAAP or accounting principles applied by management; (B) any gain or loss for such period that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other disposition or abandonment of assets by Holdings or any of the Restricted

 

-8-


Subsidiaries, other than dispositions or sales of inventory and other dispositions in the ordinary course of business; (C) any income or loss for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or accounts payable; (D) any non-cash gains or losses on foreign currency derivatives and any foreign currency transaction non-cash gains or losses and any foreign currency exchange translation gains or losses that arise on consolidation of integrated operations; (E) any re-evaluation of any assets or any liabilities due to “fresh-start” accounting adjustments resulting from the Borrower’s emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases; and (F) mark-to-market adjustments in the valuation of derivative obligations resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. For purposes of determining the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA will be deemed to be equal to (i) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, $65,081,000, (ii) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, $248,987,000 and (iii) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, ($27,042,000); and the following amounts for the months specified: (A) April 2011, ($1,053,000), (B) May 2011, $14,560,000, (C) June 2011, $51,576,000, (D) July 2011, $90,012,000, (E) August 2011 $107,242,000, (F) September 2011, $51,733,000, (G) October 2011, ($1,084,000), (H) November 2011, ($5,016,000), (I) December 2011, ($20,942,000), (J) January 2012, ($21,321,000), and (K) February 2012, ($14,866,000).

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (net of cash interest income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(ii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) to the extent included in the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) above for such period, the sum of (i) non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (ii) non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period, plus (iii) non-cash adjustments attributed to the effects of recording debt at fair value. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements and without giving effect to the movement of mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, up-front payments made to enter into Hedging Agreements to provide interest rate protection will be spread over the period of the protection provided thereunder).

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication, there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or loss of

 

-9-


any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or the date that such person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the income of any person in which any other person (other than Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary by such person during such period, (d) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (determined in good faith by the Borrowers), (e) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses, (f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles that occurs after the Closing Date, (g) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gain or loss on disposal of disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations, (h) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments, (i) effects of purchase accounting adjustments in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition permitted hereunder consummated after the Closing Date, (j) any non-cash expenses realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock grants or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such person or any of its subsidiaries, (k) any accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date and that are so required to be established in accordance with GAAP and (l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days, and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; provided that any proceeds of such reimbursement when received shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income to the extent the expense reimbursed was previously excluded pursuant to this clause (l).

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, at any date, (a) the Current Assets minus (b) the Current Liabilities as of such date. Consolidated Working Capital at any time may be a positive or negative number. Consolidated Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Copyrights ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Creditors’ Committee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Carve-Out”.

 

-10-


Current Assets ” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries.

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of Holdings and the Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding, the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness.

Debt Incurrence ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01.

Debtor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Debt Service ” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis for any fiscal year, Consolidated Interest Expense for such fiscal year plus the aggregate principal amount of Long-Term Indebtedness repaid or prepaid during such fiscal year, excluding (i) prepayments of the Term Loan, (whether optional or mandatory) and (ii) repayments or prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness deducted in calculating the amount of Net Cash Proceeds in connection with any Asset Sale.

Default ” shall mean any Event of Default or any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, subject to Section 2.25(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or

 

-11-


acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.25(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrowers and each Lender.

Designated Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11(a).

DIP Budget ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the consolidated budget for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and the consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income for such period) delivered by the Borrowing Agent to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and (b) each of the updated budgets containing the same types of information described in clause (a) and, delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(l) for each subsequent month (showing, for the month most recently ended, the variance of the actual amounts in each line item from the corresponding budgeted amounts set forth in the DIP Budget last delivered to the Administrative Agent, and for the subsequent months, the updated amounts therefor).

DIP Facility ” shall mean, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the term loan facility provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

DIP Facility Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date that is 18 months following the Petition Date, and (b) the substantial consummation (as defined in section 1101 of the Bankruptcy Code) of a plan of reorganization filed in the Chapter 11 Cases that is confirmed pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

DIP Orders ” shall mean the Interim Order and the Final Order.

DIP Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

Disclosure Statement ” shall mean, with respect to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, a related disclosure statement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto that are consistent with any permitted modifications to the Approved Plan of Reorganization or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case

 

-12-


at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance), or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance).

Domestic Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Assignee ” shall mean any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund, financial institution or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that extends credit or invests in bank loans in the ordinary course; provided that no natural person and none of the Borrowers shall be an Eligible Assignee.

Employee Equity Sales ” shall mean the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings after the Closing Date to any present or former officer or employee of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

EMU Legislation ” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials Released into the environment, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Cure Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

Equity Interests ” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.

 

-13-


ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived), (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), (e) the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or, is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA, (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary could otherwise be liable, (i) any Foreign Benefit Event or (j) any other event or condition with respect to any Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan that could result in the imposition of a Lien or the acceleration of any statutory obligation to fund any material unfunded accrued benefit liability of such Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.

Eurocurrency ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any fiscal year, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year, minus (to the extent not otherwise deducted in determining Consolidated EBITDA) without duplication, (a) Debt Service for such fiscal year, (b)(i) Capital Expenditures by Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such fiscal year that are paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during such fiscal year in respect of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder (other than Permitted Investments, Investments in a

 

-14-


Subsidiary and Investments permitted by clause (d), (f), (i), (j) or (k) of Section 6.04) less any amounts received in respect thereof as a return of capital, (c) taxes paid in cash by Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such fiscal year including income tax expense and withholding tax expense incurred in connection with cross-border transactions involving its Foreign Subsidiaries, (d) an amount equal to any increase in Consolidated Working Capital of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, (e) cash expenditures made in respect of Hedging Agreements during such fiscal year, to the extent not reflected in the computation of Consolidated Interest Expense, (f) Restricted Payments paid in cash by Holdings during such fiscal year pursuant to clause (i) of Section 6.06(a), (g)(i) special charges or any extraordinary or nonrecurring losses paid in cash during such fiscal year, (ii) severance and other separation costs and any post-retirement medical expenses, (iii) costs associated with facility closures or vacancies for such fiscal year and (iv) payments made in cash in respect of pension plans of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (h) items described in clauses (a)(v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year and to the extent paid in cash during such fiscal year; plus, without duplication, (1) an amount equal to any decrease in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (2) all proceeds received during such fiscal year in respect of Long-Term Indebtedness, and any financing of any type (including from the reinvestment of proceeds of Asset Sales), in each case to the extent used to finance any Debt Service, Capital Expenditure, Permitted Acquisitions or Investment referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (3) all amounts referred to in clause (b) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of, or capital contributions to, Holdings, (4) cash payments received in respect of Hedging Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent (A) not included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA or (B) reducing Consolidated Interest Expense, (5) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than in connection with a Prepayment Event), and (6) to the extent deducted in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA, interest income.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean, at any date, (i) the period taken as one accounting period beginning on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013 and (ii) each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter.

Excluded Accounts ” shall mean (a) payroll accounts, employee benefit accounts, withholding tax and other fiduciary accounts, escrow accounts in respect of arrangements with non-affiliated third parties, customs accounts, cash collateral accounts subject to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents and accounts held by non-Loan Parties and (b) such other deposit accounts and other bank or securities accounts held by Loan Parties the balance of all of which is less than $7,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower hereunder, (a) income, franchise or other similar taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (or its gross income in lieu thereof) (i) by the United States of America, (ii) by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is

 

-15-


organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (iii) as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Sections 2.20(f) and (g), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Exit Facility ” shall mean, on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the term loan facility provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

Exit Facility Conversion ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

Exit Facility Conversion Date ” shall mean the date on which the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall become effective, the Exit Facility Option shall be exercised and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.04 shall be satisfied or waived pursuant to Section 9.08.

Exit Facility Option ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” shall mean with respect to any Agent, the applicable fee letter then in effect between such Agent and Holdings.

Fees ” shall mean the Administrative Agent Fees and the Other Fees.

Final Order ” shall mean an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, in substantially the form of the Interim Order, with such modifications thereto as are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, which order shall authorize on a final basis this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” defined therein.

 

-16-


Financial Covenants ” shall mean, at any time (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenant contained in Section 6.10 and (b) on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenants contained in Section 6.11.

Financial Officer ” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

First Day Orders ” shall mean all orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court on, or within five days of, the Petition Date or based on motions filed by the Debtors on or about the Petition Date.

Fitch ” shall mean Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Flood Insurance Laws ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Benefit Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability in excess of $2,500,000 by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or the imposition on Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case in excess of $2,500,000.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Pension Plan ” shall mean any defined benefit pension plan maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate and that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles. References to GAAP shall mean GAAP in the United States, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

-17-


Global Scholar Business ” shall mean the computer software suite of products known as Pinnacle owned by GlobalScholar, Inc. and its Affiliates.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Guarantee ” of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

Guarantors ” shall mean HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates shall be a Hedging Agreement.

HMCo ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

HMH Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

-18-


Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J, among the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and any existing Lender or one or more New Term Loan Lenders in respect of any New Term Loan Commitment.

Indebtedness ” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding earnouts (unless such earnout is not paid after it becomes due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof), trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (h) all obligations of such person (including contingent obligations) as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all net payments that such person would have to make in the event of any early termination, on the date Indebtedness is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Agreements. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such partnership, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include obligations under, or in respect of Qualified Capital Stock.

Indemnified Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not described in (a), Other Taxes.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of voting common Equity Interests of the IPO Issuer at any time after the Exit Facility Conversion Date yielding at least $50,000,000 pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period of four consecutive fiscal

 

-19-


quarters; provided, that for purpose of determining the amount in clause (b) as of any date on or prior to the first anniversary of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such amount shall be calculated for the period from the Exit Facility Conversion Date to such date divided by the number of days in such period and multiplied by 365. In any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in which a transaction described in Section 1.03(a) occurs, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03(a).

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as the context requires.

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012, and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or, if made available by all participating Lenders, 9 or 12 months), as a Borrower may elect; provided , however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interim Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(e).

Investments ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Investors ” shall mean (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) each of Paulson & Co. Inc., Avenue Investments, LP, Guggenheim Investment Management LLC, Blackrock Financial Management, Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Fidelity Investments and (ii) any non-operating company Affiliate of any of the foregoing (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof) and (b) on and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) the holders of the Equity Interests of Holdings as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, as set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization, and (ii) any non-operating company Affiliate of any such holder (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof).

 

-20-


IPO Issuer ” shall mean Holdings or any corporation or other legal entity that, at the time of the relevant Initial Public Offering, owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such date.

Lender Appointment Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.07.

Lenders ” shall mean Term Lenders and any New Term Loan Lenders, if any.

Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. In any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in which a transaction described 1.03(a) occurs, the Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03(a).

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Reuters Screen Libor01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or otherwise on such screen), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered U.S. Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the applicable Eurocurrency Borrowing at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

License ” shall mean any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral or any other conduct of its business.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

-21-


Liquidity ” shall mean, for any date of determination, the sum of the Availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement on such date plus the total amount of Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents at the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

Loan Document Obligations ” shall mean the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (iii) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrowers under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (iv) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements, if any, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) and the Fee Letter.

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loans ” shall mean the Term Loan and any New Term Loans, if any.

Local Time ” shall mean with respect to a Loan or Borrowing, New York City time.

Long-Term Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, results of operations or financial condition of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document; other than, in each case, as customarily occurs as a result of events leading up to and following the commencement of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, the events leading to the Chapter 11 Cases described in the Borrowers’ presentation to the Lenders dated May 2012.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $35,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Holdings or any

 

-22-


Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Litigation ” shall mean any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding pending or (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties) threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental instrumentality (other than the Chapter 11 Cases and any action, suit, investigation or proceeding arising from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases or the consequences that would normally result from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases) that is not stayed and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Real Property ” shall mean any parcel of owned real property with a fair market value of at least $5,000,000.

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings that, for the most recently completed fiscal year of Holdings for which audited financial statements are available, either (a) has, together with its Subsidiaries, assets that exceed 5% of the total assets shown on the consolidated statement of financial condition of Holdings as of the last day of such period or (b) has, together with its Subsidiaries, net sales that exceed 5% of the consolidated net sales of Holdings for such period.

Milestones ” or “ Milestone ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the relevant Loan Parties specified on Schedule 1.01(a), and shall include each other parcel of owned real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, charges, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel in order to account for local law matters) and otherwise pursuant to this Agreement each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of non-cash consideration initially received), net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable broker’s fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrowers’ good faith estimate of income taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in

 

-23-


accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale ( provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds) and (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by the asset sold in such Asset Sale and which is required to be repaid with such proceeds (other than the Obligations, or any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) and (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness or other event, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

New Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each New Term Loan Lender, any Term Loan Commitment provided by such New Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 2.24, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its New Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such New Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

New Term Loan Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

New Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment.

New Term Loans ” shall mean the term loans made by the New Term Loan Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.24.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Not for Profit Subsidiaries ” shall mean, collectively, Foundation for Marine Animal Husbandry, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Foundation, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

OID ” shall mean shall mean original issue discount, as defined in Section 1273 of the Code.

Other Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations ” shall mean Other Secured Obligations designated as Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.11.

Other Secured Agreement ” shall mean, to the extent designated as such by the Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with Section 8.11, any agreement evidencing obligations owing by any Loan Party under (a) any Hedging Agreement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such

 

-24-


Hedging Agreement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent or (b) any cash management services arrangement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such arrangement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

Other Secured Obligations ” shall mean the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Loan Party under each Other Secured Agreement designated as such in accordance with Section 8.11.

Other Secured Party ” shall mean a Person that (a) is a party to an Other Secured Agreement and (b) at the time of entering into such Other Secured Agreement, is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, performance, delivery, registration or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(f).

Patents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all the assets of a person or line of business of such person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of a person (referred to herein as the “ Acquired Entity ”); provided that (a) such acquisition was not preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) the Acquired Entity shall be in a similar line of business as that of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries or reasonably related thereto; (c) at the time of such transaction, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) (i) at the time of such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Borrowers would be in compliance with the Financial Covenants; and (ii) after giving effect to such acquisition, on a pro forma basis, the Liquidity of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be at least $250,000,000; (e) Holdings shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying as to the foregoing and containing reasonably detailed calculations in support thereof, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (f) all persons which are Domestic Subsidiaries in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents.

 

-25-


Permitted Holders ” shall mean (a) each of the Investors, (b) members of management of a Borrower, HMH Holdings, a Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing on the Closing Date who are holders of Equity Interests of HMH Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and (c) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management and their Permitted Holder Related Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of HMH Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Holder Related Party ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any spouse, descendent or immediate family member (which includes any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law) (in the case of an individual), of such Person, (ii) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more of the applicable Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i), or (iii) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii), acting solely in such capacity.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;

(e) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

 

-26-


(f) investments in so-called “auction rate” securities rated AAA or higher by S&P or Aaa or higher by Moody’s and which have a reset date not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(g) other short-term investments by Holdings and Foreign Subsidiaries in currencies other than U.S. Dollars and of a type listed on Schedule 1.01(b).

Permitted Prior Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) of a Restricted Subsidiary, issued in exchange for, or the Net Cash Proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “ Refinance ”), Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (including all or a portion of any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) that is permitted by this Agreement to be Refinanced; provided that:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced ( plus any related fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs),

(ii) except with respect to Section 6.01(k),the weighted average life to maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to (and the maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is no earlier than) that of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(iii) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(iv) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have different obligors than the Indebtedness being Refinanced, unless such new obligors are Loan Parties and no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have greater guarantees than the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(v) the terms and covenants of such Permitted Indebtedness taken as a whole shall not be more restrictive in any material respect than the terms and covenants of the Indebtedness being Refinanced taken as a whole,

(vi) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by any collateral (whether equally and ratably with, or junior to, the Secured Parties or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured only by such collateral (including any collateral pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent any such collateral secured the Indebtedness being Refinanced) on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties than those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

 

-27-


provided , further , that with respect to a Refinancing of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g), such Refinancing shall be in compliance with the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (a) the principal amount of which is not by its terms required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, in whole or in part, at the option of any holder thereof or otherwise, on any date prior to the date that is six months after the Latest Maturity Date (determined as of the time of incurrence) (except (i) upon the occurrence of an event of default or a change in control or similar event or (ii) pursuant to provisions requiring the issuer thereof to prepay or redeem, or offer to prepay or redeem, such Indebtedness with the proceeds of asset sales or other dispositions or the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Equity Interests; provided , that such provisions do not require any such prepayment, redemption or offer to prepay or redeem if such proceeds have been applied, inter alia , to reduce the outstanding Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments), (b) that is not Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary unless (i) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary is a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) the Guarantee is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to its corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations under the applicable Security Document on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for Guarantees of subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (iii) such Guarantee provides for the release and termination thereof, without action by any party, upon any release and termination of the corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations, (c) that is fully subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (d) the other terms of which are customary at the time for debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness.

person ” or “ Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Petition Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Plan Support Agreements ” shall mean one or more plan support agreements in substantially the form of Exhibit H, executed and delivered by members of the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee, as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, other than in a manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders.

 

-28-


Prepayment Event ” shall mean (a) each Asset Sale and (b) each Debt Incurrence.

Prepetition Agents ” shall mean (a) the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the trustee and collateral agent under the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Prepetition Collateral ” shall mean the Loan Parties’ assets securing Indebtedness under the Prepetition Documents.

Prepetition Credit Agreement ” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 12, 2007, among HMH Holdings, HMH Publishing Company, the Borrowers, the lenders and other Persons party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as collateral agent.

Prepetition Documents ” shall mean (a) the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the “Loan Documents” under and as defined therein and (b) the Prepetition Notes, the Prepetition Notes Indenture and the “First Lien Documents” under and as defined therein.

Prepetition Indebtedness ” shall mean the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties outstanding immediately prior to the Petition Date, including (a) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of not more than $2,806,566,304 and (c) the Prepetition Notes.

Prepetition LC Facility ” shall mean the $50,000,000 cash-collateralized letter of credit facility dated as of October 26, 2010 between HMHP and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Prepetition Notes ” shall mean up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % First Lien Notes due 2019 issued by HMHP and HMCo on May 26, 2011 pursuant to the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Prepetition Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 26, 2011 among HMHP, HMCo, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee and collateral agent.

Prepetition Receivables Facility ” shall mean the receivables facility governed by the Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of August 4, 2010 among HM Receivables Co. II, LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

Prepetition Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) the “Secured Parties” under and as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the “First Lien Secured Parties” under and as defined in the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Prepayment Event ” shall mean (a) each Asset Sale and (b) each Debt Incurrence.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

-29-


Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A. in New York, from time to time, as Citibank N.A.’s prime rate.

Pro Rata Percentage ” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate amount Loans and Commitments of such Lender outstanding at such time and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Loans and Commitments of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

Publishers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any person shall mean any Equity Interest of such person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “ Type ”.

Refinance ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

Refinancing Debt ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23.

Refinancing Facility ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23

Refinancing Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Reinvestment Period ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13(c).

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, partners, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

 

-30-


Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.11(a).

Repricing Event ” means (i) any prepayment or repayment of any Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of term loans bearing a Yield that is less than the Yield applicable to the Loans or (ii) any amendment to any Loan Document that reduces the Yield applicable to any Loans (in each case, as such comparative yields are reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent); provided that any such determination by the Administrative Agent as contemplated hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and all Lenders, absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans and Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the outstanding Loans and all Commitments, if any, at such time; provided that Defaulting Lenders having Loans or any unused Commitments shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Lenders at any time.

Responsible Officer ” of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

Restricted Indebtedness ” shall mean Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.08(b).

Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person paying such dividends or distributions, or (b) any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, HMH Publishing, the Borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent and the other parties thereto.

Revolving Credit First Lien Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

Series ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

 

-31-


S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, or any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease Back Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an intercreditor agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, providing that the Liens securing the Obligations (and any other Indebtedness secured by Liens on the Collateral that are pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations) rank prior to the Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(o), which is intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations.

Secured Parties ” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) each Other Secured Party, (v) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vi) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.12.

SPC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Specified Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(k).

Specified Warehouses ” shall mean the warehouse owned by HMCo and located at 2700 N. Richard Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219.

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of a Loan Party that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. For the purposes of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a lower priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

 

-32-


Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 3.08 (other than HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC, the Borrowers, any Unrestricted Subsidiary (but only after the Exit Facility Conversion Date), any Dormant Subsidiary, any Not for Profit Subsidiary and the Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries) and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement after the Closing Date.

Superpriority Claim ” shall mean a claim against a Loan Party in any of the Chapter 11 Cases that is a superpriority administrative expense claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses and other claims of the kind specified in, or otherwise arising or ordered under, any sections of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 503(b), 507(a), 507(b), 546(c) and/or 726 thereof), whether or not such claim or expenses may become secured by a judgment Lien or other non-consensual Lien, levy or attachment.

Synthetic Lease ” shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

Synthetic Purchase Agreement ” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

 

-33-


Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of the Term Loan advanced pursuant to a Term Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.01.

Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan ” shall mean each the term loan made available to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01.

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder as of the Closing Date, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Term Lender assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

Term Loan Facility ” shall mean the term loan facility provided for by this Agreement.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean

(a) with respect to the Term Loans,

(i) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the DIP Facility Maturity Date, and

(ii) following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the date that is the 6th anniversary of the Closing Date; and

(b) with respect to any New Term Loans, the date set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement.

Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Agents, the administrative agent and the collateral agent in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, and the other parties thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Thirteen Week Forecast ” shall mean, at any time, collectively (a) the forecast delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(g) detailing the Loan Parties’ anticipated weekly cash receipts and disbursements and anticipated weekly cash flow projections, on a Consolidated basis for the Loan Parties, and setting forth the anticipated aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week, for the thirteen week period commencing with the week of the Closing Date and (b) the most recent supplement to such forecast, and all intervening supplements to such forecast, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(n).

 

-34-


Total Debt ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding at such time; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not be included if it would not be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings at such time in accordance with GAAP or to the extent such Indebtedness is Indebtedness under Hedging Agreements and (ii) if such Indebtedness were to be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings at such time in accordance with GAAP, the amount thereof that shall constitute Total Debt shall equal the principal amount outstanding at such time, including any portion of such principal amount outstanding that would not be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings in accordance with GAAP at such time as a result of original issue discount.

“Trademarks” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the refinancing of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) the entering into of the Loan Documents and the “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, (c) the entering into of the Plan Support Agreements, (d) the restructuring transactions contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization and (e) payment of the transaction costs related to the foregoing.

Type ” when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents ” shall mean domestic cash and Permitted Investments of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries, which cash and Permitted Investments are (a) free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, the “Security Documents” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) and Liens of banks permitted under Section 6.02(c) or (r)), (b) not subject to any contractual, regulatory or legal restrictions on the use thereof to repay the Loans and other obligations of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (c) are held in accounts that are pledged to the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and subject to one or more control agreements.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b).

 

-35-


U.S. Dollars ” or “ U.S.$ ” or “ $ ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

U.S. Person ” shall mean any “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and any Person treated as a “domestic corporation” for purposes of the Code.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Waterfall ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the second paragraph of Article VII.

wholly owned Subsidiary ” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” shall mean the Borrowers, any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, or interest rate “floor” that is greater than any corresponding interest rate “floor” for the Term Loan (with such increased amount being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Percentage), or otherwise; provided that (i) original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness) and (ii) “Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees or underwriting or similar fees not generally paid to lenders in connection with such Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.02 Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash,

 

-36-


securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any agreement or document shall mean such agreement or document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any restrictions in any Loan Document on the amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereof) and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers wish to amend any covenant in Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any material change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant or provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or the application thereof, then such covenant or provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP in effect and applied immediately before such change became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant or provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Required Lenders. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 840 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Closing Date.

SECTION 1.03 Pro Forma Calculations . Unless otherwise provided herein, the Leverage Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio and the applicable components of the Financial Covenants as of any date shall be calculated based on the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available, and on a pro forma basis, shall be calculated after giving effect to the Transactions and any acquisition or disposition of assets with a value in excess of $5,000,000, or any incurrence, payment, refinancing, restructuring or retirement of Indebtedness, any designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any other applicable transaction for which any calculation herein is required to be made on a pro forma basis, in each case which occurred during the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available or after the end of such period but on or prior to such date, as though each such transaction had occurred at the beginning of such period, including, without duplication, giving effect to (i) all pro forma adjustments permitted or required by Article 11 of Regulation S X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) even if inconsistent with preceding clause (i), pro forma adjustments for cost savings (net of continuing associated expenses) to the extent such cost savings are factually supportable, are expected to have a continuing impact and have been realized or are reasonably expected to be realized within 12 months following such transaction; provided that all such adjustments shall be set forth in a reasonably detailed certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent), using, for purposes of making such calculations, the historical financial statements of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such transaction, and any other such transactions that have been consummated during the period, had been consummated on the first day of such period. Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a

 

-37-


transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making a pro forma computation hereunder, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrowing Agent may designate.

SECTION 1.04 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Term Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Term Loan Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan Borrowing”).

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a (a) single Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to 98% of the lesser of its Term Loan Commitment and its Pro Rata Percentage of $150,000,000 and (b) a single term loan on any Business Day within two Business Days after the entry of the Final Order in a principal amount equal to 98% of the lesser of its unused Term Loan Commitment and its Pro Rata Percentage of $250,000,000 minus the aggregate amount of the Term Loans funded under Section 2.01(a). Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of the Term Loan may not be reborrowed. It is understood and agreed that the principal amount of the Term Loans owing hereunder (and for all purposes under the Loan Documents) shall be an amount equal to 100% of the applicable Term Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings .

(a) Each Term Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the applicable Term Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Term Loan Commitments; provided , however , that the failure of any Term Lender make any Term Loan, shall not in itself relieve any other Term Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Term Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Term Lender to make any Term Loan required to be made by such other Term Lender. Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum.

 

-38-


(b) Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided , however , that no Borrower shall be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Each Lender shall make each Term Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedure . In order to request a Term Borrowing, the Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or in writing (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such

 

-39-


telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, fax or electronic mail to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans .

(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class, Type and Series thereof (as applicable) and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of any Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

 

-40-


SECTION 2.05 Fees .

(a) Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for its own account, the administration fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”). Each Borrower also agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for the account of the parties entitled thereto, such other fees as shall be payable under the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Other Fees ”).

(b) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06 Interest on Loans .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07 Default Interest . If and for so long as any Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c) or any Event of Default under Section 7.01(g), (h) or (n) shall have occurred and be continuing (prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, without notice, motion or application to, hearing before, or order from the Bankruptcy Court), the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Bankruptcy Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for ABR Loans). Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest and fees provided for in this Section 2.07 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

-41-


SECTION 2.08 Alternate Rate of Interest . In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurocurrency Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written, fax or electronic mail notice of such determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (a) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing and (b) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Following the making of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(a), the Term Loan Commitments shall be ratably reduced by an amount equal to such Term Loan and the Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate on the second Business Day following the entry of the Final Order.

(b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written, fax or electronic mail notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Term Loan Commitments (if any); provided , however , that each partial reduction of the Term Loan Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000.

(c) Each reduction in the Term Loan Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Commitments.

SECTION 2.10 Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings . The Borrowers shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurocurrency Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

 

-42-


(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurocurrency Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrowers at the time of conversion;

(iv) if any Eurocurrency Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;

(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(vi) any portion of a Eurocurrency Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing; and

(vii) upon notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurocurrency Loan.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrowers request be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrowers shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.

 

-43-


SECTION 2.11 Repayment of Term Borrowings .

(a) Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Term Lenders, on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year (commencing on the first such date that occurs on or after the Exit Facility Conversion), and on the Term Loan Maturity Date (each such date being called a “ Repayment Date ”), a principal amount of the Term Loan (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 2.13(i)) equal to (A) in the case of each such Repayment Date due prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding immediately prior to the first such scheduled Repayment Date and (B) in the case of such payment due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, an amount equal to the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) Payments for the account of the New Term Loan Lenders of any New Term Loans, if any, shall be made in accordance with the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement for such Series and to the extent not previously paid, an amount equal to the then unpaid principal amount of such Series of New Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of such New Term Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

SECTION 2.12 Optional Prepayment; Prepayment Premium .

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice) or (ii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, upon at least one Business Day’s prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice), in each case to the Administrative Agent before 1:00 p.m., New York City time; provided , however , that (i) each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum and (ii) any prepayment of a Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the Loans comprising such Borrowing based on the aggregate principal amount of such Loans then outstanding.

(b) [Intentionally omitted.]

(c) Optional prepayments shall be applied to the Class or Series of Loans as specified by the Borrowing Agent and pro rata among the Loans comprising such Class or Series in direct order of maturity thereof;

 

-44-


(d) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and the class or Series of Loan to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrowers to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided that, a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the receipt of net proceeds from other Indebtedness, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the fourth Business Day after such notice of optional prepayment is delivered. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty (except as expressly provided in paragraph (b) above). All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

(e) Any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.12 in connection with a Repricing Event that occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, shall be accompanied by a prepayment premium such that the aggregate amount of such prepayment shall equal 101% of the principal amount prepaid.

SECTION 2.13 Mandatory Prepayments .

(a) [Intentionally Omitted]

(b) In the event that on or before the 60th day following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, the Final Order has not been entered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Borrowers shall prepay all outstanding Loan Document Obligations on such day.

(c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Cash Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings or any Subsidiary in respect of a Prepayment Event, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days after such Net Cash Proceeds are so received, prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any Prepayment Event that is an Asset Sale, if the Borrowing Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent, on or prior to the date that a prepayment would otherwise be required hereunder if such certificate were not delivered, to the effect that Holdings and the Subsidiaries intend to apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate), within the Reinvestment Period applicable to such Net Cash Proceeds, to acquire real property, equipment or other tangible or intangible assets to be used in the business of Holdings and the Subsidiaries (which real property, equipment or other assets must be assets that become Collateral to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are attributable to assets that were Collateral), and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Cash Proceeds (or the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied by the end of such Reinvestment Period, at which time a prepayment shall be required in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied. For purposes hereof, “ Reinvestment Period ” means, in respect of any Net Cash Proceeds, the period beginning on the date of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds and ending 180 days thereafter.

 

-45-


(d) Following the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 2.12; provided however commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, if on the last day of such fiscal year the Leverage Ratio is less than 0.75 to 1.00, then no mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.13(d) shall be required for such fiscal year. Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or prior to the date that is five Business Days after the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated (and in any event on or prior to the date that is five Business Days after the day that is 90 days after the end of such fiscal year).

(e) [Intentionally Omitted].

(f) [Intentionally Omitted].

(g) [Intentionally Omitted].

(h) The Borrowing Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by fax or electronic mail) of any mandatory prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days (or, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d), five Business Days) before the date of prepayment, or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day (or, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d) above, five Business Days) before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of the Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d) above, a reasonably detailed calculation, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowers, of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice states that the prepayment is conditioned upon consummation of a refinancing or other transaction and if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified prepayment date that such condition has not been satisfied and the notice is revoked. Promptly following receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. All mandatory prepayments shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of prepayment.

(i) Mandatory prepayments of the outstanding Loans under this Agreement shall be applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Loans under Section 2.11 in the direct order of their maturity, unless, in the case of New Term Loans, otherwise provided in the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement.

 

-46-


SECTION 2.14 Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or increase the cost to any Lender or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section 2.14 shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

 

-47-


(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.14 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20.

SECTION 2.15 Change in Legality .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurocurrency Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurocurrency Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurocurrency Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert such a Eurocurrency Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be); and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurocurrency Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrowers by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurocurrency Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrowers.

SECTION 2.16 Indemnity . The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (other than any loss of the Applicable Percentage or other profit margin) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor (including pursuant to a required assignment pursuant to Section 2.21(a)), (ii) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurocurrency Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurocurrency Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such

 

-48-


Loan shall have been given by a Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall be equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurocurrency Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.16 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand indemnification under this Section 2.16 shall not constitute a waiver of such right to demand such indemnification; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to indemnify any Lender under this Section 2.16 for any claim made more than 180 days after the applicable Breakage Event.

SECTION 2.17 Pro Rata Treatment . Except as required under Section 2.12 2.13(i) or 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each reduction of the Term Loan Commitments of any Series and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans of the applicable Series). Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

SECTION 2.18 Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loans as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and participations in Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest.

 

-49-


The Loan Parties expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by any Loan Party to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to a Borrower in the amount of such participation. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.19 Payments .

(a) Each Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date when due in immediately available U.S. Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its address set forth in Section 9.01. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

SECTION 2.20 Taxes .

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, unless required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from such payment by such Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction and withholding of such Tax and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Tax is an

 

-50-


Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

(b) In addition, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after receipt of the certificate referred to below, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided , however , that if the Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes so long as such efforts would not result in any additional cost, expense or risk or be otherwise disadvantageous to any of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Loan Parties has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of such Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

 

-51-


(f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which a Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to such Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by such Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent legally entitled to do so, (i) furnish on or before it becomes a party to this Agreement to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) either (a) two accurate and complete originally executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or an accurate and complete IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), as applicable, certifying, in either case, such Foreign Lender’s legal entitlement to an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all interest payments hereunder or (b) to the extent the Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN (together with a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), if the beneficial owner providing the IRS Form W-8BEN is relying on the so-called portfolio interest exemption), IRS Form W-9 or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, and, if applicable further IRS Forms W-8IMY with the accompanying documentation described in this clause (b), and (ii) provide a new Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (a) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (b) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (c) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, to reconfirm any complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any interest payment hereunder; provided that any Foreign Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is relying on the so-called “portfolio interest exemption” shall also furnish a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), together with a Form W-8BEN. Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), (a) on or before the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (b) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (c) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (d) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers, two accurate and complete originally executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any successor form certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

(g) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative

 

-52-


Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(h) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant Governmental Authority attributable thereto) to such Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund to the Administrative Agent or Lender, as applicable); provided , that a Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or Lender agrees to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to such Borrower ( plus penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or Lender to the extent the Administrative Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other person.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document

SECTION 2.21 Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate .

(a) In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrowers that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender may be, and the Administrative Agent, require any such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if

 

-53-


a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and (z) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans of such Lender, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16 and if such assignment occurs in connection with any consent, modification or amendment that would result in a Repricing Event that occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the prepayment premium that would be payable pursuant to Section 2.12(e) if the Loans of such Lender subject to such assignment had been prepaid by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.12); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14, notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby agrees that, in the event a Borrower exercises its rights under and in accordance with this Section 2.21 to effect a transfer and assignment of such Lender’s interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (which may be effected without such Lender’s consent or execution and delivery of any Assignment and Acceptance), such Lender shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights or obligations hereunder; provided that (i) the obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender under this Agreement which by their terms survive the termination of this Agreement or the transfer and assignment of the interests of a Lender hereunder and (ii) the obligations of such Lender under Section 9.05 (with respect to unreimbursed expenses or indemnity payments sought before or as a result of such assignment) shall, in each case, survive the Borrowers’ exercise of such rights.

(b) If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrowers or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

 

-54-


SECTION 2.22 Intentionally Deleted .

SECTION 2.23 Refinancing Facilities . Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Borrowing Agent may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to establish one or more additional tranches of term loans under this Agreement (“ Refinancing Facility ”) or one or more series of senior unsecured notes or senior secured notes (“ Refinancing Notes ” and, together with any Refinancing Facilities, “ Refinancing Debt ”), in each case, to refinance the any or all Series of Loans, in whole or in part, and that will be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations or secured by the Collateral by Liens that are junior and subordinated to the Liens thereon securing the Obligations. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “ Refinancing Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Refinancing Debt shall become effective; provided that:

(a) such Refinancing Debt shall mature no earlier than, and the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinancing Debt shall not be shorter than, the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Loans being refinanced;

(b) such Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes will have such pricing, premiums and, to the extent not directly and adversely affecting the Lenders of Loans outstanding hereunder (except in the case of any applicable Refinancing Facility) immediately after giving effect to such refinancing, optional prepayment or redemption terms as may be agreed by the Borrowers and the lenders or holders providing such Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes;

(c) if necessary the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Security Documents as may be requested by the Collateral Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender) in order to ensure that the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes are provided with the benefit of the applicable Security Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel in connection therewith as may be requested by the Collateral Agent; and

(d) the Net Cash Proceeds of the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes shall be applied to the repayment of the then outstanding applicable Loans on the date of such incurrence in accordance with Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.24 Incremental Facilities .

(a) The Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, the establishment of term loan commitments under one or more new term loan tranches (any such term loan commitment, a “ New Term Loan Commitment ”; any Loan made in respect thereof, a “ New Term Loan ”) in amounts that are (i) not to exceed, in the aggregate for all New Term Loan Commitments, $50,000,000 and (ii) individually not less than $20,000,000 (or any lesser amount that is approved by the Administrative Agent) and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ New Term Loan Date ”) on which the Borrowers

 

-55-


propose that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or other Person that is consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to whom the Borrowers propose any portion of such New Term Loan Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a portion of such New Term Loan Commitments. Such New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall become effective as of such New Term Loan Date; provided that (1) no Default shall exist on such New Term Loan Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments, as the case may be; (2) such New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.20; (3) the Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such New Term Loan Commitments; (4) the applicable Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loans to be made thereunder and the application of proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on such date; (5) the interest rate for any New Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrowers and the applicable Lender; provided that if the Yield in respect of any New Term Loans exceeds the Yield with respect to the Term Loan by more than 50 basis points, the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Term Loan shall be automatically increased on the New Term Loan Date with respect to the Term Loan so that the Yield for the Term Loan is equal to the Yield with respect to such New Term Loans minus 50 basis points; (6) the final maturity date of any New Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (7) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Once any New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of their respective New Term Loan Dates in accordance with this Section 2.24(a), extensions of credit may be made thereunder in accordance with the terms of the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement without any additional conditions thereto; provided that, with respect to each such extension of credit, each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02 shall be satisfied. Any New Term Loans made pursuant to New Term Loan Commitments that become effective on a New Term Loan Date, as well as the Term Loans, shall be designated a separate series (a “ Series ”) of Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrowers’ notice of each New Term Loan Date and in respect thereof the New Term Loan Commitments, the Lenders providing such New Term Loan Commitments and their respective interests therein.

(c) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans shall be identical to the Term Loan, except as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or explicitly permitted by this Section 2.24.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent

 

-56-


(but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the terms of the New Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 2.25 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.08 or 9.06 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth , so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders holding Loans of the same Series as the Defaulting Lender on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to clause (iv) below. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

-57-


(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans of the applicable Series to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments of such Series, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 2.26 Priority and Liens . At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Each Loan Party hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Loan Party hereunder and under the Loan Documents:

(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including any proceeds therefrom));

(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible property of such Loan Party, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom));

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Permitted Prior Liens ”), (B) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Section 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “ DIP Permitted Liens ”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything

 

-58-


to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Loan Parties and their estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Loan Parties; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Loan Parties; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claim as described in Section 2.26(a) shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility First Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Loan Parties hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Loan Party, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Loan Party’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

 

-59-


ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders on the Closing Date and on the date of a Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.01(b):

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and, to the extent recognized by the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow hereunder.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization . The Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents or permitted Liens that are subject to an Intercreditor Agreement); provided that to the extent made prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the representations and warranties in this Section 3.02(b) relating to indentures, agreements or other instruments described in clause (b)(i)(C) or (b)(ii) above shall be limited to those that remain enforceable under applicable laws after the Petition Date.

SECTION 3.03 Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party will constitute (to the extent such persons are a party thereto), a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3.04 Governmental Approvals . No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be

 

-60-


required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages, (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and (d) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, applicable approvals by the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION 3.05 Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee . The Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee consists of lenders (and their respective affiliates) holding in excess of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Indebtedness of each class of claims for outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers that is impaired under the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

SECTION 3.06 No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2011, except for the Transactions, no event or condition has occurred or existed that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07 Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases .

(a) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and (ii) where the failure to have such title in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

(b) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has complied with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect except for such noncompliance or ineffectiveness which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d) As of the Closing Date, none of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein, other than the purchase agreement described in Section 6.05(h).

SECTION 3.08 Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries, including the correct legal name thereof, the jurisdiction in which each such person is organized or incorporated, the percentage ownership interest (whether direct or indirect) of Holdings therein and whether such Subsidiary is one or more of the following: (i) a subsidiary of HMCo, (ii) a subsidiary of HMHP, or (iii) a Not for Profit Subsidiary. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdings, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, Liens permitted by clause (l), (v) or (x) of Section 6.02 and in the case of Liens permitted under Section 6.02(v) or (x), subject to an

 

-61-


Intercreditor Agreement). Each Not for Profit Subsidiary is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, or if any Not for Profit Subsidiary is not so exempt from United States Federal income taxation, then such Not for Profit Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.12.

SECTION 3.09 Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting any Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10 Agreements .

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11 Federal Reserve Regulations .

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

 

-62-


SECTION 3.12 Investment Company Act . Neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.13 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Term Loan will be used (i) to Refinance the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (ii) for general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (including payment of fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby) and for costs associated with administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and (iii) to provide certain adequate protection payments, which may include (x) the payment, when due or as soon as practicable thereafter, of all reasonable and documented costs, fees and expenses incurred either prior to or after the Petition Date of the Prepetition Agents and their respective counsels and the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee and its advisors (in accordance with the terms of the applicable prepetition engagement letters), in each case, incurred in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (y) the payments in respect of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the Prepetition Notes Indenture aggregate amount of $69,700,000 (such payments in clauses (x) and (y) collectively, the “ Adequate Protection Payments ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no portion of the Term Loan, the Collateral (including any cash collateral) or the Carve Out shall be used (i) to challenge the validity, perfection, priority, extent or enforceability of the Loans, any other Obligations or any Liens or security interests securing the Obligations, (ii) to investigate or assert any other claims or causes of action against any Agent or Lender or any other holder of any Obligations or (iii) for any act which has the effect of materially or adversely modifying or compromising the rights and remedies of any Agent or Lender as set forth in any Loan Document.

SECTION 3.14 Taxes . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be timely filed all Federal, and all state, local and foreign, tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except (i) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or (ii) taxes and tax returns for which the failure to so pay or file, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15 No Material Misstatements . None of (a) the Borrowers’ presentation materials to the Lenders dated May, 2012 or (b) any other written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or

 

-63-


projection or other forward-looking information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information, report, exhibit or schedule was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that the Loan Parties believed to be reasonable at the time made and at the time such information, report, exhibit or schedule was or is so furnished. It is understood that any forecast, projection or other forward-looking information is not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the periods covered thereby may differ from projected results.

SECTION 3.16 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Each of the Borrowers and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance with all requirements of law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of Holdings, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction which would subject Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with applicable law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Pension Plan is maintained. The aggregate unfunded liabilities with respect to such Foreign Pension Plans could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the present value of the aggregate accumulated benefit liabilities of all such Foreign Pension Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Foreign Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Foreign Pension Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.17 Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to

 

-64-


comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.17 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18 Insurance . Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all material insurance maintained by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

SECTION 3.19 Security Documents .

(a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and (i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Credit Intercreditor Agreement), the Lien created under Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement), and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (other than Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights described in Section 3.19(b)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

(b) Upon the timely recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Collateral Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the

 

-65-


Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and registered (or subject to an application for registration) in the name of the Loan Parties, and in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States and its territories and possessions, in each case prior in right to any other person other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered Trademarks and Patents, Trademark and Patent applications and registered Copyrights and Copyright Applications).

(c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(c), the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

(d) Each Security Document (other than the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any short-form security agreement referred to in clause (b) above and the Mortgages) that purports (i) to create a Lien on any Collateral, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Lien on the Collateral subject thereto and (ii) to create a Guarantee of any of the Obligations, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Guarantee of the Obligations subject thereto.

SECTION 3.20 Location of Real Property and Leased Premises .

(a) Schedule 3.20(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property owned by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. As of the Closing Date, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable fee title to all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(a), in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than those Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) Schedule 3.20(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property leased by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, lessor, lessee and expiration date thereof. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid leases, subleases or licenses in, or rights to use and occupy, all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(b), except where such invalidity, inability, and/or limitation on use and occupation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-66-


SECTION 3.21 Labor Matters . As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound.

SECTION 3.22 Solvency . On the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole), at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise (taken as a whole); (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) the Loan Parties will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged, as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 3.23 No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 3.24 Intellectual Property . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns, is licensed to use or otherwise has the right to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business except for those for which the failure to own or license could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted in writing or is pending by any Person challenging the use by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except, in either case, for such claims that in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The use of such Intellectual Property by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.25 Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments .

(a) Set forth on Schedule 6.01 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the obligor and the principal amount outstanding thereunder, the maturity date thereof and the amortization schedule therefor.

 

-67-


(b) Set forth on Schedule 6.02 hereto is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Liens on the property or assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 6.04 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Investments (other than Investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the amount and description (including the parties thereto) of each such Investment.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

SECTION 4.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of each Lender to make advances to the Borrowers on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08 of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the Loan Documents and other documentation relating to the Term Loan provided hereunder (except in the case of any documentation to be delivered in accordance with Section 5.14) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and other parties thereto.

(b) Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of each Loan Party,

(i) the notes payable to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.04(e);

(ii) copies of each organizational or constitutive document (along with any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate Governmental Authority (except for any Loan Party organized under California law, whose organizational or constitutive documents may be certified as of an earlier date if a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate certifying as of the Closing Date there has been no change to such organizational or constitution documents since such earlier date);

(iii) certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign each Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder;

 

-68-


(iv) resolutions of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, as well as the transactions contemplated hereunder and the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; and

(v) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto.

(c) The Chapter 11 Cases shall have been commenced by the Debtors, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the form and substance of the First Day Orders sought by the Debtors and entered on or prior to the Closing Date (including a cash management order).

(d) The Debtors shall have begun solicitation in respect of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the Plan Support Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

(e) The Lenders shall have received, on or before the Closing Date, a copy of an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court in substantially the form of Exhibit G-1 (the “ Interim Order ”), which Interim Order (i) shall approve the Loan Documents and grant the Obligations hereunder the Superpriority Claim status and the Liens described in Section 2.26, (ii) shall authorize extensions of credit in the aggregate amounts of up to $150,000,000 of term loans under this Agreement and up to $250,000,000 of revolving credit loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (iii) shall approve the payment by the Borrowers of all of the fees and expenses that are required to be paid hereunder; (iv) shall authorize and direct the Loan Parties to repay in full obligations under the Prepetition Receivables Facility; (v) shall authorize the use by the Loan Parties of any cash collateral in which any Secured Party or any Adequate Protection Party may have an interest (other than cash collateral securing the Prepetition LC Facility); (vi) shall provide for the Adequate Protection Payments and grant customary adequate protection claims and Liens to the Prepetition Secured Parties, which claims and Liens shall be junior to those claims and Liens of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, as adequate protection of the Adequate Protection Parties’ interests in the Prepetition Collateral from diminution in value of their collateral resulting from the Loan Parties’ use, sale or lease of the Prepetition Collateral (including cash collateral), the imposition of the automatic stay pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code and the priming Liens described in Section 2.26; (vii) shall be in full force and effect; and (viii) shall not have been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed.

(f) All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of outside counsel) required to

 

-69-


be paid to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid (including fees owed to the Lenders to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Lenders).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received and be reasonably satisfied with the Thirteen Week Forecast for the first thirteen week period after the Closing Date.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied in its reasonable judgment that, except as authorized by the Interim Order, there shall not occur as a result of, and after giving effect to, the initial extension of credit hereunder, a default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be a default) under any of the Loan Parties’ debt instruments and other material agreements which, (i) in the case of the debt instruments and other material agreements, would permit the counterparty thereto to exercise remedies thereunder after the Petition Date (other than the Prepetition LC Facility) or (ii) in the case of any other subsidiary, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Administrative Agent and Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of a favorable written opinion of Paul Weiss Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Closing Date, addressing such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) Since December 31, 2011, there has been no event or occurrence that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) There shall not exist any Material Litigation.

(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder and the making of the Term Loan shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation (other than the Bankruptcy Code) shall be applicable to the Administrative Agent that prevents the establishment of the Term Loan Facility or the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(m) Each Lender who has requested the same at least three business days prior to the Closing Date shall have received “know your customer” and similar information.

(n) The Prepetition Receivables Facility shall have been and shall be concurrently terminated and repaid in full and the Borrowers shall have delivered duly executed payoff letters and UCC-3 termination statements confirming the release of any and all Liens securing the collateral in respect thereof.

(o) The Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each of the applicable Loan Parties, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and together therewith, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) Proper uniform commercial code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties as deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Security Documents covering the Collateral;

 

-70-


(ii) Copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Agent with respect to the Loan Parties;

(iii) for each Mortgaged Property, evidence as to whether such Mortgaged Property is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards (a “ Flood Hazard Property ”) pursuant to a standard flood hazard determination form ordered and received by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) if such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property, (A) evidence as to whether the community in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent as to the fact that such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (C) copies of the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Administrative Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Secured Parties; and

(iv) Evidence that, other than those items set forth on Schedule 5.14, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and perfected pursuant to the Interim Order shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the delivery of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in proper form for filing for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and provision having been made for the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements

(p) To the extent such items can be delivered on or prior to the Closing Date after the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of account control agreements to the extent required by this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed by all the parties thereto, (ii) copies of Security Documents covering the

 

-71-


Loan Parties’ Intellectual Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in suitable form for recordation at the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, duly executed by all the parties thereto and (iii) evidence of all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.02, and evidence that the Administrative Agent shall have been named as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, on all insurance policies covering loss or damage to Collateral.

SECTION 4.02 Conditions Precedent to All Term Loan Borrowings . The obligation of each Lender to make advances to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.01 is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08 of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Borrowing as required by Section 2.03.

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the date of such Term Borrowing (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) as of such earlier date).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Term Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) The making of such Term Loan shall not violate any requirement of law and shall not be enjoined, temporarily, preliminarily or permanently.

(e) In the case of the making of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.01(b), the Final Order shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, and shall not have been modified or amended in any material respect without the written consent of the Required Lenders.

SECTION 4.03 Exit Facility Option . The Lenders hereby grant to the Borrowers an option (the “ Exit Facility Option ”) to convert the DIP Facility into an Exit Facility (such conversion, the “ Exit Facility Conversion ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents, on the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 4.04 Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option . On or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the obligations of each Lender to extend the maturity of the Term Loan beyond the DIP Facility Maturity Date are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08, of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Borrowers shall have delivered at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders that the Exit Facility Option will be exercised (which notice may state that the expected date for the Exit Facility Conversion to occur is contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Sections 4.04(c) and (d)).

 

-72-


(b) The Exit Facility Conversion Date shall occur no later than the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

(c) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered a final non-appealable order, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming the Approved Plan of Reorganization in accordance with section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which order shall be in full force and effect, shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and shall authorize the Loan Parties to execute, deliver and perform under all Loan Documents and all other documents contemplated hereunder and thereunder (such order, the “ Confirmation Order ”).

(d) The Approved Plan of Reorganization and all transactions contemplated therein or in the Confirmation Order to occur on the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall have been (or concurrently with the occurrence of Exit Facility Conversion Date, shall be) substantially consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with applicable law, Bankruptcy Court and regulatory approvals.

(e) Any indebtedness or obligation of any Loan Party and any Liens securing such indebtedness or obligation that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall not exceed the amount contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary solvency certificate (after giving effect to the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization), stating that the Loan Parties are solvent on a consolidated basis on the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the chief financial officer of the Borrowers.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion of Paul Weiss Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, addressing such matters with respect to the Exit Facility Conversion as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) The Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent evidence that, other than those items that have been delivered or completed prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and those that according to Schedule 5.14 are scheduled to be delivered or completed after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect

 

-73-


to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order (or after the entry thereof, the Final Order) and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the items described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 4.01(p) and the filing of proper Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements.

(i) The Borrowers shall have paid all outstanding fees and expenses then due and payable in respect of the Term Loan Facility.

(j) To the extent not otherwise included in the Disclosure Statement, the Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the most recent monthly and quarterly financial statements ended prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date for which financial statements are available (it being understood that working capital expenditures will not be required to be included in such financial statements).

(k) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that all Prepetition Indebtedness has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished, all commitments relating thereto terminated and all Liens relating thereto terminated, (or in the case of Liens on any Foreign Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or assets or guarantees by any Foreign Subsidiary, in each case created pursuant to security documents registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, that such Indebtedness and other obligations secured or supported by Liens and guarantees has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished) including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s receipt of reasonably satisfactory pay-off letters and UCC-3 termination statements.

(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions in respect of the Exit Facility Conversion shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of the Administrative Agent that prevents the Exit Facility Conversion or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties, covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan

 

-74-


Document shall have been paid in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Holdings and the Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01 Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05.

(b) Other than as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations and Intellectual Property necessary or desirable to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property useful to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

SECTION 5.02 Insurance.

(a) Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

(b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Closing Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to a Loan Party under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent; and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such policies to provide that neither any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder and to contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement”, without any deduction for depreciation, and such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified copies of all such policies to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior written

 

-75-


notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

(c) If at any time the area in which the Premises (as defined in the Mortgages) are located is designated (i) in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrowers shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (x) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance similar to that required by Section 4.01(o)(iii) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require.

(d) With respect to any Mortgaged Property, carry and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance including the “broad form CGL endorsement” providing for coverage on an occurrence basis against claims made for personal injury (including bodily injury, death and property damage) and umbrella liability insurance against any and all claims, in each case in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses and operating in the same or similar locations, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured on forms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(e) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by any Loan Party; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

SECTION 5.03 Obligations and Taxes . Pay and discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Holdings shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien and, in the case of a Mortgaged Property, there is no material risk of forfeiture of such property or (ii) that is required to be paid and discharged prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and that is not permitted to be so paid and discharged under the Bankruptcy Laws prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

 

-76-


SECTION 5.04 Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the Borrowers, furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers or other independent registered public accounting firm of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without “going concern” or like qualifications or exceptions and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that the financial statements for each such fiscal year shall cover a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on December 31;

(b) within (i) 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, and (ii) 90 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm (for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2012), and concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent opining on or certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations) (i) certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.10 (for certificates delivered prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date) or Section 6.11 (for certificates delivered after the Exit Facility Conversion Date) (any such certificate furnished pursuant to this clause (c), a

 

-77-


Compliance Certificate ”); provided that if there has been any material change in GAAP or in the application of GAAP referred to in Section 1.03, the Compliance Certificate from the Financial Officer shall identify such change and the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget with respect to such fiscal year (the “ Budget ”);

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the IPO Issuer if an Initial Public Offering has occurred) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;

(f) promptly after the receipt thereof by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, a copy of any “management letter” received by any such person from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto to the extent such certified public accountants have consented to the delivery of such management letter to the Administrative Agent upon the request of the Borrowers;

(g) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;

(h) promptly following any request therefor, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of ERISA that any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, Holdings, any Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

(i) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request;

 

-78-


(j) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarter of Holdings and within 90 days after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter of Holdings, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to comparable periods of the previous year;

(k) within 30 days after the end of each of the first 11 fiscal months of each fiscal year occurring prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Holdings’s consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal month and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, and computations of Consolidated EBITDA for the month and the then elapsed portion of the year in reasonable detail, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information, which may not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements;

(l) on and after the Closing Date but prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) no later than the third Business Day of each calendar week, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, (A) commencing with the calendar week starting immediately after the Closing Date, a Budget Variance Report as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week and (B) a Thirteen Week Forecast setting forth on a weekly basis for the next thirteen weeks (commencing with the immediately succeeding calendar week) an updated forecast for such period and (ii) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, an updated DIP Budget covering if such fiscal month ends on or prior to December 31, 2012, each fiscal month during the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, or if such fiscal month ends after December 31, 2012, from January 1, 2013 through the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that such parent holds no material assets other than cash and Equity Interests of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision)) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under clause (a) of this Section 5.01, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of PriceWaterhouseCoopers or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

 

-79-


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (e) of this Section 5.04 may at Holdings or the Borrowers’ election be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earliest of (i) the date on which such documents are electronically delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting if delivered before 5:00 p.m. New York time on a Business Day or otherwise on the following Business Day, (ii) the date on which such documents are posted on Holdings or the Borrowers’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); or (iii) the date on which such documents are filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; provided that: upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrowers shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.05 Litigation and Other Notices . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice of the following promptly after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party becomes aware thereof:

(a) any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against HMHP or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; and

(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06 Information Regarding Collateral .

(a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Holdings and the Borrowers agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Holdings and the Borrowers also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

 

-80-


(b) In the case of Holdings and the Borrowers, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a), deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificates or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificates delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06.

SECTION 5.07 Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings .

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such person upon reasonable notice, at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year and shall be arranged by one or more Lenders through the Administrative Agent.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (i) a public corporate rating from (A) S&P or Fitch and (B) Moody’s and (ii) a public credit rating of the Term Loan Facility from (A) S&P or Fitch and (B) Moody’s.

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes specified in Section 3.13.

SECTION 5.09 Employee Benefits . (a) Comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the laws applicable to any Foreign Pension Plan, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten Business Days after any Responsible Officer of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000, a statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings or the Borrowers setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that Holdings or the Borrowers proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

-81-


SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided , however , that (A) none of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP and (B) solely for purposes of Section 5.11, the Loan Parties shall not be in Default because of a breach of this Section 5.10 unless such breach could reasonably be expected to result in a material environmental liability to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.11 Preparation of Environmental Reports . If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.17 or Section 5.10 shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default, at the written request of the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 45 days after such request, at the expense of the Loan Parties, an environmental site assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or remedial action in connection with such Default.

SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. Holdings and the Borrowers will cause each subsidiary of HMCo that is a Domestic Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. If any Not for Profit Subsidiary ceases to be exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, then Holdings and the Borrowers will cause such Not for Profit Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) In addition, from and after the Closing Date, Holdings and the Borrowers will cause any subsequently acquired or organized Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) to become a Loan Party by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and/or each applicable Security Document in favor of the Collateral Agent. In addition, from time to time, Holdings and the Borrowers will, at their cost and expense,

 

-82-


promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of the assets and properties of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings and any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured (i) by substantially all the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes), including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries that are first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries (or treated as first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries for United States Federal income tax purposes) or any Domestic Subsidiary which is treated as a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary for United States federal income tax purposes, by 66% of the voting stock and 100% of the non-voting stock of such Subsidiary). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and Holdings and the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section. Holdings and the Borrowers agree to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien. In furtherance of the foregoing, Holdings and the Borrowers will give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by Holdings or any of the other Loan Parties of any Material Real Property and will, within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) following the acquisition of such Material Real Property, deliver to the Administrative Agent the items described in Schedule 5.14 as applicable to such Material Real Property, as well as such other items as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.13 [Intentionally Omitted].

SECTION 5.14 Post-Closing Deliveries . Complete and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the items described on Schedule 5.14 hereof on or before the dates specified with respect to such items, or such later dates as may be agreed to by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above and in Schedule 5.14, rather than as elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents), provided that (x) to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Closing Date, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the Security Documents shall be required to be true in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) immediately after the actions required to be taken by this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) have been taken (or were required to be taken).

 

-83-


SECTION 5.15 Milestones . Ensure the satisfaction of the following milestones relating to the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the applicable timing referred to below (or such later dates as approved by the Required Lenders), as well as certain other agreed milestones as such may relate to the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively, the “ Milestones ” and individually a “ Milestone ”):

(a) within 5 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order;

(b) within 60 days following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Final Order;

(c) within 90 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Confirmation Order; and

(d) no later than 120 days following the Petition Date, the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall be effective.

SECTION 5.16 Chapter 11 Cases . Until the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) maintain the effectiveness of, and comply with, any Plan Support Agreement, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Bankruptcy Court’s approval and confirmation of the Approved Plan or Reorganization and the consummation of the transactions therein and (b) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at the request of the Administrative Agent, use of commercially reasonable efforts to consummate a sale of its assets and pay in full the outstanding Obligations and to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full), unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Holdings nor any Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) (i) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date that is listed on Schedule 6.01;

 

-84-


(b) intercompany Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04(b); provided that such intercompany Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations;

(c) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(f) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01(g) shall not exceed $300,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) at any time outstanding;

(h) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any person providing worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person;

(i) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations and trade-related letters of credit, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof to the extent that the amount of refinancing Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness being refinanced;

(j) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

-85-


(k) Indebtedness with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and purchase money Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition or improvement of the respective asset (whether through the direct purchase of such asset or the Equity Interest of any person owning such asset) permitted under this Agreement in order to finance such acquisition or improvement (including any Indebtedness acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition); provided , any such Indebtedness (i) incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, (ii) shall be secured only by the assets acquired or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (iii) shall constitute not less than 75% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset, and any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v) thereof), in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was incurred pursuant to this clause (k), is not in excess of $50,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(l) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(m) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings acquired after the Closing Date and Indebtedness of a person merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets, which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and is not created in contemplation of such event and where such acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted by this Agreement and (ii) any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v) thereof); provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (m) shall not at any time outstanding exceed $75,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) and (B) at the time of such acquisition and at the time of the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Leverage Ratio as of such date shall be no greater than the Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date;

(n) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000;

(o) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and other junior Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not greater than $100,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, (i) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Leverage Ratio as of such date shall be no greater than the Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date;

 

-86-


(p) [Intentionally Omitted];

(q) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, indemnities, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (p) above;

(r) [Intentionally Omitted];

(s) Guarantees of obligations of third parties to the extent treated as Investments in such third parties (in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations so Guaranteed) and permitted by Section 6.04;

(t) Any Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes of a Loan Party incurred in accordance with Section 2.23;

(u) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by any Loan Party to future, current or former officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees of Holdings, its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in Section 6.06(a)(i); provided that the terms of any such Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings;

(v) Indebtedness with respect to Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.04(h); and

(w) Indebtedness in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility (including Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations thereunder) with respect to letters of credit outstanding thereunder as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $27,000,000.

SECTION 6.02 Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Restricted Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

 

-87-


(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of ten days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(e) with respect to real property of the Restricted Subsidiaries, covenants, conditions, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other imperfections or irregularities in title, in each case which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money and do not or will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

(f) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of property permitted hereunder;

(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business and Liens on a Specified Warehouse created in connection with a Sale and Lease Back Transaction involving such Specified Warehouse;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) licenses of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, trade secrets, service marks, tradenames and any other intellectual property rights granted by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-88-


(k) construction liens arising in the ordinary course of business, including liens for work performed for which payment has not been made, securing obligations that are not due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall have set aside on its books reserves as shall be required by GAAP;

(l) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent, or which are for less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for property taxes on property (other than Mortgaged Property or property that, pursuant to the terms hereof, is required to become Mortgaged Property) that Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(m) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Leases), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature made or incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(n) zoning restrictions, easements, trackage rights, leases (other than Capital Leases), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

(o) purchase money security interests in equipment or other property or improvements thereto hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by any Restricted Subsidiary (including the interests of vendors and lessors under conditional sale and title retention agreements); provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(k), (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 270 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such equipment or other property or improvements at the time of such acquisition (or construction), including transaction costs incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition (or construction), and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to accessions to such equipment or other property or improvements; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by a single lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided solely by such lender);

(p) Liens arising out of operating lease or Capital Lease transactions permitted under Section 6.01(k) and transactions permitted by Section 6.03, so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions thereto or proceeds thereof and related property;

 

-89-


(q) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 (except to the extent covered by insurance, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer), unless such judgments shall remain undischarged for a period of more than 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) pertaining to pooled deposit and/or sweep accounts of Holdings and/or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(s) any Lien on any property or asset of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness (including Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) permitted by Section 6.01(m); provided that such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not securing such Indebtedness at the date of the acquisition of such property or asset (other than after acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such date and permitted hereunder which contains a requirement for the pledging of after acquired property, it being agreed that such after acquired property shall not include property of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than any such acquired Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, that would have been included but for such acquisition);

(t) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted above; provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal; provided further , that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

(u) Liens securing the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes permitted under Section 6.01(t); provided that such Liens are subject an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(v) subject to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(g);

(w) other Liens not securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets not constituting Collateral for the Obligations with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25,000,000 at any time;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(o), in each case subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

-90-


(y) Liens on property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(z) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes;

(aa) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection; and

(dd) any Lien (in the form of cash collateral in an amount not to exceed 103% of the face amount of the outstanding letters of credit relating thereto) securing the Prepetition LC Facility (which may rank senior to the Liens created under the Loan Documents with respect to the cash securing the Prepetition LC Facility).

SECTION 6.03 Sale and Lease Back Transactions . Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “ Sale and Lease Back Transaction ”) unless (a) the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by clause (f) of Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans and Advances . Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, or enter into any Hedging Agreement with, any other person (collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) Permitted Investments;

(b) Investments as of the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments made after the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made after the Closing Date by Loan Parties in, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness or other obligations of, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Investments) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year; provided that, for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing annual limitation as of any date, the amount of each Investment made

 

-91-


on or prior to such date that is subject to such limitation shall be deemed reduced (to not less than zero) by the aggregate amount of cash, dividends or other distributions returned to the applicable Loan Party in respect of such Investment prior to the date of determination;

(c) Capital Expenditures;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate (calculated without regard to write-downs or write-offs thereof); provided that any such loans with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings and (ii) advances of payroll payments and expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(e) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) (i) any Investment acquired by a Loan Party (x) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by a Loan Party in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable, (y) as a result of a foreclosure by a Loan Party with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (z) as a result of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates, (ii) accounts receivable arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and (iii) prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding (valued at the time of the making thereof and determined after giving effect to returns representing a return of capital thereon but without regard to any write-offs or write-downs)

(h) Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and perform their obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business and so long as any such Hedging Agreement or other derivative instrument is not speculative in nature;

(i) Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.04;

(j) Investments arising out of the receipt by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of non-cash consideration with respect to sales of assets permitted under Section 6.05; provided that such consideration (if the stated amount or value thereof is in excess of $1,000,000) is pledged upon receipt pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent required thereby;

 

-92-


(k) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Section 6.02;

(l) the acquisition, or acquisition by license, of the assets of the Global Scholar Business; provided that at the time of such acquisition, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and all persons in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents;

(m) loans and advances to current and former senior management permitted pursuant to Section 6.07(g);

(n) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing, joint development or similar arrangements with other Persons;

(o) any advances, loans, extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors or other Investments in receivables owing to a Loan Party, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as such Loan Party deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(p) Investments in Houghton Mifflin PLC in an amount not to exceed £8,000,000 in the aggregate to comply with UK pension regulation requirements; provided , that the Loan Parties will use their best efforts to minimize the amounts of such Investment;

(q) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or a series of Investments from one Restricted Subsidiary to another solely to provide a Restricted Subsidiary that is consummating a Permitted Acquisition with funds to pay the consideration in respect thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such consideration; and

(r) Investments in HMH IP Company in the ordinary course of business in respect of operating expenses of HMH IP Company and other expenses incurred by HMH IP Company in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties; provided that the amounts of such Investments shall be no more than amounts that would be otherwise payable to an unaffiliated third party providing such digital development services and in the aggregate shall not exceed $100,000,000 in any fiscal year.

SECTION 6.05 Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions . Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any part of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or less than all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any Equity Interests in or assets of any other person, except:

(a) purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

-93-


(b) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (other than a Borrower) into (or with) HMH Holdings in which HMH Holdings is the survivor, (ii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Borrower in a transaction in which such Borrower is the survivor, (iii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) into or with any Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Loan Party and, in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), no person other than the Borrower or the Loan Party receives any consideration, (iv) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party into or with any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, or (v) any Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 so long as the continuing or surviving person shall be a Subsidiary, which shall be a Loan Party if the merging, consolidating or amalgamating Subsidiary was a Loan Party and which together with each of its subsidiaries shall have complied with the requirements of Section 5.12;

(c) sales or other dispositions of assets described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the definition of “Asset Sale”;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, pursuant to Permitted Acquisitions;

(e) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.04;

(f) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Lease Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03) of property; provided that (i) at the time of any such transaction, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Borrowers are in compliance with the Financial Covenants at such time, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result therefrom, and the fair market value of property so sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed shall not exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) the consideration received for such property shall be not less than 75% in cash and in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the board of directors of HMHP or Holdings); provided further , that no sale of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary may be made pursuant to this clause (f) except in connection with the sale of all its outstanding Equity Interests that is held by Holdings and any other Subsidiary;

(g) the sale of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

 

-94-


(h) the sale of the real property located in Bellmawr, New Jersey for fair market value;

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may liquidate or dissolve into another Restricted Subsidiary if the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Holdings and HMHP and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and;

(j) any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its assets or business to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such transaction complies with Section 6.04 and Section 6.07.

SECTION 6.06 Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements .

(a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided , however , that (i) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Holdings may repurchase, or may pay cash dividends or distributions with respect to its Equity Interests so that one or more of its parent holding companies (if any) may repurchase, its own Equity Interests owned by present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries or make payments to present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability, retirement or termination of employment of such present or former officers or employees; provided , that the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments under this clause (i) shall not exceed in any calendar year $2,000,000; provided that any unused amount in any calendar year may be carried forward into any succeeding calendar year (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings during such calendar year from Employee Equity Sales and the amount of net proceeds of any key-man life insurance received during such calendar year); and provided further , that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions that may be made pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $10,000,000 (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings after the date of this Agreement from Employee Equity Sales); (ii) this Section 6.06(a) shall not apply to repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings may declare and make Restricted Payments to, repurchase its Equity Interests from or make other distributions to Holdings or to any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or, in the case of non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries, to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or more favorable basis from the perspective of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests; and (iv) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Restricted Payments may be made at any time when, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants and (z) the Liquidity of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be at least $250,000,000.

 

-95-


(b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings, or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, any Loan Document, agreement governing any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a) or (g) or to the extent such restrictions and conditions do not contravene the Loan Documents, under Section 6.01(m), (n) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties), (o) or (p) or a Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes permitted under Section 6.01(t), (B) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of, or sale of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is, or such assets that are, to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (D) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (E) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by the Revolving Credit Agreement and other “Loan Documents” defined therein, and (F) the foregoing shall not apply to any Not for Profit Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions between or among Loan Parties, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) engage in any of the foregoing transactions upon terms no less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties and (ii) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, make an Investment in any Affiliate that provides services to any Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such Investment is made pursuant to Section 6.04(g) and is permitted thereby, and (y) the board of directors of Holdings determines that such Investment is in the best interests of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06(a), (c) the indemnification of, and the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to, directors, officers and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (d) Investments permitted by clause (b), (d), (q) or (r) of Section 6.04 and transfers permitted under Section 6.05 of work-in-process and products in the ordinary course of business among Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties, (e) any employment agreement entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (f) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and approved by the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP, (g) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, any

 

-96-


Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or its equivalent with the stockholders of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter, (h) the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (i) payments by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (j) transactions with respect to which Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view, (k) investments by Affiliates in securities or Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors or their Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the aggregate investment by Affiliates constitutes less than 50% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities or Indebtedness; (l) any transaction with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary consists only of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, and (m) any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Holdings with an Affiliate of Holdings not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and solely for the purpose of (i) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings, (ii) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (iii) reincorporating Holdings in a new jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.08 Other Indebtedness and Agreements .

(a) Permit (i) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is outstanding other than any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment (A) that does not increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional rights on the holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness in a manner adverse in any material respect to Holdings, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Lenders or (B) otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” or (ii) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of its certificate of incorporation, by laws, operating, management or partnership agreement or other organizational documents, to the extent any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, except as expressly contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

(b) Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set

 

-97-


apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations in either right of payment or lien priority (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (i) or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, except in the case of Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, except as expressly provided for in the Approved Plan of Reorganization or pursuant to the First Day Orders or other orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) After the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes), in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Subordinated Indebtedness (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, unless in each case, at the time of any such distribution or payment, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Leverage Ratio shall be less than 0.50:1.0.

SECTION 6.09 Superpriority Claims . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, incur, create, assume, suffer to exist or permit any other Superpriority Claim that is pari passu with or senior to the claims of the Agents and the Secured Parties against the Loan Parties except with respect to the Carve-Out.

SECTION 6.10 Minimum Consolidated EBITDA . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, permit Consolidated EBITDA for any twelve-month period, as of the end of each calendar month, to be less than (i) for each month that occurs during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, $180,000,000, and (ii) for each month that occurs thereafter, $200,000,000.

SECTION 6.11 Financial Covenants Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date .

(a) Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio at the last day of any fiscal quarter set forth below of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case if such fiscal quarter is ending after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to be less than the ratio set forth below for such applicable fiscal quarter end date:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

  

Interest Coverage Ratio

September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2012

   7.00 to 1.00

March 31, 2013 through December 31, 2013

   8.00 to 1.00

March 31, 2014 and thereafter

   9.00 to 1.00

 

-98-


(b) Maximum Leverage Ratio . Permit the Leverage Ratio, at the last day of any fiscal quarter set forth below of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case if such fiscal quarter is ending after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to be greater than the ratio set forth below for such applicable quarter end date:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

  

Leverage Ratio

June 30, 2012 through September 30, 2013

   2.25 to 1.00

December 31, 2013 and thereafter

   2.00 to 1.00

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event that the Borrowers fail to comply with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11, until the 5th day subsequent to the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(b), Holdings shall have the right to make common equity contributions to the Borrowers (the “ Equity Cure Contributions ”) with the cash proceeds of common equity contributed to Holdings, which shall be treated on a dollar-for-dollar basis as Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purposes of complying with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11; provided that

(i) during any four fiscal period of the Borrowers, there shall be at least two consecutive fiscal quarters where no Equity Cure Contributions are made;

(ii) during the term of this Agreement, no more than five Equity Cure Contributions are permitted;

(iii) the amount of such Equity Cure Contribution shall be no greater than that required to cause the Borrowers to be in compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11;

(iv) any reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds in respect of such Equity Cure Contribution shall be ignored for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.11 for any period to the extent that Consolidated EBITDA for such period is increased as a result of such Equity Cure Contribution;

(v) if, after giving effect to the recalculation of the financial covenant following such Equity Cure Contribution, the Borrowers shall then be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.11, the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with such financial covenants as of the relevant date of determination with

 

-99-


the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the covenants contain in this Section 6.11 which had occurred shall be deemed cured for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

(vi) all Equity Cure Contributions shall be ignored for all purposes under this Agreement (other than as set forth in this Section 6.11) including, without limitation, the definition of “Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents” and the other covenants set forth in Article VI.

SECTION 6.12 Fiscal Year . (a) Without the consent of the Administrative Agent, make or permit any changes in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted or required by generally accepted accounting principles or (b) with respect to Holdings and any Borrower, change their fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31.

SECTION 6.13 Certain Equity Securities . Issue any Equity Interest that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

SECTION 6.14 Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) Except in the case of Holdings, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by it and business activities reasonably incidental thereto, (b) in the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than the ownership of Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (and any promissory note issued to it by any Subsidiary, provided that such promissory note is subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and pledged as Collateral) and activities incidental thereto or own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party, any such promissory note or any cash or other assets received as a dividend or other distribution in respect of such Equity Interests) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under the Loan Documents, liabilities imposed by law (including tax liabilities) and other liabilities incidental to its existence and permitted business and activities).

SECTION 6.15 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) Designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such designation is made after the Exit Facility Conversion Date by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such designation and the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) neither such Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries that have been (or concurrently with such designation will be) designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) any Investment in such Subsidiary by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of or subsequent to such designation shall be permitted by Section 6.04, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iv) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such

 

-100-


representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(b) Re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless such re-designation is made by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such re-designation and certifying that both before and after giving effect to such re-designation, (i) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrowers, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iii) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such re-designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01 Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the Borrowings hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to Holdings and any Borrower), 5.05(a) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrowers;

 

-101-


(f) (i) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such failure to pay any principal or interest by any Debtor or any such event relating to any Material Indebtedness owed by any Debtor, in each case caused by the Chapter 11 Cases, shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(h) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

 

-102-


(i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35,000,000 or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or the terms of any other Loan Document), or any Loan Party shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any of such other Security Documents (other than as a result of the discharge of such Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except (i) to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) to the extent that any such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy and (iii) to the extent that all such losses of perfection or priority involve Collateral with a fair value aggregating less than $5,000,000;

(m) there shall have occurred a Change in Control; or

(n) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date:

(i) the entry of an order dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases or converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(ii) the entry of an order appointing a chapter 11 trustee in any of the Chapter 11 Cases;

 

-103-


(iii) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases appointing an examiner having expanded powers (beyond those set forth under sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code);

(iv) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases denying or terminating use of cash collateral by the Loan Parties;

(v) the filing of any pleading by any Loan Party seeking, or otherwise consenting to, any of the matters set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above;

(vi) (A) an amendment, supplement or other modification shall have been made to, or a consent or waiver shall have been granted with respect to any departure by any person from the provisions of, the Approved Plan of Reorganization, in each case, that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents, (B) the Loan Parties shall have commenced or participated in furtherance of any solicitation in respect of a proposed plan or reorganization other than the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (C) the Bankruptcy Court shall terminate or reduce the period pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code during which the Loan Parties have the exclusive right to file a plan of reorganization and solicit acceptances thereof, (D) the Bankruptcy Court shall grant relief that is inconsistent with the Approved Plan of Reorganization in any material respect and that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents or (E) any of the Loan Parties or any of their affiliates shall file any motion or pleading with the Bankruptcy Court that is inconsistent in any material respect with the Approved Plan of Reorganization or any Plan Support Agreement and such motion or pleading has not been withdrawn prior to the earlier of (x) three business days of the Borrowers receiving notice from the Administrative Agent and (y) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such motion or pleading;

(vii) the entry of the Final Order shall not have occurred within 60 days after entry of the Interim Order (or such later date as approved by the Required Lenders), or there shall be a breach by any Loan Party of any material provisions of the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or the Final Order, or the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or Final Order shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall have been reversed, modified, amended, stayed, vacated or subject to stay pending appeal, in the case of any modification or amendment, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and Required Lenders;

(viii) the entry of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases charging any of the Collateral under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code against the Lenders under which any person takes action against the Collateral or that becomes a final non-appealable order or the commencement of other actions that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or their respective rights and remedies under the Term Loan Facility in any of the Chapter 11 Cases or inconsistent with the Loan Documents;

(ix) the entry of an order granting relief from any stay of proceeding (including, without limitation, the automatic stay) so as to allow a third party to proceed with foreclosure (or granting a deed in lieu of foreclosure) against any material assets of the Loan Parties in excess of $35,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

-104-


(x) existence of any claims or charges, other than permitted under the Loan Documents, entitled to superpriority under section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code pari passu or senior to the DIP Facility, or there shall arise (A) any claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in section 503(b) or section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than the Carve-Out) or (B) any Lien on the Collateral having a priority senior to or pari passu with the Liens and security interests granted herein, except as expressly provided herein or in the Interim Order or the Final Order (but only in the event specifically consented to by the Administrative Agent), whichever is then in effect; or

(xi) the Loan Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person claiming by or through the Loan Parties any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, shall obtain court authorization to commence, or shall commence, join in, assist or otherwise participate as an adverse party in any suit or other proceeding against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders relating to the DIP Facility, unless such suit or other proceeding is in connection with the enforcement of the Loan Documents against the Administrative Agent or Lenders and the Confirmation Order provides that any such suit or proceeding shall be dismissed with prejudice; or

(xii) failure to satisfy any of the Milestones in accordance with the terms relating to such Milestone; or

(xiii) after the entry thereof by the Bankruptcy Court, the Confirmation Order shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall fail to satisfy in full all obligations under the DIP Facility (or convert the DIP Facility into the Exit Facility) on or prior to the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization or fail to comply in any material respect with the Confirmation Order, or the Confirmation Order shall have been revoked, remanded, vacated, reversed, rescinded or modified or amended in any manner that is adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents; or

(xiv) any Plan Support Agreement (A) shall be terminated or breached by any party thereto or shall otherwise cease to be in full force and effect such that, in each case, the Approved Plan of Reorganization is not capable of being confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, or (B) shall have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared

 

-105-


to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and acceleration of the Loans, all proceeds realized from any Loan Party or on account of any Collateral owned by any Loan Party or, without limiting the foregoing, on account of any Prepayment Event, any payments in respect of any Obligations and all proceeds of the Collateral, shall be applied in the following order (the “ Waterfall ”):

(i) first , ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees and expenses, indemnities and other amounts (including, without limitation, amounts in respect of any Loans advanced by the Administrative Agent on behalf of a Lender for which the Administrative Agent has not been reimbursed) then due to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, until paid in full;

(ii) second , ratably to pay any expenses, indemnities, and fees then due to the Lenders, until paid in full;

(iii) third , ratably to pay the accrued but unpaid interest and fees in respect of the Loans, until paid in full;

(iv) fourth , ratably to pay (A) the unpaid principal in respect of the Loans and (B) the Other Secured Obligations;

(v) fifth , ratably to pay other Obligations then due, including Other Secured Obligations that are not Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations, until paid in full; and

(vi) sixth , to the Borrowers or such other person entitled thereto under applicable law.

Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, before the application of proceeds in accordance with the Waterfall, funds sufficient to fund the Carve Out will be distributed to the Borrowers to be held in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of parties claiming under the Carve out, and upon satisfaction of all such claims, any remaining funds shall be returned to the Administrative Agent to be for application in accordance with the Waterfall. Amounts distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations shall be the lesser of (x) the maximum Other Secured Obligations last reported to the Administrative Agent and (y) the Other Secured Obligations as calculated by the methodology reported by each applicable Other Secured Party to

 

-106-


Administrative Agent for determining the amount due. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to calculate the amount to be distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations, and at any time and from time to time may request a reasonably detailed calculation of such amount from the applicable Other Secured Party holding such Other Secured Obligations. If any Other Secured Party fails to deliver such calculation within five (5) days following request by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume the amount to be distributed is no greater than the maximum amount of the applicable Other Secured Hedge Obligations last reported to Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VIII

Agents

SECTION 8.01 Authorization and Action .

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Each Lender hereby further irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent shall act on behalf of the Lenders and shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Collateral Agent in this Article VIII with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with its activities in such capacity as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article VIII included the Collateral Agent with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Collateral Agent.

(c) The provisions of this Article (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11) are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, and neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11).

SECTION 8.02 Agent Individually .

(a) The Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

-107-


(b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as an Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, an “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 8.02 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, each Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in Holdings or another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, each Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of such Agent’s Group. None of the Agents nor any member of any Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.

(c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of an Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of an Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the person serving as Agent being a member of such Agent’s Group, and that each member of an Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by any Agent’s Group of information (including Borrower Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by any Agent or any member of any Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict any Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

 

-108-


SECTION 8.03 Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) The Agents’ duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are solely ministerial and administrative in nature and an Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) an Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) an Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that an Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that an Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose any Agent or any of its Affiliates to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law and (iii) an Agent shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) An Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. An Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or the event or events that give or may give rise to any Default unless and until the Borrowers or any Lender shall have given notice to such Agent describing such Default and such event or events.

(c) Neither any Agent nor any member of an Agent’s Group shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty, representation or other information made or supplied in or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the information presented to the other Lenders by any Borrower, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith or the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the information contained therein, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than (but subject to the foregoing clause (ii)) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require any Agent or any of its Related Parties to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any Person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to an Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by an Agent or any of its Related Parties.

 

-109-


SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Agents . The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, an Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless an officer of an Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated hereby shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan and in the case of a Borrowing, such Lender shall not have made available to an Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing. An Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for a Borrower or any other Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05 Indemnification .

(a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Lender’s pro rata share (based on the Loans and unused Commitments held by such Lender relative to the total Loans and unused Commitments then outstanding) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that such Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 8.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Agent, any Lender or a third party.

(b) The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse any Agent, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse any Agent. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement

 

-110-


and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 8.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the promissory notes, if any. Each of the Agents agrees to return to the Lenders their respective ratable shares of any amounts paid under this Section 8.05 that are subsequently reimbursed by the Borrowers.

SECTION 8.06 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more co-agents or sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Any Agent and any such co-agent or sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. Each such co-agent and sub-agent and the Related Parties of an Agent and each such coagent and sub-agent (including their respective Affiliates in connection with the syndication of the Term Loan Facility) shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Article IX (as though such co-agents and sub-agents were such “Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.07 Resignation of Agent . The Agents may at any time give notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers of its resignation. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrowers, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in New York, New York. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (such 30-day period, the “ Lender Appointment Period ”), then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the applicable Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. In addition and without any obligation on the part of the retiring Agent to appoint, on behalf of the Lenders, a successor Agent, the retiring Agent may at any time upon or after the end of the Lender Appointment Period notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted appointment as successor Agent and the effective date of such retiring Agent’s resignation. Upon the resignation effective date established in such notice and regardless of whether a successor Agent has been appointed and accepted such appointment, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as to which it has resigned and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the retiring Agent shall instead be made by or to each applicable Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties as Agent of the retiring (or retired) Agent as to which it has resigned, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in respect of the Term Loan Facility as to which it has resigned (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 8.05 and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

 

-111-


SECTION 8.08 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders .

(a) Each Lender confirms to the Agents, each other Lender and each of their respective Related Parties that it (i) possesses (individually or through its Related Parties) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable, without reliance on any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, of evaluating the merits and risks (including tax, legal, regulatory, credit, accounting and other financial matters) of (x) entering into this Agreement, (y) making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (z) in taking or not taking actions hereunder and thereunder, (ii) is financially able to bear such risks and (iii) has determined that entering into this Agreement and making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents is suitable and appropriate for it.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that (i) it is solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, made its own appraisal and investigation of all risks associated with, and its own credit analysis and decision to enter into, this Agreement based on such documents and information, as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, continue to be solely responsible for making its own appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with, and its own credit analysis and decision to take or not take action under, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, which may include, in each case:

(A) the financial condition, status and capitalization of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party;

(B) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document;

(C) determining compliance or non-compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan and the form and substance of all evidence delivered in connection with establishing the satisfaction of each such condition;

(D) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information delivered by any Agent, any other Lender or by any of their respective Related Parties under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document.

SECTION 8.09 No Other Duties, etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Persons acting as, Arranger or Syndication Agent listed on the

 

-112-


cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or as a Lender hereunder.

SECTION 8.10 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, interim receiver, monitor, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.11 Other Secured Agreements .

(a) The Borrowers and any Other Secured Party may from time to time designate an agreement that otherwise would qualify as an Other Secured Agreement as an Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers and such Other Secured Party, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which form shall include a description of such Other Secured Agreement, the maximum amount of obligations thereunder which are to constitute Other Secured Obligations (each, a “ Designated Amount ”); provided that any such Designated Amount of obligations shall constitute Other Secured Obligations only to the extent that such Designated Amount, together with all other Designated Amounts under all other Other Secured Agreements that have been theretofore designated as Other Secured Obligations and that remain in effect, does not exceed in the aggregate $25,000,000.

(b) The Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party may increase, decrease or terminate any Designated Amount in respect of each applicable Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that any increase in a Designated Amount shall be deemed to be a new designation of a Designated Amount and shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.11(a). No obligations under any Other Secured Agreement in excess of the applicable Designated Amount shall constitute Obligations hereunder or the other Loan Documents.

 

-113-


(c) No counterparty to an Other Secured Agreement that obtains the benefits of the Waterfall, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, no Agent shall be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, any Obligations arising under any Other Secured Agreement unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as such Agent may request, from each applicable counterparty to such Other Secured Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices .

(a) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (x) in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or electronic communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (y) as and to the extent set forth in Section 9.01(b) and in the proviso to this Section 9.01(a), in an electronic medium and delivered as set forth in Section 9.01(b), if to Holdings or to any Borrower, to the attention of Eric Shuman, Chief Financial Officer, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, Tel: (617) 351-5200, Fax: (617) 351-3923, Email Eric.Shuman@hmhpub.com, with a copy to William Bayers, Senior Vice-President & General Counsel, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116-3764, Tel: (617) 351-5125, Fax: (617) 351-5014, Email Bill.Bayers@hmhpub.com; if to any Lender who has executed this Agreement on the Closing Date, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on the Register; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender; if to the Administrative Agent, (i) in the case of any Borrowing Request and notice of conversion or continuation regarding the Type of any Loan, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attn: ABTF Global Loans, Email: glabfunitloansops@citi.com and (ii) in other cases, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 390 Greenwich St, 1st Floor, New York, NY 10014, Att: Thomas Halsch, Email: thomas.halsch@citi.com; or, as to any Borrower or any Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 9.01(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent. All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, or e-mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, transmitted by telecopier or sent by electronic communication,

 

-114-


respectively, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII shall not be effective until received by such Agent and, in the case of notice sent by e-mail, until replied to by such Agent confirming expressly receipt thereof. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

(b) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other Credit Event (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other Credit Event hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address specified by the Administrative Agent to such Borrower. In addition, each Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent. Each Borrower further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).

(c) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS

 

-115-


FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

(d) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address. Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

SECTION 9.02 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Borrower or Holdings herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and as long as all Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender.

SECTION 9.03 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its

 

-116-


Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that (A) the consent of the Borrowers shall not be required to any such assignment (x) made to another Lender or an Affiliate or a Related Fund of a Lender or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (B) the Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 5 Business Days after having received written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an integral multiple of, and not less than, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such minimum amount shall be aggregated for two or more simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds and (B) this clause (ii) shall not apply to assignments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, (iii) each such assignment of Commitments and/or Loans shall be of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Lender’s Commitments and/or Loans so assigned, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed to by the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together, in each case, with a processing and recording fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Subject to acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Term Loan without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial

 

-117-


condition of Holdings or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by Holdings or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee, legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.04, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrowers to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any

 

-118-


particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and provided such participant complies with Sections 2.20(f) and (g) as if it were a Lender and (iv) the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or person has an interest or releasing or all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of a Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to Holdings and the Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by the Borrowers as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16.

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as

 

-119-


such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, any Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) No Loan Party shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) An Affiliate of any of the Loan Parties shall be permitted to be a Lender or an assignee of the Loans and Commitments (such Affiliate, as an assignee of the Loans and Commitments, an “ Specified Lender ”) to the extent, and only to the extent, and each Specified Lender hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with the Agents and the other Lenders, that (i) each Specified Lender shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Specified Lenders, provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Specified Lender of any payments to which such Specified Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Specified Lender providing its consent, (ii) a Specified Lender shall not take any step or action in a bankruptcy proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) in relation to such Specified Lender’s claim with respect to its Loans (a “ Bankruptcy Claim ”) (including, without limitation, objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Specified Lender in its capacity as a Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders, (iii)

 

-120-


with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding (including, without limitation, voting on any plan of reorganization), the Loans and Commitments held by such Specified Lender (and any Bankruptcy Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with clause (i) above, so long as such Specified Lender in its capacity as a Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders (the provisions set forth in this clause (iii), and the related provisions set forth in each Assignment and Acceptance with a Specified Lender, constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Borrower or a Guarantor has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to such Loan Party; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Specified Lender will be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not be deemed to vote in the same proportion as Lenders that are not each Specified Lenders) in connection with any chapter 11 plan to the extent that such plan proposes to treat any obligation under the Loan Documents held by such Specified Lender in a manner that is less favorable to such Specified Lender than the proposed treatment of similar obligations held by Lenders that are not Specified Lenders, (iv) no Specified Lender shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrowers or any Guarantor or any of their representatives, (C) the benefit of any advice provided by counsel to the Agents or the other Lenders or to challenge the attorney-client privilege of the communications between the Agents, such other Lenders and such counsel, or (D) to make or bring any claim, in its capacity as Lender, against the Agents with respect to the duties of the duties and obligations of the Agents hereunder, (v) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Specified Lenders shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any assignment to any Specified Lender, 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans then outstanding and (vi) the Administrative Agent shall be granted an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with an interest, from each Loan Party and each Specified Lender to give effect to the foregoing.

SECTION 9.05 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and Loans and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any other local or foreign counsel for

 

-121-


the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. Expenses payable under this clause shall include, without limitation, as expenses incurred in connection with the protection of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers’ and Holdings’ obligation to reimburse the fees and expenses of outside counsel under this Section 9.05(a) shall be limited to one firm of counsel for the Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole and, if necessary, of a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel.

(b) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel (which shall be limited to one counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Term Loan Facility), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrowers, Holdings or any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (A) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or a material breach in bad faith under the Loan Documents of such Indemnitee or Hazardous Materials first Released at any property after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee or its successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer where such Release is not attributable to a condition existing on or prior to the date of such foreclosure or other transfer or (y) relate to claims between the Lenders that do not involve an act or omission of any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates (other than claims against any Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any of their Affiliates in their capacities, or in fulfilling roles, as such (or any similar roles) in connection with the credit facilities provided for herein) and (B) in the event of any settlement entered into by such Indemnitee without the Borrowers’ written consent (such consent not to be

 

-122-


unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that this clause (B) shall not apply to any such settlement that occurs after the Borrowers were offered the ability to assume the defense of the action that was the subject matter of such settlement and elected not to assume such defense.

(c) To the extent that Holdings and the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to an Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Term Loan Commitments for all Lenders at the time (or, if there shall be no outstanding Term Loan Commitments at such time, based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate amount of outstanding unused Term Loan Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments).

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor any Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of either Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not entitle any Indemnitee to indemnification for Taxes which are specifically covered by Section 2.20.

SECTION 9.06 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Holdings against any of and all the obligations of any Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

-123-


SECTION 9.07 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

SECTION 9.08 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Borrower, or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle any Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party (to the extent such Loan Party is a party thereto), in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) except as provided in Section 2.24, increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees (or any prepayment premium set forth in Section 2.12) of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17 or the sharing of payments provisions of Section 2.18 or the provisions of this Section or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC or (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this

 

-124-


Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Loan Document may be amended or modified pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, without the consent of any of the Lenders, if such amendment or modification is beneficial to the Lenders (or the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any Class) and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Lender under any Loan Document.

SECTION 9.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

 

-125-


SECTION 9.12 Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any of the Loan Parties or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

-126-


(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.16 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, trustees, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.16, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including any actual or prospective pledgee or assignee of a pledge or assignment effected pursuant to Section 9.04(h)) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of Holdings or a Borrower, or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from any Borrower or Holdings and related to any Borrower or Holdings, their Subsidiaries or their or their Subsidiaries’ business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by such Borrower or Holdings; provided that, in the case of Information received from any Borrower or Holdings after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings and each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Holdings and each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Holdings and each Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group .

(a) In order to induce the Lenders to extend credit hereunder, HMHP, Publishers and HMCo (collectively, the “ Borrower Group ”) agree that they will be jointly and severally liable for all the Obligations, including the principal of and interest on all Loans made

 

-127-


to any Borrower. Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that the due and punctual payment of the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal of any Obligation.

(b) Each member of the Borrower Group waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any other member of the Borrower Group of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of any Borrower hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any member of the Borrower Group under the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise or (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and except to the extent that such Obligations have been explicitly modified pursuant to an amendment or waiver that has become effective in accordance with Section 9.08).

(c) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its agreement under this Section 9.18 constitutes a promise of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of such Lender or the Administrative Agent in favor of any member of the Borrower Group or any other Person.

(d) The obligations of each member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever, by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification in respect of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations or (iv) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such member of the Borrower Group or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Member of the Borrower Group or any member of the Borrower Group as a matter of law or equity.

(e) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its obligations under this Section 9.18 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any other member of the Borrower Group or otherwise.

(f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have at law or in equity against any member

 

-128-


of the Borrower Group by virtue of this Section 9.18, upon the failure of any other member of the Borrower Group to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each member of the Borrower Group hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Administrative Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation.

(g) If by virtue of the provisions set forth herein, any member of the Borrower Group is required to pay and shall pay Obligations of another member of the Borrower Group, all rights of such member of the Borrower Group against such other member of the Borrower Group arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all the Obligations, and any of these rights among members of the Borrower Group shall not be due or paid until all Obligations shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 9.19 Borrowing Agent . Each member of the Borrower Group hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints HMHP as borrowing agent (the “ Borrowing Agent ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to act as agent for each other member of the Borrower Group for all purposes of the Loan Documents, including, as applicable, (A) requesting Loans (including pursuant to Section 2.02 or 2.24 hereof), (B) delivering certificates, (C) receiving and allocating (to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents) the proceeds of the Loans, (D) taking any other action or receiving any communication on behalf of the Borrower Group in connection with the Loan Documents, and (E) taking such other actions and having such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Borrowing Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. No fees shall be payable to the Borrowing Agent for acting as the Borrowing Agent. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Borrowing Agent shall act solely as an agent of the members of the Borrower Group. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the Borrowing Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Lender also may rely upon any statement made to them orally or by telephone and believed by them to have been made by the Borrowing Agent, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Any oral or written statement, certificate, representation or commitment made, given or delivered by the Borrowing Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been approved by, made, given and delivered on behalf of, and shall bind the members of the Borrower Group, jointly and severally, as fully as if any member of the Borrower Group had made, given or delivered such statement, certificate, representation or commitment. The provisions of this Section 9.19 are solely for the benefit of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and Lenders, and no other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 9.20 LEGEND . THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID (IF ANY), ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE LOANS MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE BORROWERS AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.01.

 

-129-


SECTION 9.21 No Fiduciary Duty . The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent, each Arranger, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of a Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Lenders and any Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates. Each Borrower acknowledges and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents are arm’s length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each of the Lenders is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of any Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person, (iii) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender or any of its affiliates has advised or is currently advising any Borrower on other matters) or any other obligation to any Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (iv) each Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. Each Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to any Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

SECTION 9.22 Release of Liens and Guarantees . In the event that any Loan Party conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of any of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any assets to a person that is not (and is not required to become) a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited by Section 6.05, any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets shall be automatically released and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to release any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets, and, in the case of a disposition of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05, and as a result of which such Subsidiary would cease to be a Loan Party, such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be automatically terminated and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent to terminate such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. In addition, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent agrees to take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to terminate the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents when all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or, with the consent of the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing

 

-130-


Bank (which arrangements result in the release of the Revolving Credit Lenders from their obligation to make payments in respect of L/C Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.23(d)) and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all Other Secured Obligations either are not due or shall have been paid in full or arrangements with respect thereto reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Other Secured Parties shall have been made (and the applicable Other Secured Parties have notified the Collateral Agent of their consent to terminating such Liens and security interests).

SECTION 9.23 Intercreditor Agreements . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are authorized to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement and the parties hereto acknowledge that each Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and each other Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to enter into the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, any other Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Lender, may enter into one or more written amendments, supplements or modifications, in each case, pursuant to procedures and documentation reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, to any Intercreditor Agreement as may be required or permitted under the Loan Documents (i) to add other parties (or any authorized agent or representative thereof or trustee therefor) holding Indebtedness that is incurred in compliance with this Agreement that (A) is secured by Liens on the Collateral permitted under this Agreement, (ii) establish the relative priority of the Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness as specified in this Agreement and (iii) to amend, supplement or modify other provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement to implement any of the foregoing as reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The authority provided to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Section 9.23 shall be deemed to constitute the approval and consent of the Lenders with respect to the amendments, supplements and modifications described in this Section 9.23 for purposes of any Intercreditor Agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

-131-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HMH PUBLISHER LLC, as a Borrower
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publisher Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC, as Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

HMH Publisher LLC,

its sole member

  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC, as Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

HMH Publisher LLC,

its sole member

  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 3.08 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  By:  

/S/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT
CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
  By:  

/S/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

  By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Halsch

    Name:   Thomas M. Halsch
    Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
  By:  

/S/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Loan Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.14

Post-Closing Deliveries

Following the Closing Date, within

 

  a) 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall obtain insurance endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured and loss payee, as applicable, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Loan Parties forming part of the Collateral;

 

  b) 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver deeds of trust, trust deeds and, mortgages in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (with such changes as may be required to account for local law matters) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering the Mortgaged Properties (initially, the properties listed on Schedule 1.01(a), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:

 

  (i) Evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been submitted for recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid first priority and subsisting Lien (subject only to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents) on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid;

 

  (ii) Fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies (or commitments to issue such policies) (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such amount not to exceed 115% of the fair market value of the applicable Mortgaged Property as reasonably determined by the Loan Parties and agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, insuring the Mortgages covering the Mortgaged Properties to be valid first priority and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens, if applicable) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable;

 

  (iii)

(x) an existing survey and an affidavit of “no change” sufficient to cause the title company issuing the Mortgage Policies to delete a standard survey exception from such Mortgage Policies or (y) American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form surveys covering the Mortgaged Properties, for which necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated no more than the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the


  Administrative Agent), certified to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policies in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the states in which the property described in such surveys is located and acceptable to the Administrative Agent, showing all buildings and other improvements, the location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way, building set-back lines and other dimensional regulations and the absence of encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, and other defects, other than encroachments and other defects permitted under the Loan Documents or otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

  (iv) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages;

 

  (v) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, in its reasonable discretion, in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;

 

  (vi) favorable opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties (1) in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of all Mortgages and any related fixture filings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) in states in which the Loan Parties party to the Mortgages are organized or formed, with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties in the granting of the Mortgages, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

  c) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver intellectual property security agreements with respect to their Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights that are registered or subject to an application for registration, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, in suitable form for filing and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

  d) 15 business days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), each of the Loan Parties organized under the laws of California shall deliver organizational or constitutive documents (and any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date by the appropriate Governmental Authority.

Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, within:

 

  a) 10 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall deliver (i) stock certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Stock (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing Pledged Debt Securities (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and (ii) evidence of termination of all Liens or guarantees created pursuant to security documents in respect of Prepetition Indebtedness and registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and

 

-2-


  b) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall, with respect to all lockboxes and deposit accounts and bank or securities accounts of each Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts and those maintained with the Collateral Agent), obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent, account control agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT (“ First Amendment ”), dated as of June 11, 2012 is entered into by and among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto, each of the Lenders listed on the signature pages hereto, CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, each of the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto are parties to that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , the Borrowing Agent has notified the Administrative Agent that it desires to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement (Defined Terms) is hereby amended as follows:

1. The definition of “Adjusted LIBO Rate” is hereby amended by deleting “1.50%” appearing in clause (b) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof “1.25%”.

2. The definition of “Applicable Percentage” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

““ Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, (a) in the case of ABR Loans, 5.00% per annum and (b) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, 6.00% per annum.”

 

SECTION 2. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS

The provisions set forth in Section 1 hereof shall be effective as of the date first above written (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement):

1. Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from each Lender and each Loan Party.


2. Expenses . All fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated under this First Amendment that are required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have been paid.

3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

4. No Default or Event of Default . On and as of the First Amendment Effective Date and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated herein, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1. Corporate Power and Authority . Each of Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to enter into this First Amendment.

2. Authorization of Agreements . The execution and delivery of this First Amendment and the performance of its obligations under this First Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, on the part of each of the Loan Parties.

3. Binding Obligation . This First Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and is the legally valid and binding obligation of each of the Loan Parties enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4. Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any representation or warranty that is not qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date).

 

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Binding Effect . This First Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and each of the Loan Parties. None of the Loan Parties’ rights or obligations hereunder or any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any of the Loan Parties without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

 

2


2. Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

3. Reference to Credit Agreement . On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this First Amendment.

4. Effect on Credit Agreement . Except as specifically amended in Section 1 of this First Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. This First Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

5. Execution . The execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

6. Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

7. APPLICABLE LAW . THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9. Affirmation and Consent of Guarantors . Each Guarantor hereby consents to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected hereby, and hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that, (a) notwithstanding the effectiveness of this First Amendment, the obligations of such Guarantor contained in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are, and shall remain, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that, on and after the effectiveness of this First Amendment, each reference in the Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, (b) the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect and (c) such pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to such Security Documents shall continue to secure the Obligations purported to be secured thereby, as amended or otherwise affected hereby.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, as a Borrower
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President

Secretary and General Counsel

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Halsch

  Name:   Thomas M. Halsch
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


SCHEDULE 1

 

Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company
RVDP, Inc.
Broderbund LLC
Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.
Houghton Mifflin, LLC
Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.
Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.
HM Publishing Corp.
HRW Distributors, Inc.
Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
Classroom Connect, Inc.
ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC
Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC
HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.
Sentry Realty Corporation
Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.
The Riverside Publishing Company
Classwell Learning Group Inc.
Cognitive Concepts, Inc.
Edusoft
Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


[LENDER], as a Lender:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

LETTER WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 20, 2012

To Citibank, N.A.,

as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”)

for the Lenders under the Credit Agreement referred to below

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We refer to the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-In-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the undersigned and you. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Letter Waiver shall have the same meanings as specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowing Agent has requested that the Lenders (a) waive the ten Business Day notice requirement set forth in Section 4.04(a) of the Credit Agreement in exchange for the delivery of the written notice attached as Exhibit A hereto to permit the Borrowers to exercise the Exit Facility Option on the Exit Facility Conversion Date (the “Conversion Notice”) and (b) amend Section 4.04(c) of the Credit Agreement as set forth below.

The Lenders hereby (a) waive the 10 Business Day notice but only to the extent that the Exit Facility Conversion is consummated no later than June 28, 2012 (the “Extension Date”), as set forth on the attached Conversion Notice; provided that in the event the hearing pursuant to which the Confirmation Order will be entered is scheduled on a date occurring after the Extension Date, the Extension Date shall be automatically extended to such date so as to allow for the consummation of the Exit Facility Conversion promptly following the entry of the Confirmation Order provided further that in no event shall the Extension Date be extended to a date later than July 31, 2012 and (b) amend Section 4.04(c) of the Credit Agreement by deleting the phrase “a final non-appealable order” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase “an order”.

This Letter Waiver shall become effective as of the first date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Letter Waiver executed by us and the Administrative Agent. This Letter Waiver is subject to the provisions of Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.

On and after the effectiveness of this Letter Waiver, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as modified by this Letter Waiver.


The Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, except to the extent of the waiver specifically provided above, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Security Documents and all of the Collateral described therein do and shall continue to secure the payment of all Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Letter Waiver shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Administrative Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

If you agree to the terms and provisions of this Letter Waiver, please evidence such agreement by executing and delivering one counterpart by fax or by electronic transmission of this Letter Waiver to Shearman & Sterling LLP, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Judson Oswald, Telephone (212) 848-5029, Fax (646) 848-5029 by no later than 5:00 P.M. (NYC Time) on the date first above written, and six original counterparts by courier promptly thereafter.

This Letter Waiver may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Letter Waiver by telecopier or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Letter Waiver.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

2


This Letter Waiver shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to Letter Waiver


Agreed as of the date first above written:

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to Letter Waiver


SCHEDULE 1

Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company

RVDP, Inc.

Broderbund LLC

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

HM Publishing Corp.

HRW Distributors, Inc.

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

Classroom Connect, Inc.

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

Sentry Realty Corporation

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

The Riverside Publishing Company

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

Edusoft

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

Exhibit 10.16

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY,

the Subsidiaries of HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

from time to time party hereto

and

Citibank, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

Reference is made to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement” ). Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   

SECTION 1.01

   Credit Agreement      1   

SECTION 1.02

   Other Defined Terms      2   
ARTICLE II   
Guarantee   

SECTION 2.01

   Guarantee      5   

SECTION 2.02

   Guarantee of Payment      5   

SECTION 2.03

   No Limitations, Etc.      5   

SECTION 2.04

   Reinstatement      7   

SECTION 2.05

   Agreement to Pay; Subrogation      7   

SECTION 2.06

   Information      7   
ARTICLE III   
Pledge of Securities   

SECTION 3.01

   Pledge      7   

SECTION 3.02

   Delivery of the Pledged Collateral      8   

SECTION 3.03

   Representations, Warranties and Covenants      8   

SECTION 3.04

   Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests      10   

SECTION 3.05

   Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      10   

SECTION 3.06

   Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc.      10   
ARTICLE IV   
Security Interests in Personal Property   

SECTION 4.01

   Security Interest      12   

SECTION 4.02

   Representations and Warranties      15   

SECTION 4.03

   Covenants      17   

SECTION 4.04

   Other Actions      20   

SECTION 4.05

   Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral      22   

SECTION 4.06

   Priority and Liens      24   


ARTICLE V   
Remedies   

SECTION 5.01

   Remedies Upon Default      26   

SECTION 5.02

   Application of Proceeds      28   

SECTION 5.03

   Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      28   

SECTION 5.04

   Securities Act, Etc.      28   
ARTICLE VI   
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination   

SECTION 6.01

   Indemnity and Subrogation      29   

SECTION 6.02

   Contribution and Subrogation      29   

SECTION 6.03

   Subordination      30   
ARTICLE VII   
[Intentionally Omitted.]   
ARTICLE VIII   
[Intentionally Omitted]   
ARTICLE IX   
Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01

   Notices      30   

SECTION 9.02

   Security Interest Absolute      30   

SECTION 9.03

   Survival of Agreement      31   

SECTION 9.04

   Binding Effect; Several Agreement      31   

SECTION 9.05

   Successors and Assigns      31   

SECTION 9.06

   Applicable Law      31   

SECTION 9.07

   Waivers; Amendment      32   

SECTION 9.08

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      32   

SECTION 9.09

   Severability      32   

SECTION 9.10

   Counterparts      33   

SECTION 9.11

   Headings      33   

SECTION 9.12

   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      33   

SECTION 9.13

   Termination or Release      33   

SECTION 9.14

   Additional Subsidiaries      34   

SECTION 9.15

   Right of Setoff      34   

SECTION 9.16

   Conflicts      35   

 

ii


Schedules
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule II    Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities
Schedule III    Intellectual Property
Exhibits
Exhibit A    Form of Supplement
Exhibit B    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement
Exhibit C    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement

 

iii


TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “HMHP” ), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “Publishers” ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ( “HMCo” , and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, “ Citibank ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

On the Petition Date each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for relief, and commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, each of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (“ Administrative Agent ”), the Collateral Agent, each of the Lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which a term loan credit facility will be made available to the Borrowers both during the Chapter 11 Cases and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date (capitalized terms used but not defined in this preliminary statement shall have the meaning given or ascribed to them in Article I). The obligations of the Lenders to extend credit to the Borrowers are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrowers and each Guarantor. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the New York UCC (as such term is defined herein) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the New York UCC. All references to the Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the New York UCC unless the context requires otherwise.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.


SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Accounts Receivable ” shall mean all Accounts and all right, title and interest in any returned goods, together with all rights, titles, securities and guarantees with respect thereto, including any rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resales, and all related security interests, liens and pledges, whether voluntary or involuntary, in each case whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Collateral ” shall mean the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Copyright License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third person under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III.

Federal Securities Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.

Grantors ” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including, without limitation: (a) inventions, designs, internet websites, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, and Trademarks, (b) trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information,

 

2


know how, show how or other data or information of a similar nature (collectively, “Trade Secrets”), (c) all computer software, programs, and databases (including, without limitation, source code, object code and all related applications and data files), firmware and documentation and materials relating thereto, and (d) all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the legend in the heading of this Agreement.

License ” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party including those listed on Schedule III.

Loan Document Obligations ” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

New York UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

Patent License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third person, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor or any similar

 

3


offices in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, extensions or reexaminations thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Pledged Debt Securities ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Pledged Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Registered ” means issued by, registered, recorded or filed with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before any Governmental Authority

“Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary

Secured Parties ” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) Other Secured Parties, (vi) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I hereto as Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) each other Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Trademark License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in

 

4


the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) of the Credit Agreement and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Guarantee

SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . (a) Each of the Guarantors unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and any Other Secured Agreement shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors and (ii) the maximum liability of a Borrower under this Section 2 shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Borrower under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate in accordance with Section 2.07 of the Credit Agreement, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed under applicable law following the institution of a proceeding (including all such amounts which would become due but for the existence of a bankruptcy reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party )) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other person.

SECTION 2.03 No Limitations, Etc. (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination

 

5


for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to (i) the failure of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions, or any lack of validity or enforceability of, of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or any of them, or any defense based on right of setoff or counterclaim against or in respect of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or (v) any changes to, or restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or (vi) any failure on the part of any Secured Party or Agent to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of any Loan Party, or any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally waives any right to revoke this Agreement and acknowledges that this Agreement is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Collateral Agent to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

 

6


SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05 Agreement to Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Collateral Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Collateral Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI.

SECTION 2.06 Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 3.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each of the Grantors hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such Equity Interests listed on Schedule II), (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Pledged Stock ”); provided , however , that the Pledged Stock shall not include (A) more than 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income tax purposes or, (B) any Equity Interest in any Not for Profit Subsidiary, (b)(i) the debt securities held by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such debt securities listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II), (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Pledged Debt Securities ”), (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the

 

7


Collateral Agent (or its bailee) pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.01, (d) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (e) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ” subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, forever; subject , however , to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 3.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing Pledged Securities.

(b) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all Pledged Debt Securities to the extent required by Section 4.04(a).

(c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), (i) any certificate, instrument or document representing or evidencing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and duly executed in blank and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 3.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the date hereof, Schedule II correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Stock and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder;

(b) except for the security interests granted hereunder (or otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement), each Grantor (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in

 

8


compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02(b), (l), (g), (u) or (v) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement (including Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement) and (iv) subject to Section 3.06, will cause any and all Pledged Collateral, whether for value paid by such Grantor or otherwise, to be forthwith deposited with the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) and pledged or assigned hereunder;

(c) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) securities laws generally and other applicable law if the Pledged Collateral is issued by an issuer organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, by agreements related to any Pledged Collateral that is a General Intangible that is described in clause (a) of Section 4.01(d) but constitutes Pledged Collateral by operation of the second parenthetical clause of subclause (i) thereof, (iii) the organizational documents of any joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the Equity Interests of which are included in the Pledged Collateral, (iv) the Revolving Facility Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (v) agreements governing Indebtedness that is subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(d) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien subject to, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Carve-Out upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations; and

(e) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement and all action by any Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Lien on the Pledged Collateral has been duly taken.

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

 

9


SECTION 3.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests . (a) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder that is represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC, shall at all times hereafter be represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the UCC.

(b) Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the interests in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder and not represented by a certificate shall not be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and shall not be governed by Article 8 of the UCC and (ii) the Grantors shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC or issue any certificate representing such interest (except that the Grantors may elect to so treat any such interest as a “security” and issue any certificate representing such interest if simultaneously therewith the Grantors deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee)).

SECTION 3.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . The Collateral Agent (or its bailee), on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any material notices or other material communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities in its capacity as the registered owner thereof. The Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 3.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement):

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably expected to be materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

(ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

10


(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided , however , that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). This paragraph (iii) shall not apply to dividends between or among the Borrower, the Guarantors and any Subsidiaries if such property is subject to a perfected security interest under this Agreement; provided that the Borrower notifies the Collateral Agent in writing, specifically referring to this Section 3.06 at the time of such dividend and takes any actions the Collateral Agent specifies to ensure the continuance of its perfected security interest in such property under this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in an account to be established by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and each applicable Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent certificates to that effect, the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall, promptly after all such Events of Default have been cured or

 

11


waived, repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights.

(d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors exercising its rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE IV

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 4.01 Security Interest . (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien and security interest (the “ Security Interest ”), in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;

(iv) all Documents;

(v) all Equipment;

 

12


(vi) all General Intangibles;

(vii) all Intellectual Property, and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

(viii) all Instruments;

(ix) all Inventory;

(x) all Investment Property;

(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(xii) all Commercial Tort Claims;

(xiii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xiv) all Goods; and

(xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or security registrations or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party.

 

13


(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest granted under Section 3.01 or 4.01 hereof attach to the following (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”) (a) any lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement to which any Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder to the extent that (and for as long as) (i) such lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement, or assets subject thereto, are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of the lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law, including Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC, in respect of the grant of a security interest hereunder), without the consent of the licensor or lessor thereof, or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained; (b) any intent-to-use application for a Trademark to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use application for a Trademark under federal law, (c) any vehicle or other assets owned by any Grantor that is subject to a certificate of title, (d) in the case of voting Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income purposes, more than 66% of such voting Equity Interests, (e) any Equity Interests in joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that the organizational documents or other agreements with other equity holders do not permit or otherwise restrict the pledge of such Equity Interest, (f) assets that are subject to or secured by Liens (i) permitted by Section 6.02(d), (g) or (m) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) permitted by Section 6.02(s) of the Credit Agreement securing Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(m)(i) of the Credit Agreement (but only to the extent that (x) the documentation pursuant to which such Liens were granted prohibits the granting of a Lien hereunder, (y) such documentation and Liens were in effect prior to such acquisition and (z) such Liens were not incurred, and such documentation was not entered into, by a Grantor in anticipation of such acquisition) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association on the cash collateral in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility or (iv) securing a purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits, or requires any consent for, any other Lien on such asset, (g) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby, (h) any Letter-Of-Credit Rights to the extent perfection of a Lien in such Letter-Of-Credit Rights cannot be obtained by filing financing statements and (i) any Commercial Tort Claims with respect to which notice is not required to be delivered under Section 4.04(f). With respect to any provision or restriction affecting the Collateral the reason for which such Collateral constitutes an Excluded Asset, immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of such provision or restriction with respect to such Excluded Asset, the Collateral shall include, and such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, the rights and interests in such Collateral as if such provision or restriction had never been in effect and if and when such property shall cease to be an Excluded Asset, such property shall be deemed at all times from and after the date thereof to constitute Collateral.

 

14


(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any Grantor be required to take actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction in order to create any security interests in Collateral located or titled outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests, including any Intellectual Property Registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

SECTION 4.02 Representations and Warranties . The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the Closing Date. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral have been prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.06, 5.12 or 5.14 of the Credit Agreement), which are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or to the extent that any of the changes described in Section 4.03(m) occurs. Each Grantor represents and warrants that a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a fully executed short form agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), and containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property with respect to United States Patents and United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights owned by a Grantor (other than certain Intellectual Property registered before January 1, 1994) has been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording by the United States

 

15


Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §261, 15 U.S.C. §1060 or 17 U.S.C. §205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction, to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed after the date hereof).

(c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) upon completion of the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of this Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. No Grantor has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, (iii) any notice under the Assignment of Claims Act, or (iv) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. As of the date hereof, no Grantor holds any Commercial Tort Claims except as indicated on the Perfection Certificate.

(e) As to each Grantor and its Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property: Schedule III hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof (other than certain Intellectual Property Registered before January 1, 1994). Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property is subsisting and

 

16


has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, and to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, is valid and enforceable; (ii) a Grantor is the exclusive owner of or otherwise has the right to use each item of Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property that is owned by such Grantor (other than Licenses); (iii) the operation of such Grantor’s business and the use of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; (iv) no Person is engaging in any activity that infringes, misappropriates, dilutes otherwise violates the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s rights in or use thereof, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; and (v) each License included in the Collateral is valid and binding and in full force and effect, and the rights of such Grantor thereunder shall not be altered as a result of the rights and interest granted herein.

SECTION 4.03 Covenants . (a) Each Grantor agrees to maintain, at its own cost and expense, such complete and accurate records with respect to the Article 9 Collateral owned by it as is consistent with its current practices and in accordance with such prudent and standard practices used in industries that are the same as or similar to those in which such Grantor is engaged, but in any event to include complete accounting records indicating all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Article 9 Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Collateral Agent may request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Collateral Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail satisfactory to the Collateral Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any and all Article 9 Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, promptly to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, obtain, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing or continuation statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable to any Grantor under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, with prompt notice thereof to the Grantors, to supplement this Agreement by supplementing Schedule III or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item of a Grantor that may, in the Collateral Agent’s judgment, constitute Copyrights, Licenses, Patents or Trademarks; provided that any Grantor shall have the right, exercisable within 30 days after it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral, to advise the Collateral Agent in writing of any inaccuracy of the representations

 

17


and warranties made by such Grantor hereunder with respect to such Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as shall be necessary in order that all representations and warranties hereunder shall be true and correct with respect to such Collateral within 30 days after the date it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral.

(d) The Collateral Agent and such persons as the Collateral Agent may designate shall have the right subject to the proviso in Section 5.07 of the Credit Agreement, at the applicable Grantor’s own cost and expense, to inspect the Article 9 Collateral, all records related thereto (and to make extracts and copies from such records) and the premises upon which any of the Article 9 Collateral is located, to discuss the applicable Grantor’s affairs with the officers of such Grantor and its independent accountants and to verify in the presence of such officers the existence, validity, amount, quality, quantity, value, condition and status of, or any other matter relating to, the Article 9 Collateral, including, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Accounts or other Article 9 Collateral in the possession of any third person, by contacting Account Debtors or the third person possessing such Article 9 Collateral for the purpose of making such a verification; provided , however, that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party, subject to Section 9.16 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent on demand for any payment made or any expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, but only to the extent not deemed to have already granted such a security interest pursuant to Section 9-203 of the New York UCC. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other person granting the security interest.

(g) Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

 

18


(h) No Grantor shall make or permit to be made an assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the Article 9 Collateral or shall grant any other Lien in respect of the Article 9 Collateral or permit any notice to be filed under the Assignment of Claims Act, except, in each case, as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Grantor shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral and each Grantor shall remain at all times in possession or otherwise in control of the Article 9 Collateral owned by it, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(i) No Grantor will, without the Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any Accounts included in the Article 9 Collateral, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any person liable for the payment thereof or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon, other than extensions, credits, discounts, compromises, compoundings or settlements granted or made in the ordinary course of business.

(j) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or under the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of any Grantor hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

(k) Each Grantor shall maintain, in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, records of its Chattel Paper in excess of $5,000,000 and its books, records and documents evidencing or pertaining thereto.

(l) Each Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest to the extent required hereunder having at least the priority described in Section 4.02 and Section 4.06 (as applicable) and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever in accordance with Section 4.03(l).

(m) Each Grantor will not, except upon prior notice to the Collateral Agent and delivery to the Collateral Agent of any additional documents reasonably requested by the

 

19


Collateral Agent that are necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, effect any change (i) in name, (ii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate structure, (iii) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest (with the same priority as immediately before such change) in all the Article 9 Collateral.

(n) Subject to the rights of each Grantor under the Credit Agreement to dispose of the Collateral, each Grantor shall, at its own expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to defend title to material portions of the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in material portions of the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.04 Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of endorsement, transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(a) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all Instruments held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000.

(b) Deposit Accounts . For each Deposit Account (excluding the Excluded Accounts) that any Grantor at any time opens or maintains in the United States, such Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, upon the Collateral Agent’s request, either (i) cause the depositary bank to agree to comply at any time with instructions from the Collateral Agent to such depositary bank directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to such Deposit Account, without further consent of such Grantor or any other person, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the customer of the depositary bank with respect to the Deposit Account, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw funds from such Deposit Account. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such instructions or withhold any withdrawal rights from any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any withdrawal, would occur; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(b) with respect to any Excluded Accounts. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Deposit Account for which

 

20


any Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specially negotiated among such Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein.

(c) Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article III, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other Investment Property now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are held by such Grantor or its nominee through a Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, to agree to comply with Entitlement Orders from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Securities Intermediary as to such securities or other Investment Property, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Commodity Intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of Financial Assets (as governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC) or other Investment Property held through a Securities Intermediary, arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the Entitlement Holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Article III, the Grantors shall not be required to comply with the foregoing provisions of this sentence with respect to Excluded Accounts. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Financial Assets credited to a Securities Account for which the Collateral Agent is the Securities Intermediary.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “ transferable record ”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and

 

21


National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request of the Collateral Agent, shall take such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) control under New York UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(d) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all such Electronic Chattel Paper and “transferable records” held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Senior Representative’s (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to provide such notice unless and until such time as the aggregate face amount of all such letters of credit issued in favor of a Grantor, taken together, exceeds $5,000,000.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $5,000,000, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 4.05 Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public, and agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to mark any products covered by a Patent with the relevant patent number as necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its rights under applicable patent laws.

(b) Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each Trademark material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment or invalidity for non use, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such

 

22


Trademark, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, (iii) display such Trademark with notice of Federal or foreign registration to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable law and (iv) not knowingly use or knowingly permit the use of such Trademark in violation of any third person rights.

(c) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Copyright that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public.

(d) Each Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows or has reason to know that any Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of its business may become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public domain, invalid or unenforceable, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any court or similar office of any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such Patent, Trademark or Copyright, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.

(e) With respect to Collateral consisting of United States Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, each Grantor agrees to execute or otherwise authenticate an agreement, in substantially the same form set forth on Exhibit B hereto (an “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”), for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Collateral consisting of Registered Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

(f) Each Grantor agrees that should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Intellectual Property that is not on the date hereof a part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto. Within 30 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent written notice identifying the Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property acquired or filed during such fiscal quarter, and such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent with such written notice, or otherwise authenticate, an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (an “ IP Security Agreement Supplement ”) covering such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which such IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be recorded with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such IP Security Agreement Supplement for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; such power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable.

 

23


(g) Each Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to take, at its expense, all necessary steps that are consistent with past practice, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States or in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue, (i) each material application relating to the Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and (ii) each issued Patent and registration of a Trademark and Copyright that is material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, timely filings of applications for renewal or extensions, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and, if consistent with reasonable business judgment, to participate in opposition, interference, reexamination, infringement, misappropriation and cancellation proceedings.

(h) In the event that any Grantor knows or has reason to believe that any Article 9 Collateral consisting of a Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business has been or is being materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third person, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Collateral Agent and shall, if consistent with good business judgment, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as are appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Article 9 Collateral.

(i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall use its best efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each material Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License, and each other material License, to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.

SECTION 4.06 Priority and Liens . At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Each Grantor hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Grantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents:

(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance activity under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom));

(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible

 

24


property of such Grantor, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom)).

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Permitted Prior Liens ”), (B) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Sections 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) of the Credit Agreement (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “ DIP Permitted Liens ”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Grantors and their estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Grantors; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Grantors; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claims as described herein and Section 2.26(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Grantors hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under

 

25


sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Grantor, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Grantor’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

(e) Notwithstanding any failure on the part of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent or the Lenders to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce the Liens and security interests in the Collateral granted hereunder, the Interim Order and the Final Order (when entered) shall automatically, and without further action by any Person, perfect such Liens and security interests against the Collateral (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by the entry of the DIP Financing Orders).

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall

 

26


have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Collateral Agent shall give each applicable Grantor 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. Subject to the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, at any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by applicable law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

 

27


Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to the extent that the execution by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any rights and remedies under this Agreement would be in violation of the automatic stay provision of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, such stay shall be modified as set forth in the DIP Orders, to the extent necessary to permit such exercise.

SECTION 5.02 Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with the Waterfall.

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the proceeds thereof by the Collateral Agent or the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

SECTION 5.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (subject, in the case of Trademarks, to quality control measures sufficient to maintain the validity of and such Grantor’s rights in such Trademarks), and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided , however , that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.04 Securities Act, Etc. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may

 

28


be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 6.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Subsidiary Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6.03), Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally agree that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 6.02 Contribution and Subrogation . Each Subsidiary Guarantor (each, a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) agrees (subject to Section 6.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Contributing Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation, or assets of any other Contributing Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Contributing Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 6.01, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair

 

29


market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Contributing Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.14, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Contributing Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 6.01 to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 6.03 Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.

ARTICLE VII

[Intentionally Omitted.]

ARTICLE VIII

[Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9.02 Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other

 

30


term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 9.03 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

SECTION 9.04 Binding Effect; Several Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

SECTION 9.05 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 9.06 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

 

31


SECTION 9.07 Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.07, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.08.

SECTION 9.09 Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

32


SECTION 9.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.04. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) Each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the Loan Parties agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.12. Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of the Collateral Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.13 Termination or Release . (a) This Agreement, the guarantees made herein, the Security Interest, the pledge of the Pledged Collateral and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate when (i) all the Loan Document Obligations have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) all Other Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and the related Other Secured Agreements have been terminated or such other arrangements satisfactory to each Other Secured Party with respect to the Other Secured Obligations owing to it and the Other Secured Agreements to which it is a party have been made.

 

33


(b) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests created hereunder in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement to any person that is not a Grantor, or, upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.13 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party. Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall reimburse the Collateral Agent upon demand for all out of pocket costs and expenses, including the fees, charges and expenses of counsel, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 9.13.

SECTION 9.14 Additional Subsidiaries . Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall enter into this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor upon becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and such Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Restricted Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, each Secured Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all Collateral (including any deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final)) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any and all of the obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Secured Party, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section 9.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Secured Party may have.

 

34


SECTION 9.16 Conflicts . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control with respect to any right or remedy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to the delivery of control or possession of any of the Collateral, the notation of any Lien on any certificate of title, bill of lading or other document, the giving of any notice to any bailee or other Person, the provision of voting rights pursuant to any proxy granted or the obtaining of any consent of any person with respect to the grant of a security interest, in each case, with respect to the Collateral, shall be deemed to be satisfied if the Loan Party complies with the requirements of the similar provision of the applicable Loan Documents of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
  By:  

/S/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Term Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


Schedule I

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule I

Subsidiary Guarantors

 

1.    ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC
2.    Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.
3.    Broderbund LLC
4.    Classroom Connect, Inc.
5.    Classwell Learning Group Inc.
6.    Cognitive Concepts, Inc.
7.    Edusoft
8.    Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
9.    HM Publishing Corp.
10.    HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.
11.    Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.
12.    Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.
13.    Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.
14.    Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.
15.    Houghton Mifflin, LLC
16.    HRW Distributors, Inc.
17.    Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company
18.    RVDP, Inc.
19.    Sentry Realty Corporation
20.    Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC
21.    The Riverside Publishing Company


Schedule II

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule II

Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Pledged Stock

 

Issuer

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

   

Percent Pledged

 

HMH Publishing Company (IOM) Unlimited

  

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

   5      99        66

HMH Publishing Company

  

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

   7      3100        66

HMH Publishers LLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Broderbund LLC

  

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

   1      N/A        100

RVDP, Inc.

  

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   1-A      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

   1      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

   2      1,000        100

HM Publishing Corp.

  

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

   1      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

  

HM Publishing Corp.

   6      1,000        100

Sentry Realty Corporation

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   11      1,600        100


Issuer

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

   

Percent Pledged

 

The Riverside Publishing Company

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Edusoft

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin PLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   7

8

    
 
11,855,754
5,927,877
  
  
    66

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Classroom Connect, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   CC-2      100        100

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   uncertificated      100     100

HRW Distributors, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   3      4,000        100

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   uncertificated      100     100

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   9      1,350        100

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

  

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

   HA16      311        100


Pledged Debt Securities

None.


Schedule III

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule III

Intellectual Property

[Provided Separately.]


Exhibit A to the Term Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of [ ], to the Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “HMHP” ), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “Publishers” ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ( “HMCo” , and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Section 1.02), collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, “ Citibank ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May, 22, 2012(as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, HMH Holdings, the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Citibank, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as Collateral Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans. Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Subsidiary Guarantors and Grantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously.

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

Section 1 In accordance with Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in

 

A-1


the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Subsidiary Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Section 2 The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 3 This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

Section 4 The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of (i) any and all Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities now owned by the New Subsidiary and (ii) any and all Intellectual Property now owned by the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto, is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary and its jurisdiction of organization.

Section 5 Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 6 THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 7 In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 8 All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and

 

A-2


given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Subsidiary shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 9 The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
  by  
   

 

    Name:
    Title:
    Address:
    Legal Name:
    Jurisdiction of Formation:
Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent,
  by  
   

 

    Name:
    Title:
  by  
   

 

    Name:
    Title:

 

A-4


Schedule I to

Supplement No. [ ] to the

Term Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Collateral of the New Subsidiary

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

 

Number of
Certificate

 

Registered
Owner

 

Number and
Class of
Equity Interest

 

Percentage of
Equity Interests

       
       
       

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

 

Issuer

  Principal Amount   Date of Note   Maturity Date
     
     
     

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[Follow format of Schedule III to the

Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.]

 

A-5


Exhibit B to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement ”) dated             , 201    , is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of                      (“                    ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                      corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated             , 2012 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain intellectual property of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ IP Collateral ”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby.


Section 2 Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this IP Security Agreement.

Section 3 Execution in Counterparts . This IP Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. Each Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 5 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

2


[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

3


Exhibit C to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT (this “ IP Security Agreement Supplement ”) dated             , 201    , is made by the Person listed on the signature page hereof (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of                      (“                    ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                      corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lender Parties party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Term Facility Gaurantee and Collateral Agreement dated             , 2012 made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) and that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated             , 201     (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Additional IP Collateral (as defined in Section 1 below) of the Grantor and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement Supplement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ Additional IP Collateral ”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby; and

(c) the copyright registrations and applications set forth in Schedule C hereto.


Section 2 Recordation . The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer to record this IP Security Agreement Supplement.

Section 3 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement Supplement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. The Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the Additional IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement Supplement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 4 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-

POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

THE TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT ( this “ Amendment ”), dated as of May 24, 2013 is entered into by and among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “Publishers” ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto, each of the Lenders listed on the signature pages hereto, CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Amended Credit Agreement (defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, each of the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto are parties to that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of June 11, 2012, the Letter Waiver and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of June 20, 2012 and otherwise heretofore amended, the “ Credit Agreement”; the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, the “ Amended Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“ CGMI ”) has agreed to act as the sole lead arranger (the “Arranger” ) for this Amendment;

WHEREAS, each of the Borrowers has further requested, and the Lenders party hereto have agreed, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to enter into this Amendment to effect certain amendments to the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, with respect to the Term Lenders (the “ Non-Consenting Lenders”) holding any Term Loan immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) whose executed counterpart of this Amendment has not been received by the Administrative Agent on a deadline as announced by the Arranger to the Term Lenders (which may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrowing Agent, be extended), which shall be at a time on or about May 22, 2013 (the “ Consent Deadline”), pursuant to Section 2.21(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers require that each such Non-Consenting Lender assign and delegate, all of its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, such Non-Consenting Lender’s Term Loans, to the other Lenders that shall assume such interests, rights and obligations.


WHEREAS, the Term Lenders party hereto and each Eligible Assignee party hereto (each, a “New Lender”) have agreed, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to enter into this Amendment, to purchase Term Loans from the Non-Consenting Lenders in principal amounts hereinafter set forth.

WHEREAS, the Term Lenders holding any Term Loan immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date whose executed counterpart of this Amendment has been received by the Administrative Agent by the Consent Deadline (the “ Consenting Lenders”) have agreed to the amendments set forth herein and that, to the extent the Arranger deems it necessary or advisable in order to effect this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, an amount of the Term Loans held by any such Term Lender be assigned to the Arranger (or an Affiliate thereof) on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, and an amount of the Term Loans be assigned to any such Consenting Term Lender on or after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, in each case on terms and in amounts hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

Amendments to Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2 and effective as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

(a) The Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto.

SECTION 2. REPLACEMENTS OF NON-CONSENTING LENDERS; RE-ALLOCATION AMONG LENDERS

1. If any Term Lender declines or fails to consent to this Amendment by returning an executed counterpart hereof to the Administrative Agent prior to the Consent Deadline, then pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of Section 2.21(a) of the Credit Agreement, such Term Lender shall be replaced and its Term Loans and other Obligations purchased and assumed by a New Lender and/or a Consenting Lender which is willing to increase its Term Loans, in each case upon the execution and delivery by such New Lender and/or Consenting Lender of this Amendment (which will also be deemed to be the execution and delivery by such Non-Consenting Lender, New Lender and Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement as an “Assignor” and “Assignee” as defined therein and thereunder, respectively, agreeing in each such capacity to all the applicable terms therein), such that immediately after giving effect to this Amendment on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and the deemed assignments described in this Section 2, the amounts of Term Loan Commitments and/or Term Loans held by each Consenting Lender are the amounts allocated thereto by the Arranger in consultation with the Borrowing Agent.

 

2


2. To the extent the Arranger deems it necessary or advisable in order to effect this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, a principal amount of the Term Loans held by any Consenting Lender shall be deemed assigned to the Arranger (or an Affiliate thereof) on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date upon the receipt by such Consenting Lender of such principal amount from the Arranger (or Affiliate) on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date. The execution and delivery hereof by each Consenting Lender shall also be deemed to be its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement as an “Assignor” as defined therein and thereunder, as applicable, agreeing in such capacity to all the terms therein applicable to it to the extent necessary to reflect the assignments described in this paragraph.

3. If any transaction contemplated by this Section 2 shall contradict Section 2.21 or 9.04 of the Credit Agreement, the Term Lenders constituting the Required Lenders hereby consent to any such contradiction.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS

The provisions set forth in Section 1 hereof shall be effective as of the date first above written (the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement):

1. Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from each Consenting Term Lender (which Consenting Term Lenders shall comprise not less than Required Lenders), each New Lender and each Loan Party.

2. Expenses and Fees . All fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Amendment owing to the Arranger pursuant to any agreement between the Borrower and the Arranger shall have been paid. All out-of-pocket costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arranger (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Amendment that are required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have been paid.

3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 shall be true and correct on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

4. No Default or Event of Default . On and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated herein, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

5. Payoff . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that (i) with respect to each Term Lender, all accrued interest on their Term Loans and any other amount in respect thereof (other than principal) due and payable to such Term Lender under the Credit Agreement shall have been paid and (ii) evidence that with respect to each Non-Consenting Lender, all of the principal, accrued interest and any other amount due and payable to such Non-Consenting Lender under the Credit Agreement in respect of its Term Loans shall have been paid.

 

3


SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1. Corporate Power and Authority . Each of Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to enter into this Amendment.

2. Authorization of Agreements . The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of its obligations under this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, on the part of each of the Loan Parties.

3. Binding Obligation . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and is the legally valid and binding obligation of each of the Loan Parties enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4. Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any representation or warranty that is not qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date).

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Binding Effect . This Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and each of the Loan Parties. None of the Loan Parties’ rights or obligations hereunder or any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any of the Loan Parties without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

2. Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

3. Reference to Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . On and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. On and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, each reference in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

4. Effect on Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . Except as specifically amended in Section 1 of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

4


5. Execution . The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

6. Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

7. APPLICABLE LAW . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9. Affirmation and Consent of Guarantors . Each Guarantor hereby consents to the amendments to the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement effected hereby, and hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that, (a) notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, the obligations of such Guarantor contained in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are, and shall remain, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that, on and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and each reference in the Loan Documents to “the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, (b) the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect and (c) such pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to such Security Documents shall continue to secure the Obligations purported to be secured thereby, as amended or otherwise affected hereby.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:   /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name: William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
 

    Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Barrower
By:   /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name: William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
 

    Secretary and General Counsel

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY., as a Barrower
By:   /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name: William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
 

    Secretary and General Counsel

HMH PUBLISHERS LIC, as a Barrow

By: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

By:   /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name: William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
 

    Secretary and General Counsel

 
EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:   /s/ William F. Bayers
  Name: William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
 

    Secretary and General Counsel


SCHEDULE 1

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

The Riverside Publishing Company

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Marathon CLO IV Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Marathon CLO IV Ltd., as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Jake Hyde
  Name: Jake Hyde
  Title:  Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Redwood Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Redwood Opportunity Master Fund, Ltd., as a Lender:
        By:   /s/ Jonathan Kolatch
  Name: Jonathan Kolatch
  Title:   Director
        [If a second signature is required]
        By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Anchorage Capital CLO 2012-1, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Anchorage Capital CLO 2012-1, Ltd.

By: Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., Its Investment

      Manager as a Lender:

      By:   /s/ Michael Aglialoro
  Name: Michael Aglialoro
  Title:   Executive Vice President
      [If a second signature is required]
      By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Anchorage Capital CLO 2013-1, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Anchorage Capital CLO 2013-1, Ltd.

By: Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., Its Investment

      Manager as a Lender:

  By:   /s/ Michael Aglialoro
  Name:   Michael Aglialoro
  Title:   Executive Vice President
  [If a second signature is required]
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BLT 39 LLC

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BLT 39 LLC , as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Robert Healey
  Name: Robert Healey
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BLT 28 LLC

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BLT 28 LLC , as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Robert Healey
  Name: Robert Healey
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BLT 24 LLC

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BLT 24 LLC , as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Robert Healey
  Name: Robert Healey
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Credit Opportunity Associates, LLC., as Lender

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Credit Opportunity Associates, LLC., as Lender
        By:   /s/ David Nadeau
  Name: David Nadeau
  Title:   Partner
        [If a second signature is required]
        By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.
By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-
      Advisor, as a Lender:
            By:    /s/ Rob Jacobi
  Name: Rob Jacobi
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
            [If a second signature is required]
            By:     
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-

      Advisor, as a Lender:

          By:    /s/ Rob Jacobi
    Name: Rob Jacobi
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
          [If a second signature is required]
          By:     
    Name:
    Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-

      Advisor, as a Lender:

      By:    /s/ Rob Jacobi
    Name: Rob Jacobi
    Title: Authorized Signatory
      [If a second signature is required]
      By:     
    Name:
    Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust

By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-

      Advisor, as a Lender:

          By:    /s/ Rob Jacobi
    Name: Rob Jacobi
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
          [If a second signature is required]
          By:     
    Name:
    Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust
By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub-Advisor, as a Lender:
  By:   /s/ Rob Jacobi
  Name:   Rob Jacobi
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
  [If a second signature is required]
  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

BlackRock Senior High Income Fund, Inc.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

BlackRock Senior High Income Fund, Inc.
By:   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., its Sub- Advisor, as a Lender:
  By:   /s/ Rob Jacobi
  Name:   Rob Jacobi
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
  [If a second signature is required]
  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Pioneer Absolute Return Credit Fund

   x    ¨

Pioneer Diversified High Income Trust

   x    ¨

Pioneer Floating Rate Trust

   x    ¨

Pioneer Institutional Solutions – Credit Opportunities

   x    ¨

Pioneer Strategic Income Fund

   x    ¨

Met Investors Series Trust – Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolio

   x    ¨

 

Pioneer Absolute Return Credit Fund

Pioneer Diversified High Income Trust

Pioneer Floating Rate Trust

Pioneer Institutional Solutions – CreditOpportunities

Pioneer Strategic Income Fund

Met Investors Series Trust –Pioneer Strategic Income Portfolio

Each as a Lender:


By:  

Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.,

as adviser to each Lender above

By:   /s/ Margaret C. Begley
Name:   Margaret C. Begley
Title:   Secretary and Associate General Counsel
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Texas Exchange Bank SSB

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Texas Exchange Bank SSB, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Erik Anderson
  Name: Erik Anderson
  Title: CFO
 
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Bank of America, N.A.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Bank of America, N.A., as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Jonathan M Barnes
Name:   Jonathan M Barnes
Title:   Vice President
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Halcyon Structured Asset Management Long Secured/Short Unsecured 2007-2 Ltd.

   x    ¨

Halcyon Structured Asset Management Long Secured/Short Unsecured 2007-1 Ltd.

   x    ¨

Halcyon Loan Investors CLO II Ltd.

   x    ¨

 

Halcyon Structured Asset Management Long Secured/Short Unsecured 2007-2 Ltd.,

Halcyon Structured Asset Management Long Secured/Short Unsecured 2007-1 Ltd.,

Halcyon Loan Investors CLO II Ltd., as a Lender:

By:   /s/ David Martino
  Name: David Martino
  Title: Controller
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2012-1 Ltd.

   ¨    x

Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2012-2 Ltd.

   ¨    x

Halcyon Senior Loan Fund I Master LP

   ¨    x

SC PRO Loan II Limited

   ¨    x

Swiss Capital PRO Loan III Plc

   ¨    x

 

Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2012-1 Ltd.,
Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2012-2 Ltd.,
Halcyon Senior Loan Fund I Master LP
SC PRO Loan II Limited,
Swiss Capital PRO Loan III Plc, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ David Martino
  Name: David Martino
  Title: Controller
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

3i US Senior Loan Fund, L.P.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

3i US Senior Loan Fund, L.P., as a Lender:
By:   /s/ David Nadeau
  Name: David Nadeau
  Title: Partner
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Contrarian Funds, LLC

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Contrarian Funds, LLC, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Jon R. Bauer
Name:   Jon R. Bauer
Title:   Managing Member
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor High Income Advantage Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor High
        Income Advantage Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joseph Zambello
  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title:   Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

IG Investment Management Ltd., as trustee for IG FL Canadian Allocation Fund

   x    ¨

Pyramis Global Advisors LLC as Authorized Signatory

   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

IG Investment Management Ltd., as trustee for IG FL
        Canadian Allocation Fund,
Pyramis Global Advisors LLC as Authorized
        Signatory, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Richard Synrod
  Name: Richard Synrod
  Title:   Director
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity American High Yield Fund, for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity American High Yield Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity American High Yield Fund, for Fidelity
        Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity
        American High Yield Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joe Zambello
  Name: Joe Zambello
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Puritan Trust

   x    ¨

Fidelity Puritan Fund

   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Puritan Trust
Fidelity Puritan Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joseph Zambello
  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title:   Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Canadian Balanced Fund, for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Canadian Balanced Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Canadian Balanced Fund, for Fidelity
        Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity
        Canadian Balanced Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joe Zambello
  Name: Joe Zambello
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Canadian Asset Allocation Fund, for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Canadian Asset Allocation Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Canadian Asset Allocation Fund, for Fidelity
        Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity
        Canadian Asset Allocation Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joe Zambello
  Name: Joe Zambello
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Global High Income Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Global High
        Income Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joseph Zambello
  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title:   Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Pyramis Floating Rate High Income Commingled Pool, By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company as Trustee

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Pyramis Floating Rate High Income Commingled

        Pool, By: Pyramis Global Advisors Trust

        Company as Trustee, as a Lender:

By:

 

/s/ Richard Synrod

 

Name: Richard Synrod

 

Title:   Director

[If a second signature is required]

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Floating
        Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joseph Zambello
  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title:   Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Floating Rate Central Fund, as a Lender

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity
        Floating Rate Central Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Joseph Zambello
  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title:   Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Series Floating Rate High Income Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨
     

 

Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Series

        Floating Rate High Income Fund, as a Lender:

By:  

/s/ Joseph Zambello

  Name: Joseph Zambello
  Title: Deputy Treasurer
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust, for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as Trustee of Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment Trust

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Fidelity Floating Rate High Income Investment
    Trust, for Fidelity Investments Canada ULC as
    Trustee of Fidelity Floating Rate High Income
    Investment Trust, as a Lender:
By:  

/s/ Joe Zambello

  Name: Joe Zambello
  Title: Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund LTD.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund LTD., as a

Lender:

By:  

/s/ James Kim

  Name: James Kim
  Title: Co-Head of Credit Research
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund, as

a Lender:

By:  

/s/ James Kim

  Name: James Kim
  Title: Co-Head of Credit Research
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Nuveen Senior Income Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Nuveen Senior Income Fund, as a Lender:
By:  

/s/ James Kim

  Name: James Kim
  Title: Co-Head of Credit Research
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund, as a

    Lender:

By:   Symphony Asset Management LLC
By:  

/s/ James Kim

  Name: James Kim
  Title: Co-Head of Credit Research
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund, as a Lender:
By:   Symphony Asset Management LLC
By:  

/s/ James Kim

  Name: James Kim
  Title: Co-Head of Credit Research
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Citibank – Distressed Secondary

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Citibank – Distressed Secondary, as a Lender:
By:  

/s/ Brian S. Broyles

  Name: Brian S. Broyles
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact
[If .a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Hudson Bay Distressed Master Fund LLC

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Hudson Bay Distressed Master Fund LLC, as a         Lender:

By:

 

/s/ Philip M. Day

 

Name: Philip M. Day

 

Title: Trader

[If a second signature is required]

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Northrop Grumman Pension Master Trust

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Northrop Grumman Pension Master Trust by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.solely as its investment advisor and not asprincipal, as a Lender:

By:

  /s/ Srivathsa Gopinath
  Name: Srivathsa Gopinath
  Title: Vice President

[If a second signature is required]

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Goldman Sachs Trust on behalf of the Goldman Sachs High Yield Floating Rate Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Goldman Sachs Trust on behalf of the Goldman Sachs High Yield Floating Rate Fund by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. asinvestment advisor and not as principal, as a Lender:

By:

  /s/ Srivathsa Gopinath
  Name: Srivathsa Gopinath
  Title: Vice President

[If a second signature is required]

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

ABS Loans 2007 Limited

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

ABS Loans 2007 Limited, a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs Institutional Funds II PLC,as a Lender:

By:

  /s/ Deirdre Fitzpatrick
  Name: Deirdre Fitzpatrick
  Title: Authorised Signatory
  [If a second signature is required]

By:

  /s/ Simon Firbank
  Name: Simon Firbank
  Title: Authorised Signatory


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

GSC Investment Corp. CLO 2007, LTD.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

GSC Investment Corp. CLO 2007, LTD.
By:   Saratoga Investment Advisors, LLC, Its
  Investment Advisor, as a Lender:
By:  

/s/ Thomas Inglesby

  Name: Thomas Inglesby
  Title:   Managing Director
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Madison Park Funding IV, Ltd.

   x    ¨

Madison Park Funding VII, Ltd.

   x    ¨

Madison Park Funding VIII, Ltd.

   x    ¨

Madison Park Funding IX, Ltd.

   x   

Credit Suisse Dollar Senior Loan Fund, Ltd.

   x   

 

Madison Park Funding IV, Ltd.
By:   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC, as collateral manager
Madison Park Funding VII, Ltd.
By:   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC, as portfolio manager
Madison Park Funding VIII, Ltd.
By:   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC, as portfolio manager
Madison Park Funding IX, Ltd.
By:   Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC, as portfolio manager


Credit Suisse Dollar Senior Loan Fund, Ltd.

By: Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC,

       as investment manager

, as a Lender:
By:  

/s/ Louis Farano

  Name: Louis Farano
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Future Fund Board of Guardians

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Future Fund Board of Guardians, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OHA ASIA CUSTOMIZED CREDIT FUND, L.P.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OHA ASIA CUSTOMIZED CREDIT FUND,
  L.P., as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OHA CREDIT PARTNERS VI, LTD.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OHA CREDIT PARTNERS VI, LTD., as a
  Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title: Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OHA Finlandia Credit Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OHA Finlandia Credit Fund, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title: Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OHSF Financing, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OHSF Financing, Ltd., as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title: Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Financing, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Oak Hill Credit Opportunities Financing, Ltd.,
      as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
Name:   Glenn R. August
Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund, as a
      Lender:
By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OHA Diversified Credit Strategies Fund Master, L.P.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OHA Diversified Credit Strategies Fund Master, L.P., as a Lender:

By:   /s/ Glenn R. August
  Name: Glenn R. August
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Stoney Lane Funding I, Ltd.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Stoney Lane Funding I, Ltd., as a Lender:

By:

 

/s/ Mark Gold

 

Name: Mark Gold

 

Title:   CEO

[If a second signature is required]

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY,

    as a Lender:

By:   /s/ Edward J. Lavin
  Name: Edward J. Lavin
  Title:   Assistant Vice President
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be
used for such entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

IDEO

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

IDEO, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Richard Taylor
  Name: Richard Taylor
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

LAKE PLACID FUNDING

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

LAKE PLACID FUNDING, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Richard Taylor
  Name: Richard Taylor
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Consumer Program Administrators, Inc.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Consumer Program Administrators, Inc.,
By:   Onex Credit Partners, LLC, its investment manager, as a Lender:
By:   /s/ Paul Travers
  Name: Paul Travers
  Title:   Portfolio Manager
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Onex Senior Credit II, LP

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Onex Senior Credit II, LP

By: Onex Credit Partners, LLC, its investment

      manager, as a Lender:

By:   /s/ Paul Travers
  Name: Paul Travers
  Title:   Portfolio Manager
[If a second signature is required]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

OCP Partners, LP

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

OCP Partners, LP

By: Onex Credit Partners, LLC, its investment

      manager, as a Lender:

By:    /s/ Paul Travers
  Name: Paul Travers
  Title:   Portfolio Manager
[If a second signature is required]
By:     
  Name:
  Title:


Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned Consenting Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment, and, with respect thereto, as indicated below, has (or has not) elected to consummate assignments (it being understood and agreed that an election to consummate assignments shall only be permitted if such election shall have been previously approved by the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and, in all events, any such assignments shall be consummated in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in a manner otherwise previously agreed with the Administrative Agent and the Arranger) with respect to all of its Term Loans to be settled after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

Name of Lender    Please check one of the following for each entity

(if the same natural person is signing on behalf of multiple entities, this same signature page may be used for such
entities, with a different line in this table for each such entity)

   Consent and NO
Assignment
   Assignments to be
settled after closing

Onex Senior Floating Income Fund, L.P.

   x    ¨
   ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨

 

Onex Senior Floating Income Fund, L.P.

By: Onex Credit Partners, LLC, its

        investment manager, as a Lender:

By:    /s/ Paul Travers
  Name: Paul Travers
  Title:   Portfolio Manager
[If a second signature is required]
By:     
  Name:
  Title:


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral

By:   /s/ Ross MacIntyre
 

Name: Ross MacIntyre

 

Title:   Vice President


New Lenders’ Signature Page to the Amendment

Each undersigned New Lender hereby approves the foregoing Amendment (including, without limitation, paragraph 1 of Section 2 thereof).

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as a New Lender:
By:   /s/ Ross MacIntyre
 

Name: Ross MacIntyre

 

Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT A (Amendments to Credit Agreement)


[Conformed through Amendment No. 3]

SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM

LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., as Holdings

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, and

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as Borrowers,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Collateral Agent

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner


Table of Contents

 

         Page  
  Article I   
  Definitions   

SECTION 1.01

  Defined Terms      1   

SECTION 1.02

  Terms Generally      37   

SECTION 1.03

  Pro Forma Calculations      38   

SECTION 1.04

  Classification of Loans and Borrowings      38   
  Article II   
  The Credits   

SECTION 2.01

  Commitments      39   

SECTION 2.02

  Loans and Borrowings      39   

SECTION 2.03

  Borrowing Procedure      40   

SECTION 2.04

  Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans      40   

SECTION 2.05

  Fees      41   

SECTION 2.06

  Interest on Loans      41   

SECTION 2.07

  Default Interest      42   

SECTION 2.08

  Alternate Rate of Interest      42   

SECTION 2.09

  Termination and Reduction of Commitments      42   

SECTION 2.10

  Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings      43   

SECTION 2.11

  Repayment of Term Borrowings      44   

SECTION 2.12

  Optional Prepayment; Prepayment Premium      45   

SECTION 2.13

  Mandatory Prepayments      45   

SECTION 2.14

  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances      47   

SECTION 2.15

  Change in Legality      48   

SECTION 2.16

  Indemnity      49   

SECTION 2.17

  Pro Rata Treatment      49   

SECTION 2.18

  Sharing of Setoffs      50   

SECTION 2.19

  Payments      50   

SECTION 2.20

  Taxes      51   

SECTION 2.21

  Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate      54   

SECTION 2.22

  Intentionally Deleted      55   

SECTION 2.23

  Refinancing Facilities      55   

SECTION 2.24

  Incremental Facilities      56   

SECTION 2.25

  Defaulting Lenders      57   

SECTION 2.26

  Priority and Liens      58   

 

-i-


  Article III   
  Representations and Warranties   

SECTION 3.01

  Organization; Powers      60   

SECTION 3.02

  Authorization      60   

SECTION 3.03

  Enforceability      61   

SECTION 3.04

  Governmental Approvals      61   

SECTION 3.05

  Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee      61   

SECTION 3.06

  No Material Adverse Change      61   

SECTION 3.07

  Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases      61   

SECTION 3.08

  Subsidiaries      62   

SECTION 3.09

  Litigation; Compliance with Laws      62   

SECTION 3.10

  Agreements      63   

SECTION 3.11

  Federal Reserve Regulations      63   

SECTION 3.12

  Investment Company Act      63   

SECTION 3.13

  Use of Proceeds      63   

SECTION 3.14

  Taxes      64   

SECTION 3.15

  No Material Misstatements      64   

SECTION 3.16

  Employee Benefit Plans      64   

SECTION 3.17

  Environmental Matters      65   

SECTION 3.18

  Insurance      65   

SECTION 3.19

  Security Documents      65   

SECTION 3.20

  Location of Real Property and Leased Premises      67   

SECTION 3.21

  Labor Matters      67   

SECTION 3.22

  Solvency      67   

SECTION 3.23

  No Default      68   

SECTION 3.24

  Intellectual Property      68   

SECTION 3.25

  Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments      68   
  Article IV   
  Conditions of Lending   

SECTION 4.01

  Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit      68   

SECTION 4.02

  Conditions Precedent to All Term Loan Borrowings      72   

SECTION 4.03

  Exit Facility Option      73   

SECTION 4.04

  Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option      73   
  Article V   
  Affirmative Covenants   

SECTION 5.01

  Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties      75   

SECTION 5.02

  Insurance.      75   

SECTION 5.03

  Obligations and Taxes      77   

SECTION 5.04

  Financial Statements, Reports, etc.      77   

 

-ii-


SECTION 5.05

  Litigation and Other Notices      80   

SECTION 5.06

  Information Regarding Collateral      81   

SECTION 5.07

  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings      81   

SECTION 5.08

  Use of Proceeds      82   

SECTION 5.09

  Employee Benefits      82   

SECTION 5.10

  Compliance with Environmental Laws      82   

SECTION 5.11

  Preparation of Environmental Reports      82   

SECTION 5.12

  Further Assurances      83   

SECTION 5.13

  [Intentionally Omitted]      84   

SECTION 5.14

  Post-Closing Deliveries      84   

SECTION 5.15

  Milestones      84   

SECTION 5.16

  Chapter 11 Cases      84   
  Article VI   
  Negative Covenants   

SECTION 6.01

  Indebtedness      85   

SECTION 6.02

  Liens      88   

SECTION 6.03

  Sale and Lease Back Transactions      91   

SECTION 6.04

  Investments, Loans and Advances      92   

SECTION 6.05

  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions      94   

SECTION 6.06

  Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements      95   

SECTION 6.07

  Transactions with Affiliates      97   

SECTION 6.08

  Other Indebtedness and Agreements      98   

SECTION 6.09

  Superpriority Claims      99   

SECTION 6.10

  Minimum Consolidated EBITDA      99   

SECTION 6.11

  Financial Covenants Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date      99   

SECTION 6.12

  Fiscal Year      100   

SECTION 6.13

  Certain Equity Securities      100   

SECTION 6.14

  Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries      100   

SECTION 6.15

  Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries      101   
  Article VII   
  Events of Default   

SECTION 7.01

  Events of Default      102   
  Article VIII   
  Agents   

SECTION 8.01

  Authorization and Action      108   

SECTION 8.02

  Agent Individually      108   

 

-iii-


SECTION 8.03

  Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions      109   

SECTION 8.04

  Reliance by Agents      110   

SECTION 8.05

  Indemnification      111   

SECTION 8.06

  Delegation of Duties      111   

SECTION 8.07

  Resignation of Agent      111   

SECTION 8.08

  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      112   

SECTION 8.09

  No Other Duties, etc      113   

SECTION 8.10

  Agent May File Proofs of Claim      113   

SECTION 8.11

  Other Secured Agreements      114   
  Article IX   
  Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01

  Notices      115   

SECTION 9.02

  Survival of Agreement      117   

SECTION 9.03

  Binding Effect      117   

SECTION 9.04

  Successors and Assigns      117   

SECTION 9.05

  Expenses; Indemnity      122   

SECTION 9.06

  Right of Setoff      124   

SECTION 9.07

  Applicable Law      124   

SECTION 9.08

  Waivers; Amendment      124   

SECTION 9.09

  Interest Rate Limitation      125   

SECTION 9.10

  Entire Agreement      126   

SECTION 9.11

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      126   

SECTION 9.12

  Severability      126   

SECTION 9.13

  Counterparts      126   

SECTION 9.14

  Headings      127   

SECTION 9.15

  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      127   

SECTION 9.16

  Confidentiality      127   

SECTION 9.17

  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      128   

SECTION 9.18

  Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group      128   

SECTION 9.19

  Borrowing Agent      129   

SECTION 9.20

  LEGEND      130   

SECTION 9.21

  No Fiduciary Duty      130   

SECTION 9.22

  Release of Liens and Guarantees      131   

SECTION 9.23

  Intercreditor Agreements      131   

 

SCHEDULES

     

Schedule 1.01(a)

    Mortgaged Property  

Schedule 1.01(b)

    Permitted Investments  

Schedule 1.01(c)

    Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee  

Schedule 3.08

    Subsidiaries  

Schedule 3.09

    Litigation  

Schedule 3.17

    Environmental Matters  

 

-iv-


Schedule 3.18

     Insurance   

Schedule 3.19(c)

     Mortgage Filing Offices   

Schedule 3.20(a)

     Owned Real Property   

Schedule 3.20(b)

     Leased Real Property   

Schedule 5.14

     Post-Closing Deliveries   

Schedule 6.01

     Existing Indebtedness   

Schedule 6.02

     Existing Liens   

Schedule 6.04

     Investments   

EXHIBITS

       

Exhibit A

     Form of Administrative Questionnaire   

Exhibit B

     Form of Assignment and Acceptance   

Exhibit C

     Form of Borrowing Request   

Exhibit D

     Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement   

Exhibit E

     Form of Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement   

Exhibit F

     Form of Mortgage   

Exhibit G-1

     Form of Interim Order   

Exhibit G-2

     Form of Approved Plan of Reorganization   

Exhibit H

     Form of Plan Support Agreements   

Exhibit I

     [RESERVED]   

Exhibit J

     Form of Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement   

Exhibit K

     Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate   

 

-v-


SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012, among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Article I), collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in Article I), each of which is a debtor and debtor-in-possession (each, a “ Debtor ”) in the Chapter 11 Cases (as hereinafter defined), the Lenders (as defined in Article I), CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

(1) On May 21, 2012 (the “ Petition Date ”), each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) for relief, and commenced proceedings (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.; the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

(2) In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Borrowers, HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors have requested that the Lenders provide them with a senior secured debtor-in-possession and exit term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000. The Lenders are willing to extend such credit under such facility to the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acquired Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of a Loan Party that is merged into, acquired by, or that sells assets to, a Loan Party, which Affiliate is not a Loan Party prior to such merger, acquisition or sale.


Acquired Entity shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”.

Activities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee shall mean the ad hoc committee set forth in Schedule 1.01(c).

Adequate Protection Parties shall mean the Prepetition Agents and the Prepetition Secured Parties.

Adequate Protection Payments shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.13.

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in respect of U.S. Dollars for the applicable Class of Loans for such Interest Period multiplied by (ii) Statutory Reserves and (b) 1.00%.

Administrative Agent shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Fees shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Administrative Questionnaire shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, for purposes of Section 6.07, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or director of the person specified.

Agents shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agent’s Group shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Alternate Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) 1% plus the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month Interest Period commencing two Business Days after such day, as determined on such day and (b) the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to

 

-2-


such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

Amendment No. 3 shall mean the Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 24, 2013 to this Agreement among the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties and the Lenders and other parties thereto.

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date shall have the meaning specified in Amendment No. 3.

Applicable Percentage shall mean, (a) from the Closing Date to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, (i) in the case of ABR Loans, 5.00% per annum and (bii) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, 6.00% per annum and (b) from the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, (i) in the case of ABR Loans, 3.25% per annum and (ii) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, 4.25% per annum.

“Applicable Prepayment Percentage” shall mean:

(a) in respect of any Prepayment Event that is an Asset Sale, 100%;

(b) in respect of any Prepayment Event that is a Debt Incurrence, 100%; or

(c) in respect of any prepayment based on Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal year, 50%.

Approved Plan of Reorganization shall mean the plan of reorganization substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, and modifications or supplements with respect thereto, other than any modification or supplement that (a) alters the debt capital structure of the Loan Parties, (b) allows for the incurrence of material Indebtedness upon the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization not otherwise contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement), (c) changes the priority of any Indebtedness from that set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement) or (d) is otherwise materially adverse to the Lenders.

Arranger shall mean Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

“Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, and scrap, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and dispositions of Permitted Investments, (ii) sales, transfers and other dispositions between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) sales, transfers and other dispositions the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of which are less than $7,500,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and less than $17,500,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year and (iv) sales and dispositions pursuant to Section 6.05(g).

 

-3-


Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability shall have the meaning set forth in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Bankruptcy Claim shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(k).

Bankruptcy Code shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Court shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Laws shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrowers shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower Group shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18. “Borrowing” shall mean Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Agent shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

Borrowing Minimum shall mean $1,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple shall mean $500,000.

Borrowing Request shall mean a request by a Borrower (or the Borrowing Agent on behalf of a Borrower) in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Breakage Event shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16. “Budget” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(d).

Budget Variance Report shall mean a report, in each case certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowing Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(l), showing actual net cash flow, cash receipts and

 

-4-


disbursements and the aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week as of the end of the week immediately preceding the week during which such Budget Variance Report is delivered and the variance (as a percentage) of such amounts from the corresponding anticipated amounts therefor set forth in the most recent Thirteen Week Forecast.

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in such currency in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time as the proceeds of such disposition, (b) the purchase of plant, property or equipment made within the Reinvestment Period in respect of any Asset Sale to the extent made with the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale, (c) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire assets or properties useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries within 365 days of receipt of such proceeds, (d) interest capitalized during such period, (e) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) and for which neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has provided, or is required to provide or incur, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (f) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a Capital Expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, or (g) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions. For the avoidance of doubt, Capital Expenditure will be deemed to include the capitalized portion of pre-publication and pre-production costs.

Capital Lease shall mean, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person as lessee, that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such person.

 

-5-


Capital Lease Obligations of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Carve-Out shall mean (a) all fees required to be paid to the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and to the Office of the United States trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a), (b) all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by a trustee under section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 and (c) any and all allowed and unpaid claims of any professional representing the Debtors or any statutory committee of creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases (each, a “Creditors’ Committee”) whose retention is approved by the Bankruptcy Court during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 327 or section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for unpaid fees and expenses (and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses allowed by the Bankruptcy Court incurred by any members of a Creditors’ Committee (but excluding fees and expenses of third party professionals employed by such members of any Creditors’ Committee)) incurred, subject to the terms of the DIP Orders, (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and (ii) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000, provided that (x) so long as no Carve-Out Event has occurred and is continuing, the allowed professional fees and disbursements incurred by professional persons employed by the Debtors or any Creditors’ Committee (including any fees and expenses of the members of any such Creditors’ Committee) may be paid without reducing the dollar limitation under clause (c) above to the extent reasonable and documented and subject to the entry of a customary order of the Bankruptcy Court, allowing for the interim payment of such amounts, and subject further to the Bankruptcy Court’s final approval of such professional fees and disbursements, (y) nothing herein shall be construed to impair the ability of any party to object to any of the fees, expenses, reimbursement or compensation described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (z) cash shall not be subject to the Carve-Out. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or elsewhere, the Carve-Out shall be senior to all Liens securing the obligations under the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Agreement and related loan documents as well as any adequate protection Liens and claims granted by the DIP Orders.

“Carve-Out Event” shall mean a Default, (a) notice of which shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers or (b) in respect of which a Borrower shall have knowledge of such Default and fail to provide notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days of obtaining such knowledge.

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and HMH Holdings and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to one or more Loan Parties or a Permitted Holder;

 

-6-


(b) the consummation of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower; or

(c) any Borrower ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (except in a transaction permitted under Section 6.05).

For avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

Change in Law shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender(or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations with respect thereto, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines and directions promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar or successor agency, or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III), shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date adopted or enacted.

Chapter 11 Case shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Class ”, when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is a Term Loan or New Term Loan and (b) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Term Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment.

Closing Date shall mean the first date on which all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.08).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. “Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and any other assets or property pledged or on which a Lien is granted pursuant to any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral Agent shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

-7-


Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and New Term Loan Commitment.

Compliance Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(c).

Confirmation Order” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04(c).

Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus: (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: (i) consolidated interest expense for such period; (ii) provisions for taxes based on income, profits or losses (determined on a consolidated basis) during such period; (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period; (iv) any extraordinary losses for such period; (v) any fees, expenses or charges for such period related to any equity offering, Investment, acquisition permitted hereunder, permitted disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that the aggregate amount of such costs added back to Consolidated EBITDA shall not exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters; (vi) any non-cash charges for such period (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, purchase accounting adjustments, assets impairments and equity compensation charges); (vii) restructuring charges for such period relating to current or anticipated future cash expenditures, including restructuring costs related to closure or consolidation of facilities, and severance and other separation costs and post-retirement medical expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters; (viii) to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash fees, costs, expenses, commissions or other cash charges paid on or before December 31, 2012 in connection with this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, including in connection with the termination or settlement of executory contracts, professional and accounting fees, costs and expenses, management incentive, employee retention or similar plans (in each case to the extent such plan is approved by the Bankruptcy Court), and litigation and settlements (but excluding interest and fees accruing after the Closing Date hereunder), in an aggregate amount for all such periods not in excess of $40,000,000; (ix) other non-recurring charges for such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, acquisition related expenses, whether or not the acquisition was consummated); and (x) deferred financing fees (and any write-offs thereof); provided that to the extent not reflected in Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment is made, any cash payment made with respect to any non-cash charges added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period pursuant to clause (v) above (or that would have been added back had this Agreement been in effect during such prior period) shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA for the period in which such cash payment is made; and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income: (i) any extraordinary gains for such period; and (ii) any non-cash gains for such period (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in

 

-8-


any prior period), in each case of clauses (a) and (b), all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be calculated so as to exclude (without duplication of any adjustment referred to above) the effect of: (A) the cumulative effect of any changes in GAAP or accounting principles applied by management; (B) any gain or loss for such period that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other disposition or abandonment of assets by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dispositions or sales of inventory and other dispositions in the ordinary course of business; (C) any income or loss for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or accounts payable; (D) any non-cash gains or losses on foreign currency derivatives and any foreign currency transaction non-cash gains or losses and any foreign currency exchange translation gains or losses that arise on consolidation of integrated operations; (E) any re-evaluation of any assets or any liabilities due to “fresh-start” accounting adjustments resulting from the Borrower’s emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases; and (F) mark-to-market adjustments in the valuation of derivative obligations resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. For purposes of determining the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA will be deemed to be equal to (i) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, $65,081,000, (ii) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, $248,987,000 and (iii) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, ($27,042,000); and the following amounts for the months specified: (A) April 2011, ($1,053,000), (B) May 2011, $14,560,000, (C) June 2011, $51,576,000, (D) July 2011, $90,012,000, (E) August 2011 $107,242,000, (F) September 2011, $51,733,000, (G) October 2011, ($1,084,000), (H) November 2011, ($5,016,000), (I) December 2011, ($20,942,000), (J) January 2012, ($21,321,000), and (K) February 2012, ($14,866,000).

Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (net of cash interest income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(ii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) to the extent included in the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) above for such period, the sum of (i) non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (ii) non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period, plus (iii) non-cash adjustments attributed to the effects of recording debt at fair value. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements and without giving effect to the movement of mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, up-front payments made to enter into Hedging Agreements to provide interest rate protection will be spread over the period of the protection provided thereunder).

 

-9-


Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication, there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or loss of any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or the date that such person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the income of any person in which any other person (other than Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary by such person during such period, (d) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (determined in good faith by the Borrowers), (e) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses, (f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles that occurs after the Closing Date, (g) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gain or loss on disposal of disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations, (h) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments, (i) effects of purchase accounting adjustments in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition permitted hereunder consummated after the Closing Date, (j) any non-cash expenses realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock grants or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such person or any of its subsidiaries, (k) any accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date and that are so required to be established in accordance with GAAP and (l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days, and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; provided that any proceeds of such reimbursement when received shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income to the extent the expense reimbursed was previously excluded pursuant to this clause (l).

Consolidated Working Capital” shall mean, at any date, (a) the Current Assets minus (b) the Current Liabilities as of such date. Consolidated Working Capital at any time may be a positive or negative number. Consolidated Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

-10-


“Copyrights” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Creditors’ Committee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Carve-Out”.

“Current Assets” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash and Permitted Investments) of Holdings and the Subsidiaries.

“Current Liabilities” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of Holdings and the Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding, the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness.

“Debt Incurrence” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01.

“Debtor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Debt Service” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis for any fiscal year, Consolidated Interest Expense for such fiscal year plus the aggregate principal amount of Long-Term Indebtedness repaid or prepaid during such fiscal year, excluding (i) prepayments of the Term Loan, (whether optional or mandatory) and (ii) repayments or prepayments of Long-Term Indebtedness deducted in calculating the amount of Net Cash Proceeds in connection with any Asset Sale.

“Default” shall mean any Event of Default or any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender” shall mean, subject to Section 2.25(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the

 

-11-


Borrowers), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.25(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrowers and each Lender.

“Designated Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11(a).

DIP Budget” shall mean, collectively, (a) the consolidated budget for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and the consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income for such period) delivered by the Borrowing Agent to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and (b) each of the updated budgets containing the same types of information described in clause (a) and, delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(l) for each subsequent month (showing, for the month most recently ended, the variance of the actual amounts in each line item from the corresponding budgeted amounts set forth in the DIP Budget last delivered to the Administrative Agent, and for the subsequent months, the updated amounts therefor).

“DIP Facility” shall mean, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the term loan facility provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

“DIP Facility Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date that is 18 months following the Petition Date, and (b) the substantial consummation (as defined in section 1101 of the Bankruptcy Code) of a plan of reorganization filed in the Chapter 11 Cases that is confirmed pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

“DIP Orders” shall mean the Interim Order and the Final Order.

“DIP Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

Disclosure Statement” shall mean, with respect to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, a related disclosure statement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto that are consistent with any permitted modifications to the Approved Plan of Reorganization or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

 

-12-


“Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance), or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance).

“Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Eligible Assignee” shall mean any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund, financial institution or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that extends credit or invests in bank loans in the ordinary course; provided that no natural person and none of the Borrowers shall be an Eligible Assignee.

“Employee Equity Sales” shall mean the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings after the Closing Date to any present or former officer or employee of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

“Environmental Liability” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials Released into the environment, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

-13-


Equity Cure Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

Equity Interests ” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived), (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), (e) the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or, is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA, (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary could otherwise be liable, (i) any Foreign Benefit Event or (j) any other event or condition with respect to any Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan that could result in the imposition of a Lien or the acceleration of any statutory obligation to fund any material unfunded accrued benefit liability of such Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.

Eurocurrency ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

-14-


“Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, with respect to Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any fiscal year, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year, minus (to the extent not otherwise deducted in determining Consolidated EBITDA) without duplication, (a) Debt Service for such fiscal year, (b)(i) Capital Expenditures by Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such fiscal year that are paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate consideration paid in cash during such fiscal year in respect of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder (other than Permitted Investments, Investments in a Subsidiary and Investments permitted by clause (d), (f), (i), (j) or (k) of Section 6.04) less any amounts received in respect thereof as a return of capital, (c) taxes paid in cash by Holdings and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such fiscal year including income tax expense and withholding tax expense incurred in connection with cross-border transactions involving its Foreign Subsidiaries, (d) an amount equal to any increase in Consolidated Working Capital of Holdings and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, (e) cash expenditures made in respect of Hedging Agreements during such fiscal year, to the extent not reflected in the computation of Consolidated Interest Expense, (f) Restricted Payments paid in cash by Holdings during such fiscal year pursuant to clause (i) of Section 6.06(a), (g)(i) special charges or any extraordinary or nonrecurring losses paid in cash during such fiscal year, (ii) severance and other separation costs and any post-retirement medical expenses, (iii) costs associated with facility closures or vacancies for such fiscal year and (iv) payments made in cash in respect of pension plans of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (h) items described in clauses (a)(v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year and to the extent paid in cash during such fiscal year; plus, without duplication, (1) an amount equal to any decrease in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (2) all proceeds received during such fiscal year in respect of Long-Term Indebtedness, and any financing of any type (including from the reinvestment of proceeds of Asset Sales), in each case to the extent used to finance any Debt Service, Capital Expenditure, Permitted Acquisitions or Investment referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (3) all amounts referred to in clause (b) above to the extent funded with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests of, or capital contributions to, Holdings, (4) cash payments received in respect of Hedging Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent (A) not included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA or (B) reducing Consolidated Interest Expense, (5) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain realized in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than in connection with a Prepayment Event), and (6) to the extent deducted in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA, interest income.

“Excess Cash Flow Period” shall mean, at any date, (i) the period taken as one accounting period beginning on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013 and (ii) each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter.

“Excluded Accounts” shall mean (a) payroll accounts, employee benefit accounts, withholding tax and other fiduciary accounts, escrow accounts in respect of arrangements with non-affiliated third parties, customs accounts, cash collateral accounts subject to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents and accounts held by non-Loan Parties and (b) such other deposit accounts and other bank or securities accounts held by Loan Parties the balance of all of which is less than $7,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

 

-15-


“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower hereunder, (a) income, franchise or other similar taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (or its gross income in lieu thereof) (i) by the United States of America, (ii) by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (iii) as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Sections 2.20(f) and (g), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Exit Facility” shall mean, on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the term loan facility provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

“Exit Facility Conversion” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

Exit Facility Conversion Date” shall mean the date on which the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall become effective, the Exit Facility Option shall be exercised and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.04 shall be satisfied or waived pursuant to Section 9.08.

“Exit Facility Option” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03. “FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fee Letter” shall mean with respect to any Agent, the applicable fee letter then in effect between such Agent and Holdings.

“Fees” shall mean the Administrative Agent Fees and the Other Fees.

 

-16-


“Final Order” shall mean an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, in substantially the form of the Interim Order, with such modifications thereto as are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, which order shall authorize on a final basis this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” defined therein.

“Financial Covenants” shall mean, at any time (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenant contained in Section 6.10 and (b) on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenants contained in Section 6.11.

“Financial Officer” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

“First Day Orders” shall mean all orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court on, or within five days of, the Petition Date or based on motions filed by the Debtors on or about the Petition Date.

“Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

“Flood Insurance Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

“Foreign Benefit Event” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability in excess of $2,500,000 by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or the imposition on Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case in excess of $2,500,000.

“Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

“Foreign Pension Plan” shall mean any defined benefit pension plan maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate and that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

 

-17-


“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles. References to GAAP shall mean GAAP in the United States, unless otherwise expressly provided.

“Global Scholar Business” shall mean the computer software suite of products known as Pinnacle owned by GlobalScholar, Inc. and its Affiliates.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

“Granting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i). “Guarantee” of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the “ primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” shall mean the Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

“Guarantors” shall mean HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates shall be a Hedging Agreement.

 

-18-


“HMCo” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“HMH Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Holdings” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J, among the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and any existing Lender or one or more New Term Loan Lenders in respect of any New Term Loan Commitment.

“Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding earnouts (unless such earnout is not paid after it becomes due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof), trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (h) all obligations of such person (including contingent obligations) as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all net payments that such person would have to make in the event of any early termination, on the date Indebtedness is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Agreements. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such partnership, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include obligations under, or in respect of Qualified Capital Stock.

“Indemnified Costs” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

-19-


“Initial Public Offering” shall mean a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of voting common Equity Interests of the IPO Issuer at any time after the Exit Facility Conversion Date yielding at least $50,000,000 pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

“Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Interest Coverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters; provided, that for purpose of determining the amount in clause (b) as of any date on or prior to the first anniversary of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such amount shall be calculated for the period from the Exit Facility Conversion Date to such date divided by the number of days in such period and multiplied by 365. In any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in which a transaction described in Section 1.03(a) occurs, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03(a).

“Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as the context requires.

“Interest Payment Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012, and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

“Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or, if made available by all participating Lenders, 9 or 12 months), as a Borrower may elect; provided, however, that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

“Interim Order” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(e).

Investments ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

 

-20-


“Investors” shall mean (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) each of Paulson & Co. Inc., Avenue Investments, LP, Guggenheim Investment Management LLC, Blackrock Financial Management, Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Fidelity Investments and (ii) any non-operating company Affiliate of any of the foregoing (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof) and (b) on and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) the holders of the Equity Interests of Holdings as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, as set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization, and (ii) any non-operating company Affiliate of any such holder (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof).

“IPO Issuer” shall mean Holdings or any corporation or other legal entity that, at the time of the relevant Initial Public Offering, owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings.

“IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

“Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such date.

“Lender Appointment Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.07. “ Lenders ” shall mean Term Lenders and any New Term Loan Lenders, if any.

Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. In any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in which a transaction described 1.03(a) occurs, the Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03(a).

“LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Reuters Screen Libor01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or otherwise on such screen), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered U.S. Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the applicable Eurocurrency Borrowing at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

 

-21-


“License” shall mean any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral or any other conduct of its business.

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Liquidity” shall mean, for any date of determination, the sum of the Availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement on such date plus the total amount of Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents at the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

“Loan Document Obligations” shall mean the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (iii) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrowers under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (iv) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

“Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements, if any, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) and the Fee Letter.

“Loan Parties” shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loans ” shall mean the Term Loan and any New Term Loans, if any.

“Local Time” shall mean with respect to a Loan or Borrowing, New York City time.

Long-Term Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness that, in accordance with GAAP, constitutes (or, when incurred, constituted) a long-term liability.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, results of operations or financial condition of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Borrower or any other Loan

 

-22-


Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document; other than, in each case, as customarily occurs as a result of events leading up to and following the commencement of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, the events leading to the Chapter 11 Cases described in the Borrowers’ presentation to the Lenders dated May 2012.

“Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $35,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

“Material Litigation” shall mean any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding pending or (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties) threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental instrumentality (other than the Chapter 11 Cases and any action, suit, investigation or proceeding arising from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases or the consequences that would normally result from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases) that is not stayed and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Real Property” shall mean any parcel of owned real property with a fair market value of at least $5,000,000.

“Material Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings that, for the most recently completed fiscal year of Holdings for which audited financial statements are available, either (a) has, together with its Subsidiaries, assets that exceed 5% of the total assets shown on the consolidated statement of financial condition of Holdings as of the last day of such period or (b) has, together with its Subsidiaries, net sales that exceed 5% of the consolidated net sales of Holdings for such period.

“Milestones” or “Milestone” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16.

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

“Mortgaged Properties” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the relevant Loan Parties specified on Schedule 1.01(a), and shall include each other parcel of owned real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12.

“Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, charges, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel in order to account for local law matters) and otherwise pursuant to this Agreement each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

-23-


“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of non-cash consideration initially received), net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable broker’s fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrowers’ good faith estimate of income taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds) and (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by the asset sold in such Asset Sale and which is required to be repaid with such proceeds (other than the Obligations, or any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) and (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness or other event, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

“New Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each New Term Loan Lender, any Term Loan Commitment provided by such New Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 2.24, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its New Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such New Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

“New Term Loan Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

New Term Loan Lender” shall mean a Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment.

New Term Loans” shall mean the term loans made by the New Term Loan Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.24.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Not for Profit Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively, Foundation for Marine Animal Husbandry, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Foundation, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

“Obligations” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

 

-24-


“OID” shall mean shall mean original issue discount, as defined in Section 1273 of the Code.

“Other Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

“Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations” shall mean Other Secured Obligations designated as Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.11.

“Other Secured Agreement” shall mean, to the extent designated as such by the Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with Section 8.11, any agreement evidencing obligations owing by any Loan Party under (a) any Hedging Agreement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such Hedging Agreement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent or (b) any cash management services arrangement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such arrangement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

“Other Secured Obligations” shall mean the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Loan Party under each Other Secured Agreement designated as such in accordance with Section 8.11, excluding, in each case, any Excluded Swap Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement).

“Other Secured Party” shall mean a Person that (a) is a party to an Other Secured Agreement and (b) at the time of entering into such Other Secured Agreement, is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

“Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, performance, delivery, registration or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

“Participant Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(f).

Patents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

“Perfection Certificate” shall mean a Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean the acquisition by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all the assets of a person or line of business of such person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of a person (referred to herein as the “ Acquired Entity”); provided that (a) such acquisition was not

 

-25-


preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) the Acquired Entity shall be in a similar line of business as that of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries or reasonably related thereto; (c) at the time of such transaction, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) (i) at the time of such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Borrowers would be in compliance with the Financial Covenants; and (ii) after giving effect to such acquisition, on a pro forma basis, the Liquidity of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be at least $250,000,000; (e) Holdings shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying as to the foregoing and containing reasonably detailed calculations in support thereof, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (f) all persons which are Domestic Subsidiaries in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean (a) each of the Investors, (b) members of management of a Borrower, HMH Holdings, a Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing on the Closing Date who are holders of Equity Interests of HMH Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and (c) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management and their Permitted Holder Related Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of HMH Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

“Permitted Holder Related Party” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any spouse, descendent or immediate family member (which includes any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law) (in the case of an individual), of such Person, (ii) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more of the applicable Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i), or (iii) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii), acting solely in such capacity.

“Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

 

-26-


(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;

(e) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

(f) investments in so-called “auction rate” securities rated AAA or higher by S&P or Aaa or higher by Moody’s and which have a reset date not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(g) other short-term investments by Holdings and Foreign Subsidiaries in currencies other than U.S. Dollars and of a type listed on Schedule 1.01(b).

“Permitted Prior Liens” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) of a Restricted Subsidiary, issued in exchange for, or the Net Cash Proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “ Refinance ”), Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (including all or a portion of any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) that is permitted by this Agreement to be Refinanced; provided that:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced ( plus any related fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs),

(ii) except with respect to Section 6.01(k),the weighted average life to maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to (and the maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is no earlier than) that of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(iii) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

 

-27-


(iv) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have different obligors than the Indebtedness being Refinanced, unless such new obligors are Loan Parties and no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have greater guarantees than the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(v) the terms and covenants of such Permitted Indebtedness taken as a whole shall not be more restrictive in any material respect than the terms and covenants of the Indebtedness being Refinanced taken as a whole,

(vi) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by any collateral (whether equally and ratably with, or junior to, the Secured Parties or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured only by such collateral (including any collateral pursuant to after-acquired property clauses to the extent any such collateral secured the Indebtedness being Refinanced) on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties than those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

provided, further, that with respect to a Refinancing of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g), such Refinancing shall be in compliance with the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

“Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (a) the principal amount of which is not by its terms required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, in whole or in part, at the option of any holder thereof or otherwise, on any date prior to the date that is six months after the Latest Maturity Date (determined as of the time of incurrence) (except (i) upon the occurrence of an event of default or a change in control or similar event or (ii) pursuant to provisions requiring the issuer thereof to prepay or redeem, or offer to prepay or redeem, such Indebtedness with the proceeds of asset sales or other dispositions or the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Equity Interests; provided, that such provisions do not require any such prepayment, redemption or offer to prepay or redeem if such proceeds have been applied, inter alia, to reduce the outstanding Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments), (b) that is not Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary unless (i) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary is a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) the Guarantee is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to its corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations under the applicable Security Document on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for Guarantees of subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (iii) such Guarantee provides for the release and termination thereof, without action by any party, upon any release and termination of the corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations, (c) that is fully subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (d) the other terms of which are customary at the time for debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness.

 

-28-


“person” or “Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Petition Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Plan Support Agreements” shall mean one or more plan support agreements in substantially the form of Exhibit H, executed and delivered by members of the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee, as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, other than in a manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders.

“Prepayment Event” shall mean (a) each Asset Sale and (b) each Debt Incurrence. “ Prepetition Agents shall mean (a) the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the trustee and collateral agent under the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

“Prepetition Collateral” shall mean the Loan Parties’ assets securing Indebtedness under the Prepetition Documents.

“Prepetition Credit Agreement” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 12, 2007, among HMH Holdings, HMH Publishing Company, the Borrowers, the lenders and other Persons party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as collateral agent.

“Prepetition Documents” shall mean (a) the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the “Loan Documents” under and as defined therein and (b) the Prepetition Notes, the Prepetition Notes Indenture and the “First Lien Documents” under and as defined therein.

“Prepetition Indebtedness” shall mean the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties outstanding immediately prior to the Petition Date, including (a) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of not more than $2,806,566,304 and (c) the Prepetition Notes.

“Prepetition LC Facility” shall mean the $50,000,000 cash-collateralized letter of credit facility dated as of October 26, 2010 between HMHP and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

-29-


“Prepetition Notes” shall mean up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % First Lien Notes due 2019 issued by HMHP and HMCo on May 26, 2011 pursuant to the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

“Prepetition Notes Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 26, 2011 among HMHP, HMCo, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee and collateral agent.

“Prepetition Receivables Facility” shall mean the receivables facility governed by the Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of August 4, 2010 among HM Receivables Co. II, LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

“Prepetition Secured Parties” shall mean (a) the “Secured Parties” under and as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the “First Lien Secured Parties” under and as defined in the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

“Prepayment Event” shall mean (a) each Asset Sale and (b) each Debt Incurrence.

“Preferred Stock” shall mean any Equity Interests with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A. in New York, from time to time, as Citibank N.A.’s prime rate.

“Pro Rata Percentage” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the aggregate amount Loans and Commitments of such Lender outstanding at such time and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Loans and Commitments of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

“Publishers” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Qualified Capital Stock” of any person shall mean any Equity Interest of such person that is not Disqualified Stock.

“Rate” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “Type” .

“Refinance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

“Refinancing Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23.

“Refinancing Facility” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23

“Refinancing Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23

 

-30-


“Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).

“Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Reinvestment Period” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13(c).

Related Fund shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, partners, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

“Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

“Repayment Date” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.11(a).

Repricing Event” means (i) any prepayment or repayment of any Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of term loans bearing a Yield that is less than the Yield applicable to the Loans or (ii) any amendment to any Loan Document that reduces the Yield applicable to any Loans (in each case, as such comparative yields are reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent); provided that any such determination by the Administrative Agent as contemplated hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and all Lenders, absent manifest error.

“Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans and Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the outstanding Loans and all Commitments, if any, at such time; provided that Defaulting Lenders having Loans or any unused Commitments shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Lenders at any time.

“Responsible Officer” of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

“Restricted Indebtedness” shall mean Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.08(b).

 

-31-


“Restricted Payment” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person paying such dividends or distributions, or (b) any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Revolving Credit Agreement” shall mean the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, HMH Publishing, the Borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent and the other parties thereto.

“Revolving Credit First Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

“Series” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, or any successor thereto.

Sale and Lease Back Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

“Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean an intercreditor agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, providing that the Liens securing the Obligations (and any other Indebtedness secured by Liens on the Collateral that are pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations) rank prior to the Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(o), which is intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations.

“Secured Parties” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) each Other Secured Party, (v) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vi) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

“Security Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.12.

“SPC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

“Specified Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(k).

 

-32-


“Specified Warehouses” shall mean the warehouse owned by HMCo and located at 2700 N. Richard Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219.

“Statutory Reserves” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness of a Loan Party that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. For the purposes of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a lower priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

“Subsidiary” or “subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 3.08 (other than HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC, the Borrowers, any Unrestricted Subsidiary (but only after the Exit Facility Conversion Date), any Dormant Subsidiary, any Not for Profit Subsidiary and the Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries) and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement after the Closing Date.

“Superpriority Claim” shall mean a claim against a Loan Party in any of the Chapter 11 Cases that is a superpriority administrative expense claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses and other claims of the kind specified in, or otherwise arising or ordered under, any sections of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 503(b), 507(a), 507(b), 546(c) and/or 726 thereof), whether or not such claim or expenses may become secured by a judgment Lien or other non-consensual Lien, levy or attachment.

 

-33-


“Synthetic Lease” shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.

“Synthetic Lease Obligations” shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

“Synthetic Purchase Agreement” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

“Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

“Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of the Term Loan advanced pursuant to a Term Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Term Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

“Term Loan” shall mean each the term loan made available to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01.

“Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder as of the Closing Date, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Term Lender assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

“Term Loan Facility” shall mean the term loan facility provided for by this Agreement.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean

 

-34-


(a) with respect to the Term Loans,

(i) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the DIP Facility Maturity Date, and

(ii) following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the date that is the 6th anniversary of the Closing Date; and

(b) with respect to any New Term Loans, the date set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement.

“Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Agents, the administrative agent and the collateral agent in respect of the Revolving Credit Agreement, and the other parties thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

“Thirteen Week Forecast” shall mean, at any time, collectively (a) the forecast delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(g) detailing the Loan Parties’ anticipated weekly cash receipts and disbursements and anticipated weekly cash flow projections, on a Consolidated basis for the Loan Parties, and setting forth the anticipated aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week, for the thirteen week period commencing with the week of the Closing Date and (b) the most recent supplement to such forecast, and all intervening supplements to such forecast, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(n).

“Total Debt” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding at such time; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not be included if it would not be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings at such time in accordance with GAAP or to the extent such Indebtedness is Indebtedness under Hedging Agreements and (ii) if such Indebtedness were to be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings at such time in accordance with GAAP, the amount thereof that shall constitute Total Debt shall equal the principal amount outstanding at such time, including any portion of such principal amount outstanding that would not be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings in accordance with GAAP at such time as a result of original issue discount.

“Trademarks” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (a) the refinancing of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) the entering into of the Loan Documents and the “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, (c) the entering into of the Plan Support Agreements, (d) the restructuring transactions contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization and (e) payment of the transaction costs related to the foregoing.

“Type” when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

 

-35-


“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents” shall mean domestic cash and Permitted Investments of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries, which cash and Permitted Investments are (a) free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, the “Security Documents” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) and Liens of banks permitted under Section 6.02(c) or (r)), (b) not subject to any contractual, regulatory or legal restrictions on the use thereof to repay the Loans and other obligations of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (c) are held in accounts that are pledged to the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and subject to one or more control agreements.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b).

“U . S. Dollars” or “ U.S.$ ” or “ $ ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“U . S. Person” shall mean any “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and any Person treated as a “domestic corporation” for purposes of the Code.

“USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

“Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

“Waterfall” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the second paragraph of Article VII.

“wholly owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person.

 

-36-


Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” shall mean the Borrowers, any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, or interest rate “floor” that is greater than any corresponding interest rate “floor” for the Term Loan (with such increased amount being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Percentage), or otherwise; provided that (i) original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness) and (ii) “Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees or underwriting or similar fees not generally paid to lenders in connection with such Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.02 Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any agreement or document shall mean such agreement or document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any restrictions in any Loan Document on the amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereof) and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers wish to amend any covenant in Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any material change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant or provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or the application thereof, then such covenant or provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP in effect and applied immediately before such change became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant or provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Required Lenders. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 840 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

-37-


SECTION 1.03 Pro Forma Calculations. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Leverage Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio and the applicable components of the Financial Covenants as of any date shall be calculated based on the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available, and on a pro forma basis, shall be calculated after giving effect to the Transactions and any acquisition or disposition of assets with a value in excess of $5,000,000, or any incurrence, payment, refinancing, restructuring or retirement of Indebtedness, any designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any other applicable transaction for which any calculation herein is required to be made on a pro forma basis, in each case which occurred during the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available or after the end of such period but on or prior to such date, as though each such transaction had occurred at the beginning of such period, including, without duplication, giving effect to (i) all pro forma adjustments permitted or required by Article 11 of Regulation S X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) even if inconsistent with preceding clause (i), pro forma adjustments for cost savings (net of continuing associated expenses) to the extent such cost savings are factually supportable, are expected to have a continuing impact and have been realized or are reasonably expected to be realized within 12 months following such transaction; provided that all such adjustments shall be set forth in a reasonably detailed certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent), using, for purposes of making such calculations, the historical financial statements of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such transaction, and any other such transactions that have been consummated during the period, had been consummated on the first day of such period. Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making a pro forma computation hereunder, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrowing Agent may designate.

SECTION 1.04 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e. g. , a “Term Loan”) or by Type (e. g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan”) or by Class and Type (e. g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e. g. , a “Term Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e. g. , a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e. g. , a “Eurocurrency Term Loan Borrowing”).

 

-38-


ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a (ai) single Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to 98% of the lesser of its Term Loan Commitment and its Pro Rata Percentage of $150,000,000 and (bii) a single term loan on any Business Day within two Business Days after the entry of the Final Order in a principal amount equal to 98% of the lesser of its unused Term Loan Commitment and its Pro Rata Percentage of $250,000,000 minus the aggregate amount of the Term Loans funded under Section 2.01(a)(i). Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of the Term Loan may not be reborrowed. It is understood and agreed that the principal amount of the Term Loans owing hereunder (and for all purposes under the Loan Documents) shall be an amount equal to 100% of the applicable Term Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Term Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the applicable Term Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Term Loan Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Term Lender make any Term Loan, shall not in itself relieve any other Term Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Term Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Term Lender to make any Term Loan required to be made by such other Term Lender. Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that no Borrower shall be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Each Lender shall make each Term Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

 

-39-


(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Term Borrowing, the Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or in writing (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, fax or electronic mail to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.

(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

-40-


(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class, Type and Series thereof (as applicable) and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of any Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

SECTION 2.05 Fees.

(a) Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for its own account, the administration fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees”) . Each Borrower also agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for the account of the parties entitled thereto, such other fees as shall be payable under the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Other Fees”) .

(b) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06 Interest on Loans.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

 

-41-


(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07 Default Interest. If and for so long as any Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c) or any Event of Default under Section 7.01(g), (h) or (n) shall have occurred and be continuing (prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, without notice, motion or application to, hearing before, or order from the Bankruptcy Court), the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Bankruptcy Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for ABR Loans). Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest and fees provided for in this Section 2.07 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 2.08 Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurocurrency Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written, fax or electronic mail notice of such determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (a) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing and (b) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Following the making of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(a), the Term Loan Commitments shall be ratably reduced by an amount equal to such Term Loan and the Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate on the second Business Day following the entry of the Final Order.

 

-42-


(b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written, fax or electronic mail notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Term Loan Commitments (if any); provided, however, that each partial reduction of the Term Loan Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000.

(c) Each reduction in the Term Loan Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Commitments.

SECTION 2.10 Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurocurrency Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurocurrency Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrowers at the time of conversion;

(iv) if any Eurocurrency Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;

(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

 

-43-


(vi) any portion of a Eurocurrency Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing; and

(vii) upon notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurocurrency Loan.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrowers request be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrowers shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.11 Repayment of Term Borrowings.

(a) Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Term Lenders, on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year (commencing on the first such date that occurs on or after the Exit Facility Conversion), and on the Term Loan Maturity Date (each such date being called a “Repayment Date”), a principal amount of the Term Loan (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 2.13(i)) equal to (A) in the case of each such Repayment Date due prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding immediately prior to the first such scheduled Repayment Date and (B) in the case of such payment due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, an amount equal to the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) Payments for the account of the New Term Loan Lenders of any New Term Loans, if any, shall be made in accordance with the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement for such Series and to the extent not previously paid, an amount equal to the then unpaid principal amount of such Series of New Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date in respect of such New Term Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

 

-44-


(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

SECTION 2.12 Optional Prepayment; Prepayment Premium.

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice) or (ii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, upon at least one Business Day’s prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice), in each case to the Administrative Agent before 1:00 p.m., New York City time; provided, however, that (i) each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum and (ii) any prepayment of a Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the Loans comprising such Borrowing based on the aggregate principal amount of such Loans then outstanding.

(b) [Intentionally omitted.]

(c) Optional prepayments shall be applied to the Class or Series of Loans as specified by the Borrowing Agent and pro rata among the Loans comprising such Class or Series in direct order of maturity thereof; (d) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and the class or Series of Loan to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrowers to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided that, a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the receipt of net proceeds from other Indebtedness, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the fourth Business Day after such notice of optional prepayment is delivered. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty (except as expressly provided in paragraph (b) above). All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

(e) Any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.12 in connection with a Repricing Event that occurs after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 6 months after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, shall be accompanied by a prepayment premium such that the aggregate amount of such prepayment shall equal 101% of the principal amount prepaid.

SECTION 2.13 Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) [Intentionally Omitted]

 

-45-


(b) In the event that on or before the 60th day following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, the Final Order has not been entered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Borrowers shall prepay all outstanding Loan Document Obligations on such day.

(c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Cash Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings or any Subsidiary in respect of a Prepayment Event, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days after such Net Cash Proceeds are so received, prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any Prepayment Event that is an Asset Sale, if the Borrowing Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent, on or prior to the date that a prepayment would otherwise be required hereunder if such certificate were not delivered, to the effect that Holdings and the Subsidiaries intend to apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate), within the Reinvestment Period applicable to such Net Cash Proceeds, to acquire real property, equipment or other tangible or intangible assets to be used in the business of Holdings and the Subsidiaries (which real property, equipment or other assets must be assets that become Collateral to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are attributable to assets that were Collateral), and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Cash Proceeds (or the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied by the end of such Reinvestment Period, at which time a prepayment shall be required in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied. For purposes hereof, “Reinvestment Period” means, in respect of any Net Cash Proceeds, the period beginning on the date of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds and ending 180 days thereafter.

(d) Following the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Applicable Prepayment Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year over (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid during such fiscal year pursuant to Section 2.12; provided however commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, if on the last day of such fiscal year the Leverage Ratio is less than 0.75 to 1.00, then no mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.13(d) shall be required for such fiscal year. Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or prior to the date that is five Business Days after the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated (and in any event on or prior to the date that is five Business Days after the day that is 90 days after the end of such fiscal year).

(e) [Intentionally Omitted].

(f) [Intentionally Omitted].

(g) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

-46-


(h) The Borrowing Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by fax or electronic mail) of any mandatory prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days (or, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d), five Business Days) before the date of prepayment, or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day (or, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d) above, five Business Days) before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of the Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (c) or (d) above, a reasonably detailed calculation, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowers, of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice states that the prepayment is conditioned upon consummation of a refinancing or other transaction and if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified prepayment date that such condition has not been satisfied and the notice is revoked. Promptly following receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. All mandatory prepayments shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of prepayment.

(i) Mandatory prepayments of the outstanding Loans under this Agreement shall be applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Loans under Section 2.11 in the direct order of their maturity, unless, in the case of New Term Loans, otherwise provided in the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement.

SECTION 2.14 Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or increase the cost to any Lender or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

-47-


(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section 2.14 shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.14 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20.

SECTION 2.15 Change in Legality.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurocurrency Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurocurrency Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurocurrency Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert such a Eurocurrency Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be); and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurocurrency Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

 

-48-


In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrowers by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurocurrency Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrowers.

SECTION 2.16 Indemnity. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (other than any loss of the Applicable Percentage or other profit margin) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor (including pursuant to a required assignment pursuant to Section 2.21(a)), (ii) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurocurrency Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurocurrency Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by a Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “Breakage Event”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall be equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurocurrency Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.16 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand indemnification under this Section 2.16 shall not constitute a waiver of such right to demand such indemnification; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to indemnify any Lender under this Section 2.16 for any claim made more than 180 days after the applicable Breakage Event.

SECTION 2.17 Pro Rata Treatment. Except as required under Section 2.12 2.13(i) or 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each reduction of the Term Loan Commitments of any Series and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of

 

-49-


any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans of the applicable Series). Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

SECTION 2.18 Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loans as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and participations in Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The Loan Parties expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by any Loan Party to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to a Borrower in the amount of such participation. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.19 Payments.

(a) Each Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date when due in immediately available U.S. Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its address set forth in Section 9.01. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

 

-50-


(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

SECTION 2.20 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, unless required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from such payment by such Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction and withholding of such Tax and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

(b) In addition, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after receipt of the certificate referred to below, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, that if the Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes so long as such efforts would not result in any additional cost, expense or risk or be otherwise

 

-51-


disadvantageous to any of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Loan Parties has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of such Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which a Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to such Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by such Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent legally entitled to do so, (i) furnish on or before it becomes a party to this Agreement to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) either (a) two accurate and complete originally executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or an accurate and complete IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), as applicable, certifying, in either case, such Foreign Lender’s legal entitlement to an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all interest payments hereunder or (b) to the extent the Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN (together with a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), if the beneficial owner providing the IRS Form W-8BEN is relying on the so-called portfolio interest exemption), IRS Form W-9 or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, and, if applicable further IRS Forms W-8IMY with the accompanying documentation

 

-52-


described in this clause (b), and (ii) provide a new Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (a) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (b) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (c) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, to reconfirm any complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any interest payment hereunder; provided that any Foreign Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is relying on the so-called “portfolio interest exemption” shall also furnish a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), together with a Form W-8BEN. Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), (a) on or before the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (b) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (c) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (d) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers, two accurate and complete originally executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any successor form certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

(g) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(h) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant Governmental Authority attributable thereto) to such Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund to the Administrative Agent or Lender, as applicable); provided, that a Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or Lender agrees to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or Lender to the extent the Administrative Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other person.

 

-53-


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document

SECTION 2.21 Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.

(a) In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrowers that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender may be, and the Administrative Agent, require any such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and (z) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans of such Lender, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16 and if such assignment occurs in connection with any consent, modification or amendment that would result in a Repricing Event that occurs after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date but on or prior to the date that is 6 months after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the prepayment premium that would be payable pursuant to Section 2.12(e) if the Loans of such Lender subject to such assignment had been prepaid by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.12); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14, notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall

 

-54-


withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby agrees that, in the event a Borrower exercises its rights under and in accordance with this Section 2.21 to effect a transfer and assignment of such Lender’s interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (which may be effected without such Lender’s consent or execution and delivery of any Assignment and Acceptance), such Lender shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights or obligations hereunder; provided that (i) the obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender under this Agreement which by their terms survive the termination of this Agreement or the transfer and assignment of the interests of a Lender hereunder and (ii) the obligations of such Lender under Section 9.05 (with respect to unreimbursed expenses or indemnity payments sought before or as a result of such assignment) shall, in each case, survive the Borrowers’ exercise of such rights.

(b) If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrowers or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

SECTION 2.22 Intentionally Deleted.

SECTION 2.23 Refinancing Facilities. Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Borrowing Agent may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to establish one or more additional tranches of term loans under this Agreement (“ Refinancing Facility”) or one or more series of senior unsecured notes or senior secured notes (“ Refinancing Notes” and, together with any Refinancing Facilities, “ Refinancing Debt”), in each case, to refinance the any or all Series of Loans, in whole or in part, and that will be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations or secured by the Collateral by Liens that are junior and subordinated to the Liens thereon securing the Obligations. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “ Refinancing Effective Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Refinancing Debt shall become effective; provided that:

(a) such Refinancing Debt shall mature no earlier than, and the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinancing Debt shall not be shorter than, the then remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Loans being refinanced;

 

-55-


(b) such Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes will have such pricing, premiums and, to the extent not directly and adversely affecting the Lenders of Loans outstanding hereunder (except in the case of any applicable Refinancing Facility) immediately after giving effect to such refinancing, optional prepayment or redemption terms as may be agreed by the Borrowers and the lenders or holders providing such Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes;

(c) if necessary the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent shall enter into such amendments to the Security Documents as may be requested by the Collateral Agent (which shall not require any consent from any Lender) in order to ensure that the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes are provided with the benefit of the applicable Security Documents and shall deliver such other documents, certificates and opinions of counsel in connection therewith as may be requested by the Collateral Agent; and

(d) the Net Cash Proceeds of the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes shall be applied to the repayment of the then outstanding applicable Loans on the date of such incurrence in accordance with Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.24 Incremental Facilities.

(a) The Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, the establishment of term loan commitments under one or more new term loan tranches (any such term loan commitment, a “ New Term Loan Commitment”; any Loan made in respect thereof, a “ New Term Loan”) in amounts that are (i) not to exceed, in the aggregate for all New Term Loan Commitments, $50,000,000 and (ii) individually not less than $20,000,000 (or any lesser amount that is approved by the Administrative Agent) and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ New Term Loan Date”) on which the Borrowers propose that the New Term Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or other Person that is consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to whom the Borrowers propose any portion of such New Term Loan Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a portion of such New Term Loan Commitments. Such New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall become effective as of such New Term Loan Date; provided that (1) no Default shall exist on such New Term Loan Date before or after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments, as the case may be; (2) such New Term Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.20; (3) the Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such New Term Loan Commitments; (4) the applicable Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants after giving effect to such New Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loans to be made thereunder and the application of proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on such date; (5) the interest rate for any New Term Loan shall be determined by the

 

-56-


Borrowers and the applicable Lender; provided that if the Yield in respect of any New Term Loans exceeds the Yield with respect to the Term Loan by more than 50 basis points, the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Term Loan shall be automatically increased on the New Term Loan Date with respect to the Term Loan so that the Yield for the Term Loan is equal to the Yield with respect to such New Term Loans minus 50 basis points; (6) the final maturity date of any New Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date; and (7) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Once any New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of their respective New Term Loan Dates in accordance with this Section 2.24(a), extensions of credit may be made thereunder in accordance with the terms of the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement without any additional conditions thereto; provided that, with respect to each such extension of credit, each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02 shall be satisfied. Any New Term Loans made pursuant to New Term Loan Commitments that become effective on a New Term Loan Date, as well as the Term Loans, shall be designated a separate series (a “ Series ”) of Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrowers’ notice of each New Term Loan Date and in respect thereof the New Term Loan Commitments, the Lenders providing such New Term Loan Commitments and their respective interests therein.

(c) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans shall be identical to the Term Loan, except as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or explicitly permitted by this Section 2.24.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the terms of the New Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 2.25 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i)  Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to

 

-57-


Section 2.08 or 9.06 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders holding Loans of the same Series as the Defaulting Lender on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to clause (iv) below. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans of the applicable Series to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments of such Series, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 2.26 Priority and Liens. At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Each Loan Party hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Loan Party hereunder and under the Loan Documents:

 

-58-


(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including any proceeds therefrom));

(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible property of such Loan Party, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom));

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Permitted Prior Liens”), (B) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Section 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “DIP Permitted Liens”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Loan Parties and their estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Loan Parties; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Loan Parties; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claim as described in Section 2.26(a) shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility First Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

 

-59-


(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Loan Parties hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Loan Party, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Loan Party’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders on the Closing Date and on the date of a Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.01(b):

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers. Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and, to the extent recognized by the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow hereunder.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization. The Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any

 

-60-


such indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents or permitted Liens that are subject to an Intercreditor Agreement); provided that to the extent made prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the representations and warranties in this Section 3.02(b) relating to indentures, agreements or other instruments described in clause (b)(i)(C) or (b)(ii) above shall be limited to those that remain enforceable under applicable laws after the Petition Date.

SECTION 3.03 Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party will constitute (to the extent such persons are a party thereto), a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3.04 Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages, (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and (d) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, applicable approvals by the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION 3.05 Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee. The Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee consists of lenders (and their respective affiliates) holding in excess of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Indebtedness of each class of claims for outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers that is impaired under the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

SECTION 3.06 No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2011, except for the Transactions, no event or condition has occurred or existed that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07 Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases.

(a) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and (ii) where the failure to have such title in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

(b) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has complied with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect except for such noncompliance or ineffectiveness which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-61-


(c) As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d) As of the Closing Date, none of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein, other than the purchase agreement described in Section 6.05(h).

SECTION 3.08 Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries, including the correct legal name thereof, the jurisdiction in which each such person is organized or incorporated, the percentage ownership interest (whether direct or indirect) of Holdings therein and whether such Subsidiary is one or more of the following: (i) a subsidiary of HMCo, (ii) a subsidiary of HMHP, or (iii) a Not for Profit Subsidiary. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdings, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, Liens permitted by clause (l), (v) or (x) of Section 6.02 and in the case of Liens permitted under Section 6.02(v) or (x), subject to an Intercreditor Agreement). Each Not for Profit Subsidiary is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, or if any Not for Profit Subsidiary is not so exempt from United States Federal income taxation, then such Not for Profit Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.12.

SECTION 3.09 Litigation; Compliance with Laws.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting any Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-62-


SECTION 3.10 Agreements.

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11 Federal Reserve Regulations.

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

SECTION 3.12 Investment Company Act. Neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.13 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loan will be used (i) to Refinance the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (ii) for general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (including payment of fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby) and for costs associated with administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and (iii) to provide certain adequate protection payments, which may include (x) the payment, when due or as soon as practicable thereafter, of all reasonable and documented costs, fees and expenses incurred either prior to or after the Petition Date of the Prepetition Agents and their respective counsels and the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee and its advisors (in accordance with the terms of the applicable prepetition engagement letters), in each case, incurred in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (y) the payments in respect of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the Prepetition Notes Indenture aggregate amount of $69,700,000 (such payments in clauses (x) and (y) collectively, the “ Adequate Protection Payments”) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no portion of the Term Loan, the Collateral (including any cash collateral) or the Carve Out shall be used (i) to challenge the validity, perfection, priority, extent or enforceability of the Loans, any other Obligations or any Liens or security interests securing the Obligations, (ii) to investigate or assert any other claims or causes of action against any Agent or Lender or any other holder of any Obligations or (iii) for any act which has the effect of materially or adversely modifying or compromising the rights and remedies of any Agent or Lender as set forth in any Loan Document.

 

-63-


SECTION 3.14 Taxes. Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be timely filed all Federal, and all state, local and foreign, tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except (i) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or (ii) taxes and tax returns for which the failure to so pay or file, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15 No Material Misstatements. None of (a) the Borrowers’ presentation materials to the Lenders dated May, 2012 or (b) any other written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection or other forward-looking information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information, report, exhibit or schedule was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that the Loan Parties believed to be reasonable at the time made and at the time such information, report, exhibit or schedule was or is so furnished. It is understood that any forecast, projection or other forward-looking information is not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the periods covered thereby may differ from projected results.

SECTION 3.16 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Each of the Borrowers and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-64-


(b) Each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance with all requirements of law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of Holdings, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction which would subject Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with applicable law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Pension Plan is maintained. The aggregate unfunded liabilities with respect to such Foreign Pension Plans could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the present value of the aggregate accumulated benefit liabilities of all such Foreign Pension Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Foreign Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Foreign Pension Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.17 Environmental Matters.

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.17 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18 Insurance. Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all material insurance maintained by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

SECTION 3.19 Security Documents.

(a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and (i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Credit Intercreditor Agreement), the Lien created under Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall

 

-65-


constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement), and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (other than Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights described in Section 3.19(b)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

(b) Upon the timely recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Collateral Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and registered (or subject to an application for registration) in the name of the Loan Parties, and in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States and its territories and possessions, in each case prior in right to any other person other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered Trademarks and Patents, Trademark and Patent applications and registered Copyrights and Copyright Applications).

(c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(c), the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

 

-66-


(d) Each Security Document (other than the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any short-form security agreement referred to in clause (b) above and the Mortgages) that purports (i) to create a Lien on any Collateral, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Lien on the Collateral subject thereto and (ii) to create a Guarantee of any of the Obligations, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Guarantee of the Obligations subject thereto.

SECTION 3.20 Location of Real Property and Leased Premises.

(a) Schedule 3.20(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property owned by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. As of the Closing Date, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable fee title to all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(a), in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than those Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) Schedule 3.20(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property leased by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, lessor, lessee and expiration date thereof. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid leases, subleases or licenses in, or rights to use and occupy, all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(b), except where such invalidity, inability, and/or limitation on use and occupation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.21 Labor Matters. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound.

SECTION 3.22 Solvency. On the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole), at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise (taken as a whole); (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) the Loan Parties will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged, as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

 

-67-


SECTION 3.23 No Default. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 3.24 Intellectual Property. Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns, is licensed to use or otherwise has the right to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business except for those for which the failure to own or license could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted in writing or is pending by any Person challenging the use by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except, in either case, for such claims that in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The use of such Intellectual Property by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.25 Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments.

(a) Set forth on Schedule 6.01 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the obligor and the principal amount outstanding thereunder, the maturity date thereof and the amortization schedule therefor.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 6.02 hereto is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Liens on the property or assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 6.04 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Investments (other than Investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the amount and description (including the parties thereto) of each such Investment.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

SECTION 4.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to make advances to the Borrowers on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08 of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the Loan Documents and other documentation relating to the Term Loan provided hereunder (except in the case of any documentation to be delivered in accordance with Section 5.14) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and other parties thereto.

 

-68-


(b) Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of each Loan Party,

(i) the notes payable to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.04(e);

(ii) copies of each organizational or constitutive document (along with any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate Governmental Authority (except for any Loan Party organized under California law, whose organizational or constitutive documents may be certified as of an earlier date if a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate certifying as of the Closing Date there has been no change to such organizational or constitution documents since such earlier date);

(iii) certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign each Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder;

(iv) resolutions of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, as well as the transactions contemplated hereunder and the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; and

(v) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto.

(c) The Chapter 11 Cases shall have been commenced by the Debtors, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the form and substance of the First Day Orders sought by the Debtors and entered on or prior to the Closing Date (including a cash management order).

(d) The Debtors shall have begun solicitation in respect of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the Plan Support Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

(e) The Lenders shall have received, on or before the Closing Date, a copy of an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court in substantially the form of Exhibit G-1 (the “ Interim Order”), which Interim Order (i) shall approve the Loan Documents and grant the Obligations hereunder the Superpriority Claim status and the Liens described in Section 2.26, (ii) shall authorize extensions of credit in the aggregate amounts of up to

 

-69-


$150,000,000 of term loans under this Agreement and up to $250,000,000 of revolving credit loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (iii) shall approve the payment by the Borrowers of all of the fees and expenses that are required to be paid hereunder; (iv) shall authorize and direct the Loan Parties to repay in full obligations under the Prepetition Receivables Facility; (v) shall authorize the use by the Loan Parties of any cash collateral in which any Secured Party or any Adequate Protection Party may have an interest (other than cash collateral securing the Prepetition LC Facility); (vi) shall provide for the Adequate Protection Payments and grant customary adequate protection claims and Liens to the Prepetition Secured Parties, which claims and Liens shall be junior to those claims and Liens of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, as adequate protection of the Adequate Protection Parties’ interests in the Prepetition Collateral from diminution in value of their collateral resulting from the Loan Parties’ use, sale or lease of the Prepetition Collateral (including cash collateral), the imposition of the automatic stay pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code and the priming Liens described in Section 2.26; (vii) shall be in full force and effect; and (viii) shall not have been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed.

(f) All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of outside counsel) required to be paid to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid (including fees owed to the Lenders to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Lenders).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received and be reasonably satisfied with the Thirteen Week Forecast for the first thirteen week period after the Closing Date.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied in its reasonable judgment that, except as authorized by the Interim Order, there shall not occur as a result of, and after giving effect to, the initial extension of credit hereunder, a default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be a default) under any of the Loan Parties’ debt instruments and other material agreements which, (i) in the case of the debt instruments and other material agreements, would permit the counterparty thereto to exercise remedies thereunder after the Petition Date (other than the Prepetition LC Facility) or (ii) in the case of any other subsidiary, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Administrative Agent and Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of a favorable written opinion of Paul Weiss Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Closing Date, addressing such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) Since December 31, 2011, there has been no event or occurrence that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) There shall not exist any Material Litigation.

 

-70-


(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder and the making of the Term Loan shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation (other than the Bankruptcy Code) shall be applicable to the Administrative Agent that prevents the establishment of the Term Loan Facility or the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(m) Each Lender who has requested the same at least three business days prior to the Closing Date shall have received “know your customer” and similar information.

(n) The Prepetition Receivables Facility shall have been and shall be concurrently terminated and repaid in full and the Borrowers shall have delivered duly executed payoff letters and UCC-3 termination statements confirming the release of any and all Liens securing the collateral in respect thereof.

(o) The Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each of the applicable Loan Parties, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and together therewith, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) Proper uniform commercial code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties as deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Security Documents covering the Collateral;

(ii) Copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Agent with respect to the Loan Parties;

(iii) for each Mortgaged Property, evidence as to whether such Mortgaged Property is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards (a “ Flood Hazard Property”) pursuant to a standard flood hazard determination form ordered and received by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) if such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property, (A) evidence as to whether the community in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent as to the fact that such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (C) copies of the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Administrative Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Secured Parties; and

 

-71-


(iv) Evidence that, other than those items set forth on Schedule 5.14, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and perfected pursuant to the Interim Order shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the delivery of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in proper form for filing for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and provision having been made for the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements

(p) To the extent such items can be delivered on or prior to the Closing Date after the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of account control agreements to the extent required by this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed by all the parties thereto, (ii) copies of Security Documents covering the Loan Parties’ Intellectual Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in suitable form for recordation at the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, duly executed by all the parties thereto and (iii) evidence of all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.02, and evidence that the Administrative Agent shall have been named as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, on all insurance policies covering loss or damage to Collateral.

SECTION 4.02 Conditions Precedent to All Term Loan Borrowings. The obligation of each Lender to make advances to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.01 is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08 of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Borrowing as required by Section 2.03.

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the date of such Term Borrowing (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) as of such earlier date).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Term Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-72-


(d) The making of such Term Loan shall not violate any requirement of law and shall not be enjoined, temporarily, preliminarily or permanently.

(e) In the case of the making of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.01(b), the Final Order shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, and shall not have been modified or amended in any material respect without the written consent of the Required Lenders.

SECTION 4.03 Exit Facility Option. The Lenders hereby grant to the Borrowers an option (the “ Exit Facility Option”) to convert the DIP Facility into an Exit Facility (such conversion, the “ Exit Facility Conversion”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents, on the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 4.04 Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option. On or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the obligations of each Lender to extend the maturity of the Term Loan beyond the DIP Facility Maturity Date are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08, of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Borrowers shall have delivered at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders that the Exit Facility Option will be exercised (which notice may state that the expected date for the Exit Facility Conversion to occur is contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Sections 4.04(c) and (d)).

(b) The Exit Facility Conversion Date shall occur no later than the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

(c) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming the Approved Plan of Reorganization in accordance with section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which order shall be in full force and effect, shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and shall authorize the Loan Parties to execute, deliver and perform under all Loan Documents and all other documents contemplated hereunder and thereunder (such order, the “ Confirmation Order”) .

(d) The Approved Plan of Reorganization and all transactions contemplated therein or in the Confirmation Order to occur on the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall have been (or concurrently with the occurrence of Exit Facility Conversion Date, shall be) substantially consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with applicable law, Bankruptcy Court and regulatory approvals.

(e) Any indebtedness or obligation of any Loan Party and any Liens securing such indebtedness or obligation that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall not exceed the amount contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

 

-73-


(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary solvency certificate (after giving effect to the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization), stating that the Loan Parties are solvent on a consolidated basis on the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the chief financial officer of the Borrowers.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion of Paul Weiss Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, addressing such matters with respect to the Exit Facility Conversion as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) The Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent evidence that, other than those items that have been delivered or completed prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and those that according to Schedule 5.14 are scheduled to be delivered or completed after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order (or after the entry thereof, the Final Order) and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the items described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 4.01(p) and the filing of proper Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements.

(i) The Borrowers shall have paid all outstanding fees and expenses then due and payable in respect of the Term Loan Facility.

(j) To the extent not otherwise included in the Disclosure Statement, the Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the most recent monthly and quarterly financial statements ended prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date for which financial statements are available (it being understood that working capital expenditures will not be required to be included in such financial statements).

(k) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that all Prepetition Indebtedness has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished, all commitments relating thereto terminated and all Liens relating thereto terminated, (or in the case of Liens on any Foreign Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or assets or guarantees by any Foreign Subsidiary, in each case created pursuant to security documents registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, that such Indebtedness and other obligations secured

 

-74-


or supported by Liens and guarantees has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished) including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s receipt of reasonably satisfactory pay-off letters and UCC-3 termination statements.

(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions in respect of the Exit Facility Conversion shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of the Administrative Agent that prevents the Exit Facility Conversion or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties, covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Holdings and the Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01 Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties.

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05.

(b) Other than as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations and Intellectual Property necessary or desirable to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property useful to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

SECTION 5.02 Insurance.

(a) Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with

 

-75-


companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

(b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Closing Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to a Loan Party under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent; and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such policies to provide that neither any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder and to contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement”, without any deduction for depreciation, and such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified copies of all such policies to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

(c) If at any time the area in which the Premises (as defined in the Mortgages) are located is designated (i) in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrowers shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (x) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance similar to that required by Section 4.01(o)(iii) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require.

(d) With respect to any Mortgaged Property, carry and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance including the “broad form CGL endorsement” providing for coverage on an occurrence basis against claims made for personal injury (including bodily injury, death and property damage) and umbrella liability insurance against any and all claims, in each case in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses and operating in the same or similar locations, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured on forms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

-76-


(e) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by any Loan Party; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

SECTION 5.03 Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Holdings shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien and, in the case of a Mortgaged Property, there is no material risk of forfeiture of such property or (ii) that is required to be paid and discharged prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and that is not permitted to be so paid and discharged under the Bankruptcy Laws prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 5.04 Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the Borrowers, furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers or other independent registered public accounting firm of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without “going concern” or like qualifications or exceptions and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that the financial statements for each such fiscal year shall cover a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on December 31;

(b) within (i) 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, and (ii) 90 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its

 

-77-


operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm (for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2012), and concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent opining on or certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations) (i) certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.10 (for certificates delivered prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date) or Section 6.11 (for certificates delivered after the Exit Facility Conversion Date) (any such certificate furnished pursuant to this clause (c), a “ Compliance Certificate”); provided that if there has been any material change in GAAP or in the application of GAAP referred to in Section 1.03, the Compliance Certificate from the Financial Officer shall identify such change and the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget with respect to such fiscal year (the “ Budget ”);

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the IPO Issuer if an Initial Public Offering has occurred) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;

(f) promptly after the receipt thereof by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, a copy of any “management letter” received by any such person from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto to the extent such certified public accountants have consented to the delivery of such management letter to the Administrative Agent upon the request of the Borrowers;

 

-78-


(g) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;

(h) promptly following any request therefor, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of ERISA that any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, Holdings, any Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

(i) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request;

(j) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarter of Holdings and within 90 days after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter of Holdings, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to comparable periods of the previous year;

(k) within 30 days after the end of each of the first 11 fiscal months of each fiscal year occurring prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Holdings’s consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal month and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, and computations of Consolidated EBITDA for the month and the then elapsed portion of the year in reasonable detail, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information, which may not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements;

(l) on and after the Closing Date but prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) no later than the third Business Day of each calendar week, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, (A) commencing with the calendar week starting immediately after the Closing Date, a

 

-79-


Budget Variance Report as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week and (B) a Thirteen Week Forecast setting forth on a weekly basis for the next thirteen weeks (commencing with the immediately succeeding calendar week) an updated forecast for such period and (ii) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, an updated DIP Budget covering if such fiscal month ends on or prior to December 31, 2012, each fiscal month during the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, or if such fiscal month ends after December 31, 2012, from January 1, 2013 through the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that such parent holds no material assets other than cash and Equity Interests of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision)) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under clause (a) of this Section 5.01, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of PriceWaterhouseCoopers or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (e) of this Section 5.04 may at Holdings or the Borrowers’ election be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earliest of (i) the date on which such documents are electronically delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting if delivered before 5:00 p.m. New York time on a Business Day or otherwise on the following Business Day, (ii) the date on which such documents are posted on Holdings or the Borrowers’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); or (iii) the date on which such documents are filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; provided that: upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrowers shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.05 Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice of the following promptly after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party becomes aware thereof:

(a) any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

-80-


(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against HMHP or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; and

(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06 Information Regarding Collateral.

(a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Holdings and the Borrowers agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Holdings and the Borrowers also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

(b) In the case of Holdings and the Borrowers, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a), deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificates or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificates delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06.

SECTION 5.07 Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings.

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such person upon reasonable notice, at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year and shall be arranged by one or more Lenders through the Administrative Agent.

 

-81-


(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (i) a public corporate rating from (A) S&P or Fitch and (B) Moody’s and (ii) a public credit rating of the Term Loan Facility from (A) S&P or Fitch and (B) Moody’s.

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes specified in Section 3.13.

SECTION 5.09 Employee Benefits . (a) Comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the laws applicable to any Foreign Pension Plan, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten Business Days after any Responsible Officer of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000, a statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings or the Borrowers setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that Holdings or the Borrowers proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided , however , that (A) none of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP and (B) solely for purposes of Section 5.11, the Loan Parties shall not be in Default because of a breach of this Section 5.10 unless such breach could reasonably be expected to result in a material environmental liability to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.11 Preparation of Environmental Reports . If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.17 or Section 5.10 shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default, at the written request of the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 45 days after such request, at the expense of the Loan Parties, an environmental site assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or remedial action in connection with such Default.

 

-82-


SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. Holdings and the Borrowers will cause each subsidiary of HMCo that is a Domestic Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. If any Not for Profit Subsidiary ceases to be exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, then Holdings and the Borrowers will cause such Not for Profit Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) In addition, from and after the Closing Date, Holdings and the Borrowers will cause any subsequently acquired or organized Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) to become a Loan Party by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and/or each applicable Security Document in favor of the Collateral Agent. In addition, from time to time, Holdings and the Borrowers will, at their cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of the assets and properties of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings and any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured (i) by substantially all the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes), including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries that are first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries (or treated as first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries for United States Federal income tax purposes) or any Domestic Subsidiary which is treated as a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary for United States federal income tax purposes, by 66% of the voting stock and 100% of the non-voting stock of such Subsidiary). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and Holdings and the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section. Holdings and the Borrowers agree to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien. In furtherance of the foregoing, Holdings and the Borrowers will give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by Holdings or any of the other Loan Parties of any Material Real Property and will, within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) following the acquisition of such Material Real Property, deliver to the Administrative Agent the items described in Schedule 5.14 as applicable to such Material Real Property, as well as such other items as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

-83-


SECTION 5.13 [Intentionally Omitted].

SECTION 5.14 Post-Closing Deliveries . Complete and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the items described on Schedule 5.14 hereof on or before the dates specified with respect to such items, or such later dates as may be agreed to by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above and in Schedule 5.14, rather than as elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents), provided that (x) to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Closing Date, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the Security Documents shall be required to be true in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) immediately after the actions required to be taken by this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) have been taken (or were required to be taken).

SECTION 5.15 Milestones. Ensure the satisfaction of the following milestones relating to the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the applicable timing referred to below (or such later dates as approved by the Required Lenders), as well as certain other agreed milestones as such may relate to the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively, the “Milestones” and individually a “Milestone” ):

(a) within 5 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order;

(b) within 60 days following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Final Order;

(c) within 90 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Confirmation Order; and

(d) no later than 120 days following the Petition Date, the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall be effective.

SECTION 5.16 Chapter 11 Cases. Until the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) maintain the effectiveness of, and comply with, any Plan Support Agreement, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Bankruptcy Court’s approval and confirmation of the Approved Plan or Reorganization and the consummation of the transactions therein and (b) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at the request of the Administrative Agent, use of commercially reasonable efforts to consummate a sale of its assets and pay in full the outstanding Obligations and to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval thereof.

 

-84-


ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full), unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Holdings nor any Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) (i) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date that is listed on Schedule 6.01;

(b) intercompany Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04(b); provided that such intercompany Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations;

(c) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(f) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01(g) shall not exceed $300,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) at any time outstanding;

 

-85-


(h) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any person providing worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person;

(i) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations and trade-related letters of credit, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof to the extent that the amount of refinancing Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness being refinanced;

(j) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(k) Indebtedness with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and purchase money Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition or improvement of the respective asset (whether through the direct purchase of such asset or the Equity Interest of any person owning such asset) permitted under this Agreement in order to finance such acquisition or improvement (including any Indebtedness acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition); provided , any such Indebtedness (i) incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, (ii) shall be secured only by the assets acquired or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (iii) shall constitute not less than 75% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset, and any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v) thereof), in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was incurred pursuant to this clause (k), is not in excess of $50,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(l) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(m) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings acquired after the Closing Date and Indebtedness of a person merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets, which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and is not created in contemplation of such event and where such acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted by this Agreement and (ii) any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v)

 

-86-


thereof); provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (m) shall not at any time outstanding exceed $75,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) and (B) at the time of such acquisition and at the time of the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Leverage Ratio as of such date shall be no greater than the Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date;

(n) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000;

(o) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and other junior Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not greater than $100,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, (i) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Leverage Ratio as of such date shall be no greater than the Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date;

(p) [Intentionally Omitted];

(q) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, indemnities, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (p) above;

(r) [Intentionally Omitted];

(s) Guarantees of obligations of third parties to the extent treated as Investments in such third parties (in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations so Guaranteed) and permitted by Section 6.04;

(t) Any Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes of a Loan Party incurred in accordance with Section 2.23;

(u) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by any Loan Party to future, current or former officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees of Holdings, its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in Section 6.06(a)(i); provided that the terms of any such Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings;

(v) Indebtedness with respect to Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.04(h); and

 

-87-


(w) Indebtedness in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility (including Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations thereunder) with respect to letters of credit outstanding thereunder as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $27,000,000.

SECTION 6.02 Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Restricted Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of ten days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(e) with respect to real property of the Restricted Subsidiaries, covenants, conditions, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other imperfections or irregularities in title, in each case which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money and do not or will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

(f) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of property permitted hereunder;

 

-88-


(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business and Liens on a Specified Warehouse created in connection with a Sale and Lease Back Transaction involving such Specified Warehouse;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) licenses of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, trade secrets, service marks, tradenames and any other intellectual property rights granted by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(k) construction liens arising in the ordinary course of business, including liens for work performed for which payment has not been made, securing obligations that are not due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall have set aside on its books reserves as shall be required by GAAP;

(l) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent, or which are for less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for property taxes on property (other than Mortgaged Property or property that, pursuant to the terms hereof, is required to become Mortgaged Property) that Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(m) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Leases), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature made or incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(n) zoning restrictions, easements, trackage rights, leases (other than Capital Leases), licenses, special assessments, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

 

-89-


(o) purchase money security interests in equipment or other property or improvements thereto hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by any Restricted Subsidiary (including the interests of vendors and lessors under conditional sale and title retention agreements); provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(k), (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 270 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such equipment or other property or improvements at the time of such acquisition (or construction), including transaction costs incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition (or construction), and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to accessions to such equipment or other property or improvements; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by a single lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided solely by such lender);

(p) Liens arising out of operating lease or Capital Lease transactions permitted under Section 6.01(k) and transactions permitted by Section 6.03, so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions thereto or proceeds thereof and related property;

(q) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 (except to the extent covered by insurance, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer), unless such judgments shall remain undischarged for a period of more than 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) pertaining to pooled deposit and/or sweep accounts of Holdings and/or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(s) any Lien on any property or asset of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness (including Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) permitted by Section 6.01(m); provided that such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not securing such Indebtedness at the date of the acquisition of such property or asset (other than after acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such date and permitted hereunder which contains a requirement for the pledging of after acquired property, it being agreed that such after acquired property shall not include property of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than any such acquired Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, that would have been included but for such acquisition);

(t) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted above; provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal; provided further , that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

 

-90-


(u) Liens securing the Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes permitted under Section 6.01(t); provided that such Liens are subject an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(v) subject to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(g);

(w) other Liens not securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets not constituting Collateral for the Obligations with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25,000,000 at any time;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(o), in each case subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(y) Liens on property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(z) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes;

(aa) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

(dd) any Lien (in the form of cash collateral in an amount not to exceed 103% of the face amount of the outstanding letters of credit relating thereto) securing the Prepetition LC Facility (which may rank senior to the Liens created under the Loan Documents with respect to the cash securing the Prepetition LC Facility); and

(ee) Liens securing Other Secured Obligations (under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement).

SECTION 6.03 Sale and Lease Back Transactions . Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter

 

-91-


rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “ Sale and Lease Back Transaction ”) unless (a) the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by clause (f) of Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans and Advances . Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, or enter into any Hedging Agreement with, any other person (collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) Permitted Investments;

(b) Investments as of the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments made after the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made after the Closing Date by Loan Parties in, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness or other obligations of, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Investments) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year; provided that, for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing annual limitation as of any date, the amount of each Investment made on or prior to such date that is subject to such limitation shall be deemed reduced (to not less than zero) by the aggregate amount of cash, dividends or other distributions returned to the applicable Loan Party in respect of such Investment prior to the date of determination;

(c) Capital Expenditures;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate (calculated without regard to write-downs or write-offs thereof); provided that any such loans with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings and (ii) advances of payroll payments and expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(e) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) (i) any Investment acquired by a Loan Party (x) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by a Loan Party in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable, (y) as a result of a foreclosure by a Loan Party with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (z) as a result of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates, (ii) accounts receivable arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from

 

-92-


financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and (iii) prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding (valued at the time of the making thereof and determined after giving effect to returns representing a return of capital thereon but without regard to any write-offs or write-downs)

(h) Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and perform their obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business and so long as any such Hedging Agreement or other derivative instrument is not speculative in nature;

(i) Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.04;

(j) Investments arising out of the receipt by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of non-cash consideration with respect to sales of assets permitted under Section 6.05; provided that such consideration (if the stated amount or value thereof is in excess of $1,000,000) is pledged upon receipt pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent required thereby;

(k) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Section 6.02;

(l) the acquisition, or acquisition by license, of the assets of the Global Scholar Business; provided that at the time of such acquisition, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and all persons in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents;

(m) loans and advances to current and former senior management permitted pursuant to Section 6.07(g);

(n) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing, joint development or similar arrangements with other Persons;

(o) any advances, loans, extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors or other Investments in receivables owing to a Loan Party, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as such Loan Party deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

-93-


(p) Investments in Houghton Mifflin PLC in an amount not to exceed £8,000,000 in the aggregate to comply with UK pension regulation requirements; provided , that the Loan Parties will use their best efforts to minimize the amounts of such Investment;

(q) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or a series of Investments from one Restricted Subsidiary to another solely to provide a Restricted Subsidiary that is consummating a Permitted Acquisition with funds to pay the consideration in respect thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such consideration; and

(r) Investments in HMH IP Company in the ordinary course of business in respect of operating expenses of HMH IP Company and other expenses incurred by HMH IP Company in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties; provided that the amounts of such Investments shall be no more than amounts that would be otherwise payable to an unaffiliated third party providing such digital development services and in the aggregate shall not exceed $100,000,000 in any fiscal year.

SECTION 6.05 Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions . Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any part of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or less than all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any Equity Interests in or assets of any other person, except:

(a) purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(b) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (other than a Borrower) into (or with) HMH Holdings in which HMH Holdings is the survivor, (ii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Borrower in a transaction in which such Borrower is the survivor, (iii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) into or with any Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Loan Party and, in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), no person other than the Borrower or the Loan Party receives any consideration, (iv) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party into or with any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, or (v) any Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 so long as the continuing or surviving person shall be a Subsidiary, which shall be a Loan Party if the merging, consolidating or amalgamating Subsidiary was a Loan Party and which together with each of its subsidiaries shall have complied with the requirements of Section 5.12;

 

-94-


(c) sales or other dispositions of assets described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the definition of “Asset Sale”;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, pursuant to Permitted Acquisitions;

(e) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.04;

(f) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Lease Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03) of property; provided that (i) at the time of any such transaction, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Borrowers are in compliance with the Financial Covenants at such time, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result therefrom, and the fair market value of property so sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed shall not exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) the consideration received for such property shall be not less than 75% in cash and in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the board of directors of HMHP or Holdings); provided further , that no sale of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary may be made pursuant to this clause (f) except in connection with the sale of all its outstanding Equity Interests that is held by Holdings and any other Subsidiary;

(g) the sale of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

(h) the sale of the real property located in Bellmawr, New Jersey for fair market value;

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may liquidate or dissolve into another Restricted Subsidiary if the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Holdings and HMHP and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and;

(j) any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its assets or business to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such transaction complies with Section 6.04 and Section 6.07.

SECTION 6.06 Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements .

(a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided , however , that (i) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Holdings may repurchase, or may pay cash dividends or distributions with respect to its Equity Interests so that one or more of its parent holding companies (if any) may repurchase, its own Equity Interests owned by present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries or make payments to present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon termination of employment in

 

-95-


connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability, retirement or termination of employment of such present or former officers or employees; provided , that the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments under this clause (i) shall not exceed in any calendar year $2,000,000; provided that any unused amount in any calendar year may be carried forward into any succeeding calendar year (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings during such calendar year from Employee Equity Sales and the amount of net proceeds of any key-man life insurance received during such calendar year); and provided further , that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions that may be made pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $10,000,000 (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings after the date of this Agreement from Employee Equity Sales); (ii) this Section 6.06(a) shall not apply to repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings may declare and make Restricted Payments to, repurchase its Equity Interests from or make other distributions to Holdings or to any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or, in the case of non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries, to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or more favorable basis from the perspective of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests; and (iv) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Restricted Payments may be made at any time when, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants and (z) the Liquidity of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be at least $250,000,000.

(b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings, or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, any Loan Document, agreement governing any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a) or (g) or to the extent such restrictions and conditions do not contravene the Loan Documents, under Section 6.01(m), (n) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties), (o) or (p) or a Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes permitted under Section 6.01(t), (B) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of, or sale of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is, or such assets that are, to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (D) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (E) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by the Revolving Credit Agreement and other “Loan Documents” defined therein, and (F) the foregoing shall not apply to any Not for Profit Subsidiary.

 

-96-


SECTION 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions between or among Loan Parties, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) engage in any of the foregoing transactions upon terms no less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties and (ii) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, make an Investment in any Affiliate that provides services to any Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such Investment is made pursuant to Section 6.04(g) and is permitted thereby, and (y) the board of directors of Holdings determines that such Investment is in the best interests of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06(a), (c) the indemnification of, and the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to, directors, officers and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (d) Investments permitted by clause (b), (d), (q) or (r) of Section 6.04 and transfers permitted under Section 6.05 of work-in-process and products in the ordinary course of business among Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties, (e) any employment agreement entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (f) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and approved by the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP, (g) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or its equivalent with the stockholders of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter, (h) the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (i) payments by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (j) transactions with respect to which Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view, (k) investments by Affiliates in securities or Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors or their Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the aggregate investment by Affiliates constitutes less than 50% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities or Indebtedness; (l) any transaction with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary consists only of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, and (m) any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Holdings with an Affiliate of Holdings not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and solely for the purpose of (i) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings, (ii) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (iii) reincorporating Holdings in a new jurisdiction.

 

-97-


SECTION 6.08 Other Indebtedness and Agreements .

(a) Permit (i) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is outstanding other than any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment (A) that does not increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional rights on the holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness in a manner adverse in any material respect to Holdings, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Lenders or (B) otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” or (ii) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of its certificate of incorporation, by laws, operating, management or partnership agreement or other organizational documents, to the extent any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, except as expressly contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

(b) Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations in either right of payment or lien priority (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (i) or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, except in the case of Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, except as expressly provided for in the Approved Plan of Reorganization or pursuant to the First Day Orders or other orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) After the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Facility or Refinancing Notes), in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Subordinated Indebtedness (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, unless in each case, at the time of any such distribution or payment, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Leverage Ratio shall be less than 0.50:1.0.

 

-98-


SECTION 6.09 Superpriority Claims . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, incur, create, assume, suffer to exist or permit any other Superpriority Claim that is pari passu with or senior to the claims of the Agents and the Secured Parties against the Loan Parties except with respect to the Carve-Out.

SECTION 6.10 Minimum Consolidated EBITDA . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, permit Consolidated EBITDA for any twelve-month period, as of the end of each calendar month, to be less than (i) for each month that occurs during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, $180,000,000, and (ii) for each month that occurs thereafter, $200,000,000.

SECTION 6.11 Financial Covenants Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date .

(a) Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio at the last day of any fiscal quarter set forth below of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case if such fiscal quarter is ending after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to be less than the ratio set forth below for such applicable fiscal quarter end date:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

  Interest Coverage Ratio  

September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2012

    7.00        to        1.00   

March 31, 2013 through December 31, 2013

    8.00        to        1.00   

March 31, 2014 and thereafter

    9.00        to        1.00   

(b) Maximum Leverage Ratio . Permit the Leverage Ratio, at the last day of any fiscal quarter set forth below of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in each case if such fiscal quarter is ending after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to be greater than the ratio set forth below for such applicable quarter end date:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending

  Leverage Ratio  

June 30, 2012 through September 30, 2013

    2.25        to        1.00   

December 31, 2013 and thereafter

    2.00        to        1.00   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event that the Borrowers fail to comply with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11, until the 5th day subsequent to the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(b), Holdings shall have the right to make common equity contributions to the Borrowers (the “ Equity Cure Contributions ”) with the cash proceeds of common equity contributed to Holdings, which shall be treated on a dollar-for-dollar basis as Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purposes of complying with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11; provided that

 

-99-


(i) during any four fiscal period of the Borrowers, there shall be at least two consecutive fiscal quarters where no Equity Cure Contributions are made;

(ii) during the term of this Agreement, no more than five Equity Cure Contributions are permitted;

(iii) the amount of such Equity Cure Contribution shall be no greater than that required to cause the Borrowers to be in compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Section 6.11;

(iv) any reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds in respect of such Equity Cure Contribution shall be ignored for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.11 for any period to the extent that Consolidated EBITDA for such period is increased as a result of such Equity Cure Contribution;

(v) if, after giving effect to the recalculation of the financial covenant following such Equity Cure Contribution, the Borrowers shall then be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.11, the Borrower shall be deemed to be in compliance with such financial covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the covenants contain in this Section 6.11 which had occurred shall be deemed cured for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

(vi) all Equity Cure Contributions shall be ignored for all purposes under this Agreement (other than as set forth in this Section 6.11) including, without limitation, the definition of “Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents” and the other covenants set forth in Article VI.

SECTION 6.12 Fiscal Year . (a) Without the consent of the Administrative Agent, make or permit any changes in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted or required by generally accepted accounting principles or (b) with respect to Holdings and any Borrower, change their fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31.

SECTION 6.13 Certain Equity Securities . Issue any Equity Interest that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

SECTION 6.14 Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) Except in the case of Holdings, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by it and business activities reasonably incidental thereto, (b) in the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than the ownership of Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (and any promissory note issued to it by any Subsidiary, provided that such promissory note is subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and pledged as Collateral) and activities incidental thereto or own or

 

-100-


acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party, any such promissory note or any cash or other assets received as a dividend or other distribution in respect of such Equity Interests) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under the Loan Documents, liabilities imposed by law (including tax liabilities) and other liabilities incidental to its existence and permitted business and activities).

SECTION 6.15 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) Designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such designation is made after the Exit Facility Conversion Date by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such designation and the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) neither such Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries that have been (or concurrently with such designation will be) designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) any Investment in such Subsidiary by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of or subsequent to such designation shall be permitted by Section 6.04, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iv) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(b) Re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless such re-designation is made by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such re-designation and certifying that both before and after giving effect to such re-designation, (i) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrowers, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iii) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such re-designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

-101-


ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01 Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the Borrowings hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to Holdings and any Borrower), 5.05(a) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrowers;

(f) (i) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such failure to pay any principal or interest by any Debtor or any such event relating to any Material Indebtedness owed by any Debtor, in each case caused by the Chapter 11 Cases, shall not constitute an Event of Default;

 

-102-


(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(h) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35,000,000 or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

-103-


(k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or the terms of any other Loan Document), or any Loan Party shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any of such other Security Documents (other than as a result of the discharge of such Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except (i) to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) to the extent that any such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy and (iii) to the extent that all such losses of perfection or priority involve Collateral with a fair value aggregating less than $5,000,000;

(m) there shall have occurred a Change in Control; or

(n) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date:

(i) the entry of an order dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases or converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(ii) the entry of an order appointing a chapter 11 trustee in any of the Chapter 11 Cases;

(iii) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases appointing an examiner having expanded powers (beyond those set forth under sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code);

(iv) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases denying or terminating use of cash collateral by the Loan Parties;

(v) the filing of any pleading by any Loan Party seeking, or otherwise consenting to, any of the matters set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above;

(vi) (A) an amendment, supplement or other modification shall have been made to, or a consent or waiver shall have been granted with respect to any departure by any person from the provisions of, the Approved Plan of Reorganization, in each case, that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents, (B) the Loan Parties shall have commenced or participated in furtherance of any solicitation in respect of a proposed plan or reorganization other than the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (C) the Bankruptcy Court shall terminate or reduce the period pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy

 

-104-


Code during which the Loan Parties have the exclusive right to file a plan of reorganization and solicit acceptances thereof, (D) the Bankruptcy Court shall grant relief that is inconsistent with the Approved Plan of Reorganization in any material respect and that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents or (E) any of the Loan Parties or any of their affiliates shall file any motion or pleading with the Bankruptcy Court that is inconsistent in any material respect with the Approved Plan of Reorganization or any Plan Support Agreement and such motion or pleading has not been withdrawn prior to the earlier of (x) three business days of the Borrowers receiving notice from the Administrative Agent and (y) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such motion or pleading;

(vii) the entry of the Final Order shall not have occurred within 60 days after entry of the Interim Order (or such later date as approved by the Required Lenders), or there shall be a breach by any Loan Party of any material provisions of the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or the Final Order, or the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or Final Order shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall have been reversed, modified, amended, stayed, vacated or subject to stay pending appeal, in the case of any modification or amendment, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and Required Lenders;

(viii) the entry of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases charging any of the Collateral under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code against the Lenders under which any person takes action against the Collateral or that becomes a final non-appealable order or the commencement of other actions that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or their respective rights and remedies under the Term Loan Facility in any of the Chapter 11 Cases or inconsistent with the Loan Documents;

(ix) the entry of an order granting relief from any stay of proceeding (including, without limitation, the automatic stay) so as to allow a third party to proceed with foreclosure (or granting a deed in lieu of foreclosure) against any material assets of the Loan Parties in excess of $35,000,000 in the aggregate;

(x) existence of any claims or charges, other than permitted under the Loan Documents, entitled to superpriority under section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code pari passu or senior to the DIP Facility, or there shall arise (A) any claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in section 503(b) or section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than the Carve-Out) or (B) any Lien on the Collateral having a priority senior to or pari passu with the Liens and security interests granted herein, except as expressly provided herein or in the Interim Order or the Final Order (but only in the event specifically consented to by the Administrative Agent), whichever is then in effect; or

(xi) the Loan Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person claiming by or through the Loan Parties any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, shall obtain court authorization to commence, or shall commence, join in, assist or otherwise participate as an adverse party in any suit or other proceeding against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders relating to the DIP Facility, unless such suit or other proceeding is in connection with the enforcement of the Loan Documents against the Administrative Agent or Lenders and the Confirmation Order provides that any such suit or proceeding shall be dismissed with prejudice; or

 

-105-


(xii) failure to satisfy any of the Milestones in accordance with the terms relating to such Milestone; or

(xiii) after the entry thereof by the Bankruptcy Court, the Confirmation Order shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall fail to satisfy in full all obligations under the DIP Facility (or convert the DIP Facility into the Exit Facility) on or prior to the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization or fail to comply in any material respect with the Confirmation Order, or the Confirmation Order shall have been revoked, remanded, vacated, reversed, rescinded or modified or amended in any manner that is adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents; or

(xiv) any Plan Support Agreement (A) shall be terminated or breached by any party thereto or shall otherwise cease to be in full force and effect such that, in each case, the Approved Plan of Reorganization is not capable of being confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, or (B) shall have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and acceleration of the Loans, all proceeds realized from any Loan Party or on account of any Collateral owned by any Loan Party or, without limiting the foregoing, on account of any Prepayment Event, any payments in respect of any Obligations and all proceeds of the Collateral, shall be applied in the following order (the “ Waterfall ”):

 

-106-


(i) first , ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees and expenses, indemnities and other amounts (including, without limitation, amounts in respect of any Loans advanced by the Administrative Agent on behalf of a Lender for which the Administrative Agent has not been reimbursed) then due to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, until paid in full;

(ii)  second , ratably to pay any expenses, indemnities, and fees then due to the Lenders, until paid in full;

(iii)  third , ratably to pay the accrued but unpaid interest and fees in respect of the Loans, until paid in full;

(iv)  fourth , ratably to pay (A) the unpaid principal in respect of the Loans and (B) the Other Secured Obligations;

(v) fifth , ratably to pay other Obligations then due, including Other Secured Obligations that are not Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations, until paid in full; and

(vi)  sixth , to the Borrowers or such other person entitled thereto under applicable law.

Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, before the application of proceeds in accordance with the Waterfall, funds sufficient to fund the Carve Out will be distributed to the Borrowers to be held in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of parties claiming under the Carve out, and upon satisfaction of all such claims, any remaining funds shall be returned to the Administrative Agent to be for application in accordance with the Waterfall. Amounts distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations shall be the lesser of (x) the maximum Other Secured Obligations last reported to the Administrative Agent and (y) the Other Secured Obligations as calculated by the methodology reported by each applicable Other Secured Party to Administrative Agent for determining the amount due. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to calculate the amount to be distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations, and at any time and from time to time may request a reasonably detailed calculation of such amount from the applicable Other Secured Party holding such Other Secured Obligations. If any Other Secured Party fails to deliver such calculation within five (5) days following request by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume the amount to be distributed is no greater than the maximum amount of the applicable Other Secured Hedge Obligations last reported to Administrative Agent.

 

-107-


ARTICLE VIII

Agents

SECTION 8.01 Authorization and Action .

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Each Lender hereby further irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent shall act on behalf of the Lenders and shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Collateral Agent in this Article VIII with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with its activities in such capacity as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article VIII included the Collateral Agent with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Collateral Agent.

(c) The provisions of this Article (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11) are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, and neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11).

SECTION 8.02 Agent Individually .

(a) The Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

(b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as an Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, an “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 8.02 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, each Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in Holdings or another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, each Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations

 

-108-


hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of such Agent’s Group. None of the Agents nor any member of any Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.

(c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of an Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of an Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the person serving as Agent being a member of such Agent’s Group, and that each member of an Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by any Agent’s Group of information (including Borrower Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by any Agent or any member of any Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict any Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

SECTION 8.03 Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) The Agents’ duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are solely ministerial and administrative in nature and an Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) an Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) an Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that an Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that an Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose any Agent or any of its Affiliates to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law and (iii) an Agent shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

-109-


(b) An Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. An Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or the event or events that give or may give rise to any Default unless and until the Borrowers or any Lender shall have given notice to such Agent describing such Default and such event or events.

(c) Neither any Agent nor any member of an Agent’s Group shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty, representation or other information made or supplied in or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the information presented to the other Lenders by any Borrower, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith or the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the information contained therein, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than (but subject to the foregoing clause (ii)) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require any Agent or any of its Related Parties to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any Person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to an Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by an Agent or any of its Related Parties.

SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Agents . The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, an Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless an officer of an Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated hereby shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan and in the case of a Borrowing, such Lender shall not have made available to an Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing. An Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for a Borrower or any other Loan Party),independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

-110-


SECTION 8.05 Indemnification .

(a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Lender’s pro rata share (based on the Loans and unused Commitments held by such Lender relative to the total Loans and unused Commitments then outstanding) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that such Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 8.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Agent, any Lender or a third party.

(b) The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse any Agent, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse any Agent. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 8.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the promissory notes, if any. Each of the Agents agrees to return to the Lenders their respective ratable shares of any amounts paid under this Section 8.05 that are subsequently reimbursed by the Borrowers.

SECTION 8.06 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more co-agents or sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Any Agent and any such co-agent or sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. Each such co-agent and sub-agent and the Related Parties of an Agent and each such coagent and sub-agent (including their respective Affiliates in connection with the syndication of the Term Loan Facility) shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Article IX (as though such co-agents and sub-agents were such “Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.07 Resignation of Agent . The Agents may at any time give notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers of its resignation. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrowers, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any

 

-111-


such bank with an office in New York, New York. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (such 30-day period, the “ Lender Appointment Period ”), then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the applicable Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. In addition and without any obligation on the part of the retiring Agent to appoint, on behalf of the Lenders, a successor Agent, the retiring Agent may at any time upon or after the end of the Lender Appointment Period notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted appointment as successor Agent and the effective date of such retiring Agent’s resignation. Upon the resignation effective date established in such notice and regardless of whether a successor Agent has been appointed and accepted such appointment, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as to which it has resigned and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the retiring Agent shall instead be made by or to each applicable Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties as Agent of the retiring (or retired) Agent as to which it has resigned, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in respect of the Term Loan Facility as to which it has resigned (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 8.05 and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

SECTION 8.08 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders .

(a) Each Lender confirms to the Agents, each other Lender and each of their respective Related Parties that it (i) possesses (individually or through its Related Parties) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable, without reliance on any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, of evaluating the merits and risks (including tax, legal, regulatory, credit, accounting and other financial matters) of (x) entering into this Agreement, (y) making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (z) in taking or not taking actions hereunder and thereunder, (ii) is financially able to bear such risks and (iii) has determined that entering into this Agreement and making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents is suitable and appropriate for it.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that (i) it is solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, made its own appraisal and investigation of all risks associated with, and its own credit analysis and decision

 

-112-


to enter into, this Agreement based on such documents and information, as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, continue to be solely responsible for making its own appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with, and its own credit analysis and decision to take or not take action under, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, which may include, in each case:

(A) the financial condition, status and capitalization of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party;

(B) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document;

(C) determining compliance or non-compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan and the form and substance of all evidence delivered in connection with establishing the satisfaction of each such condition;

(D) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information delivered by any Agent, any other Lender or by any of their respective Related Parties under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document.

SECTION 8.09 No Other Duties, etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Persons acting as, Arranger or Syndication Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or as a Lender hereunder.

SECTION 8.10 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

-113-


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, interim receiver, monitor, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.11 Other Secured Agreements .

(a) The Borrowers and any Other Secured Party may from time to time designate an agreement that otherwise would qualify as an Other Secured Agreement as an Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers and such Other Secured Party, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which form shall include a description of such Other Secured Agreement, the maximum amount of obligations thereunder which are to constitute Other Secured Obligations (each, a “ Designated Amount ”); provided that any such Designated Amount of obligations shall constitute Other Secured Obligations only to the extent that such Designated Amount, together with all other Designated Amounts under all other Other Secured Agreements that have been theretofore designated as Other Secured Obligations and that remain in effect, does not exceed in the aggregate $25,000,000.

(b) The Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party may increase, decrease or terminate any Designated Amount in respect of each applicable Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that any increase in a Designated Amount shall be deemed to be a new designation of a Designated Amount and shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.11(a). No obligations under any Other Secured Agreement in excess of the applicable Designated Amount shall constitute Obligations hereunder or the other Loan Documents.

(c) No counterparty to an Other Secured Agreement that obtains the benefits of the Waterfall, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, no Agent shall be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, any Obligations arising under any Other Secured Agreement unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as such Agent may request, from each applicable counterparty to such Other Secured Agreement.

 

-114-


ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices .

(a) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (x) in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or electronic communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (y) as and to the extent set forth in Section 9.01(b) and in the proviso to this Section 9.01(a), in an electronic medium and delivered as set forth in Section 9.01(b), if to Holdings or to any Borrower, to the attention of Eric Shuman, Chief Financial Officer, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, Tel: (617) 351-5200, Fax: (617) 351-3923, Email Eric.Shuman@hmhpub.com, with a copy to William Bayers, Senior Vice-President & General Counsel, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116-3764, Tel: (617) 351-5125, Fax: (617) 351-5014, Email Bill.Bayers@hmhpub.com; if to any Lender who has executed this Agreement on the Closing Date, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on the Register; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender; if to the Administrative Agent, (i) in the case of any Borrowing Request and notice of conversion or continuation regarding the Type of any Loan, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attn: ABTF Global Loans, Email: glabfunitloansops@citi.com and (ii) in other cases, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 390 Greenwich St, 1st Floor, New York, NY 10014, Att: Thomas Halsch, Email: thomas.halsch@citi.com; or, as to any Borrower or any Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 9.01(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent. All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, or e-mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, transmitted by telecopier or sent by electronic communication, respectively, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII shall not be effective until received by such Agent and, in the case of notice sent by e-mail, until replied to by such Agent confirming expressly receipt thereof. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

(b) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other Credit Event (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition

 

-115-


precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other Credit Event hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address specified by the Administrative Agent to such Borrower. In addition, each Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent. Each Borrower further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).

(c) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

(d) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address. Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

-116-


SECTION 9.02 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Borrower or Holdings herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and as long as all Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender.

SECTION 9.03 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that (A) the consent of the Borrowers shall not be required to any such assignment (x) made to another Lender or an Affiliate or a Related Fund of a Lender or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (B) the Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 5 Business Days after having received written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an integral multiple of, and not less than, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such minimum amount shall be aggregated for two or more simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds and (B) this clause (ii) shall not apply to assignments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, (iii) each such assignment of Commitments and/or Loans shall be of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect

 

-117-


of such Lender’s Commitments and/or Loans so assigned, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed to by the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together, in each case, with a processing and recording fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Subject to acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Term Loan without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Holdings or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by Holdings or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee, legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.04, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

-118-


(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrowers to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and provided such participant complies with Sections 2.20(f) and (g) as if it were a Lender and (iv) the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or person has an interest or releasing or all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of a Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the

 

-119-


Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to Holdings and the Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by the Borrowers as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16.

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, any Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee

 

-120-


therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) No Loan Party shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

(k) An Affiliate of any of the Loan Parties shall be permitted to be a Lender or an assignee of the Loans and Commitments (such Affiliate, as an assignee of the Loans and Commitments, an “ Specified Lender ”) to the extent, and only to the extent, and each Specified Lender hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with the Agents and the other Lenders, that (i) each Specified Lender shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Specified Lenders, provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Specified Lender of any payments to which such Specified Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Specified Lender providing its consent, (ii) a Specified Lender shall not take any step or action in a bankruptcy proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) in relation to such Specified Lender’s claim with respect to its Loans (a “ Bankruptcy Claim ”) (including, without limitation, objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Specified Lender in its capacity as a Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders, (iii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Lenders during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding (including, without limitation, voting on any plan of reorganization), the Loans and Commitments held by such Specified Lender (and any Bankruptcy Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with clause (i) above, so long as such Specified Lender in its capacity as a Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Lenders (the provisions set forth in this clause (iii), and the related provisions set forth in each Assignment and Acceptance with a Specified Lender, constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Borrower or a Guarantor has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to such Loan Party; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Specified Lender will be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not be deemed to vote in the same proportion as Lenders that are not each Specified Lenders) in connection with any chapter 11 plan to the extent that such plan proposes to treat any obligation under the Loan Documents held by such Specified Lender in a manner that is less favorable to such Specified Lender than the proposed treatment of similar obligations held by Lenders that are not Specified Lenders, (iv) no Specified Lender shall have any right to (A) attend (including

 

-121-


by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (B) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Arranger and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrowers or any Guarantor or any of their representatives, (C) the benefit of any advice provided by counsel to the Agents or the other Lenders or to challenge the attorney-client privilege of the communications between the Agents, such other Lenders and such counsel, or (D) to make or bring any claim, in its capacity as Lender, against the Agents with respect to the duties of the duties and obligations of the Agents hereunder, (v) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Specified Lenders shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any assignment to any Specified Lender, 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans then outstanding and (vi) the Administrative Agent shall be granted an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with an interest, from each Loan Party and each Specified Lender to give effect to the foregoing.

SECTION 9.05 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and Loans and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any other local or foreign counsel for the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. Expenses payable under this clause shall include, without limitation, as expenses incurred in connection with the protection of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers’ and Holdings’ obligation to reimburse the fees and expenses of outside counsel under this Section 9.05(a) shall be limited to one firm of counsel for the Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole and, if necessary, of a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel.

(b) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from,

 

-122-


any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel (which shall be limited to one counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Term Loan Facility), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrowers, Holdings or any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (A) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or a material breach in bad faith under the Loan Documents of such Indemnitee or Hazardous Materials first Released at any property after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee or its successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer where such Release is not attributable to a condition existing on or prior to the date of such foreclosure or other transfer or (y) relate to claims between the Lenders that do not involve an act or omission of any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates (other than claims against any Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any of their Affiliates in their capacities, or in fulfilling roles, as such (or any similar roles) in connection with the credit facilities provided for herein) and (B) in the event of any settlement entered into by such Indemnitee without the Borrowers’ written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that this clause (B) shall not apply to any such settlement that occurs after the Borrowers were offered the ability to assume the defense of the action that was the subject matter of such settlement and elected not to assume such defense.

(c) To the extent that Holdings and the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to an Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Term Loan Commitments for all Lenders at the time (or, if there shall be no outstanding Term Loan Commitments at such time, based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate amount of outstanding unused Term Loan Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments).

 

-123-


(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor any Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of either Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not entitle any Indemnitee to indemnification for Taxes which are specifically covered by Section 2.20.

SECTION 9.06 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Holdings against any of and all the obligations of any Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.07 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

SECTION 9.08 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Borrower, or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle any Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

-124-


(b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party (to the extent such Loan Party is a party thereto), in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) except as provided in Section 2.24, increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees (or any prepayment premium set forth in Section 2.12) of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17 or the sharing of payments provisions of Section 2.18 or the provisions of this Section or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC or (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Loan Document may be amended or modified pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, without the consent of any of the Lenders, if such amendment or modification is beneficial to the Lenders (or the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any Class) and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Lender under any Loan Document.

SECTION 9.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such

 

-125-


Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

SECTION 9.12 Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

-126-


SECTION 9.14 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any of the Loan Parties or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.16 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, trustees, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.16, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including any actual or prospective pledgee or assignee of a pledge or assignment effected pursuant to Section 9.04(h)) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Borrower or any Subsidiary or

 

-127-


any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of Holdings or a Borrower, or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from any Borrower or Holdings and related to any Borrower or Holdings, their Subsidiaries or their or their Subsidiaries’ business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by such Borrower or Holdings; provided that, in the case of Information received from any Borrower or Holdings after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings and each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Holdings and each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Holdings and each Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group .

(a) In order to induce the Lenders to extend credit hereunder, HMHP, Publishers and HMCo (collectively, the “ Borrower Group ”) agree that they will be jointly and severally liable for all the Obligations, including the principal of and interest on all Loans made to any Borrower. Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that the due and punctual payment of the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal of any Obligation.

(b) Each member of the Borrower Group waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any other member of the Borrower Group of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of any Borrower hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any member of the Borrower Group under the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise or (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and except to the extent that such Obligations have been explicitly modified pursuant to an amendment or waiver that has become effective in accordance with Section 9.08).

(c) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its agreement under this Section 9.18 constitutes a promise of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of such Lender or the Administrative Agent in favor of any member of the Borrower Group or any other Person.

 

-128-


(d) The obligations of each member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever, by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification in respect of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations or (iv) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such member of the Borrower Group or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Member of the Borrower Group or any member of the Borrower Group as a matter of law or equity.

(e) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its obligations under this Section 9.18 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any other member of the Borrower Group or otherwise.

(f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have at law or in equity against any member of the Borrower Group by virtue of this Section 9.18, upon the failure of any other member of the Borrower Group to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each member of the Borrower Group hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Administrative Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation.

(g) If by virtue of the provisions set forth herein, any member of the Borrower Group is required to pay and shall pay Obligations of another member of the Borrower Group, all rights of such member of the Borrower Group against such other member of the Borrower Group arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all the Obligations, and any of these rights among members of the Borrower Group shall not be due or paid until all Obligations shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 9.19 Borrowing Agent . Each member of the Borrower Group hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints HMHP as borrowing agent (the “ Borrowing Agent ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to act as agent for each other member of the Borrower Group for all purposes of the Loan Documents, including, as applicable, (A) requesting Loans (including pursuant to Section 2.02 or 2.24 hereof), (B) delivering certificates, (C) receiving and allocating (to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents) the proceeds of the Loans, (D) taking any other action or receiving any communication on behalf of the Borrower

 

-129-


Group in connection with the Loan Documents, and (E) taking such other actions and having such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Borrowing Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. No fees shall be payable to the Borrowing Agent for acting as the Borrowing Agent. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Borrowing Agent shall act solely as an agent of the members of the Borrower Group. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the Borrowing Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Lender also may rely upon any statement made to them orally or by telephone and believed by them to have been made by the Borrowing Agent, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Any oral or written statement, certificate, representation or commitment made, given or delivered by the Borrowing Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been approved by, made, given and delivered on behalf of, and shall bind the members of the Borrower Group, jointly and severally, as fully as if any member of the Borrower Group had made, given or delivered such statement, certificate, representation or commitment. The provisions of this Section 9.19 are solely for the benefit of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and Lenders, and no other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 9.20 LEGEND . THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID (IF ANY), ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE LOANS MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE BORROWERS AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.01.

SECTION 9.21 No Fiduciary Duty . The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent, each Arranger, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of a Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Lenders and any Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates. Each Borrower acknowledges and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents are arm’s length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each of the Lenders is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of any Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person, (iii) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender or any of its affiliates has advised or is currently advising any Borrower on other matters) or any other obligation to any Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (iv) each Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. Each Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to any Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

-130-


SECTION 9.22 Release of Liens and Guarantees . In the event that any Loan Party conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of any of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any assets to a person that is not (and is not required to become) a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited by Section 6.05, any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets shall be automatically released and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to release any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets, and, in the case of a disposition of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05, and as a result of which such Subsidiary would cease to be a Loan Party, such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be automatically terminated and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent to terminate such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. In addition, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent agrees to take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to terminate the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents when all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or, with the consent of the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (which arrangements result in the release of the Revolving Credit Lenders from their obligation to make payments in respect of L/C Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.23(d)) and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all Other Secured Obligations either are not due or shall have been paid in full or arrangements with respect thereto reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Other Secured Parties shall have been made (and the applicable Other Secured Parties have notified the Collateral Agent of their consent to terminating such Liens and security interests).

SECTION 9.23 Intercreditor Agreements . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are authorized to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement and the parties hereto acknowledge that each Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and each other Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to enter into the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, any other Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Lender, may enter into one or more written amendments, supplements or modifications, in each case, pursuant to procedures and documentation reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, to any Intercreditor Agreement as may be required or permitted under the Loan Documents (i) to add other parties

 

-131-


(or any authorized agent or representative thereof or trustee therefor) holding Indebtedness that is incurred in compliance with this Agreement that (A) is secured by Liens on the Collateral permitted under this Agreement, (ii) establish the relative priority of the Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness as specified in this Agreement and (iii) to amend, supplement or modify other provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement to implement any of the foregoing as reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The authority provided to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Section 9.23 shall be deemed to constitute the approval and consent of the Lenders with respect to the amendments, supplements and modifications described in this Section 9.23 for purposes of any Intercreditor Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-132-


SCHEDULE 5.14

Post-Closing Deliveries

Following the Closing Date, within

 

  a) 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall obtain insurance endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured and loss payee, as applicable, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Loan Parties forming part of the Collateral;

 

  b) 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver deeds of trust, trust deeds and, mortgages in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (with such changes as may be required to account for local law matters) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering the Mortgaged Properties (initially, the properties listed on Schedule 1.01(a), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:

 

  (i) Evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been submitted for recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid first priority and subsisting Lien (subject only to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents) on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid;

 

  (ii) Fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies (or commitments to issue such policies) (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such amount not to exceed 115% of the fair market value of the applicable Mortgaged Property as reasonably determined by the Loan Parties and agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, insuring the Mortgages covering the Mortgaged Properties to be valid first priority and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens, if applicable) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable;

 

  (iii) (x) an existing survey and an affidavit of “no change” sufficient to cause the title company issuing the Mortgage Policies to delete a standard survey exception from such Mortgage Policies or (y) American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form surveys covering the Mortgaged Properties, for which necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated no more than the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the


Administrative Agent), certified to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policies in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the states in which the property described in such surveys is located and acceptable to the Administrative Agent, showing all buildings and other improvements, the location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way, building set-back lines and other dimensional regulations and the absence of encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, and other defects, other than encroachments and other defects permitted under the Loan Documents or otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

  (iv) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages;

 

  (v) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, in its reasonable discretion, in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;

 

  (vi) favorable opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties (1) in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of all Mortgages and any related fixture filings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) in states in which the Loan Parties party to the Mortgages are organized or formed, with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties in the granting of the Mortgages, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

  c) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver intellectual property security agreements with respect to their Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights that are registered or subject to an application for registration, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, in suitable form for filing and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

  d) 15 business days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), each of the Loan Parties organized under the laws of California shall deliver organizational or constitutive documents (and any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date by the appropriate Governmental Authority.

Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, within:

 

  a) 10 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall deliver (i) stock certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Stock (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing Pledged Debt Securities (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and (ii) evidence of termination of all Liens or guarantees created pursuant to security documents in respect of Prepetition Indebtedness and registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and

 

-2-


  b) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall, with respect to all lockboxes and deposit accounts and bank or securities accounts of each Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts and those maintained with the Collateral Agent), obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent, account control agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B (Amendments to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement)


[Conformed to Amendment No. 3]

TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY,

the Subsidiaries of HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

from time to time party hereto

and

Citibank, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

Reference is made to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”) . Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.


Table of Contents

 

         

Page

 
   ARTICLE I   
   Definitions   

SECTION 1.01

   Credit Agreement      1   

SECTION 1.02

   Other Defined Terms      2   
   ARTICLE II   
   Guarantee   

SECTION 2.01

   Guarantee      5   

SECTION 2.02

   Guarantee of Payment      6   

SECTION 2.03

   No Limitations, Etc.      6   

SECTION 2.04

   Reinstatement      7   

SECTION 2.05

   Agreement to Pay; Subrogation      7   

SECTION 2.06

   Information      8   

SECTION 2.07

   Keepwell      8   
   ARTICLE III   
   Pledge of Securities   

SECTION 3.01

   Pledge      8   

SECTION 3.02

   Delivery of the Pledged Collateral      9   

SECTION 3.03

   Representations, Warranties and Covenants      9   

SECTION 3.04

   Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests      11   

SECTION 3.05

   Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      11   

SECTION 3.06

   Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc.      11   
   ARTICLE IV   
   Security Interests in Personal Property   

SECTION 4.01

   Security Interest      13   

SECTION 4.02

   Representations and Warranties      16   

SECTION 4.03

   Covenants      18   

SECTION 4.04

   Other Actions      21   

SECTION 4.05

   Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral      23   

SECTION 4.06

   Priority and Liens      25   


  ARTICLE V   
  Remedies   

SECTION 5.01

  Remedies Upon Default      27   

SECTION 5.02

  Application of Proceeds      29   

SECTION 5.03

  Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      29   

SECTION 5.04

  Securities Act, Etc.      29   
  ARTICLE VI   
  Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination   

SECTION 6.01

  Indemnity and Subrogation      30   

SECTION 6.02

  Contribution and Subrogation      30   

SECTION 6.03

  Subordination      31   
  ARTICLE VII   
  [Intentionally Omitted.]   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  [Intentionally Omitted]   
  ARTICLE IX   
  Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01

  Notices      31   

SECTION 9.02

  Security Interest Absolute      31   

SECTION 9.03

  Survival of Agreement      32   

SECTION 9.04

  Binding Effect; Several Agreement      32   

SECTION 9.05

  Successors and Assigns      32   

SECTION 9.06

  Applicable Law      32   

SECTION 9.07

  Waivers; Amendment      33   

SECTION 9.08

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      33   

SECTION 9.09

  Severability      33   

SECTION 9.10

  Counterparts      34   

SECTION 9.11

  Headings      34   

SECTION 9.12

  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      34   

SECTION 9.13

  Termination or Release      34   

SECTION 9.14

  Additional Subsidiaries      35   

SECTION 9.15

  Right of Setoff      35   

SECTION 9.16

  Conflicts      36   

 

ii


Schedules

  

Schedule I

   Subsidiary Guarantors

Schedule II

   Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Schedule III

   Intellectual Property

Exhibits

  

Exhibit A

   Form of Supplement

Exhibit B

   Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement

Exhibit C

   Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement

 

iii


TERM FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( HMH Holdings or Holdings ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “HMHP” ), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “Publishers” ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ( “HMCo” , and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, collectively, the Borrowers and each a Borrower ), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, Citibank ), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent”) .

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

On the Petition Date each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for relief, and commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, each of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent ( Administrative Agent”), the Collateral Agent, each of the Lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which a term loan credit facility will be made available to the Borrowers both during the Chapter 11 Cases and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date (capitalized terms used but not defined in this preliminary statement shall have the meaning given or ascribed to them in Article I). The obligations of the Lenders to extend credit to the Borrowers are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrowers and each Guarantor. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement. (a) Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the New York UCC (as such term is defined herein) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the New York UCC. All references to the Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the New York UCC unless the context requires otherwise.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.


SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Accounts Receivable shall mean all Accounts and all right, title and interest in any returned goods, together with all rights, titles, securities and guarantees with respect thereto, including any rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resales, and all related security interests, liens and pledges, whether voluntary or involuntary, in each case whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired.

Administrative Agent shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Borrowers shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Collateral shall mean the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Commodity Exchange Act shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Copyright License shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third person under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III.

Eligible Guarantor” shall mean an “eligible contract participant” for purposes of Section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, regulations promulgated thereunder and binding guidance thereunder promulgated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

“Excluded Swap Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by

 

2


such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal or unenforceable under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason not to constitute an Eligible Guarantor.

“Federal Securities Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.

“Grantors” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

“Guarantors” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including, without limitation: (a) inventions, designs, internet websites, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, and Trademarks, (b) trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know how, show how or other data or information of a similar nature (collectively, “Trade Secrets”), (c) all computer software, programs, and databases (including, without limitation, source code, object code and all related applications and data files), firmware and documentation and materials relating thereto, and (d) all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the legend in the heading of this Agreement.

“License” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party including those listed on Schedule III.

“Loan Document Obligations” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

 

3


“New York UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

“Obligations” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third person, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

“Patents” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor or any similar offices in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, extensions or reexaminations thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

“Pledged Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

“Pledged Debt Securities” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

“Pledged Securities” shall mean any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

“Pledged Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

“Qualified ECP Loan Party” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 (or such other amount so that such Loan Party is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act) at the time such Swap Obligation is incurred.

“Registered” means issued by, registered, recorded or filed with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before any Governmental Authority

“Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary

 

4


Secured Parties ” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) Other Secured Parties, (vi) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I hereto as Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) each other Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Swap Obligation ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligations”.

Trademark License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) of the Credit Agreement and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Guarantee

SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . (a) Each of the Guarantors unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations; provided that with respect to Obligations that are Other Secured Obligations under or in respect of any Hedging Agreement, the foregoing guarantee shall only be effective to the extent that such Guarantor is an Eligible Guarantor at the time such Hedging Agreement is entered into and such

 

5


Obligations and such guarantee thereof are not Excluded Swap Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and any Other Secured Agreement shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors and (ii) the maximum liability of a Borrower under this Section 2 shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Borrower under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate in accordance with Section 2.07 of the Credit Agreement, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed under applicable law following the institution of a proceeding (including all such amounts which would become due but for the existence of a bankruptcy reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party )) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other person.

SECTION 2.03 No Limitations, Etc. (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to (i) the failure of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions, or any lack of validity or enforceability of, of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or any of them, or any defense based on right of setoff or counterclaim against or in respect of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or (v) any changes to, or restructuring or

 

6


termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or (vi) any failure on the part of any Secured Party or Agent to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of any Loan Party, or any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally waives any right to revoke this Agreement and acknowledges that this Agreement is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Collateral Agent to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05 Agreement to Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Collateral Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Collateral Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI.

 

7


SECTION 2.06 Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 2.07 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Loan Party, jointly and severally, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by any other Loan Party hereunder to honor all of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Loan Party shall only be liable under this Section 2.07 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 2.07, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law, including applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Loan Party under this Section 2.07 shall remain in full force and effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. Each Qualified ECP Loan Party intends that this Section 2.07 constitute, and this Section 2.07 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 3.01 Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each of the Grantors hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such Equity Interests listed on Schedule II), (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Pledged Stock”); provided, however, that the Pledged Stock shall not include (A) more than 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income tax purposes or, (B) any Equity Interest in any Not for Profit Subsidiary, (b)(i) the debt securities held by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such debt securities listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II), (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to such Grantor and (iii) the promissory

 

8


notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Pledged Debt Securities”), (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.01, (d) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (e) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral” subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, forever; subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 3.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral. (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing Pledged Securities.

(b) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all Pledged Debt Securities to the extent required by Section 4.04(a).

(c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), (i) any certificate, instrument or document representing or evidencing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and duly executed in blank and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 3.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the date hereof, Schedule II correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Stock and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder;

 

9


(b) except for the security interests granted hereunder (or otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement), each Grantor (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02(b), (l), (g), (u) or (v) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement (including Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement) and (iv) subject to Section 3.06, will cause any and all Pledged Collateral, whether for value paid by such Grantor or otherwise, to be forthwith deposited with the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) and pledged or assigned hereunder;

(c) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) securities laws generally and other applicable law if the Pledged Collateral is issued by an issuer organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, by agreements related to any Pledged Collateral that is a General Intangible that is described in clause (a) of Section 4.01(d) but constitutes Pledged Collateral by operation of the second parenthetical clause of subclause (i) thereof, (iii) the organizational documents of any joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the Equity Interests of which are included in the Pledged Collateral, (iv) the Revolving Facility Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (v) agreements governing Indebtedness that is subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(d) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien subject to, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Carve-Out upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations; and

(e) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement and all action by any Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Lien on the Pledged Collateral has been duly taken.

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

 

10


SECTION 3.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests. (a) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder that is represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC, shall at all times hereafter be represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the UCC.

(b) Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the interests in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder and not represented by a certificate shall not be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and shall not be governed by Article 8 of the UCC and (ii) the Grantors shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC or issue any certificate representing such interest (except that the Grantors may elect to so treat any such interest as a “security” and issue any certificate representing such interest if simultaneously therewith the Grantors deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee)).

SECTION 3.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. The Collateral Agent (or its bailee), on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any material notices or other material communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities in its capacity as the registered owner thereof. The Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 3.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement):

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably expected to be materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

(ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

11


(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). This paragraph (iii) shall not apply to dividends between or among the Borrower, the Guarantors and any Subsidiaries if such property is subject to a perfected security interest under this Agreement; provided that the Borrower notifies the Collateral Agent in writing, specifically referring to this Section 3.06 at the time of such dividend and takes any actions the Collateral Agent specifies to ensure the continuance of its perfected security interest in such property under this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in an account to be established by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and each applicable Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent certificates to that effect, the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall, promptly after all such Events of Default have been cured or waived, repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.

 

12


(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights.

(d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors exercising its rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE IV

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 4.01 Security Interest. (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien and security interest (the “Security Interest”), in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;

(iv) all Documents;

(v) all Equipment;

 

13


(vi) all General Intangibles;

(vii) all Intellectual Property, and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

(viii) all Instruments;

(ix) all Inventory;

(x) all Investment Property;

(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(xii) all Commercial Tort Claims;

(xiii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xiv) all Goods; and

(xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or security registrations or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party.

 

14


(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest granted under Section 3.01 or 4.01 hereof attach to the following (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”) (a) any lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement to which any Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder to the extent that (and for as long as) (i) such lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement, or assets subject thereto, are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of the lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law, including Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC, in respect of the grant of a security interest hereunder), without the consent of the licensor or lessor thereof, or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained; (b) any intent-to-use application for a Trademark to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use application for a Trademark under federal law, (c) any vehicle or other assets owned by any Grantor that is subject to a certificate of title, (d) in the case of voting Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income purposes, more than 66% of such voting Equity Interests, (e) any Equity Interests in joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that the organizational documents or other agreements with other equity holders do not permit or otherwise restrict the pledge of such Equity Interest, (f) assets that are subject to or secured by Liens (i) permitted by Section 6.02(d), (g) or (m) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) permitted by Section 6.02(s) of the Credit Agreement securing Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(m)(i) of the Credit Agreement (but only to the extent that (x) the documentation pursuant to which such Liens were granted prohibits the granting of a Lien hereunder, (y) such documentation and Liens were in effect prior to such acquisition and (z) such Liens were not incurred, and such documentation was not entered into, by a Grantor in anticipation of such acquisition) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association on the cash collateral in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility or (iv) securing a purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits, or requires any consent for, any other Lien on such asset, (g) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby, (h) any Letter-Of-Credit Rights to the extent perfection of a Lien in such Letter-Of-Credit Rights cannot be obtained by filing financing statements and (i) any Commercial Tort Claims with respect to which notice is not required to be delivered under Section 4.04(f). With respect to any provision or restriction affecting the Collateral the reason for which such Collateral constitutes an Excluded Asset, immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of such provision or restriction with respect to such Excluded Asset, the Collateral shall include, and such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, the rights and interests in such Collateral as if such provision or restriction had never been in effect and if and when such property shall cease to be an Excluded Asset, such property shall be deemed at all times from and after the date thereof to constitute Collateral.

 

15


(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any Grantor be required to take actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction in order to create any security interests in Collateral located or titled outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests, including any Intellectual Property Registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

SECTION 4.02 Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the Closing Date. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral have been prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.06, 5.12 or 5.14 of the Credit Agreement), which are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or to the extent that any of the changes described in Section 4.03(m) occurs. Each Grantor represents and warrants that a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a fully executed short form agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), and containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property with respect to United States Patents and United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights owned by a Grantor (other than certain Intellectual Property registered before January 1, 1994) has been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording by the United States

 

16


Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §261,15 U.S.C. §1060 or 17 U.S.C. §205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction, to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed after the date hereof).

(c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) upon completion of the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of this Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. No Grantor has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, (iii) any notice under the Assignment of Claims Act, or (iv) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. As of the date hereof, no Grantor holds any Commercial Tort Claims except as indicated on the Perfection Certificate.

(e) As to each Grantor and its Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property: Schedule III hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof (other than certain Intellectual Property Registered before January 1, 1994). Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a

 

17


Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, and to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, is valid and enforceable; (ii) a Grantor is the exclusive owner of or otherwise has the right to use each item of Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property that is owned by such Grantor (other than Licenses); (iii) the operation of such Grantor’s business and the use of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; (iv) no Person is engaging in any activity that infringes, misappropriates, dilutes otherwise violates the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s rights in or use thereof, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; and (v) each License included in the Collateral is valid and binding and in full force and effect, and the rights of such Grantor thereunder shall not be altered as a result of the rights and interest granted herein.

SECTION 4.03 Covenants. (a) Each Grantor agrees to maintain, at its own cost and expense, such complete and accurate records with respect to the Article 9 Collateral owned by it as is consistent with its current practices and in accordance with such prudent and standard practices used in industries that are the same as or similar to those in which such Grantor is engaged, but in any event to include complete accounting records indicating all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Article 9 Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Collateral Agent may request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Collateral Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail satisfactory to the Collateral Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any and all Article 9 Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, promptly to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, obtain, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing or continuation statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable to any Grantor under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, with prompt notice thereof to the Grantors, to supplement this Agreement by supplementing Schedule III or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item of a Grantor that may, in the Collateral Agent’s judgment, constitute Copyrights, Licenses, Patents or Trademarks; provided that any Grantor shall have the right, exercisable within 30 days after it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of

 

18


such Collateral, to advise the Collateral Agent in writing of any inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made by such Grantor hereunder with respect to such Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as shall be necessary in order that all representations and warranties hereunder shall be true and correct with respect to such Collateral within 30 days after the date it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral.

(d) The Collateral Agent and such persons as the Collateral Agent may designate shall have the right subject to the proviso in Section 5.07 of the Credit Agreement, at the applicable Grantor’s own cost and expense, to inspect the Article 9 Collateral, all records related thereto (and to make extracts and copies from such records) and the premises upon which any of the Article 9 Collateral is located, to discuss the applicable Grantor’s affairs with the officers of such Grantor and its independent accountants and to verify in the presence of such officers the existence, validity, amount, quality, quantity, value, condition and status of, or any other matter relating to, the Article 9 Collateral, including, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Accounts or other Article 9 Collateral in the possession of any third person, by contacting Account Debtors or the third person possessing such Article 9 Collateral for the purpose of making such a verification; provided, however, that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party, subject to Section 9.16 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent on demand for any payment made or any expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, but only to the extent not deemed to have already granted such a security interest pursuant to Section 9-203 of the New York UCC. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other person granting the security interest.

(g) Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

 

19


(h) No Grantor shall make or permit to be made an assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the Article 9 Collateral or shall grant any other Lien in respect of the Article 9 Collateral or permit any notice to be filed under the Assignment of Claims Act, except, in each case, as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Grantor shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral and each Grantor shall remain at all times in possession or otherwise in control of the Article 9 Collateral owned by it, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(i) No Grantor will, without the Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any Accounts included in the Article 9 Collateral, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any person liable for the payment thereof or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon, other than extensions, credits, discounts, compromises, compoundings or settlements granted or made in the ordinary course of business.

(j) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or under the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of any Grantor hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

(k) Each Grantor shall maintain, in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, records of its Chattel Paper in excess of $5,000,000 and its books, records and documents evidencing or pertaining thereto.

(l) Each Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest to the extent required hereunder having at least the priority described in Section 4.02 and Section 4.06 (as applicable) and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever in accordance with Section 4.03(l).

 

20


(m) Each Grantor will not, except upon prior notice to the Collateral Agent and delivery to the Collateral Agent of any additional documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent that are necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, effect any change (i) in name, (ii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate structure, (iii) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest (with the same priority as immediately before such change) in all the Article 9 Collateral.

(n) Subject to the rights of each Grantor under the Credit Agreement to dispose of the Collateral, each Grantor shall, at its own expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to defend title to material portions of the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in material portions of the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.04 Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a)  Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of endorsement, transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(a) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all Instruments held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000.

(b) Deposit Accounts. For each Deposit Account (excluding the Excluded Accounts) that any Grantor at any time opens or maintains in the United States, such Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, upon the Collateral Agent’s request, either (i) cause the depositary bank to agree to comply at any time with instructions from the Collateral Agent to such depositary bank directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to such Deposit Account, without further consent of such Grantor or any other person, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the customer of the depositary bank with respect to the Deposit Account, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw funds from such Deposit Account. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such instructions or withhold any withdrawal rights from any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any withdrawal, would occur; provided, however, that the

 

21


Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(b) with respect to any Excluded Accounts. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Deposit Account for which any Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specially negotiated among such Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein.

(c) Investment Property. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article III, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other Investment Property now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are held by such Grantor or its nominee through a Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, to agree to comply with Entitlement Orders from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Securities Intermediary as to such securities or other Investment Property, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Commodity Intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of Financial Assets (as governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC) or other Investment Property held through a Securities Intermediary, arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the Entitlement Holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Article III, the Grantors shall not be required to comply with the foregoing provisions of this sentence with respect to Excluded Accounts. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Financial Assets credited to a Securities Account for which the Collateral Agent is the Securities Intermediary.

 

22


(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “ transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request of the Collateral Agent, shall take such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) control under New York UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(d) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all such Electronic Chattel Paper and “transferable records” held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Senior Representative’s (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to provide such notice unless and until such time as the aggregate face amount of all such letters of credit issued in favor of a Grantor, taken together, exceeds $5,000,000.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $5,000,000, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 4.05 Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral. (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public, and agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to mark any products covered by a Patent with the relevant patent number as necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its rights under applicable patent laws.

 

23


(b) Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each Trademark material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment or invalidity for non use, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, (iii) display such Trademark with notice of Federal or foreign registration to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable law and (iv) not knowingly use or knowingly permit the use of such Trademark in violation of any third person rights.

(c) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Copyright that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public.

(d) Each Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows or has reason to know that any Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of its business may become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public domain, invalid or unenforceable, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any court or similar office of any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such Patent, Trademark or Copyright, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.

(e) With respect to Collateral consisting of United States Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, each Grantor agrees to execute or otherwise authenticate an agreement, in substantially the same form set forth on Exhibit B hereto (an “Intellectual Property Security Agreement”), for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Collateral consisting of Registered Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

(f) Each Grantor agrees that should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Intellectual Property that is not on the date hereof a part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto. Within 30 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent written notice identifying the Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property acquired or filed during such fiscal quarter, and such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent with such written notice, or otherwise authenticate, an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (an “IP Security Agreement Supplement”) covering such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which such IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be recorded with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such IP Security Agreement Supplement for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; such power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable.

 

24


(g) Each Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to take, at its expense, all necessary steps that are consistent with past practice, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States or in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue, (i) each material application relating to the Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and (ii) each issued Patent and registration of a Trademark and Copyright that is material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, timely filings of applications for renewal or extensions, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and, if consistent with reasonable business judgment, to participate in opposition, interference, reexamination, infringement, misappropriation and cancellation proceedings.

(h) In the event that any Grantor knows or has reason to believe that any Article 9 Collateral consisting of a Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business has been or is being materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third person, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Collateral Agent and shall, if consistent with good business judgment, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as are appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Article 9 Collateral.

(i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall use its best efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each material Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License, and each other material License, to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.

SECTION 4.06 Priority and Liens. At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Each Grantor hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Grantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents:

(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance activity under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom));

 

25


(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible property of such Grantor, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom)).

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “Permitted Prior Liens”), (B) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Sections 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) of the Credit Agreement (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “DIP Permitted Liens”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Grantors and their estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Grantors; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Grantors; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claims as described herein and Section 2.26(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

 

26


(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Grantors hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Grantor, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Grantor’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

(e) Notwithstanding any failure on the part of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent or the Lenders to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce the Liens and security interests in the Collateral granted hereunder, the Interim Order and the Final Order (when entered) shall automatically, and without further action by any Person, perfect such Liens and security interests against the Collateral (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by the entry of the DIP Financing Orders).

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.01 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The

 

27


Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Collateral Agent shall give each applicable Grantor 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. Subject to the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, at any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by applicable law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit

 

28


or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to the extent that the execution by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any rights and remedies under this Agreement would be in violation of the automatic stay provision of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, such stay shall be modified as set forth in the DIP Orders, to the extent necessary to permit such exercise.

SECTION 5.02 Application of Proceeds. The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with the Waterfall.

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the proceeds thereof by the Collateral Agent or the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

SECTION 5.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (subject, in the case of Trademarks, to quality control measures sufficient to maintain the validity of and such Grantor’s rights in such Trademarks), and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided, however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.04 Securities Act, Etc. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of

 

29


the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 6.01 Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Subsidiary Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6.03), Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally agree that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 6.02 Contribution and Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor (each, a “ Contributing Guarantor”) agrees (subject to Section 6.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Contributing Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation, or assets of any other Contributing Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Contributing Guarantor (the

 

30


Claiming Guarantor”) shall not have been fully indemnified by Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 6.01, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Contributing Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.14, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Contributing Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 6.01 to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 6.03 Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.

ARTICLE VII

[Intentionally Omitted.]

ARTICLE VIII

[Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9.02 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any

 

31


lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 9.03 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

SECTION 9.04 Binding Effect; Several Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

SECTION 9.05 Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 9.06 Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

 

32


SECTION 9.07 Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.07, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.08.

SECTION 9.09 Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

33


SECTION 9.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.04. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the Loan Parties agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.12. Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of the Collateral Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.13 Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the guarantees made herein, the Security Interest, the pledge of the Pledged Collateral and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate when (i) all the Loan Document Obligations have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement,

 

34


and (ii) all Other Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and the related Other Secured Agreements have been terminated or such other arrangements satisfactory to each Other Secured Party with respect to the Other Secured Obligations owing to it and the Other Secured Agreements to which it is a party have been made.

(b) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests created hereunder in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement to any person that is not a Grantor, or, upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.13 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party. Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall reimburse the Collateral Agent upon demand for all out of pocket costs and expenses, including the fees, charges and expenses of counsel, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 9.13.

SECTION 9.14 Additional Subsidiaries. Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall enter into this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor upon becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and such Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Restricted Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, each Secured Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all Collateral (including any deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final)) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any and all of the obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Secured Party, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section 9.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Secured Party may have.

 

35


SECTION 9.16 Conflicts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control with respect to any right or remedy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to the delivery of control or possession of any of the Collateral, the notation of any Lien on any certificate of title, bill of lading or other document, the giving of any notice to any bailee or other Person, the provision of voting rights pursuant to any proxy granted or the obtaining of any consent of any person with respect to the grant of a security interest, in each case, with respect to the Collateral, shall be deemed to be satisfied if the Loan Party complies with the requirements of the similar provision of the applicable Loan Documents of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

36


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT
PUBLISHERS INC.,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT
PUBLISHING COMPANY,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:
HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:
EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES LISTED ON
SCHEDULE I HERETO,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:
CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
  By    
    Name:
    Title:


Schedule I

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule I

Subsidiary Guarantors

 

1.    ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC
2.    Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.
3.    Broderbund LLC
4.    Classroom Connect, Inc.
5.    Classwell Learning Group Inc.
6.    Cognitive Concepts, Inc.
7.    Edusoft
8.    Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
9.    HM Publishing Corp.
10.    HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.
11.    Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.
12.    Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.
13.    Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.
14.    Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.
15.    Houghton Mifflin, LLC
16.    HRW Distributors, Inc.
17.    Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company
18.    RVDP, Inc.
19.    Sentry Realty Corporation
20.    Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC
21.    The Riverside Publishing Company


Schedule II

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule II

Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Pledged Stock

 

Issuer

 

Record Owner

  Certificate No.   No. Shares/
Interest
    Percent
Pledged
 

HMH Publishing Company (IOM) Unlimited

  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.   5     99        66

HMH Publishing Company

  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.   7     3100        66

HMH Publishers LLC

  Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.   uncertificated     100     100

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

  Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.   uncertificated     100     100

Broderbund LLC

  Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company   1     N/A        100

RVDP, Inc.

  Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company   2     100        100

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

  Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.   1-A     1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

  Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.   uncertificated     100     100

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

  Houghton Mifflin, LLC   1     1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

  Houghton Mifflin, LLC   2     1,000        100

HM Publishing Corp.

  Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.   1     1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

  HM Publishing Corp.   6     1,000        100

Sentry Realty Corporation

  Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company   11     1,600        100


Issuer

  

Record Owner

   Certificate No.    No. Shares/
Interest
    Percent
Pledged
 

The Riverside Publishing Company

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Edusoft

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin PLC

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    7 8     
 
11,855,754
5,927,877
  
  
    66

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company    2      100        100

Classroom Connect, Inc.

   HMH Publishers LLC    CC-2      100        100

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

   HMH Publishers LLC    uncertificated      100     100

HRW Distributors, Inc.

   HMH Publishers LLC    3      4,000        100

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

   HMH Publishers LLC    uncertificated      100     100

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

   HMH Publishers LLC    9      1,350        100

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

   Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC    HA16      311        100


Pledged Debt Securities

None.


Schedule III

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule III

Intellectual Property

[Provided Separately.]


Exhibit A to the Term Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO. [•] (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of [•], to the Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Section 1.02), collectively, the “Borrowers” and each a “ Borrower ”), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, “ Citibank ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent”) .

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May, 22, 2012(as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, HMH Holdings, the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Citibank, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as Collateral Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans. Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Subsidiary Guarantors and Grantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and as consideration for Loans previously.

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

Section 1 In accordance with Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in

 

1


the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Subsidiary Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Section 2 The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 3 This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

Section 4 The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of (i) any and all Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities now owned by the New Subsidiary and (ii) any and all Intellectual Property now owned by the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto, is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary and its jurisdiction of organization.

Section 5 Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 6 THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 7 In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

2


Section 8 All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Subsidiary shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 9 The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
  by    
    Name:
    Title:
    Address:
    Legal Name:
    Jurisdiction of Formation:
Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent,
  by    
    Name:
    Title:
  by    
    Name:
    Title:

 

4


Schedule I to

Supplement No. [•] to the

Term Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Collateral of the New Subsidiary

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

               Number and     
     Number of    Registered    Class of    Percentage of

Issuer

   Certificate    Owner    Equity Interest    Equity Interests

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

 

           

Issuer

   Principal Amount    Date of Note    Maturity Date

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[Follow format of Schedule III to the

Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.]

 

5


Exhibit B to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement”) dated                     , 201    , is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of                     (“                     ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                     corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of                     , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated                     , 2012 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement”) .

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain intellectual property of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ IP Collateral”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby.


Section 2 Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this IP Security Agreement.

Section 3 Execution in Counterparts . This IP Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. Each Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 5 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By    
  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
 
 
 
[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By    
  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
 
 
 
[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

2


By    
 

Name:

 

Title:

Address for Notices:

 
 
 

 

3


Exhibit C to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT (this “ IP Security Agreement Supplement”) dated                     , 201    , is made by the Person listed on the signature page hereof (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of                     (“                     ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                     corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of                     , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lender Parties party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Term Facility Gaurantee and Collateral Agreement dated                     , 2012 made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement”) and that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated                     , 201     (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement”) .

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Additional IP Collateral (as defined in Section 1 below) of the Grantor and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement Supplement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “Additional IP Collateral”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby; and


(c) the copyright registrations and applications set forth in Schedule C hereto.

Section 2 Recordation . The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer to record this IP Security Agreement Supplement.

Section 3 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement Supplement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. The Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the Additional IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement Supplement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 4 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

By    
 

Name:

 

Title:

Address for Notices:

 
 
 

 

3

Exhibit 10.18

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., as Holdings,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC

and

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY,

as Borrowers,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Collateral Agent

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

SECTION 1.01

    

Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 1.02

    

Terms Generally

     47   

SECTION 1.03

    

Pro Forma Calculations

     48   

SECTION 1.04

    

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     49   
ARTICLE II   
THE CREDITS   

SECTION 2.01

    

Commitments

     50   

SECTION 2.02

    

Loans and Borrowings

     51   

SECTION 2.03

    

Borrowing Procedure

     53   

SECTION 2.04

    

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans

     53   

SECTION 2.05

    

Fees

     54   

SECTION 2.06

    

Interest on Loans

     55   

SECTION 2.07

    

Default Interest

     55   

SECTION 2.08

    

Alternate Rate of Interest

     56   

SECTION 2.09

    

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     56   

SECTION 2.10

    

Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings

     57   

SECTION 2.11

    

Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans

     58   

SECTION 2.12

    

Optional Prepayment

     58   

SECTION 2.13

    

Mandatory Prepayments

     59   

SECTION 2.14

    

Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances

     60   

SECTION 2.15

    

Change in Legality

     61   

SECTION 2.16

    

Indemnity

     62   

SECTION 2.17

    

Pro Rata Treatment

     62   

SECTION 2.18

    

Sharing of Setoffs

     62   

SECTION 2.19

    

Payments

     63   

SECTION 2.20

    

Taxes

     64   

SECTION 2.21

    

Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate

     67   

SECTION 2.22

    

Swingline Loans

     68   

SECTION 2.23

    

Letters of Credit

     70   

SECTION 2.24

    

Incremental Facilities

     74   

SECTION 2.25

    

Defaulting Lenders

     76   

SECTION 2.26

    

Priority and Liens

     79   

 

i


ARTICLE III  
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

SECTION 3.01

    

Organization; Powers

     81   

SECTION 3.02

    

Authorization

     81   

SECTION 3.03

    

Enforceability

     81   

SECTION 3.04

    

Governmental Approvals

     81   

SECTION 3.05

    

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee

     81   

SECTION 3.06

    

No Material Adverse Change

     82   

SECTION 3.07

    

Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases

     82   

SECTION 3.08

    

Subsidiaries

     82   

SECTION 3.09

    

Litigation; Compliance with Laws

     83   

SECTION 3.10

    

Agreements

     83   

SECTION 3.11

    

Federal Reserve Regulations

     83   

SECTION 3.12

    

Investment Company Act

     84   

SECTION 3.13

    

Use of Proceeds

     84   

SECTION 3.14

    

Taxes

     84   

SECTION 3.15

    

No Material Misstatements

     84   

SECTION 3.16

    

Employee Benefit Plans

     85   

SECTION 3.17

    

Environmental Matters

     85   

SECTION 3.18

    

Insurance

     86   

SECTION 3.19

    

Security Documents

     86   

SECTION 3.20

    

Location of Real Property and Leased Premises

     87   

SECTION 3.21

    

Labor Matters

     88   

SECTION 3.22

    

Solvency

     88   

SECTION 3.23

    

No Default

     88   

SECTION 3.24

    

[Intentionally Omitted

     88   

SECTION 3.25

    

Intellectual Property

     88   

SECTION 3.26

    

Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments

     88   
ARTICLE IV   
CONDITIONS OF LENDING   

SECTION 4.01

    

Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit

     89   

SECTION 4.02

    

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

     93   

SECTION 4.03

    

Exit Facility Option

     94   

SECTION 4.04

    

Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option

     94   
ARTICLE V   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 5.01

    

Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties

     96   

SECTION 5.02

    

Insurance

     96   

SECTION 5.03

    

Obligations and Taxes

     98   

 

ii


SECTION 5.04

    

Financial Statements, Reports, etc

     98   

SECTION 5.05

    

Litigation and Other Notices

     102   

SECTION 5.06

    

Information Regarding Collateral

     102   

SECTION 5.07

    

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings

     102   

SECTION 5.08

    

Use of Proceeds

     103   

SECTION 5.09

    

Employee Benefits

     103   

SECTION 5.10

    

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     103   

SECTION 5.11

    

Preparation of Environmental Reports

     104   

SECTION 5.12

    

Further Assurances

     104   

SECTION 5.13

    

[Intentionally Omitted]

     105   

SECTION 5.14

    

Post-Closing Deliveries

     105   

SECTION 5.15

    

Cash Dominion

     105   

SECTION 5.16

    

Milestones

     106   

SECTION 5.17

    

Chapter 11 Cases

     106   
ARTICLE VI   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 6.01

    

Indebtedness

     106   

SECTION 6.02

    

Liens

     110   

SECTION 6.03

    

Sale and Lease Back Transactions

     113   

SECTION 6.04

    

Investments, Loans and Advances

     113   

SECTION 6.05

    

Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions

     116   

SECTION 6.06

    

Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements

     117   

SECTION 6.07

    

Transactions with Affiliates

     118   

SECTION 6.08

    

Other Indebtedness and Agreements

     119   

SECTION 6.09

    

Superpriority Claims

     120   

SECTION 6.10

    

Financial Covenants Prior to Exit Facility Conversion Date

     120   

SECTION 6.11

    

Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

     121   

SECTION 6.12

    

Fiscal Year

     121   

SECTION 6.13

    

Certain Equity Securities

     121   

SECTION 6.14

    

Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries

     121   

SECTION 6.15

    

Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries

     121   
ARTICLE VII   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT   

SECTION 7.01

    

Events of Default

     122   

 

iii


ARTICLE VIII   
AGENTS   

SECTION 8.01

    

Authorization and Action

     128   

SECTION 8.02

    

Agent Individually

     128   

SECTION 8.03

    

Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions

     130   

SECTION 8.04

    

Reliance by Agents

     131   

SECTION 8.05

    

Indemnification

     131   

SECTION 8.06

    

Delegation of Duties

     132   

SECTION 8.07

    

Resignation of Agent

     132   

SECTION 8.08

    

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     133   

SECTION 8.09

    

No Other Duties, etc

     134   

SECTION 8.10

    

Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     135   

SECTION 8.11

    

Other Secured Agreements

     135   
ARTICLE IX   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 9.01

    

Notices

     136   

SECTION 9.02

    

Survival of Agreement

     138   

SECTION 9.03

    

Binding Effect

     138   

SECTION 9.04

    

Successors and Assigns

     139   

SECTION 9.05

    

Expenses; Indemnity

     143   

SECTION 9.06

    

Right of Setoff

     145   

SECTION 9.07

    

Applicable Law

     145   

SECTION 9.08

    

Waivers; Amendment

     145   

SECTION 9.09

    

Interest Rate Limitation

     147   

SECTION 9.10

    

Entire Agreement

     147   

SECTION 9.11

    

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     147   

SECTION 9.12

    

Severability

     147   

SECTION 9.13

    

Counterparts

     148   

SECTION 9.14

    

Headings

     148   

SECTION 9.15

    

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     148   

SECTION 9.16

    

Confidentiality

     148   

SECTION 9.17

    

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     149   

SECTION 9.18

    

Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group

     149   

SECTION 9.19

    

Borrowing Agent

     151   

SECTION 9.20

    

LEGEND

     151   

SECTION 9.21

    

No Fiduciary Duty

     151   

SECTION 9.22

    

Release of Liens and Guarantees

     152   

SECTION 9.23

    

Intercreditor Agreements

     153   

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

    
Schedule 1.01(a)      Mortgaged Property
Schedule 1.01(b)      Permitted Investments
Schedule 1.01(c)      Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee
Schedule 3.08      Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.09      Litigation
Schedule 3.17      Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.18      Insurance
Schedule 3.19(c)      Mortgage Filing Offices
Schedule 3.20(a)      Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.20(b)      Leased Real Property
Schedule 5.14      Post-Closing Deliveries
Schedule 6.01      Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02      Existing Liens

 

EXHIBITS

 

    
Exhibit A      Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B      Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C      Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D      Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E      Form of Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit F      Form of Mortgage
Exhibit G-1      Form of Interim Order
Exhibit G-2      Form of Approved Plan of Reorganization
Exhibit H      Form of Plan Support Agreements
Exhibit I      Credit and Collection Policies
Exhibit J      Form of Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement
Exhibit K      Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit L      Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

v


SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012, among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., a company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Article I), collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in Article I), each of which is a debtor and debtor-in-possession (each, a “ Debtor ”) in the Chapter 11 Cases (as hereinafter defined), the Lenders (as defined in Article I), CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

(1) On May 21, 2012 (the “ Petition Date ”), each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) for relief, and commenced proceedings (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.; the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

(2) In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Borrowers, HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors have requested that the Lenders provide them with a senior secured debtor-in-possession and exit revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000. The Lenders are willing to extend such credit under such facility to the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Acquired Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of a Loan Party that is merged into, acquired by, or that sells assets to, a Loan Party, which Affiliate is not a Loan Party prior to such merger, acquisition or sale.


Acquired Entity ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “ Permitted Acquisition ”.

Activities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee ” shall mean the ad hoc committee set forth in Schedule 1.01(c).

Adequate Protection Parties ” shall mean the Prepetition Agents and the Prepetition Secured Parties.

Adequate Protection Payments ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.13.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in respect of U.S. Dollars for the applicable Class of Loans for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) Statutory Reserves.

Adjustment Date ” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “ Applicable Percentage ”.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.07, the term “ Affiliate ” shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or director of the person specified.

Agents ” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agent’s Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) 1% plus the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one-month Interest Period commencing two Business Days after such day, as determined on such day and (b) the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the

 

2


Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b)(ii) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Adjusted LIBO Rate, Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

Applicable Fee Percentage ” shall mean 0.50% per annum; provided that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring three full calendar months after the Closing Date, the Applicable Fee Percentage will be determined by reference to the pricing grid below based upon Average Facility Usage for the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date:

 

Average Facility Usage   Applicable Fee
Percentage
 
³  50%     0.375
< 50%     0.50

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean 3.25% per annum, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, and 2.25% per annum, in the case of ABR Loans; provided that on or after the later of (i) the Exit Facility Conversion Date and (ii) the first Adjustment Date occurring three full calendar months after the Closing Date, the Applicable Percentage will be the rate per annum as determined pursuant to the pricing grid below based upon the average daily Availability for the most recently ended fiscal quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date:

 

Average Daily Availability (as
a percentage of the Total
Revolving Credit
Commitment)
  Applicable Percentage for
Eurocurrency Loans
    Applicable Percentage for
ABR Loans
 
³  66.7%     2.25     1.25
³  33.3% but < 66.7%     2.50     1.50
< 33.3%     2.75     1.75

Any change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from changes in average daily Availability shall become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the Borrowing Base Certificate covering the last month (or week, if applicable) of any fiscal quarter is delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.04(j) and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any such Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered within the time period specified in Section 5.04(j), then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered, the rate level that is one rate level lower (i.e., higher margins) than the rate level theretofore in effect shall apply until such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered; provided that if the Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered within 5 days after the due date specified therefor in Section 5.04(j), then commencing on the day that occurs 5 days after such

 

3


due date, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the above pricing grid shall apply.

In the event that at any time after the end of a fiscal quarter it is discovered that the average daily Availability for such fiscal quarter used for the determination of the Applicable Percentage was less than the actual amount of the average daily Availability for such fiscal quarter, the Applicable Percentage for such prior fiscal quarter shall be adjusted to the applicable percentage based on such actual average daily Availability for such fiscal quarter and any additional interest for the applicable period payable as a result of such recalculation shall be paid to Lenders on the next date on which interest is due and payable to the Lenders under Section 2.06.

Approved Plan of Reorganization ” shall mean the plan of reorganization substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, and modifications or supplements with respect thereto, other than any modification or supplement that (a) alters the debt capital structure of the Loan Parties, (b) allows for the incurrence of material Indebtedness upon the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization not otherwise contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement), (c) changes the priority of any Indebtedness from that set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization (without giving effect to any such modification or supplement) or (d) is otherwise materially adverse to the Lenders.

Arranger ” shall mean Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Asset Sale ” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, and scrap, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and dispositions of Permitted Investments, (ii) sales, transfers and other dispositions between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) sales, transfers and other dispositions the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of which are less than $7,500,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and less than $17,500,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year and (iv) sales and dispositions pursuant to Section 6.05(g).

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability ” at any time shall be equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base at such time (as determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement) and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time minus (b) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

Availability Limit ” at any time shall mean (a) the greater of (i) $31,250,000 and (ii) 15% of the lesser of (x) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (y) the Borrowing

 

4


Base at such time (as determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04, as adjusted in accordance with this Agreement); provided that following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, and only during the period commencing on April 1 through August 31 of each year, and only in the event the Borrowing Base shall exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment by at least $10,000,000, then at such time, “ Availability Limit ” shall mean $20,000,000.

Average Facility Usage ” shall mean, for any period, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the amount obtained by adding the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at the end of each day during such period and by dividing such sum by the number of days in such period by (b) the amount obtained by adding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment in effect at the end of each day during such period and by dividing such sum by the number of days in such period.

Bank Product Reserves ” shall mean all reserves which the Administrative Agent from time to time establishes in its Permitted Discretion for the Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations then outstanding.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Court ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Billed Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the amount billed on the Billing Date to the Obligor thereunder.

Billing Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the date on which the invoice with respect thereto was generated.

BK Obligor ” shall mean an Obligor that is (a) generally unable to make payment of its obligations when due, (b) a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, or (c) the subject of a comparable receivership or insolvency proceeding.

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower Group ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18.

 

5


Borrowing ” shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.19.

Borrowing Base ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) 85% of Eligible Receivables, plus (b) the lesser of (i) 85% of the Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory and (ii) 75% of the cost of Eligible Inventory less (c) Reserves (without duplication of any items that may be addressed in more than one Reserve or are otherwise addressed through eligibility criteria). The cost of Eligible Inventory shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.

Any determination by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Borrowing Base shall be based on the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion. The parties understand that the exclusionary criteria in the definitions of Eligible Inventory, Eligible Receivables, any Reserves that may be imposed as provided herein, any deductions or other adjustments to determine book value of Eligible Receivables and factors considered in the calculation of the Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory have the effect of reducing the Borrowing Base, and, accordingly, whether or not any provisions hereof so state, all of the foregoing shall be determined without duplication so as not to result in multiple reductions in the Borrowing Base for the same facts or circumstances.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall mean a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit L hereto (or another form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowing Agent) (with such changes therein as may be required by the Administrative Agent to reflect the components of, and Reserves against, the Borrowing Base as provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified as accurate and complete in all material respects by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowing Agent, which shall include detailed calculations as to the Borrowing Base as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

Borrowing Minimum ” shall mean $1,000,000.

Borrowing Multiple ” shall mean $500,000.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by a Borrower (or the Borrowing Agent on behalf of a Borrower) in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Breakage Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16.

Budget ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(d).

Budget Variance Report ” shall mean a report, in each case certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowing Agent, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(n), showing actual net cash flow, cash receipts and disbursements and the aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week as of the end of the week immediately preceding the week during which such Budget Variance Report is delivered and the variance (as a percentage) of such amounts from the corresponding anticipated amounts therefor set forth in the most recent Thirteen Week Forecast.

 

6


Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in such currency in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Capital Expenditures shall not include (a) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time as the proceeds of such disposition, (b) the purchase of plant, property or equipment made within the Reinvestment Period (under and as defined in the Term Loan Agreement in effect as of the date hereof) in respect of any Asset Sale to the extent made with the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale, (c) expenditures of proceeds of insurance settlements, condemnation awards and other settlements in respect of lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property to the extent such expenditures are made to replace or repair such lost, destroyed, damaged or condemned assets, equipment or other property or otherwise to acquire assets or properties useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries within 365 days of receipt of such proceeds, (d) interest capitalized during such period, (e) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures of such person and that actually are paid for by a third party (excluding Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) and for which neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has provided, or is required to provide or incur, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period), (f) the book value of any asset owned by such person prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a Capital Expenditure during such period as a result of such person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period that such expenditure actually is made and such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, or (g) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions. For the avoidance of doubt, Capital Expenditure will be deemed to include the capitalized portion of pre publication and pre production costs.

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person as lessee, that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such person.

 

7


Capital Lease Obligations ” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Carve-Out ” shall mean (a) all fees required to be paid to the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and to the Office of the United States trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a), (b) all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by a trustee under section 726(b) of the Bankruptcy Code in an aggregate amount not exceeding $250,000 and (c) any and all allowed and unpaid claims of any professional representing the Debtors or any statutory committee of creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases (each, a “ Creditors’ Committee ”) whose retention is approved by the Bankruptcy Court during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 327 or section 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for unpaid fees and expenses (and the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses allowed by the Bankruptcy Court incurred by any members of a Creditors’ Committee (but excluding fees and expenses of third party professionals employed by such members of any Creditors’ Committee)) incurred, subject to the terms of the DIP Orders, (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and (ii) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000, provided that (x) so long as no Carve-Out Event has occurred and is continuing, the allowed professional fees and disbursements incurred by professional persons employed by the Debtors or any Creditors’ Committee (including any fees and expenses of the members of any such Creditors’ Committee) may be paid without reducing the dollar limitation under clause (c) above to the extent reasonable and documented and subject to the entry of a customary order of the Bankruptcy Court, allowing for the interim payment of such amounts, and subject further to the Bankruptcy Court’s final approval of such professional fees and disbursements, (y) nothing herein shall be construed to impair the ability of any party to object to any of the fees, expenses, reimbursement or compensation described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (z) cash or other amounts on deposit in the L/C Cash Deposit Account shall not be subject to the Carve-Out. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or elsewhere, the Carve-Out shall be senior to all Liens securing the obligations under the Loan Documents and the Term Loan Agreement and related loan documents as well as any adequate protection Liens and claims granted by the DIP Orders.

Carve-Out Event ” shall mean a Default, (a) notice of which shall have been given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers or (b) in respect of which a Borrower shall have knowledge of such Default and fail to provide notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days of obtaining such knowledge.

Carve-Out Reserve ” means, at any time, a reserve in an amount equal to $5,000,000.

Cash Collateralize ” shall mean, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Banks or Lenders, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Exposure, cash or deposit account balances (or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support), in each case in an amount

 

8


not less than 103% (or 100%, in the case of Cash Collateralization required under Section 2.25(d)) of the face amount of such L/C Exposure pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Bank. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Dominion Period ” shall mean (a) any period commencing on the date (i) when Availability has been, for 3 consecutive Business Days including such date, less than the Availability Limit or (ii) when Availability is less than $20,000,000, and continuing until the date when Availability has been, for 30 consecutive calendar days including such date, at least $35,000,000 and (b) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the period during which such Event of Default shall be continuing.

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and HMH Holdings and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to one or more Loan Parties or a Permitted Holder; or

(b) the consummation of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d 5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of a Borrower; or

(c) any Borrower ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (except in a transaction permitted under Section 6.05).

For avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations with respect thereto, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines and directions promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on

 

9


Banking Supervision (or any similar or successor agency, or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III), shall in each case be deemed to be a “ Change in Law ”, regardless of the date adopted or enacted.

Chapter 11 Case ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Class ”, when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, New Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans and (b) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment or New Revolving Credit Commitment.

Closing Date ” shall mean the first date on which all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.08).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall mean all the “ Collateral ” as defined in any Security Document and any other assets or property pledged or on which a Lien is granted pursuant to any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and New Revolving Credit Commitment.

Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04(c).

Confirmation Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04(c).

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus : (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: (i) consolidated interest expense for such period; (ii) provisions for taxes based on income, profits or losses (determined on a consolidated basis) during such period; (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period; (iv) any extraordinary losses for such period; (v) any fees, expenses or charges for such period related to any equity offering, Investment, acquisition permitted hereunder, permitted disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder, including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period; provided that the aggregate amount of such costs added back to Consolidated EBITDA shall not exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters; (vi) any non-cash charges for such period (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, purchase accounting adjustments, assets impairments and equity compensation charges); (vii) restructuring charges for such period relating to current or anticipated future cash expenditures, including

 

10


restructuring costs related to closure or consolidation of facilities, and severance and other separation costs and post-retirement medical expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters; (viii) to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash fees, costs, expenses, commissions or other cash charges paid on or before December 31, 2012 in connection with this Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, including in connection with the termination or settlement of executory contracts, professional and accounting fees, costs and expenses, management incentive, employee retention or similar plans (in each case to the extent such plan is approved by the Bankruptcy Court), and litigation and settlements (but excluding interest and fees accruing after the Closing Date hereunder), in an aggregate amount for all such periods not in excess of $40,000,000; (ix) other non-recurring charges for such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (for the avoidance of doubt, including, but not limited to, acquisition related expenses, whether or not the acquisition was consummated); and (x) deferred financing fees (and any write-offs thereof); provided that to the extent not reflected in Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such cash payment is made, any cash payment made with respect to any non-cash charges added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period pursuant to clause (v) above (or that would have been added back had this Agreement been in effect during such prior period) shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated EBITDA for the period in which such cash payment is made; and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income: (i) any extraordinary gains for such period; and (ii) any non-cash gains for such period (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), in each case of clauses (a) and (b), all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be calculated so as to exclude (without duplication of any adjustment referred to above) the effect of: (A) the cumulative effect of any changes in GAAP or accounting principles applied by management; (B) any gain or loss for such period that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other disposition or abandonment of assets by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dispositions or sales of inventory and other dispositions in the ordinary course of business; (C) any income or loss for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or accounts payable; (D) any non-cash gains or losses on foreign currency derivatives and any foreign currency transaction non-cash gains or losses and any foreign currency exchange translation gains or losses that arise on consolidation of integrated operations; (E) any re-evaluation of any assets or any liabilities due to “fresh-start” accounting adjustments resulting from the Borrower’s emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases; and (F) mark-to-market adjustments in the valuation of derivative obligations resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. For purposes of determining the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA will be deemed to be equal to (i) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, $65,081,000, (ii) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, $248,987,000 and (iii) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, ($27,042,000); and the following amounts for the months specified: (A) April 2011, ($1,053,000), (B) May 2011, $14,560,000, (C) June 2011, $51,576,000, (D) July 2011, $90,012,000, (E) August 2011 $107,242,000, (F) September 2011, $51,733,000, (G) October 2011, ($1,084,000), (H) November 2011, ($5,016,000), (I) December 2011, ($20,942,000), (J) January 2012, ($21,321,000), and (K) February 2012, ($14,866,000).

 

11


Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (net of cash interest income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus (ii) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP, plus (iii) any cash payments made during such period in respect of obligations referred to in clause (b)(ii) below that were amortized or accrued in a previous period, minus (b) to the extent included in the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) above for such period, the sum of (i) non cash amounts attributable to amortization of financing costs paid in a previous period, plus (ii) non-cash amounts attributable to amortization of debt discounts or accrued interest payable in kind for such period, plus (iii) non cash adjustments attributed to the effects of recording debt at fair value. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements and without giving effect to the movement of mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, up-front payments made to enter into Hedging Agreements to provide interest rate protection will be spread over the period of the protection provided thereunder).

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication, there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or loss of any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or the date that such person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the income of any person in which any other person (other than Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdings or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary by such person during such period, (d) any net after tax gains or losses attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business (determined in good faith by the Borrowers), (e) any net after tax extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses, (f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles that occurs after the Closing Date, (g) any net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gain or loss on disposal of disposed, abandoned, closed or discontinued operations, (h) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments, (i) effects of purchase accounting adjustments in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation

 

12


to any acquisition permitted hereunder consummated after the Closing Date, (j) any non-cash expenses realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock grants or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such person or any of its subsidiaries, (k) any accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date and that are so required to be established in accordance with GAAP and (l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days, and (ii) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; provided that any proceeds of such reimbursement when received shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income to the extent the expense reimbursed was previously excluded pursuant to this clause (l).

Contract ” shall mean any agreement or invoice pursuant to, or under which, an Obligor shall be obligated to make payments with respect to any Account.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Copyrights ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Credit Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02.

Credit Facilities ” shall mean the revolving credit, swingline and letter of credit facilities provided for by this Agreement.

Credit and Collection Policies ” shall mean the written credit, collection, customer relations and service policies of the Loan Parties in effect on the Closing Date and attached as Exhibit I, excluding any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereof unless the same is consistent with past practices or made solely to cure any ambiguity.

Creditors’ Committee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “ Carve-Out ”.

Debt Incurrence ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01.

Debtor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Default ” shall mean any Event of Default or any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

13


Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, subject to Section 2.25(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.25(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrowers, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

Designated Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11(a).

Designated Pari Passu Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11(a).

Dilution Factors ” shall mean, with respect to any Account of any Loan Party, any portion of which (a) was reduced, canceled or written-off as a result of (i) any credits, rebates, freight charges, cash discounts, volume discounts, cooperative advertising expenses, royalty payments, warranties, cost of parts required to be maintained by agreement (either express or implied), allowances for early payment, warehouse and other allowances, defective, rejected,

 

14


returned or repossessed merchandise or services, or any failure by any Loan Party to deliver any merchandise or services or otherwise perform under the underlying Contract or invoice, (ii) any change in or cancellation of any of the terms of the underlying Contract or invoice or any cash discount, rebate, retroactive price adjustment or any other adjustment by the applicable Loan Party, in each case, which reduces the amount payable by the Obligor on the related Account except to the extent based on credit related reasons, or (iii) any setoff in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction), other than (x) any credits issued that relate to Obligor chargebacks on Accounts that do not constitute Eligible Receivables and (y) any credits issued that relate to rebilled transactions if such credits were issued within 30 days of the date of the previously arising Account or (b) is subject to any specific dispute, offset, counterclaim or defense whatsoever (except discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor thereof).

Dilution Ratio ” shall mean, at any date, as to the Accounts owned by the Loan Parties, the amount (expressed as a percentage) obtained by dividing (a) the applicable seasonally adjusted Dilution Factors for the twelve most recently ended fiscal months with respect to the Loan Parties’ Accounts, by (b) the total gross sales with respect to the Loan Parties’ Accounts for the twelve fiscal month period ending two fiscal months prior to the end of the period described in clause (a).

Dilution Reserve ” shall mean, at any date, 85% of the product of (a) the excess (if positive) of (i) the applicable Dilution Ratio minus (ii) 5.0% multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts of the Loan Parties on such date; provided , that if such product is a negative number, the Dilution Reserve shall be deemed to be zero.

DIP Budget ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the consolidated budget for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and the consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income for such period) delivered by the Borrowing Agent to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and (b) each of the updated budgets containing the same types of information described in clause (a) and delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(n) for each subsequent month (showing, for the month most recently ended, the variance of the actual amounts in each line item from the corresponding budgeted amounts set forth in the DIP Budget last delivered to the Administrative Agent, and for the subsequent months, the updated amounts therefor).

DIP Facility ” shall mean, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Credit Facilities provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

DIP Facility Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date that is 18 months following the Petition Date, and (b) the substantial consummation (as defined in section 1101 of the Bankruptcy Code) of a plan of reorganization filed in the Chapter 11 Cases that is confirmed pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

DIP Orders ” shall mean the Interim Order and the Final Order.

DIP Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

 

15


Disclosure Statement ” shall mean, with respect to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, a related disclosure statement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, together with any amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto that are consistent with any permitted modifications to the Approved Plan of Reorganization or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance), or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date (as determined at the time of incurrence or issuance).

Domestic Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Assignee ” shall mean any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund, financial institution or other entity that is an “ accredited investor ” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that extends credit or invests in bank loans in the ordinary course; provided that no natural person and none of the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates shall be an Eligible Assignee.

Eligible Inventory ” shall mean all Inventory of the Loan Parties reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04, except any Inventory with respect to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies (unless the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion elects to include such Inventory). No Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory if it is:

(a) Inventory to which a Loan Party does not have good, valid and unencumbered title, subject to no Liens other than Liens granted to the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, Liens that are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) Inventory that is not finished goods, raw materials or work in process or that consists of packaging or shipping materials, labels, samples, display items, bags, replacement parts or manufacturing supplies;

(c) Inventory held on consignment or subject to any deposit or downpayment, unless the Collateral Agent has received an appropriate Lien Waiver or collateral access agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(d) Inventory that is not in new and saleable condition or that is obsolete, nonconforming, unmerchantable, slow-moving, unusable, defective, damaged, shopworn or otherwise unfit for sale, or identified as a write-off, overstock or excess by a Loan Party (as determined in the ordinary course of business);

 

16


(e) Inventory that is subject to a recall or is otherwise being held for quality control purposes;

(f) Inventory that does not meet all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority or that constitutes hazardous materials under any Environmental Law;

(g) Inventory that does not conform in all material respects with the representations and warranties contained in any Loan Document;

(h) Inventory that is not subject to the Collateral Agent’s duly perfected, first priority Lien;

(i) Inventory that is not within the United States, or that is in transit except between locations of the Loan Parties;

(j) Inventory that is subject to any warehouse receipt or negotiable Document;

(k) Inventory for which field audits and appraisals have not been completed by the Administrative Agent or a qualified independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent utilizing procedures and criteria acceptable to the Administrative Agent for determining the value of such Inventory;

(l) Inventory to the extent any value thereof is attributable to intercompany profit among the Loan Parties or their Affiliates;

(m) Inventory that is subject to any License or other arrangement that restricts the Loan Parties’ or the Collateral Agent’s right to dispose of such Inventory, unless the Collateral Agent has received an appropriate Lien Waiver or evidence that the applicable royalties have been duly paid;

(n) Inventory that is located at third party premises or a location not owned by a Loan Party, and is subject to landord’s or warehousemen’s Liens or other Liens arising by operation of law, unless the premises or location are covered by a Lien Waiver or an appropriate Rent Reserve (and a Reserve in respect of offset or counterclaim) has been established; or

(o) Inventory that is located at third party premises, the amount of which does not exceed $100,000 at any one location;

provided that prior to the date that occurs 60 days following the Closing Date, Inventory held on consignment by depositories shall not be deemed ineligible by reason of clause (c), and Inventory shall not be deemed ineligible by reason of clause (n), in each case unless the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion shall determine otherwise.

If any Inventory at any time ceases to be Eligible Inventory, such Inventory shall promptly be excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base; provided , however , that if any

 

17


Inventory ceases to be Eligible Inventory because of the adjustment of or imposition of new exclusionary criteria pursuant to the succeeding paragraph, the Administrative Agent will not require exclusion of such Inventory from the Borrowing Base until five (5) days following the date on which the Administrative Agent gives notice to the Borrowers of such ineligibility.

The Administrative Agent reserves the right, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, to adjust any of the exclusionary criteria set forth above and to establish new criteria, in its Permited Discretion (based on an analysis of material facts or events first occurring, or first discovered by the Administrative Agent, after the Closing Date), subject to the approval of the Supermajority Lenders in the case of adjustments or new criteria which have the effect of making more credit available than would be available based upon the criteria in effect on the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent acknowledges that as of the Closing Date it does not know of any circumstance or condition with respect to the Inventory that would require the adjustment or imposition of any of the exclusionary criteria set forth above.

Eligible Receivable ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, an Account owned by a Loan Party:

(a) (i) that is due and payable within 180 days of the Billing Date thereof and (ii) with respect to which no payment or part thereof remains unpaid for more than 120 days after its original Receivable Maturity Date or more than 180 days after its Billing Date; provided that if such Account is a Long-Term Account, such Account shall be deemed to be an Eligible Receivable for the period commencing with the day that is 90 days prior to the original Receivable Maturity Date of such Account until (so long as it remains unpaid) the day that is 60 days after the original Receivable Maturity Date of such Account;

(b) that is not a liability of an Obligor with respect to which more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding balance of all Accounts owing by such Obligor are not Eligible Receivables due to the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) above;

(c) that is not a liability of an Excluded Obligor;

(d) that is denominated and payable in U.S. Dollars and is not represented by a note or other negotiable instrument or by chattel paper;

(e) that is not subject to any right of rescission, dispute, offset (including, without limitation, as a result of customer promotional allowances, deposits, overpayments, discounts, rebates, or claims for damages), hold back defense, adverse claim or other claim or defense (with only the portion of any such Account subject to any such right of rescission, dispute, offset (including, without limitation, as a result of customer promotional allowances, deposits, overpayments, discounts, rebates, or claims for damages), hold back defense, adverse claim or defense or other claim being considered not an Eligible Receivable by virtue of this clause (d)), whether arising out of transactions concerning the Contract therefor or otherwise;

(f) with respect to which the Obligor thereunder is not a BK Obligor unless such Loan Party is determined in the applicable bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency proceedings to have a claim on such Account prior and senior to the claim of any other creditor of such Obligor on such Account;

 

18


(g) [intentionally omitted]

(h) that does not represent “billed but not yet shipped” goods or merchandise, partially performed or unperformed services, consigned goods or “sale or return” goods and does not arise from a transaction for which any additional performance by the applicable Loan Party, or acceptance by or other act of the Obligor thereunder, including any required submission of documentation, remains to be performed as a condition to any payments on such Receivable or the enforceability of such Receivable under applicable law;

(i) such Account is owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of any Liens other than Liens granted to the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, Liens that are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and Permitted Encumbrances;

(j) that is not the liability of an Obligor that has any claim against or affecting such Loan Party or the property of such Loan Party which gives rise to a right of set-off against such Account (with only that portion of Accounts owing by such Obligor equal to the amount of such claim being not an Eligible Receivable);

(k) that was originated in accordance with and satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policies;

(l) that arises under a Contract, which, together with such Account, is in full force and effect and constitutes the genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder enforceable against such Obligor by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms;

(m) that is entitled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Contract therefor and has not been paid in full or been compromised, adjusted, extended, reduced, satisfied, subordinated, rescinded or modified (except for adjustments to the outstanding balance thereof to reflect Dilution Factors made in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies);

(n) that, together with the Contract, does not contravene any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, consumer protection, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no party to the Contract therefor is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation that, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the collectibility, value or payment terms of such Account;

(o) with respect to which no proceedings or investigations are pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of such Account or the Contract therefor, (ii) seeking payment of such Account or payment and performance of such Contract or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of such Account or such Contract;

(p) (i) that is an “account” or a “payment intangible” within the meaning of the UCC (or any other applicable legislation) of the jurisdictions in which such Loan Party is organized and in which the chief executive office of such Loan Party is located and (ii) under the terms of the related Contract, the right to payment thereof may be freely assigned, including as a result of compliance with applicable law (or with respect to which, the prohibition on the assignment of rights to payment are made fully ineffective under applicable law);

 

19


(q) that is payable solely and directly to a Loan Party and not to any other Person (including any shipper of the merchandise or goods that gave rise to such Receivable);

(r) with respect to which all material consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the creation of such Account or the Contract therefor have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

(s) that is created through the provision of merchandise, goods or services by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business;

(t) that is not the liability of an Obligor that, under the terms of the Credit and Collection Policies, (i) is receiving or should receive merchandise, goods or services on a “cash on delivery” basis or (ii) is a credit or collection risk or on credit hold or makes slow or inconsistent payments;

(u) that does not constitute a rebilled amount arising from a deduction taken by an Obligor with respect to a previously arising Account;

(v) that is subject to the Collateral Agent’s duly perfected, first-priority Lien;

(w) that does not represent sales tax;

(x) that does not represent the balance owed by an Obligor on an Account in respect of which the Obligor has made partial payment;

(y) which arises under a Contract which does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise its rights under the Loan Documents, including the right to review the Contract;

(z) which arises under a Contract that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the sale of goods or the provision of services by a Loan Party;

(aa) with respect to which no check, draft or other item of payment was previously received that was returned unpaid or otherwise;

(bb) the Obligor of which is (x) domiciled in the United States of America, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam or Canada or (y) domiciled in any other jurisdiction approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that to the extent Accounts considered eligible by virtue of this clause (y) shall constitute more than ten (10%) percent of all Eligible Receivables, such excess shall constitute Eligible Receivables only to the extent backed by a letter of credit or insurance policy reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(cc) the Obligor of which is not (i) the government (or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof) of any country other than the United States (except to the

 

20


extent such Accounts are backed by a letter of credit reasonable acceptable to the Administrative Agent), or (ii) the government of the United States, or any department, agency, public corporation, or instrumentality thereof, unless (x) the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. § 3727 et seq. and 41 U.S.C. § 15 et seq.), and any other steps necessary to perfect the Lien of the Collateral Agent in such Accounts have been complied with to the Administrative Agent’s reasonable satisfaction or (y) in the case of clause (ii), the aggregate amount of Accounts of all Loan Parties described in clause (ii) does not exceed five (5%) percent of all Eligible Receivables;

(dd) which is not indebtedness of an Obligor (whether constituting an account, chattel paper, document, instrument or general intangible (under which the Obligor’s principal obligation is a monetary obligation) and whether or not earned by performance) arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by an Acquired Affiliate to such Obligor prior to becoming an Acquired Affiliate, including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto, to the extent that the Loan Party acquiring such Acquired Affiliate has notified the Administrative Agent in writing that the sale, pledge or other transfer of such indebtedness by such Loan Party would constitute a breach of, or otherwise conflict with, any material agreement binding on or affecting such Acquired Affiliate or its property;

(ee) that is a liability of an Obligor the total amount of Accounts owing by which to the Loan Parties does not exceed (i) fifteen (15)% of the total amount of Accounts of all of the Loan Parties if such Obligor is organized, and has its principal place of business located, in the United States, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam or Canada or (ii) ten (10)% of the total amount of Accounts of all of the Loan Parties if such Obligor is organized, or has its principal place of business located, outside the United States, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam and Canada;

(ff) that does not represent any portion of any Loan Party’s deferred revenue; provided that in the case of Accounts of Obligors for which specific identification cannot be made with respect to deferred revenue, the amount of such Accounts deemed not to be Eligible Receivables pursuant to this clause (ff) shall equal the following applicable percentage of all such Accounts: (i) during the period of June through November, the lesser of (x) 40% and (y) the percentage of the Obligors matched to the respective deferred revenue and (ii) during the period of December through May, the lesser of (x) 20% and (y) the percentage of the Obligors matched to the respective deferred revenue; and

(gg) that does not represent any portion of any unapplied cash receipts of any Loan Party.

If any Account at any time ceases to be an Eligible Receivable, then such Account shall promptly be excluded from the calculation of the Borrowing Base; provided, however, that if any Account ceases to be an Eligible Receivable because of the adjustment of or imposition of new exclusionary criteria pursuant to the succeeding paragraph, the Administrative Agent will not require exclusion of such Account from the Borrowing Base until five (5) days following the date on which the Administrative Agent gives notice to the Borrowers of such ineligibility.

 

21


The Administrative Agent reserves the right, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, to adjust any of the exclusionary criteria set forth above and to establish new criteria, in its Permitted Discretion (based on an analysis of material facts or events first occurring, or first discovered by the Administrative Agent, after the Closing Date), subject to the approval of Supermajority Lenders in the case of adjustments or new criteria which have the effect of making more credit available than would have been available based upon the criteria in effect on the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent acknowledges that as of the Closing Date it does not know of any circumstance or condition with respect to the Accounts that would require the adjustment or imposition of any of the exclusionary criteria set forth above.

In the case of any past due Accounts of any Obligor, the Administrative Agent may in its Permitted Discretion make adjustments to such Accounts to reflect any credit balance of the Accounts of such Obligor (but not any other Obligor).

Employee Equity Sales ” shall mean the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings after the Closing Date to any present or former officer or employee of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

EMU Legislation ” shall mean the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials Released into the environment, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

22


ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived), (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), (e) the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the receipt by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or, is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA, (h) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which a Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary could otherwise be liable, (i) any Foreign Benefit Event or (j) any other event or condition with respect to any Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan that could result in the imposition of a Lien or the acceleration of any statutory obligation to fund any material unfunded accrued benefit liability of such Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.

Eurocurrency ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Accounts ” shall mean (a) payroll accounts, employee benefit accounts, withholding tax and other fiduciary accounts, escrow accounts in respect of arrangements with non-affiliated third parties, customs accounts, cash collateral accounts subject to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents and accounts held by non-Loan Parties and (b) such other deposit accounts and other bank or securities accounts held by Loan Parties the balance of all of which is less than $7,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

 

23


Excluded Obligor ” shall mean any Obligor that is an Affiliate of a Loan Party.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower hereunder, (a) income, franchise or other similar taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (or its gross income in lieu thereof) (i) by the United States of America, (ii) by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (iii) as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Sections 2.20(f) and (g), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Exit Facility ” shall mean, on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Credit Facilities provided by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

Exit Facility Conversion ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

Exit Facility Conversion Date ” shall mean the date on which the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall become effective, the Exit Facility Option shall be exercised and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.04 shall be satisfied or waived pursuant to Section 9.08.

Exit Facility Option ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

Facility Increase ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” shall mean with respect to any Agent, the applicable fee letter then in effect between such Agent and Holdings.

 

24


Fees ” shall mean the Unused Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the Other Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.

Final Order ” shall mean an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered in the Chapter 11 Cases, in substantially the form of the Interim Order, with such modifications thereto as are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, which order shall authorize on a final basis this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Term Loan Document and the other “Loan Documents” defined therein.

Financial Covenants ” shall mean, at any time (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenants contained in Section 6.10 and (b) on or after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the covenant contained in Section 6.11.

Financial Officer ” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

First Day Orders ” shall mean all orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court on, or within five days of, the Petition Date or based on motions filed by the Debtors on or about the Petition Date.

Fitch ” shall mean Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (in each case on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date for which financial statements are available minus non-financed Capital Expenditures paid in cash during such period, to (b) the sum of (i) taxes based on income, profits or losses paid in cash during such period (net of any refunds in cash received in respect of such taxes during such period), plus (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness for borrowed money paid in cash during such period, plus (iv) all Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(iv) paid in cash during such period; provided that for purposes of determining the amount in clauses (b)(i), (ii) and (iii) as of any date on and prior to the first anniversary of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such amount shall be calculated for the period from the Exit Facility Conversion Date to such date divided by the number of days in such period and multiplied by 365; and provided , further , that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be determined for the relevant test period on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03.

Flood Insurance Laws ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Benefit Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority,

 

25


(b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability in excess of $2,500,000 by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or the imposition on Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law, in each case in excess of $2,500,000.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender and, for purposes of Section 2.20, any Issuing Bank that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Pension Plan ” shall mean any defined benefit pension plan maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate and that under applicable law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Exposure ” shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles. References to GAAP shall mean GAAP in the United States, unless otherwise expressly provided.

Global Scholar Business ” shall mean the computer software suite of products known as Pinnacle owned by GlobalScholar, Inc. and its Affiliates.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Guarantee ” of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay

 

26


(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided , however , that the term “ Guarantee ” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

Guarantors ” shall mean HMH Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates shall be a Hedging Agreement.

HMCo ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

HMH Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J, among the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and one or more new or existing Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of any Facility Increase or one or more New Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of any New Revolving Credit Loan Commitment.

 

27


Indebtedness ” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding earnouts (unless such earnout is not paid after it becomes due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof), trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (h) all obligations of such person (including contingent obligations) as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all net payments that such person would have to make in the event of any early termination, on the date Indebtedness is being determined, in respect of outstanding Hedging Agreements. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such partnership, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include obligations under, or in respect of Qualified Capital Stock.

Indemnified Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrowers under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not described in (a), Other Taxes.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean a bona fide underwritten initial public offering of voting common Equity Interests of the IPO Issuer at any time after the Exit Facility Conversion Date yielding at least $50,000,000 pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as the context requires.

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012, and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

 

28


Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter (or, if made available by all participating Lenders, 9 or 12 months), as a Borrower may elect; provided , however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interim Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(e).

Inventory ” shall have the meaning specified in the UCC.

Investments ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Investors ” shall mean (a) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) each of Paulson & Co. Inc., Avenue Investments, LP, Guggenheim Investment Management LLC, Blackrock Financial Management, Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and Fidelity Investments and (ii) any non operating company Affiliate of any of the foregoing (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof) and (b) on and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) the holders of the Equity Interests of Holdings as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, as set forth in the Approved Plan of Reorganization, and (ii) any non operating company Affiliate of any such holder (including without limitation, any investment fund or other similar entity managed by any of the foregoing or any Affiliate thereof).

IPO Issuer ” shall mean Holdings or any corporation or other legal entity that, at the time of the relevant Initial Public Offering, owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) Citibank, N.A., acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and (b) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i) or 2.23(k), with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or branches of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “ Issuing Bank ” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.

Issuing Bank Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

 

29


Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such date.

L/C Cash Deposit Account ” shall mean an interest bearing cash deposit account to be established and maintained by the Administrative Agent and in which cash is deposited to Cash Collateralize L/C Exposure.

L/C Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, which shall be equal to (a) on the Closing Date, $25,000,000 and (b) on the Exit Facility Conversion Date, $40,000,000.

L/C Disbursement ” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements with respect to Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.

L/C Participation Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.23(b).

Lender Appointment Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.07.

Lenders ” shall mean Revolving Credit Lenders and the Swingline Lender (unless the context clearly indicates otherwise in the case of the Swingline Lender).

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.23.

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Reuters Screen Libor01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or otherwise on such screen), the “ LIBOR Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered U.S. Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the applicable Eurocurrency Borrowing at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

 

30


License ” shall mean any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral or any other conduct of its business.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Lien Waiver ” shall mean an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit the Administrative Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents (as defined in the UCC) in its possession relating to the Collateral as agent for the Collateral Agent, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to Agent upon request; (c) for any Collateral held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges the Collateral Agent’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Collateral Agent upon request; and (d) for any Collateral subject to a Licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the Licensor grants to Agent the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce the Collateral Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License, or, in the case of each of clauses (a) to (d) above, has such other terms that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Liquidity ” shall mean, for any date of determination, the sum of the Availability and the total amount of Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents at the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

Loan Document Obligations ” shall mean the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrowers to any of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (iv) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrowers under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (v) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

 

31


Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements, if any, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e) and the Fee Letter.

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loans ” shall mean the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swingline Loans.

Local Time ” shall mean with respect to a Loan, Borrowing or Letter of Credit, New York City time.

Long-Term Account ” shall mean an Account of a Loan Party that (a) relates to a code “z” invoice and (b) has a Receivable Maturity Date occurring 150 days or more after its Billing Date.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, results of operations or financial condition of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Borrower or any other Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document; other than, in each case, as customarily occurs as a result of events leading up to and following the commencement of a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, the events leading to the Chapter 11 Cases described in the Borrowers’ presentation to the Lenders dated May 2012.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $35,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Litigation ” shall mean any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding pending or (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties) threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental instrumentality (other than the Chapter 11 Cases and any action, suit, investigation or proceeding arising from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases or the consequences that would normally result from the commencement and continuation of the Chapter 11 Cases) that is not stayed and could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

32


Material Real Property ” shall mean any parcel of owned real property with a fair market value of at least $5,000,000.

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings that, for the most recently completed fiscal year of Holdings for which audited financial statements are available, either (a) has, together with its Subsidiaries, assets that exceed 5% of the total assets shown on the consolidated statement of financial condition of Holdings as of the last day of such period or (b) has, together with its Subsidiaries, net sales that exceed 5% of the consolidated net sales of Holdings for such period.

Milestones ” or “ Milestone ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the relevant Loan Parties specified on Schedule 1.01(a), and shall include each other parcel of owned real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12.

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, charges, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel in order to account for local law matters) and otherwise pursuant to this Agreement each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA that is maintained or contributed to by Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

New Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

New Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Not for Profit Subsidiaries ” shall mean, collectively, Foundation for Marine Animal Husbandry, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Foundation, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

 

33


Obligor ” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person primarily obligated to make payments in respect thereof.

OID ” shall mean shall mean original issue discount, as defined in Section 1273 of the Code.

Orderly Liquidation Value ” shall mean, with respect to Eligible Inventory, the orderly liquidation value (net of costs and expenses incurred in connection with liquidation) of such Eligible Inventory, as a percentage of the cost of such Eligible Inventory, which percentage shall be determined by reference to, and adjusted seasonally in a manner consistent with, the most recent third-party appraisal of such Eligible Inventory received by the Administrative Agent.

Other Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations ” shall mean Other Secured Obligations designated as Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.11.

Other Secured Agreement ” shall mean, to the extent designated as such by the Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with Section 8.11, any agreement evidencing obligations owing by any Loan Party under (a) any Hedging Agreement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such Hedging Agreement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent or (b) any cash management services arrangement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries after the Petition Date with any Person that at the time of entering into such arrangement is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

Other Secured Obligations ” shall mean the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Loan Party under each Other Secured Agreement designated as such in accordance with Section 8.11.

Other Secured Party ” shall mean a Person that (a) is a party to an Other Secured Agreement and (b) at the time of entering into such Other Secured Agreement, is a Lender, Arranger or Agent, or an Affiliate of a Lender, Arranger or Agent.

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, performance, delivery, registration or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(f).

Patents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Payment Conditions ” shall mean prior to and after giving effect to the relevant action as to which the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions is being determined, (a) no Default shall

 

34


have occurred or be continuing, (b) on a pro forma basis, Holdings would be in compliance with the Financial Covenants (disregarding whether a Testing Period is then in effect) and (c) Availability (on a pro forma basis) on the date of the relevant action and as of the last day of each of the three consecutive preceding calendar months most recently ended shall be in excess of $50,000,000.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all the assets of a person or line of business of such person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of a person (referred to herein as the “ Acquired Entity ”); provided that (a) such acquisition was not preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) the Acquired Entity shall be in a similar line of business as that of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries or reasonably related thereto; (c) at the time of such transaction, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) on a pro forma basis, the Payment Conditions are satisfied; (e) the Borrowing Agent shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying as to the foregoing and containing reasonably detailed calculations in support thereof, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (f) all persons which are Domestic Subsidiaries in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents.

Permitted Discretion ” shall mean a determination made by the Administrative Agent in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable credit judgment in accordance with its usual and customary practices for comparable asset-based lending transactions (adhering to its established credit and collection policies) and, as it relates to the establishment or increase of Reserves or the adjustment or imposition of exclusionary criteria, shall require that, (a) such establishment, increase, adjustment or imposition after the Closing Date be based on the analysis of facts or events first occurring or first discovered by the Administrative Agent, after the Closing Date or that are materially different from facts or events occurring or known to the Administrative Agent, on the Closing Date, (b) the contributing factors to the imposition or increase of any Reserve shall not duplicate (i) the exclusionary criteria set forth in the definitions of “ Eligible Inventory ” and “ Eligible Receivables ” as applicable (and vice versa), or (ii) any reserves deducted in computing book value, cost or Orderly Liquidation Value and (c) the amount of any such Reserve so established or the effect of any adjustment or imposition of exclusionary criteria be a reasonable quantification of the incremental dilution of the Borrowing Base attributable to such contributing factors.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02(d), (i), (l) and (z), in each case, to the extent such Liens arise by operation of law and are not created, granted or incurred with the consent of any Loan Party.

 

35


Permitted Holders ” shall mean (a) each of the Investors, (b) members of management of a Borrower, HMH Holdings, a Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing on the Closing Date who are holders of Equity Interests of HMH Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and (c) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management and their Permitted Holder Related Parties, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of HMH Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Holder Related Party ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any spouse, descendent or immediate family member (which includes any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, sibling, mother in law, father in law, son in law, daughter in law, brother in law or sister in law) (in the case of an individual), of such Person, (ii) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more of the applicable Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i), or (iii) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (ii), acting solely in such capacity.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;

(e) investments in money market funds within the meaning of Rule 2a 7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;

 

36


(f) investments in so called auction rate securities rated AAA or higher by S&P or Aaa or higher by Moody’s and which have a reset date not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(g) other short term investments by Holdings and Foreign Subsidiaries in currencies other than U.S. Dollars and of a type listed on Schedule 1.01(b).

Permitted Prior Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.26(a)(iii).

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) of a Restricted Subsidiary, issued in exchange for, or the net cash proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “ Refinance ”), Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (including all or a portion of any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement) that is permitted by this Agreement to be Refinanced; provided that:

(i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced ( plus any related fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs),

(ii) except with respect to Section 6.01(k), the weighted average life to maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to (and the maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is no earlier than) that of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(iii) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

(iv) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have different obligors than the Indebtedness being Refinanced, unless such new obligors are Loan Parties, and no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have greater guarantees than the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(v) the terms and covenants of such Permitted Indebtedness taken as a whole shall not be more restrictive in any material respect than the terms and covenants of the Indebtedness being Refinanced taken as a whole; and

(vi) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is secured by any collateral (whether equally and ratably with, or junior to, the Secured Parties or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured only by such collateral (including any collateral pursuant to after acquired property clauses to the extent any such collateral secured the Indebtedness being Refinanced) on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties than those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

37


provided, further , that with respect to a Refinancing of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g), such Refinancing shall be in compliance with the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (a) the principal amount of which is not by its terms required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, in whole or in part, at the option of any holder thereof or otherwise, on any date prior to the date that is six months after the Latest Maturity Date (determined as of the time of incurrence) (except (i) upon the occurrence of an event of default or a change in control or similar event or (ii) pursuant to provisions requiring the issuer thereof to prepay or redeem, or offer to prepay or redeem, such Indebtedness with the proceeds of asset sales or other dispositions or the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Equity Interests; provided , that such provisions do not require any such prepayment, redemption or offer to prepay or redeem if such proceeds have been applied, inter alia , to reduce the outstanding Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments), (b) that is not Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary unless (i) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary is a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) the Guarantee is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to its corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations under the applicable Security Document on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for Guarantees of subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (iii) such Guarantee provides for the release and termination thereof, without action by any party, upon any release and termination of the corresponding Guarantee of the Obligations, (c) that is fully subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions which are customary at the time for subordinated debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness and (d) the other terms of which are customary at the time for debt securities issued in the capital markets by issuers of comparable creditworthiness.

person ” or “ Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Petition Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements of this Agreement.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “ employer ” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Plan Support Agreements ” shall mean one or more plan support agreements in substantially the form of Exhibit H, executed and delivered by members of the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee, as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, other than in a manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders.

 

38


Prepetition Agents ” shall mean (a) the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the trustee and collateral agent under the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Prepetition Collateral ” shall mean the Loan Parties’ assets securing Indebtedness under the Prepetition Documents.

Prepetition Credit Agreement ” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 12, 2007, among HMH Holdings, HMH Publishing Company, the Borrowers, the lenders and other Persons party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as collateral agent.

Prepetition Documents ” shall mean (a) the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the “Loan Documents” under and as defined therein and (b) the Prepetition Notes, the Prepetition Notes Indenture and the “First Lien Documents” under and as defined therein.

Prepetition Indebtedness ” shall mean the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties outstanding immediately prior to the Petition Date, including (a) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of not more than $2,806,566,304 and (c) the Prepetition Notes.

Prepetition LC Facility ” shall mean the $50,000,000 cash-collateralized letter of credit facility dated as of October 26, 2010 between HMHP and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Prepetition Notes ” shall mean up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % First Lien Notes due 2019 issued by HMHP and HMCo on May 26, 2011 pursuant to the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Prepetition Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 26, 2011 among HMHP, HMCo, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee and collateral agent.

Prepetition Receivables Facility ” shall mean the receivables facility governed by the Receivables Funding and Administration Agreement dated as of August 4, 2010 among HM Receivables Co. II, LLC, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

Prepetition Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) the “ Secured Parties ” under and as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement and (b) the “ First Lien Secured Parties ” under and as defined in the Prepetition Notes Indenture.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A. in New York, from time to time, as Citibank N.A.’s prime rate.

 

39


Pro Rata Percentage ” of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the applicable aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. In the event the aggregate applicable Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the aggregate applicable Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.

Protective Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

Publishers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any person shall mean any Equity Interest of such person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the definition of “ Type ”.

Receivable Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the due date for payment therefor specified in the Contract therefor, or, if no date is so specified, 30 days from the Billing Date.

Refinance ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, partners, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

40


Rent Reserve ” shall mean the aggregate of (a) all past due rent and other past due amounts owing by a Loan Party to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Eligible Inventory or could assert a Lien on any Eligible Inventory plus (b) a reserve established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion in an amount up to three months’ rent payments payable by any Loan Party for each third party or leased location at which Eligible Inventory in excess of $100,000 is located that is not subject to a Lien Waiver.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure, unused Revolving Credit Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and all unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time; provided that (a) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender and (b) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Reserves ” shall mean (a) Bank Product Reserves plus (b) Rent Reserves plus (c) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Carve-Out Reserve plus (d) Dilution Reserve plus (e) such other reserves as the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion may establish from time to time upon at least five days’ notice to the Borrowers or immediately, without prior written notice, during the continuance of an Event of Default. The Administrative Agent acknowledges that as of the Closing Date, other than as agreed on or prior to the Closing Date between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, it does not know of any other circumstance or condition with respect to the Accounts, Inventory or Borrowing Base that would require the imposition of a Reserve that has not been imposed as of the Closing Date.

Responsible Officer ” of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

Restricted Indebtedness ” shall mean Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.08(b).

Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the person paying such dividends or distributions, or (b) any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

41


Revolving Credit Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Credit Loans advanced pursuant to Revolving Credit Commitments after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, any Revolving Credit Commitment provided by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to this Agreement on the date hereof, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Lender assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender after the Closing Date, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of such Revolving Credit Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Revolving Credit Lender’s L/C Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or Revolving Credit Exposure.

Revolving Credit Loans ” shall mean the revolving credit loans made by the Revolving Credit Lenders to any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and unless the context requires otherwise, shall be deemed to include any Protective Loan.

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean

(a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans,

(i) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the DIP Facility Maturity Date, and

(ii) following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the date that is the 5th anniversary of the Closing Date; and

(b) with respect to New Revolving Credit Loans, the date set forth in the Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement.

Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

Rollover Issuing Bank ” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and any other issuer of a Rollover Letter of Credit.

Rollover Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit that (a) was issued under the Prepetition LC Facility and (b) remains outstanding on the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, or any successor thereto.

 

42


Sale and Lease Back Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an intercreditor agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, providing that the Liens securing the Obligations (and any other Indebtedness secured by Liens on the Collateral that are pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations) rank prior to the Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(o)(i) or (p), which is intended to be secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations.

Secured Parties ” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) any Issuing Bank, (v) each Other Secured Party, (vi) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Mortgages, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.12.

SPC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).

Specified Warehouses ” shall mean the warehouse owned by HMCo and located at 2700 N. Richard Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219.

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of a Loan Party that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. For the purposes of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a lower priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

 

43


Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 3.08 (other than HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC, the Borrowers, any Unrestricted Subsidiary (but only after the Exit Facility Conversion Date), any Dormant Subsidiary, any Not for Profit Subsidiary and the Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries) and each other Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement after the Closing Date.

Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments representing at least 66  2 3 % of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and all unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Supermajority Lenders at any time.

Superpriority Claim ” shall mean a claim against a Loan Party in any of the Chapter 11 Cases that is a superpriority administrative expense claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses and other claims of the kind specified in, or otherwise arising or ordered under, any sections of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 503(b), 507(a), 507(b), 546(c) and/or 726 thereof), whether or not such claim or expenses may become secured by a judgment Lien or other non-consensual Lien, levy or attachment.

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender ” shall mean Citibank, N.A., acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Limit ” shall mean the amount equal to $20,000,000.

Swingline Loan ” shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.22.

Synthetic Lease ” shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.

 

44


Synthetic Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

Synthetic Purchase Agreement ” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Term Facility First Lien Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Agreement ” shall mean the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, the Borrowers, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent and the other parties thereto.

Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Agents, the administrative agent and the collateral agent in respect of the Term Loan Agreement, the Borrowers and the other parties thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Testing Period ” shall mean a period (a) commencing on the date (i) when Availability has been, for 3 consecutive Business Days including such date, less than the Availability Limit or (ii) on which Availability is less than $20,000,000, and (b) continuing until the date when Availability has been, for 30 consecutive calendar days including such date, greater than $35,000,000.

Thirteen Week Forecast ” shall mean, at any time, collectively (a) the forecast delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(g) detailing the Loan Parties’ anticipated weekly cash receipts and disbursements and anticipated weekly cash flow projections, on a Consolidated basis for the Loan Parties and setting forth the anticipated aggregate maximum amount of utilization of the Commitments for each such week, for the thirteen week period commencing with the week of the Closing Date and (b) the most recent supplement to such forecast, and all intervening supplements to such forecast, delivered in accordance with Section 5.04(n).

 

45


Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

Trademarks ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the refinancing of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (b) the entering into of the Loan Documents and the “ Loan Documents ” under and as defined in the Term Loan Agreement, (c) the entering into of the Plan Support Agreements, (d) the restructuring transactions contemplated under the Approved Plan of Reorganization and (e) payment of the transaction costs related to the foregoing.

Type ” when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

Unrestricted Domestic Cash and Cash Equivalents ” shall mean domestic cash and Permitted Investments of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries, which cash and Permitted Investments are (a) free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, the “ Security Documents ” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) and Liens of banks permitted under Section 6.02(c) or (r)), (b) not subject to any contractual, regulatory or legal restrictions on the use thereof to repay the Loans and other obligations of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (c) are held in accounts that are pledged to the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and subject to one or more control agreements.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b).

Unused Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).

U.S. Dollars ” or “ U.S.$ ” or “ $ ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

46


U.S. Person ” shall mean any “ United States Person ” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and any Person treated as a “ domestic corporation ” for purposes of the Code.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107 56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Waterfall ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the second paragraph of Article VII.

wholly owned Subsidiary ” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” shall mean the Borrowers, any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, or interest rate “floor” that is greater than any corresponding interest rate “floor” for the applicable Revolving Credit Loans (with such increased amount being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Percentage), or otherwise; provided that (i) original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a four year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness), (ii) “Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees or underwriting or similar fees not generally paid to lenders in connection with such Indebtedness and (iii) any New Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed to be fully drawn at all times for purposes of determining the Yield thereof.

SECTION 1.02 Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,

 

47


this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any agreement or document shall mean such agreement or document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any restrictions in any Loan Document on the amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification thereof) and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers wish to amend any covenant in Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any material change in GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant or provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI, any other provision hereof or any related definition for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or the application thereof, then such covenant or provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP in effect and applied immediately before such change became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant or provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Required Lenders. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the definitions set forth in the Loan Documents and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 840 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the Closing Date. When any Reserve is to be established or a change in any amount, percentage, reserve, eligibility criteria or other item in the definitions of the terms “Bank Product Reserves”, “Borrowing Base”, “Eligible Inventory”, “Eligible Receivables”, “Rent Reserve” and “Reserves” is to be determined in each case in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, such Reserve shall be implemented or such change shall become effective on the fifth day after the date of delivery of a written notice thereof to the Borrowers, or immediately, without prior written notice, during the continuance of an Event of Default.

SECTION 1.03 Pro Forma Calculations . (a) Unless otherwise provided herein, the applicable components of the Financial Covenants as of any date shall be calculated based on the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available, and on a pro forma basis, shall be calculated after giving effect to the Transactions and any acquisition or disposition of assets with a value in excess of $5,000,000, or any incurrence, payment, refinancing, restructuring or retirement of Indebtedness, any designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and any re-designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any other applicable transaction for which any calculation herein is required to be made on a pro forma basis, in each case which occurred during the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available or after the end of such period but on or prior to such date, as though each such transaction had occurred at the beginning of such period, including, without duplication, giving effect to (i) all pro forma adjustments permitted or required by Article 11 of Regulation S X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) even if inconsistent with preceding clause (i), pro forma adjustments for cost savings (net of continuing associated expenses) to the extent such cost savings are factually supportable, are expected to have a continuing impact and have been realized or are reasonably expected to be realized within 12 months following such transaction; provided that all such adjustments shall be set forth in a

 

48


reasonably detailed certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent), using, for purposes of making such calculations, the historical financial statements of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such transaction, and any other such transactions that have been consummated during the period, had been consummated on the first day of such period. Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the calculation date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Agreements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making a pro forma computation hereunder, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrowing Agent may designate.

(b) Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, and in connection with the consummation of any acquisition of a business substantially similar to existing business lines to the extent such acquisition is otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents, the Borrowers may submit a calculation of the Borrowing Base on a pro forma basis with adjustments to reflect the acquisition of such business and the inclusion in the Borrowing Base of the Eligible Receivables and Eligible Inventory that will be acquired with respect thereto, and the Borrowing Base and Availability shall be increased accordingly so long as the Administrative Agent shall have completed its review of such acquired assets, including receipt of new (or, if agreed to by the Administrative Agent, recently completed) collateral audits, appraisals and field exams as the Administrative Agent shall require in its reasonable judgment, in accordance with its customary criteria consistent with standards for similar asset-based financings with respect to any such acquired assets; it being understood that (i) Orderly Liquidation Value with respect to any acquired assets shall be based on a new appraisal (or update), if required by the Administrative Agent or if not required, the appraisal (or update) then existing with respect to the applicable class of eligible assets and (ii) the Borrowers shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be allowed to utilize any increase in the Borrowing Base resulting from such adjustment for the purpose of funding the purchase of such acquired assets so long as the requisite field exams, appraisals and collateral audits have been completed. The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly undertake and diligently pursue such due diligence.

SECTION 1.04 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) or by Type (e.g., a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Credit Loan ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Credit Loan ”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Borrowing ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Credit Borrowing ”).

 

49


ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Revolving Credit Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Credit Loans to any Borrower, at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the lesser of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the Borrowing Base. Within the limits of the foregoing, and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations otherwise set forth herein, each Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall be authorized, in its discretion, at any time that any conditions in Section 4.02 are not satisfied, to make Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars that are ABR Loans (any such Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.01(b), “ Protective Loans ”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding, if the Administrative Agent reasonably deems such Protective Loans necessary or desirable to preserve or protect Collateral, or to enhance the collectability or repayment of Obligations; provided that no Protective Loan shall continue outstanding for more than 90 consecutive days (and no further Protective Loan may be made for at least five consecutive days after the repayment by the Borrowers of any outstanding Protective Loans). Protective Loans shall constitute Revolving Credit Loans and Obligations secured by the Collateral and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Loan Documents. Immediately upon the making of a Protective Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Administrative Agent a risk participation in such Protective Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Protective Loan. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is requested by the Administrative Agent to fund, and has funded its participation in any Protective Loan purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent in respect of such Protective Loan (and prior to such date, all payments on account of the Protective Loans shall be payable to the Administrative Agent solely for its own account). The Supermajority Lenders may at any time revoke the Administrative Agent’s authority to make further Protective Loans by written notice to the Administrative Agent. Absent such revocation, the Administrative Agent’s determination that funding of a Protective Loan is appropriate shall be conclusive. In no event shall Protective Loans cause any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Protective Loans shall be payable by the applicable Borrower on demand.

 

50


SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Revolving Credit Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided , however , that the failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, shall not in itself relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan required to be made by such other Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable). Except for Revolving Credit Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Revolving Credit Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.02(f), 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided , however , that no Borrower shall be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 10 Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f)(ii), each Lender shall make each Revolving Credit Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date

 

51


such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Revolving Credit Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(f) In the case of any L/C Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit, if the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrowers the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 (noon), Local Time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that (i) if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied, such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Revolving Credit Loan of such Lender and, to the extent of such payment, the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced with the resulting ABR Revolving Credit Borrowing, and (ii) if such conditions precedent to borrowing have not been satisfied, then any such amount paid by any Revolving Credit Lender shall not constitute a Revolving Credit Loan and shall not relieve any Borrower from its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from any Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Revolving Credit Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a) or 2.07 (as applicable) and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.

 

52


SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedure . In order to request a Revolving Credit Borrowing (other than an Swingline Loan or a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section 2.03 shall not apply), a Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or in writing (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, fax or electronic mail to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.

(a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Each Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class, Type and Series thereof (as applicable) and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of any Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

 

53


(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

SECTION 2.05 Fees.

(a) Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year (commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on each date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein a fee (an “ Unused Commitment Fee ”) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Fee Percentage on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender (but disregarding any of its share of any Swingline Exposure) during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated, as applicable); provided that no Borrower shall pay any Unused Commitment Fee for the account of any Revolving Credit Lender that is a Defaulting Lender. All Unused Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(b) Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for its own account, the administration fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”). Each Borrower also agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, in U.S. Dollars, for the account of the parties entitled thereto, such other fees as shall be payable under the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Other Fees ”).

(c) Each Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year (commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an “ L/C Participation Fee ”) calculated on such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Revolving Credit Borrowings comprised of Eurocurrency Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it, on the last Business

 

54


Day of March, June, September and December of each year (commencing with the last Business Day of June 2012) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on any earlier date upon which all the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate, a fronting fee calculated on the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) attributable to such Letters of Credit during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which such Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to 0.25%, and the Issuing Bank’s standard issuance, administration, amendment, extension and drawing fees specified from time to time by the Issuing Bank (the “ Issuing Bank Fees ”). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be payable in U.S. Dollars computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06 Interest on Loans .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07 Default Interest . If and for so long as any Default under Section 7.01(b) or (c) or any Event of Default under Section 7.01(g), (h) or (n) shall have occurred and be continuing (prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, without notice, motion or application to, hearing before, or order from the Bankruptcy Court), (a) the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall bear interest (including post-petition interest in any

 

55


proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Bankruptcy Laws) payable on demand at a rate that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for ABR Loans) and (b) the respective rates for the L/C Participation Fee and the Issuing Bank Fees as set forth in Section 2.05(c) shall be each increased by 2.00% per annum. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest and fees provided for in this Section 2.07 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 2.08 Alternate Rate of Interest . In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have determined that deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant interbank market, or that the rates at which such deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurocurrency Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written, fax or electronic mail notice of such determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (a) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing and (b) any request by any Borrower for a Eurocurrency Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Any Revolving Credit Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Any L/C Commitment shall automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) the date five days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. On the day a prepayment is required under Section 2.13(e), all Commitments shall automatically terminate on such day.

(b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior irrevocable written, fax or electronic mail notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Revolving Credit Commitments (if any); provided , however , that (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at the time; provided further that, if a notice of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments is given in connection with a conditional notice of optional prepayment as contemplated by Section 2.12(d), then such notice of termination may be revoked if such notice of optional prepayment is revoked in accordance with Section 2.12(d).

 

56


(c) Each reduction in the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Unused Commitment Fees, as applicable, on the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.

SECTION 2.10 Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings . The Borrowers shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurocurrency Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurocurrency Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrowers at the time of conversion;

(iv) if any Eurocurrency Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;

(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(vi) any portion of a Eurocurrency Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing; and

(vii) upon notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurocurrency Loan.

 

57


Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrowers request be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrowers shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Eurocurrency Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.11 Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans.

(a) All Revolving Credit Loans shall be due and payable on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

(b) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

SECTION 2.12 Optional Prepayment.

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice) or (ii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, upon at least one Business Day’s prior written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice), in each case to the Administrative Agent before 1:00 p.m., New York City time; provided , however , that (i) each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum and (ii) any prepayment of a Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the Loans comprising such Borrowing based on the aggregate principal amount of such Loans then outstanding.

(b) [Intentionally omitted]

(c) [Intentionally omitted]

 

58


(d) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrowers to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided that, a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the receipt of net proceeds from other Indebtedness, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the fourth Business Day after such notice of optional prepayment is delivered. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty (except as expressly provided in paragraph (b) above). All prepayments under this Section 2.12 (other than prepayments of ABR Revolving Credit Loans that are not made in connection with the termination or permanent reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments) shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

SECTION 2.13 Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) In the event of any termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, each Borrower shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all its outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace or cause to be canceled (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments (if any), the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, then the Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, repay or prepay the Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or a combination thereof) and, after the Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Loans shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be canceled (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) Letters of Credit in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(b) [Intentionally omitted]

(c) Each Borrower shall, on each Business Day, if applicable, prepay (with no corresponding Commitment reduction) an aggregate principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which (i) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds (ii) the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Total Revolving Credit Commitment (except as a result of Protective Loans made under Section 2.01(b) and not outstanding for more than 90 consecutive days); provided that in respect of any prepayment under this Section 2.13(c) directly attributable to any adjustment of Reserves, such prepayment shall be made not later than the Business Day immediately following the date such adjusted Reserves became effective; provided that in respect of any prepayment under this Section 2.13(c) directly attributable to the funding of a Protective Loan by the Administrative Agent, such prepayment shall be due on the earlier of (x) 90 days after the funding of such Protective Loan and (y) one Business Day after demand by the Administrative Agent.

(d) During any Cash Dominion Period, the Borrowers shall prepay outstanding Obligations in accordance with Section 5.15(a)(iii).

 

59


(e) In the event that on or before the 60th day following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, the Final Order has not been entered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Borrowers shall prepay all outstanding Loan Document Obligations on such day.

SECTION 2.14 Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above, and if applicable, with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to

 

60


compensate any Lender or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender or the Issuing Bank knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120 day period. The protection of this Section 2.14 shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.14 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20.

SECTION 2.15 Change in Legality.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) such Lender may declare that Eurocurrency Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurocurrency Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurocurrency Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurocurrency Borrowing or to continue a Eurocurrency Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert such a Eurocurrency Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be); and

(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurocurrency Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans.

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrowers by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurocurrency Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrowers.

 

61


SECTION 2.16 Indemnity . The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (other than any loss of the Applicable Percentage or other profit margin) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor (including pursuant to a required assignment pursuant to Section 2.21(a)), (ii) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurocurrency Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurocurrency Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by a Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall be equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurocurrency Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16, with calculations thereof, shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.16 shall not apply to Taxes which shall be governed exclusively by Section 2.20. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand indemnification under this Section 2.16 shall not constitute a waiver of such right to demand such indemnification; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to indemnify any Lender under this Section 2.16 for any claim made more than 180 days after the applicable Breakage Event.

SECTION 2.17 Pro Rata Treatment . Except as provided below in this Section 2.17 with respect to Swingline Loans and as required under Section 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Unused Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans of the applicable Class). For purposes of determining the available Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

SECTION 2.18 Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against any Borrower or any other

 

62


Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The Loan Parties expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by any Loan Party to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to a Borrower in the amount of such participation. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.19 Payments .

(a) Each Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date when due in immediately available U.S. Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment (other than (i) Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank, and (ii) principal of and interest on Swingline Loans, which shall be paid directly to the Swingline Lender except as otherwise provided in Section 2.22(e)) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its address set forth in Section 9.01. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

 

63


(c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

SECTION 2.20 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, unless required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from such payment by such Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction and withholding of such Tax and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

(b) In addition, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after receipt of the certificate referred to below, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided , however , that if the Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes so long as such efforts would not result in any additional cost, expense or risk or be otherwise disadvantageous to any of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such

 

64


Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender or the Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself, a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Loan Parties has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of such Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which a Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to such Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by such Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent legally entitled to do so, (i) furnish on or before it becomes a party to this Agreement to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) either (a) two accurate and complete originally executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or an accurate and complete IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), as applicable, certifying, in either case, such Foreign Lender’s legal entitlement to an exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to all interest payments hereunder or (b) to the extent the Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN (together with a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), if the beneficial owner providing the IRS Form W-8BEN is relying on the so-called portfolio interest exemption), IRS Form W-9 or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, and, if applicable further IRS Forms W-8IMY with the accompanying documentation described in this clause (b), and (ii) provide a new Form W 8BEN (or successor form) or Form W

 

65


8ECI (or successor form) to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (a) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (b) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (c) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, to reconfirm any complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any interest payment hereunder; provided that any Foreign Lender that is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and is relying on the so called “portfolio interest exemption” shall also furnish a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1, K-2, K-3 or K-4 (as applicable), together with a Form W 8BEN. Any Lender or Issuing Bank that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), (a) on or before the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (b) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form or if the information on such form is or becomes incorrect, (c) at such other time or times prescribed by applicable law, or (d) as reasonably requested by the Borrowers, two accurate and complete originally executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W 9, or any successor form certifying that such Lender or Issuing Bank is exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

(g) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “ FATCA ” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(h) If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant Governmental Authority attributable thereto) to such Borrower, net of all out of pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund to the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable); provided, that a Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, agrees to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank to the extent that Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other person.

 

66


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document

SECTION 2.21 Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate.

(a) In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrowers that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent, require any such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and (z) the Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14, notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender or the Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to

 

67


further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby agrees that, in the event a Borrower exercises its rights under and in accordance with this Section 2.21 to effect a transfer and assignment of such Lender’s interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (which may be effected without such Lender’s consent or execution and delivery of any Assignment and Acceptance), such Lender shall no longer be a party hereto or have any rights or obligations hereunder; provided that (i) the obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender under this Agreement which by their terms survive the termination of this Agreement or the transfer and assignment of the interests of a Lender hereunder and (ii) the obligations of such Lender under Section 9.05 (with respect to unreimbursed expenses or indemnity payments sought before or as a result of such assignment) shall, in each case, survive the Borrowers’ exercise of such rights.

(b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrowers or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.

SECTION 2.22 Swingline Loans.

(a) Swingline Facility . Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, at any time after the Closing Date that any Revolving Credit Commitment shall exist hereunder, the Swingline Lender agrees that, in its sole discretion, it may make loans to a Borrower in U.S. Dollars at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Limit or (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, exceeding the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Total Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a principal amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.

 

68


(b) Swingline Loans . The Borrowers shall notify the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) by fax, or by telephone (promptly confirmed by fax or electronic mail), not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Such notice shall be delivered on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of such Swingline Loan and the wire transfer instructions for the account of the Borrowers to which the proceeds of the Swingline Loan should be disbursed. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any notice received from the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph (b). If the Swingline Lender shall decide to make such Swingline Loan, it shall make such Swingline Loan by wire transfer to the account specified in such request.

(c) Prepayment . The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written, fax or electronic mail notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, fax or electronic mail notice) to the Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment at the Swingline Lender’s address for notices specified in Section 9.01.

(d) Interest . Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, shall bear interest as provided in Section 2.06(a).

(e)  Participations . The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Credit Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Credit Lenders will participate. The Administrative Agent will, promptly upon receipt of such notice, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loans. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02(c) shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders) and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from a Borrower (or other person on behalf of a Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein

 

69


shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve any Borrower (or other person liable for obligations of a Borrower) of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.23 Letters of Credit .

(a) General . (i) At any time after the Closing Date that any Revolving Credit Commitment shall exist hereunder, a Borrower may request the issuance of a Letter of Credit for its own account or for the account of any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries (in which case such Borrower and such wholly owned Subsidiary shall be co applicants with respect to such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment in respect of any Revolving Credit Commitment remains in effect.

(ii) On the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Court and if any Rollover Letter of Credit shall then remain outstanding and the Rollover Issuing Bank that issued such Rollover Letter of Credit shall be a Lender or shall on the Exit Facility Conversion Date become a Lender, the Borrowers and such Rollover Issuing Bank may, by giving at least three Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent, designate such Rollover Letter of Credit to be a Letter of Credit. Such designated Rollover Letter of Credit shall automatically be deemed issued on the Exit Facility Conversion Date under, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, on and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (A) each reference to “issued” or “issuance” shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed to include a reference to each Rollover Letter of Credit being deemed issued hereunder or a deemed issuance of such Rollover Letter of Credit hereunder, (B) each reference to a “ Letter of Credit ” shall be construed to include a reference to each such Rollover Letter of Credit deemed issued hereunder and (C) each reference to the “ Issuing Bank ” shall be construed to include a reference to each such Rollover Issuing Bank that is the issuer of such Rollover Letter of Credit deemed issued hereunder.

(iii) Each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in U.S. Dollars. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an outstanding Letter of Credit), a Borrower shall hand deliver, fax or e-mail to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare

 

70


such a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed the L/C Commitment and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date unless such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized prior to 12:00 noon, New York time on the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the applicable Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but no such renewal shall be effected if such renewal would cause the then expiry of such Letter of Credit to extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each such Revolving Credit Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit and not reimbursed by the Borrowers (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f)(ii). Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the next Business Day after the Borrowers receive notice of such L/C Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute . Each Borrower’s obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;

 

71


(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;

(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that such Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, such Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of such Borrower’s obligations hereunder.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of each Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to any Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by such Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is further understood and agreed that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank’s exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.

 

72


(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax or electronic mail, to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of any Letter of Credit, then, unless a Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by a Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum then applicable under this Agreement to ABR Revolving Credit Loans; provided that, if such Borrower fails to reimburse such L/C Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.07 shall apply.

(i) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers, and may be removed at any time by the Borrowers by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(ii). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrowers shall, on the Business Day it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account (or accounts) with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an

 

73


amount in cash necessary to Cash Collateralize the L/C Exposure as of such date. Such deposits shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account (or accounts). Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account (or accounts) shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of the Required Lenders), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(k) Additional Issuing Banks . The Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (k) shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.

SECTION 2.24 Incremental Facilities .

(a) The Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, one or more increases of the Revolving Credit Commitments (any such increase, a “ Facility Increase ”) and/or the establishment of revolving credit commitments under one or more new revolving credit tranches (any such revolving credit commitment, a “New Revolving Credit Commitment”; any Loan made in respect thereof, a “ New Revolving Credit Loan ”) in amounts that are (i) not to exceed, in the aggregate for all Facility Increases and New Revolving Credit Commitments, $50,000,000 and (ii) individually not less than $20,000,000 (or any lesser amount that is approved by the Administrative Agent) and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrowers propose that the Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or other Person that is consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to whom the Borrowers propose any portion of such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a portion of such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments. Such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall become effective

 

74


as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) no Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be; (2) such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be effected pursuant to one or more Incremental Facility Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.20; (3) the Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable; (4) the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants (disregarding whether a Testing Period is then in effect) after giving effect to such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable and the Revolving Credit Loans to be made thereunder and the application of proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on such date; (5) the interest rate for any New Revolving Credit Loan shall be determined by Borrowers and the applicable Lender; provided that if the Yield in respect of any New Revolving Credit Loans exceeds the Yield with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans by more than 25 basis points, the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans shall be automatically increased on the Increased Amount Date with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans so that the Yield for the Revolving Credit Loans is equal to the Yield with respect to such New Revolving Credit Loans minus 25 basis points; (6) the final maturity date of any New Revolving Credit Loan shall be no earlier than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; and (7) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Once any Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments shall become effective as of their respective Increased Amount Dates in accordance with this Section 2.24(a), extensions of credit may be made thereunder in accordance with the terms of the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement without any additional conditions thereto; provided that, with respect to each such extension of credit, each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02 shall be satisfied.

(b) To the extent that the Facility Increase is being established on a date when Revolving Credit Commitments exist, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each of the then existing Revolving Credit Lenders, if any, shall assign to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders providing such Facility Increase, and each of such Revolving Credit Lenders shall purchase from each of such existing Revolving Credit Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Credit Loans will be held by all Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments after giving effect to such Facility Increase.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrowers’ notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof the Facility Increase or the New Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, the Lenders providing such Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments and their respective interests therein.

(d) The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Credit Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Loans, except as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or explicitly permitted by this Section 2.24; provided that (x) any

 

75


applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement in respect of any New Revolving Credit Commitment may establish an additional letter of credit or swingline subfacility and (y) any New Revolving Credit Loans may have different terms that are effective after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans.

(e) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the terms of the Facility Increase or New Revolving Credit Commitments evidenced thereby, and to increase the Applicable Percentage if, and to the extent, designated in the applicable Incremental Facility Joinder Agreement. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrowers’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 2.25 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.08 or 9.06 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender; fourth , as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lenders against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such

 

76


Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Disbursements owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to clause (iv) below. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.25(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees . (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Unused Commitment Fee or L/C Participation Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(B) With respect to any fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s or Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to the Borrowers hereunder or

 

77


under law, (x)  first , prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y)  second , Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.25(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Letters of Credit . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

(d) Cash Collateral .

(i) At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.25(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks as herein provided or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 100% of the Fronting Exposure of such Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(ii) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.25 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

78


(iii) Termination of Requirement . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.25 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, the Person providing Cash Collateral and each Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

SECTION 2.26 Priority and Liens . At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date:

(a) Each Loan Party hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon the entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Loan Party hereunder and under the Loan Documents:

(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including any proceeds therefrom));

(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible property of such Loan Party, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom)), and on all of its cash maintained in the L/C Cash Deposit Account and any investment of the funds contained therein, provided that amounts in the L/C Cash Deposit Account shall not be subject to the Carve-Out;

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Permitted Prior Liens ”), (B) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Section 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “ DIP Permitted Liens ”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Loan Parties and their

 

79


estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Loan Parties; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Loan Parties; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claim as described in Section 2.26(a) shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out, except with respect to the L/C Cash Deposit Account and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Term Loan Agreement in respect of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Loan Parties hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Loan Party, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Loan Party’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

 

80


ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders on the Closing Date and on the date of each Credit Event that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and, to the extent recognized by the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow hereunder.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization . The Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by laws of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents or permitted Liens that are subject to an Intercreditor Agreement); provided that to the extent made prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the representations and warranties in this Section 3.02(b) relating to indentures, agreements or other instruments described in clause (b)(i)(C) or (b)(ii) above shall be limited to those that remain enforceable under applicable laws after the Petition Date.

SECTION 3.03 Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party will constitute (to the extent such persons are a party thereto), a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3.04 Governmental Approvals . No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages, (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and (d) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, applicable approvals by the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION 3.05 Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee . The Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee consists of lenders (and their respective affiliates) holding in excess of 66 2/3% of the outstanding Indebtedness of each class of claims for outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers that is impaired under the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

 

81


SECTION 3.06 No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2011, except for the Transactions, no event or condition has occurred or existed that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07 Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases .

(a) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for (i) minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes and (ii) where the failure to have such title in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

(b) Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has complied with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect except for such noncompliance or ineffectiveness which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d) As of the Closing Date, none of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein, other than the purchase agreement described in Section 6.05(h).

SECTION 3.08 Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries, including the correct legal name thereof, the jurisdiction in which each such person is organized or incorporated, the percentage ownership interest (whether direct or indirect) of Holdings therein and whether such Subsidiary is one or more of the following: (i) a subsidiary of HMCo, (ii) a subsidiary of HMHP, or (iii) a Not for Profit Subsidiary. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non assessable and are owned by Holdings, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents, Liens permitted by clause (l), (v) or (x) of Section 6.02 and in the case of Liens permitted under Section 6.02(v) or (x), subject to an Intercreditor Agreement). Each Not for Profit Subsidiary is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, or if any Not for Profit Subsidiary is not so exempt from United States Federal income taxation, then such Not for Profit Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.12.

 

82


SECTION 3.09 Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting any Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10 Agreements .

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11 Federal Reserve Regulations .

(a) None of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

 

83


SECTION 3.12 Investment Company Act . Neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.13 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans will be used (i) to Refinance the Prepetition Receivables Facility, (ii) to provide liquidity for working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (including payment of fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby) and for costs associated with administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and (iii) to provide certain adequate protection payments, which may include (x) the payment, when due or as soon as practicable thereafter, of all reasonable and documented costs, fees and expenses incurred either prior to or after the Petition Date of the Prepetition Agents and their respective counsels and the Ad Hoc Creditors’ Committee and its advisors (in accordance with the terms of the applicable prepetition engagement letters), in each case, incurred in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (y) the payments in respect of the Indebtedness under the Prepetition Credit Agreement and the Prepetition Notes Indenture aggregate amount of $69,700,000 (such payments in clauses (x) and (y), collectively, the “ Adequate Protection Payments ”). Letters of Credit will be used to support payment obligations of Holdings and the Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no portion of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral (including any cash collateral) or the Carve Out shall be used (i) to challenge the validity, perfection, priority, extent or enforceability of the Loans, any other Obligations or any Liens or security interests securing the Obligations, (ii) to investigate or assert any other claims or causes of action against any Agent or Lender or any other holder of any Obligations or (iii) for any act which has the effect of materially or adversely modifying or compromising the rights and remedies of any Agent or Lender as set forth in any Loan Document.

SECTION 3.14 Taxes . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be timely filed all Federal, and all state, local and foreign, tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except (i) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or (ii) taxes and tax returns for which the failure to so pay or file, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.15 No Material Misstatements . None of (a) the Borrowers’ presentation materials to the Lenders dated May, 2012 or (b) any other written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit (in each case, when furnished, and taken as a whole) to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection or other forward looking information, the Loan Parties represent only that such

 

84


information, report, exhibit or schedule was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that the Loan Parties believed to be reasonable at the time made and at the time such information, report, exhibit or schedule was or is so furnished. It is understood that any forecast, projection or other forward looking information is not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the periods covered thereby may differ from projected results.

SECTION 3.16 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Each of the Borrowers and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance with all requirements of law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of Holdings, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction which would subject Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, reserves have been established in the financial statements furnished to Lenders in respect of any unfunded liabilities in accordance with applicable law or, where required, in accordance with ordinary accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Pension Plan is maintained. The aggregate unfunded liabilities with respect to such Foreign Pension Plans could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; the present value of the aggregate accumulated benefit liabilities of all such Foreign Pension Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Foreign Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Foreign Pension Plans by an amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.17 Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license

 

85


or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.17 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18 Insurance . Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all material insurance maintained by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

SECTION 3.19 Security Documents .

(a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and (i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee pursuant to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Credit Intercreditor Agreement), the Lien created under Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement), and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (other than Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights described in Section 3.19(b)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

(b) Upon the timely recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or a short form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Collateral Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified in the Perfection Certificate, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and registered (or subject to an application for registration) in the name of the Loan Parties, and in which a security interest may be perfected by

 

86


filing in the United States and its territories and possessions, in each case prior in right to any other person other than the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered Trademarks and Patents, Trademark and Patent applications and registered Copyrights and Copyright Applications).

(c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(c), the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than (x) the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement whose relative rights in the Collateral are set forth in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and (y) with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 that by operation of law or contract have priority over the Liens securing the Obligations.

(d) Each Security Document (other than the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any short form security agreement referred to in clause (b) above and the Mortgages) that purports (i) to create a Lien on any Collateral, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Lien on the Collateral subject thereto and (ii) to create a Guarantee of any of the Obligations, when executed and delivered, will be effective under applicable law to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties a valid and enforceable Guarantee of the Obligations subject thereto.

SECTION 3.20 Location of Real Property and Leased Premises .

(a) Schedule 3.20(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property owned by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. As of the Closing Date, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable fee title to all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(a), in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than those Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) Schedule 3.20(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Material Real Property leased by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the addresses, lessor, lessee and expiration date thereof. Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid leases, subleases or licenses in, or rights to use and occupy, all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20(b), except where such invalidity, inability, and/or limitation on use and occupation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

87


SECTION 3.21 Labor Matters . As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound.

SECTION 3.22 Solvency . On the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole), at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise (taken as a whole); (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) the Loan Parties will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged, as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 3.23 No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 3.24 [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 3.25 Intellectual Property . Each of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns, is licensed to use or otherwise has the right to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business except for those for which the failure to own or license could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted in writing or is pending by any Person challenging the use by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except, in either case, for such claims that in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The use of such Intellectual Property by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing, except for such claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.26 Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments .

(a) Set forth on Schedule 6.01 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the obligor and the principal amount outstanding thereunder, the maturity date thereof and the amortization schedule therefor.

 

88


(b) Set forth on Schedule 6.02 hereto is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Liens on the property or assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries securing any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 6.04 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Investments (other than Investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000), showing as of the Petition Date the amount and description (including the parties thereto) of each such Investment.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions of Lending

The obligations of the Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08) of the following conditions:

SECTION 4.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08 of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Each of the Loan Documents and other documentation relating to the Loans provided hereunder (except in the case of any documentation to be delivered in accordance with Section 5.14) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and other parties thereto;

(b) Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of each Loan Party,

(i) the notes payable to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.04(e);

(ii) copies of each organizational or constitutive document (along with any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto by the appropriate Governmental Authority;

(iii) certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign each Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder;

(iv) resolutions of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its

 

89


assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, as well as the transactions contemplated hereunder and the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; and

(v) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto.

(c) The Chapter 11 Cases shall have been commenced by the Debtors, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the form and substance of the First Day Orders sought by the Debtors and entered on or prior to the Closing Date (including a cash management order).

(d) The Debtors shall have begun solicitation in respect of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the Plan Support Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

(e) The Lenders shall have received, on or before the Closing Date, a copy of an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court in substantially the form of Exhibit G-1 (the “ Interim Order ”), which Interim Order (i) shall approve the Loan Documents and grant the Obligations hereunder the Superpriority Claim status and the Liens described in Section 2.26, (ii) shall authorize extensions of credit in the aggregate amounts of up to $150,000,000 of term loans under the Term Loan Agreement and up to $250,000,000 of Revolving Credit Loans, (iii) shall approve the payment by the Borrowers of all of the fees and expenses that are required to be paid hereunder; (iv) shall authorize and direct the Loan Parties to repay in full obligations under the Prepetition Receivables Facility; (v) shall authorize the use by the Loan Parties of any cash collateral in which any Secured Party or any Adequate Protection Party may have an interest (other than cash collateral securing the Prepetition LC Facility); (vi) shall provide for the Adequate Protection Payments and grant customary adequate protection claims and Liens to the Prepetition Secured Parties, which claims and Liens shall be junior to those claims and Liens of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, as adequate protection of the Adequate Protection Parties’ interests in the Prepetition Collateral from diminution in value of their collateral resulting from the Loan Parties’ use, sale or lease of the Prepetition Collateral (including cash collateral), the imposition of the automatic stay pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code and the priming Liens described in Section 2.26; (vii) shall be in full force and effect; and (viii) shall not have been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed.

(f) All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of outside counsel) required to be paid to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid (including fees owed to the Lenders to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Lenders).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received and be reasonably satisfied with the Thirteen Week Forecast for the first thirteen week period after the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate dated as of April 30, 2012.

 

90


(h) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied in its reasonable judgment that, except as authorized by the Interim Order, there shall not occur as a result of, and after giving effect to, the initial Credit Event, a default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be a default) under any of the Loan Parties’ debt instruments and other material agreements which, (i) in the case of the debt instruments and other material agreements, would permit the counterparty thereto to exercise remedies thereunder after the Petition Date (other than the Prepetition LC Facility) or (ii) in the case of any other subsidiary, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Administrative Agent and Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of a favorable written opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Closing Date, addressing such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) Since December 31, 2011, there has been no event or occurrence that has had a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) There shall not exist any Material Litigation.

(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the revolving credit facility hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereunder shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation (other than the Bankruptcy Code) shall be applicable to the Administrative Agent that prevents the establishment of the revolving credit facility hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

(m) Each Lender who has requested the same at least three business days prior to the Closing Date shall have received “know your customer” and similar information.

(n) The Prepetition Receivables Facility shall have been and shall be concurrently terminated and repaid in full and the Borrowers shall have delivered duly executed payoff letters and UCC-3 termination statements confirming the release of any and all Liens securing the collateral in respect thereof.

(o) The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have conducted and completed, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, its collateral due diligence (including, without limitation, completion of field audits and examinations and third-party asset appraisals).

(p) The Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each of the applicable Loan Parties, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and together therewith, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) Proper uniform commercial code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties as deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Security Documents covering the Collateral;

 

91


(ii) Copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Agent with respect to the Loan Parties;

(iii) for each Mortgaged Property, evidence as to whether such Mortgaged Property is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards (a “ Flood Hazard Property ”) pursuant to a standard flood hazard determination form ordered and received by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) if such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property, (A) evidence as to whether the community in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent as to the fact that such Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (C) copies of the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Administrative Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Secured Parties; and

(iv) Evidence that, other than those items set forth on Schedule 5.14, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and perfected pursuant to the Interim Order shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the delivery of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in proper form for filing for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and provision having been made for the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements.

(q) To the extent such items can be delivered on or prior to the Closing Date after the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of account control agreements to the extent required by this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed by all the parties thereto, (ii) copies of Security Documents covering the Loan Parties’ Intellectual Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in suitable form for recordation at the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, duly executed by all the parties thereto and (iii) evidence of all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.02, and evidence that the Administrative Agent shall have been named as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, on all insurance policies covering loss or damage to Collateral.

 

92


SECTION 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions . On the date of each Borrowing (other than a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing), including each Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, and on the date of each issuance,, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a “ Credit Event ”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02) or, in the case of the issuance, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance, amendment or renewal of such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting such Swingline Loan as required by Section 2.22(b).

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) as of such earlier date).

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) The making of such Loan shall not violate any requirement of law and shall not be enjoined, temporarily, preliminarily or permanently.

(e) Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Interim Order shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, and shall not have been modified or amended in any material respect without the written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that if at the time of the making of any Borrowing or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the amount of either of which, when added to the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding, would exceed the amount authorized by the Interim Order, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received a copy of the Final Order, which (x) shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court no later than 60 days (or such later date as approved by the Required Lenders) after entry of the Interim Order and (y) shall be in full force and effect, shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, and shall not have been modified or amended in any material respect without the written consent of the Required Lenders.

(f) Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrowers on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this Section 4.02.

 

93


SECTION 4.03 Exit Facility Option . The Lenders hereby grant to the Borrowers an option (the “ Exit Facility Option ”) to convert the DIP Facility into an Exit Facility (such conversion, the “ Exit Facility Conversion ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents, on the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 4.04 Conditions to Exit Facility Conversion Option . On or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the obligations of the Lenders to continue to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to continue to issue Letters of Credit, and to extend the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, beyond the DIP Facility Maturity Date, are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 9.08, of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Borrowers shall have delivered at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders that the Exit Facility Option will be exercised (which notice may state that the expected date for the Exit Facility Conversion to occur is contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Sections 4.04(c) and (d)).

(b) The Exit Facility Conversion Date shall occur no later than the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

(c) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered a final non-appealable order, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, confirming the Approved Plan of Reorganization in accordance with section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which order shall be in full force and effect, shall not have been vacated or reversed, shall not be subject to a stay, shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and shall authorize the Loan Parties to execute, deliver and perform under all Loan Documents and all other documents contemplated hereunder and thereunder (such order, the “ Confirmation Order ”).

(d) The Approved Plan of Reorganization and all transactions contemplated therein or in the Confirmation Order to occur on the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall have been (or concurrently with the occurrence of Exit Facility Conversion Date, shall be) substantially consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and in compliance with applicable law, Bankruptcy Court and regulatory approvals.

(e) Any indebtedness or obligation of any Loan Party and any Liens securing such indebtedness or obligation that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall not exceed the amount contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary solvency certificate (after giving effect to the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization), stating that the Loan Parties are solvent on a consolidated basis on the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent from the chief financial officer of the Borrowers.

 

94


(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, dated as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, addressing such matters with respect to the Exit Facility Conversion as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) The Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent evidence that, other than those items that have been delivered or completed prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and those that according to Schedule 5.14 are scheduled to be delivered or completed after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, such other documents, instruments or actions deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect and protect the Liens and security interests (and the first priority thereof with respect to Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and the second priority thereof with respect to Term Facility First Lien Collateral) created or purported to be created pursuant to the Interim Order (or after the entry thereof, the Final Order) and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall have been duly delivered or completed, including, without limitation, the items described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.01(p) and the filing of proper Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for all applicable jurisdictions of the Loan Parties and the payment of any fees or taxes required in connection with the filing of such documents, instruments or financing statements.

(i) The Borrowers shall have paid all outstanding fees and expenses then due and payable in respect of the Credit Facilities.

(j) To the extent not otherwise included in the Disclosure Statement, the Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the most recent monthly and quarterly financial statements ended prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date for which financial statements are available (it being understood that working capital expenditures will not be required to be included in such financial statements).

(k) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that all Prepetition Indebtedness has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished, all commitments relating thereto terminated and all Liens relating thereto terminated, (or in the case of Liens on any Foreign Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or assets or guarantees by any Foreign Subsidiary, in each case created pursuant to security documents registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, that such Indebtedness and other obligations secured or supported by Liens and guarantees has been paid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished) including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s receipt of reasonably satisfactory pay-off letters and UCC-3 termination statements.

(l) All necessary governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the consummation of the Approved Plan of Reorganization and the transactions in respect of the Exit Facility Conversion shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any adverse conditions that are not reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and shall remain in effect; and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of the Administrative Agent that prevents the Exit Facility Conversion or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

95


ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties, covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or, with the consent of the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (which arrangements result in the release of the Revolving Credit Lenders from their obligation to make payments in respect of L/C Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.23(d)), unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Holdings and the Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 5.01 Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties.

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.05.

(b) Other than as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations and Intellectual Property necessary or desirable to the conduct of its business, (ii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted and (iii) maintain and preserve all property useful to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

SECTION 5.02 Insurance.

(a) Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

 

96


(b) Cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Closing Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to a Loan Party under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent; and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such policies to provide that neither any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder and to contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement”, without any deduction for depreciation, and such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect their interests; deliver original or certified copies of all such policies to the Collateral Agent; cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

(c) If at any time the area in which the Premises (as defined in the Mortgages) are located is designated (i) in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrowers shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (x) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance similar to that required by Section 4.01(p)(iii) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require.

(d) With respect to any Mortgaged Property, carry and maintain comprehensive general liability insurance including the “broad form CGL endorsement” providing for coverage on an occurrence basis against claims made for personal injury (including bodily injury, death and property damage) and umbrella liability insurance against any and all claims, in each case in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses and operating in the same or similar locations, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured on forms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

97


(e) Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by any Loan Party; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

SECTION 5.03 Obligations and Taxes . Pay and discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim (i) so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and Holdings shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien and, in the case of a Mortgaged Property, there is no material risk of forfeiture of such property or (ii) that is required to be paid and discharged prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date and that is not permitted to be so paid and discharged under the Bankruptcy Laws prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date.

SECTION 5.04 Financial Statements, Reports, etc . In the case of the Borrowers, furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers or other independent registered public accounting firm of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without “going concern” or like qualifications or exceptions and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that the financial statements for each such fiscal year shall cover a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on December 31;

(b) within (i) 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, and (ii) 90 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent as fairly

 

98


presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm (for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2012), and concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrowing Agent opining on or certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations) (i) certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.10 (for certificates delivered prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date) or Section 6.11 (for certificates delivered after the Exit Facility Conversion Date) (any such certificate furnished pursuant to this clause (c), a “ Compliance Certificate ”); provided that if there has been any material change in GAAP or in the application of GAAP referred to in Section 1.03, the Compliance Certificate from the Financial Officer shall identify such change and the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget with respect to such fiscal year (the Budget );

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the IPO Issuer if an Initial Public Offering has occurred) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;

(f) [Intentionally omitted]

(g) promptly after the receipt thereof by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, a copy of any management letter received by any such person from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto to the extent such certified public accountants have consented to the delivery of such management letter to the Administrative Agent upon the request of the Borrowers;

(h) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable know your customer and anti money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;

 

99


(i) promptly following any request therefor, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of ERISA that any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, Holdings, any Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;

(j) a Borrowing Base Certificate, in each case with supporting documentation (including, without limitation, the documentation described in Exhibit L), (i) on a monthly basis (as of the last day of each calendar month), within 15 days following the last day of each calendar month, commencing with the calendar month ending May 31, 2012; and (ii) on a weekly basis (as of the last day of each calendar week), on or before the third Business Day following the last day of each calendar week, at any time during a Testing Period; provided that the Borrowing Agent may, at its option, deliver Borrowing Base Certificates more frequently than required by the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.04;

(k) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request;

(l) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarter of Holdings and within 90 days after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter of Holdings, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the comparable periods of the previous year;

(m) within 30 days after the end of each of the first 11 fiscal months of each fiscal year, Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal month and the results of its operations and the operations of such Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, and computations of Consolidated EBITDA for the month and the then elapsed portion of the year in reasonable detail, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for interim financial

 

100


information, which may not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements; provided that after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, this Section 5.04(m) shall only apply during a Testing Period triggered by subclause (a)(i) of the definition thereof; and

(n) on and after the Closing Date but prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) no later than the third Business Day of each calendar week, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, (A) commencing with the calendar week starting immediately after the Closing Date, a Budget Variance Report as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week and (B) a Thirteen Week Forecast setting forth on a weekly basis for the next thirteen weeks (commencing with the immediately succeeding calendar week) an updated forecast for such period and (ii) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, and on any other date on which a Borrower may deliver the same to the Bankruptcy Court, an updated DIP Budget covering if such fiscal month ends on or prior to December 31, 2012, each fiscal month during the period from May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, or if such fiscal month ends after December 31, 2012, from January 1, 2013 through the DIP Facility Maturity Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that such parent holds no material assets other than cash and Equity Interests of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3 10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision)) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under clause (a) of this Section 5.01, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of PriceWaterhouseCoopers or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (e) of this Section 5.04 may at Holdings or the Borrowers’ election be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earliest of (i) the date on which such documents are electronically delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting if delivered before 5:00 p.m. New York time on a Business Day or otherwise on the following Business Day, (ii) the date on which such documents are posted on Holdings or the Borrowers’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); or (iii) the date on which such documents are filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; provided that: upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrowers shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent.

 

101


SECTION 5.05 Litigation and Other Notices . Furnish to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender written notice of the following promptly after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party becomes aware thereof:

(a) any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against HMHP or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; and

(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06 Information Regarding Collateral .

(a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Holdings and the Borrowers agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Holdings and the Borrowers also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

(b) In the case of Holdings and the Borrowers, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a), deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificates or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificates delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06.

SECTION 5.07 Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings.

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each

 

102


of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such person upon reasonable notice, at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided that unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year and shall be arranged by one or more Lenders through the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Loan Party will permit the Administrative Agent to conduct, at the sole cost and expense of the Loan Parties, field audits and examinations of receivables and inventory, and appraisals of inventory; provided that such field audits and examinations and appraisals may be conducted not more than twice per any twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and for so long as (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) Availability is less than the Availability Limit, up to four such field audits and examinations and appraisals may be conducted at the Loan Parties’ expense at any time at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (i) a public corporate rating from S&P or Fitch and (ii) a public corporate family rating from Moody’s.

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in Section 3.13.

SECTION 5.09 Employee Benefits . (a) Comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the laws applicable to any Foreign Pension Plan, except for such noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten Business Days after any Responsible Officer of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000, a statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings or the Borrowers setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that Holdings or the Borrowers proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided , however , that (A) none of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP and (B) solely for purposes of Section 5.11, the Loan Parties shall not be in Default because of a breach of this Section 5.10 unless such breach could reasonably be expected to result in a material environmental liability to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

103


SECTION 5.11 Preparation of Environmental Reports . If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.17 or Section 5.10 shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default, at the written request of the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 45 days after such request, at the expense of the Loan Parties, an environmental site assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or remedial action in connection with such Default.

SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances . (a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. Holdings and the Borrowers will cause each subsidiary of HMCo that is a Domestic Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. If any Not for Profit Subsidiary ceases to be exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, then Holdings and the Borrowers will cause such Not for Profit Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and Guarantee and secure the Obligations by becoming a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b) In addition, from and after the Closing Date, Holdings and the Borrowers will cause any subsequently acquired or organized Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary that is a subsidiary of Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) to become a Loan Party by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and/or each applicable Security Document in favor of the Collateral Agent. In addition, from time to time, Holdings and the Borrowers will, at their cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of the assets and properties of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Not for Profit Subsidiary so long as it is exempt from United States Federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, any Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings and any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured (i) by substantially all the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings for United States federal income tax purposes), including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries that are first tier Foreign Subsidiaries (or treated as first tier Foreign

 

104


Subsidiaries for United States Federal income tax purposes) or any Domestic Subsidiary which is treated as a first tier Foreign Subsidiary for United States federal income tax purposes, by 66% of the voting stock and 100% of the non voting stock of such Subsidiary). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and Holdings and the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section. Holdings and the Borrowers agree to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien. In furtherance of the foregoing, Holdings and the Borrowers will give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by Holdings or any of the other Loan Parties of any Material Real Property and will, within 60 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) following the acquisition of such Material Real Property, deliver to the Administrative Agent the items described in Schedule 5.14 as applicable to such Material Real Property, as well as such other items as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.13 [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 5.14 Post-Closing Deliveries . Complete and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the items described on Schedule 5.14 hereof on or before the dates specified with respect to such items, or such later dates as may be agreed to by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above and in Schedule 5.14, rather than as elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents), provided that (x) to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Closing Date, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the Security Documents shall be required to be true in all material respects (and shall be deemed made by the Borrowers) immediately after the actions required to be taken by this Section 5.14 (and Schedule 5.14) have been taken (or were required to be taken).

SECTION 5.15 Cash Dominion .

(a) Maintain with the Collateral Agent or another depository reasonably acceptable to the Administrative agent one or more deposit accounts (i) to be used by the Loan Parties as their principal concentration accounts, (ii) into which shall be swept or deposited, on each Business Day, during any Cash Dominion Period, all cash of the Loan Parties from any and all of their other deposit accounts and bank or securities accounts (other than the Excluded Accounts), (iii) from which cash shall be withdrawn and applied (A) in accordance with the Waterfall on each Business Day during any Cash Dominion Period, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or (B) to prepay outstanding Loans and to the extent due and

 

105


payable, any fees, interest and other amounts owing under this Agreement, on each Business Day during any Cash Dominion Period, if an Event of Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, and (iv) which shall be subject to a control agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative agent and shall be under the sole control and dominion of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent during any Cash Dominion Period.

SECTION 5.16 Milestones . Ensure the satisfaction of the following milestones relating to the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the applicable timing referred to below (or such later dates as approved by the Required Lenders), as well as certain other agreed milestones as such may relate to the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively, the “ Milestones ” and individually a “ Milestone ”):

(a) within 5 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order;

(b) within 60 days following the entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Interim Order, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Final Order;

(c) within 90 days following the Petition Date, entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Confirmation Order; and

(d) no later than 120 days following the Petition Date, the Approved Plan of Reorganization shall be effective.

SECTION 5.17 Chapter 11 Cases . Until the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (a) maintain the effectiveness of, and comply with, any Plan Support Agreement, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Bankruptcy Court’s approval and confirmation of the Approved Plan or Reorganization and the consummation of the transactions therein and (b) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at the request of the Administrative Agent, use of commercially reasonable efforts to consummate a sale of its assets and pay in full the outstanding Obligations and to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Each Loan Party party to this Agreement jointly and severally with all of the other Loan Parties covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or, with the consent of the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (which arrangements result in the release of the Revolving Credit Lenders from their obligation to make payments in respect of L/C Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.23(d)), unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Holdings nor any Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) (i) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date that is listed on Schedule 6.01;

 

106


(b) intercompany Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04(b); provided that such intercompany Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations;

(c) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(f) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) Indebtedness under the Term Loan Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01(g) shall not exceed $300,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) at any time outstanding;

(h) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any person providing worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person;

(i) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations and trade related letters of credit, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business,

 

107


including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof to the extent that the amount of refinancing Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness being refinanced;

(j) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(k) Indebtedness with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and purchase money Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or within 270 days after the acquisition or improvement of the respective asset (whether through the direct purchase of such asset or the Equity Interest of any person owning such asset) permitted under this Agreement in order to finance such acquisition or improvement (including any Indebtedness acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition); provided , any such Indebtedness (i) incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, (ii) shall be secured only by the assets acquired or improved in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (iii) shall constitute not less than 75% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset, and any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v) thereof), in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was incurred pursuant to this clause (k), is not in excess of $50,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(l) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(m) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings acquired after the Closing Date and Indebtedness of a person merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date and Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets, which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and is not created in contemplation of such event and where such acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted by this Agreement and (ii) any Indebtedness that Refinanced such Indebtedness pursuant to the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (disregarding clause (v) thereof); provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (m) shall not at any time outstanding exceed $75,000,000 ( plus , in the case of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, any fees, commissions and expenses, unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and underwriting discounts and defeasance costs related to the incurrence thereof) and (B) at the time of such acquisition and at the time of the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Payment Conditions with respect thereto are satisfied;

 

108


(n) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000;

(o) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not greater than $100,000,000 at any time outstanding and (ii) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that, in each case, (A) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) Holdings would be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.11 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such incurrence for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b) (whether or not a Testing Period is in effect at such time);

(p) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Indebtedness incurred or assumed at any time when, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Payment Conditions are satisfied at such time;

(q) [Intentionally Omitted]

(r) all premiums (if any), interest (including post petition interest), fees, expenses, indemnities, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (q) above;

(s) Guarantees of obligations of third parties to the extent treated as Investments in such third parties (in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations so Guaranteed) and permitted by Section 6.04;

(t) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by any Loan Party to future, current or former officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees of Holdings, its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in Section 6.06(a)(i); provided that the terms of any such Indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings;

(u) Indebtedness with respect to Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.04(h); and

(v) to the extent not all Rollover Letters of Credit are deemed issued pursuant to Section 2.23(a)(ii), Indebtedness in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility (including Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations thereunder) with respect to letters of credit outstanding thereunder as of the Exit Facility Conversion Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $27,000,000.

 

109


SECTION 6.02 Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Restricted Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens on property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;

(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set off), carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of ten days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

(e) with respect to real property of the Restricted Subsidiaries, covenants, conditions, easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, encumbrances and other imperfections or irregularities in title, in each case which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money and do not or will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

(f) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of property permitted hereunder;

(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business and Liens on a Specified Warehouse created in connection with a Sale and Lease Back Transaction involving such Specified Warehouse;

 

110


(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) licenses of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, trade secrets, service marks, tradenames and any other intellectual property rights granted by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(k) construction liens arising in the ordinary course of business, including liens for work performed for which payment has not been made, securing obligations that are not due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which, if applicable, Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall have set aside on its books reserves as shall be required by GAAP;

(l) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent, or which are for less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for property taxes on property (other than Mortgaged Property or property that, pursuant to the terms hereof, is required to become Mortgaged Property) that Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(m) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Leases), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature made or incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(n) zoning restrictions, easements, trackage rights, leases (other than Capital Leases), licenses, special assessments, rights of way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the use of such real property for its intended use;

(o) purchase money security interests in equipment or other property or improvements thereto hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by any Restricted Subsidiary (including the interests of vendors and lessors under conditional sale and title retention agreements); provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(k), (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 270 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such equipment or other property or improvements at the time of such acquisition (or construction), including transaction costs incurred by Holdings or any Restricted

 

111


Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition (or construction) and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to accessions to such equipment or other property or improvements; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by a single lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided solely by such lender);

(p) Liens arising out of operating lease or Capital Lease transactions permitted under Section 6.01(k) and transactions permitted by Section 6.03, so long as such Liens attach only to the property sold and being leased in such transaction and any accessions thereto or proceeds thereof and related property;

(q) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 (except to the extent covered by insurance, and the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the credit of such insurer), unless such judgments shall remain undischarged for a period of more than 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness or (ii) pertaining to pooled deposit and/or sweep accounts of Holdings and/or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(s) any Lien on any property or asset of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness (including Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) permitted by Section 6.01(m); provided that such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not securing such Indebtedness at the date of the acquisition of such property or asset (other than after acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such date and permitted hereunder which contains a requirement for the pledging of after acquired property, it being agreed that such after acquired property shall not include property of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than any such acquired Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, that would have been included but for such acquisition);

(t) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted above; provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal; provided further , that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted by this Agreement;

(u) Liens on property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(v) subject to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(g);

 

112


(w) other Liens not securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets not constituting Collateral for the Obligations with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25,000,000 at any time;

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(o)(i) or (p), in each case subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(y) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes;

(z) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Liens that are contractual rights of set off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection; and

(cc) to the extent not all Rollover Letters of Credit are deemed issued pursuant to Section 2.23(a)(ii), any Lien (in the form of cash collateral in an amount not to exceed 103% of the face amount of the outstanding Rollover Letters of Credit not deemed issued pursuant to Section 2.23(a)(ii)) securing the Prepetition LC Facility (which may rank senior to the Liens created under the Loan Documents with respect to the cash securing the Prepetition LC Facility).

SECTION 6.03 Sale and Lease Back Transactions . Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “ Sale and Lease Back Transaction ”) unless (a) the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by clause (f) of Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans and Advances . Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, or enter into any Hedging Agreement with, any other person (collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) Permitted Investments;

 

113


(b) Investments as of the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments made after the Closing Date in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made after the Closing Date by Loan Parties in, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness or other obligations of, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (determined without regard to any write downs or write offs of such Investments) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year; provided that, for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing annual limitation as of any date, the amount of each Investment made on or prior to such date that is subject to such limitation shall be deemed reduced (to not less than zero) by the aggregate amount of cash, dividends or other distributions returned to the applicable Loan Party in respect of such Investment prior to the date of determination;

(c) Capital Expenditures;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) Loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate (calculated without regard to write downs or write offs thereof); provided that any such loans with a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be approved by the board of directors of Holdings and (ii) advances of payroll payments and expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(e) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) (i) any Investment acquired by a Loan Party (x) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by a Loan Party in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable, (y) as a result of a foreclosure by a Loan Party with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (z) as a result of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates, (ii) accounts receivable arising and trade credit granted in the ordinary course of business and any securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and (iii) prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding (valued at the time of the making thereof and determined after giving effect to returns representing a return of capital thereon but without regard to any write-offs or write-downs);

(h) Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and perform their obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business and so long as any such Hedging Agreement or other derivative instrument is not speculative in nature;

 

114


(i) Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.04;

(j) Investments arising out of the receipt by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of non cash consideration with respect to sales of assets permitted under Section 6.05; provided that such consideration (if the stated amount or value thereof is in excess of $1,000,000) is pledged upon receipt pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent required thereby;

(k) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits referred to in Section 6.02;

(l) the acquisition, or acquisition by license, of the assets of the Global Scholar Business; provided that at the time of such acquisition, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and all persons in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall hold any Investment as a result of such acquisition shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents;

(m) loans and advances to current and former senior management permitted pursuant to Section 6.07(g);

(n) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing, joint development or similar arrangements with other Persons;

(o) any advances, loans, extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors or other Investments in receivables owing to a Loan Party, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as such Loan Party deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(p) Investments in Houghton Mifflin PLC in an amount not to exceed £8,000,000 in the aggregate to comply with UK pension regulation requirements; provided , that the Loan Parties will use their best efforts to minimize the amounts of such Investment;

(q) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or a series of Investments from one Restricted Subsidiary to another solely to provide a Restricted Subsidiary that is consummating a Permitted Acquisition with funds to pay the consideration in respect thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such consideration;

(r) Investments in HMH IP Company in the ordinary course of business in respect of operating expenses of HMH IP Company and other expenses incurred by HMH IP Company in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties; provided that the amounts of such Investments shall be no more than amounts that would be otherwise payable to an unaffiliated third party providing such digital development services and in the aggregate shall not exceed $100,000,000 in any fiscal year; and

 

115


(s) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Investments made at any time when, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Payment Conditions are satisfied at such time.

SECTION 6.05 Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions . Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any part of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or less than all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any Equity Interests in or assets of any other person, except:

(a) purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(b) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Subsidiary of HMH Holdings (other than a Borrower) into (or with) HMH Holdings in which HMH Holdings is the survivor, (ii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of any Borrower in a transaction in which such Borrower is the survivor, (iii) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) into or with any Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Loan Party and, in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), no person other than the Borrower or the Loan Party receives any consideration, (iv) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party into or with any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, or (v) any Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 so long as the continuing or surviving person shall be a Subsidiary, which shall be a Loan Party if the merging, consolidating or amalgamating Subsidiary was a Loan Party and which together with each of its subsidiaries shall have complied with the requirements of Section 5.12;

(c) sales or other dispositions of assets described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the definition of “Asset Sale”;

(d) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, pursuant to Permitted Acquisitions;

(e) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.04;

(f) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 6.03) of property; provided that (i) either (A) at the time of any such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Payment Conditions are satisfied at such time or (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result therefrom, and the fair market

 

116


value of property so sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed shall not exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) the consideration received for such property shall be not less than 75% in cash and in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the board of directors of HMHP or Holdings); provided further , that no sale of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary may be made pursuant to this clause (f) except in connection with the sale of all its outstanding Equity Interests that is held by Holdings and any other Subsidiary;

(g) the sale of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivables financing transaction;

(h) the sale of the real property located in Bellmawr, New Jersey for fair market value;

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may liquidate or dissolve into another Restricted Subsidiary if the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Holdings and HMHP and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

(j) any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its assets or business to any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such transaction complies with Section 6.04 and Section 6.07.

SECTION 6.06 Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements .

(a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided , however , that (i) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Holdings may repurchase, or may pay cash dividends or distributions with respect to its Equity Interests so that one or more of its parent holding companies (if any) may repurchase, its own Equity Interests owned by present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries or make payments to present or former officers or employees of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability, retirement or termination of employment of such present or former officers or employees; provided , that the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments under this clause (i) shall not exceed in any calendar year $2,000,000; provided that any unused amount in any calendar year may be carried forward into any succeeding calendar year (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings during such calendar year from Employee Equity Sales and the amount of net proceeds of any key man life insurance received during such calendar year); and provided further , that the aggregate amount of such purchases or redemptions that may be made pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $10,000,000 (plus the amount of net proceeds received by Holdings after the date of this Agreement from Employee Equity Sales); (ii) this Section 6.06(a) shall not apply to repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise

 

117


price of such options or warrants; (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings may declare and make Restricted Payments to, repurchase its Equity Interests from or make other distributions to Holdings or to any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or, in the case of non wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries, to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or more favorable basis from the perspective of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests; and (iv) after the Exit Facility Conversion Date, Restricted Payments may be made at any time when, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Payment Conditions are satisfied at such time.

(b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Holdings, or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, any Loan Document, agreement governing any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a) or (g) or to the extent such restrictions and conditions do not contravene the Loan Documents, under Section 6.01(m), (n) (with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties), (o) or (p), (B) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of, or sale of the assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is or such assets that are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (D) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (E) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by the Term Loan Agreement and other “Loan Documents” defined therein, and (F) the foregoing shall not apply to any Not for Profit Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions between or among Loan Parties, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates except (a) that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) engage in any of the foregoing transactions upon terms no less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties and (ii) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, make an Investment in any Affiliate that provides services to any Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such Investment is made pursuant to Section 6.04(g) and is permitted thereby, and (y) the board of directors of Holdings determines that such Investment is in the best interests of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06(a), (c) the indemnification of, and the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to, directors, officers and employees of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (d) Investments permitted by clause (b), (d), (q) or (r) of Section 6.04 and transfers permitted under Section 6.05 of work-in-process and products in the ordinary course of business among Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the digital development of Intellectual Property owned by

 

118


the Loan Parties, (e) any employment agreement entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (f) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and approved by the board of directors of Holdings or HMHP, (g) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or its equivalent with the stockholders of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter, (h) the transactions contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (i) payments by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (j) transactions with respect to which Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor addressed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view, (k) investments by Affiliates in securities or Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by such Investors or their Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the aggregate investment by Affiliates constitutes less than 50% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities or Indebtedness; (l) any transaction with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary consists only of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, and (m) any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Holdings with an Affiliate of Holdings not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and solely for the purpose of (i) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings, (ii) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (iii) reincorporating Holdings in a new jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.08 Other Indebtedness and Agreements.

(a) Permit (i) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is outstanding other than any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment (A) that does not increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional rights on the holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness in a manner adverse in any material respect to Holdings, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Lenders or (B) otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” or (ii) any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of its certificate of incorporation, by laws, operating, management or partnership agreement or other organizational documents, to the extent any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, except as expressly contemplated by the Approved Plan of Reorganization.

 

119


(b) Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations in either right of payment or lien priority (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (i) or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, except in the case of Indebtedness existing at or prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, as expressly provided for in the Approved Plan of Reorganization or pursuant to the First Day Orders or other orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) After the Exit Facility Conversion Date, (i) make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions) or from the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or, directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Subordinated Indebtedness (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), or (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities, unless, in each case, at the time of any such distribution or payment, on a pro forma basis after giving effect thereto, the Payment Conditions are satisfied.

SECTION 6.09 Superpriority Claims . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, incur, create, assume, suffer to exist or permit any other Superpriority Claim that is pari passu with or senior to the claims of the Agents and the Secured Parties against the Loan Parties except with respect to the Carve-Out.

SECTION 6.10 Financial Covenants Prior to Exit Facility Conversion Date . Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Minimum Consolidated EBITDA . Permit Consolidated EBITDA for any twelve-month period, as of the end of each calendar month, to be less than (i) for each month that occurs during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, $180,000,000, and (ii) for each month that occurs thereafter, $200,000,000.

(b) Minimum Liquidity . Permit Liquidity to be less than $50,000,000 for three consecutive Business Days.

(c) Minimum Availability . Permit Availability to be less than $20,000,000 at any time.

 

120


SECTION 6.11 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . After the Exit Facility Conversion Date, at any time during a Testing Period, permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.0:1.0.

SECTION 6.12 Fiscal Year . (a) Without the consent of the Administrative Agent, make or permit any changes in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted or required by generally accepted accounting principles or (b) with respect to Holdings and any Borrower, change their fiscal year end to a date other than December 31.

SECTION 6.13 Certain Equity Securities . Issue any Equity Interest that is not Qualified Capital Stock.

SECTION 6.14 Business of Holdings, Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) Except in the case of Holdings, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by it and business activities reasonably incidental thereto, (b) in the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than the ownership of Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (and any promissory note issued to it by any Subsidiary, provided that such promissory note is subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and pledged as Collateral) and activities incidental thereto or own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party, any such promissory note or any cash or other assets received as a dividend or other distribution in respect of such Equity Interests) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities under the Loan Documents, liabilities imposed by law (including tax liabilities) and other liabilities incidental to its existence and permitted business and activities).

SECTION 6.15 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Re-Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) Designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such designation is made after the Exit Facility Conversion Date by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such designation and the satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) neither such Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries that have been (or concurrently with such designation will be) designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) any Investment in such Subsidiary by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of or subsequent to such designation shall be permitted by Section 6.04, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iv) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(b) Re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless such re-designation is made by Holdings delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing such re-designation and certifying that both before and after giving effect to such re-designation,

 

121


(i) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrowers, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and Holdings shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenants on a pro forma basis and (iii) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such re-designation, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01 Events of Default . In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document, the Borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(c) default shall be made in the payment of any Fee, any interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to Holdings and any Borrower), 5.05(a) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Holdings, any Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i) Section 5.15 and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrowers or (ii) any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (b), (c), (d) or (e)(i) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrowers;

(f) (i) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as

 

122


the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such failure to pay any principal or interest by any Debtor or any such event relating to any Material Indebtedness owed by any Debtor, in each case caused by the Chapter 11 Cases, shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(h) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, receivership, examinership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, examiner or similar official for Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; provided that prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, any such event with respect to any Debtor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default;

(i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or

 

123


any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35,000,000 or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Security Document for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms or the terms of any other Loan Document), or any Loan Party shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any of such other Security Documents (other than as a result of the discharge of such Loan Party in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except (i) to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) to the extent that any such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy and (iii) to the extent that all such losses of perfection or priority involve Collateral with a fair value aggregating less than $5,000,000;

(m) there shall have occurred a Change in Control or;

(n) prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date:

(i) the entry of an order dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases or converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(ii) the entry of an order appointing a chapter 11 trustee in any of the Chapter 11 Cases;

(iii) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases appointing an examiner having expanded powers (beyond those set forth under sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code);

(iv) the entry of an order in any of the Chapter 11 Cases denying or terminating use of cash collateral by the Loan Parties;

 

124


(v) the filing of any pleading by any Loan Party seeking, or otherwise consenting to, any of the matters set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above;

(vi) (A) an amendment, supplement or other modification shall have been made to, or a consent or waiver shall have been granted with respect to any departure by any person from the provisions of, the Approved Plan of Reorganization, in each case, that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents, (B) the Loan Parties shall have commenced or participated in furtherance of any solicitation in respect of a proposed plan or reorganization other than the Approved Plan of Reorganization, (C) the Bankruptcy Court shall terminate or reduce the period pursuant to section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code during which the Loan Parties have the exclusive right to file a plan of reorganization and solicit acceptances thereof, (D) the Bankruptcy Court shall grant relief that is inconsistent with the Approved Plan of Reorganization in any material respect and that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents or (E) any of the Loan Parties or any of their affiliates shall file any motion or pleading with the Bankruptcy Court that is inconsistent in any material respect with the Approved Plan of Reorganization or any Plan Support Agreement and such motion or pleading has not been withdrawn prior to the earlier of (x) three business days of the Borrowers receiving notice from the Administrative Agent and (y) entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such motion or pleading;

(vii) the entry of the Final Order shall not have occurred within 60 days after entry of the Interim Order (or such later date as approved by the Required Lenders), or there shall be a breach by any Loan Party of any material provisions of the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or the Final Order, or the Interim Order (prior to entry of the Final Order) or Final Order shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall have been reversed, modified, amended, stayed, vacated or subject to stay pending appeal, in the case of any modification or amendment, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and Required Lenders;

(viii) the entry of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases charging any of the Collateral under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code against the Lenders under which any person takes action against the Collateral or that becomes a final non-appealable order, or the commencement of other actions that is materially adverse to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or their respective rights and remedies under the Credit Facilities in any of the Chapter 11 Cases or inconsistent with the Loan Documents;

(ix) the entry of an order granting relief from any stay of proceeding (including, without limitation, the automatic stay) so as to allow a third party to proceed with foreclosure (or granting a deed in lieu of foreclosure) against any material assets of the Loan Parties in excess of $35,000,000 in the aggregate;

(x) existence of any claims or charges, other than permitted under the Loan Documents, entitled to superpriority under section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code pari passu or senior to the DIP Facility, or there shall arise (A) any claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses of the kind specified in section 503(b) or section

 

125


507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (other than the Carve-Out) or (B) any Lien on the Collateral having a priority senior to or pari passu with the Liens and security interests granted herein, except as expressly provided herein or in the Interim Order or the Final Order (but only in the event specifically consented to by the Administrative Agent), whichever is then in effect; or

(xi) the Loan Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person claiming by or through the Loan Parties any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, shall obtain court authorization to commence, or shall commence, join in, assist or otherwise participate as an adverse party in any suit or other proceeding against the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders relating to the DIP Facility, unless such suit or other proceeding is in connection with the enforcement of the Loan Documents against the Administrative Agent or Lenders and the Confirmation Order provides that any such suit or proceeding shall be dismissed with prejudice; or

(xii) failure to satisfy any of the Milestones in accordance with the terms relating to such Milestone; or

(xiii) after the entry thereof by the Bankruptcy Court, the Confirmation Order shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall fail to satisfy in full all obligations under the DIP Facility (or convert the DIP Facility into the Exit Facility) on or prior to the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization or fail to comply in any material respect with the Confirmation Order, or the Confirmation Order shall have been revoked, remanded, vacated, reversed, rescinded or modified or amended in any manner that is adverse to the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ interests or inconsistent with the Loan Documents; or

(xiv) any Plan Support Agreement (A) shall be terminated or breached by any party thereto or shall otherwise cease to be in full force and effect such that, in each case, the Approved Plan of Reorganization is not capable of being confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, or (B) shall have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in any manner that materially adversely affects the interests, rights or remedies of any of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees

 

126


and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and acceleration of the Loans, all proceeds realized from any Loan Party or on account of any Collateral owned by any Loan Party, any payments in respect of any Obligations and all proceeds of the Collateral, shall be applied in the following order (the “ Waterfall ”):

(i) first , ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees and expenses, indemnities and other amounts (including, without limitation, amounts in respect of any Loans advanced by the Administrative Agent on behalf of a Lender for which the Administrative Agent has not been reimbursed) then due to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, until paid in full;

(ii) second , to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Swingline Lender and any Lender that has acquired and fully paid for its participating interest in the applicable Swingline Loans, ratably to pay Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans then due to the Swingline Lender and each such Lender, until paid in full;

(iii) third , to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Issuing Banks and any Lender that has acquired and fully paid for its participating interest in the applicable Letters of Credit, ratably to pay Obligations in respect of such Letters of Credit then due to the Issuing Banks and each such Lender, until paid in full;

(iv) fourth , ratably to pay any expenses, indemnities, and fees then due to the Lenders and Issuing Banks, until paid in full;

(v) fifth , ratably to pay the accrued but unpaid interest and fees in respect of the Loans, until paid in full;

(vi)  sixth , ratably (A) to pay the unpaid principal in respect of the Loans and to Cash Collateralize L/C Exposure and (B) to the extent a Bank Product Reserve has been established therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof, to pay or cash collateralize unpaid Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations, until paid in full;

(vii) seventh , ratably to pay other Obligations then due, including Other Secured Obligations that are not Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations, until paid in full; and

(viii) eighth , to the Borrowers or such other person entitled thereto under applicable law.

Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, before the application of proceeds in accordance with the Waterfall or Section 5.15(a)(iii)(B), funds sufficient to fund the Carve Out will be distributed to the Borrowers to be held in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of parties claiming under the Carve out, and upon satisfaction of all such claims, any remaining funds shall be

 

127


returned to the Administrative Agent to be for application in accordance with the Waterfall. Amounts distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations shall be the lesser of (x) the maximum Other Secured Obligations last reported to the Administrative Agent and (y) the Other Secured Obligations as calculated by the methodology reported by each applicable Other Secured Party to Administrative Agent for determining the amount due. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to calculate the amount to be distributed with respect to any Other Secured Obligations, and at any time and from time to time may request a reasonably detailed calculation of such amount from the applicable Other Secured Party holding such Other Secured Obligations. If any Other Secured Party fails to deliver such calculation within five (5) days following request by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume the amount to be distributed is no greater than the maximum amount of the applicable Other Secured Hedge Obligations last reported to Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VIII

Agents

SECTION 8.01 Authorization and Action.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Each Lender hereby further irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent shall act on behalf of the Lenders and shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Collateral Agent in this Article VIII with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with its activities in such capacity as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article VIII included the Collateral Agent with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Collateral Agent.

(c) The provisions of this Article (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11) are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, and neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions (except Sections 8.07 and 8.11).

SECTION 8.02 Agent Individually.

(a) The Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent

 

128


hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

(b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as an Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, an “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 8.02 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, each Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in Holdings or another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, each Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of such Agent’s Group. None of the Agents nor any member of any Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.

(c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of an Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of an Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the person serving as Agent being a member of such Agent’s Group, and that each member of an Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by any Agent’s Group of information (including Borrower Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by any Agent or any member of any Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict any Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

 

129


SECTION 8.03 Duties of Agents; Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Agents’ duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are solely ministerial and administrative in nature and an Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) an Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) an Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that an Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that an Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose any Agent or any of its Affiliates to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law and (iii) an Agent shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) An Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. An Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or the event or events that give or may give rise to any Default unless and until the Borrowers or any Lender shall have given notice to such Agent describing such Default and such event or events.

(c) Neither any Agent nor any member of an Agent’s Group shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty, representation or other information made or supplied in or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the information presented to the other Lenders by any Borrower, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith or the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the information contained therein, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than (but subject to the foregoing clause (ii)) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

 

130


(d) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require any Agent or any of its Related Parties to carry out any know your customer or other checks in relation to any Person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to an Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by an Agent or any of its Related Parties.

SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Agents.

The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, an Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless an officer of such Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated hereby shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit, and in the case of a Borrowing, such Lender shall not have made available to such Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for a Borrower or any other Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05 Indemnification.

(a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Lender’s pro rata share (based on the Loans and unused Commitments held by such Lender relative to the total Loans and unused Commitments then outstanding) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that such Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrowers. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 8.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Agent, any Lender or a third party.

 

131


(b) Each Revolving Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Issuing Banks (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrowers) from and against such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of the issuance of the Letters of Credit or any action taken or omitted by such Issuing Bank hereunder or in connection herewith; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender agrees to reimburse any such Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its Ratable Share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Borrowers under Section 9.05, to the extent that such Issuing Bank is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrowers.

(c) The failure of any Lender to reimburse any Agent or any Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to such Agent as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse such Agent or any Issuing Bank for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse any Agent or any Issuing Bank for such other Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such amount. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 8.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the promissory notes, if any. Each of the Agents and each Issuing Bank agrees to return to the Lenders their respective ratable shares of any amounts paid under this Section 8.05 that are subsequently reimbursed by the Borrowers.

SECTION 8.06 Delegation of Duties.

Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more co-agents or sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Any Agent and any such co-agent or sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. Each such co-agent and sub-agent and the Related Parties of an Agent and each such coagent and sub-agent (including their respective Affiliates in connection with the syndication of the Revolving Credit Facility) shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Article IX (as though such co-agents and sub-agents were such “ Agent ” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.07 Resignation of Agent.

(a) The Agents may at any time give notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers of its resignation. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrowers, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in New York, New York. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders

 

132


and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (such 30-day period, the “ Lender Appointment Period ”), then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the applicable Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. In addition and without any obligation on the part of the retiring Agent to appoint, on behalf of the Lenders, a successor Agent, the retiring Agent may at any time upon or after the end of the Lender Appointment Period notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted appointment as successor Agent and the effective date of such retiring Agent’s resignation. Upon the resignation effective date established in such notice and regardless of whether a successor Agent has been appointed and accepted such appointment, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as to which it has resigned and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the retiring Agent shall instead be made by or to each applicable Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties as Agent of the retiring (or retired) Agent as to which it has resigned, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents in respect of the Facilities as to which it has resigned (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 8.05 and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

(b) Any resignation pursuant to this Section by a Person acting as Agent shall, unless such Person shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders otherwise, also act to relieve such Person and its Affiliates of any obligation to issue new, or extend existing, Letters of Credit where such issuance or extension is to occur on or after the effective date of such resignation. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents arising on or after the effective date of such successor’s appointment, and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangement satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 8.08 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.

(a) Each Lender confirms to the Agents, each other Lender and each of their respective Related Parties that it (i) possesses (individually or through its Related Parties) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable, without reliance on any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, of evaluating the merits and risks (including tax, legal, regulatory, credit, accounting and other financial matters) of (x)

 

133


entering into this Agreement, (y) making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (z) in taking or not taking actions hereunder and thereunder, (ii) is financially able to bear such risks and (iii) has determined that entering into this Agreement and making Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents is suitable and appropriate for it.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that (i) it is solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, made its own appraisal and investigation of all risks associated with, and its own credit analysis and decision to enter into, this Agreement based on such documents and information, as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties, continue to be solely responsible for making its own appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with, and its own credit analysis and decision to take or not take action under, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, which may include, in each case:

(A) the financial condition, status and capitalization of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party;

(B) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document;

(C) determining compliance or non-compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit and the form and substance of all evidence delivered in connection with establishing the satisfaction of each such condition;

(D) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information delivered by any Agent, any other Lender or by any of their respective Related Parties under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Loan Document.

SECTION 8.09 No Other Duties, etc.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Persons acting as, Arranger or Syndication Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or as a Lender hereunder.

 

134


SECTION 8.10 Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, interim receiver, monitor, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.11 Other Secured Agreements.

(a) The Borrowers and any Other Secured Party may from time to time designate an agreement that otherwise would qualify as an Other Secured Agreement as an Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers and such Other Secured Party, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which form shall include a description of such Other Secured Agreement, the maximum amount of obligations thereunder which are to constitute Other Secured Obligations (each, a “ Designated Amount ”) and the maximum amount of obligations thereunder which are to constitute Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations (each, a “ Designated Pari Passu Amount ”); provided that (i) any such Designated Amount of obligations shall constitute Other Secured Obligations only to the extent that such Designated Amount, together with all other Designated Amounts under all other Other Secured Agreements that have been theretofore designated as Other Secured Obligations and that remain in effect, does not exceed in the aggregate $40,000,000 and (ii) any such Designated Pari Passu Amount of obligations shall constitute Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations only to the extent that such Designated Pari Passu Amount, together with all other Designated Pari Passu Amounts under all other Other Secured Agreements that have been theretofore designated as Other Pari Passu Secured Obligations and that remain in effect, does not exceed in the aggregate $20,000,000.

 

135


(b) The Borrowers and each applicable Other Secured Party may increase, decrease or terminate any Designated Amount and Designated Pari Passu Amount in respect of each applicable Other Secured Agreement upon written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that any increase in a Designated Amount or Designated Pari Passu Amount shall be deemed to be a new designation of a Designated Amount or Designated Pari Passu Amount, as the case may be, and shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.11(a) . No obligations under any Other Secured Agreement in excess of the applicable Designated Amount shall constitute Obligations hereunder or the other Loan Documents.

(c) No counterparty to an Other Secured Agreement that obtains the benefits of the Waterfall, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, no Agent shall be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, any Obligations arising under any Other Secured Agreement unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as such Agent may request, from each applicable counterparty to such Other Secured Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be either (x) in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or electronic communication) and mailed, telecopied or delivered or (y) as and to the extent set forth in Section 9.01(b) and in the proviso to this Section 9.01(a), in an electronic medium and delivered as set forth in Section 9.01(b), if to Holdings or to any Borrower, to the attention of Eric Shuman, Chief Financial Officer, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, Tel: (617) 351 5200, Fax: (617) 351-3923, Email Eric.Shuman@hmhpub.com, with a copy to William Bayers, Senior Vice President & General Counsel, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116-3764, Tel: (617) 351-5125, Fax: (617) 351 5014, Email Bill.Bayers@hmhpub.com ; if to any Lender who has executed this Agreement on the Closing Date, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on the Register; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender; if to the Administrative Agent, (i) in the case of any Borrowing Request and notice of conversion or continuation regarding the Type of any Loan, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attn: ABTF Global Loans , Email: glabfunitloansops@citi.com and (ii) in other cases, at the following address: Citibank, N.A., 390 Greenwich St, 1st Floor, New York, NY 10014, Att: Thomas Halsch, Email: thomas.halsch@citi.com; or, as to any Borrower or any Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at

 

136


such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that materials and information described in Section 9.01(b) shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions thereof or as otherwise specified to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent. All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, or e mailed, be effective when deposited in the mails, transmitted by telecopier or sent by electronic communication, respectively, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII shall not be effective until received by such Agent and, in the case of notice sent by e mail, until replied to by such Agent confirming expressly receipt thereof. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

(b) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other Credit Event (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other Credit Event hereunder (all such non excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address specified by the Administrative Agent to such Borrower. In addition, each Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent. Each Borrower further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on IntraLinks or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).

(c) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER OR

 

137


ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

(d) The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e mail address. Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

SECTION 9.02 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Borrower or Holdings herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and as long as all Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

SECTION 9.03 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

 

138


SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loan, each of the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that (A) the consent of the Borrowers shall not be required to any such assignment (x) made to another Lender or an Affiliate or a Related Fund of a Lender, or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (B) the Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 5 Business Days after having received written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent, (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an integral multiple of, and not less than, $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that (A) such minimum amount shall be aggregated for two or more simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds and (B) this clause (ii) shall not apply to assignments to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, (iii) each such assignment of Commitments and/or Loans shall be of a constant, and not varying, percentage of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Lender’s Commitments and/or Loans so assigned, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed to by the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together, in each case, with a processing and recording fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Subject to acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

 

139


(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Revolving Credit Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Revolving Credit Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Holdings or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by Holdings or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee, legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.04, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire

 

140


completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

(f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Loan Parties, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and provided such participant complies with Sections 2.20(f) and (g) as if it were a Lender and (iv) the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or person has an interest or releasing or all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of a Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

141


(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to Holdings and the Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by the Borrowers as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16.

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, any Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) No Loan Party shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

 

142


SECTION 9.05 Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and Loans and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and any other local or foreign counsel for the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender. Expenses payable under this clause shall include, without limitation, as expenses incurred in connection with the protection of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arranger or any Lender, the fees, charges and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers’ and Holdings’ obligation to reimburse the fees and expenses of outside counsel under this Section 9.05(a) shall be limited to one firm of counsel for the Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole and, if necessary, of a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel.

(b) The Borrowers and Holdings agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel (which shall be limited to one counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Borrowers of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel for such affected party, each such additional retained counsel), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Credit Facilities), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrowers, Holdings or any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental

 

143


Liability related in any way to Holdings or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (A) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or a material breach in bad faith under the Loan Documents of such Indemnitee or Hazardous Materials first Released at any property after such property is transferred to any Indemnitee or its successors or assigns by foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer where such Release is not attributable to a condition existing on or prior to the date of such foreclosure or other transfer or (y) relate to claims between the Lenders that do not involve an act or omission of any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates (other than claims against any Arranger, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any of their Affiliates in their capacities, or in fulfilling roles, as such (or any similar roles) in connection with the credit facilities provided for herein) and (B) in the event of any settlement entered into by such Indemnitee without the Borrowers’ written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that this clause (B) shall not apply to any such settlement that occurs after the Borrowers were offered the ability to assume the defense of the action that was the subject matter of such settlement and elected not to assume such defense.

(c) To the extent that Holdings and the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to an Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section (and without limiting their obligation to do so), each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate amount of outstanding Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments for all Lenders at the time (or, if there shall be no outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure or unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time, based upon such Lender’s share of the aggregate amount of outstanding Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments).

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor any Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any

 

144


term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of either Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.05 shall not entitle any Indemnitee to indemnification for Taxes which are specifically covered by Section 2.20.

SECTION 9.06 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Holdings against any of and all the obligations of any Borrower or Holdings now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.07 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (THE “ UNIFORM CUSTOMS ”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

SECTION 9.08 Waivers; Amendment.

(a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Borrower, or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle any Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

145


(b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party (to the extent such Loan Party is a party thereto), in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease or forgive the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) except as provided in Section 2.24, increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17 or the sharing of payments provisions of Section 2.18 or the provisions of this Section or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Security Documents or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC, (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or the term “Supermajority Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Revolving Credit Commitments on the date hereof) or (vii) amend the term “Borrowing Base” or any definition related thereto to increase the advance rates set forth therein or amend any other provision of the Loan Documents (excluding any modifications effected pursuant to the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion permitted under the Loan Documents) that causes the Borrowing Base or Availability under the DIP Facility or Exit Facility provided for herein to be increased, without the consent of the Supermajority Lenders; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Loan Document may be amended or modified pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and each other Loan Party that is a party thereto, without the consent of any of the Lenders, if such amendment or modification is beneficial to the Lenders (or the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any Class) and does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of any Lender under any Loan Document.

 

146


SECTION 9.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.11.

SECTION 9.12 Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

147


SECTION 9.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any of the Loan Parties or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.16 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, trustees, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made

 

148


will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.16, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including any actual or prospective pledgee or assignee of a pledge or assignment effected pursuant to Section 9.04(h)) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of Holdings or a Borrower, or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all information received from any Borrower or Holdings and related to any Borrower or Holdings, their Subsidiaries or their or their Subsidiaries’ business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by such Borrower or Holdings; provided that, in the case of Information received from any Borrower or Holdings after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings and each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Holdings and each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Holdings and each Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 9.18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower Group .

(a) In order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend credit hereunder, HMHP, Publishers and HMCo (collectively, the “ Borrower Group ”) agree that they will be jointly and severally liable for all the Obligations, including the principal of and interest on all Loans made to, and reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit issued for the accounts of, any Borrower. Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that the due and punctual payment of the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal of any Obligation.

(b) Each member of the Borrower Group waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any other member of the Borrower Group of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment.

 

149


The Obligations of any Borrower hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any member of the Borrower Group under the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise or (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and except to the extent that such Obligations have been explicitly modified pursuant to an amendment or waiver that has become effective in accordance with Section 9.08).

(c) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its agreement under this Section 9.18 constitutes a promise of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent in favor of any member of the Borrower Group or any other Person.

(d) The obligations of each member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever, by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the member of the Borrower Group under this Section 9.18 shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification in respect of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations or (iv) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such member of the Borrower Group or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Member of the Borrower Group or any member of the Borrower Group as a matter of law or equity.

(e) Each member of the Borrower Group further agrees that its obligations under this Section 9.18 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any other member of the Borrower Group or otherwise.

(f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have at law or in equity against any member of the Borrower Group by virtue of this Section 9.18, upon the failure of any other member of the Borrower Group to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each member of the Borrower Group hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Administrative Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation.

 

150


(g) If by virtue of the provisions set forth herein, any member of the Borrower Group is required to pay and shall pay Obligations of another member of the Borrower Group, all rights of such member of the Borrower Group against such other member of the Borrower Group arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all the Obligations, and any of these rights among members of the Borrower Group shall not be due or paid until all Obligations shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 9.19 Borrowing Agent . Each member of the Borrower Group hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints HMHP as borrowing agent (the “ Borrowing Agent ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to act as agent for each other member of the Borrower Group for all purposes of the Loan Documents, including, as applicable, (A) requesting Loans (including pursuant to Section 2.02 or 2.24 hereof) and Letters of Credit, (B) delivering certificates, (C) receiving and allocating (to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents) the proceeds of the Loans, (D) taking any other action or receiving any communication on behalf of the Borrower Group in connection with the Loan Documents, and (E) taking such other actions and having such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Borrowing Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. No fees shall be payable to the Borrowing Agent for acting as the Borrowing Agent. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Borrowing Agent shall act solely as an agent of the members of the Borrower Group. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the Borrowing Agent. The Administrative Agent and each Lender also may rely upon any statement made to them orally or by telephone and believed by them to have been made by the Borrowing Agent, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Any oral or written statement, certificate, representation or commitment made, given or delivered by the Borrowing Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been approved by, made, given and delivered on behalf of, and shall bind the members of the Borrower Group, jointly and severally, as fully as if any member of the Borrower Group had made, given or delivered such statement, certificate, representation or commitment. The provisions of this Section 9.19 are solely for the benefit of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and Lenders, and no other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 9.20 LEGEND . THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID (IF ANY), ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE LOANS MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO THE BORROWERS AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.01.

SECTION 9.21 No Fiduciary Duty . The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent, each Arranger, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of a Borrower. Each Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Lenders and any Borrower, its stockholders or its

 

151


Affiliates. Each Borrower acknowledges and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents are arm’s length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each of the Lenders is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of any Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person, (iii) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender or any of its affiliates has advised or is currently advising any Borrower on other matters) or any other obligation to any Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (iv) each Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. Each Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to any Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

SECTION 9.22 Release of Liens and Guarantees . In the event that any Loan Party conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of any of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any assets to a person that is not (and is not required to become) a Loan Party in a transaction not prohibited by Section 6.05, any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets shall be automatically released and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to release any Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Equity Interests or assets, and, in the case of a disposition of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05, and as a result of which such Subsidiary would cease to be a Loan Party, such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be automatically terminated and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent to terminate such Loan Party’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. In addition, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent agrees to take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Borrowing Agent and at the Borrowers’ expense to terminate the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents when all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts (other than contingent indemnification liabilities to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full, all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or, with the consent of the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, such Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (which arrangements result in the release of the Revolving Credit Lenders from their obligation to make payments in respect of L/C Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.23(d)) and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all Other Secured Obligations either are not due or shall have been paid in full or arrangements with respect thereto reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Other Secured Parties shall have been made (and the applicable Other Secured Parties have notified the Collateral Agent of their consent to terminating such Liens and security interests).

 

152


SECTION 9.23 Intercreditor Agreements . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are authorized to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement and the parties hereto acknowledge that each Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the provisions of the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and each other Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to enter into the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, any other Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, without the consent of any Lender, may enter into one or more written amendments, supplements or modifications, in each case, pursuant to procedures and documentation reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, to any Intercreditor Agreement as may be required or permitted under the Loan Documents (i) to add other parties (or any authorized agent or representative thereof or trustee therefor) holding Indebtedness that is incurred in compliance with this Agreement that (A) is secured by Liens on the Collateral permitted under this Agreement, (ii) establish the relative priority of the Liens on the Collateral securing such Indebtedness as specified in this Agreement and (iii) to amend, supplement or modify other provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement to implement any of the foregoing as reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The authority provided to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Section 9.23 shall be deemed to constitute the approval and consent of the Lenders with respect to the amendments, supplements and modifications described in this Section 9.23 for purposes of any Intercreditor Agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

153


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, as a Borrower
By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,
its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC, as Subsidiary Guarantor
By:   HMH Publishers LLC,
its sole member
  By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,
its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC, as Subsidiary Guarantor
By:   HMH Publishers LLC,
its sole member
  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 3.08 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent
  By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   PRESIDENT
CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
  By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner
  By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Halsch

    Name:   Thomas M. Halsch
    Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender
  By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

    Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
    Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.14

Post-Closing Deliveries

Following the Closing Date, within

 

  a) 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall obtain insurance endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured and loss payee, as applicable, under all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Loan Parties forming part of the Collateral;

 

  b) 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver deeds of trust, trust deeds and, mortgages in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (with such changes as may be required to account for local law matters) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering the Mortgaged Properties (initially, the properties listed on Schedule 1.01(a) duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:

(i) Evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been submitted for recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid second priority and subsisting Lien (subject only to Liens permitted under the Loan Documents) on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid;

(ii) Fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies (or commitments to issue such policies) (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such amount not to exceed 115% of the fair market value of the applicable Mortgaged Property as reasonably determined by the Loan Parties and agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, insuring the Mortgages covering the Mortgaged Properties to be valid second priority and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materielmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics’ and materielmen’s Liens, if applicable) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable;

(iii) (x) an existing survey and an affidavit of “no change” sufficient to cause the title company issuing the Mortgage Policies to delete a standard survey exception from such Mortgage Policies or (y) American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form surveys covering the Mortgaged Properties, for which necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated no more than the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed by the


Administrative Agent), certified to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policies in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the states in which the property described in such surveys is located and acceptable to the Administrative Agent, showing all buildings and other improvements, the location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way, building set-back lines and other dimensional regulations and the absence of encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, and other defects, other than encroachments and other defects permitted under the Loan Documents or otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(iv) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages;

(v) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, in its reasonable discretion, in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;

(vi) favorable opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties (1) in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of all Mortgages and any related fixture filings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) in states in which the Loan Parties party to the Mortgages are organized or formed, with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties in the granting of the Mortgages, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

  c) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall deliver intellectual property security agreements with respect to their Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights that are registered or subject to an application for registration, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, in suitable form for filing and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

  d) 15 business days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), each of the Loan Parties organized under the laws of California shall deliver organizational or constitutive documents (and any amendments thereto) certified as of the Closing Date by the appropriate Governmental Authority.

Following the Exit Facility Conversion Date, within:

 

  a) 10 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall deliver (i) stock certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Stock (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing Pledged Debt Securities (as defined in and listed on Schedule II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and (ii) evidence of termination of all Liens or guarantees created pursuant to security documents in respect of Prepetition Indebtedness and registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and


  b) 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall, with respect to all lockboxes and deposit accounts and bank or securities accounts of each Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts and those maintained with the Collateral Agent), obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent, account control agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-

POSSESSION AND EXIT REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT (“ First Amendment ”), dated as of June 20, 2012 is entered into by and among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto, each of the Lenders listed on the signature pages hereto, CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, each of the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto are parties to that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , the Borrowing Agent has notified the Administrative Agent that it desires to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

A. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement (Defined Terms) is hereby amended as follows:

1. Inserting the following defined term into Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Cash Management Services Agreement ” means any agreement relating to commercial credit or debit card, merchant card, or purchasing card programs (including non-card e-payables services), or treasury, depository, or cash management services (including automatic clearing house transfer of funds, overdraft, controlled disbursement, electronic funds transfer, lockbox, stop payment, return item and wire transfer services).

2. The definition of “Arranger” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Arrangers ” shall mean each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.


3. The definition of “Issuing Bank” is hereby amended by deleting in full clause (a) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Citibank, N.A. or Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in each case acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder,”

4. The definition of “Other Secured Agreement” is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “cash management services arrangement” appearing in clause (b) and inserting in lieu thereof “Cash Management Services Agreement”.

B. Section 4.04(c) is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “a final non-appealable order” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase “an order”.

C. Section 7.01(m) of the Credit Agreement (Events of Default) is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Change in Control” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase “Change of Control”.

D. Each reference in the Credit Agreement to the term “Arranger” is hereby amended to refer to “Arranger” or “Arrangers” as the context may require.

E. The cover page of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such cover page and inserting in lieu thereof the cover page attached as Annex A to this Amendment.

 

SECTION 2. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS

The provisions set forth in Section 1 hereof shall be effective as of the date first above written (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement):

1. Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from each of the Required Lenders and each Loan Party.

2. Expenses . All fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated under this First Amendment that are required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have been paid.

3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

4. No Default or Event of Default . On and as of the First Amendment Effective Date and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated herein, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1. Corporate Power and Authority . Each of Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to enter into this First Amendment.

 

2


2. Authorization of Agreements . The execution and delivery of this First Amendment and the performance of its obligations under this First Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, on the part of each of the Loan Parties.

3. Binding Obligation . This First Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and is the legally valid and binding obligation of each of the Loan Parties enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or equitable principles relating to enforceability.

4. Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any representation or warranty that is not qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date).

 

SECTION 4. CONSENT AND WAIVER

The Borrowing Agent has requested that the Lenders waive the ten Business Day notice requirement set forth in Section 4.04(a) of the Credit Agreement in exchange for the delivery of the written notice attached as Exhibit A hereto to permit the Borrowers to exercise the Exit Facility Option on the Exit Facility Conversion Date (the “Conversion Notice”). The Lenders hereby waive the 10 Business Day notice but only to the extent that the Exit Facility Conversion is consummated no later than June 28, 2012 (the “Extension Date”), as set forth on the attached Conversion Notice; provided that in the event the hearing pursuant to which the Confirmation Order will be entered is scheduled on a date occurring after the Extension Date, the Extension Date shall be automatically extended to such date so as to allow for the consummation of the Exit Facility Conversion promptly following the entry of the Confirmation Order and in any event no later than July 31, 2012. The consent and waiver set forth in this Section 4 shall be effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.

 

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Binding Effect . This First Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and each of the Loan Parties. None of the Loan Parties’ rights or obligations hereunder or any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any of the Loan Parties without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

2. Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

3. Reference to Credit Agreement . On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this First Amendment.

 

3


4. Effect on Credit Agreement . Except as specifically amended in Section 1 of this First Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. This First Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

5. Execution . The execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

6. Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

7. APPLICABLE LAW . THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

9. Affirmation and Consent of Guarantors . Each Guarantor hereby consents to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected hereby, and hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that, (a) notwithstanding the effectiveness of this First Amendment, the obligations of such Guarantor contained in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are, and shall remain, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that, on and after the effectiveness of this First Amendment, each reference in the Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, (b) the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect and (c) such pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to such Security Documents shall continue to secure the Obligations purported to be secured thereby, as amended or otherwise affected hereby.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
 

Title:

  Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, as a Borrower
By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,
its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name: William F. Bayers
   

Title:    Executive Vice President,

             Secretary and General Counsel

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

[ Signature Page to ABL First Amendment ]


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name: THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

[ Signature Page to ABL First Amendment ]


SCHEDULE 1

Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company

RVDP, Inc.

Broderbund LLC

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

HM Publishing Corp.

HRW Distributors, Inc.

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

Classroom Connect, Inc.

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

Sentry Realty Corporation

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

The Riverside Publishing Company

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

Edusoft

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.


ANNEX A

SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION AND EXIT

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., as Holdings,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC

and

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY,

as Borrowers,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Collateral Agent

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

as Syndication Agent

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. and WELLS FARGO, N.A.

as Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


[LENDER], as a Lender:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[If a second signature is required]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

[CONVERSION NOTICE TO BE ATTACHED]


June 11, 2012

Citibank, N.A.

390 Greenwich Street, 1 st Floor

New York, NY 10014

Attention: Thomas Halsch

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This notice is provided pursuant to Section 4.04(a) of the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”) among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a Delaware corporation ( HMHP ), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Publishers”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a Massachusetts corporation (“HMCo”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used in this notice and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers hereby notify you that the Exit Facility Conversion is expected to occur on June 21, 2012, contingent upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.04(c) and (d) of the Credit Agreement.


HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC
By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,
  its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE SUPERPRIORITY SENIOR SECURED DEBTOR-IN-

POSSESSION AND EXIT REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT (“ Second Amendment ”), dated as of June 20, 2012 is entered into by and among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and together with HMHP and Publishers, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto, each of the Lenders listed on the signature pages hereto, CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and CITIBANK, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (defined below).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, each of the Borrowers, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto are parties to that certain Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended by the First Amendment dated as of June 20, 2012, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , the Borrowing Agent has notified the Administrative Agent that it desires to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

1. Section 2.22(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

“The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender on the earlier of (x) the tenth Business Day following the making of such Swingline Loan and (y) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.”

2. Section 2.24(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “or explicitly” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof “and”.

3. Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “,,” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof a single comma.

4. Section 5.15 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “Administrative agent” appearing therein and inserting in lieu thereof “Administrative Agent”.


5. Section 9.08(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (a) deleting the “or” appearing immediately before clause (vii) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof a comma and (b) inserting the following immediately before the proviso appearing at the end of such clause (vii):

“, (viii) amend or modify the provisions of this Section 9.08(b) without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby or (ix) amend or modify any provision of the second paragraph of Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement or Section 5.02 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that alters the priority of payments under the Waterfall without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby”

6. Section 9.23 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting (a) the “(A)” and (b) clause (ii) and renumbering the existing clause (iii) as a new clause (ii), in each case, appearing in the third sentence thereof.

 

SECTION 2. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS

The provisions set forth in Section 1 hereof shall be effective as of the date first above written (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement):

1. Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from each of the Required Lenders and each Loan Party.

2. Expenses . All fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Second Amendment that are required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have been paid.

3. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

4. No Default or Event of Default . On and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated herein, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1. Corporate Power and Authority . Each of Loan Parties has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to enter into this Second Amendment.

2. Authorization of Agreements . The execution and delivery of this Second Amendment and the performance of its obligations under this Second Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as applicable, on the part of each of the Loan Parties.

3. Binding Obligation . This Second Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties and is the legally valid and binding obligation of each of the Loan Parties enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

2


4. Credit Agreement Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality) on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct (or true and correct in all material respects, in the case of any representation or warranty that is not qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date).

 

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Binding Effect . This Second Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and each of the Loan Parties. None of the Loan Parties’ rights or obligations hereunder or any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any of the Loan Parties without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

2. Severability . In case any provision in or obligation hereunder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

3. Reference to Credit Agreement . On and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment.

4. Effect on Credit Agreement . Except as specifically amended in Section 1 of this Second Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Second Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” under and as defined in the Credit Agreement.

5. Execution . The execution, delivery and performance of this Second Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

6. Headings . Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

7. APPLICABLE LAW . THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

3


9. Affirmation and Consent of Guarantors . Each Guarantor hereby consents to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected hereby, and hereby confirms, acknowledges and agrees that, (a) notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, the obligations of such Guarantor contained in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are, and shall remain, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that, on and after the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, each reference in the Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment, (b) the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party shall continue in full force and effect and (c) such pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to such Security Documents shall continue to secure the Obligations purported to be secured thereby, as amended or otherwise affected hereby.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as Borrower
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, as a Borrower
By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,
its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President Secretary and General Counsel

[Signature Page to ABL Second Amendment]


CITIBANK, N A.,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

[ Signature Page to ABL Second Amendment ]


SCHEDULE 1

Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company

RVDP, Inc.

Broderbund LLC

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

HM Publishing Corp.

HRW Distributors, Inc.

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

Classroom Connect, Inc.

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

Sentry Realty Corporation

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

The Riverside Publishing Company

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

Edusoft

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

REVOLVING FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012

among

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY,

the Subsidiaries of HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.

from time to time party hereto

and

Citibank, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent

Reference is made to the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”) . Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   

SECTION 1.01

   Credit Agreement      1   

SECTION 1.02

   Other Defined Terms      2   
ARTICLE II   
Guarantee   

SECTION 2.01

   Guarantee      5   

SECTION 2.02

   Guarantee of Payment      5   

SECTION 2.03

   No Limitations, Etc.      6   

SECTION 2.04

   Reinstatement      7   

SECTION 2.05

   Agreement to Pay; Subrogation      7   

SECTION 2.06

   Information      7   
ARTICLE III   
Pledge of Securities   

SECTION 3.01

   Pledge      7   

SECTION 3.02

   Delivery of the Pledged Collateral      8   

SECTION 3.03

   Representations, Warranties and Covenants      8   

SECTION 3.04

   Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests      10   

SECTION 3.05

   Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      10   

SECTION 3.06

   Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc.      10   
ARTICLE IV   
Security Interests in Personal Property   

SECTION 4.01

   Security Interest      12   

SECTION 4.02

   Representations and Warranties      15   

SECTION 4.03

   Covenants      17   

SECTION 4.04

   Other Actions      20   

SECTION 4.05

   Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral      22   

SECTION 4.06

   Priority and Liens      24   


ARTICLE V  
Remedies   

SECTION 5.01

   Remedies Upon Default      26   

SECTION 5.02

   Application of Proceeds      28   

SECTION 5.03

   Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      28   

SECTION 5.04

   Securities Act, Etc.      28   
ARTICLE VI   
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination   

SECTION 6.01

   Indemnity and Subrogation      29   

SECTION 6.02

   Contribution and Subrogation      30   

SECTION 6.03

   Subordination      30   
ARTICLE VII   
[Intentionally Omitted.]   
ARTICLE VIII   
[Intentionally Omitted]   
ARTICLE IX   
Miscellaneous   

SECTION 9.01

   Notices      30   

SECTION 9.02

   Security Interest Absolute      31   

SECTION 9.03

   Survival of Agreement      31   

SECTION 9.04

   Binding Effect; Several Agreement      31   

SECTION 9.05

   Successors and Assigns      31   

SECTION 9.06

   Applicable Law      32   

SECTION 9.07

   Waivers; Amendment      32   

SECTION 9.08

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      32   

SECTION 9.09

   Severability      33   

SECTION 9.10

   Counterparts      33   

SECTION 9.11

   Headings      33   

SECTION 9.12

   Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      33   

SECTION 9.13

   Termination or Release      34   

SECTION 9.14

   Additional Subsidiaries      34   

SECTION 9.15

   Right of Setoff      35   

SECTION 9.16

   Conflicts      35   

 

ii


Schedules   
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule II    Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities
Schedule III    Intellectual Property
Exhibits   
Exhibit A    Form of Supplement
Exhibit B    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement
Exhibit C    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement

 

iii


REVOLVING FACILITY GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “HMHP” ), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ( “Publishers” ), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ( “HMCo” , and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, “ Citibank ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

On the Petition Date each of the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for relief, and commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and have continued in the possession of their assets and in the management of their businesses pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, each of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (“ Administrative Agent ”), the Collateral Agent, each of the Lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which a revolving credit facility will be made available to the Borrowers both during the Chapter 11 Cases and after the Exit Facility Conversion Date (capitalized terms used but not defined in this preliminary statement shall have the meaning given or ascribed to them in Article I). The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend credit to the Borrowers are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrowers and each Guarantor. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement . (a) Terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the New York UCC (as such term is defined herein) and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the New York UCC. All references to the Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the New York UCC unless the context requires otherwise.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.


SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Accounts Receivable ” shall mean all Accounts and all right, title and interest in any returned goods, together with all rights, titles, securities and guarantees with respect thereto, including any rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resales, and all related security interests, liens and pledges, whether voluntary or involuntary, in each case whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Collateral ” shall mean the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the heading of this Agreement.

Copyright License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third person under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III.

Federal Securities Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.

Grantors ” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including, without limitation: (a) inventions, designs, internet websites, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, and Trademarks, (b) trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information,

 

2


know how, show how or other data or information of a similar nature (collectively, “Trade Secrets”), (c) all computer software, programs, and databases (including, without limitation, source code, object code and all related applications and data files), firmware and documentation and materials relating thereto, and (d) all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing or used in connection with, any of the foregoing.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the legend in the heading of this Agreement.

License ” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party including those listed on Schedule III.

Loan Document Obligations ” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, examination, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

New York UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the Other Secured Obligations.

Patent License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third person, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country,

 

3


all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor or any similar offices in any other country), including those listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, extensions or reexaminations thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Pledged Debt Securities ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Pledged Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

Registered ” means issued by, registered, recorded or filed with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before any Governmental Authority

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) on or prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) after the Exit Conversion Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary

Secured Parties ” shall mean (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) any Issuing Bank, (v) Other Secured Parties, (vi) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a).

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I hereto as Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) each other Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date.

Trademark License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or

 

4


business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby and (c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary which has been designated as such pursuant to Section 6.15(a) of the Credit Agreement and which has not been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15(b) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Guarantee

SECTION 2.01 Guarantee . (a) Each of the Guarantors unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and any Other Secured Agreement shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors and (ii) the maximum liability of a Borrower under this Section 2 shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Borrower under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

SECTION 2.02 Guarantee of Payment . Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate in accordance with Section 2.07 of the Credit Agreement, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed under applicable law following the institution of a proceeding (including all such amounts which would become due but for the existence of a bankruptcy reorganization or similar proceeding involving a Loan Party )) and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other person.

 

5


SECTION 2.03 No Limitations , Etc. (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.13, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to (i) the failure of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions, or any lack of validity or enforceability of, of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or any of them, or any defense based on right of setoff or counterclaim against or in respect of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or (v) any changes to, or restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or (vi) any failure on the part of any Secured Party or Agent to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of any Loan Party, or any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally waives any right to revoke this Agreement and acknowledges that this Agreement is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether existing now or in the future. Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Collateral Agent to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to

 

6


applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04 Reinstatement . Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05 Agreement to Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Collateral Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Collateral Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI.

SECTION 2.06 Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

ARTICLE III

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 3.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each of the Grantors hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such Equity Interests listed on Schedule II), (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Pledged Stock ”); provided, however, that the Pledged Stock shall not include (A) more than 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income tax purposes or, (B) any Equity Interest in any Not for Profit Subsidiary, (b)(i) the debt securities held by such Grantor on the date hereof

 

7


(including all such debt securities listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II), (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Pledged Debt Securities ”), (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.01, (d) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (e) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ” subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, forever; subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 3.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing Pledged Securities.

(b) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) any and all Pledged Debt Securities to the extent required by Section 4.04(a).

(c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), (i) any certificate, instrument or document representing or evidencing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and duly executed in blank and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 3.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the date hereof, Schedule II correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Stock and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder;

 

8


(b) except for the security interests granted hereunder (or otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement), each Grantor (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02(b), (l), (g), (u) or (v) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement (including Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement) and (iv) subject to Section 3.06, will cause any and all Pledged Collateral, whether for value paid by such Grantor or otherwise, to be forthwith deposited with the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) and pledged or assigned hereunder;

(c) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) securities laws generally and other applicable law if the Pledged Collateral is issued by an issuer organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, by agreements related to any Pledged Collateral that is a General Intangible that is described in clause (a) of Section 4.01(d) but constitutes Pledged Collateral by operation of the second parenthetical clause of subclause (i) thereof, (iii) the organizational documents of any joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiary, the Equity Interests of which are included in the Pledged Collateral, (iv) the Term Facility Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (v) agreements governing Indebtedness that is subject to a Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(d) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien subject to the Term Facility Liens on the Term Facility First Lien Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and, prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, the Carve-Out upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations; and

(e) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein and in the Intercreditor Agreement and all action by any Grantor necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Lien on the Pledged Collateral has been duly taken.

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

 

9


(g) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

SECTION 3.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests . (a) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder that is represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC, shall at all times hereafter be represented by a certificate, a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and governed by Article 8 of the UCC.

(b) Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the interests in any limited liability company or limited partnership pledged hereunder and not represented by a certificate shall not be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC and shall not be governed by Article 8 of the UCC and (ii) the Grantors shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC or issue any certificate representing such interest (except that the Grantors may elect to so treat any such interest as a “security” and issue any certificate representing such interest if simultaneously therewith the Grantors deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee)).

SECTION 3.05 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . The Collateral Agent (or its bailee), on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any material notices or other material communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities in its capacity as the registered owner thereof. The Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

SECTION 3.06 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement):

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably expected to be materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

 

10


(ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). This paragraph (iii) shall not apply to dividends between or among the Borrower, the Guarantors and any Subsidiaries if such property is subject to a perfected security interest under this Agreement; provided that the Borrower notifies the Collateral Agent in writing, specifically referring to this Section 3.06 at the time of such dividend and takes any actions the Collateral Agent specifies to ensure the continuance of its perfected security interest in such property under this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in an account to be established by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02.

 

11


After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and each applicable Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent certificates to that effect, the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall, promptly after all such Events of Default have been cured or waived, repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights.

(d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors exercising its rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE IV

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 4.01 Security Interest . (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien and security interest (the “ Security Interest ), in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ), subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 4.01(d) below:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash and Deposit Accounts;

 

12


(iv) all Documents;

(v) all Equipment;

(vi) all General Intangibles;

(vii) all Intellectual Property, and all claims for damages and injunctive relief for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, misuse or breach with respect to any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect, or otherwise recover, such damages;

(viii) all Instruments;

(ix) all Inventory;

(x) all Investment Property;

(xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(xii) all Commercial Tort Claims;

(xiii) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xiv) all Goods; and

(xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or security registrations or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of

 

13


perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party.

(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the security interest granted under Section 3.01 or 4.01 hereof attach to the following (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”) (a) any lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement to which any Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder to the extent that (and for as long as) (i) such lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement, or assets subject thereto, are not assignable or capable of being encumbered as a matter of law or under the terms of the lease, license, General Intangible, contract or agreement applicable thereto (but solely to the extent that any such restriction shall be enforceable under applicable law, including Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC, in respect of the grant of a security interest hereunder), without the consent of the licensor or lessor thereof, or other applicable party thereto and (ii) such consent has not been obtained; (b) any intent-to-use application for a Trademark to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use application for a Trademark under federal law, (c) any vehicle or other assets owned by any Grantor that is subject to a certificate of title, (d) in the case of voting Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which is treated as a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower for United States federal income purposes, more than 66% of such voting Equity Interests, (e) any Equity Interests in joint ventures or any non-wholly owned Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that the organizational documents or other agreements with other equity holders do not permit or otherwise restrict the pledge of such Equity Interest, (f) assets that are subject to or secured by Liens (i) permitted by Section 6.02(d), (g) or (m) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) permitted by Section 6.02(s) of the Credit Agreement securing Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(m)(i) of the Credit Agreement (but only to the extent that (x) the documentation pursuant to which such Liens were granted prohibits the granting of a Lien hereunder, (y) such documentation and Liens were in effect prior to such acquisition and (z) such Liens were not incurred, and such documentation was not entered into, by a Grantor in anticipation of such acquisition) of the Credit Agreement, (iii) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association on the cash collateral in respect of the Prepetition LC Facility or (iv) securing a purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits, or requires any consent for, any other Lien on such asset, (g) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby, (h) any Letter-Of-Credit Rights to the extent perfection of a Lien in such Letter-Of-Credit Rights cannot be obtained by filing financing statements and (i) any Commercial Tort Claims with respect to which notice is not required to be delivered under Section 4.04(f). With respect to any provision or restriction affecting the Collateral the reason for which such Collateral constitutes an Excluded Asset, immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of such provision or restriction with respect to such Excluded Asset, the Collateral shall include, and such Grantor

 

14


shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, the rights and interests in such Collateral as if such provision or restriction had never been in effect and if and when such property shall cease to be an Excluded Asset, such property shall be deemed at all times from and after the date thereof to constitute Collateral.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any Grantor be required to take actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction in order to create any security interests in Collateral located or titled outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests, including any Intellectual Property Registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

SECTION 4.02 Representations and Warranties . The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the Closing Date. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral have been prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.06, 5.12 or 5.14 of the Credit Agreement), which are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements or to the extent that any of the changes described in Section 4.03(m) occurs. Each Grantor represents and warrants that a fully executed agreement in the form hereof (or a fully executed short form agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral

 

15


Agent), and containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property with respect to United States Patents and United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending) and United States registered Copyrights owned by a Grantor (other than certain Intellectual Property Registered before January 1, 1994) has been delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §261, 15 U.S.C. §1060 or 17 U.S.C. §205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction, to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by and Registered in the name of a Grantor (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed after the date hereof).

(c) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral (excluding any Intellectual Property that is not owned and Registered in the name of a Grantor) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) upon completion of the filings described in Section 4.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of this Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(d) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. No Grantor has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, (iii) any notice under the Assignment of Claims Act, or (iv) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement. As of the date hereof, no Grantor holds any Commercial Tort Claims except as indicated on the Perfection Certificate.

 

16


(e) As to each Grantor and its Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property: Schedule III hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof (other than certain Intellectual Property Registered before January 1, 1994). Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, and to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, is valid and enforceable; (ii) a Grantor is the exclusive owner of or otherwise has the right to use each item of Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property that is owned by such Grantor (other than Licenses); (iii) the operation of such Grantor’s business and the use of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any Person, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; (iv) no Person is engaging in any activity that infringes, misappropriates, dilutes otherwise violates the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s rights in or use thereof, nor has any claim been asserted in writing or is any claim pending with respect to the foregoing; and (v) each License included in the Collateral is valid and binding and in full force and effect, and the rights of such Grantor thereunder shall not be altered as a result of the rights and interest granted herein.

SECTION 4.03 Covenants . (a) Each Grantor agrees to maintain, at its own cost and expense, such complete and accurate records with respect to the Article 9 Collateral owned by it as is consistent with its current practices and in accordance with such prudent and standard practices used in industries that are the same as or similar to those in which such Grantor is engaged, but in any event to include complete accounting records indicating all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Article 9 Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Collateral Agent may request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Collateral Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail satisfactory to the Collateral Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any and all Article 9 Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, promptly to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, obtain, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing or continuation statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable to any Grantor under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, with prompt notice thereof to the Grantors, to supplement this Agreement

 

17


by supplementing Schedule III or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item of a Grantor that may, in the Collateral Agent’s judgment, constitute Copyrights, Licenses, Patents or Trademarks; provided that any Grantor shall have the right, exercisable within 30 days after it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral, to advise the Collateral Agent in writing of any inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made by such Grantor hereunder with respect to such Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as shall be necessary in order that all representations and warranties hereunder shall be true and correct with respect to such Collateral within 30 days after the date it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral.

(d) The Collateral Agent and such persons as the Collateral Agent may designate shall have the right subject to the proviso in Section 5.07 of the Credit Agreement, at the applicable Grantor’s own cost and expense, to inspect the Article 9 Collateral, all records related thereto (and to make extracts and copies from such records) and the premises upon which any of the Article 9 Collateral is located, to discuss the applicable Grantor’s affairs with the officers of such Grantor and its independent accountants and to verify in the presence of such officers the existence, validity, amount, quality, quantity, value, condition and status of, or any other matter relating to, the Article 9 Collateral, including, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Accounts or other Article 9 Collateral in the possession of any third person, by contacting Account Debtors or the third person possessing such Article 9 Collateral for the purpose of making such a verification; provided, however, that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and inspections shall occur not more than once in any fiscal year. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party, subject to Section 9.16 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not expressly permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent on demand for any payment made or any expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(f) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, but only to the extent not deemed to have already granted such a security interest pursuant to Section 9-203 of the New York UCC. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other person granting the security interest.

 

18


(g) Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

(h) No Grantor shall make or permit to be made an assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the Article 9 Collateral or shall grant any other Lien in respect of the Article 9 Collateral or permit any notice to be filed under the Assignment of Claims Act, except, in each case, as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Grantor shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral and each Grantor shall remain at all times in possession or otherwise in control of the Article 9 Collateral owned by it, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(i) No Grantor will, without the Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any Accounts included in the Article 9 Collateral, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any person liable for the payment thereof or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon, other than extensions, credits, discounts, compromises, compoundings or settlements granted or made in the ordinary course of business.

(j) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or under the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of any Grantor hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

(k) Each Grantor shall maintain, in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, records of its Chattel Paper in excess of $5,000,000 and its books, records and documents evidencing or pertaining thereto.

(l) Each Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest to the extent required hereunder having at least the

 

19


priority described in Section 4.02 and Section 4.06 (as applicable) and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever in accordance with Section 4.03(l).

(m) Each Grantor will not, except upon prior notice to the Collateral Agent and delivery to the Collateral Agent of any additional documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent that are necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, effect any change (i) in name, (ii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate structure, (iii) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees to promptly provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest (with the same priority as immediately before such change) in all the Article 9 Collateral.

(n) Subject to the rights of each Grantor under the Credit Agreement to dispose of the Collateral, each Grantor shall, at its own expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to defend title to material portions of the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in material portions of the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.04 Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of endorsement, transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(a) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all Instruments held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000.

(b) Deposit Accounts . For each Deposit Account (excluding the Excluded Accounts) that any Grantor at any time opens or maintains in the United States, such Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, upon the Collateral Agent’s request, either (i) cause the depositary bank to agree to comply at any time with instructions from the Collateral Agent to such depositary bank directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to such Deposit Account, without further consent of such Grantor or any other person, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the customer of the depositary bank with respect to the Deposit Account, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral

 

20


Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw funds from such Deposit Account. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such instructions or withhold any withdrawal rights from any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or during any Cash Dominion Period, or, after giving effect to any withdrawal, would occur; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(b) with respect to any Excluded Accounts. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Deposit Account for which any Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specially negotiated among such Grantor, the depositary bank and the Collateral Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein.

(c) Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article III, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee), accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other Investment Property now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are held by such Grantor or its nominee through a Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, use commercially reasonable efforts to, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, to agree to comply with Entitlement Orders from the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Securities Intermediary as to such securities or other Investment Property, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to such Commodity Intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of Financial Assets (as governed by Article 8 of the New York UCC) or other Investment Property held through a Securities Intermediary, arrange for the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to become the Entitlement Holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Article III, the Grantors shall not be required to comply with the foregoing provisions of this sentence with respect to Excluded Accounts. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Financial Assets credited to a Securities Account for which the Collateral Agent is the Securities Intermediary.

 

21


(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “ transferable record ”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request of the Collateral Agent, shall take such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) control under New York UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to comply with this Section 4.04(d) unless and until such time as the aggregate fair value of all such Electronic Chattel Paper and “transferable records” held by them, taken together, equals or exceeds $5,000,000. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Senior Representative’s (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof; provided, however, that the Grantors shall not be required to provide such notice unless and until such time as the aggregate face amount of all such letters of credit issued in favor of a Grantor, taken together, exceeds $5,000,000.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $5,000,000, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 4.05 Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral . (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public, and agrees that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to mark any products covered by a Patent with the relevant patent number as necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its rights under applicable patent laws.

 

22


(b) Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each Trademark material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment or invalidity for non use, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, (iii) display such Trademark with notice of Federal or foreign registration to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable law and (iv) not knowingly use or knowingly permit the use of such Trademark in violation of any third person rights.

(c) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Copyright that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated, unenforceable or dedicated to the public.

(d) Each Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows or has reason to know that any Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of its business may become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public domain, invalid or unenforceable, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any court or similar office of any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such Patent, Trademark or Copyright, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.

(e) With respect to Collateral consisting of United States Registered Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, each Grantor agrees to execute or otherwise authenticate an agreement, in substantially the same form set forth on Exhibit B hereto (an “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement”), for recording the security interest granted hereunder to the Collateral Agent in such Collateral consisting of Registered Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property.

(f) Each Grantor agrees that should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Intellectual Property that is not on the date hereof a part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”) (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become part of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto. Within 30 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent written notice identifying the Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property acquired or filed during such fiscal quarter, and such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent with such written notice, or otherwise authenticate, an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (an “ IP Security

 

23


Agreement Supplement ”) covering such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which such IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be recorded with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and any other governmental authorities necessary to perfect the security interest hereunder in such Registered After-Acquired Intellectual Property. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such IP Security Agreement Supplement for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; such power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable.

(g) Each Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to take, at its expense, all necessary steps that are consistent with past practice, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States or in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue, (i) each material application relating to the Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and (ii) each issued Patent and registration of a Trademark and Copyright that is material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including, without limitation, the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or other governmental authorities, timely filings of applications for renewal or extensions, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and, if consistent with reasonable business judgment, to participate in opposition, interference, reexamination, infringement, misappropriation and cancellation proceedings.

(h) In the event that any Grantor knows or has reason to believe that any Article 9 Collateral consisting of a Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business has been or is being materially infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third person, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Collateral Agent and shall, if consistent with good business judgment, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as are appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Article 9 Collateral.

(i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall use its best efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each material Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License, and each other material License, to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.

SECTION 4.06 Priority and Liens . At all times prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date,

(a) Each Grantor hereby covenants, represents and warrants that upon entry of each DIP Order, the Obligations of such Grantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents:

(i) pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times constitute an allowed Superpriority Claim (excluding any avoidance activity under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom));

 

24


(ii) pursuant to section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by first priority, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all unencumbered tangible and intangible property of such Grantor, including any such property that is subject to valid and perfected Liens in existence on the Petition Date, which Liens are thereafter released or otherwise extinguished in connection with the satisfaction of the obligations secured by such Liens (excluding any avoidance actions under the Bankruptcy Code (but including the proceeds therefrom)), and on all of its cash maintained in the L/C Cash Deposit Account and any investment of the funds contained therein, provided that amounts in the L/C Cash Deposit Account shall not be subject to the Carve-Out;

(iii) pursuant to section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject to the Carve-Out, shall at all times be secured by junior, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all (A) property of each of the Loan Parties’ estates that, on the Petition Date, was subject to a valid and perfected Lien (other than the Liens securing the Prepetition Indebtedness) or becomes subject to a valid Lien perfected (but not granted) after the Petition Date to the extent such post-Petition Date perfection in respect of prepetition claims is expressly permitted under the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Permitted Prior Liens ”), (B) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to valid rights of setoff, and (C) property of each of the Grantors’ estates that is subject to such other Liens as are expressly permitted under Sections 6.02(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) or (o) of the Credit Agreement (such Liens described in this clause (C), along with the Permitted Prior Liens, the “ DIP Permitted Liens ”); provided that the Liens granted under the Loan Documents shall not be subject or subordinate to (1) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents or the DIP Orders, any DIP Permitted Lien or security interest that is avoided and preserved for the benefit of the Grantors and their estates, (2) except as provided in the DIP Orders and the Loan Documents, any Liens arising after the Petition Date including, any Liens or security interests granted in favor of any federal, state municipal or other governmental unit, commission, board or court for any liability of the Grantors; or (3) any intercompany or affiliate Liens of the Grantors; and

(iv) pursuant to section 364(d)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and subject only to the Carve-Out and clause (iii) above, shall at all times be secured by first priority, priming, valid, binding, enforceable and perfected security interests in, and Liens upon, all the Prepetition Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties’ Liens and Superpriority Claims as described herein and Section 2.26(a) of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over any claims arising under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall be subject and subordinate only to (i) the Carve-Out, except with respect to the L/C Cash Deposit Account and (ii) to the extent provided in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, the Liens securing the Obligations under and as defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement in respect of the Term Facility First

 

25


Lien Collateral. Except as set forth herein or in the Term Loan/Revolving Facility Intercreditor Agreement, no other claim having a priority superior to or pari passu with that granted to Secured Parties by the Interim Order and Final Order, whichever is then in effect, shall be granted or approved while any Obligations under this Agreement remain outstanding.

(c) Except for the Carve-Out, no costs or expenses of administration shall be imposed against Administrative Agent, Lenders, any other Secured Party or any of the Collateral under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and each of the Grantors hereby waives for itself and on behalf of its estate in bankruptcy, any and all rights under sections 105 or 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, to assert or impose or seek to assert or impose, any such costs or expenses of administration against Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any other Secured Party.

(d) Except for the Carve-Out, the Superpriority Claims shall at all times be senior to the rights of each Grantor, any chapter 11 trustee and, subject to section 726 of the Bankruptcy Code, any chapter 7 trustee, or any other creditor (including, without limitation, post-petition counterparties and other post-petition creditors) in the Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, any chapter 7 cases (if any of the Grantor’s cases are converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code).

(e) Notwithstanding any failure on the part of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent or the Lenders to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce the Liens and security interests in the Collateral granted hereunder, the Interim Order and the Final Order (when entered) shall automatically, and without further action by any Person, perfect such Liens and security interests against the Collateral (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by the entry of the DIP Financing Orders).

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party

 

26


under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Collateral Agent shall give each applicable Grantor 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. Subject to the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, at any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by applicable law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be

 

27


free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date, to the extent that the execution by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any rights and remedies under this Agreement would be in violation of the automatic stay provision of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, such stay shall be modified as set forth in the DIP Orders, to the extent necessary to permit such exercise.

SECTION 5.02 Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash in accordance with the Waterfall.

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the proceeds thereof by the Collateral Agent or the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

SECTION 5.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (subject, in the case of Trademarks, to quality control measures sufficient to maintain the validity of and such Grantor’s rights in such Trademarks), and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided, however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.04 Securities Act, Etc. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question

 

28


may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 6.01 Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Subsidiary Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6.03), Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally agree that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, Holdings and the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

 

29


SECTION 6.02 Contribution and Subrogation . Each Subsidiary Guarantor (each, a “ Contributing Guarantor ) agrees (subject to Section 6.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Contributing Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation, or assets of any other Contributing Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Contributing Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ) shall not have been fully indemnified by Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 6.01, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Contributing Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.14, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Contributing Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 6.01 to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 6.03 Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to HMH Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.

ARTICLE VII

[Intentionally Omitted.]

ARTICLE VIII

[Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings or the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

30


SECTION 9.02 Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 9.03 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or Issuing Bank or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or the aggregate L/C Exposure does not equal zero and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

SECTION 9.04 Binding Effect; Several Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

SECTION 9.05 Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted

 

31


successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 9.06 Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE PRIOR TO THE EXIT FACILITY CONVERSION DATE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE).

SECTION 9.07 Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.07, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9.08 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.08.

 

32


SECTION 9.09 Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 9.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.04. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) Each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the Loan Parties agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.12. Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of the Collateral Agent to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

33


SECTION 9.13 Termination or Release . (a) This Agreement, the guarantees made herein, the Security Interest, the pledge of the Pledged Collateral and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate when (i) all the Loan Document Obligations have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the aggregate L/C Exposure has been reduced to zero and the Issuing Banks have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement (ii) all Other Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and the related Other Secured Agreements have been terminated or such other arrangements satisfactory to each Other Secured Party with respect to the Other Secured Obligations owing to it and the Other Secured Agreements to which it is a party have been made.

(b) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests created hereunder in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement to any person that is not a Grantor, or, upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.13 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party. Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall reimburse the Collateral Agent upon demand for all out of pocket costs and expenses, including the fees, charges and expenses of counsel, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 9.13.

SECTION 9.14 Additional Subsidiaries . Any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall enter into this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor upon becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and such Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Restricted Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

 

34


SECTION 9.15 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, each Secured Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all Collateral (including any deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final)) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any and all of the obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Secured Party, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section 9.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Secured Party may have.

SECTION 9.16 Conflicts . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control with respect to any right or remedy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to the delivery of control or possession of any of the Collateral, the notation of any Lien on any certificate of title, bill of lading or other document, the giving of any notice to any bailee or other Person, the provision of voting rights pursuant to any proxy granted or the obtaining of any consent of any person with respect to the grant of a security interest, in each case, with respect to the Collateral, shall be deemed to be satisfied if the Loan Party complies with the requirements of the similar provision of the applicable Loan Documents of the Senior Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
HMH PUBLISHERS LLC,
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
    By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name:   THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


Schedule I

Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule I

Subsidiary Guarantors

 

1.    ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC
2.    Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.
3.    Broderbund LLC
4.    Classroom Connect, Inc.
5.    Classwell Learning Group Inc.
6.    Cognitive Concepts, Inc.
7.    Edusoft
8.    Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.
9.    HM Publishing Corp.
10.    HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.
11.    Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.
12.    Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.
13.    Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.
14.    Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.
15.    Houghton Mifflin, LLC
16.    HRW Distributors, Inc.
17.    Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company
18.    RVDP, Inc.
19.    Sentry Realty Corporation
20.    Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC
21.    The Riverside Publishing Company


Schedule II

Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule II

Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities

Pledged Stock

 

Issuer

  

Record Owner

   Certificate No.    No. Shares/Interest     Percent Pledged  

HMH Publishing Company (IOM) Unlimited

  

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

   5      99        66

HMH Publishing Company

  

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.

   7      3100        66

HMH Publishers LLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Broderbund LLC

  

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

   1      N/A        100

RVDP, Inc.

  

Riverdeep Inc., a Limited Liability Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.

   1-A      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

   uncertificated      100     100

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

   1      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

   2      1,000        100

HM Publishing Corp.

  

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

   1      1,000        100

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

  

HM Publishing Corp.

   6      1,000        100

Sentry Realty Corporation

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   11      1,600        100


Issuer

  

Record Owner

   Certificate No.    No. Shares/Interest     Percent Pledged  

The Riverside Publishing Company

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Edusoft

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Houghton Mifflin PLC

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

   7      11,855,754        66
  

Publishing Company

   8      5,927,877     

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

   2      100        100

Classroom Connect, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   CC-2      100        100

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   uncertificated      100     100

HRW Distributors, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   3      4,000        100

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   uncertificated      100     100

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

  

HMH Publishers LLC

   9      1,350        100

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

  

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

   HA16      311        100


Pledged Debt Securities

None.


Schedule III

Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Schedule III

Intellectual Property

[Provided Separately.]


Exhibit A to the Revolving Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO. [ ] (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of [ ], to the Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 among HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMH Holdings ” or “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ HMCo ”, and, together with HMHP and Publishers and together with any of their successors pursuant to the Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in Section 1.02), collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and each a “ Borrower ”), the subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and Citibank, N.A. (together with its affiliates, “ Citibank ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May, 22, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, HMH Holdings, the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Citibank, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as Collateral Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Subsidiary Guarantors and Grantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

Section 1 In accordance with Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New

 

A-1


Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Subsidiary Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Section 2 The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 3 This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

Section 4 The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of (i) any and all Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities now owned by the New Subsidiary and (ii) any and all Intellectual Property now owned by the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto, is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary and its jurisdiction of organization.

Section 5 Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 6 THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 7 In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

A-2


Section 8 All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Subsidiary shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 9 The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
    by    
 

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
  Address:  
  Legal Name:  
  Jurisdiction of Formation:
Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent,
    by    
 

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
    by    
 

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

A-4


Schedule I to

Supplement No. [ ] to the

Revolving Facility Guarantee and

Collateral Agreement

Collateral of the New Subsidiary

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

   Number of
Certificate
   Registered
Owner
   Number and
Class of
Equity Interest
   Percentage of
Equity Interests
           
           

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

 

Issuer

   Principal Amount    Date of Note    Maturity Date
        
        

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

[Follow format of Schedule III to the

Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.]

 

A-5


Exhibit B to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement ”) dated             , 201  , is made by the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of                      (“                    ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                      corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated             , 2012 made by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, among other property, certain intellectual property of the Grantors, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ IP Collateral ”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby.


Section 2 Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer record this IP Security Agreement.

Section 3 Execution in Counterparts . This IP Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. Each Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 5 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

2


[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

3


Exhibit C to the

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT (this “ IP Security Agreement Supplement ”) dated             , 201  , is made by the Person listed on the signature page hereof (the “ Grantor ”) in favor of                      (“                    ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS,                     , a                      corporation, has entered into a Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2012 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with                     , as Administrative Agent, and as Collateral Agent, and the Lender Parties party thereto. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has executed and delivered that certain Revolving Facility Gaurantee and Collateral Agreement dated             , 2012 made by the Grantor to the Collateral Agent (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) and that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated             , 201   (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ IP Security Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Security Agreement, the Grantor has granted to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Additional IP Collateral (as defined in Section 1 below) of the Grantor and has agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement Supplement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and other governmental authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantor agrees as follows:

Section 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ Additional IP Collateral ”):

(a) the patents and patent applications set forth in Schedule A hereto;

(b) the trademark and service mark registrations and applications set forth in Schedule B hereto (provided that no security interest shall be granted in United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law), together with the goodwill symbolized thereby; and

(c) the copyright registrations and applications set forth in Schedule C hereto.


Section 2 Recordation . The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights, the Commissioner for Patents and the Commissioner for Trademarks and any other applicable government officer to record this IP Security Agreement Supplement.

Section 3 Grants, Rights and Remedies . This IP Security Agreement Supplement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Security Agreement. The Grantor does hereby acknowledge and confirm that the grant of the security interest hereunder to, and the rights and remedies of, the Collateral Agent with respect to the Additional IP Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. The Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. In the event of any conflict between the Security Agreement and this IP Security Agreement Supplement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall control.

Section 4 Governing Law . This IP Security Agreement Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has caused this IP Security Agreement Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.22

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

TERM LOAN / REVOLVING FACILITY

LIEN SUBORDINATION AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of

May 22, 2012,

among

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Revolving Facility Agent,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Term Facility Agent,

HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC., as Holdings

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.,

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC, and

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY, as Borrowers,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

 

 


TERM LOAN / REVOLVING FACILITY LIEN SUBORDINATION AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Agreement ”), among CITIBANK, N.A., as agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to herein (in such capacity, and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Original Revolving Facility Agent ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties referred to herein (in such capacity, and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Original Term Facility Agent ”), HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC. (the “ Holdings ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC. (“ HMHP ”), HMH PUBLISHERS LLC (“ Publishers ”), HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY (“ HMCo ” and, together with HMHP and Publishers, the “ Borrowers ”) and the other Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings party hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and together with Holdings and the Borrowers, the “ Loan Parties ” and each a “ Loan Party ”).

Reference is made to (a) the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, and (b) the Term Facility Credit Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Revolving Facility Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties), the Term Facility Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Term Facility Secured Parties), and the Loan Parties party hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Construction; Certain Defined Terms . (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the Subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such Subsidiaries, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections and Annexes of this Agreement, (v) unless otherwise expressly qualified herein, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vi) the term “or” is not exclusive.

 

1


(b) All terms used in this Agreement that are defined in Article 1, 8 or 9 of the New York UCC (whether capitalized herein or not) and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1, 8 or 9 of the New York UCC. If a term is defined in Article 9 of the New York UCC and another Article of the UCC, such term shall have the meaning assigned to it in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

(c) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ” shall have correlative meanings.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code.

Board of Directors ” means (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; (b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and (c) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrowers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Capital Stock ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Collateral ” means all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed, constituting the Revolving Facility Collateral and the Term Facility Collateral.

Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations ” means, with respect to any particular Senior Secured Obligations, the occurrence of all of the following:

(a) termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute such Senior Secured Obligations;

 

2


(b) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest and premium (if any) on all such Senior Secured Obligations (other than any undrawn letters of credit);

(c) termination, expiration or cash collateralization (at the lower of (i) 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount, and (ii) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for release of liens under the terms of the applicable Senior Documents) of all outstanding letters of credit constituting such Senior Secured Obligations;

(d) termination or expiration of all Other Secured Obligations whether as defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement or the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, the Obligations under which would constitute such Senior Secured Obligations; and

(e) payment in full in cash of all other such Senior Secured Obligations that are outstanding and unpaid at the time the other events described in clauses (a through (d) above occur (other than contingent indemnification obligations which are not then due and payable; provided that in the case of any such obligations as to which the applicable Representative or any applicable Secured Party has made a claim which has not been satisfied, such obligations have been cash collateralized in an amount sufficient in the reasonable judgment of such Representative or Secured Party to satisfy such claim); provided that the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Replacement as contemplated by, and in compliance with, Section 2.10.

Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” under and as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement or the Term Facility Credit Agreement, as the context may require.

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Revolving Facility Secured Documents or the Term Facility Secured Documents, as the context may require.

Grantor ” means each Loan Party that shall have granted any Lien in favor of the Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent on any of its assets or properties to secure any of the Revolving Facility Obligations or the Term Facility Obligations.

HMCo ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

HMHP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

3


Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:

(a) any case commenced by or against Holdings or any other Grantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of Holdings or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to Holdings or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to Holdings or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(b) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to Holdings or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency, in each case to the extent not permitted under the Senior Documents;

(c) any proceeding seeking the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other insolvency official with similar powers with respect to Holdings or any other Grantor or any of its assets; or

(d) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of Holdings or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intercreditor Agreement Joinder means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Junior Documents ” means (a) in respect of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Debt Documents and (b) in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Debt Documents.

Junior Liens ” means (a) in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Liens on such Collateral, and (b) in respect of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Liens on such Collateral.

Junior Representative ” means (a) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Agent and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Agent.

Junior Secured Obligations ” means (a) with respect to the Term Facility Obligations (to the extent such Obligations are secured, or intended to be secured, by the Term Facility First Lien Collateral), the Revolving Facility Obligations and (b) with respect to Revolving Facility Obligations (to the extent such Obligations are secured, or intended to be secured, by the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral), the Term Facility Obligations.

Junior Secured Obligations Collateral ” means the Collateral in respect of which the Junior Representative (on behalf of itself and the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties) holds a Junior Lien.

 

4


Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties ” means (a) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Secured Parties and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Secured Parties.

Junior Secured Obligations Security Documents ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Security Documents, and (b) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Security Documents.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any agreement to give a security interest therein and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction).

Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Loan Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any payment, performance or other obligation of such Person of any kind, including, without limitation, any liability of such Person on any claim, whether or not the right of any creditor to payment in respect of such claim is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and whether or not such claim is discharged, stayed or otherwise affected by any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Grantors under the Secured Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, (if applicable) letter of credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Grantor under any Secured Document and (b) the obligation of any Grantor to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Grantor.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, any executive vice president, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, chief restructuring officer or treasurer of such Person.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of Holdings, and not in an individual capacity, by at least two Officers of Holdings, one of whom must be the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of Holdings.

 

5


Original Revolving Facility Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.

Original Term Facility Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble hereto.

Other Secured Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Term Facility Credit Agreement or the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, as the context may require.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Publishers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Real Estate Asset ” means, at any time of determination, any fee interest then owned by Holdings or any other Grantor in any real property.

Replaces ” means, (a) in respect of any agreement with reference to the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement or the Revolving Facility Obligations or any Revolving Substitute Facility, that such agreement refunds, refinances or replaces the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement or such Revolving Substitute Facility in whole (in a transaction that is in compliance with Section 2.10) and that all commitments thereunder are terminated, or, to the extent permitted by the terms of the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement or such Revolving Substitute Facility, in part, and (b) in respect of any agreement with reference to the Term Facility Credit Agreement or the Term Facility Obligations or any Term Substitute Facility, that such agreement refunds, refinances or replaces the Term Facility Credit Agreement or such Term Substitute Facility in whole (in a transaction that is in compliance with Section 2.10) and that all commitments thereunder are terminated, or, to the extent permitted by the terms of the Term Facility Credit Agreement or such Term Substitute Facility, in part. “ Replace, ” “ Replaced ” and “ Replacement ” shall have correlative meanings.

Representative ” means (a) in the case of any Term Facility Obligations, the Term Facility Agent, and (b) in the case of any Revolving Facility Obligations, the Revolving Facility Agent.

Revolving Facility Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent under the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, and its successors in such capacity, and any agent, trustee or other representative representing holders or lenders under any Revolving Substitute Facility.

 

6


Revolving Facility Agent ” means the Original Revolving Facility Agent, and, from and after the date of execution and delivery of a Revolving Substitute Facility, the agent, collateral agent, trustee or other representative of the lenders or holders of the indebtedness and other Obligations evidenced thereunder or governed thereby, in each case, together with its successors in such capacity.

Revolving Facility Collateral ” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created by the Revolving Facility Security Documents to secure the Revolving Facility Obligations.

Revolving Facility Credit Agreement ” means the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the Revolving Facility Administrative Agent, the Revolving Facility Agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time and the other agents named therein, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and any credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Revolving Substitute Facility.

Revolving Facility Debt Documents ” means the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, the Revolving Facility Security Documents, the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement) and all other loan documents, notes, guarantees, instruments and agreements governing or evidencing, or executed or delivered in connection with, any Revolving Substitute Facility.

Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral ” means all present and future right, title and interest of Holdings and the other Grantors in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, existing or arising, and wherever located:

(a) accounts and payment intangibles, including tax refunds, but excluding payment intangibles that constitute identifiable proceeds of Term Facility First Lien Collateral;

(b) inventory and indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that arises from cash advances to enable the obligor thereof to acquire inventory;

(c) deposit accounts, commodity accounts, securities accounts and lock-boxes, including all money and certificated securities, uncertificated securities (other than as each may relate to Capital Stock of Holdings or the other Grantors), securities entitlements and investment property credited thereto or deposited therein (including all cash, marketable securities and other funds held in or on deposit in any deposit account, commodity account or securities account), instruments, including intercompany notes, chattel paper and all cash and cash equivalents, including cash and cash equivalents securing reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit or other Revolving Facility Obligations, but excluding the Term Facility First Lien Account;

 

7


(d) general intangibles pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this definition;

(e) books and records, supporting obligations, documents and related letters of credit, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, to the extent related primarily to any of the foregoing; and

(f) all substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of all or any of the foregoing;

provided that notwithstanding the above, the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets. Nothing in this definition shall supersede or override, as against Holdings or the other Grantors, the description of such Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral as granted under the Revolving Facility Security Documents.

Revolving Facility Liens ” means Liens on the Revolving Facility Collateral created under the Revolving Facility Security Documents to secure the Revolving Facility Obligations (including Liens on such Collateral under the security documents associated with any Revolving Substitute Facility).

Revolving Facility Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as such term is defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement.

Revolving Facility Secured Parties ” means, at any time, the Revolving Facility Agent, the Revolving Facility Administrative Agent, each lender or issuing bank under the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, the Other Secured Parties (as defined under the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement), the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Grantor under any Revolving Facility Debt Document, each other Person that provides letters of credit, guarantees or other credit support related thereto under any Revolving Facility Debt Document and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Revolving Facility Obligations (including pursuant to a Revolving Substitute Facility), in each case to the extent designated as a secured party (or a party entitled to the benefits of the security) under any Revolving Facility Debt Document outstanding at such time.

Revolving Facility Security Documents ” means the “Security Documents” as referred to in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, each agreement listed in part A of Exhibit C hereto, and any other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes or any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor to secure any Revolving Facility Obligations (including any such agreements, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents or instruments associated with any Revolving Substitute Facility).

 

8


Revolving Substitute Facility ” means any facility with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 2.10 of this Agreement have been satisfied and that Replaces the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement then in existence. For the avoidance of doubt, no Revolving Substitute Facility shall be required to be a revolving or asset-based loan facility and may be a facility evidenced or governed by a credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument; provided that any Revolving Facility Lien securing such Revolving Substitute Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including the lien priorities as set forth herein as of the date hereof).

Secured Parties ” means the Revolving Facility Secured Parties and the Term Facility Secured Parties.

Secured Documents ” means the Revolving Facility Debt Documents and the Term Facility Debt Documents.

Security Documents ” means the Revolving Facility Security Documents and the Term Facility Security Documents.

Senior Documents ” means (a) in respect of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Debt Documents, and (b) in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Debt Documents.

Senior Liens ” means (a) in respect of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Liens on such Collateral, and (b) in respect of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Liens on such Collateral.

Senior Representative ” means (a) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Agent, and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Agent.

Senior Secured Obligations ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility Obligations (to the extent such obligations are secured, or are intended to be secured, by the Term Facility First Lien Collateral), the Term Facility Obligations, and (b) with respect to the Term Facility Obligations (to the extent such obligations are secured, or are intended to be secured, by the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral), the Revolving Facility Obligations.

Senior Secured Obligations Collateral ” means the Collateral in respect of which the Senior Representative (on behalf of itself and the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties) holds a Senior Lien.

Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties ” means (a) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Secured Parties, and (b) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Secured Parties.

 

9


Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Security Documents, and (b) with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Security Documents.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “ Subsidiary ” or to “ Subsidiaries ” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Term Facility Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent under the Term Facility Credit Agreement, and its successors in such capacity, and any agent, trustee or other representative representing holders or lenders under any Term Substitute Facility.

Term Facility Agent ” means the Original Term Facility Agent, and, from and after the date of execution and delivery of a Term Substitute Facility, the agent, collateral agent, trustee or other representative of the lenders or other holders of the indebtedness and other obligations evidence thereunder or governed thereby, in each case, together with its successors in such capacity.

Term Facility Collateral ” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created by the Term Facility Security Documents to secure the Term Facility Obligations.

Term Facility Credit Agreement ” means the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, the Term Facility Administrative Agent, the Term Facility Agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time and the other agents named therein, as amended, restated, adjusted, waived, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and any credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or governing the terms of any Term Substitute Facility.

Term Facility Debt Documents ” means the Term Facility Credit Agreement, the Term Facility Security Documents, the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement) and all other loan documents, notes, guarantees, instruments and agreements governing or evidencing, or executed or delivered in connection with, any Term Substitute Facility.

 

10


Term Facility First Lien Account ” shall mean that certain deposit or securities account of the Loan Parties that (a) is subject to a blocked account agreement in favor of the Term Facility Agent (who shall have first priority rights with respect to exercising control over such account), and the Revolving Facility Agent (who shall have second priority rights with respect to exercising control over such account) and (b) contains only identifiable proceeds of any Term Facility First Lien Collateral (including any proceeds arising from a sale or disposition thereof) and the proceeds of any investment thereof, and other proceeds that may constitute Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and be required hereunder to be turned over to the Revolving Facility Agent.

Term Facility First Lien Collateral ” means all present and future right, title and interest of Holdings and the other Grantors, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, existing or arising, and wherever located, in all of the assets and property of any Grantor, whether real, personal or mixed (other than in the Excluded Assets and the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral), including, without limitation, all: (a) equipment; (b) Real Estate Assets; (c) intellectual property; (d) all general intangibles that do not constitute Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral; (e) documents of title related to equipment; (f) records, supporting obligations and related letters of credit, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, to the extent related primarily to the foregoing; (g) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing and (h) the Term Facility First Lien Account, but excluding any identifiable proceeds of Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral deposited therein. Nothing in this definition shall supersede or override, as against Holdings or the other Grantors, the description of such Term Facility First Lien Collateral as granted under the Term Facility Security Documents.

Term Facility Liens ” means Liens on the Term Facility Collateral created under the Term Facility Security Documents to secure the Term Facility Obligations (including Liens on such Collateral under the security documents associated with any Term Substitute Facility).

Term Facility Obligations ” means the “Obligations” as such term is defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement.

Term Facility Secured Parties ” means, at any time, the Term Facility Agent, the Term Facility Administrative Agent, each lender or issuing bank under the Term Facility Credit Agreement, each Other Secured Party (as defined under the Term Facility Credit Agreement), the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Grantor under any Term Facility Debt Document, each other Person that provides letters of credit, guarantees or other credit support related thereto under any Term Facility Debt Document and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Term Facility Obligations (including pursuant to an Term Substitute Facility), in each case to the extent designated as a secured party (or a party entitled to the benefits of the security) under any Term Facility Debt Document outstanding at such time.

 

11


Term Facility Security Documents ” means the “Security Documents” as referred to in the Term Facility Security Documents , each agreement listed in part B of Exhibit C hereto, and any other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, control agreements, guarantees, notes or any other documents or instruments now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor to secure any Term Facility Obligations (including any such agreements, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents or instruments associated with any Term Substitute Facility).

Term Substitute Facility ” means any facility with respect to which the requirements contained in Section 2.10 of this Agreement have been satisfied and that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Revolving Facility Debt Documents, the proceeds of which are used to, among other things, Replace the Term Facility then in existence. For the avoidance of doubt, no Term Substitute Facility shall be required to be a term loan facility and may be a facility evidenced or governed by a credit agreement, loan agreement, note agreement, promissory note, indenture or any other agreement or instrument; provided that any Term Facility Lien securing such Term Substitute Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including the lien priority as set forth herein as of the date hereof).

ARTICLE II

Subordination of Junior Liens; Certain Agreements

SECTION 2.01. Subordination of Junior Liens . (a) The grant of the Revolving Facility Liens pursuant to the Revolving Facility Security Documents and the grant of the Term Facility Liens pursuant to the Term Facility Security Documents create two separate and distinct Liens on the Collateral.

(b) All Junior Liens in respect of any Collateral are expressly subordinated and made junior in right, priority, operation and effect to any and all Senior Liens in respect of such Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Revolving Facility Debt Documents, the Term Facility Debt Documents or any other agreement or instrument or operation of law to the contrary, and irrespective of the time, order or method of creation, attachment or perfection of such Junior Liens and Senior Liens or any failure, defect or deficiency or alleged failure, defect or deficiency in any of the foregoing.

(c) It is acknowledged that (i) the aggregate amount of the Senior Secured Obligations may be increased from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Senior Documents, (ii) a portion of the Senior Secured Obligations consists or may consist of indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and (iii) the Senior Secured Obligations may be increased,

 

12


extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the Junior Liens hereunder or the provisions of this Agreement defining the relative rights of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties and the Term Facility Secured Parties.

(d) The lien priorities provided for herein shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, renewal, restatement or Replacement of either the Junior Secured Obligations (or any part thereof) or the Senior Secured Obligations (or any part thereof), by the release of any Collateral or of any guarantees for any Senior Secured Obligations or by any action that any Representative or Secured Party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.

SECTION 2.02. No Action With Respect to Junior Secured Obligations Collateral Subject to Senior Liens . Subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.13, no Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall commence or instruct any Junior Representative to commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power (including any right of setoff or rights under any account agreement, landlord waiver, bailee letter or collateral access agreement) with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, any Junior Secured Obligations Collateral under any Junior Secured Obligations Security Document, applicable law or otherwise until the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, it being agreed that only the Senior Representative, acting in accordance with the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such remedies prior to the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Junior Representative may, subject to Section 2.05, (i) take all such actions as it shall deem necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of its Junior Liens, (ii) take all such actions as it shall deem necessary to create, preserve or protect (but not enforce) the Junior Liens on any Collateral, (iii) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Grantor, file a proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Junior Secured Obligations and vote on any plan of reorganization (including a vote to accept or reject a plan of partial or complete liquidation) to the extent such vote is not in violation of the terms of this Agreement, (iv) file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, including any claims secured by the Collateral, if any, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (v) exercise the rights available to a holder of unsecured claims in accordance with Section 2.13, (vi) file any proof of claim, make other filings and make any arguments and motions in order to preserve or protect its Liens on the Collateral that are, in each case, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, with respect to the Junior Secured Obligations and the Collateral and/or (vii) present a cash bid at any Section 363 hearing or with respect to any other Collateral disposition.

 

13


SECTION 2.03. No Duties of Senior Representative . Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that neither the Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall have any duties or other obligations to such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party with respect to any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, other than to transfer to the Junior Representative any remaining Collateral that constitutes Junior Secured Obligations Collateral and any proceeds of the sale or other disposition of any such Collateral that constitutes Junior Secured Obligations Collateral remaining in its possession following the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, in each case without representation or warranty on the part of the Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that until the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations secured by any Collateral on which such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party holds a Junior Lien, the Senior Representative shall be entitled, for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Secured Obligations, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such Collateral, as provided herein and in the Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents, without regard, except to account for excess proceeds as provided above, to any Junior Lien or any rights to which the holders of the Junior Secured Obligations would otherwise be entitled as a result of such Junior Lien. Without limiting the foregoing, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that neither the Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon any type of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (or any other collateral securing the Senior Secured Obligations), or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of such Collateral (or any other collateral securing the Senior Secured Obligations), in any manner that would maximize the return to the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. Following the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties may, subject to any other agreements binding on such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, assert their rights under the New York UCC or otherwise to any proceeds remaining following a sale, disposition or other liquidation of Collateral by, or on behalf of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties. Each of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties waives any claim such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party may now or hereafter have against the Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party (or their representatives) arising out of any actions which the Senior Representative or the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties take or omit to take (including actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral, and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the Senior Secured Obligations from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with this Agreement and the Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents

 

14


or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of the Senior Secured Obligations or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for the Senior Secured Obligations.

SECTION 2.04. No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement . (a) Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that (i) it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is, or could be, to make any Junior Lien pari passu with, or to give such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party any preference or priority relative to, any Senior Lien with respect to the Collateral subject to such Senior Lien and Junior Lien or any part thereof, (ii) it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any Senior Secured Obligations or Senior Secured Obligations Security Document, or the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any Senior Lien, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of this Agreement, (iii) it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien by any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties secured by Senior Liens on such Collateral or any Senior Representative acting on their behalf, (iv) it shall have no right to (A) direct any Senior Representative or any holder of Senior Secured Obligations to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien or (B) consent to the exercise by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Collateral subject to any Junior Lien, (v) it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit or Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding any claim against any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall be liable to any Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party with respect to any Collateral securing such Senior Secured Obligations that is subject to any Junior Lien, (vi) it will not seek, and hereby waives any right, to have any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such Collateral and (vii) it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement.

(b) The Junior Representative and each other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party hereby agrees that until the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, if it shall obtain possession of any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral or shall realize any proceeds or payment in respect of any such Collateral, pursuant to remedies taken under any Junior Secured Obligations Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time prior to the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations secured, or intended to be secured, by such Collateral, then it shall hold such Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties and transfer such

 

15


Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the Senior Representative reasonably promptly after obtaining actual knowledge or notice from the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties that it has possession of such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral or proceeds or payments in respect thereof. Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that if, at any time, it obtains actual knowledge or receives notice that all or part of any payment with respect to any Senior Secured Obligations previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party shall promptly pay over to the Senior Representative any payment received by it and then in its possession or under its control in respect of any Collateral subject to any Senior Lien securing such Senior Secured Obligations and shall promptly turn any Collateral subject to any such Senior Lien then held by it over to the Senior Representative, and the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of the Senior Secured Obligations. All Junior Liens will remain attached to and enforceable against all proceeds so held or remitted. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 2.04(b) shall not apply to any proceeds of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral realized in a transaction not prohibited by the Senior Documents and as to which the possession or receipt thereof by the Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party is otherwise permitted by the Senior Documents.

SECTION 2.05. Release of Liens; Automatic Release of Junior Liens . (a) The Junior Representative and each other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agree that (i) in the event the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties release their Lien on any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien pursuant to the terms contained in this Agreement (other than a release in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, which shall be governed by clause (a)(ii) below), such Junior Lien on such Collateral shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action unless, at the time of such release by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, an Event of Default shall then have occurred and be continuing under the Junior Documents ( provided that any Junior Lien that would have otherwise been released and terminated pursuant to this clause (a)(i) in the absence of such an Event of Default under the Junior Documents shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action when such Event of Default (and all other Events of Default under the Junior Documents) cease to exist); and (ii) in the event of a sale, transfer or other disposition of Senior Secured Obligations Collateral subject to any Junior Lien (regardless of whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Junior Documents at the time of such sale, transfer or other disposition), such Junior Lien on such Collateral shall terminate and be released automatically and without further action if the applicable Senior Liens on such Collateral are released and if such sale, transfer or other disposition either (A) is then not prohibited by the Junior Documents or (B) occurs in connection with the foreclosure upon or other exercise of rights and remedies with respect to such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral; provided that such Junior Lien shall remain in place with respect to any proceeds of a sale, transfer or other disposition under this clause (a)(ii) that remain after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the Junior Representative and each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agree that, with respect to any property or assets that would otherwise

 

16


constitute Senior Secured Obligations Collateral, the requirement that a Junior Lien attach to, or be perfected with respect to, such property or assets shall be waived automatically and without further action so long as the requirement that a Senior Lien attach to, or be perfected with respect to, such property or assets is waived by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties (or the Senior Representative) in accordance with the Senior Documents and so long as no Event of Default under the Junior Documents shall have occurred, be continuing or would result therefrom at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of release of Liens by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties on all or substantially all of the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (other than when such release occurs in connection with the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties’ foreclosure upon or other exercise of rights and remedies with respect to such Collateral), no release of the Junior Lien on such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral under this Section 2.05 shall be made (it being understood that this Section 2.05 shall not affect any other obligation of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties to any other Person, including a Loan Party, to release Liens pursuant to the Junior Documents or the Junior Secured Obligations Security Documents or otherwise) unless (A) consent to the release of such Junior Liens has been given by the requisite percentage or number of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties at the time outstanding as provided for in the applicable Junior Documents and (B) Holdings has delivered an Officers’ Certificate to the Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent certifying that all such consents have been obtained.

(b) The Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent agree for the benefit of Holdings and the other Grantors that, with respect to the release of any Collateral, if the Revolving Facility Agent or Term Facility Agent, as applicable, at any time receives:

(i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that (A) the signing officers have read Article 2 of this Agreement and understand the provisions and the definitions relating hereto, (B) such officers have made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Persons to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the conditions precedent in this Agreement and all other Secured Documents, if any, relating to the release of such Collateral have been complied with and (C) in the opinion of such officers, such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with;

(ii) the proposed instrument or instruments releasing such Lien as to such property in recordable form, if applicable; and

(iii) prior to the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the written confirmation of the applicable Senior Representative (or, at any time after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Junior Representative) (such confirmation to be given following receipt of, and based solely on, the Officers’ Certificate described in clause (i) above) that, in its view, such release is permitted by Section 2.05(a) and the respective Secured Documents governing the Revolving Facility Obligations or the Term Facility Obligations, as applicable, the holders of which such Representative represents;

 

17


then the Revolving Facility Agent or Term Facility Agent, as applicable, will execute (with such acknowledgements and/or notarizations as are required) and deliver such release to Holdings or other applicable Grantor on or before the later of (x) the date specified in such request for such release and (y) the second business day after the date of receipt of the items required by this Section 2.05(b) by the applicable Representative.

(c) The Junior Representative agrees to execute and deliver (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) all such releases and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the Senior Representative to evidence and confirm any release of Junior Secured Obligations Collateral provided for in this Section 2.05.

SECTION 2.06. Certain Agreements With Respect to Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings . (a) This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding by or against Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) Other than with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases (as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement), if Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall become subject to a case under the Bankruptcy Code and shall, as debtor(s)-in-possession, move for approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “ DIP Lenders ”) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that it will raise no objection, and will waive any claim such Person may now or hereafter have, to any such financing or to the Liens on the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral securing the same (“ DIP Financing Liens ”), or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes Senior Secured Obligations Collateral or to any grant of administrative expense priority under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless (i) the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, or a representative authorized by the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, shall then oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or such use of cash collateral or (ii) such DIP Financing Liens are neither senior to, nor rank pari passu with, the Senior Liens upon any property of the estate in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. To the extent such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Senior Liens, the Junior Representative will, for itself and on behalf of the other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, subordinate the Junior Liens on the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral to the Senior Liens and the DIP Financing Liens, so long as the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties retain Liens on all the Junior Secured Obligations Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, with the same priority relative to the Senior Secured Obligations Collateral as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agrees that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any Senior Secured Obligations Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such Senior Secured Obligations Collateral and all Senior Liens and Junior Liens will attach to the proceeds of the sale.

 

18


(d) The holders of Junior Secured Obligations and the Junior Representative will not file or prosecute in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding any motion for adequate protection (or any comparable request for relief) based upon their interest in the Collateral under the Junior Liens, and will not object to or contest (i) any request by the Senior Representative or the holders of Senior Secured Obligations for adequate protection or (ii) any objection by the Senior Representative or the holders of Senior Secured Obligations to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the Senior Representative or holders of the Senior Secured Obligations claiming a lack of adequate protection, except that the holders of Junior Secured Obligations and the Junior Representative may:

(i) freely seek and obtain relief granting a Junior Lien co-extensive in all respects with, but subordinated (as set forth in Section 2.01) to, all Liens granted in the Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to, or for the benefit of, the holders of Senior Secured Obligations;

(ii) freely vote on any plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan; and

(iii) freely seek and obtain any relief upon a motion for adequate protection (or any comparable relief), without any condition or restriction whatsoever, at any time after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations.

(e) Each of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties waives any claim such Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party may now or hereafter have against the Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Obligations Secured Party (or their representatives) arising out of any election by the Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

SECTION 2.07. Reinstatement . In the event that any of the Senior Secured Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Article II shall be fully applicable thereto until all such Senior Secured Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

SECTION 2.08. Entry Upon Premises by the Revolving Facility Agent and the Revolving Facility Secured Parties . (a) If the Revolving Facility Agent takes any enforcement action with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Secured Parties (i) shall reasonably cooperate with the Revolving Facility Agent (at the sole cost and expense of the Revolving Facility Agent (it being understood nothing in this Section 2.08 affects any Grantor’s reimbursement or indemnity obligations under

 

19


any Secured Document) and subject to the condition that the Term Facility Secured Parties shall have no obligation or duty to take any action or refrain from taking any action that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability or damage to the Term Facility Secured Parties) in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and to finish any work-in-process and assemble the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, (ii) shall not take any action designed or intended to hinder or restrict in any respect the Revolving Facility Agent from enforcing its security interest in the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, and (iii) subject to the rights of any landlords under real estate leases, shall permit the Revolving Facility Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties (it being understood nothing in this Section 2.08 affects any Grantor’s reimbursement or indemnity obligations under any Secured Document) and upon reasonable advance notice, to enter upon and use the Term Facility First Lien Collateral (including (A) equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and (B) intellectual property (in connection with which the Term Facility Agent and the Term Facility Secured Parties shall grant a nonexclusive right to use and license and sublicense Term Facility Collateral consisting of intellectual property to enable the Revolving Facility Agent to assemble, prepare for sale, advertise, market and dispose of the Revolving Facility Collateral, it being understood that such right will not impose additional obligations on the Grantors, and will be solely as between the relevant creditors)), for a period not to exceed 180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (1) assembling and storing the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral consisting of work-in-process, (2) selling any or all of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral located on such Term Facility First Lien Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (3) removing any or all of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral located on such Term Facility First Lien Collateral, or (4) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure and otherwise enforce the rights of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties in and to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the rights of the Term Facility Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Term Facility First Lien Collateral prior to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order. If the Revolving Facility Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral at any of the real property included within the Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Agent shall provide the Term Facility Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Term Facility Agent’s use of such real property.

(b) During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the Revolving Facility Secured Parties or their agents or representatives of any Term Facility

 

20


First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Secured Parties shall (i) be responsible for the ordinary course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat, light, electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Term Facility First Lien Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Term Facility First Lien Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Revolving Facility Secured Parties jointly and severally agree to pay, indemnify and hold the Term Facility Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from and against any liability, cost, expense, loss or damages, including legal fees and expenses, resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Revolving Facility Agent or any of its agents, representatives or invitees in its or their operation of such facilities. In the event, and only in the event, that in connection with its use of some or all of the premises constituting Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Agent requires the services of any employees of Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries, the Revolving Facility Agent shall pay directly to any such employees the appropriate, allocated wages of such employees, if any, during the time periods that the Revolving Facility Agent requires their services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Revolving Facility Secured Parties have any liability to the Term Facility Secured Parties pursuant to this Section as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Term Facility First Lien Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the Revolving Facility Secured Parties of their rights under this Section and the Revolving Facility Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Term Facility First Lien Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the Revolving Facility Secured Parties, or for any diminution in the value of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral that results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Term Facility First Lien Collateral by the Revolving Facility Secured Parties in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 2.08. Without limiting the rights granted in this paragraph, the Revolving Facility Agent, to the extent that rights have been exercised under this Section 2.08 by the Revolving Facility Agent, shall cooperate with the Term Facility Secured Parties in connection with any efforts made by the Term Facility Secured Parties to sell the Term Facility First Lien Collateral.

SECTION 2.09. Insurance . Unless and until written notice by the Revolving Facility Agent to the Term Facility Agent that the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations in respect of the Revolving Facility Obligations has occurred, as between the Revolving Facility Agent, on the one hand, and the Term Facility Agent, on the other hand, only the Revolving Facility Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Facility Debt Documents and the Term Facility Debt Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral. Unless and until written notice by the Term Facility Agent to the Revolving Facility Agent that the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt

 

21


Obligations in respect of the Term Facility Obligations has occurred, as between the Revolving Facility Agent, on the one hand, and the Term Facility Agent, on the other hand, only the Term Facility Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Facility Debt Documents and the Term Facility Debt Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy covering or constituting Term Facility First Lien Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Term Facility First Lien Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral and Term Facility First Lien Collateral, then the Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Facility Debt Documents and the Term Facility Debt Documents) under the relevant insurance policy.

SECTION 2.10. Refinancings and Additional Secured Debt . The Revolving Facility Obligations and the Term Facility Obligations may be Replaced, by any Revolving Substitute Facility or Term Substitute Facility, as the case may be, in each case, without notice to, or the consent of any Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided , however , that the Term Facility Agent and the Revolving Facility Agent shall receive on or prior to incurrence of the Replacement of a Revolving Substitute Facility or Term Substitute Facility (i) an Officers’ Certificate from Holdings stating that (A) the Replacement is permitted by each other applicable Secured Document to be incurred or to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the Replacement under any other Secured Document, Holdings and each other Grantor have obtained the requisite consent and (B) the requirements of Section 2.12 have been satisfied, and (ii) a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder from the holders or lenders of any indebtedness that Replaces the Revolving Facility Obligations or the Term Facility Obligations (or an authorized agent, trustee or other representative on their behalf).

Each of the then-exiting Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to execute and deliver such documents and agreements (including amendments or supplements to this Agreement) as such holders, lenders, agent, trustee or other representative may reasonably request to give effect to such Replacement, it being understood that the Revolving Facility Agent and the Term Facility Agent, without the consent of any other Secured Party, may amend, supplement, modify or restate this Agreement to the extent necessary or appropriate to facilitate such amendments or supplements to effect such Replacement all at the expense of Holdings; provided that in the event that such amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements materially adversely affect the rights of the Grantors under the Secured Documents or imposes material additional obligations or liability on any Grantor or any Subsidiary of Holdings, then the written consent of Holdings will be required prior thereto. Upon the consummation of such Replacement and the execution and delivery of the documents and agreements contemplated in the preceding sentence, the holders or lenders of such indebtedness and any authorized agent, trustee or other representative thereof shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

 

22


Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will be construed to allow any Loan Party to incur additional indebtedness unless otherwise permitted by the terms of each applicable Secured Document.

SECTION 2.11. Amendments to Security Documents . (a) Without the prior written consent of the Senior Representative, no Junior Secured Obligations Security Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of any new Junior Secured Obligations Security Document, would be prohibited by, or would require any Grantor to act or refrain from acting in a manner that would violate, any of the terms of this Agreement.

(b) In the event that the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties or the Senior Representative and Holdings or any other Grantors thereunder enters into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any Senior Secured Obligations Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Senior Representative, the Senior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, Holdings or any other Grantor thereunder (including the release of any Liens in Senior Secured Obligations Collateral to the extent permitted by Section 2.05), then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of the comparable Junior Secured Obligations Security Document without the consent of the Junior Representative or any Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party and without any action by the Junior Representative; provided , however , that reasonable prior written notice of such amendment, waiver or consent shall have been given to the Junior Representative. The Junior Representative and each Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party agree to take such action and execute such documents as reasonably requested by the Senior Representative or Holdings to carry out the purpose and intent of this Section 2.11(b).

SECTION 2.12. Legends . The Revolving Facility Agent acknowledges with respect to the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement and the Revolving Facility Security Documents, on the one hand, and the Term Facility Agent acknowledges with respect to the Term Facility Credit Agreement and the Term Facility Security Documents, on the other hand, that the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement and the Term Facility Credit Agreement and each associated Security Document granting any security interest in the Collateral will contain the appropriate legend set forth on Annex I.

SECTION 2.13. Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties Rights as Unsecured Creditors . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.02, 2.04(a) and 2.06(b), (c) and (d) or otherwise, both before and during an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties may take any actions and exercise any and all rights that would be available to a holder of unsecured claims, including, without limitation, the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against Holdings or any other Grantor in accordance with applicable law; provided, that the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties may not take any of the

 

23


actions prohibited by Section 2.02, clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 2.04(a) or Section 2.06(b), (c) and (d); provided, further , that in the event that any of the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties becomes a judgment lien creditor in respect of any Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor with respect to the Junior Secured Obligations, such judgment lien shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement for all purposes (including in relation to the Senior Secured Obligations) as the other Liens securing the Junior Secured Obligations are subject to this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

Gratuitous Bailment for Perfection of Certain Security Interests; Rights Under Permits and Licenses

SECTION 3.01. General . The Senior Representative agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Senior Lien on any Junior Secured Obligations Collateral that can be perfected by the possession or control of such Collateral or of any account in which such Collateral is held, and if such Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of the Senior Representative, the Senior Representative will serve as gratuitous bailee for the Junior Representative for the sole purpose of perfecting the Junior Lien of the Junior Representative on such Collateral. It is agreed that the obligations of the Senior Representative and the rights of the Junior Representative and the other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties in connection with any such bailment arrangement will be in all respects subject to the provisions of Article II. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Senior Representative will be deemed to make no representation as to the adequacy of the steps taken by it to perfect the Junior Lien on any such Collateral and shall have no responsibility, duty, obligation or liability to the Junior Representative or other Junior Secured Obligations Secured Party or any other person for such perfection or failure to perfect, it being understood that the sole purpose of this Article is to enable the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties to obtain a perfected Junior Lien in such Collateral to the extent, if any, that such perfection results from the possession or control of such Collateral or any such account by the Senior Representative. Subject to Section 2.07, from and after the associated Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Senior Representative shall take all such actions in its power as shall reasonably be requested by the Junior Representative (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) to transfer possession or control of such Collateral or any such account (in each case to the extent the Junior Representative has a Lien on such Collateral or account after giving effect to any prior or concurrent releases of Liens) to the Junior Representative (and with respect to any Collateral constituting (i) Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, to the Term Facility Agent for the benefit of all applicable Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties and (ii) Term Loan First Lien Collateral, to the Revolving Facility Agent for the benefit of all applicable Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties).

SECTION 3.02. Deposit Accounts .

(a) The Grantors, to the extent required by the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, may from time to time establish deposit accounts (the “ Deposit

 

24


Accounts ”) with certain depositary banks in which collections from Inventory and Accounts may be deposited. To the extent that any such Deposit Account is under the control of the Revolving Facility Agent at any time, the Revolving Facility Agent will act as gratuitous bailee for the Term Facility Agent for the purpose of perfecting the Liens of the Term Facility Secured Parties in such Deposit Accounts and the cash and other assets therein as provided in Section 3.01 (but will have no duty, responsibility or obligation to the Term Facility Secured Parties (including, without limitation, any duty, responsibility or obligation as to the maintenance of such control, the effect of such arrangement or the establishment of such perfection) except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 3.02(a)). Unless the Junior Liens on such Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral shall have been or concurrently are released, after the occurrence of Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Revolving Facility Agent shall, at the request of the Term Facility Agent, cooperate with the Grantors and the Term Facility Agent (at the expense of the Grantors) in permitting control of any other Deposit Accounts to be transferred to the Term Facility Agent (or for other arrangements with respect to each such Deposit Accounts reasonably satisfactory to the Term Facility Agent to be made).

(b) To the extent that the Term Facility First Lien Account is under the control of the Term Facility Agent at any time, the Term Facility Agent will act as gratuitous bailee for the Revolving Facility Agent for the purpose of perfecting the Liens of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties in such account and the cash and other assets therein as provided in Section 3.01 (but will have no duty, responsibility or obligation to the Revolving Facility Secured Parties (including, without limitation, any duty, responsibility or obligation as to the maintenance of such control, the effect of such arrangement or the establishment of such perfection) except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 3.02(b)). Unless the Junior Liens on such Term Facility First Lien Collateral shall have been or concurrently are released, after the occurrence of Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations, the Term Facility Agent shall, at the request of the Revolving Facility Agent, cooperate with the Grantors and the Revolving Facility Agent (at the expense of the Grantors) in permitting control of such account to be transferred to the Revolving Facility Agent (or for other arrangements with respect to each such account reasonably satisfactory to the Revolving Facility Agent to be made).

SECTION 3.03. Rights under Permits and Licenses . The Term Facility Agent agrees that if the Revolving Facility Agent shall require rights available under any permit or license controlled by the Term Facility Agent (as certified to the Term Facility Agent by the Revolving Facility Agent, upon which the Term Facility Agent may rely) in order to realize on any Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral, the Term Facility Agent shall (subject to the terms of the Term Facility Credit Agreement, including the Term Facility Agent’s rights to indemnification thereunder) take all such actions as shall be available to it (at the sole expense of the Grantors), consistent with applicable law and reasonably requested by the Revolving Facility Agent in writing, to make such rights available to the Revolving Facility Agent, subject to the Term Facility Liens. The Revolving Facility Agent agrees that if the Term Facility Agent shall require rights available under any permit or license controlled by the Revolving Facility Agent (as

 

25


certified to the Revolving Facility Agent by the Term Facility Agent, upon which the Revolving Facility Agent may rely) in order to realize on any Term Facility First Lien Collateral, the Revolving Facility Agent shall take all such actions as shall be available to it (at the sole expense of the Grantors), consistent with applicable law and reasonably requested by the Term Facility Agent in writing, to make such rights available to the Term Facility Agent, subject to the Revolving Facility Liens.

SECTION 3.04. Grantors’ Actions Regarding Collateral . To the extent any Secured Document requires any Grantor to deliver any certificate, instrument, promissory note, chattel paper, control agreement or proceeds or to take any other action with respect to the perfection of (or the realization of benefits on) the Revolving Facility Liens or the Term Facility Liens on any item of Collateral, and to the extent such delivery or other action is of such nature that it may not be made or taken with respect to both the Senior Liens and the Junior Liens concurrently (for example, the granting of exclusive control (as defined in the New York UCC) to one but not both Representatives with respect to bank accounts), such Grantor shall make such delivery or take such other action so required under the applicable Senior Document with respect to such item of Collateral and the Senior Representative shall comply with this Article III and other applicable provisions of this Agreement with respect to such item of Collateral (which delivery or other action by such Grantor will be deemed to satisfy any such requirement under the applicable Junior Documents).

ARTICLE IV

Existence and Amounts of Liens and Obligations

Whenever a Representative shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Senior Secured Obligations (or the existence of any commitment to extend credit that would constitute Senior Secured Obligations) or Junior Secured Obligations, or the existence of any Lien securing any such obligations, or the Collateral subject to any such Lien, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by the other Representative and shall be entitled to make such determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided , however , that if a Representative shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Representative shall be entitled to make any such determination by such customary method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of Holdings. Each Representative may, absent manifest error, rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to Holdings or any of their Subsidiaries, any Secured Party or any other person as a result of such determination.

 

26


ARTICLE V

Consent of Grantors

Each Grantor hereby consents to the provisions of this Agreement and the intercreditor arrangements provided for herein and agrees that the obligations of the Grantors under the Security Documents will in no way be diminished or otherwise affected by such provisions or arrangements (except as expressly provided herein).

ARTICLE VI

Representations and Warranties

SECTION 6.01. Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto as follows:

(a) Such party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party.

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement (i) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any governmental authority of which the failure to obtain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement), (ii) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any governmental authority or any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) will not violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such party.

SECTION 6.02. Representations and Warranties of Each Representative . Each of the Term Facility Agent and the Revolving Facility Agent represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it is authorized under the Term Facility Credit Agreement and the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, as the case may be, to enter into this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 7.01. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to the Revolving Facility Agent, to it at Citibank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attn: ABTF Global Loans, Email: glabfunitloansops@citi.com;

 

27


(b) if to the Term Facility Agent, to it at Citibank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., 1615 Brett Road, New Castle, DE 19720, Attn: ABTF Global Loans, Email: glabfunitloansops@citi.com;

(c) if to Holdings, at: Eric Shuman, Chief Financial Officer, Houghton Mifflin Company, 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, Tel: (617) 351-5200, Fax: (617) 351-3923; and

(d) if to any other Grantor, to it in care of Holdings as provided in clause (d) above.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (and for this purpose a notice to Holdings shall be deemed to be a notice to each Grantor). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt (if a business day) and on the next business day thereafter (in all other cases) if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by telecopy or on the date five business days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 7.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 7.01. As agreed to in writing among Holdings, the Term Facility Agent and the Revolving Facility Agent from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

SECTION 7.02. Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be terminated, waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Representative and, if such termination,

 

28


waiver, amendment or modification materially adversely affects the rights of the Grantors under the Secured Documents or imposes material additional obligations or liability on any Grantor or any Subsidiary of Holdings, then the written consent of Holdings will be required prior to such termination, waiver, amendment or modification; provided, however , that this Agreement may be amended from time to time (x) as provided in Section 2.10 and (y) at the sole request and expense of Holdings, and without the consent of either Representative, to add, pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, additional Grantors whereupon such Person will be bound by the terms hereof to the same extent as if it had executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date hereof. Any amendment of this Agreement that is proposed to be effected without the consent of a Representative as permitted by the proviso to the preceding sentence shall be submitted to such Representative for its review at least 5 business days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such amendment.

SECTION 7.03. Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement.

SECTION 7.04. Survival of Agreement . This is a continuing agreement of lien subordination and may not be revoked. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

SECTION 7.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.06. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a)  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (and to the extent applicable prior to the Exit Facility Conversion Date (as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement) the Bankruptcy Code).

 

29


(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party hereto may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 7.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 7.09. Headings . Article, Section and Annex headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

30


SECTION 7.10. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Secured Documents, the Other Secured Agreements, in each case whether as defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement or the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 7.11. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . Except as otherwise provided, the provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Revolving Facility Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Term Facility Secured Parties, as the case may be, on the other hand. None of Holdings, any other Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in this Agreement ( provided that nothing in this Agreement (other than Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.10, 2.11 or Article VII) is intended to or will amend, waive or otherwise modify the provisions of the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement or the Term Facility Credit Agreement), and neither Holdings nor any other Grantor may rely on the terms hereof (other than Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.10, 2.11, Article VI and Article VII). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Holdings or any other Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Obligations under the Secured Documents as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Secured Document, the Grantors shall not be required to act or refrain from acting (a) pursuant to this Agreement or any Term Facility Debt Document, the Other Secured Agreements (as defined under the Term Facility Credit Agreement), in each case as defined in the Term Facility Credit Agreement, with respect to any Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under any Revolving Facility Debt Document, or (b) pursuant to this Agreement or any Revolving Facility Debt Document or any Other Secured Agreement (as defined in the Revolving Facility Credit Agreement) with respect to any Term Facility First Lien Collateral in any manner that would cause a default under any Term Facility Debt Document.

SECTION 7.12. Certain Terms Concerning Revolving Facility Agent and Term Facility Agent . Neither the Revolving Facility Agent nor the Term Facility Agent shall have any liability or responsibility for the actions or omissions of any other Secured Party, or for any other Secured Party’s compliance with (or failure to comply with) the terms of this Agreement. Neither the Revolving Facility Agent nor the Term Facility Agent shall have individual liability to any Person if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Secured Party (or Holdings) any amounts in violation of the terms of this Agreement, so long as the Revolving Facility Agent or the Term Facility Agent, as the case may be, is acting in good faith.

SECTION 7.13. Subrogation . Each Junior Representative, on behalf of itself and the Junior Secured Obligations Secured Parties, hereby waives any rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of Senior Secured Debt Obligations has occurred.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Revolving Facility Agent
By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name: THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Intercreditor Agreement


CITIBANK, N.A., as Term Facility Agent
By:  

/s/ THOMAS M. HALSCH

  Name: THOMAS M. HALSCH
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Intercreditor Agreement


HMH HOLDINGS (DELAWARE), INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHERS INC.
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT PUBLISHING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

HMH PUBLISHERS LLC
By:  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc.,

its sole member

  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Intercreditor Agreement


ACHIEVE! DATA SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

STECK-VAUGHN PUBLISHING LLC
By:  

HMH Publishers LLC,

its sole member

  By:   Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., its sole member
  By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

    Name:   William F. Bayers
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Intercreditor Agreement


EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
By:  

/s/ William F. Bayers

  Name:   William F. Bayers
  Title:   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

Signature Page to HMH DIP

Intercreditor Agreement


SCHEDULE I

Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company

RVDP, Inc.

Broderbund LLC

Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin, LLC

Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc.

HM Publishing Corp.

HRW Distributors, Inc.

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

Classroom Connect, Inc.

ACHIEVE! Data Solutions, LLC

Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC

HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc.

Sentry Realty Corporation

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

The Riverside Publishing Company

Classwell Learning Group Inc.

Cognitive Concepts, Inc.

Edusoft

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.


ANNEX I

Reference is made to the Term Loan / Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the [Revolving] [Term] Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the [Revolving][Term] Facility Secured Parties referred to therein, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, this Agreement, the Liens created hereby and the rights, remedies, duties and obligations provided for herein are subject in all respects to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and, to the extent provided therein, the applicable Senior Secured Obligations Security Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.


EXHIBIT A

to Intercreditor Agreement

[FORM OF]

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT JOINDER

The undersigned,                                         , a                                         , hereby agrees to become party as a [Grantor] under the Term Loan / Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Intercreditor Agreement” ) among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., the Grantors from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties (as defined therein) and Citibank, N.A., as agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties (as defined therein), for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Intercreditor Agreement as of the date thereof.

The provisions of Article 7 of the Intercreditor Agreement will apply with like effect to this Joinder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Intercreditor Agreement Joinder to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of             , 20    .

 

[                                           ]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Notice Address]


EXHIBIT B

to Intercreditor Agreement

[FORM OF]

LIEN SHARING AND PRIORITY CONFIRMATION JOINDER

Reference is made to the Term Facility / Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) among CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties (as defined therein), CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent for the Term Facility Secured Parties (as defined therein), HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“ Holdings ”) and the Subsidiaries of Holdings named therein.

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. This Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Intercreditor Agreement as a condition precedent to the debt for which the undersigned is acting as representative being entitled to the rights and obligations of being additional secured debt under the Intercreditor Agreement.

1. Joinder . The undersigned, [                                        ], a [                                        ], (the “ New Representative ”) as [trustee] [collateral trustee] [administrative agent] [collateral agent] under that certain [ described applicable indenture, credit agreement or other document governing the additional secured debt ] hereby:

(a) represents that the New Representative has been authorized to become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of the [Revolving Facility Secured Parties under a Revolving Substitute Facility][Term Facility Secured Parties under a Term Substitute Facility] as [a Revolving Facility Agent under a Revolving Substitute Facility] [a Term Facility Agent under a Term Substitute Facility] under the Intercreditor Agreement for all purposes thereof on the terms set forth therein, and to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as fully as if the undersigned had executed and delivered the Intercreditor Agreement as of the date thereof; and

(b) agrees that its address for receiving notices pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement shall be as follows:

[Address];

2. Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation .

[ Option A: to be used if Additional Debt constitutes Revolving Facility Obligations ] The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of Revolving Facility Obligations for which the undersigned is acting as [ Revolving Facility Administrative Agent ] hereby agrees, for the benefit of all Secured Parties, and as a condition to having such Obligations being treated as Revolving Facility Obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, that the New Representative is bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Revolving Facility Liens. [or]


[ Option B: to be used if Additional Debt constitutes Term Facility Obligations ] The undersigned New Representative, on behalf of itself and each holder of Term Facility Obligations for which the undersigned is acting as [ Term Facility Administrative Agent ] hereby agrees, for the benefit of all Secured Parties, and as a condition to having such Obligations being treated as Term Facility Obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement, that the New Representative is bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the provisions relating to the ranking of Term Facility Liens.

3. Governing Law and Miscellaneous Provisions . The provisions of Article 7 of the Intercreditor Agreement will apply with like effect to this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder to be executed by their respective officers or representatives as of [            , 20    ].

 

[insert name of New Representative]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The Term Facility Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder and agrees to act as Term Facility Agent for the New Representative and the holders of the Obligations represented thereby:

 

                                          ,
as Term Facility Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The Revolving Facility Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of this Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation Joinder and agrees to act as Revolving Facility Agent for the New Representative and the holders of the Obligations represented thereby:

 

                                          ,
as Revolving Facility Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT C

to Intercreditor Agreement

SECURITY DOCUMENTS

PART A.

List of Revolving Facility Security Documents

 

1. Guaranty and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Grantors party thereto and the Revolving Facility Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2. Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be entered into among the Grantors party thereto and the Revolving Facility Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

3. One or more deposit account control agreements to be entered into among the Grantors party thereto, the Term Facility Agent, the Revolving Facility Agent and Citibank, N.A., as depository bank, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

4. And all other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security in the Collateral executed and delivered by any of the Grantors on the date hereof in favor of the Revolving Facility Agent.

PART B.

List of Term Facility Security Documents

 

1. Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Grantors party thereto and the Term Facility Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2. Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be entered into among the Grantors party thereto and the Term Facility Agent, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with each applicable Secured Document.

 

3. One or more deposit account control agreements (governing any Term Facility First Lien Account) to be entered into among the Grantors party thereto, the Term Facility Agent, the Revolving Facility Agent and Citibank, N.A., as depository bank, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, replaced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time.


4. And all other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security in the Collateral executed and delivered by any of the Grantors on the date hereof in favor of the Term Facility Agent.

Exhibit 21.1

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Entities

Advanced Learning Centers, Inc.

Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

HMH Intermediate Holdings (Delaware), LLC*

HMH IP Company

HMH Publishers LLC

HMH Publishing Company*

HMH Publishing Company (IOM) Unlimited*

Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (Asia) Pte. Ltd.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Foundation, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers, Inc.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Houghton Mifflin PLC

The Riverside Publishing Company

Tribal Nova, Inc.

 

* Entities in the Process of Dissolution

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-190356) of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. of our report dated March 29, 2013, except for the earnings per share data described in Note 16 as to which the date is August 2, 2013, relating to the financial statements of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 13, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-190356) of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. of our report dated March 30, 2011, except for the earnings per share data described in Note 16 as to which the date is August 2, 2013, relating to the financial statements of HMH Publishing Company, the predecessor of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 13, 2013